Skip to main content

Full text of "General and combined catalog"

See other formats 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

General  indices,  arranged  to  refer  to  sections  listed  below, 

appear  on  pages  994  to  1009 

Index 
Page      Page 

General  Information 1  994 

Agriculture,  College  of 49  995 

Arts  and  Sciences,  College  of 137  996 

Business  and  Public  Administration,  College  of 249  997 

Education,  College  of 313  998 

Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engineering  and  Aeronautical 

Sciences 373  999 

Home  Economics,  College  of 422  1000 

Military  Science,  College  of 452  1000 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  College  of 466  1000 

Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  College  of 499  1001 

Summer  School   579  1002 

Graduate  School  638  1003 

Dentistry,  School  of 740  1005 

Law,  School  of 771  1006 

Medicine,  School  of 788  1006 

Pharmacy,  School  of. 875  1008 

Nursing,  School  of 903  1008 

Records  and  Statistics — 

1948-'49  919  1009 

1949-'50  950  1009 

Honors  and  Awards — 

1948-'49  941  1009 

1949-'50  983  1009 

Student  Enrollment,  Summary  of,  1949-50 992  1009 

General  Index  994-1009 

Volume  3  December,  1950 Number  10 

A  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  PUBLICATION 

is  published  three  times  in  January,  February,  March  and  April ;  twice  in  May ;  once  in 
August,  September,   October,  November  and  December. 

Re-entered  at  the  Post  Office  in  College  Park,  Maryland,  as  second  class  mail  matter 
under  the  Act  of   Congress   of   August   24,   1912. 

Edited    by    Harvey    L.    Miller,    Director    of    Publications,    University    of    Maryland. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

AND 

MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE  Term 

Expires 
William   P.  Cole,  Jr.,  Chairman,   100   West  University   Parkway, 

Baltimore   1958 

Stanford    Z.    Rothschild,    Secretary    109    East    Redwood    Street, 

Baltimore   1952 

J.  Milton  Patterson,  Treasurer,  120  West  Redwood  Street,  Balti- 
more         1953 

E.  Paul  Knotts,  Denton,  Caroline  County 1954 

Peter  W.  Chichester,  103  West  Second  Street,  Frederick,  Md 1951 

Harry  H.  Nuttle,  Denton,  Caroline  County 1950 

Philip  C.  Turner,  2  East  North  Avenue,  Baltimore 1950 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst,  4101  Greenway,  Baltimore 1956 

Charles  P.  McCormick,  McCormick  &  Company,  Baltimore 1957 

Millard  E.  Tydings,  Senate  Office  Building,  Washington,  D.  C 1951 

Edward  F.  Holter,  Middletown,  Md 1952 

Members  of  the  Board  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  for 
terms  of  nine  years  each,  beginning  the  first  Monday  in  June. 

The  President  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is,  by  law,  Executive  Officer 
of  the  Board. 

The  State  Law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

A  regular  meeting  of  the  Board  is  held  the  last  Friday  in  each  month, 
except  during  the  months  of  July  and  August. 


GENERAL   ADMINISTRATIVE   BOARD 


Miss  Preinkert, 
Dean  Bamford 
Dean  Benjamin 
Mr.  Benton 
Dr.  Bishop 
Mr.  Brigham 
Dr.  Brueckner 
President  Byrd 
Mr.  Cissell 
Dean  Cotterman 
Dean  Eppley 
Dr.  Faber 
Mr.  Fogg 


Secretary  President 

Dean  Fraley 
Dean  Foss 
Miss  Gipe 
Mr.  Haszard 
Dean  Howell 
Dr.  Huff 
Dr.  Hoffsommer 
Miss  Kellar 
Director  Kemp 
Dr.  Long 
Dean  Mount 
Col.  Pitchford 


Byrd,  Chairman 

Miss  Preinkert 
Dean  Pyle 
Dean  Robinson 
Dean  Smith 
Dean  Stamp 
Dean  Steinberg 
Dean  Symons 
Mr.  Weber 
Dr.  White 
Dean  Wylie 
Dr.  Zucker 


EDUCATIONAL    COUNCIL 

The  President,  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  Chairman,  Deans  of  Colleges, 
Chairmen  of  Academic  Divisions,  Heads  of  Educational  Departments, 
Director  of  Admissions,  Registrar. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

H.  C.  Byrd,  LL.D.,  D.Sc,  President  of  the  University 

H.  F.  Cotterman,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

T.  B.  Symons,  M.S.,  D.Agri.,  Director  of  Extension  Service,  Dean  of  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture 

Leon  P.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  Arts  and  Science 

J.  Freeman  Pyle,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  College  of  Business  and  Public  Adminis- 
tration 

J.  Ben  Robinson,  D.D.S.,  F.A.C.D.,  Dean  of  School  of  Dentistry 

Harold  Benjamin,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  College  of  Education,  Director  of 
Summer  School 

S.  S.  Steinberg,  B.E.,  C.E.,  Dean  of  College  of  Engineering 

Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean  of  Graduate  School 

M.  Marie  Mount,  M.A.,  Dean  of  College  of  Home  Economics 

Roger  Howell,  LL.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  School  of  Law 

H.  Boyd  Wylie,  M.D.,  Dean  of  School  of  Medicine 

L.  M.  Fraley,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation 
and  Health 

Florence  M.  Gipe,  M.S.,  R.N.,  Superintendent  of  Nurses,  Director  of 
School  of  Nursing 

Noel  E.  Foss,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  School  of  Pharmacy 

Henry  J.  Schroeder,  Acting  Dean  of  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies 

W.  B.  Kemp,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

W.  J.  Huff,  Ph.D.,  D.Sci.,  Director  of  the  Engineering  Experiment  Station 

Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean  of  College  of  Agriculture 

Geary  F.  Eppley,  M.S.,  Dean  of  Men 

Adele  H.  Stamp,  M.A.,  Dean  of  Women 

James  M.  Tatum,  B.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

John  C.  Pitchford,  Col.,  U.  S.  A.  F.,  Dean  of  College  of  Military  Science 
and  Professor  of  Air  Science  and  Tactics 

H.  V.  Maull,  Lt.  Col.,  U.  S.  A.  F.,  Commandant  of  Cadets 

Alma  H.  Preinkert,  M.A.,  Registrar 

Edgar  F.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Admissions 

Charles  L.  Benton,  M.S.,  C.P.A.,  Comptroller 

HowA^tD  Rovelstad,  M.A.,  B.S.L.S.,  Acting  Director  of  Libraries 

George  H.  Buck,  Ph.B.,  Director,  University  Hospital 

Harry  A.  Bishop,  M.D.,  Medical  Director 

George  W.  Fogg,  M.A.,  Director  of  Personnel 

George  0.  Weber,  B.S.,  Business  Manager 

Frank  K.  Haszard,  B.F.S.,  Director  of  Procurement  and  Supply 

Harvey  L.  Miller,  Col.,  U.  S.  M.  C.  (Ret.),  Director  of  Publications  and 
Publicity 

David  L.  Brigham,  B.S.,  General  Alumni  Secretary 

CHAIRMEN  OF  THE  ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS 

Dr.  Charles  E.  White,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Chairman,  The  Lower 

Division 
Dr.  John  E.  Faber,  Professor  of  Bacteriology,  Chairman,  The  Division  of 

Biological   Sciences 
Dr.  Adolph  E.  Zucker,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages,  Chairman,  The 

Division  of  Humanities 
Dr.  Wilbert  J.  Huff,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering,  Chairman,  The 

Division  of  Physical  Sciences 
Dr.  Harold  C.  Hoffsommer,  Professor  of  Sociology,  Chairman,  The  Division 

of  Social  Sciences 


FACULTY  COMMITTEES 
Admission,  Guidance,  and  Adjustment 

Professor  Reid,  Chairman;  Deans  Bamford,  Eppley,  Robinson,  Smith, 
Stamp;  Miss  Preinkert;  Professors  Hodgins,  Long,  Quigley,  Schindler] 
D.  D.  Smith,  Weigand,  White. 

Coordination  of  Agricultural  Activities 

Director  Symons,  Chairman;  Director  Kemp;  Dean  Bamford;  Asso- 
ciate Director  Nystrom;  Assistant  Directors  Cory,  Magruder;  State 
Chemist  Bopst;  Professors  Ahalt,  Brueckner,  Cairns,  Carpenter, 
DeVault,  Foster,  Haut,  Holmes,  Jull. 

Council  on  Intercollegiate  Athletics 

Dean  Eppley,  Chairman;  Dean  Pitchford;  Directors  Kemp,  Tatum; 
Assistant  Director  Cory;  Professor  Supplee,  the  President  of  the  Student 
Government  Association,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Alumni  Council,  ex-officio. 

Educational  Standards,  Policies  and  Coordination 

Dr.  Charles  White,  Chairman;  Professors  Bamford,  Drake,  Cairns, 
DeVault,  Hoffsommer,  Martin,  H.  B.  McCarthy,  Shreeve,  Strahorn, 
Wiggin,  H.  Boyd  Wylie. 

Extension  and  Adult  Education 

Dean  Cotterman,  Chairman;  Associate  Director  Nystrom;  Assistant 
Dean  Brechbill;  Assistant  Director  Kellar;  Professors  G.  D.  Brown, 
Corcoran,  DeVault,  Ehrensberger,  Monroe  Martin,  Phillips,  Stein- 

MEYER. 

Honors  Program 

Dean  Cotterman,  Chairman;  Deans  Benjamin,  Smith;  Professors 
Hoffsommer,  Zucker. 

Libraries 

Professor  Corcoran,  Chairman;  Professors  Aisenberg,  Baylis,  Russell 
Brown,  Foster,  Hackman,  Hall,  Harman,  Invernezzi,  Parsons,  Reeve, 
Ida  M.  Robinson,  Rovelstad,  Slama,  Spencer,  Wiggin. 

Publications  and  Catalog 

Dean  Cotterman,  Chairman;  Deans  Benjamin,  Howell,  Kabat,  Mount, 
Pyle,  Robinson,  Smith,  H.  Boyd  Wylie;  Director  Kemp;  Professors 
Ball,  Crowell,  Miller,  Reid,  Zucker;  Mr.  Brigham;  Mr.  Durfee;  Mr. 
Fogg;  Miss  E.  Frothingham;  Miss  Preinkert. 

Public  Functions  and  Public  Relations 

Director  Symons,  Chairman;  Deans  Eppley,  Howell,  Mount,  Robinson, 
Stamp,  H.  Boyd  Wylie,  Pitchford;  Professors  Cory,  Ehrensberger, 
Gewehr,  Miller,  Randall,  Reid,  Shreeve;  Mr.  Brigham;  Mr.  Weber; 
Mr.  Fogg;  Miss  Leslie;  Miss  Preinkert. 

Religious  Life  Committee 

Assistant  Dean  Rosalie  Leslie,  Chairman;  Professors  Marie  Bryan, 
Daiker,  Gewehr,  Hamilton,  McNaughton,  Randall,  Reid,  Scott, 
Shreeve,  White. 

Scholarships  and  Student  Aid 

Dean  Cotterman,  Chairman;  Dean  Eppley,  Mount,  Stamp;  Director 
Long;  Professors  Reid,  Steinmeyer. 

Student  Life 

Professor  James  H.  Reid,  Chairman;  Deans  Eppley,  Stamp;  Pro- 
fessors Russell  Allen,  Harman,  Kramer,  Newell,  Outhouse,  Tatum, 
Charles  White;  Mr.  Robert  C.  James;  Miss  Leslie;  Miss  Preinkert. 


Ammo 

Husbar 

Barn 


INDEX 

A Arts  and  Sciences 

AA Chemistry  Labs. 

Ar Armory 

B Music 

BB Chemistry  Annex 

IB Administration 

C Chemistry  (new) 

Col Coliseum 

D Dairy 

DD Psychology 

DW Dean  of  Women 

E Agronomy,  Botany, 

Physics 

EE Zoology 

F Horticulture 

FF Mathematics 

G Gymnasium 

GG Mathematics 

H Home  Economics 

HH Seminar 

I Agric.   Eng.   and 

Industrial  Education 

J Engr.  Classroom  Bldg. 

K Chemistry  (old) 

L Library 

M Morrill  Hall 

N Geography 

O Agriculture 

P Poultry 

\-y  Proposed  Q Business  and  Public 

'/  Greenhouse:  Administration 

R Classroom  Building 

S Engr.  Lab.  Building 

T Education 

t  U Chemical  Engineering 

*  V Wind  Tunnel 

pEli"9  W Women's  Field  House 

X Animal  Husbandry 

Pavilion 


19  5  0 


S  M  T  W  I    F    S 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


SEPTEMBER 
S  M  T  W  T    F 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


NOVEMBER 
S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


S  M  T  W  T   F   S 


17  1 
24  2 
31 1. 


[    5    6 

.  12  13 

;  19!20 

i  2S127 


14  15116 

21  22'23 

28'29  30 


31  4 
10  11 
1718 

24  25 
311.. 


5    6    71   8 
12  13  14  15116 
19 120:21 122123 

26  2T!2S  29'SO 


1     2 
8    9 


31  4 
10  11 
17  18 

24J25 
31  .. 


51  61  7 
12U3I14 
19120! 


..I..I  II  21  3!  4 
6  7  8  9110111 
13  14  15  161718 
20  2122  23  24  25 
27282930  ...  . 


7  8 
14115 
21122 
28129 


19  5  1 


S  M  T  \V  T  F  S 
..I   II  21  31  41  51  6 

7  8  9  10  11112  13 
14ll5  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28129  30131  ..I..L. 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


1  2]  3 
8  9110 
15  16117 
22  2324 

29130'31 


51  6!  7 
12113114 
19  20  21 

26127128 


M   T  W  T    F 


4    5 
11  12 

18  19 

25  26 


6    7 
1314 

20121 
27  2S 


8|  9  10 
15116117 

2223  2' 


M  T  YV  T    F    S 


.!  .1  1!  2-  3 
51  61  7  81  9110 
12U3  14  15116117 
19l20!2ll22'23l24 
26!27128!29130!31 
..I..I..I..   ■■   ■■ 


M   T  W  T    F 


4    5 
11  12 

18  19 
25  26 


6    7 
1314 

20  21 
27  28 


II  21  3 
8  9110 
15  16  17 
22l23l2' 
29120131 
...... 


SEPTEMBER 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 


31  4 
10  11 
17  18 
24  25 


5    6    7 
12  13ll4|15 
19120121  22 

26127128  29 


S   M  T_W_T    F    S 

II  21  31   41  51   61  7 


9  10 

15116117 
22123124 
291301.. 


11112113114 
18119120  21 
25126127128 


il   T  W  T    F    S 


•I  1 
7  8 
14  15 
2l|22 
28129 


2|  3 
9  10 
16ll7 
23  24 
30131 


4!  51  6 
11  12|l3 
18119120 
25126'27 


S  M  T   \V  T    F 


II  21  31  41  5 
8  9  10111  12 
lo!l6ll7!18'19 

22  23  24  25  2>" 
29I30I31I..I.  . 


NOVEMBER 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


4  5  6  7  81  9|10 
11  12  13  14  15116*1 7 
18  19  20|2ll22l23l24 
25  26  27  28  29130  . . 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


31  4 
10  11 
17  18 

24125 


51  6 
12113 
19120 
26127 


14H5U 
2112212 
28l2913i 


DECEMBER 


S  M  T  W  T    F 


'e  r  s 
13I14  1" 

20  2112 

2712812 


19  5  2 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


.1..I  II  21  31  41  5 
6  7  8  9  10  11112 
13  14  15116  17118119 
20  2122  23  24125  26 
27  28  29  30  31  .... 


FEBRUARY 


S  M  T  W  T   F   S 


3  4 
10  11 
1718 
24)25 


51  61  71  81  9 
12113114115  16 
19  20121122123 
26  27  28  29  .. 


S  M  T  W  T    F    P 


2  3 
9  10 
16  17 
23  24 
30l31 


4    5 
11  12 

18  19 

25'26 


..:.  .1  1 

61  71  8 
13ll4ll5 
20121122 
27128129 


S  M  T  W  T    F    S 


II  2]  31  41  5 
10111112 
17H8I19 
24 |25'26 


S  M  T  W  T    F    P 


..I.. I  H  2'  :. 
61  71  81  91111 
13114  151617 
20'21  22'23'2' 

27  28  2920131 


S  M  T  W  T    F    >' 


21  31   4'   51  6'   ■ 
9  10  11  1211311 

16117  18  19120  21 
23  24  25  26|27  2S 
30 


1950 

September  18-22 
September  25 
October  19 
November  22 
November  27 
December  20 

1951 

January  3 
January  20 
"January  24-81 


February  6-9 
February  12 
February  22 
March  22 
March  25 
March  27 
May  17 
May  30 
June  1-8 
June  3 
June  9 


June  23-25 
June  26 
August  t 


June  18-24 
July  10-13 
August  6-11 
September  4-T 


CALENDAR— 1950-1951 

COLLEGE  PARK 

First  Semester 


Monday-Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Wednesday  after  last  class 

Monday,   8   a.   m. 

Wednesday  after  last  class 

Wednesday,  8  a.  m. 
Saturday 
Wednesday-Wednesday,  inc. 


Registration,  first  semester 
Instruction  begins 
Convocation,   faculty  and  students 
Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
Thanksgiving  recess  ends 
Xmas  recess  begins 

Xmas  recess  ends 

Charter  Day,  Alumni  Banquet 

First  semester  examinations 


Second  Semester 


Tuesday -Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday  after  last  class 

Sunday 

Tuesday,  8  a.  m. 

Thursday 

Wednesday 

Friday-Friday,  inc. 

Sunday 

Saturday 


Registration,   second  semester 
Instruction   begins 
Washington's   Birthday,  holiday 
Easter  recess  begins 
Maryland  Day 
Easter  recess  ends 
Military  Day 
Memorial    Day,   holiday 
Second  semester  examinations 
Baccalaureate  exercises 
Commencement  exercises 


Summer  Session,  1951 

Saturday  a.   m. -Monday  Registration,   summer   session 

Tuesday  Session  begins 

Friday  Session  ends 


Short  Courses 


Monday-Saturday 
Tuesday-Friday 
Monday-Saturday 
Tuesday-Friday 


Rural   Women's   Short   Course 

Maryland  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teacher? 

4-H  Club  Week 

Firemen's  Short  Course 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


PRELIMINARY  INFORMATION 

The  University  of  Maryland,  in  addition  to  being  a  State  University,  is 
the  "Land-Grant"  institution  of  Maryland.  The  University  is  co-educational 
in  all  of  its  branches. 

College  Park 

The  undergraduate  colleges  and  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  are  located  at  College  Park,  Prince  George's  County,  Mary- 
land, on  a  beautiful  tract  of  rolling,  wooded  land,  less  than  eight  miles  from 
the  heart  of  the  Nation's  capital,  Washington,  D.  C.  This  nearness  to 
Washington,  naturally,  is  of  immeasurable  advantage  to  students  because 
of  the  unusual  library  facilities  afforded  by  the  Library  of  Congress  and 
the  libraries  of  Government  Departments;  the  privilege  of  observing  at 
close  range  sessions  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court,  the  United  States 
Senate  and  the  House  of  Representatives;  the  opportunity  of  obtaining 
almost  without  effort  an  abundance  of  factual  data  which  is  constantly 
being  assembled  by  the  numerous  agencies  of  the  Federal  Government. 

The  University  is  served  by  excellent  transportation  facilities,  including 
the  main  line  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad,  the  Washington  street 
car  system,  and  several  bus  lines.  The  campus  fronts  on  the  Baltimore- 
Washington  Boulevard,  a  section  of  U.  S.  Route  No.  1,  which  makes  the 
University  easily  accessible  by  private  travel. 

College  Park,  and  the  adjacent  Calvert  Hills  and  College  Heights,  con- 
stitute a  group  of  fine  residential  communities  close  to  the  University 
campus,  where  are  located  the  homes  of  many  of  the  members  of  the  faculty 
and  staff,  and  where  students  who  prefer  to  live  off  campus  may  find  de- 
sirable living  accommodations  at  reasonable  rates. 

Baltimore 

The  professional  schools  of  the  University — Dentistry,  Law,  Medicine, 
Nursing,  and  Pharmacy — the  University  Hospital,  and  the  Baltimore  Pro- 
gram of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  are  located  in  a 
group  of  splendid  buildings,  most  of  them  erected  in  recent  years,  at  or 
near  the  adjacent  corners  of  Lombard  and  Greene  and  Redwood  Streets, 
Baltimore,  Maryland. 

Baltimore,  a  thriving,  modern  industrial  city  of  more  than  a  million  in- 
habitants, has  an  old  established  culture  represented  by  outstanding  educa- 
tional institutions,  libraries,  museums,  parks,  public  buildings,  and  places 
of  historical  interest. 

7 


8  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Baltimore  is  justly  proud  of  its  well  earned  reputation  as  a  center  of  the 
highest  type  of  professional  education,  and  no  finer  location  could  be  chosen 
by  a  young  man  or  young  woman  desiring  to  prepare  for  a  professional 
career. 

BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

While  its  advancement  in  recent  years,  both  in  the  matter  of  physical 
plant  facilities  and  educational  standards  has  been  especially  rapid,  the 
University  has  behind  it  a  long  and  honorable  record. 

The  history  of  the  present  University  is  the  history  of  two  institutions; 
the  old  privately-owned  and  operated  University  of  Maryland  in  Baltimore 
and  the  Maryland  State  College  (formerly  Maryland  Agricultural  College) 
at  College  Park.   These  institutions  were  merged  in  1920. 

In  1807  the  College  of  Medicine  of  Maryland  was  organized,  the  fifth 
medical  school  in  the  United  States.  The  first  class  was  graduated  in  1810. 
A  permanent  home  was  established  in  1814-1815  by  the  erection  of  the 
building  at  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets  in  Baltimore,  the  oldest  struc- 
ture in  America  devoted  to  medical  teaching.  Here  was  founded  one  of  the 
first  medical  libraries  (and  the  first  medical  school  library)  in  the  United 
States.  In  1812  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  authorized  the  College 
of  Medicine  of  Maryland  to  "annex  or  constitute  faculties  of  divinity,  law, 
and  arts  and  sciences,"  and  by  the  same  act  declared  that  the  "colleges  or 
faculties  thus  united  should  be  constituted  an  university  by  the  name  and 
under  the  title  of  the  University  of  Maryland."  By  authority  of  this  act, 
steps  were  taken  in  1813  to  establish  "a  faculty  of  law,"  and  in  1823  a 
regular  school  of  instruction  in  law  was  opened.  Subsequently  there  were 
added:  in  1882  a  Department  of  Dentistry  which  was  absorbed  in  1923  by 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  (founded  in  1840,  the  first  dental 
school  in  the  world);  in  1889  a  School  of  Nursing;  and  in  1904  the  Mary- 
land College  of  Pharmacy  (founded  in  1841,  the  third  oldest  pharmacy 
college  in  the  United  States) . 

The  Maryland  State  College  was  chartered  in  1856  under  the  name  of 
the  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  the  second  agricultural  college  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere.  For  three  years  the  College  was  under  private  man- 
agement. In  1862  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  passed  the  Land  Grant 
Act.  This  act  granted  each  State  and  Territory  that  should  claim  its  bene- 
fits a  proportionate  amount  of  unclaimed  western  lands,  in  place  of  scrip, 
the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  which  should  apply  under  certain  conditions 
to  the  "endowment,  support,  and  maintenance  of  at  least  one  college  where 
the  leading  object  shall  be,  without  excluding  other  scientific  and  classical 
studies,  and  including  military  tactics,  to  teach  such  branches  of  learning 
as  are  related  to  agriculture  and  the  mechanic  arts,  in  such  a  manner  as 
the  Legislatures  of  the  States  may  respectively  prescribe,  in  order  to  pro- 
mote the  liberal  and  practical  education  of  the  industrial  classes  in  the 
several  pursuits  and  professions  of  life."  This  grant  was  accepted  by  the 
General  Assembly  of  Maryland,  and  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College  was 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  9 

named  as  the  beneficiary  of  the  grant.  Thus  the  College  became,  at  least 
in  part,  a  State  institution.  In  the  fall  of  1914  control  was  taken  over 
entirely  by  the  State.  In  1916  the  General  Assembly  granted  a  new  charter 
to  the  College,  and  made  it  the  Maryland  State  College. 

In  1920,  by  an  act  of  the  State  Legislature,  the  University  of  Maryland 
was  merged  with  the  Maryland  State  College,  and  the  resultant  institution 
was  given  the  name  University  of  Maryland. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  YEAR 

The  University  year  is  divided  into  two  semesters  of  approximately  seven- 
teen weeks  each,  and  a  summer  session  of  six  weeks. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

The  government  of  the  University  is,  by  law,  vested  in  a  Board  of 
Regents,  consisting  of  eleven  members  appointed  by  the  governor  of  the 
State,  each  for  a  term  of  nine  years.  The  administration  of  the  University 
is  vested  in  the  president.  The  deans,  directors  and  other  principal  officers 
of  the  University  form  the  Administrative  Board.  This  group  serves  in  an 
advisory  capacity  to  the  president. 

Following  is  a  list  of  the  administrative  divisions  of  the  University: 
At  College  Park 
College  of  Agriculture  College    of    Physical    Education, 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Recreation   and   Health 

College  of  Business  and  Public  College  of  Special  and  Continua- 

Administration  tion  Studies 

College  of  Education  Graduate  School 

Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engi-        Summer  School 
neering     and     Aeronautical 


Sciences  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

College  of  Home  Economics  Agricultural  and  Home  Economics 

College  of  Military  Science  Extension  Service 

At  Baltimore 

School  of  Dentistry  School  of  Pharmacy 

School  of  Law  University  Hospital 

School  of  Medicine  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agricul- 

School  of  Nursing  ture 

State- Wide  Activities 

The  Agricultural  and  Home  Economics  Extension  Service  maintains  local 
representatives  in  every  county  of  the  State.  These  representatives,  County 
Agents  and  Home  Demonstration  Agents,  provide  expert  assistance  to 
farmers  and  farm  families  in  their  areas  and,  when  necessary,  call  upon 
the  large  staff  of  specialists  at  the  headquarters  of  the  Extension  Service 
at  College  Park. 


The  Administration  Building 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  11 

The  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Service,  which  is  charged  with  responsibility  for 
the  control  and  eradication  of  diseases  of  live  stock  and  poultry,  maintains 
local  veterinary  inspectors  throughout  the  State,  in  addition  to  specialists 
and  laboratory  technicians  at  the  main  laboratory  at  College  Park  and  the 
branch  laboratories  in  Salisbury,  Centerville  and  Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL  FACILITIES— GROUNDS,  BUILDINGS  AND  EQUIPMENT 

College  Park 

Grounds.  The  University  grounds  at  College  Park  comprise  approxi- 
mately 1150  acres.  A  broad  rolling  campus  is  surmounted  by  a  commanding 
hill  which  overlooks  a  wide  area  and  insures  excellent  drainage.  Most  of 
the  buildings  are  located  on  this  eminence  and  the  adjacent  grounds  are 
laid  out  attractively  in  lawns  and  terraces  ornamented  with  trees,  shrub- 
bery and  flower  beds.  Below  the  hill  and  along  either  side  of  the  Wash- 
ington-Baltimore Boulevard  lie  the  drill  grounds  and  athletic  fields. 

Approximately  500  acres  are  used  for  research  and  teaching  in  horti- 
culture, agriculture,  dairying,  livestock  and  poultry.  An  additional  five 
hundred  acres  of  land  provided  for  plant  research  work  are  located  at  the 
Hopkins  and  Nash  farms,  five  miles  northwest  of  College  Park  and  in 
various  other  localities. 

Buildings.  The  buildings  of  beautifully  designed  Georgian  colonial  motif 
comprise  about  fifty  principal  structures  and  an  additional  fifty  for 
supplemental  utility,  providing  facilities  for  the  varied  activities  carried  on 
at  College  Park. 

Administration  and  Instruction.  This  group  consists  of  the  following: 
Administration  Building,  which  accommodates  the  offices  of  the  President, 
Dean  of  Men,  Business  Manager,  Comptroller,  Director  of  Personnel,  Regis- 
trar, Director  of  Admissions,  Publications,  Alumni  Secretary,  Director  of 
Procurement  and  Supply,  and  Cashier,  as  well  as  Student  Supply  Store  and 
University  Post  Office. 

Agriculture  Building,  which  houses  the  College  of  Agriculture,  the  Agri- 
cultural and  Home  Economics  Extension  Service  and  the  Director  of  the 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Other  buildings,  whose  space  is  principally  devoted  to  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture are :     Poultry  Building,  Horticulture  Building,  and  Dairy  Building. 

The  Arts  and  Sciences  Building,  Glenn  L.  Martin  Engineering  and  Aero- 
nautical Sciences  Buildings,  Education  Building,  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration Building  and  Home  Economics  Building,  as  the  names  imply, 
house  the  various  colleges. 

The  Armory,  one  of  the  finest  structures  of  its  kind  in  the  country;  the 
Ritchie  Coliseum,  seating  4,500,  used  for  indoor  sports  events;  the  Gym- 
nasium; the  Women's  Field  House  and  the  Byrd  Stadium  providing  for 
8,000  spectators  are  utilized  principally  by  the  College  of  Military  Science 


12  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  The  Chemis- 
try Building,  Geography  Building  and  Agronomy,  Botany,  Physics  Building, 
Classroom  Building,  Dean  of  Women's  Building,  Library,  Morrill  Hall,  and 
the  Home  Economics  Practice  House,  complete  the  principal  structures  in 
this  group. 

A  new  stadium  with  a  permanent  seating  capacity  of  35,000  is  under 
construction,  scheduled  for  completion  by  September  30,  1950. 

Ten  temporary  frame  classroom  buildings  serve  the  overflow  from  Chem- 
istry, Physics  and  Zoology  as  well  as  the  entire  Psychology  and  Mathe- 
matics departments  and  provide  a  Recreation  building  for  day  students  and 
headquarters  for  all  student  publications. 

A  Shop  Building  is  being  jointly  used  by  the  Industrial  Education  and 
Agricultural  Engineering  departments. 

Housing.  The  Women's  Dormitories  are  Anne  Arundel  Hall,  Margaret 
Brent  Hall,  and  New  Dormitories  No.  2  and  No.  3.  In  addition,  there  are 
four  smaller  units  at  present  providing  housing  for  sorority  groups. 

Men's  Dormitories.  Calvert  and  Silvester  Halls  are  the  only  two  named 
dormitories  of  a  group  of  ten  separate  buildings  housing  men  students. 

A  Temporary  Housing  Project  provides  facilities  for  1,100  male  students 
in  nine  dormitories  and  104  veteran  families  in  thirteen  family  units. 

Experiment  Station.  The  headquarters  for  the  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station  are  in  the  new  Agricultural  building.  The  laboratories  and 
greenhouses  for  this  research  work  are  located  in  several  buildings  on  the 
campus. 

The  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Service  is  located  in  a  group  of  buildings  about 
a  mile  east  of  the  main  campus,  near  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad 
Station. 

Service  Buildings.  This  group  includes  the  Central  Heating  Plant,  Ser- 
vice Building,  the  Infirmary,  and  the  Dining  Hall. 

The  Fire  Service  Extension  Building,  completed  in  1946,  is  located  south  of 
the  Byrd  Stadium  on  the  boulevard.  It  houses  the  Fire  Extension  Service 
offices  as  well  as  the  College  Park  Volunteer  Fire  Department. 

Historical  Building.  Rossborough  Inn.  This  historic  Inn,  built  in  1798, 
is  the  oldest  building  on  the  campus  and  for  many  years  housed  the  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station.  Entirely  restored,  it  is  now  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  and  interesting  buildings  on  the  campus. 

U.  S.  Government  Buildings.  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines.  The 
Eastern  Experiment  Station  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines  is  lo- 
cated on  the  University  grounds.  The  general  laboratories  are  used  for 
instruction  purposes  in  College  of  Engineering  as  well  as  by  the  United 
States  Government  for  Experimental  work.  The  building  contains  a  geo- 
logical museum  and  a  technical  library.     United  States  Fish  and  Wildlife 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  13 

contains  laboratories  for  research  in  fisheries  dealing  with  chemical,  chem- 
ical engineering,  bacteriological,  nutritional,  and  biological  subjects. 
Through  a  cooperative  arrangement  with  the  University  it  is  possible  for 
students  to  do  graduate  work  using  the  facilities  of  these  laboratories. 

Baltimore 

The  group  of  buildings  located  in  the  vicinity  of  Lombard  and  Greene 
Streets  provides  available  housing  for  the  Baltimore  division  of  the  Uni- 
versity. The  group  comprises  the  original  Medical  School  Building,  erected 
in  1814;  the  Old  Hospital  now  used  as  a  dispensary;  the  New  University 
Hospital  with  approximately  450  beds;  the  Frank  C.  Bressler  Research 
Laboratory;  the  Dental  and  Pharmacy  Building;  the  Nurses'  Home;  the 
Law  School  Building;  Davidge  Hall,  which  houses  the  Medical  library;  and 
the  Administration  Building. 

LIBRARY  FACILITIES 

Libraries  are  located  at  both  the  College  Park  and  Baltimore  divisions 
of  the  University. 

The  General  Library  at  College  Park,  completed  in  1931,  is  an  attractive 
and  well  equipped  structure.  The  main  reading  room  on  the  second  floor 
seats  250  and  has  about  5,000  reference  books  and  bound  periodicals  on 
open  shelves.  The  five-tier  stack  room  and  basement  are  equipped  with 
parrels  and  desks  for  use  of  advanced  students.  The  Library  Annex,  a 
temporary,  two-story  building  located  just  west  of  the  main  building,  is 
Used  for  reserve  book  reading  and  seminars.  The  Annex  accommodates 
about  300  people.  About  30,000  of  the  150,000  volumes  on  the  campus 
are  shelved  in  the  Chemistry,  Engineering,  Entomology  and  Mathematics 
Departments,  the  Graduate  School,  and  other  units.  Over  1,000  periodicals 
are  currently  received. 

Facilities  in  Baltimore  consist  of  the  libraries  of  the  School  of  Dentistry, 
containing  14,000  volumes;  the  School  of  Law,  24,000  volumes;  the  School 
of  Medicine,  30,000  volumes;  the  School  of  Nursing,  2,000  volumes;  and 
the  School  of  Pharmacy,  11,000  volumes.  The  Medical  Library  is  housed 
in  Davidge  Hall ;  the  remaining  four  libraries  have  quarters  in  the  buildings 
of  their  respective  schools,  where  they  are  readily  available  for  use.  Facili- 
ties for  the  courses  in  Arts  and  Sciences  are  offered  jointly  by  the  libraries 
of  the  Schools  of  Dentistry  and  Pharmacy. 

The  libraries  of  the  University  total  in  the  aggregate  over  225,000  bound 
volumes.  The  General  Library  is  a  depository  for  publications  of  the 
United  States  Government  and  numbers  some  75,000  documents  in  its 
collection. 

The  University  Library  System  is  able  to  supplement  its  reference  ser- 
vice by  borrowing  material  from  other  libraries  through  Inter-Library  Loan 
or  Bibliofilm  Service,  or  by  arranging  for  personal  work  in  the  Library  of 
Congress,  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  Library,  and  other 
agencies  in  Washington. 


14  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Service  Laboratory.  The  technological  research  laboratory  building  of  the 
U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  is  located  on  the  University  campus.    It 

ADMISSION  PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate  Schools:  Applicants  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture, Arts  and  Sciences,  Business  and  Public  Administration,  Education, 
Engineering,  and  Home  Economics  should  communicate  with  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Graduate  School:  Those  seeking  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  should 
address  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park. 

Professional  Schools:  Information  about  admission  to  the  professional 
schools  in  Baltimore  may  be  had  by  writing  to  the  dean  of  the  college  con- 
cerned or  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University. 

Applicants  from  Secondary  Schools:  Procure  an  application  blank  from 
the  Director  of  Admissions.  Fill  in  personal  data  requested  and  ask  your 
principal  or  headmaster  to  enter  your  secondary  school  record  and  mail 
the  blank  to  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

To  avoid  delay,  it  is  suggested  that  applications  be  filed  not  later  than 
July  1  for  the  fall  semester,  and  January  1  for  the  spring  semester. 
Applications  from  students  completing  their  last  semester  of  secondary 
work  are  encouraged.  If  acceptable,  supplementary  records  may  be  sent 
upon  graduation. 

Applicants  from  Other  Colleges  and  Universities:  Secure  an  application 

blank  from  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Fill  in  personal  data  requested 
and  ask  secondary  school  principal  or  headmaster  to  enter  secondary  school 
record  and  send  the  blank  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Request  the 
Registrar  of  the  College  or  University  attended  to  send  a  transcript  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Time  of  Admission:  New  students  should  plan  to  enter  the  University  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester  if  possible.  Students,  however,  will 
be  admitted  at  the  beginning  of  either  semester. 

ADMISSION  OF  FRESHMEN 

Admission  by  Certificate:  Graduates  of  accredited  secondary  schools  of 
Maryland  or  the  District  of  Columbia  will  be  admitted  by  certificate  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  principal.  Graduates  of  out-of-state  schools 
should  have  attained  college  certification  marks,  such  marks  to  be  not  less 
than  one  letter  or  ten  points  higher  than  the  passing  mark. 

Veterans  and  other  mature  persons  who  are  not  high  school  graduates 
may  qualify  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  by  passing  prescribed  tests 
comparable  to  those  employed  by  state  authorities  to  establish  high  school 
equivalence. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  15 

SUBJECT  REQUIREMENTS 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter. 

English    4  units  required  for  all  divisions  of  the  University. 

Mathematics ZV2  units,  including  Solid  Geometry,  required  for 

Engineering,  Mathematics  and  Physics. 

For  all  Colleges,  one  unit  each  of  Algebra  and 
Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  A  unit  of  Algebra 
will  be  needed  by  Business  and  Public  Adminis- 
tration students  and  by  most  Education,  Home 
Economics  and  Arts  students. 

Social  Science;  Natural 

and  Biological  Science ..  1   unit   from    each   group   is   required;    two   are 
desirable. 

Foreign  Languages Those    who    will    follow    the    professions,    enter 

journalism,  foreign  trade  or  service,  study  the 
humanities  or  do  research,  should  have  a  good 
foundation  in  one  or  more,  but  none  is  required. 

Electives   Fine    Arts,    trade    and    vocational    subjects    are 

acceptable. 

Transfer  Students:  Only  students  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship  and 
conduct  are  eligible  to  transfer.  Advanced  standing  is  assigned  to  transfer 
students  from  accredited  institutions  under  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  resident  work  of  not  less  than  30  semester 
hours  is  necessary  for  a  degree. 

2.  The  University  reserves  the  right  at  any  time  to  revoke  advanced 
standing  if  the  transfer  student's  progress  is  unsatisfactory. 

Special  Students:  Applicants  who  are  at  least  twenty-one  years  of  age, 
and  who  have  not  completed  the  usual  preparatory  course,  may  be  admitted 
to  such  courses  as  they  seem  fitted  to  take.  Special  students  are  ineligible 
to  matriculate  for  a  degree  until  entrance  requirements  have  been  satisfied. 

Unclassified  Students:  Applicants  who  meet  entrance  requirements  but 
who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  leading  to  a  degree  are 
eligible  for  admission  to  pursue  courses  for  which  they  have  met 
prerequisites. 


16  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  HEALTH   EDUCATION  REQUIRE- 

MENTS  FOR  MEN  AND  WOMEN 

All  undergraduate  students  classified  academically  as  freshmen  or  sopho- 
mores, irrespective  of  their  physical  condition,  who  are  registered  for  more 
than  six  semester  hours  are  required  to  enroll  in  and  successfully  complete 
four  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education.  The  successful  completion 
of  these  courses  is  a  prerequisite  for  graduation.  They  must  be  taken  by 
all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two  years  of  attendance  at  the  Uni- 
versity, whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not,  the  only  exceptions  are  in 
the  cases  of  students  who  have  passed  their  thirtieth  birthdays.  Students 
not  qualified  to  take  the  regular  activities  program  will  be  given  adaptive 
work  suitable  to  their  physical  capacities.  Transfer  students  who  do  not 
have  credit  in  these  courses  must  complete  them  or  take  them  until  gradua- 
tion, whichever  occurs  first.  Students  with  military  service  may  receive 
credit  for  these  required  courses  by  applying  to  the  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C. 
Records  Office. 

Health  Education  Requirement  for  Women: 

All  freshman  women  who  are  registered  for  more  than  six  semester 
hours  must  enroll  in  and  successfully  complete  the  prescribed  courses  for 
four  credits  in  Health  Education. 

Regulations  regarding  transfer  students  and  requirements  for  graduation 
apply  as  stated  above  for  Physical  Education. 

Required  Uniforms: 

A  regulation  uniform  as  prescribed  by  the  College  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion, Recreation  and  Health  is  required  for  both  men  and  women. 

Required  Equipment: 

Students  will  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment  for  certain 
elective  courses  such  as  archery,  badminton,  golf,  and  tennis. 

REQUIREMENTS  IN  MILITARY  INSTRUCTION 

All  male  students  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules  are 
required  to  take  elementary  military  training  for  a  period  of  two  years. 
The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  graduation 
but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two  years  of 
attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not. 
Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  military  train- 
ing will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation, 
whichever  occurs  first. 

Any  male  student  in  any  undergraduate  curriculum  of  the  Univer- 
sity who  is  accepted  for  such  training  may  pursue  an  advanced  course 
in  this  field  which  will  lead  to  a  reserve  or  regular  commission  in  the  United 
States  Air  Force.  This  advanced  training  may  be  carried  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  student's  academic  program. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  17 

AIR  FORCE  R.  0.  T.  C.  EXEMPTIONS 

1.  Students  who  have  completed  the  course  in  other  senior  units  of  the 
U.  S.  A.  F.,  Army  or  Naval  R.  O.  T.  C. 

2.  Students  holding  commissions  in  the  Reserve  Corps  of  the  Army, 
Navy,  Marine  Corps,  Coast  Guard  or  Air  Force. 

3.  Students  who  have  served  in  the  Army,  Navy,  Marine  Corps,  Coast 
Guard  or  Air  Force  for  a  peroid  of  time  long  enough  to  be  considered 
equivalent  to  the  training  received  in  the  A.  F.  R.  0.  T.  C.  Short  periods 
of  service  in  any  of  the  branches  named  above  will  be  evaluated  and  allowed 
as  credit  toward  completion  of  the  course. 

4.  Graduate  students. 

5.  Students  classified  as  "Special  Students"  who  are  registered  for  less 
than  seven  semester  credits. 

6.  Students  who  have  passed  their  thirtieth  birthday  before  starting 
the  course. 

7.     Students  who  are  not  citizens  of  the  United  States  or  one  of  its 
territorial  possessions. 

Students  excused  from  basic  military  training  are  required  to  take  an 
equivalent  number  of  credits  in  other  subjects,  which  substitution  must  be 
approved  by  the  dean  of  the  college  concerned. 

THE  PROGRAM  IN  AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION 

Because  the  University  feels  that  it  is  vital  for  every  student  to  under- 
stand this  country  better,  it  has  established  a  very  comprehensive  program 
of  American  studies.  Work  in  American  Civilization  is  offered  at  three 
distinct  academic  levels.  The  first  level  is  required  of  all  freshmen  or 
sophomores  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  is  described  below. 

The  second  level  is  for  undergraduate  students  wishing  to  carry  a  major 
in  this  field  (see  catalog  for  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences).  The  third 
level  is  for  students  desiring  to  do  graduate  work  in  this  field  (see  Catalog 
for  the  Graduate  School). 

Courses  in  the  American  Civilization  Program  Required  of 
All  Freshmen   and   Sophomores 

All  students  (unless  specific  exceptions  are  noted  in  printed  curricula) 
are  required  to  take  twelve  semester  hours  of  English  (for  sequence  and 
descriptions,  see  the  offerings  of  the  Department  of  English),  three  semester 
hours  of  sociology  (Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life),  three  semester 
hours  of  government  (G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government),  and  six  semes- 
ter hours  of  history  (H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization). 

These  several  courses  are  planned  as  parts  of  a  whole  that  is  designed 
to  acquaint  students  with  the  basic  facts  of  American  history,  with  the 
fundamental  patterns  of  our  social,  economic,  political,  and  intellectual  de- 
velopment, and  with  the  riches  of  our  cultural  heritage. 


18 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


General  FEES  AND   EXPENSES 

All  checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  the  exact  amount  of  the  charges. 

In  cases  where  students  have  been  awarded  Legislative  Scholarships  or 
University  Grants,  the  amount  of  such  scholarship  or  grant  will  be  deducted 
from  the  bill. 

All  fees  are  due  and  payable  at  the  time  of  registration,  and  students 
should  come  prepared  to  pay  the  full  amount  of  the  charges.  No  student 
will  be  admitted  to  classes  until  such  payment  has  been  made.  Veterans  are 
required  to  comply  with  these  conditions  if  the  University  does  not  have  in 
its  possession  at  the  time  of  registration  an  approved  Certificate  of  Eligi- 
bility and  Entitlement  from  the  Veterans  Administration. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other 
charges  as  may  be  found  necessary,  although  every  effort  will  be  made  to 
keep  the  costs  to  the  student  as  low  as  possible. 

No  degree  will  be  conferred,  nor  any  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript 
of  a  record  issued  to  a  student  who  has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement 
of  his  account. 

The  University  will  award  to  all  World  War  II  Veteran  Students  ap- 
proved by  the  Veterans  Administration  for  the  educational  benefits  under 
Public  Laws  16  or  346,  a  scholarship  whenever  the  total  charges  excluding 
room  and  board,  but  including  textbooks  and  supplies,  exceeds  the  $500 
allotment  per  academic  year  payable  to  the  University  by  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment. The  amount  of  such  scholarship  shall  be  the  difference  between 
such  total  charges  as  above  defined  and  the  maximum  amount  payable  by 
the  Veterans  Administration  during  the  veteran  student's  period  of  eligi- 
bility. 

RESIDENTS,  NON-RESIDENTS 
Fees  for  Undergraduate  Students 
Maryland  Residents 

Fixed  Charges  

Athletic  Fee 

Special  Fee 

Student  Activities  Fee 

Infirmary  Fee 

Post  Office  Fee 

Advisory  and  Testing  Fee 


Total  for  Maryland  Residents. 


Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
Other  States  and  Countries 

Tuition  Fee  for  Non-Resident  Students . 


First 

Second 

Semester 

Semester 

Total 

$82.00 

$83.00 

$165.00 

15.00 

15.00 

15.00 

15.00 

10.00 

10.00 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

2.00 

1.00 

1.00 

$130.00 

$83.00 

$213.00 

First 

Second 

Semester 

Semester 

Total 

$63.00 

$62.00 

$125.00 

Total  for  Non-Resident  Students $193.00        *$145.00        $338.00 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  19 

Board  and  Lodging 

Board   $170.00  $170.00        $340.00 

Dormitory  Eoom   $54-$63  $54-$63    $108-$126 

Total,  Board  and  Room $224-$233      $224-$233    $448-$466 

The  above  fees  do  not  apply  to  the  temporary  Veterans'  Housing  Units. 
The  rates  for  these  Units  are  as  follows: 

Dormitory  Unit,  $50  per  semester. 

Family  Units:  Two-room  apartment,  $33  month;  three-room  apartment, 
$36  month. 

The  Fixed  Charges  Fee  is  not  a  charge  for  tuition.  It  is  a  charge  to  help  defray  the 
cost  of  operating  the  University's  physical  plant  and  other  various  services  which  ordinarily 
would  not  be  included  as  a  cost  of  teaching  personnel  and  teaching  supplies.  Included  in 
these  costs  would  be  janitorial  services,  cost  of  heat,  electricity,  water,  etc.,  administrative 
and  clerical  cost,  maintenance  of  buildings  and  grounds,  maintenance  of  libraries,  cost  of 
University  publications.  Alumni  Office,  the  University  Business  and  Financial  Offices,  the 
Registrar's  Office,  the  Admissions  Office,  and  any  other  such  services  as  are  supplemental 
and  necessary  to  teaching  and  research  are  supported  by  this  fee. 

The  Athletic  Fee  is  charged  for  the  support  of  the  Department  of  Intercollegiate 
Athletics.  All  students  are  eligible  and  encouraged  to  participate  in  all  of  the  activities  of 
this   department  and   to  attend  all   contests   in  which  they  do  not  participate. 

The  Special  Fee  is  used  for  improving  physical  training  facilities  and  for  other  Uni- 
versity projects  that  have  direct  relationship  to  student  welfare,  especially  athletics  and 
recreation.  This  fee  now  is  allocated  to  a  fund  for  construction  of  a  stadium,  a  new 
combination  coliseum  and  auditorium,  and  to  constructing  a  swimming  pool  and  a  student 
union. 

The  Student  Activities  Fee  is  a  mandatory  fee  included  at  the  request  of  the  Student 
Government  Association.  It  covers  subscriptions  to  the  Diamondback,  student  paper,  of 
$1.60  per  year,  the  Old  Line,  literary  magazine,  of  $.75  per  year,  and  the  yearbook ;  class 
dues,   including  financial  support  for   the  musical  and  dramatic  clubs. 

The  Infirmary  Fee  does  not  include  expensive  drugs  or  special  diagnostic  procedures. 
Expensive  drugs  will  be  charged  at  cost  and  special  diagnostic  procedures,  such  as  X-Ray, 
Electrocardiographs,  Basal  Metabolic  Rates,  etc.,  will  be  charged  at  the  lowest  cost  prevailing 
in   the  vicinity. 

*  Students  entering  the  University  for  the  second  semester  will  pay  the  following  addi- 
tional fees :  Athletic,  $7.50 ;  Special,  $7.50 ;  Student  Activities,  $8.00 ;  Infirmary,  $2.50 ; 
Post  Office  Fees,  $1.00  ;  Advisory  and  Testing  Fee,  $.50. 

SPECIAL  FEES 

Matriculation  Fee  for  undergraduates,  payable  at  time  of  first  regis- 
tration in  the  University $10.00 

Diploma  Fee  for  Bachelor's  degree 10.00 

Cap  and  Gown  Fee  for  Bachelor's  degree 2.50 

Engineering  College  Fee,  Per  Semester 3.00 

Home  Economics  College  Fee,  Per  Semester 10.00 

Fees  for  Auditors  are  exactly  the  same  as  fees  charged  to  students 
registered  for  credit. 


20 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


LABORATORY  AND  OTHER  FEES 


Laboratory  Fees  Per  Semester  Course 

Agricultural    Engineering.  .  $3.00 

Bacteriology    10.00 

Botany    5.00 

Chemical  Engineering 8.00 

Metallurgy 4.00 

Chemistry    10.00 

Dairy 3.00 

Electrical  Engineering 4.00 

Entomology  3.00 

Home  Economics — 

(Non-Home  Ec.  Students) 

Practical  Art,  Crafts,  Tex- 
tiles and  Clothing 3.00 

Foods  and  Practice  House 

(each)   7.00 

Horticulture 5.00 


Education     (Depending     on 

Laboratory) 

$1.00,  $2.00,  $3.00,  $6.00 

Industrial  Education 5.00 

Music 30.00 

(Applied  Music  only) 
Physics — 

Introductory    3.00 

All  Other  6.00 

Psychology 4.00 

Office  Techniques  and 

Management    7.50 

Speech — 

Radio  and  Stagecraft.  . . .     2.00 

All  Other 1.00 

Zoology 8.00 


Miscellaneous  Fees  and  Charges 

Fee  for  part-time  students  per  credit  hour 8.00 

(The  term  "part-time  students"  is  interpreted  to  mean  under- 
graduate students  taking  6  semester  credit  hours  or  less. 
Students  carrying  more  than  6  semester  hours  pay  the  regular 
fees.) 

Late   Registration   Fee 5.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  includ- 
ing the  filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular 
registration  days.)  Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registra- 
tion during  the  prescribed  days  will  be  charged  a  fee  of  $5.00 

Fee  for  change  in  registration 3.00 

Fee  for  failure  to  report  for  medical  examination  appointment 2.00 


Special  Examination  Fee — to  establish  college  credit — per  semester 
hour  


5.00 


Makeup  Examination  Fee— (for  students  who  are  absent  during 
any  class  period  when  tests  or  examinations  are  given) 1.00 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee 1.00 

Property  Damage  Charge — Students  will  be  charged  for  damage 
to  property  or  equipment.  Where  responsibility  for  the  damage 
can  be  fixed,  the  individual  student  will  be  billed  for  it;  where 
responsibility  cannot  be  fixed,  the  cost  of  repairing  the  damage 
or  replacing  equipment  will  be  pro-rated. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  21 

Library  Charges: 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  general  library  before  ex- 
piration of  loan  period .  .05  per  day 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  Reserve  Shelf  before  expira- 
tion of  loan  period — 

First  hour  overdue 25 

Each  additional  hour  overdue 05 

In  case  of  loss  or  mutilation  of  a  book,  satisfactory  restitution 
must  be  made. 

Text  Books  and  Supplies 

Text  books  and  classroom  supplies — These  costs  vary  with  the  course 
pursued,  but  will  average  per  semester 35.00 

Fees  for  Graduate  Students 

Tuition  charge  for  students  carrying  more  than  8  semester  credit 

hours   65.00 

Tuition  charge  per  semester  hour  for  students  carrying  8  semester 

credit  hours  or  less 8.00 

Matriculation  Fee,  payable  only  once,  at  time  of  first  registration. .  10.00 

Diploma  Fee  for  Master's  Degree 10.00 

Cap  and  Gown  Fee  for  Master's  Degree 2.75 

Graduation  Fee  for  Doctor's  Degree 30.00 

Cap  and  Gown  Fee  for  Doctor's  Degree 3.75 

Notes:   Fees  in  the  Graduate  School  are  the  same  for  all  students, 
whether  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland  or  not. 
All  fees,  except  Diploma  Fee  and  Graduation  Fee,  are  pay- 
able at  the  time  of  registration  for  each  semester. 
Diploma  Fee  and  Graduation  Fee  must  be  paid  prior  to 
graduation. 

Fees  for  Off-Campus  Courses 

Matriculation  Fee  (payable  once,  at  time  of  first  registration  by  all 
students — full  time  and  part  time;  candidates  for  degrees,  and 
non-candidates) : 

For  Undergraduates   10.00 

For  Graduates    10.00 

Tuition  Charge  (same  for  all  students) — Limit  six  hours.  For  ex- 
ceptional adult  students  taking  off-campus  courses  the  limit  may 
be  increased  to  nine  hours.    Charge  per  credit  hour 8.00 

Laboratory  Fees — A  laboratory  fee,  to  cover  cost  of  materials 
used,  is  charged  in  laboratory  courses.  These  fees  vary  with  the 
course  and  can  be  ascertained  in  any  case  by  inquiry  of  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies. 


22  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at  any  time  during  the 
academic  year,  should  file  an  application  for  withdrawal,  bearing  the  proper 
signatures,  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar.  If  this  is  not  done,  the  student 
will  not  be  entitled,  as  a  matter  of  course,  to  a  certificate  of  honorable  dis- 
missal, and  will  forfeit  his  right  to  any  refund  to  which  he  would  other- 
wise be  entitled.  The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  appli- 
cation for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 

In  the  case  of  a  minor,  withdrawal  will  be  permitted  only  with  the  written 
consent  of  the  student's  parent  or  guardian. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  receive  a  refund  of  all 
charges,  except  board,  lodging,  deposits  for  room  reservation  and  advanced 
registration,  less  the  matriculation  fee  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule : 

Percentage 
Period  from  Date  Instruction  Begins  Refundable 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks 60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks 40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks 20% 

Over  five  weeks 0 

Board  and  lodging  are  refunded  only  in  the  event  the  student  withdraws 
from  the  University.  Refunds  of  board  and  lodging  are  made  on  a  pro-rata, 
weekly  basis.  Dining  Hall  cards  issued  to  boarding  students  must  be  sur- 
rendered at  the  Dining  Hall  office  the  day  of  withdrawal. 

No  refunds  of  fixed  charges,  tuition,  laboratoy  fees,  etc.,  are  allowed  when 
courses  are  dropped,  unless  student  withdraws  from  the  University. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

To  provide  broader  educational  opportunities  for  those  served  by  each 
institution,  the  Graduate  School  for  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  the  University  of  Maryland  have  developed  a  cooperative 
arrangement  under  which  certain  resources  of  each  institution  are  made 
available  to  students  of  both  institutions.  Representatives  of  certain  subject 
matter  departments  at  each  institution  are  engaged  in  developing  integrated 
educational  programs. 

Under  these  arrangements,  work  taken  at  the  Graduate  School  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  may  be  applied  as  partial  resi- 
dence credit  toward  undergraduate  or  advanced  degrees  at  the  University 
of  Maryland.  Those  wishing  to  take  advantage  of  these  arrangements 
must  work  out  an  approved  program  of  study  with  their  advisers. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  23 

DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENCE  AND  NON-RESIDENCE 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students,  if  at 
the  time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  residents  of  this 
State  for  at  least  one  year,  or  upon  their  return  to  the  State,  if  they  have 
resided  in  the  State  for  one  full  year  during  the  five  years  immediately 
preceding  their  return. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents,  if  at  the  time  of  their 
registration  they  have  been  residents  of  this  State  for  at  least  one  year,  or 
upon  their  return  to  the  State,  if  they  have  resided  in  the  State  for  one 
full  year  during  the  five  years  immediately  preceding  their  return;  pro- 
vided such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or 
college  in  Maryland. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by 
him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal 
residents  of  this  State,  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full 
calendar  year.  However,  the  right  of  the  student  (minor)  to  change  from 
a  non-resident  to  a  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to 
registration  for  a  semester  in  any  academic  year. 

REGULATION  OF  STUDIES 

Course  Numbers.  Courses  for  undergraduates  are  designated  by  numbers 
1 — 99;  courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates,  by  numbers 
100 — 199*;  and  courses  for  graduates,  by  numbers  200 — 299. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Schedule  of  Courses.  A  semester  time  schedule  of  courses,  giving  days, 
hours,  and  rooms,  is  issued  as  a  separate  pamphlet  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester.    Classes  are  scheduled  beginning  at  8:00  A.  M. 

Definition  of  Credit  Unit.  The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  of  credit 
in  the  University,  is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject  pursued  one  period  a  week 
for  one  semester.  Two  or  three  periods  of  laboratory  or  field  work  are 
equivalent  to  one  lecture  or  recitation  period.  The  student  is  expected  to 
devote  three  hours  a  week  in  classroom  or  laboratory  and  in  outside  prepa- 
ration for  each  credit  hour  in  any  course. 

Examinations.  Examinations  are  held  at  the  end  of  each  semester  in 
accordance  with  the  official  schedule  of  examinations.  Students  are  required 
to  use  the  prescribed  type  of  examination  book  in  final  examinations;  and, 
also,  when  requested  to  do  so  by  the  instructor,  in  tests  given  during  the 
semester. 


•  But  not  all  coursei  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit. 


24  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Final  examinations  are  held  in  all  courses  except  in  classes  where  the 
character  of  the  work  will  permit  the  instructor  to  note  frequently  the 
progress  and  proficiency  of  the  student — in  which  case  they  may  be  omitted 
upon  approval  of  the  head  of  the  department  and  dean  of  the  college. 
Periodic  examinations  and  tests  are  given  during  regularly  scheduled  class 
periods.  Final  examinations,  where  required,  are  given  according  to  schedule 
and  are  of  not  more  than  two  hours'  duration. 

Final  examinations  for  undergraduate  candidates  for  degrees  are  waived 
in  the  semester  immediately  preceding  their  June  graduation  exercises,  and 
final  grades  are  based  on  daily  grades  and  tests  given  during  the  semester. 

Marking  System:  The  following  symbols  are  used  for  marks:  A,  B,  C, 
and  D,  passing;  F,  Failure;  I,  Incomplete. 

Mark  A  denotes  superior  scholarship;  mark  6,  good  scholarship;  mark  C, 
fair  scholarship;  and  mark  D,  passing  scholarship. 

In  computing  scholastic  averages,  numerical  values  are  assigned  as  fol- 
lows: A— 4;  B— 3;  C— 2;  D— 1;  F— 0. 

A  scholastic  average  of  C  is  required  for  graduation  and  for  junior 
standing.  At  least  three-fourths  of  the  credits  required  for  graduation  must 
be  earned  with  marks  of  A,  B,  or  C.  A  student  who  receives  the  mark  of  D 
in  more  than  one-fourth  of  his  credits  must  take  additional  courses  or  repeat 
courses  until  he  has  met  these  requirements. 

Academic  Regulations;  A  separate  pamphlet  is  published  each  year  list- 
ing the  regulations  which  govern  the  academic  work  and  other  activities 
of  students. 

REPORTS 

Written  reports  of  grades  are  sent  by  the  Registrar  to  parents  or 
guardians  of  minor  students  who  are  not  veterans  at  the  close  of  each 
semester. 

DELINQUENT  STUDENTS 

A  student  must  attain  passing  marks  in  fifty  per  cent  of  the  semester 
hours  for  which  he  is  registered,  or  he  is  automatically  dropped  from  the 
University.  The  Registrar  notifies  the  student,  his  parent  or  guardian, 
and  the  student's  dean  of  this  action.  A  student  who  has  been  dropped 
for  scholastic  reasons  may  appeal  in  writing  to  the  Committee  on  Admis- 
sion, Guidance,  and  Adjustment  for  reinstatement.  The  Committee  is  em- 
powered to  grant  relief  for  just  cause.  A  student  who  has  been  dropped 
from  the  University  for  scholastic  reasons,  and  whose  petition  for  reinstate- 
ment is  denied,  may  again  petition  after  a  lapse  of  at  least  one  semester. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  request  at  any  time  the  withdrawal 
of  a  student  who  cannot  or  does  not  maintain  the  required  standard  of 
scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  University  would  be  detrimental 
to  his  or  her  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  25 

satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the  University.  Students  of  the  last  class 
may  be  asked  to  withdraw  even  though  no  specific  charge  be  made  against 
them. 

According  to  University  regulations,  excessive  absence  from  any  course 
is  penalized  by  failure  in  that  course.  Students  who  are  guilty  of  per- 
sistent absence  from  any  course  will  be  reported  to  the  President  or  to  his 
appointed  representative  for  final  disciplinary  action. 

JUNIOR  STANDING 

For  junior  standing,  the  requirements  shall  be,  in  addition  to  the  required 
military  and  physical  education,  fifty-six  (56)  semester  hours  of  academic 
credit,  the  whole  program  to  be  completed  with  an  average  grade  of  C. 

DEGREES  AND  CERTIFICATES 

The  University  confers  the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor 
of  Science,  Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Arts  in  Amer- 
ican Civilization,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Business  Administration, 
Master  of  Foreign  Study,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  Doctor  of  Education,  Civil 
Engineer,  Mechanical  Engineer,  Electrical  Engineer,  Chemical  Engineer, 
Bachelor  of  Laws,  Doctor  of  Medicine,  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery,  and 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy. 

Students  in  the  two-year  and  three-year  curricula  are  awarded  certificates. 

No  baccalaureate  degree  will  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  has  had  less 
than  one  year  of  resident  work  in  this  University.  The  last  thirty  semester 
credits  of  any  curriculum  leading  to  a  baccalaureate  degree  must  be  taken 
in  residence  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Candidates  for  the  bacca- 
laureate degree  in  combined  curriculums  at  College  Park  and  Baltimore 
must  complete  a  minimum  of  thirty  semester  credits  at  College  Park. 

An  average  mark  of  C  (2.0)  is  required  for  graduation.  In  addition,  at 
least  three-fourths  of  the  credits  required  for  graduation  must  be  earned 
with  marks  of  A,  B,  or  C.  In  the  case  of  a  candidate  for  a  combined  degree 
or  of  a  transfer  student  with  advanced  standing,  a  grade  of  D  will  not  be 
recognized  for  credit  towards  a  degree  in  more  than  one-fourth  of  the 
credits  earned  at  this  institution. 

The  requirements  for  graduation  vary  according  to  the  character  of  work 
in  the  different  colleges  and  schools.  Full  information  regarding  specific 
college  requirements  for  graduation  will  be  found  in  the  college  sections 
of  the  catalog. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  eight 
weeks  prior  to  the  date  he  expects  to  graduate,  a  formal  application  for  a 
degree.  Candidates  for  degrees  must  attend  a  convocation  at  which  degrees 
are  conferred  and  diplomas  are  awarded.  Degrees  are  conferred  in  absentia 
only  in  exceptional  cases. 


26  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

TRANSCRIPTS  OF  RECORDS 

Students  and  alumni  may  secure  transcripts  of  their  scholastic  records 
from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  No  charge  is  made  for  the  first  copy; 
for  each  additional  copy,  there  is  a  charge  of  $1.00.  Checks  should  be  made 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Transcripts  of  records  should  be  requested  at  least  one  week  in  advance 
of  the  date  when  the  records  are  actually  needed. 

No  transcript  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or 
alumnus  whose  financial  obligations  to  the  University  have  not  been 
satisfied. 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  WELFARE 

The  University  recognizes  its  responsibility  for  safeguarding  the  health 
of  its  student  body  and  takes  every  reasonable  precaution  toward  this 
end.  All  new  undergraduate  students  will  be  given  a  thorough  physical 
examination  at  the  time  of  their  entrance  to  the  University.  A  modern, 
well-equipped  infirmary  is  available  for  the  care  of  the  sick  or  injured 
students.  A  small  fee  is  charged  undergraduate  students  for  this  infirmary 
service,  but  does  not  include  expensive  drugs  and  special  diagnosis  pro- 
cedures. 

Infirmary  Service 

1.  All  undergraduate  students  may  receive  dispensary  service  and 
medical  advice  at  the  infirmary  during  regular  office  hours  established  by 
the  physician  in  charge. 

2.  A  registered  nurse  is  on  duty  at  all  hours  in  the  Infirmary.  Students 
are  required  to  report  illnesses  during  office  hours  unless  the  case  is  an 
emergency. 

3.  Students  not  residing  in  their  own  homes  may,  upon  order  of  the 
University  physician,  be  cared  for  in  the  Infirmary  to  the  extent  of  the 
facilities  available.  Students  living  off  the  campus  will  be  charged  a  sub- 
sistence fee.  In  case  of  illness  requiring  a  special  nurse  or  special  medical 
attention,  the  expense  must  be  borne  by  the  student. 

4.  Students  living  in  dormitories,  fraternity  houses,  sorority  houses,  or 
"off  campus"  houses  who  are  too  ill  to  go  to  the  Infirmary  must  notify 
the  housemother,  proctor  or  householder  who  in  turn  will  notify  the  In- 
firmary. This  will  be  done  in  all  cases,  except  emergencies,  during  the 
doctors'  office  hours. 

5.  When  a  student  is  admitted  to  the  Infirmary  and  the  illness  is  of  a 
serious  nature,  parents  will  be  promptly  informed  of  the  admission  and  of 
the  progress  of  the  student's  condition.  Visiting  hours  are  10  A.  M.  and 
11  A.  M.  and  7  P.  M.  to  7:30  P.  M.  daily.  Each  patient  is  allowed  only 
three  visitors  at  one  time.  No  visitor  may  see  any  patient  until  permission 
is  granted  by  the  doctor  or  nurse  in  charge. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  27 

6.  Hospitalization  is  not  available  at  the  Infirmary  for  faculty,  graduate 
students  or  employees.  Emergency  dispensary  service,  however,  is  avail- 
able for  faculty,  graduate  students  and  employees  who  are  injured  in 
University  service  or  University  activities. 

Public  Health 

All  dormitories,  "off  campus"  houses,  sorority  and  fraternity  houses  are 
inspected  periodically  by  the  Student  Health  Service  to  insure  that  proper 
sanitary  conditions  are  maintained  and  that  kitchens  meet  the  prescribed 
standards  for  cleanliness  and  sanitation.  All  food  handlers  will  be  ex- 
amined in  accordance  with  directives  issued  by  the  Student  Health  Service. 

Dormitories  LIVING  ARRANGEMENTS 

1.  Room  Reservations.  All  new  students  desiring  to  room  in  the  dormi- 
tories should  request  room  application  cards  by  carefully  checking  the 
admission  blanks.  The  Director  of  Admissions  will  refer  these  to  the  offices 
of  the  Dean  of  Men  or  the  Dean  of  Women.  Application  cards  or  blanks 
will  be  sent  to  applicants  and  should  be  returned  promptly.  A  fee  of 
$15.00  will  be  requested  which  will  be  deducted  from  the  first  semester 
charges  when  the  student  registers.  A  room  is  not  assured  until  notice  is 
received  from  the  Dean  concerned.  Room  reservations  not  claimed  by 
freshmen  or  upper-classmen  on  their  respective  registration  days  will  be 
cancelled.  A  room  will  be  held  by  special  request  until  after  classes  begin 
providing  the  dormitory  office  is  notified  by  the  first  day  of  registration. 
Room  reservation  fees  will  not  be  refunded  if  the  request  is  received  later 
than  August  15  for  the  first  semester  or  January  15  for  the  second  semester. 

2.  Applications  for  rooms  are  acted  upon  only  when  a  student  has  been 
fully  admitted  academically  to  the  University. 

3.  Reservations  by  students  in  attendance  at  the  University  should  be 
made  at  least  two  weeks  before  the  close  of  the  preceding  semester.  New 
students  are  urged  to  attend  to  their  housing  arrangements  about  three 
months  in  advance  of  registration.  It  is  understood  that  all  housing  and 
board  arrangements  which  are  made  for  the  fall  semester  are  binding  for 
the  spring  semester.  Room  and  board  charges  will  begin  with  the  even- 
ing meal  prior  to  the  first  day  of  registration  and  include  the  last  day  of 
classes  for  each  semester  with  the  exception  of  the  Christmas  recess  and 
the  Easter  recess.  Students  unable  to  make  other  arrangements  for  the 
holidays  may  consult  with  the  Dean  of  Men  or  the  Dean  of  Women  for 
assistance.  All  freshmen  except  those  who  live  at  home,  are  required  to 
room  in  the  dormitories  when  accommodations  are  available. 

Equipment 

Students  assigned  to  dormitories  should  provide  themselves  with  sufficient 
single  blankets,  at  least  two  pairs  of  sheets,  a  pillow,  pillow  cases,  towels, 
a  laundry  bag,  a  waste  paper  basket,  a  desk  blotter  and  some  bureau  scarves, 


28  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  individual  student  must  assume  responsibility  for  all  dormitory 
property  assigned  to  him.  Any  damage  done  to  the  property  other  than 
that  which  would  result  from  ordinary  wear  and  tear  will  be  charged  to 
the  student  concerned.  It  is  therefore  advisable  to  protect  desk  tops  with 
blotters  and  bureaus  with  bureau  scarves. 

Each  student  will  be  furnished  a  key  for  his  room  for  which  a  deposit 
of  $1.00  will  be  made.  This  deposit  will  be  returned  in  exchange  for  the 
key  at  the  end  of  the  year. 

Laundry.  The  University  does  not  provide  laundry  service  and  each 
student  is  responsible  for  his  or  her  own  laundry.  There  are  several 
reliable  laundry  concerns  in  College  Park;  or  if  a  student  prefers,  he  may 
send  his  laundry  home.  Students  may,  if  they  wish,  do  their  own  laundry 
in  the  laundry  room  in  each  dormitory,  not  including  bed  linen. 

Personal  baggage  sent  via  the  American  Express  and  marked  with  a 
dormitory  address  will  be  delivered  when  the  student  concerned  notifies 
the  College  Park  express  office  of  his  arrival. 

OFF-CAMPUS  HOUSES 

1.  Men:  Only  upper-classmen,  veterans  and  those  freshmen  who  can- 
not be  accommodated  are  allowed  to  live  in  houses  off  the  campus.  A  list 
of  "off  campus"  rooms  is  available  in  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Men. 

2.  Women:  All  housing  arrangements  for  women  students  must  be 
approved  by  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women. 

3.  Undergraduate  women  students  who  cannot  be  accommodated  in  the 
women's  dormitories  are  referred  to  private  homes  which  are  registered 
in  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women  as  "Off-Campus  Houses  for  Under- 
graduate Women."  The  householders  in  these  homes  agree  to  maintain 
the  same  rules  and  regulations  as  in  the  dormitories  but  business  arrange- 
ments are  made  entirely  between  the  student  and  the  householder.  Students 
and  their  parents  should  plan  to  see  these  accommodations  personally  and 
talk  with  the  householder  before  making  final  arrangements.  No  woman 
student  should  enter  into  an  agreement  with  a  householder  without  first 
ascertaining  at  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women  that  the  house  is  on  the 
approved  list.  No  "off  campus"  householder  should  accept  a  deposit  with- 
out first  checking  with  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women  as  to  the  eligi- 
bility for  housing  of  the  applicant,  which  depends  on  the  waiting  lists 
from  the  various  areas. 

Meals 

All  students  who  live  in  permanent  University  dormitories  must  board  at 
the  University  Dining  Hall. 

Other  students  may  make  arrangements  to  board  by  the  semester  at 
the  Dining  Hall,  eat  at  the  University  Cafeteria,  or  at  eating  establish- 
ments in  College  Park.  A  few  "off-campus"  houses  provide  board  as  well 
as  room. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  29 

Estimated  Expenses  of  "Off-Campus"  Residence 

Most  of  these  houses  have  only  double  rooms  with  twin  beds.  The  stu- 
dents provide  their  own  linens  as  in  the  dormitory.  Price  per  person  for 
room  is  about  $20.00  a  month,  all  rooms  being  registered  with  the  rent 
control  board. 

No  rebate  is  made  for  meals  not  eaten  at  the  University  Dining  Hall 
or  in  other  places  where  board  is  paid  in  advance.  Therefore,  with  care, 
students  may  save  enough  money  on  their  meals  to  make  up  for  the  differ- 
ence in  rent  between  the  off-campus  houses  and  the  dormitory.  Some  even 
find  this  less  expensive. 

Girls  may  find  desirable  rooms  in  good  homes  where  they  can  earn  their 
room  and  board  by  applying  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women  exists  for  the  purpose  of  furnishing 
friendly  counsel  and  helpful  guidance  to  women  students.  The  staff  is 
ever  ready  to  assist  in  the  student's  adjustment  to  college  and  in  realizing 
her  basic  needs.  This  may  include  advice  in  personal  problems,  in  meeting 
financial  obligations,  in  finding  and  adjusting  to  her  housing,  and  in 
achieving  academic  proficiency.  In  addition,  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of 
Women  coordinates  women's  activities,  handles,  matters  of  chaperonage 
at  social  functions,  regulates  sorority  rushing  in  cooperation  with  Pan- 
hellenic  Association  and  advises  the  Women's  Student  Government  Asso- 
ciation. It  has  supervision  over  all  housing  accommodations  for  women 
students,  whether  on  or  off  campus.  A  personal  interview  with  one  of  the 
members  of  this  Department  is  required  of  every  woman  student  on  enter- 
ing and  on  leaving  the  University  in  order  that  the  Office  may  be  of  greater 
service  to  the  students.  All  women  students  are  invited  to  avail  them- 
selves of  the  services  of  this  Department. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  DEAN  OF  MEN 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Men  exists  for  the  purpose  of  furnishing 
friendly  counsel  and  helpful  guidance  to  male  students  in  connection  with 
any  of  their  personal  problems,  especially  those  relation  to  social  adjust- 
ment, financial  need,  employment,  housing,  etc.  This  office  also  handles 
for  male  students  matters  of  discipline  and  infringement  of  University 
regulations. 

UNIVERSITY  COUNSELING  CENTER 

The  University  maintains  a  Counseling  Center  located  in  the  Department 
of  Psychology.  The  Center  aid  students  in  a  better  understanding  of  their 
vocational,  educational  and  personal  adjustment  problems.  Also,  assistance 
is  available  in  diagnosing  reading  and  study  method  deficiencies.  The  Center 
is  equipped  with  an  extensive  stock  of  standardized  tests  of  aptitudes,  abili- 
ties, interests,  etc.  Students  pay  an  annual  "Advisory  and  Testing  Fee" 
at  the  time  of  registration  and  are  entitled  to  the  services  of  the  Counseling 
Center  without  further  charge. 


30  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ADDITIONAL  PERSONAL  SERVICES 

The  above  services  are  closely  coordinated  with  the  activities  of  the  Uni- 
versity Counseling  Bureau,  maintained  by  the  Department  of  Psychology. 
This  Bureau  is  provided  with  a  well-trained  technical  staff  and  is  equipped 
with  an  extensive  stock  of  standardized  tests  of  aptitude,  ability,  and  in- 
terest. By  virtue  of  payment  of  the  annual  "Advisory  and  Testing  Fee," 
students  are  entitled  to  the  services  of  the  University  Counseling  Bureau 
without  further  charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  STUDENT  AID 

Under  an  act  of  the  Legislature,  the  University  may  award  such  scholar- 
ships, and  accept  gifts  for  scholarships,  as  it  may  deem  wise,  and  consistent 
with  prudent  financial  operation. 

All  scholarships  for  the  undergraduate  departments  of  the  University  at 
College  Park  are  awarded  by  the  Faculty  Committee  on  Scholarships.  All 
scholarship  applicants  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions insofar  as  qualifications  for  admission  to  the  University  are  con- 
cerned. All  holders  of  scholarships  are  subject  to  the  educational  standards 
of  the  University,  and  to  deportment  regulations  and  standards. 

Scholarships  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  apparent  qualifications  for 
leadership.  In  making  scholarship  awards,  consideration  is  given  to  parti- 
cipation in  the  various  student  activities,  and  to  other  outstanding  attributes 
that  indicate  future  possibilities  as  a  leader,  as  well  as  to  scholastic  achieve- 
ment, character,  and  all  other  factors  which  distinguish  the  most  worthwhile 
students.  It  is  the  intention  that  scholarships  shall  be  provided  for  young 
men  and  women  who  have  characteristics  which  make  them  outstanding 
among  their  fellows,  who  might  not  otherwise  be  able  to  provide  for  them- 
selves an  opportunity  for  advanced  education. 

The  types  of  scholarships  and  loan  funds  available  are  as  follows : 

Full  Scholarships 

The  University  awards  36  full  scholarships,  24  for  men  and  12  for 
women,  covering  board,  lodging,  fixed  charges,  and  fees  for  which  graduates 
of  Maryland  high  and  preparatory  schools  only  are  eligible.  These  scholar- 
ships are  similar  to  those  which  the  State  provides  and  pays  for  at  private 
colleges  in  the  State,  except  that  the  State  makes  no  special  appropriation 
therefor. 

General  Assembly  Scholarships 

These  scholarships  are  for  fixed  charges  only  and  are  awarded  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Legislature,  three  for  each  Senator  and  one  for  each  member 
of  the  House  of  Delegates.  These  scholarships  may  be  awarded  by  a  mem- 
ber of  the  House  of  Delegates  or  a  senator  only  to  persons  in  the  county  or 
Legislative  district  of  Baltimore  City  which  the  Delegate  or  Senator  repre- 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  31 

sents.  Awards  of  such  scholarships  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Faculty 
Committee  on  Scholarships  and  by  the  Director  of  Admissions  as  to  quali- 
fications for  admission. 

University  Grants 

The  University  awards  to  deserving  and  outstanding  secondary  school 
graduates  a  limited  number  of  scholarships  covering  fixed  charges  only. 

District  of  Columbia  Scholarships 

District  of  Columbia  students  for  many  years  have  been  granted  a  favored 
position  with  regard  to  non-resident  tuition  charges.  This  favored  posi- 
tion has  been  discontinued,  which  means  that  District  of  Columbia  students 
now  pay  considerably  higher  costs  to  attend  the  University.  In  view  of  this, 
and  in  further  view  of  the  increased  costs  to  students  from  other  localities, 
and  in  line  with  action  by  several  other  universities  and  colleges  which 
have  increased  tuition  costs,  the  University  has  established  20  scholarships 
for  the  students  from  the  District  of  Columbia  and  other  states. 

Endowed  Scholarships 

The  University  has  a  few  endowed  scholarships  and  special  awards.  These 
are  paid  for  by  income  from  funds  especially  established  for  this  purpose. 
Brief  descriptions  of  these  awards  follow: 

Albright  Scholarship 

A  scholarship,  known  as  the  Victor  E.  Albright  Scholarship,  is  open  to 
graduates  of  Garrett  County  High  Schools  who  were  born  and  reared  in 
that  County.     Application  should  be  made  to  the  high  school  principals. 

Alumni  Scholarships 

The  alumni  have  established  a  limited  number  of  scholarships.  These 
scholarships  are  awarded  by  the  Faculty  Committee  to  the  most  outstand- 
ing applicants. 

Scholarships  by  Baltimore  Merchants 

Baltimore  merchants,  through  the  Retail  Merchants  Association  of  Balti- 
more, have  provided  two  scholarships  of  $300  each  for  residents  of  the 
State  of  Maryland  who  have  completed  the  junior  year  of  the  Practical  Art 
curriculum  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics.  Each  recipient  must  have 
shown  proficiency  and  interest  in  merchandising. 

Borden  Agricultural  and  Home  Economics  Scholarships 

A  Borden  Agricultural  Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student  in 
the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had  two  or  more  of  the  regularly  listed 
courses  in  dairying  and,  who,  upon  entering  the  senior  year  of  study,  has 
achieved  the  highest  average  grade  of  all  other  similarly  eligible  students 
in  all  preceding  college  work. 


32  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  Borden  Home  Economics  Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student 
in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  who  has  had  two  or  more  of  the  regu- 
larly listed  courses  in  food  and  nutrition  and,  who,  upon  entering  the  senior 
year  of  study,  has  achieved  the  highest  average  grade  of  all  other  similarly 
eligible  students  in  all  preceding  college  work. 

W.  Atlee  Burpee  Company  Scholarship  Award  in  Horticulture 

A  scholarship  award  of  $100,  open  to  upper  class  students  in  Horticulture 
at  the  University  of  Maryland,  has  been  established  by  the  W.  Atlee  Burpee 
Company,  Seed  Growers,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  and  Clinton,  Iowa. 
Its  purpose  is  to  encourage  and  stimulate  interest  in  flower  and  vegetable 
growing.  The  award  is  made  on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  experience,  and 
interest  in  research. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Scholarships 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis 
offer  two  summer  scholarships  to  outstanding  students  in  the  College  of 
Agriculture,  one  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  Junior 
year;  the  other  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  Freshman 
year.  The  purpose  of  these  scholarships  is  to  bring  together  outstanding 
young  men  for  leadership  training. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis 
offer  four  summer  scholarships  to  outstanding  Home  Economics  Students, 
two  to  Juniors  and  two  to  Freshmen.  The  purpose  of  these  scholarships 
is  to  bring  together  outstanding  young  women  for  leadership  training. 

Dairy  Technology  Scholarships 

The  Dairy  Technology  Society  of  Maryland  and  District  of  Columbia  has 
established  a  limited  number  of  $150  scholarships  for  students  majoring  in 
Dairy  Products  Technology.  These  scholarships  are  available  both  to  high 
school  graduates  entering  the  University  as  freshmen  and  to  students 
who  have  completed  one  or  more  years  of  their  University  curriculum.  The 
purpose  of  these  scholarships  is  to  encourage  and  stimulate  interest  in  the 
field  of  milk  and  milk  products.  The  awards  are  based  on  scholarship, 
leadership,  personality,  need,  experience,  interest  in  and  willingness  to  work 
in  the  field  of  dairy  technology.  The  Dairy  Technological  Society  cooper- 
ates  with  the  Scholarship  Committee  of  the  University  in  making  these 
awards. 

Exel  Scholarships 

The  largest  grant  for  endowed  scholarships  was  made  by  Deborah  B. 
Exel.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  by  the  Faculty  Committee  in  accord- 
ance with  the  general  principles  underlying  the  award  of  all  other  scholar- 
ships. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  33 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Scholarships 

These  scholarships  have  been  established  through  a  gift  of  the  Baltimore 
News-Post,  one  of  the  Hearst  newspapers,  in  honor  of  William  Randolph 
Hearst.  The  undergraduate  scholarship  of  $400  annually  is  open  to  the 
graduate  of  any  high  school  in  America.  The  graduate  scholarship  of  $600 
annually  is  open  to  the  graduate  of  any  college  or  university  in  America. 
These  scholarships  are  awarded  for  special  work  in  the  University's  pro- 
gram of  American  civilization. 

The  Hecht  Company  Merchandising  Award 

Three  hundred  dollars  is  offered  by  The  Hecht  Company  of  Washington 
to  a  resident  of  Maryland,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  who  is  interested 
in  merchandising  as  a  career.  The  student  must  have  completed  the  junior 
year  of  the  Practical  Art  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics 
and  have  met  other  specific  requirements. 

Home  Economics  Scholarships 

Two  thousand  dollars  has  been  made  available  for  Home  Economics 
Scholarships  by  Marie  Mount. 

Edward  L.  Israel  Inter-faith  Scholarship 

The  sum  of  $300  is  given  to  the  student,  who,  upon  entering  the  senior 
year,  is  adjudged  to  have  contributed  most  to  fostering  inter-faith  under- 
standing and  relations.  This  scholarship  is  in  honor  of  the  late  Edward  L. 
Israel  and  is  sponsored  by  the  National  Hillel  Foundation.  The  funds  are 
given  by  the  B'nai  B'rith  Federation  of  Maryland  and  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

Kiwanis  Scholarship 

A  Kiwanis  Memorial  Scholarship  of  $200  per  year  is  awarded  by  the 
Prince  George  County  Kiwanis  Club  to  a  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County, 
Maryland,  who  in  addition  to  possessing  the  necessary  qualifications  for 
maintaining  a  satisfactory  scholarship  record,  must  have  a  reputation  for 
high  character  and  attainment  in  general  all-around  citizenship. 

Helen  Aletta  Linthicum  Scholarships 

These  scholarships,  several  in  number,  have  been  established  through  the 
benefaction  of  the  late  Mrs.  Helen  Aletta  Linthicum,  widow  of  the  late 
Congressman  Charles  J.  Linthicum,  who  served  in  Congress  from  the 
Fourth  District  of  Maryland  for  many  years.  These  scholarships  are  known 
as  the  Helen  Aletta  Linthicum  scholarships.  They  are  granted  only  to 
worthy  young  men  and  women  who  are  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland 
and  who  have  satisfactory  high  school  records,  forceful  personality,  a 
reputation  for  splendid  character  and  citizenship,  and  the  determination  to 
get  ahead. 


34  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Dr.  Frank  C.  Marino  Scholarship 

Dr.  Frank  C.  Marino  has  established  a  $200  annual  scholarship  in 
Nursing  Education.  As  vacancies  in  this  scholarship  occur,  it  is  awarded 
by  the  Scholarship  Committee  to  a  student  who  demonstrates  special  in- 
terest and  promise  in  this  field. 

Maryland  Distillers'  Association  Scholarships 

The  Maryland  Distillers'  Association  makes  an  annual  grant  of  $3,000 
to  create  a  limited  number  of  scholarships.  These  scholarships  will  be 
available  in  accordance  with  vacancies,  and  as  long  as  the  Association  pro- 
vides the  funds. 

Maryland  Educational  Foundation  Scholarships 

The  Maryland  Educational  Foundation  provides  funds  each  year  for  the 
education  of  several  outstanding  young  men.  These  scholarships  are 
awarded  by  the  Faculty  Committee  to  the  most  outstanding  applicants. 

National  Executive  Housekeepers  Association  Scholarship 

Five  hundred  dollars  has  been  made  available  by  the  National  Executive 
Housekeepers  Association  for  scholarships  to  students  majority  in  House- 
keeping Administration. 

The  Sears  Roebuck  Foundation  Scholarships 

Ten  scholarships  of  $165  each  are  granted  by  the  Sears  Roebuck  Founda- 
tion to  the  sons  of  farmers  in  the  State  of  Maryland  who  enroll  in  the 
freshman  class  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  this  University.  One  $200 
scholarship  is  granted  each  year  to  the  sophomore  student  in  the  College 
of  Agriculture  who  proved  to  be  the  outstanding  student  on  a  Sears  Roe- 
buck scholarship  the  previous  year.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  by 
the  Faculty  Committee  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  grant. 

Loan  Funds 

A.  A.  U.  W.  Loan.  The  College  Park  Branch  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women  maintains  a  fund  from  which  loans  are  made  to 
women  students  of  junior  or  senior  standing  who  have  been  in  attendance 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  at  least  one  year. 

American  Bankers  Association  Scholarship  Loan  Fund.  A  loan  fund  of 
$250  for  one  year  only  limited  to  students  in  the  senior  year  or  in  graduate 
work  in  banking,  economics,  or  related  subjects  in  classes  of  senior  grade 
or  above. 

Catherine  Moore  Brinkley  Loan  Fund.  Under  the  provisions  of  the  will 
of  Catherine  Moore  Brinkley,  a  loan  fund  has  been  established,  available 
for  worthy  students  who  are  natives  and  residents  of  the  State  of  Mary- 
land, studying  mechanical  engineering  or  agriculture  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  35 

Home  Economics  Loan  Fund.  A  loan  fund,  established  by  the  District  of 
Columbia  Home  Economics  Association,  is  available  for  students  majoring 
in  Home  Economics. 

The  Kappa  Kappa  Gamma  Sorority  Loan.  Annually  a  Sigma  Delta  loan 
of  one  hundred  dollars,  without  interest,  is  made  to  a  woman  student  regis- 
tered in  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Student  Employment 

A  considerable  number  of  students  earn  some  money  through  employ- 
ment while  in  attendance  at  the  University.  No  student  should  expect, 
however,  to  earn  enough  to  pay  all  of  his  expenses.  The  amounts  vary, 
but  some  earn  from  one-fourth  to  three-fourths  of  all  the  required  funds. 

Generally  the  first  year  is  the  hardest  for  those  desiring  employment. 
After  one  has  demonstrated  that  he  is  worthy  and  capable,  there  is  much 
less  difficulty  in  finding  work. 

The  University  assumes  no  responsibility  in  connection  with  employment. 
It  does,  however,  make  every  effort  to  aid  needy  students.  The  nearby 
towns  and  the  University  are  canvassed,  and  a  list  of  available  positions 
is  placed  at  the  disposal  of  students.  Applications  for  employment  should 
be  made  to  the  Dean  of  Men. 

Procedures  in  Applying  for  Scholarships  and  Student  Aid 

All  requests  for  information  concerning  scholarships  and  student  aid 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Scholarship  Committee,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland.  Regulations  and  procedures 
for  the  award  of  scholarships  are  formulated  by  this  committee. 

ATHLETICS  AND  RECREATION 

The  University  recognizes  the  importance  of  the  physical  development 
of  all  students,  and  besides  the  required  physical  education  for  freshmen 
and  sophomores  sponsors  a  comprehensive  intercollegiate  and  intramural 
program.  Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  competitive  athletics 
and  to  learn  the  skill  of  games  that  may  be  carried  on  after  leaving  college. 
The  intramural  program  which  covers  a  large  variety  of  sports  is  conducted 
by  the  Physical  Education  Department  for  both  men  and  women. 

A  full  program  in  intercollegiate  athletics  is  sponsored  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  Council  on  Intercollegiate  Athletics.  The  University  is  a 
member  of  the  Southern  Conference,  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic 
Association,  the  United  States  Intercollegiate  Lacrosse  Association,  Inter- 
collegiate Amateur  Athletic  Association  of  America,  and  cooperates  with 
other  national  organizations  in  the  promotion  of  amateur  athletics. 

Excellent  facilities  are  available  for  carrying  on  the  activities  of  the  pro- 
gram in  physical  development.  The  University  has  two  modern  gymnasia, 
a  coliseum,  a  large  armory,  a  modern  stadium,  a  number  of  athletic  fields, 


36  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

tennis  courts,  baseball  diamonds,  running  tracks  and  the  like  constituting 
the  major  portion  of  the  equipment. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR  STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

The  following  description  of  student  activities  covers  those  of  the  under- 
graduate divisions  of  College  Park.  The  descriptions  of  those  in  the  Balti- 
more divisions  are  included  elsewhere. 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 
Regulation  of  Student  Activities.  The  association  of  students  in  organ- 
ized bodies  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  voluntary  student  activities  in 
orderly  and  productive  ways,  is  recognized  and  encouraged.  All  organized 
student  activities  are  under  the  supervision  of  the  Student  Life  Committee. 
Such  organizations  are  formed  only  with  the  consent  of  the  Student  Life 
Committee  and  the  approval  of  the  President.  Without  such  consent  and 
approval  no  student  organization  which  in  any  way  represents  the  Univer- 
sity before  the  public,  or  which  purports  to  be  a  University  organization 
or  an  organization  of  University  students,  may  use  the  name  of  the  Uni- 
versity in  connection  with  its  own  name,  or  in  connection  with  its  members 
as  students. 

Student  Government.  The  Student  Government  Association  consists  of 
the  Executive  Council,  the  Women's  League,  and  the  Men's  League,  and 
operates  under  its  own  constitution.  Its  officers  are  a  president,  a  vice- 
president,  a  secretary,  a  treasurer,  president  of  Women's  League,  and  presi- 
dent of  Men's  League. 

The  Executive  Council  is  the  over-all  student  governing  body  and  performs 
the  executive  duties  incident  to  managing  student  affairs  and  works  in  co- 
operation with  the  Student  Life  Committee. 

The  Women's  League,  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women, 
handles  all  matters  pertaining  to  women  students. 

The  Men's  League,  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Men, 
handles  all  matters  pertaining  to  men  students. 

The  Student  Life  Committee,  a  faculty  committee  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent, keeps  in  close  touch  with  all  activities  and  conditions,  excepting  class- 
room work,  that  affect  the  student,  and,  acting  in  an  advisory  capacity, 
endeavors  to  improve  any  unsatisfactory  conditions  that  may  exist. 

A  pamphlet  entitled  Academic  Regulations,  issued  annually  and  dis- 
tributed to  the  students  in  the  fall,  contains  full  information  concerning 
student  matters  as  well  as  a  statement  of  the  rules  of  the  University. 

Eligibility  to  Represent  the  University.  Only  students  in  good  standing 
are  eligible  to  represent  the  University  in  extra-curricular  contests.  In 
addition,  various  student  organizations  have  established  certain  other  re- 
quirements. To  compete  in  varsity  athletics  a  student  must  pass  the 
required  number  of  hours  as  determined  by  the  Athletic  Board. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  37 

Discipline.  In  the  government  of  the  University,  the  President  and 
faculty  rely  chiefly  upon  the  sense  of  responsibility  of  the  students.  The 
student  who  pursues  his  studies  diligently,  attends  classes  regularly,  lives 
honorably  and  maintains  good  behavior  meets  this  responsibility.  In  the 
interest  of  the  general  welfare  of  the  University,  those  who  fail  to  main- 
tain these  standards  are  asked  to  withdraw.  Students  are  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  the  University  only  when  on  the  campus,  attending  an  ap- 
proved function  or  representing  the  University,  but  they  are  responsible  to 
the  University  for  their  conduct  wherever  they  may  be. 

HONORS  AND  AWARDS 

Scholarship  Honors.  Final  honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship  are 
awarded  to  one-fifth  of  the  graduating  class  in  each  college.  First  honors 
are  awarded  to  the  upper  half  of  this  group;  second  honors  to  the  lower 
half.  To  be  eligible  for  honors,  at  least  two  years  of  resident  work  must 
be  completed,  and  the  average  must  be  B  (3.00)  or  higher. 

The  Goddard  Medal.  The  James  Douglas  Goddard  Memorial  Medal  is 
awarded  annually  to  the  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County,  born  therein, 
who  makes  the  highest  average  in  his  studies  and  who  at  the  same  time 
embodies  the  most  manly  attributes.  The  medal  is  given  by  Mrs.  Anne  K. 
Goddard  James,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Grange  Award.  The  Maryland  State  Grange  makes  an  annual  award  to 
the  senior  who  has  excelled  in  leadership  and  scholastic  attainment  and  has 
contributed  meritorious  service  to  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

The  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Award.  The  Maryland,  Alpha  Rho  Chapter,  of 
the  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Fraternity  awards  annually  a  year's  membership  in 
the  American  Chemical  Society  to  the  senior  in  the  Department  of  Chemis- 
try or  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering  with  the  highest  scholastic 
average  based  on  three  and  one-half  years,  provided  the  average  is  above 
3.00. 

Sigma  Chi  Cup.  Sigma  Chi  Fraternity  offers  annually  a  cup  to  the  man 
in  the  freshman  class  who  makes  the  highest  scholastic  average  during  the 
first  semester. 

Alpha  Zeta  Medal.  The  Honorary  Agricultural  Fraternity  of  Alpha  Zeta 
awards  annually  a  medal  to  the  agricultural  student  in  the  freshman  class 
who  attains  the  highest  average  record  in  academic  work.  The  mere  pre- 
sentation of  the  medal  does  not  elect  the  student  to  the  fraternity,  but 
simply  indicates  recognition  of  high  scholarship. 

Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal.  The  Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal  is 
awarded  annually  to  the  sophomore  who  has  attained  the  highest  scholastic 
average  of  his  class  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  medal  is  given  by 
Benjamin  Berman. 


38  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Delta  Delta  Delta  Medal.  This  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to  the 
girl  who  attains  the  highest  average  in  academic  work  during  the  sopho- 
more year. 

dmicron  Nu  Sorority  Medal.  This  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to 
the  freshman  girl  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  who  attains  the  high- 
est scholastic  average  during  the  first  semester. 

Bernard  L.  Crozier  Award.  The  Maryland  Association  of  Engineers 
awards  a  cash  prize  of  $25.00  annually  to  the  senior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  faculty,  has  made  the  greatest 
improvement  in  scholarship  during  his  stay  at  the  University. 

Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Award.  The  Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Award  is  given 
to  the  senior  member  of  the  group  who  has  maintained  the  highest  average 
for  the  past  three  and  one-half  years.  She  must  have  been  in  attendance 
in  the  institution  for  the  entire  time. 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Award.  The  Maryland  Section  of 
the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  awards  annually  a  junior  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  to  the  senior  in  the 
Department  of  Civil  Engineering  who  has  the  highest  scholastic  standing. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Award.  The  Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  awards 
annually  an  engineers'  handbook  to  the  junior  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
who,  during  his  sophomore  year,  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in 
scholarship  over  that  of  his  freshman  year. 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  Award.  This  is  awarded  to  the  senior  student 
majoring  in  Bacteriology  for  high  scholarship,  character  and  leadership. 

Delta  Gamma  Scholarship  Award  is  offered  to  the  woman  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  has  achieved  the  highest  scholastic  average  for  her 
entire  course. 

The  Charles  B.  Hale  Dramatic  Awards.  The  University  Theatre  recog- 
nizes annually  the  man  and  woman  members  of  the  senior  class  who  have 
done  most  for  the  advancement  of  dramatics  at  the  University. 

The  Philip  W.  Pillsbury  Shelf  of  Home  Economics  Books  is  awarded  to  the 
highest  ranking  student  in  the  graduating  class  of  the  College  of  Home 
Economics. 

Rabbi  Edward  L.  Israel  Inter  faith  Scholarship  of  $300  is  awarded  by  the 
B'nai  B'rith  Lodges  of  Maryland  and  Washington,  D.  C,  to  the  student  in 
the  junior  class  who  has  done  most  to  improve  interfaith  relations  on  the 
campus. 

William  S.  Rosenbaum  Memorial  Foundation  Award,  Barbarossa  Lodge 
133,  Knights  of  Pythias,  Philadelphia,  for  excellence  in  Hebrew  Studies,  $25. 

Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Award.  To  the  senior  in  Chemis- 
try or  Chemical  Engineering  whose  average  is  above  3.00  for  three  and  one- 
half  years.    A  membership  in  the  American  Chemical  Society. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  39 

CITIZENSHIP  AWARDS 

Citizenship  Prize  for  Men.  An  award  is  presented  annually  by  President 
H.  C.  Byrd,  a  graduate  of  the  Class  of  1908,  to  the  member  of  the  senior 
class  who,  during  his  collegiate  career,  has  most  nearly  typified  the  model 
citizen,  and  has  done  most  for  the  general  advancement  of  the  interests 
of  the  University. 

Citizenship  Prize  for  Women.  The  Citizenship  Prize  is  offered  by  Mrs. 
Albert  F.  Woods,  wife  of  a  former  president  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
to  the  woman  member  of  the  senior  class  who,  during  her  collegiate  career, 
has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen,  and  has  done  most  for  the 
general  advancement  of  the  interests  of  the  University. 

MILITARY  AWARDS 

Mahlon  N.  Haines  '94  Trophy.  This  is  offered  to  the  colonel  of  the  win- 
ning group. 

Military  Department  Award.  Gold  second  lieutenant's  insignia  to  the 
colonel  of  the  winning  group. 

The  Governor's  Cup.  This  is  offered  each  year  by  His  Excellency,  the 
Governor  of  Maryland,  to  the  best  drilled  squadron. 

The  Alumni  Cup.  The  Alumni  offer  each  year  a  cup  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  best  drilled  flight. 

Scabbard  and  Blade.  This  cup  is  offered  to  the  commander  of  the 
winning  flight. 

The  Meeks  Trophy  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the  varsity  A.  F.  R.  0. 
T.  C.    Rifle  Team  who  fired  the  high  score  of  each  season. 

A  Gold  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the  Freshman  Rifle  Team  who 
fired  the  high  score  of  each  season. 

Pershing  Rifle  Medals  are  awarded  to  each  member  of  the  winning  squad 
in  the  squad  drill  competition. 

Pershing  Rifle  Medals  are  awarded  to  the  three  best  drilled  students  in 
Pershing  Rifles. 

Mehring  Trophy  Rifle  Competition.  A  Gold  Medal  is  awarded  to  the 
student  firing  highest  score  in  this  competition. 

Air  Force  Association  Medal.  A  silver  medal  awarded  to  the  outstanding 
first-  and  second-year  student  in  the  advanced  Air  R.  0.  T.  C.  course  based 
on  scholastic  grades,  both  general  and  military,  individual  characteristics 
and  the  performance  during  the  period  of  summer  camp. 

Army  Transportation  Association  Awards.  Citation  to  the  most  out- 
standing student  in  the  First  Year  Advanced  Transportation  Corps,  A.  F. 
R.  0.  T.  C,  based  on  scholastic  and  military  standing  and  leadership  dis- 
played. Citation  and  watch  chain  with  key  for  most  outstanding  member 
of  the  second-year  class;  basis  of  award  same  as  above. 


40  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ATHLETIC  AWARDS 

Silvester  Watch  for  Excellence  in  Athletics.  A  gold  watch  is  offered 
annually  to  "the  man  who  typified  the  best  in  college  athletics."  The 
watch  is  given  in  honor  of  a  former  President  of  the  University,  R.  W. 
Silvester. 

Maryland  Ring.  The  Maryland  Ring  is  offered  by  Charles  L.  Linhardt 
to  the  Maryland  man  who  is  adjudged  the  best  athlete  of  the  year. 

Edward  Powell  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  class  of  1913  to 
the  player  who  has  rendered  the  greatest  service  to  lacrosse  during  the  year. 

Louis  W.  Berger  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding 
senior  baseball  player. 

The  Tom  Birmingham  Memorial  Trophy.  To  the  outstanding  member  of 
the  boxing  team,  awarded  by  Major  Benny  Alperstein  and  Major  Hotsy 
Alperstein  in  memory  of  the  late  Tom  Birmingham,  '37. 

The  Teke  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Maryland  Chapter  of 
Tau  Kappa  Epsilon  Fraternity  to  the  student  who  during  his  four  years 
at  the  University  has  rendered  the  greatest  service  to  football. 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT  AWARDS 

Medals  are  awarded  to  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Stu- 
dent Government  Association  who  faithfully  perform  their  duties  through- 
out the  year. 

RELIGIOUS  INFLUENCES 

The  University  recognizes  its  responsibility  for  the  welfare  of  the  stu- 
dents, not  solely  in  their  intellectual  growth,  but  as  human  personalities 
whose  development  along  all  lines,  including  the  moral  and  religious,  is  in- 
cluded in  the  educational  process.  Pastors  representing  the  major  denomi- 
national bodies  assume  responsibility  for  work  with  the  students  of  their 
respective  faiths.    Church  attendance  is  encouraged. 

Religious  Life  Committee.  A  faculty  committee  on  religious  affairs  and 
social  service  has  as  its  principal  function  the  stimulation  of  religious 
thought  and  activity  on  the  campus.  It  brings  noted  speakers  on  religious 
subjects  to  the  campus  from  time  to  time.  The  committee  cooperates  with 
the  Student  Religious  Council  and  the  student  pastors  and  assists  the 
student  denominational  clubs  in  every  way  that  it  can.  Opportunities  are 
provide  for  students  to  consult  with  pastors  representing  the  denominations 
of  their  choice. 

While  there  is  no  attempt  to  interfere  with  anyone's  religious  beliefs, 
the  importance  of  religion  is  recognized  officially  and  religious  activities 
are  encouraged. 

Denominational  Clubs.  Several  religious  clubs  have  been  organized 
among  the  students  for  their  mutual  benefit  and  to  undertake  certain  types 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  41 

of  service.  This  year  the  list  includes  the  Baptist  Student  Union,  the 
Canterbury  Club  (Episcopal),  the  Albright-Otterbein  Club  (Evangelical 
United  Brethren),  the  Christian  Science  Club,  the  Friends'  University 
Group,  Greek  Orthodox  Club,  the  Hillel  Foundation  (Jewish),  the  Lutheran 
Club,  the  Newman  Club  (Catholic),  Maryland  Christian  Fellowship,  the 
Pre-theological  Group,  the  Religious  Philosophy  Study  Group,  the  Wesley 
Foundation  (Methodist),  and  the  Westminster  Foundation  (Presbyterian). 
These  clubs  meet  regularly  for  worship  and  discussion,  and  occasionally  for 
social  purposes.    A  pastor  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  serves  as  adviser. 

FRATERNITIES,  SORORITIES,  SOCIETIES  AND  CLUBS 

General  Statement 

Fraternities  and  sororities,  as  well  as  all  other  clubs  and  organizations 
recognized  by  the  University,  are  expected  to  conduct  their  social  and 
financial  activities  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  good  conduct  and  upon 
sound  business  principles.  Where  such  rules  and  principles  are  observed, 
individual  members  will  profit  by  the  experience  of  the  whole  group,  and 
thereby  become  better  fitted  for  their  life's  work  after  graduation.  Rules 
governing  the  different  activities  will  be  found  in  the  list  of  Academic 
Regulations. 

Honorary  Fraternities.  Honorary  fraternities  and  societies  in  the  Uni- 
versity at  College  Park  are  organized  to  uphold  scholastic  and  cultural 
standards.  These  are  Phi  Kappa  Phi,  a  national  honorary  fraternity  open 
to  honor  students,  both  men  and  women,  in  all  branches  of  learning;  Sigma 
Xi,  an  honorary  scientific  fraternity;  Omicron  Delta  Kappa,  men's  national 
honor  society,  recognizing  conspicuous  attainment  in  non-curricular  activi- 
ties and  general  leadership;  Mortar  Board,  the  national  senior  honor  society 
for  women  recognizing  service,  leadership  and  scholarship;  Alpha  Lambda 
Delta,  a  national  freshmen  women's  scholastic  society  requiring  a  3.5  aver- 
age; Phi  Eta  Sigma,  national  freshmen  honor  society  for  men.  A  group 
of  honorary  fraternities  encourage  development  in  specialized  endeavor. 
These  are  Alpha  Zeta,  a  national  honorary  agriculture  fraternity  recog- 
nizing scholarship  and  student  leadership;  Tau  Beta  Pi,  a  national  honorary 
engineering  fraternity;  Phi  Delta  Kappa,  a  professional  educational  fra- 
ternity; Scabbard  and  Blade,  a  national  military  society;  the  Arnold  Society, 
an  honorary  Air  R.  O.  T.  C.  organization;  Pershing  Rifles,  a  national 
military  society  for  basic  course  R.  0.  T.  C.  students;  Pi  Delta  Epsilon,  a 
national  journalistic  fraternity;  Omicron  Nu,  a  national  home  economics 
society;  Beta  Alpha  Psi,  a  national  accounting  honorary  fraternity;  Beta 
Gamma  Sigma,  a  national  honorary  commerce  fraternity;  Alpha  Kappa 
Delta,  a  national  honorary  sociology  fraternity;  Sigma  Alpha  Omicron,  a 
national  honorary  bacteriology  fraternity;  Pi  Sigma  Alpha,  an  honorary 
political  science  fraternity;  Sigma  Tau  Epsilon,  honorary  for  the  Women's 
Recreation  Association;  Iota  Lambda  Sigma,  a  national  professional  indus- 
trial education  fraternity;  National  Collegiate  Players,  a  national  honorary 


42  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

dramatic  fraternity;  Sigma  Pi  Sigma,  a  national  physics  honorary;  "M" 
Club,  honorary  athletic  organization;  Alpha  Chi  Sigma,  a  professional 
chemical  fraternity;  Phi  Alpha  Theta,  an  honorary  history  fraternity. 

Fraternities  and  Sororities:  There  are  twenty  national  fraternities, 
five  local  fraternities  and  fifteen  national  sororities  at  College  Park.  These 
in  the  order  of  their  establishment  at  the  University  are:  Kappa  Alpha, 
Sigma  Nu,  Phi  Sigma  Kappa,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Alpha  Gamma  Rho,  Theta 
Chi,  Phi  Alpha,  Tau  Epsilon  Phi,  Alpha  Tau  Omega,  Phi  Delta  Theta, 
Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  Sigma  Alpha  Mu,  Alpha  Epsilon  Pi,  Phi  Kappa  Sigma, 
Sigma  Chi,  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon,  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon,  Zeta  Beta  Tau, 
Delta  Tau  Delta,  Sigma  Pi,  Sigma  Phi  Epsilon,  national  fraternities; 
Alpha  Omicron  Pi,  Kappa  Kappa  Gamma,  Kappa  Delta,  Delta  Delta  Delta, 
Alpha  Xi  Delta,  Phi  Sigma  Sigma,  Alpha  Delta  Pi,  Sigma  Kappa,  Gamma 
Phi  Beta,  Alpha  Epsilon  Phi,  Pi  Beta  Phi,  Delta  Gamma,  Kappa  Alpha 
Theta,  Alpha  Gamma  Delta,  and  Alpha  Chi  Omega,  national  sororities; 
Alpha  Alpha,  Phi  Kappa  Tau,  and  Delta  Epsilon  Kappa,  local  fraternities. 

Clubs  and  Societies.  Many  clubs  and  societies,  with  literary,  art,  cultural, 
scientific,  social  and  other  special  objectives  are  maintained  in  the  Univer- 
sity. Some  of  these  are  purely  student  organizations;  others  are  conducted 
jointly  by  students  and  members  of  the  factulty.    The  list  follows: 

Civic  and  Service  Organizations.  Interfraternity  Council,  Panhellenic 
Council,  Independent  Students'  Association,  Daydodgers'  Club,  Student  Unit 
of  the  American  Red  Cross,  Latch  Key,  Alpha  Phi  Omega  (national  service 
fraternity),  Chinese  Student  Club,  and  Graduate  Club. 

Subject-Matter  Organizations.  Agricultural  Council,  Engineering  Coun- 
cil, American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  American  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers,  Student  Affiliate  of  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Farm 
Economics  Club,  Block  and  Bridle  Club,  Student  Port  of  Propellor  Club, 
Plant  Industry  Club,  Home  Economics  Club,  Harold  Benjamin  Chapter 
of  Future  Teachers  of  America,  Physical  Education  Majors  Club,  American 
Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  and  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers,  Indus- 
trial Education  Association,  Childhood  Education  Club,  American  Institute 
of  Chemical  Engineers,  Finance  Club,  Society  for  Advancement  of  Manage- 
ment, Marketing  Club,  and  Accounting  Club. 

General  Organizations.  Student  Grange,  International  Relations  Club, 
Future  Farmers  of  America,  Sociology  Club,  French  Club,  German  Club, 
Spanish  Club,  Collegiate  4-H  Club,  Women's  Recreation  Association,  Cosmo- 
politan Club,  International  Club,  and  Russian  Club. 

Recreational  Organizations.  Rossborough  Club  (large  campus  dances), 
University  Theatre,  Men's  Glee  Club,  Women's  Chorus,  Clef  and  Key, 
Riding  Club,  Terrapin  Trail  Club,  Gymkana  Club,  Swimming  Club,  Camera 
Club,  Ballroom  Dance  Club  (instructional  group),  Radio  Club,  Chess  Club, 
Art  Club,  Authorship  Club,  University  Orchestra,  Sailing  Club,  Judo  Club, 
and  Modern  Dance  Club, 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  43 

UNIVERSITY  AND  A.  F.  R.  0.  T.  C.  BANDS 

The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Band  and  the  A.  F.  R.  0.  T.  C. 
Band  are  two  separate  musical  organizations  at  the  University,  existing 
for  the  purpose  of  furthering  the  musical  knowledge  of  interested  students. 
The  A.  F.  R.  0.  T.  C.  Band  functions  under  the  Military  Department.  The 
Student  Band  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Music  Department  and  is 
assisted  by  the  Military  Department.  Students  are  not  required  to  be 
members  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Band  to  be  eligible  for  the  Air 
Force  R.  0.  T.  C.  Band.  The  instruction  of  both  bands  is  conducted  by 
an  experienced  bandmaster. 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS 

Four  student  publications  are  conducted  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
adviser  and  the  general  supervision  of  the  Student  Publications  Board. 

The  Diamondback,  a  newspaper,  summarizes  the  University  news,  and 
provides  a  medium  for  the  discussion  of  matters  of  interest  to  the  students 
and  the  faculty. 

The  Terrapin,  the  annual,  is  a  reflection  of  campus  activities,  serving  to 
commemorate  the  principal  events  of  the  college  year. 

The  Old  Line,  a  literary,  humorous  and  art  magazine,  published  period- 
ically. 

The  "M"  Book,  a  handbook  issued  for  the  benefit  of  incoming  students, 
is  designed  to  acquaint  them  with  general  University  life. 

UNIVERSITY  POST  OFFICE 

The  University  operates  an  office  for  the  reception,  dispatch  and  delivery 
of  United  States  mail,  including  Parcel  Post  packages,  and  for  inter-office 
communications.  This  office  is  located  in  the  basement  of  the  Administra- 
tion Building.  The  campus  post  office  is  not  a  part  of  the  United  States 
Postal  System  and  no  facilities  are  available  for  sending  or  receiving  postal 
money  orders.  Postage  stamps,  however,  may  be  purchased.  United  States 
mail  is  received  at  8:30  A.  M.  and  2:00  P.  M.  and  dispatched  at  11:15  A.  M. 
and  4:15  P.  M.  daily. 

Each  student  in  the  University  is  assigned  a  Post  Office  box  at  the  time 
of  registration,  for  which  a  small  fee  is  charged.  Also,  boxes  are  provided 
for  the  various  University  offices. 

One  of  the  major  reasons  for  the  operation  of  the  Post  Office  is  to  provide 
a  convenient  method  by  which  Deans,  teachers  and  University  officials  may 
communicate  with  students,  therefore  students  are  expected  to  call  for  their 
mail  daily,  if  possible,  in  order  that  such  communications  may  come  to  their 
attention  promptly. 

STUDENTS'  SUPPLY  STORE 

For  the  convenience  of  students,  the  University  maintains  a  Students' 
Supply   Store,   located   in   the   basement   of   the   Administration   Building, 


44  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

where  students  may  obtain  at  reasonable  prices  text  books,  classroom  mate- 
rials and  equipment.  The  store  also  carries  jewelry,  stationery,  fountain 
pens  and  novelty  items. 

This  store  is  operated  on  a  basis  of  furnishing  students  needed  books 
and  supplies  at  as  low  a  cost  as  practicable,  and  profits,  if  any,  are  turned 
into  the  general  University  treasury  to  be  used  for  promoting  general  stu- 
dent welfare. 

Because  of  heavy  demand  for  text  books  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester 
the  Students'  Supply  Store  operates  a  temporary  annex  on  the  campus. 
Location  of  this  annex  is  posted  at  registration. 

ALUMNI 

The  Alumni  Council,  composed  of  three  representatives  from  each  School 
and  College  in  the  University,  coordinates  all  general  alumni  interests  and 
activities.  The  Council  membership  includes  three  representatives  from 
each  of  the  organized  alumni  associations  for  the  Schools  of  Agriculture, 
Arts  and  Sciences,  Business  and  Public  Administration,  Dentistry,  Educa- 
tion, Engineering,  Home  Economics,  Law,  Medicine,  Nursing,  and  Pharmacy. 

Council  activities  include  the  alumni  publication  Maryland,  a  scholarship 
program,  an  annual  Homecoming  affair  at  College  Park,  and  a  Charter 
Day  celebration  in  Baltimore  on  January  20.  Membership  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Alumni  Association  is  automatically  obtained  through 
affiliation  with  one  of  the  school  organizations.  Each  School  and  College 
Alumni  Association  exerts  an  active  interest  in  the  welfare  of  its  re- 
spective graduates  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  Objectives  of  the 
general  Association  include  the  promotion  of  the  interests  and  welfare 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  and  efforts  to  further  mutually  beneficial 
relations  between  the  University  of  Maryland,  the  people  of  the  State,  and 
the  alumni. 

"Maryland"  Magazine 

Maryland,  a  bi-monthly  magazine,  issued  by  the  Alumni  Association,  is 
primarily  an  alumni  publication.  However,  it  publishes  also  articles  of 
general  interest,  feature  articles  written  by  faculty  members  and  alumni, 
campus  news,  and  sports  news.  It  is  of  reader  interest  to  the  alumni  as 
well  as  the  student  body,  next  of  kin  of  students,  faculty  members  and 
Maryland  residents  in  general.  Maryland  is  published  by  the  University's 
Department  of  Publications. 

THE  ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS 

The  academic  divisions  at  the  University  of  Maryland  are  constituted 
for  the  purpose  of  drawing  into  closer  relationship  the  scholars  among  both 
students  and  faculty  in  related  departments  of  study  who  are  faced  with 
common  problems  and  the  need  for  an  exchange  of  experience  in  reference 
to  progress  underway  which  is  of  common  interest  extending  beyond  the 
bounds  of  individual  departments. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  45 

In  addition  to  the  functions  of  coordinating  the  work  of  related  depart- 
ments and  stimulating  scholarship  in  a  broad  subject  field,  it  is  more  par- 
ticularly the  duty  of  divisions,  through  their  chairmen,  to  sanction  needed 
interdepartmental  cooperative  projects;  check  and  report  possible  duplica- 
tion of  effort;  and  in  general,  to  serve  as  advisory  bodies  to  the  General 
Administrative  Board. 

The  chairmen  of  the  divisions  are  chosen  by  the  General  Administrative 
Board,  of  which  body  they  are  members. 

Five  academic  divisions  have  been  established  in  the  University  to  date. 
These  are: 

The  Lower  Division 

The  Division  of  Biological  Sciences 

The  Division  of  Physical  Sciences 

The  Division  of  Humanities 

The  Division  of  Social  Sciences 
At  the  present  time  these  divisions  are  constituted  as  follows: 

THE  LOWER  DIVISION 
Chairman,  Dr.  Charles  E.  White,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Student  programs  in  Freshman  and  Sophomore  years  of  the  University 
are  under  the  general  oversight  of  a  faculty  committee  known  as  the  Lower 
Division  Committee.  The  members  of  this  committee  are  especially  selected 
because  of  their  interest  in  student  growth  and  development  in  Freshman 
and  Sophomore  years.  They  are  drawn  from  the  faculties  of  all  of  the 
departments  in  the  University  whose  responsibility  it  is  to  offer  courses  to 
students  in  these  years. 

It  is  the  function  of  the  Lower  Division  Committee  to  consider  the  gen- 
eral problem  of  courses  which  should  be  open  to  students  in  Freshman  and 
Sophomore  years;  the  articulation  of  these  courses  in  terms  of  the  curricula 
needs  of  the  several  colleges;  and,  in  general,  to  stimulate  interest  in  learn- 
ing and  teaching  at  this  level. 

THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 
Chairman,  Dr.  John  E.  Faber,  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

The  Division  of  Biological  Sciences  includes  the  departments  of  Bac- 
teriology, Botany,  Entomology,  Zoology  and  Genetics,  and  representatives 
of  other  departments  interested  in  this  field. 

THE  DIVISION  OF  HUMANITIES 
Chairman,  Dr.  Adolf  E.  Zucker,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

The  Division  of  Humanities  includes  the  departments  of  Art,  Classical 
Languages  and  Literatures,  English  Language  and  Literature,  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literatures,  Music,  Practical  Art,  Philosophy,  Speech,  and 
representatives  of  other  departments  interested  in  this  field. 


46  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

THE  DIVISION  OF  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES 
Chairman,  Dr.  Wilbert  J.  Huff,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

The  Division  of  Physical  Sciences  includes  the  departments  of  Astron- 
omy, Chemistry,  Geology,  Mathematics,  Physics,  and  representatives  of 
other  departments  interested  in  this  field. 

THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Chairman,  Dr.  Harold  C.  Hoffsommer,  Professor  of  Sociology 

The  Division  of  Social  Sciences  includes  the  departments  of  Economics, 
Agricultural  Economics,  History,  Home  Management,  Government  and  Poli- 
tics, Psychology,  Sociology,  and  representatives  of  other  departments  in- 
terested in  this  field. 

CURRICULA  AND  PROGRAMS 

AT  COLLEGE  PARK,  MARYLAND 
College  of  Agriculture.  The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  curricula  lead- 
ing to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  General  Agriculture;  Agri- 
cultural Chemistry:  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing;  Agricul- 
tural Education  and  Rural  Life;  Agriculture-Engineering;  Agronomy 
(crops  and  soils) ;  Animal  Husbandry;  Botany  (plant  cytology,  morph- 
ology and  taxonomy;  plant  pathology;  and  plant  physiology  and  ecology); 
Dairy  (dairy  husbandry  and  dairy  products  technology) ;  Entomology; 
Horticulture  (pomology  and  olericulture,  floriculture  and  ornamental 
horticulture  and  commercial  processing  of  horticultural  crops) ;  and 
Poultry  Husbandry. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  provides 
liberal  training  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor 
of  Science.  Curricula  are  offered  in  Art,  Bacteriology,  Medical  Tech- 
nology, Chemistry,  English,  Foreign  Lauguages  (French,  German, 
Spanish,  Russian  and  Hebrew),  History,  Journalism,  Mathematics,  Physics, 
General  Physical  Sciences,  Philosophy,  Pre-dental,  Pre-law,  Pre-medical, 
Pre-nursing,  Psychology,  Sociology,  Social  Service,  Crime  Control,  Speech, 
Zoology ,  and  Fisheries  Biology. 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  combined  degrees  with  the 
Schools  of  Medicine,  Law,  and  Nursing. 

College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  The  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration  offers  curricula  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Business  Organization  and  Administration,  Public  Ad- 
ministration, Economics,  Geography,  Government  and  Politics,  and  Office 
Techniques  and  Management. 

College  of  Education.  The  College  of  Education  offers  curricula  leading 
to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science.  Curricula 
are  offered  in  Academic  Education,  Art  Education,  Business  Education, 


GENERAL  INFORMATION  47 

Dental  Education,  Elementary  Education,  Home  Economics  Education, 
Industrial  Education,  Music  Education,  Nursery  School-Kindergarten 
Education,  Nursing  Education,  Physical  Education,  Health  Education,  and 
Recreation. 

The  Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engineering  and  Aeronautical  Sciences. 

The  Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engineering  and  Aeronautical  Sciences 
offers  curricula  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Aeronautical 
Engineering,  Chemical  Engineering,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing, Mechanical  Engineering  and  Metallurgy. 

College  of  Home  Economics.  The  College  of  Home  Economics  offers 
curricula  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  General  Home 
Economics,  Foods  and  Nutrition,  Home  Economics  Education,  Institution 
Management,  Home  Economics  Extension,  Textiles  and  Clothing,  and  Prac- 
tical Art. 

College  of  Mlitary  Science.  The  College  of  Military  Science  offers  the 
curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.  This  curriculum 
is  especially  designed  for  those  who  wish  to  follow  a  career  in  the  Armed 
Forces.  The  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corp  established  by  the 
Air  Force  in  cooperation  with  the  University  is  a  major  department  in  this 
College.  Two  years  of  training  in  this  type  of  citizenship,  Air  Force 
science  and  tactics,  are  required  of  all  male  students  under  the  age  of 
thirty  years.  Any  male  student  in  any  undergraduate  curriculum  of  the 
University  who  is  accepted  for  such  training  may  pursue  an  advanced  course 
in  this  field  which  will  lead  to  a  reserve  or  regular  commission  in  the 
United  States  Air  Force. 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  The  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  offers  curricula  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Physical  Education,  in  Recreation  and  in 
Health.  In  addition  this  College  conducts  the  required  physical  activities 
program  of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  designed  to  correct  and 
improve  the  physical  development  of  all  students. 

College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies.  The  College  of  Special  and 
Continuation  Studies  provides  a  limited  program  of  late  afternoon  and 
evening  and  Saturday  morning  courses  both  on  and  off  campus  for  mature 
students  who  have  full-time  employment  or  who,  for  other  reasons,  cannot 
follow  a  full-time  program  of  studies  at  College  Park.  These  studies  are 
offered  at  both  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  levels.  This  College 
also  conducts  a  special  program  for  high  school  graduates  whose  secondary 
school  preparation  may  be  deficient  in  certain  minor  details. 

Summer  School.  The  Summer  School  of  six  weeks  duration  provides 
programs  of  study  to  persons  who  find  it  convenient  to  attend  the  Uni- 
versity during  the  summer  months.  Instruction  is  offered  in  most  of  the 
departments  of  the  University.  In  the  College  of  Education  the  offerings 
are  considerably  expanded.    Teachers  in  service  and  other  persons  who  are 


48  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

employed  during  the  regular  school  year  find   a  wide  variety  of  courses 
available. 

Graduate  School.  The  Graduate  School  has  general  jurisdiction  over  the 
graduate  courses  offered  in  the  departments  of  the  University  at  College 
Park  and  Baltimore.  Through  a  program  of  inter-departmental  coopera- 
tion under  the  immediate  direction  of  this  School,  the  University  confers 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Arts  in 
American  Civilization,  Master  of  Business  Administration,  Master  of  Edu- 
cation, Master  of  Foreign  Study,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy. The  graduate  faculty  includes  all  members  of  the  various  faculties 
who  give  instruction  in  approved  graduate  courses. 

AT  BALTIMORE 

The  Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law,  Medicine,  Nursing  and  Pharmacy  offer 
curricula  leading  to  professional  degrees  in  their  respective  fields. 

CATALOGS 

See  separate  catalog  listings  on  back  cover. 


IMPORTANT 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student  to 
withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in 
the    best    interests    of    the    University. 


Collage  of 

AGRICULTURE 

STAFF 

Many  of  the  members  of  the  Instructional  staff  are  also  on  the  staff  of  the 

Extension  Service,  or  the  Experiment  Station  staff,  or  both.     Lists  of 

the  staffs  of  these  two  agencies  appear  elsewhere  in  this  publication. 

Thomas  B.  Symons,  M.S.,  D.Agr.,  Dean 
Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 

George  J.  Abrams,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Apiculture. 

Arthur  M.  Ahalt,  M.S.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Education. 

Charles  O.  Appleman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  (Emeritus)  of  Plant  Physiology. 

Wendell  S.  Arbuckle,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Manufacturing. 

John  H.  Axley,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils. 

Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Botany. 

George  M.  Beal,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing. 

William  E.  Bickley,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology. 

Luther  E.  Bohanan,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 
Harry  A.  Borthwick,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Plant  Physiology. 
Russell  G.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany. 
Arthur  L.  Brueckner,  V.M.D.,  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science. 
Ambrose  W.  Burger,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy. 
John  Buric,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Animal  Husbandry. 
Gordon  M.  Cairns,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Dairy  Husbandry. 
Joseph  S.  Caldwell,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Processing. 
Ray  W.  Carpenter,  LL.B.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Engineering. 
John  M.  Coffin,  V.M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science. 
Gerald  F.  Combs,  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry. 

Pardon  W.  Cornell,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Ornamental  Horticulture. 
Virginia  H.  Corp,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Botany. 
Ernest  N.  Cory,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Entomology. 
Harold  F.  Cotterman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Education. 
Carroll  E.  Cox,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology. 
Harry  W.  Dengler,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Forestry. 
Samuel  H.  DeVault,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 

49 


50  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Harold  M.  Devolt,  D.V.M.,  Professor  of  Poultry  Pathology. 

Arthur  E.  Durfee,  M.S.,  Professor  and  Editor. 

Matthew  F.  Ellmore,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Dairy  Husbandry. 

Humphrey  Finney,  Lecturer  in  Animal  Husbandry. 

John  E.  Foster,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Animal  Husbandry. 

Hugh  G.  Gauch,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology. 

Guy  W.  Gienger,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Marshall  R.  Godwin,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 
Willard  W.  Green,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry. 
James  M.  Gwin,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry. 
Arthur  B.  Hamilton,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Argicultural  Economics 

and  Farm  Management. 
Irvin  C.  Haut,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Horticulture. 
Elizabeth  E.  Haviland,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology. 
James  E.  Hawes,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Horticulture. 
Lester  E.  Hogue,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Agronomy. 
Walter  F.  Jeffers,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology. 
V.  Webster  Johnson,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Agricultural  Economics. 
Morley  A.  Jull,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Poultry  Husbandry. 
Malcolm  H.  Kerr,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry. 
Albin  0.  Kuhn,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agronomy. 
Conrad  Liden,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy. 
Conrad  B.  Link,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Floriculture. 

Ellis  Martin,  B.S.,  Laboratory  Assistant  in  Agricultural  Engineering. 
Joseph  F.  Mattick,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Manufacturing. 
Delbert  T.  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany. 
Omar  D.  Morgan,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology. 
Samuel  C.  Munson,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology. 
Ray  A.  Murray,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Education. 
Constantine  Nikiforoff,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Soils. 
Joseph  W.  Nisonger,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Dairy  Manufacturing. 
John  B.  S.  Norton,  D.Sc,  Professor  (Emeritus)  of  Botany. 
Paul  E.  Nystrom,  M.S.,  Associate  Director  of  Extension  Service. 
James  B.  Outhouse,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry. 
Anna  B.  Owens,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Botany. 
Marion  W.  Parker,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Plant  Physiology. 
Paul  R.  Poffenberger,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  51 

George  D.  Quigley,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry. 

Robert  D.  Rappleye,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Botany. 

Reginald  L.  Reagan,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Virology. 

Thomas  S.  Ronningen,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy. 

Albert  L.  Schrader,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Pomology. 

Leland  E.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Horticultural  Physiology. 

Clyne  S.  Shaffner,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Poultry  Husbandry. 

James  B.  Shanks,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Floriculture. 

Joseph  C.  Shaw,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry. 

Howard  H.  Shepherd,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology. 

Mark  M.  Shoemaker,  M.L.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Landscape  Gardening. 

Stanley  C.  Shull,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 
Francis  C.  Stark,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops. 
Robert  E.  Stout,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Dairy  Manufacturing. 
Orman  E.  Street,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy. 
Edward  Strickling,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy. 
Royal  P.  Thomas,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Soils. 
William  P.  Walker,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics. 
Edgar  P.  Walls,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Canning  Crops. 
Leslie  0.  Weaver,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology. 


3 

M 

G 

'8 


S 

2 

'3 


bo 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  53 

COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Thomas  B.  Symons,  M.S.,  D.Agr.,  Dean 
Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  both  general  and  specialized  training 
for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  professional  work  in  the  broad  field 
of  agricultural  endeavor.  Student  programs  are  arranged  with  a  view  to 
correlating  technical  work  with  related  sciences  and  cultural  subjects. 
Education  in  fundamentals  receives  special  attention.  Accordingly,  young 
men  and  women  are  given  a  basic  general  education  while  they  are  being 
instructed  in  the  various  branches  of  agriculture.  In  addition  to  offering 
this  opportunity  for  thorough  grounding  in  the  related  basic  natural  and 
social  sciences,  it  is  an  objective  of  the  College  to  provide  trained  personnel 
for  agricultural  and  allied  industries.  This  personnel  is  recruited  from 
rural  and  urban  areas.  Farm-reared  students  enter  either  general  or  spe- 
cialized curricula;  city-reared  students  tend  to  follow  the  specialized  pro- 
grams. 

History 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  the  oldest  division  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  The  institution  was  chartered  in  1856  under 
the  name  of  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College.  For  three  years  the 
College  was  under  private  management.  When  Congress  passed  the  Land 
Grant  Act  in  1862,  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  accepted  it  for  the 
State  and  named  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College  as  the  beneficiary. 
When  the  institution  was  merged  in  1920  with  the  University  of  Mary- 
land in  Baltimore,  the  College  of  Agriculture  took  its  place  as  one  of  the 
major   divisions   of   this   larger,   more   comprehensive   organization. 

In  addition  to  teaching,  the  College  of  Agriculture  includes  the  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station  and  the  Extension  Service.  They  were 
established  as  the  result  of  acts  passed  by  Congress  in  1887  and  1914 
respectively.  A  more  complete  description  of  these  two  services  appear 
later  in  this  bulletin. 

General 

The  College  provides  curricula  for  those  who  wish  to  engage  in  general 
farming,  livestock  production,  dairying,  poultry  husbandry,  fruit  or  vege- 
table growing,  floriculture  or  ornamental  horticulture,  field  crop  produc- 
tion, or  in  the  highly  specialized  scientific  activities  connected  with  these 
industries.  It  prepares  men  to  serve  as  farm  managers,  for  positions  with 
commercial  concerns  related  to  agriculture,  for  responsible  positions  as 
teachers  in  agricultural  colleges  and  in  departments  of  vocational  agricul- 
ture in  high  schools  or  as  investigators  in  experiment  stations,  for  extension 
work,  for  regulatory  activities,  and  for  service  in  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 


54  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Through  research  the  frontiers  of  knowledge  relating  to  agriculture  and 
the  fundamental  sciences  underlying  it  are  constantly  being  extended  and 
solutions  for  important  problems  are  being  found.  Research  projects  in 
many  fields  are  in  progress.  Students  taking  courses  in  agriculture  from 
instructors  who  devote  part  time  to  research,  or  are  closely  associated  with 
it,  are  kept  in  close  touch  with  the  latest  discoveries  and  developments  in 
the  investigations  under  way.  The  findings  of  these  research  scientists 
provide  valuable  information  for  use  in  classrooms,  and  make  instruction 
virile  and  authentic.  The  results  of  the  most  recent  scientific  investigations 
are  constantly  before  the  student. 

Close  contact  of  workers  in  the  College  with  the  problems  of  farmers 
and  their  families  in  all  parts  of  the  State,  through  the  county  agents, 
home  demonstration  agents,  and  specialists  brings  additional  life  to  resident 
instruction  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.  These  contacts  operate  in  two 
ways:  problems  confronting  rural  people  are  brought  to  the  attention  of 
research  workers  and  the  instructional  staff,  and  results  of  research  are 
taken  to  farmers  and  their  families  in  their  home  communities  through 
practical  demonstrations.  Hence  the  problems  of  the  people  of  the  State 
contribute  to  the  strength  of  the  College  of  Agriculture,  and  the  College 
helps  them  in  the  improvement  of  agriculture  and  rural  life. 

Through  their  regulatory  functions,  certain  trained  workers  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture  are  continually  dealing  with  the  actual  problems  asso- 
ciated with  the  improvement  and  maintenance  of  the  standards  of  farm 
products  and  animals.  Regulatory  and  control  work  extends  over  a  wide 
range  of  activities  and  is  concerned  with  reducing  the  losses  due  to  insect 
pests  and  diseases;  preventing  and  controlling  serious  outbreaks  of  diseases 
and  pests  of  animals  and  plants;  analyzing  fertilizers,  feed,  and  limes  for 
guaranteed  quality;  and  analyzing  and  testing  germination  quality  of  seeds 
to  insure  better  seeds  for  farm  planting. 

These  fields  contribute  largely  to  agricultural  education,  as  standardiza- 
tion and  education  go  hand  in  hand  in  the  development  of  an  industry. 
Direct  contact  on  the  part  of  professors  in  their  respective  departments 
with  the  problems  and  methods  involved  makes  for  effective  instruction. 

Special  Advantages 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Beltsville  Re- 
search Center  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  This  is  the  largest, 
best  manned,  and  best  equipped  agriculture  research  agency  in  the  world. 
Also,  the  University  of  Maryland,  is  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  offices  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  other  govern- 
ment departments,  including  the  Library  of  Congress.  Students  can  easily 
visit  these  agencies  and  become  acquainted  with  their  work  and  the  men 
who  conduct  this  work.  Such  contacts  have  already  proved  valuable  to 
many  University  of  Maryland  graduates. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  55 

Also,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  men  from  these  agencies  to  speak  before 
classes  at  the  University  and  to  be  guest  speakers  at  student  club  meet- 
ings and  otherwise  take  part  in  student  activities.  No  other  college  of  agri- 
culture in  the  United  States  is  physically  located  to  offer  like  opportunities 
to  its  students. 

Coordination  of  Agricultural  Work 

The  strength  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
lies  in  the  close  coordination  of  the  instructional,  research,  extension,  and 
regulatory  functions  within  the  individual  departments,  between  the  several 
departments,  and  in  the  institution  as  a  whole.  Instructors  in  the  several 
departments  are  closely  associated  with  the  research,  extension  and  regula- 
tory work  being  carried  on  in  their  respective  fields,  and  in  many  cases, 
devote  a  portion  of  their  time  to  one  or  more  of  these  types  of  activities. 
Close  coordination  of  these  four  types  of  work  enables  the  University  to 
provide  a  stronger  faculty  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  and  affords  a 
higher  degree  of  specialization  than  would  otherwise  be  possible.  It  in- 
sures instructors  an  opportunity  to  keep  informed  on  the  latest  results 
of  research,  and  to  be  constantly  in  touch  with  current  trends  and  problems 
which  are  revealed  in  extension  and  regulatory  activities.  Heads  of  de- 
partments hold  staff  conferences  to  this  end,  so  that  the  student  at  all  times 
is  as  close  to  the  developments  in  the  frontiers  of  the  several  fields  of 
knowledge  as  it  is  possible  for  organization  to  put  him. 

In  order  that  the  work  of  the  College  shall  be  responsive  to  agricultural 
interests  and  shall  adequately  meet  the  needs  of  the  several  agricultural 
industries  in  the  State,  and  that  the  courses  of  instruction  shall  at  all  times 
be  made  most  helpful  for  students  who  pursue  them,  Advisory  Councils 
have  been  constituted  in  the  major  industries  of  agriculture.  These  Coun- 
cils are  composed  of  leaders  in  the  respective  lines  of  agriculture  in  Mary- 
land, and  the  instructional  staff  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  has  the  benefit 
of  their  counsel  and  advice.  By  this  means  the  College,  the  industries,  and 
the  students  are  kept  abreast  of  developments. 

Facilities  and  Equipment 

In  addition  to  buildings,  laboratories,  libraries,  and  equipment  for  effec- 
tive instruction  in  the  related  basic  sciences  and  in  the  cultural  subjects, 
the  University  of  Maryland  is  provided  with  excellent  facilities  for  research 
and  instruction  in  agriculture.  University  farms,  totaling  more  than  1,500 
acres,  are  operated  for  instructional  and  investigational  purposes.  One  of 
the  most  complete  and  modern  plants  for  dairy  and  animal  husbandry  work 
in  the  country,  together  with  herds  of  the  principal  breeds  of  dairy  and 
beef  cattle,  and  other  livestock,  provides  facilities  and  materials  for  instruc- 
tion and  research  in  these  industries.  Excellent  laboratory  and  field  facili- 
ties are  available  in  the  Agronomy  Department  for  breeding  and  selection 
in  farm  crops,  and  for  soils  research.  The  Poultry  Department  has  a  build- 
ing for  laboratories  and  classrooms,  a  plant  comprising  thirty-four  acres, 


56  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  flocks  of  all  the  important  breeds  of  poultry.  The  Horticulture  Depart- 
ment is  housed  in  a  separate  building,  and  has  ample  orchards  and  gardens 
for  its  various  lines  of  work. 

Departments  and  Curricula 

Departments  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  their  curricula  are  as 
follows:  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing;  Agricultural  Educa- 
tion and  Rural  Life;  Agricultural  Engineering;  Agronomy  (including 
crops  and  soils);  Animal  Husbandry;  Botany  (including  plant  morphology 
and  taxonomy,  plant  pathology,  and  plant  physiology  and  ecology);  Dairy 
(including  dairy  husbandry  and  dairy  products  technology);  Entomology 
(including  bee  culture);  Horticulture  (including  pomology,  olericulture, 
floriculture,  ornamental  horticulture  and  commercial  processing);  Poultry 
Husbandry;  Veterinary  Science.  In  addition,  there  are  curricula  in  Agri- 
cultural Chemistry  and  General  Agriculture.  Courses  of  study  may  also 
be  arranged  for  any  who  desire  to  return  to  the  farm  after  one  or  more 
years  of  training  in  practical  agricultural  subjects. 

Admission 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  must  apply 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  4  units  of  English  and  1  unit  each 
of  Social,  Biological  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of 
Algebra  and  Plane  Geometry  are  necessary  for  certain  curricula  and  desir- 
able for  all.  While  Foreign  Language  is  desirable  for  certain  programs, 
no  Foreign  Language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine  Arts,  Trade  and  Voca- 
tional subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of 
Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $165.00  fixed 
charges;  $48.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A  matricu- 
lation fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  for  all  new  students.  An  additional  charge  of 
$125.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules  are 
required  to  take  basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period  of  two 
years.    The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  gradu- 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  57 

ation,  but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two  years 
of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not. 
Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  military  training 
will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation,  whichever 
occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  advanced  Air  Force  R.  0. 
T.  C.  courses  during  their  junior  and  senior  years  which  lead  to  a  regular 
or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Junior  Requirements 

A  student  must  acquire  a  minimum  of  56  credits  exclusive  of  the  require- 
ments in  basic  military  science,  hygiene,  and  physical  activities  with  an 
average  grade  of  at  least  C  in  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  before 
being  permitted  to  begin  advanced  work. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

Each  student  must  acquire  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hour  credits  in 
academic  subjects  other  than  basic  military  science  and  physical  activities. 
Men  must  acquire  in  addition  12  hours  in  basic  military  science  and  4 
hours  in  physical  activities.  Women  must  acquire  in  addition  4  hours  in 
hygiene,  and  4  hours  in  physical  activities. 

Scholarships  for  Agricultural  Students 

Ten  scholarships  of  S165  each  are  granted  by  the  Sears  Roebuck  Foun- 
dation to  the  sons  of  farmers  in  the  State  of  Maryland  who  enroll  in  the 
Freshman  class  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  this  University.  One 
$200  scholarship  is  granted  each  year  to  the  sophomore  student  in  the 
College  of  Agriculture  who  proved  to  be  the  outstanding  student  on  a 
Sears  Roebuck  Scholarship  the  previous  year.  These  scholarships  are 
awarded  by  the  Faculty  Committee  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
grant. 

A  Borden  Agricultural  Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had  two  or  more  of  the  regularly 
listed  courses  in  dairying  and  who,  upon  entering  the  senior  year  of  study, 
has  achieved  the  highest  average  grade  among  all  eligible  students  in  all 
preceding  college  work. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis 
offers  two  summer  scholarships  to  outstanding  students  in  the  College  of 
Agriculture,  one  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  Fresh- 
man year;  the  other  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his 
Junior  year.  The  purpose  of  these  scholarships  is  to  bring  together  out- 
standing young  men  for  leadership  training. 


58  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AWARDS 
Grange  Award 

The  Maryland  State  Grange  makes  an  annual  award  to  the  senior  who 
has  excelled  in  leadership  and  scholastic  attainment  and  has  contributed 
meritorious  service  to  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Alpha  Zeta  Medal 

The  Honorary  Agricultural  Fraternity  of  Alpha  Zeta  awards  annually 
a  medal  to  the  agricultural  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  attains  the 
highest  average  record  in  academic  work.  The  mere  presentation  of  the 
medal  does  not  elect  the  student  to  the  fraternity,  but  simply  indicates 
recognition  of  high  scholarship. 

Farm  and  Laboratory  Practice 

The  head  of  each  department  will  help  to  make  available  opportunities 
for  practical  or  technical  experience  along  his  major  line  of  study  for  each 
student  whose  major  is  in  that  department  and  who  is  in  need  of  such 
experience.  For  inexperienced  students  in  many  departments  this  need 
may  be  met  by  one  or  more  summers  spent  on  a  farm. 

Student  Organizations 

Students  find  opportunity  for  varied  expression  and  growth  in  the 
several  voluntary  organizations  sponsored  by  the  College  of  Agriculture. 
These  organizations  are:  Agricultural  Economics  Club,  Block  and  Bridle 
Club,  Collegiate  4-H  Club,  Future  Farmers  of  America,  Plant  Industry 
Club,  Riding  Club,  Student  Grange,  Alpha  Zeta,  and  the  Agricultural 
Student  Council. 

Membership  in  these  organizations  is  voluntary  and  no  college  credits 
are  given;  yet  much  of  the  training  obtained  is  fully  as  valuable  as  that 
acquired  from  regularly  prescribed  courses.  All  of  these  organizations 
have  regular  meetings,  arrange  special  programs  and  contribute  to  the 
extra-curricular  life  of  the  students. 

The  Agricultural  Economics  Club  is  a  forum  for  students  and  faculty 
in  the  field  of  Agricultural  Economics.  The  Block  and  Bridle  Club  is  com- 
posed of  students  interested  in  livestock;  it  conducts  a  Student  Livestock 
Judging  Contest  in  the  fall  and  a  Student  Fitting  and  Showing  Contest 
in  the  spring  on  the  campus.  The  Collegiate  4-H  Club  is  composed  of  for- 
mer members  and   others  interested  in   Agricultural   Extension  work. 

The  Future  Farmers  of  America  foster  an  interest  in  Vocational  Agri- 
culture and  the  Collegiate  Chapter  serves  as  host  to  high  school  chapters 
in  the  State  at  their  judging  contests  held  at  the  University.  Students 
interested  in  Agronomy,  Botany  and  Horticulture  are  brought  together  in 
meetings  of  the  Plant  Industry  Club  to  consider  important  phases  of  plant 
science  and  industry  as  well  as  for  social  activity. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  59 

Students  who  enjoy  horseback  riding  are  brought  together  in  the  Riding 
Club;  this  organization  sponsors  an  annual  Horse  Show  in  cooperation 
with  other  riding  enthusiasts  in  the  vicinity  of  the  University.  The 
Student  Grange  represents  the  great  national  farmers'  fraternity  of  the 
order  of  Patrons  of  Husbandry  and  emphasizes  training  for  rural 
leadership. 

Membership  in  Alpha  Zeta,  national  agricultural  honor  fraternity,  is 
chosen  from  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  met  certain 
scholastic  requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in  agriculture. 

The  Agricultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  of  representatives  from 
the  various  student  organizations  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Its  pur- 
pose is  to  coordinate  activities  of  these  organizations  and  to  promote  work 
which  is  beneficial  to  the  College. 

Student  Judging  Teams 

The  College  of  Agriculture  sponsors  teams  to  judge  dairy  cattle,  dairy 
products,  horticultural  products,  livestock  and  poultry.  Team  members  are 
selected  from  students  taking  courses  designed  especially  to  train  them  for 
this  purpose.  The  College  of  Agriculture  enters  teams  at  major  shows  where 
the  students  compete  with  teams  from  other  state  universities  or  agri- 
cultural colleges. 

Student  Advisers 

Each  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  assigned  to  a  faculty 
adviser,  either  departmental  or  general.  Departmental  advisers  consist  of 
heads  of  departments  or  persons  selected  by  them  to  advise  students  with 
curricula  in  their  respective  departments.  General  advisers  are  selected  for 
students  who  have  no  definite  choice  of  curriculum  in  mind,  or  who  wish 
to  pursue  the  general  curriculum  in  agriculture. 

Electives 

The  electives  in  the  suggested  curricula  which  follow  afford  opportunity 
for  those  who  so  desire  to  supplement  major  and  minor  fields  of  study  or 
to  add  to  their  general  training. 

With  the  advice  and  consent  of  those  in  charge  of  his  registration,  a 
student  may  make  such  modifications  in  his  curriculum  as  are  deemed 
advisable  to  meet  the  requirements  of  his  particular  need. 

Freshman  Year 

The  program  of  the  freshman  year  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  the 
same  for  all  curricula  of  the  College.    Its  purpose  is  to  afford  the  student 


60  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

an  opportunity  to  lay  a  broad  foundation  in  subjects  basic  to  agriculture 
and  the  related  sciences,  to  articulate  beginning  work  in  college  with  that 
pursued  in  high  or  preparatory  schools,  to  provide  opportunity  for  wise 
choice  of  programs  in  succeeding  years,  and  to  make  it  possible  for  a  student 
before  the  end  of  the  year  to  change  from  one  curriculum  to  another, 
or  from  the  College  of  Agriculture  to  the  curriculum  in  some  other 
college  of  the  University  with  little  or  no  loss  of  credit. 

Students  entering  the  freshman  year  with  a  definite  choice  of  curriculum 
in  mind  are  sent  to  departmental  advisers  for  counsel  as  to  the  wisest 
selection  of  freshman  electives  from  the  standpoint  of  their  special  interests 
and  their  probable  future  programs.  Students  entering  the  freshman  year 
with  no  definite  curriculum  in  mind,  are  assigned  to  a  general  adviser,  who 
assists  with  the  choice  of  freshman  electives  and  during  the  course  of  the 
year  acquaints  the  students  with  the  opportunities  in  the  upper  curricula 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  in  the  other  divisions  of  the  University. 
If  by  the  close  of  the  freshman  year  a  student  makes  no  definite  choice  of 
a  specialized  curriculum,  he  continues  under  the  guidance  of  his  general 
adviser  in  the  General  Agriculture  Curriculum. 

Agriculture  Curriculum  „         . 

i — Semester — > 

Freshman  Year  I  H 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 8  S 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3  .... 

Soc.    1 — Sociology  of   American   Life ....  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

R.  Ed.  1 — Introduction  to  Agriculture 1           

**Math.  0 — Basic  Mathematics    ....  0 

'Elect  either  of  the  following  pairs  of  courses: 

Bot.  1,  General  Botany  and  Zool.  1,  General  Zoology 4  4 

Chem.  1,  3,  General  Chemistry 4  4 

Elect  one  of  the  following  each  semester: 

Modern   Language 3  I 

tMath.  6,  6  or  10,  11,  or  10,  13 3  8 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 3  8 

A.   H.    1 — Fundamentals   of   Animal    Husbandry 3  .... 

Agron.   1 — Crop  Production    3 


**  An  examination  in  Mathematics  will  be  given  at  an  announced  date  during  the  first 
semester;  students  passing  this  test  will  not  be  required  to  take  Math.  0. 

*  Both  pairs  of  courses  are  required  for  graduation  from  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

t  Students  who  expect  to  pursue  the  curriculum  in  Agricultural  Chemistry  or  Agricultural 
Engineering  must  be  prepared  to  elect  Math.  14,  15  and  17. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  61 

Agriculture — General 

This  curriculum  is  designed  for  persons  wishing  to  return  to  the  farm, 

enter  work  allied  to  farming,  for  those  seeking  a  general  rather  than  a 
specialized  knowledge  of  the  field  of  agriculture  and  for  those  preparing  to 
work  in  any  general  field  in  agriculture. 

By  proper  use  of  the  electives  allowed  in  this  curriculum,  a  student  may 
choose  a  field  of  concentration  in  agriculture  and  at  the  same  time  elect 
courses  that  contribute  to  a  liberal  education. 

General  Agriculture  Curriculum:}:  „ 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Chem.    1,  3 — General   Chemistry , 4  4 

P.  H.   1 — Poultry  Production 3           

Dairy  1— Fundamentals  of  Dairying 3 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical   Activities    1  1 

Total    19  19 

Junior  Year 

Zool.  104 — Genetics    . 8           

Hort.  5 — Fruit  Production,  or  Hort.  58 — Vegetable  Production 3 

Ent,  1 — Introductory  Entomology   ....  3 

Soils  1 — General  Soils    3           

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm  Machinery 3           

Agr.  Engr.  102 — Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles 3 

A.  E.  100 — Farm  Economics 3  .... 

Econ.  87 — Fundamentals  of  Economics ....  8 

Biological  or  Physical  Science  Sequence 3  3 

Electives     3  3 

Total    18  18 

Senior  Year 

A.  E.  107 — Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 3           

A.  E.  108 — Farm  Management    3 

Agron.  151 — Cropping  Systems    ....  2 

R.  Ed.  114 — Rural  Life  and  Education 3 

Electives 12  9 

Total    .' 15  17 


t  If  A.  H.  1  and  Agron.   1  are  not  elected   in  the  Freshman  year  they  must  be  elected 
in  subsequent  years. 


62  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY 

This  curriculum  insures  adequate  instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  both 
the  physical  and  biological  sciences.  It  may  be  adjusted  through  the  selection 
of  electives  to  fit  the  student  for  work  in  agricultural  experiment  stations, 
soil  bureaus,  geological  surveys,  food  laboratories,  fertilizer  industries  and 
those  handling  food  products. 

Agricultural  Chemistry  Curriculum  Semester » 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

Chem.  15,  17 — Qualitative  Analysis 8  3 

Math.  20,  21 — Calculus 4  4 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4  .... 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

A.  S.  8,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities 1  1 

Total    19  19 

Junior  Year 

Chem.  85,  87 — Elementary  Organic  Lecture. 2  2 

Chem.  86,  88 — Elementary  Organic  Laboratory 2  2 

Chem.  21,  22 — Quantitative  Analysis 4  4 

Modern  Language   8  8 

Geol.  1 — Geology   8           

Soils  1 — General  Soils   ...  8 

Elective*  in  Biology 8  8 

Elective 3  3 

Total     20  20 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  8 

Modern  Language   3  8 

Phrs.  20,  21 — General  Physics   5  5 

Electives  in  Agricultural  Chemistry 6  6 

Elective    3  8 

Total     20  20 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS   AND   MARKETING 

The  curriculum  in  agricultural  economics  and  marketing  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  the  following  types  of  positions :  On  the  farm  as  farm 
operators  and  farm  managers;  with  farm  organizations,  such  as  the 
Farm  Bureau  and  farmers'  cooperatives;  with  private  and  corporate  busi- 
ness concerns;  and  positions  with  state  and  federal  agencies,  such  as  col- 
lege teachers,  agricultural  extension  workers,  and  research  with  federal 
and  state  agencies. 

The  courses  in  this  department  are  designed  to  provide  fundamental 
training  in  the  basic  economic  principles  underlying  farming.    The  curricu- 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  63 

lum  includes  courses  in  farm  management,  general  agricultural  economics, 
marketing,  finance,  prices,  taxation,  and  land  economics  to  give  the  student 
the  foundation  needed  to  meet  the  production  and  distribution  problems 
confronting  the  individual  farmer  in  a  progressive  rural  community. 

Farming  is  a  business,  as  well  as  a  way  of  life,  and  as  such  demands  for 
its  successful  conduct  the  use  of  business  methods;  the  keeping  of  farm 
business  records,  analyzing  the  farm  business,  and  of  organizing  and 
operating  the  farm  as  a  business  enterprise.  It  requires  knowledge  of  farm 
resources  and  taxation,  methods  of  financing  agricultural  production  and 
marketing,  including  agencies  involved,  services  rendered  and  the  cost  of 
getting  products  from  the  producer  to  the  consumer  through  cooperative 
and  private  types  of  organization. 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing  Curriculum*  „         . 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  B,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  8 

Chem.  1,  8 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Hath.  5 — General  Mathematics 3           .... 

Econ.  87 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 8 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities 1  1 

Total    17  17 

Junior  Year 

A.  E.  100 — Farm  Economics 3           

A.  E.  101 — Marketing  of  Farm  Products 8 

A.  E.  107 — Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 3           

A  E.  104 — Farm  Finance ....  8 

B.  A.  130 — Statistics 8 

Speech  1,  2— Public  Speaking 2  2 

P.  H.  1 — Poultry  Production 3          

Soils  1— General  Soils   8          

Electives    4  7 

Total 18  18 

Senior  Year 

A.  E.  103 — Cooperation  in  Agriculture 8  .... 

A  E.  106 — Prices  of  Farm  Products 8 

Agr.  Engr.   101 — Farm  Machinery 8  .... 

A.  E.   108 — Farm  Management    3 

Soc.  113 — The  Rural  Community 8 

A.    H.    110— Feeds    and    Feeding 3           

A.  E.  Ill — Land  Economics 8  .... 

A.    E.    110 — Seminar 1  1 

Electives    8  8 

Total    18  1» 

•  If  A.  H.  1  and  Agron.  1  are  not  elected  in  the  Freshman  Year,  they  must  be  elected 
In  subsequent  yean. 


64  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION  AND  RURAL  LIFE 

The  primary  objective  of  this  curriculum  is  to  prepare  for  teaching 
secondary  vocational  agriculture,  work  as  county  agents  and  allied  lines  of 
the  rural  education  services.  Graduates  from  this  curriculum  are  in  demand 
in  rural  businesses,  particularly  of  the  cooperative  type.  A  number  have 
entered  the  Federal  service.  Others  are  engaged  in  teaching  and  research 
in  agricultural  colleges.  Quite  a  few  have  returned  to  the  farm  as  owner- 
managers. 

:  Courses  in  extension  methods  are  included  in  agricultural  education. 
They  are  especially  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  train  for  extension 
work,  as  well  as  others  who  wish  to  learn  more  about  how  the  extension 
service  operates.  Agricultural  education  majors,  as  well  as  others,  are  urged 
to  take  these  courses  if  they  can  possibly  fit  them  into  their  curriculum. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  entrance  requirements  of  the  University,  involv- 
ing graduation  from  a  standard  four-year  high  school,  students  electing 
the  agricultural  education  curriculum  must  present  evidence  of  having 
acquired  adequate  farm  experience  after  reaching  the  age  of  fourteen  years. 

Students  with  high  average  may  upon  petition  be  relieved  of  certain 
requirements  in  this  curriculum,  when  evidence  is  presented  that  either 
through  experience  or  previous  training  a  prescribed  course  is  non-essential. 
Or  they  may  be  allowed  to  carry  an  additional  load. 

All  students  following  this  curriculum  are  required  to  attend  meetings 
of  the  Collegiate  Chapter  of  the  Future  Farmers  of  America  during  their 
junior  and  senior  years  in  order  to  gain  needed  training  to  serve  as  ad- 
visers of  high  school  chapters  of  FFA  upon  graduation.  All  Agricultural 
Education  majors  are  urged  to  become  members  of  the  FFA  and  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  activities  of  the  organization. 

Agricultural  Education  Curriculum*  Semester 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  3 

Chem.   1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  i 

P.  H.   1 — Poultry   Production 3            

Dairy  1 — Fundamentals  of  Dairy  Husbandry ....  3 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical     Activities 1  1 

Total    19  19 


*  If  A.  H.   1  and  Agron.   1  are  not  elected  in  the  Freshman   Year,   they  must  be  elected 
in  subsequent  years. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  65 

i — Semester — • 
Junior  Year  I  II 

Restricted    Science    Electives 3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of   Plants 3            

Ent.   1 — Introductory   Entomology    ....  3 

A.    H.    110 — Feeds    and    Feeding 3            

Soils  1 — General  Soils 3            

A.  Engr.  101 — Farm   Machinery    3  .... 

R.  Ed.  107 — Observation  and  Analysis  of  Teaching 3 

A.  E.  108 — Farm  Management   ....  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals    of    Economics .... 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development  I  and  II 

Total    18  18 

Senior  Year 

A.  Engr.  102 — Gas  Engines,   Tractors   and  Automobiles .... 

R.  Ed.  109 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

R.  Ed.   Ill — Teaching  Young  and   Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

f R.  Ed.  103 — Practice    Teaching     5 

R.  Ed.  101 — Teaching   Farm   Practicums   and   Demonstrations 

A.  Engr.  104 — Farm   Mechanics    

R.   Ed.   112 — Departmental   Management •  •  •  ■  1 

R.  Ed.  114 — Rural  Life  and  Education 3 

Hort.  58 — Vegetable    Production    3 

Electives    6 

Total    16 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

The  department  offers  to  students  of  agriculture  training  in  those  agri- 
cultural subjects  which  are  based  upon  engineering  principles.  These  sub- 
jects may  be  grouped  under  three  heads:  farm  machinery  and  farm  power, 
farm  buildings,  and  farm  drainage. 

Five- Year  Program  in  Agriculture — Engineering 

For  those  students  who  wish  to  specialize  in  the  application  of  engineer- 
ing principles  to  the  physical  and  biological  problems  of  agriculture  there 
is  offered  a  combined  program,  extending  over  a  five-year  period,  arranged 
jointly  by  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  the  College  of  Engineering,  and 
leading  to  a  degree  from  each  of  these  colleges. 

This  program  prepares  graduates  to  enter  state,  federal  or  commercial 
fields  of  activity  in  such  work  as  soil  and  water  conservation,  rural  electrifi- 
cation, design  and  sale  of  farm  machinery  and  structures,  and  in  the  develop- 
ment of  new  uses  for  farm  products  and  the  profitable  utilization  of  farm 
wastes  and  by-products. 


t  Beginning  with  the  1951-52  school  year,  majors  in  agricultural  education  will  also  be 
required  to  take  R.  Ed.  104,  Practice  Teaching,  for  four  credits  (or  its  equivalent)  to  be 
taken  in  a  four-week  period  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  fall 
of  their  senior  year. 


66  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

To  be  properly  trained  in  these  fields  a  student  needs  a  broader  knowl- 
edge of  basic  and  applied  engineering  principles  than  could  be  provided  in  a 
four-year  course  in  agriculture.  He  also  needs  a  broader  training  in  the 
fundamentals  of  agriculture  than  a  standard  four-year  course  in  engineer- 
ing could  furnish. 

Upon  completion  of  the  normal  four-year  course  of  study  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Agriculture  is  granted.  For  the  fifth  year  the 
student  registers  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  and  at  the  end  of  that  year, 
upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  required  course  of  study,  receives  a 
degree  in  civil,  electrical,  mechanical  or  chemical  engineering. 

Curriculum  in  Agriculture — Engineering  _„  . 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition   and   Readings    in    American    Literature 3  3 

Speech  7 — Public    Speaking     ....  2 

*Math.   14 — Plane    Trigonometry     2  .... 

*Math.  15— College    Algebra     3            

Math.  17 — Analytic    Geometry    ....  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General    Chemistry    4  4 

Dr.  1,  2 — Engineering   Drawing    2  2 

Engr.  1 — Introduction    to    Engineering 1  .... 

R.  Ed.  1 — Introduction    to    Agriculture 1  .... 

M.  S.  1,  2— Elementary   R.   O.    T.    C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    1  1 

Total     20  19 

For  the  students  whose  final  objective  is  a  degree  in  Civil  Engineering, 
the  balance  of  the  curriculum  is: 

Sophomore  Year  (Civil  Engineering  Option) 

G.  &  P.  1 — American    Government    3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life ....  3 

Math.  20,  21— Calculus     4  4 

Phys.  20.  21— General    Physics    5  5 

Dr.  3 — Advanced  Engineering  Drawing 2'  .... 

Mech.  1 — Statics   and   Dynamics ....  3 

Surv.  1,  2 — Plane   Surveying    2  2 

M.  S.  3,  4— Elementary  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total     20  21 


*  A  qualifying  test  is  given  during  registration  to  determine  whether  the  student  is  ade- 
quately prepared  for  Math.  14  and  15.  A  student  failing  this  test  is  required  to  take  Math.  1, 
Introductory  Algebra,  without  credit,  and  is  not  eligible  to  take  Math.  14  concurrently. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 


67 


Junior  Year  (Civil  Engineering  Option) 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition   and  English   Literature 

Speech  108 — Public    Speaking     

Math.  16 — Spherical    Trigonometry     

Geol.  2 — Engineering    Geology    

Mech.  50 — Strength    of    Materials 

Mech.  53 — Materials    of    Engineering 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany    

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm   Machinery    

Agr.  Engr.   107 — Farm    Drainage    

Agr.  Engr.   106— Farm    Mechanics    

Electives     

Total     

Fourth  Year  (Civil  Engineering  Option} 

C.  E.  50 — Hydraulics     

C.  E.  51 — Curves  and  Earthwork 

C.  E.  100 — Theory   of    Structures 

Surv.  100 — Advanced  Surveying    

M.  E.  50 — Principles    of    Mechanical    Engineering 

E.  E.  50 — Fundamentals   of   Electrical   Engineering 

Agr.  Engr.  102 — Gas    Engines,    Tractors    and    Automobiles. 

Agr.  Engr.  105 — Farm    Buildings     

A.  E.  108 — Farm   Management    

Electives     

Total     

Fifth  Year  (Civil  Engineering  Option) 

H.  5,  6 — History   of   American   Civilization 

Bcon.  37 — Fundamentals    of    Economics 

Engr.   100 — Engineering    Contracts    and    Specifications 

Eng.  7 — Technical    Writing     

Bact.  55 — Lectures    in    Sanitary    Bacteriology 

C.  E.  101— Soil    Mechanics    

C.  E.  102— Structural    Design     

C.  E.  103— Concrete    Design     

C.  E.  104— Water   Supply    

C.  E.  105 — Sewerage     

C.  E.  106 — Elements  of  Highways 

Total     


Semester — n 
/  // 

3  3 

2 


20 


19 


For  the  student  whose  final  objective  is  a  degree  in  Mechanical  Engineer* 
ing,  the  balance  of  the  curriculum  is: 


68  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — i 

Sophomore  Year   (Mechanical  Engineering  Option)  j  jj 

G.  &.  P.  1 — American    Government     3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of   American   Life ....  3 

Math.  20,  21— Calculus      4  4 

Phys.  20,  21 — General    Physics     5  5 

Surv.  1 — Plane    Surveying    ....  2 

Dr.  3 — Advanced    Engineering    Drawing 2            

Shop  1 — Machine  Shop   Practice 2  .... 

Shop  2 — Machine  Shop   Practice ....  1 

Shop  3— Manufacturing    Processes    ....  1 

M.  S.  3,  4— Elementary  R.  O.  T,  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total     •  20  20 

Junior  Year  (Mechanical  Engineering  Option) 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3  3 

Math.  64 — Differential    Equations    for    Engineers 3  .... 

Mech.  2 — Statics   and    Dynamics 5  .... 

Mech.  52 — Strength    of     Materials ....  5 

Bot.  1 — General    Botany     4  .... 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology ....  4 

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm     Machinery     3  .... 

Agr.  Engr.  107 — Farm  Drainage     ....  2 

Agr.  Engr.  106 — Farm  Mechanics     ....  2 

Elective    3  3 

Total     21  19 

Fourth  Year  (Mechanical  Engineering  Option) 

E.  E.  51,  52 — Principles  of   Electrical   Engineering 4  4 

M.  E.  53 — Metallography     ....  3 

M.  E.  54 — Fluid    Mechanics    ....  3 

M.  E.  100 — Thermodynamics     3  .... 

Agr.  Engr.  102 — Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles ....  3 

Agr.  Engr.  105 — Farm   Buildings    2  .... 

A.  E.   108 — Farm    Management    ....  3 

Electives    11  4 

Total     20  20 

Fifth  Year  (Mechanical  Engineering  Option) 

Engr.  100 — Engineering    Contracts    and    Specifications ....  2 

H.  5,  6 — History  of   American   Civilization 3  3 

M.  E.  101— Heat    Transfer    2 

M.  E.  102 — Heating    and    Ventilation 3 

M.  E.   103 — Refrigeration     ....  3 

M.  E.   104,   105 — Prime  Movers    4  4 

M.  E.  106,   107 — Mechanical    Engineering    Design 4  4 

M.  E.  108,  109— Mechanical    Laboratory 2  2 

Total 18  ^ 

For  the  student  whose  final  objective  is  a  degree  in  Electrical  or  Chemical 
Engineering,   curricula   corresponding  to   the  foregoing  will  be   arranged. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  69 

AGRONOMY 

The  curricula  in  this  department  are  separated  into  two  major  divisions; 
namely  Crops  and  Soils.  The  Crops  division  includes  Crop  Production  and 
Crop  Breeding.  The  Crop  Production  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  for  general  farming,  specialized  crop  farming,  the  production  of 
improved  seeds,  employment  with  commercial  firms,  state  and  federal  experi- 
ment stations,  or  county  agent  work.  The  curriculum  for  Plant  Breeding 
is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  work  with  commercial  seed  companies 
or  federal  and  state  experiment  stations.  The  curriculum  in  Soils  is  de- 
signed both  to  equip  future  farmers  with  adequate  knowledge  of  soils  and 
to  prepare  students  for  teaching,  research,  and  special  soils  work.  Although 
the  Soils  curriculum  is  placed  in  the  Department  of  Agronomy,  its  courses 
are  designed  for  all  students  who  have  soil  interests  regardless  of  the  line 
of  their  major  specialization. 

Crop  Production  Curriculum*  „ 

/ — semester — > 

Sophomore  Year  I  H 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Chem.  1,  3  — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Ent.  1 — Inlroductory  Entomology 3           

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics ....  3 

Speech   1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Rasic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Ac  tivities    1  1 

Total    19  19 

Junior  Year 

Agron.    30 — Cereal    Crop    Production .... 

Agron.    31 — Forage    Crop    Production ....                 3 

Agron.    153 — Selected    Crop    Studies 

Zool.  104 — Genetics    3  

Soils   1 — General    Soils     

Bact.    1 —  General   Bacteriology    ....                 4 

Bot.     101 — Plant     Physiology     '. 4  

Bot.    20— Diseases    of    Plants 3  

Electives 4                 5 

Total     IT  17 


•If  A.  H.   1   and   Agnm.   1   are  not  elected  in   the  Freshman  Year  they  must  be  elected 
in   subsequent  years. 


70  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — \ 

Senior  Year  I  II 

Agron.    103 — Crop    Breeding     2            

Agron.    151 — Cropping   Systems    ....  2 

Agron.    152 — Seed    Production    and    Distribution ....  2 

A.   E.   108 — Farm  Management ....  3 

Agr.   Engr.   101 — Farm   Machinery 3            

Agr.    Engr.    107 — Farm    Drainage 2 

Soils  102 — Soil    Classification    3            

A.  H.  110— Feeds  and  Feeding 3           

Agron.  101 — Senior    Seminar    ....  1 

Electives     5  6 

Total    16  16 

Crop  Breeding  Curriculum 

Students  following  the  Crop  Breeding  Curriculum  will  have  the  same 
requirements  as  the  Crop  Production  Curriculum,  except  that  Math.  10  and 
Math.  13,  Algebra,  (3),  Elements  of  Mathematical  Statistics,  (3),  will  be 
required  in  the  first  semester  of  the  Junior  Year. 

Soils  Curriculum* 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4  .... 

Bact.   1 — General   Bacteriology ....  4 

Soils   1 — General  Soils 3  .... 

Soils  2 — Principles  of  Soil  Fertility 3 

Speech   1,   2 — Public   Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    1  l 

Total    19  19 

Junior  Year 

Soils   51 — Soil   Investigation   Methods 2  .... 

Soils    103 — Soil    Geography    3 

Bot.  101 Plant  Physiology   4            

Agr.  Engr.  107 — Farm  Drainage ....  2 

Geol.    1 — Geology    3  .... 

Chem.    19 — Quantitative   Analysis    ....  4 

Chem.  31,  33  or  35,  37— Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.    32,   34 — Elements   of   Organic   Chemistry 1  1 

Electives     6  6 

Total    18  18 


*  If  A.  H.  1  and  Agron.  1  are  not  elected  in  the  Freshman  Year  they  must  be  elected  in 
subsequent  years. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  71 

i — Semester — ^ 
Senior  Year  I  II 

Soils    112 — Soil   Conservation    3  .... 

Soils    120 — Soil    Management    ....  3 

Agron.    161 — Cropping   Systems ....  2 

Zool.     104— Genetics     3           

A.   E.   108 — Farm   Management ....  3 

Electives     10  8 

Total    16  16 

ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY 

The  curriculum  in  Animal  Husbandry  is  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
preparing  students  for  various  phases  of  work  in  the  field  of  animal  indus- 
try as:  operators  and  managers  of  livestock  farms,  as  investigators  and 
research  workers  in  Federal,  State  and  private  institutions,  and  as  workers 
in  specialized  fields  where  a  knowledge  of  the  livestock  industry  is  necessary. 

By  proper  use  of  electives,  the  student  may  equip  himself  to  become  a 
county  agricultural  agent;  to  meet  the  requirements  of  positions  with  cer- 
tain types  of  private  and  cooperative  business  concerns;  or,  with  more 
technical  and  specialized  training,  to  become  qualified  for  instructional 
work  in  colleges,  for  investigational  work  in  State  and  Federal  experiment 
stations  or  in  commercial  research  laboratories.  Students  who  desire  to 
enter  the  field  of  teaching  or  highly  specialized  research  should  elect  the 
more  scientific  courses  offered  by  this  and  by  other  departments. 

Animal  Husbandry  Curriculum* 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3  3 

Chem.  31,  33— Elements    of    Organic    Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.  32,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Laboratory 1  1 

Bot.   1 — General   Botany    4  .... 

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    .... 

Agron.  1 — Crop    Production    3  .... 

A.  H.  30 — Types  and  Breeds  of  Livestock ....  3 

Speech  1,  2— Public   Speaking    2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    1  1 

Total     19  19 


*  Students  planning  this  curriculum  should  elect  A.  H.   1  the  first  semester  and  Dairy  1 
the  second  semester  of  the  freshman  year. 


72  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — s 
Junior  Year  *  ** 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

V.  S.  101 — Comparative    Anatomy    and    Physiology 3  .... 

V.  S.  102 — Animal   Hygiene    3 

A.  H.  110 — Feeds   and   Feeding •  •  •  3 

A.  H.  120 — Principles    of    Breeding 3 

**A.  H.  131 — Sheep    Production    3 

**A.  H.  133 — Horse    Production    3            

Zool.  104 — Genetics    3            

Soils  1 — General    Soils    3 

Electives    3  3 

Total     18  18 

Senior  Year 

A.  H.   Ill — Animal   Nutrition    3  •  ■  •  • 

** A.  H.  130— Beef    Cattle    Production 3            

**A.  H.  132— Swine    Production    3 

A.  H.  150— Livestock    Markets    and    Marketing 2            

A.  H.   160 — Meat    and    Meat    Products 3 

Agr.  Eng.  101 — Farm    Machinery     3            

A.  E.  108 — Farm   Management    •  •  ■  •  3 

Bact.  1 — General   Bacteriology   •  ■  •  •  4 

Econ.  37— Fundamentals    of    Economics 3            

Electives     3  * 

Total     ■ ■••  "  17 

BOTANY 

The  department  offers  three  major  fields  of  work:  plant  morphology  and 
taxonomy;  plant  pathology;  or  plant  physiology  and  ecology.  The  required 
courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  the  same  for  all 
students.  In  the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  student  elects  botany  courses 
to  suit  his  particular  interest.  Courses  are  required  in  other  subjects  to 
contribute  toward  a  broad  cultural  education,  and  to  support  the  courses 
selected  in  the  chosen  field  of  botany. 

Through  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Education,  students  who  wish 
to  meet  the  requirements  for  the  state  high  school  teacher's  certificates, 
may  elect  the  necessary  work  in  education. 

The  curriculum  as  outlined,  provides  a  complete  survey  of  the  field  of 
botany  for  prospective  high  school  teachers,  and  lays  a  good  foundation  for 
graduate  work  in  botany  in  preparation  for  college  teaching  and  for  research 
in  state  or  federal  experiment  stations,  or  in  private  research  laboratories. 

Students  are  also  afforded  an  opportunity  for  training  for  other  vocations 
involving  various  botanical  applications,  such  as  extension  work,  and 
positions  with  seed  companies,  canning  companies  and  other  commercial 
concerns. 

**  Only  two  production  courses  are  required  for  graduation.  The  student  may  choose  any 
two  of  these  four  courses  to  fulfill  this  requirement. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  73 

Botany  Curriculum  _ 

t — Semester — \ 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and   English   Literature 3  3 

Modern    Language    3  3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of   Plants 3            

Bot.  2 — General  Botany    ....  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Speech   1,   2 — Public   Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities     1  1 

Total     19  20 

Junior  Year 

H.  5,   6— History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

Modern    Language    3  3 

Phys.   10,  11 — Fundamentals    of    Physics 4  4 

Bot.  101— Plant    Physiology    4            

Bot.  11 — Plant   Taxonomy    3 

Bot.   110 — Plant    Microtechnique    •  ■  •  •  3 

Bact.    1 — Bacteriology    4  .... 

Electives     3 

Total     21  19 

Senior  Year 

Bot.  112— Seminar    

Bot.  Ill — Plant   Anatomy    

Bot.  102— Plant   Ecology    

Bot.  115 — Structure  of   Economic   Plants 

Bot.  116 — History  and  Philosophy  of  Botany 1            

Zool.    104 — Genetics    3            


Botany    Electives 
Electives    


Total 


3-8  2-5 

5-0  7-4 


16  16 


Students  specializing  in  Plant  Morphology  or  Plant  Taxonomy  will  elect 
Bot.  114  and  Bot.  128;  those  specializing  in  Plant  Pathology  will  elect  Bot. 
122,  Ent.  1,  and  two  of  the  following:  Bot.  123,  Bot.  124,  Bot.  125,  Bot.  126; 
those  specializing  in  Plant  Physiology  will  elect  Organic  Chemistry,  Chem. 
31,  32,  33,  34. 

DAIRY 

The  department  offers  instruction  in  two  major  lines  of  work :  dairy  hus- 
bandry and  dairy  products  technology.  In  the  dairy  husbandry  curricu- 
lum, students  are  given  technical  and  practical  training  in  the  breeding, 
feeding,  management,  and  selection  of  dairy  cattle  and  in  milk  production. 
With   suitable   choice   of   courses,   students   are   qualified   as   operators   of 


74 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


dairy  farms,  for  breed  promotion  and  sales  work,  for  employment  with 
private  and  cooperative  business  organizations,  and  for  county  agent  work. 
The  dairy  products  technology  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  practical  and  scientific  work  concerned  with  the  processing  and  distri- 
bution of  milk,  manufacture  and  handling  of  butter,  cheese,  ice  cream,  and 
other  products,  in  dairy  plant  operation  and  management,  and  in  dairy 
inspection.  Students  satisfactorily  majoring  in  dairy  products  technology 
are  qualified  for  the  many  technical  and  applied  positions  in  the  various 
branches  of  the  dairy  industry. 

By  careful  election  of  courses  in  either  curriculum  the  student  may  lay  a 
foundation  for  advanced  study,  for  instructional  work  in  colleges,  and  for 
research  in  experiment  stations  or  commercial  laboratories.  The  suggested 
curricula  will  be  modified  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  individual  students. 


Dairy  Husbandry  Curriculum* 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.   3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition   and  English   Literature 

Chem.  31,  33 — Elements    of    Organic    Chemistry 

Chem.  32,  34 — Elements   of   Organic   Chemistry   Laboratory. 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany    

Zool.   1 — General    Zoology 

Bact.  1 — General    Bacteriology     

Dairy  20 — Dairy  Breeds   and  Selection 

Soils  1 — General    Soils    

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 

Physical  Activities    

Total     

Junior  Year 

H.  5,   6 — History  of  American    Civilization 

Agron.  1 — Crop    Production    

A.  H.  110 — Feeds    and   Feeding 

A.  H.  120 — Principles    of    Breeding 

Bact.  133 — Dairy    Bacteriolgy    

Dairy  30 — Dairy  Cattle  Judging    

Dairy  101 — Dairy    Production     

Speech  1,  2 — Public   Speaking    

Zool.  104 — Genetics     

Electives    

Total     


-Semester — i 
I  II 


2 
3 
3 

18 


*  Students  planning  to  pursue  this  curriculum  should  elect  Dairy  1  the  second  semester 
of  the  freshman  year.  If  A.  H.  1  is  not  elected  in  the  freshman  year  it  must  be  taken  in 
subsequent  years. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 


75 


Senior  Year 

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm    .Machinery    

A.  E.  108 — Farm   Management    

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals    of    Economics 

V.  S.  101 — Comparative    Anatomy    and    Fhysiology. 

V.  S.  102 — Animal    Hygiene    

A.  H.  Ill— Animal   Nutrition    

Dairy  105 — Dairy   Cattle   Breeding 

Electives    

Total     


Semestei 
I 

3 


II 

3 
3 


15 


Dairy  Products  Technology  Curriculum* 
Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 

Chem.  19 — Quantitative    Analysis     

Chem.  31,  33 — Elements    of    Organic    Chemistry 

Chem.  32,  34 — Elements   of   Organic   Chemistry   Laboratory. 

Bact.  1 — General    Bacteriology     

Bot.  1 — General  Botany   

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 

Physical  Activities   

Total     

Junior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American    Civilization 

Bact.  133 — Dairy  Bacteriology   

Dairy  40 — Grading   Dairy   Products 

Dairy  108 — Dairy    Technology    

Dairy  110 — Butter   and   Cheese   Making 

Speech  1,  2 — Public   Speaking    

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals   of    Econmics 

Electives    

Total     

Senior  Year 

Dairy  109 — Market   Milk    

Dairy  111 — Concentrated    Milk    Products 

Dairy  112 — Ice    Cream    

Dairy  114 — Special    Laboratory    Methods 

Dairy  115 — Dairy    Inspection    

Dairy  116 — Dairy   Plant  Management 

Electives    

Total     


*  Students  planning  to  pursue  this  curriculum  should  elect  Dairy  1  in  the  freshman  year. 
Those  interested  in  the  business  rather  than  the  technical  phases  of  dairy  technology  may 
substitute  approved  courses  in  business  and  economics  for  Chem.  19,   31,  32,  33,   34. 


76  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This  curriculum,  which  trains  students  for  work  in  various  types  of 
private,  commercial,  state  and  federal  entomological  positions,  includes 
basic  courses  in  Entomology  and  related  fields.  Most  of  the  first  two 
years  is  devoted  to  obtaining  this  essential  background.  In  the  junior  and 
senior  years  the  student,  besides  the  required  courses,  has  18  credit  hours 
of  electives.  Non-required  courses  in  Entomology  and  related  subjects  are 
available  to  broaden  the  scope  of  the  training. 

A  student  wishing  an  undergraduate  minor  in  Entomology  should  take 
the  introductory  course  (Ent.  1)  and  after  consultation  with  the  heads  of 
both  the  major  and  minor  departments  select  courses  that  will  contribute 
most  to  the  end  he  has  in  view. 

Entomology  Curriculum*  ^_Sewester_ 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4  or  6,   6 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Chem.   1,   3 — General   Chemistry 4  4 

Ent.  2 — Insect  Morphology 3  ...    . 

Ent.    3 — Insect   Taxonomy ....  8 

Speech  1,  2— Public  Speaking 2  2 

M.  S.  3,  4— Elementary  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical   Activities   1  1 

Total    19  19 

Junior  Year 

Chem.   31,  33 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.  32,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  Lab 1  1 

Bot.   1— General  Botany 4  .... 

Bact.   1 — General  Bacteriology ....  4 

Ent.  103,  104— Insect  Pests 3  3 

Phy.  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 3  8 

Foreign  Language    3  3 

Electives      3  3 

Total     '. 19  19 

Senior  Year 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 3  

Ent.  105 — Medical  Entomology 3  .... 

Ent.  101 — Economic    Entomology    3  .... 

tEnt.   110,  111— Special  Problems   1  1 

Ent.  112 — Seminar 1  1 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

Electives     6  8 

Total 17  16 

*  Students  planning  to  pursue  this  curriculum  should  elect  Ent.  1  the  second  semester 
of  the  Freshman  year. 

f  Students  may  satisfy  this  requirement  in  one  semester,  if  their  schedule  permits,  or 
expand    the    work    and    credits    upon    departmental    approval. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  77 

HORTICULTURE 

This  department  offers  instruction  in  pomology  (fruits),  olericulture 
(vegetables),  floriculture  (flowers)  and  ornamental  gardening,  and  process- 
ing of  horticultural  crops.  These  courses  prepare  students  to  enter  com- 
mercial production  and  the  horticultural  industries  such  as  fruit  and  vege- 
table processing  and  seed  production.  Students  are  likewise  prepared  to 
enter  the  allied  industries  as  horticultural  workers  with  fertilizer  com- 
panies, equipment  manufacturers,  and  others.  Students  who  wish  to  enter 
specialized  fields  of  research  and  teaching  may  take  advanced  work  in  the 
department.  A  minimum  of  24  credit  hours  in  horticultural  courses  is  re- 
quired for  graduation. 

Pomology  and  Olericulture  Curriculum  „ 

i — semester — * 

Sophomore  Year  I  H 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and   English   Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 3           

Hort.   5,   6 — Fruit  Production 3  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.   O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Electives    ....  2 

Total     20  18 

Junior  Year 

Bot.   101 — Plant  Physiology 4            

Bot.  Ill— Plant  Anatomy 3           

Soils  1 — General  Soils   3           

Hort.    58 — Vegetable    Production 3 

Hort.  59— Small  Fruits 8 

Speech   1,   2— Public   Speaking 2  2 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics .... 

♦Electives    6  6 

Total     18  17 

Senior  Year 

Bot.  125 — Diseases    of    Fruit    Crops 2  .... 

or 

Bot.   126 — Diseases  of  Vegetable  Crops 

Hort.  101,  102— Technology  of  Fruits 2 

or 

Hort.   103,   104 — Technology  of  Vegetables 2  2 

Zool.   104— Genetics    

Bot.  115 — Structure    of    Economic    Plants 

Hort.    118,    119— Seminar 1  1 

•Electives      

Total     16 

*  Electives  must  include  a  minimum   total  of   seven   credits   from   the  following  courses : 
Hort.    11,    22,    62,    106,    107,    108,    114,    116,    122. 


78 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Floriculture  and  Ornamental  Horticulture  Curriculum 
Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  8,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition    and    English    Literature 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Chem.   1,   3 — General   Chemistry 

Bot.  11 — Plant    Taxonomy    

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 

Hort.  22 — Landscape  Gardening 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 

Physical  Activities   

Total     

Junior  Year 

Bot.  101 — Plant  Physiology 

Hort.  62 — Plant  Propagation    

Hort.  107.  108— Plant  Materials    

Bot.  Ill — Plant  Anatomy 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Soils  1 — General  Soils   

Bot.  123 — Diseases   of    Ornamental    Plants 

*Electives    

Total 

Senior  Year 

Hort.  16 — Garden  Flowers 

Hort.  118,  119 — Seminar 

Speech  1,  2 — Public    Speaking     

*Electives    

Total     

'Required  of  students   specializing  in   floriculture : 

Hort.  11 — Greenhouse  Management    

Hort.    150,    151 — Commercial    Floriculture 

Zool.   104 — Genetics    

'Required  of  students  specializing  in  landscape  and  ornamental 
horticulture : 

Hort.    152,    153 — Landscape    Design 

Dr.    1,   2 — Engineering   Drawing 

Surv.  1H — Plane  Surveying 

Hort.  159 — Nursery  Management    

or 

Hort.  160 — Landscape  Maintenance   


Semester — \ 
I  II 

3  3 

3  3 

4  4 
3 


3 
2 
3 
1 

l'J 


1 

2 
14 


17 


Suggested  Electives  in  Landscape  and   Ornamental  Horticulture   Option : 
Art   1,   2,   9,   100,   101;  Engr.   100;   For.    1;   Ind.   Ed.   41. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 


79 


Commercial  Processing  of  Horticultural  Crops  Curriculum 
Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Chem.  31,  33 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 

Chem.  32,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Laboratory 

Phys.  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 

Hort.  61 — Processing  Industries 

Bact.   1 — General  Bacteriology    

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  S.    (Men) 

Physical   Activities   

Total     

Junior  Year 

Speech  1 — Public    Speaking    

Soils  1 — General  Soils 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Hort.  155,  156 — Commercial  Processing 

Bot.   101— Plant  Physiology 

Bact.  131 — Food  Bacteriology   

Hort.   58 — Vegetable  Production    

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology   

Agr.   Engr.   Ill — Fundamentals   of   Food   Processing   Plants 

Agr.  Engr.  112 — Machinery  and  Equipment  for  Horticultural  Processing 
Electives    

Total     , 

Senior  Year 

Hort.  103,  104 — Technology    of    Vegetables 

Hort.  121 — Plant     Operations     

Hort.  123 — Grading  and  Judging  of  Canned  and  Frozen  Products 

Hort.  124 — Quality    Control    

A.  E.   105 — Food   Products   Inspection 

Hort.   118,   119 — Seminar 

and  one  of  the  following  options : 

MANAGEMENT 
Econ.   160 — Labor  Economics    

B.  A.  150 — Market  Management 

B.  A.   160 — Personnel   Management    

Electives    

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem.  19 — Quantative  Analysis   

Bact.  52 — Sanitary  Bacteriology    

Hort.  126 — Nutritional  Analyses  of  Processed  Crops 

Electives     


-Semester — i 
/  // 


3 
3 
2 
1 
3 

4 
3 
1 

20 


3 

3 
20 


13 


2 

13 


15 


80  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

POULTRY  HUSBANDRY 

The  curriculum  in  poultry  husbandry  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  subject  matter  necessary  for  poultry  raising;  the 
marketing,  distribution,  and  processing  of  poultry  products;  poultry  im- 
provement work;  and  as  a  basis  for  graduate  training  for  teaching  and 
research  in  poultry  husbandry. 

The  suggested  curriculum  will  be  modified  to  meet  the  special  needs  of 
individual  students.  Superior  students,  definitely  anticipating  preparation 
for  a  professional  career  in  poultry  husbandry,  will  be  expected  to  take 
a  language.  However,  all  students  majoring  in  poultry  husbandry  will  be 
required  to  complete  24  semester  hours  in  poultry  husbandry. 

Poultry  Curriculum*  c  . 

i — Semester — i 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5.  6 8  3 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

P.  H.  2— Poultry    Biology     ....  2 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Math.  6 — General  Mathematics 3  .... 

M.  S.  3,  4— Elementary  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total     19  18 

Junior  Year 

P.    H.    101— Poultry    Nutrition 3            

P.    H.    102— Physiology    of    Hatchability 3 

P.   H.    100 — Poultry   Breeding 2 

**Zool.  20— Vertebrate    Embryology     ....  4 

Bact.  1 — General    Bacteriology    4  .... 

Zool.  104 — Genetics 3           

Econ.  87- — Fundamentals  of  Economics ....  8 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics 3            

Electives     4  5 

Total     17  17 


*  Students  planning  to  pursue  this  curriculum  should  elect  P.  H.  1  the  first  semester 
of  the  Freshman  Year.  If  Agron.  1  is  not  elected  the  Freshman  Year  it  must  be  elected  in 
subsequent  year. 

**  Required  of  students  specializing  in  poultry  genetics,  physiology,  or   nutrition. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  81 

i — Semester — ■> 
Senior  Year  I  II 

P.  H.   104 — Poultry  Marketing   Problems 3            

P.  H.  105 — Egg  Marketing  Problems    3 

V.  S   108 — Avian  Anatomy 3  .... 

V.  S.  107— Poultry  Hygiene 8 

P.   H.    103 — Commercial    Poultry   Management .  2 

P.  H.  107 — Poultry  Industrial  and  Economic  Problems 2  .... 

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm  Machinery   (3) 1 

or                                                                      L  8-2           

Agr.    Engr.   105 — Farm   Buildings    (2) J 

Electives    6-7  10 

Total     17  18 

Pre-Forestry  Students 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate  with  any  student  who 
wishes  to  attend  the  University  to  pursue  courses  which  may  be  transferred 
to  a  standard  forestry  curriculum  in  another  institution.  The  program 
which  a  student  follows  depends  to  some  extent  upon  the  forestry  college 
he  plans  to  enter.  All  pre-forestry  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture 
are  sent  to  the  Head  of  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  University  for 
counsel  and  advice  in  these  matters. 

Pre-Theological  Students 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate  with  the  officers  of  any 
theological  seminary  who  desire  to  urge  its  prospective  students  to  pursue 
courses  in  agriculture  as  a  preparation  for  the  rural  ministry.  Such  pre- 
theological  students  may  enroll  for  a  semester  or  more  or  for  the  usual 
four  year  training  of  the  College.  In  either  case  they  should  enroll  as 
members  of  the  general  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

The  electives  of  this  curriculum  may  be  used  for  such  pre-theological 
requirements  as  seem  desirable.  Elections  may  be  made  from  any  of  the 
offerings  of  the  University  such  as  history,  political  science,  philosophy, 
agricultural  economics,  rural  sociology,  modern  language,  English,  economics, 
psychology,  sociology,  natural  science,  education  and  the  like.  Students 
desiring  to  pursue  a  pre-theological  program  in  the  College  of  Agriculture 
of  the  University  of  Maryland,  should  consult  with  the  president  or  admis- 
sions officer  of  the  theological  seminary  which  they  expect  to  attend. 

Pre-Veterinary  Students 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate  with  any  student  who 
wishes  to  attend  the  University  to  pursue  preparation  for  the  study  of 
Veterinary  Science.  The  curriculum  which  a  student  will  follow  will  depend 
to  some  extent  upon  the  Veterinary  College  which  he  plans  to  enter.     All 


82  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Pre- Veterinary  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  are  sent  to  the  Head 
of  the  Department  of  Veterinary  Science  of  the  University  for  counsel  and 
advice  in  these  matters. 

Special  Students  in  Agriculture 

Mature  students  may,  with  consent  of  the  Dean,  register  as  special 
students  and  pursue  a  program  of  studies  not  included  in  any  regular 
curriculum,  but  arranged  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  individual.  All  university 
fees  for  these  special  students  are  the  same  as  fees  for  regular  students. 

There  are  many  young  farmers  who  desire  to  take  short  intensive  courses 
in  their  special  lines  of  work  during  slack  times  on  the  farm.  Arrangements 
have  been  made  to  permit  such  persons  to  register  at  the  office  of  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  receive  cards  granting  them  permission 
to  visit  classes  and  work  in  the  laboratories  of  the  different  departments. 
This  opportunity  is  created  to  aid  florists,  pouxtrymen,  fruit-growers, 
gardeners,  or  other  especially  interested  persons  who  are  able  to  get  away 
from  their  work  at  some  time  during  the  year. 

The  regular  charges  are  $10.00  for  matriculation  and  $2.00  per  credit 
hour  per  month  for  the  time  of  attendance.  One  matriculation  is  good  for 
any  amount  of  regular  or  intermittent  attendance  during  a  period  of  four 
years. 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  tr  199:     courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.    (Not 
all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 

200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.    Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  83 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS  AND  MARKETING 

Professors  De  Vault,  Beal,  Walker;  Lecturer  Johnson;  Associate  Professors 
Hamilton,  Poffenberger,  Shull,  Godwin;  Assistant  Professor  Bohanan 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

A.  E.  100.  Farm  Economics  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  31, 
32,  or  Econ.  37. 

A  general  course  in  agricultural  economics,  with  special  reference  to 
population  trends,  the  factors  in  agricultural  production,  agricultural  wealth, 
land  tenure,  farm  labor,  agricultural  credit,  the  tariff,  price  movements,  and 
marketing.  (Shull.) 

A.  E.  101.  Marketing  of  Farm  Products  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  31,  32,  or  Econ.  37. 

The  development  of  marketing,  its  scope,  channels,  and  agencies  of  dis- 
tribution, functions,  costs,  methods  used,  and  services  rendered.        (Shull.) 

A.  E.  103.    Cooperation  in  Agriculture  (3) — First  semester. 

Historical  and  comparative  development  of  farmers'  cooperative  organiza- 
tions; reasons  for  failure  and  essentials  to  success;  commodity  develop- 
ments; operative  practices;  banks  for  cooperatives;  present  trends. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A.  E.  104.    Farm  Finance  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  study  of  credit  principles  as  applied  to  private  and  cooperative  farm 
businesses  and  the  agencies  extending  farm  credit.  The  needs  for  and  benefits 
of  farm  insurance,  including  fire,  crop,  livestock,  and  life  insurance. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A.  E.  105.  Food  Products  Inspection  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  students  primary  instruction  in  the 
grading,  standardizing  and  inspection  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  dairy  prod- 
ucts, poultry  products,  meats,  and  other  food  products.  Theoretical  instruc- 
tion will  be  given  in  the  form  of  lectures,  while  the  demonstrational  and 
practical  work  will  be  conducted  through  laboratories  and  field  trips  to 
Washington,  D.  C,  and  Baltimore.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  106.    Prices  of  Farm  Products  (3) — Second  semester. 
A  general  course  in  prices,  price  relationships,  and  price  analysis,  with 
emphasis  on  prices  of  agricultural  products.  (Poffenberger.) 

A.  E.  107.     Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business   (3) — First  semester. 
A  concise,  practical  course  in  the  keeping,  summarizing,  and  analyzing 
of  farm  accounts.  (Hamilton.) 

A.  E.  108.     Farm  Management  (3) — Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  organization  and  operation  of  farms  from  the  standpoint 
of  efficiency,  selection  of  farms,  size  of  farms,  leasing  systems,  and  factors 


84  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

affecting  profits.  Students  will  make  an  analysis  of  the  actual  farm  busi- 
ness and  practices  of  different  types  of  farms,  and  make  specific  recom- 
mendations as  to  how  these  farms  may  be  organized  and  operated  as 
successful  businesses.  (Hamilton.) 

A.  E.  109.     Research  Problems  (1-2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

With  the  permission  of  the  instructor,  students  will  work  on  any  research 
problems  in  agricultural  economics.  There  will  be  occasional  class  meetings 
for  the  purpose  of  making  reports  on  progress  of  work.  (De  Vault.) 

A.  E.  110.     Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Students  will  prepare  and  present  reports  on  economic  literature  and 
current  agricultural  economic  problems.  (Hamilton.) 

A.  E.  111.     Land  Economics  (3) — First  semester. 

Concepts  of  land  economy  are  discussed,  as  well  as  conditions  and  ten- 
dencies influencing  land  requirements  in  relation  to  land  resources;  a  study 
of  major  land  problems  and  land  policies;  farm  tenancy;  tax  delinquency 
and  tax  reverted  lands:  land  use  adjustments;  and  measures  for  better  use 
of  our  land  resources.  (Bohanan.) 

A.  E.  114.     Foreign  Trade  in  Farm  Products  (3) — Second  semester. 

Trends  in  world  trade  for  agricultural  products;  the  position  of  the  United 
States  in  world  trade  of  argi cultural  products;  farm  relief  measures  and 
international  trade;  reciprocal  trade  agreements;  postwar  developments. 

(Shull.) 

A.  E.  115.     Marketing  of  Dairy  Products  (3) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  principles  and  practices  in  the  marketing  of  milk  and  manu- 
factured dairy  products,  including  the  influence  of  significant  geographical 
and  institutional  relationships  on  costs  and  methods  of  distribution.      (Beal.) 

A.  E.  116.     Marketing  of  Fruits  and  Vegetables  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  study  of  principles  and  practices  in  the  marketing  of  fresh  and  processed 
fruits  and  vegetables,  including  the  influence  of  significant  geographical  and 
institutional  relationships  on  costs  and  methods  of  distribution.       (Godwin.) 

Poultry  Marketing  Problems.     See  Poultry  Husbandry,  P.  H.  104. 

Egg  Marketing  Problems.     See  Poultry  Husbandry,  P.  H.  105. 

Poultry  Industrial  and  Economic  Problems.  See  Poultry  Husbandry, 
P.  H.  107. 

Market  Milk.     See  Dairy  109. 

Livestock  Markets  and  Marketing.     See  Animal  Husbandry,  A.  H.  150. 

Meat  and  Meat  Products.     See  Animal  Husbandry,  A.  H.  160. 

Economics  of  Consumption.     See  Economics,  Econ.  130. 

Economics  of  Cooperatives.     See  Economics,  Econ.  151. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  85 

Advertising  Programs  and  Campaigns.  See  Business  Administration, 
B.  A.  151. 

Retail  Store  Management.     See  Business  Administration,  B.  A.  154. 

For  Graduates 

A.  E.  200,  201.  Special  Problems  in  Farm  Economics  (2,  2) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

An  advanced  course  dealing  extensively  with  some  of  the  economic  prob- 
lems affecting  the  farmer,  such  as  land  values,  taxation,  credit,  prices, 
production  adjustments,  transportation,  marketing,  and  cooperation. 

(De  Vault.) 

A.  E.  202.     Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

This  course  will  consist  of  special  reports  by  students  on  current  economic 
subjects,  and  a  discussion  and  criticism  of  the  same  by  the  members  of  the 
class  and  instructional  staff.  (De  Vault.) 

A.  E.  203.     Research — Credit  according  to  work  accomplished. 

Students  will  be  assigned  research  in  agricultural  economics  under  the 
supervision  of  the  instructor.  The  work  will  consist  of  original  investiga- 
tion in  problems  of  agricultural  economics.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  205.  Special  Problems  in  Dairy  Marketing  (2) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  A.  E.  115  or  equivalent. 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  complex  economic  problems  in  dairy 
marketing  which  have  developed  because  of  the  seasonal  production  and 
perishability  of  milk,  its  multiple  uses,  and  the  competitive  structure  of 
the  industry.  (Beal.) 

A.  E.  208.    Agricultural  Policy  (3) — Second  semester. 

The  evolution  of  agricultural  policy  in  the  United  States,  emphasizing 

the  origin  and  development  of  governmental  programs,  and  their  effects 

upon  agricultural  production,  prices  and  income.  (Beal.) 

A.  E.  210.     Agricultural  Taxation  (2) — First  semester. 

Principles,  theory  and  practical  problems  of  taxation  applied  to  the  field 
of  agriculture;  trends  in  farm  taxes;  farm  tax  burdens;  equalizing  and 
reducing  farm  tax  burdens;  taxation  of  farm  cooperatives;  forest  lands 
and  interstate  agricultural  commerce;  application  of  income  taxes  and  sales 
taxes  to  farmers;  taxation  of  agriculture  in  foreign  countries.         (Walker.) 

A.  E.  211.  Functional  Aspects  of  Farm  Taxation  (3) — Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Taxation  policies  and  inter-governmental  allocations  and  grants-in-aid 
as  they  affect  public  services  for  rural  people,  with  special  emphasis  on 
public  education,  public  highways,  public  welfare,  social  security,  public 
debt;  and  governmental  research,  extension,  and  regulatory  activities  di- 
rectly concerning  agriculture.  (Walker.) 


86  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A.  E.  215.     Advanced  Agricultural  Cooperation  (3) — First  semester. 

An  appraisal  of  agricultural  cooperation  as  a  means  of  improving  the 
financial  status  of  farmers.  More  specifically,  the  course  includes  a  critical 
analysis  and  appraisal  of  specific  types  and  classes  of  cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A.  E.  216.     Advanced  Farm  Management  (3) — Second  semester. 

An  advanced  course  in  farm  organization  and  management  which  applies 
the  economic  principles  of  farm  production  to  the  operation  of  farms  of 
different  sizes,  types,  operations,  and  geographical  locations.  Consideration 
is  also  given  to  adjustments  which  have  taken  place  in  farming  in  specific 
areas  and  probable  changes  in  the  future.  ( ) 

A.  E.  218.  Agricultural  Economics  Research  Techniques  (2) — Second 
semester. 

A  study  and  an  appraisal  of  agricultural  economics  research  techniques. 
Experience  is  given  in  outlining  and  conducting  research  projects.  A  critical 
appraisal  is  made  of  methods  of  analysis  and  the  presentation  of  results. 

(Godwin.) 

A.  E.  219.     Advanced  Land  Economics   (3) — First  semester. 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  principles,  problems  and  policies  of 
using  and  controlling  land  resources,  including  study  of  present  land  re- 
sources and  future  needs;  traditional  practices  and  customs  that  affect  land 
use;  conservation  of  land  resources;  private  and  public  land  ownership  and 
tenancy  relationships  and  uses;  problems  of  new  settlement;  land  income 
and  land  prices;  and  various  federal,  state  and  local  legislative  and  adminis- 
trative measures  for  planning  and  directing  the  use  and  occupancy  of  pri- 
vate and  public  lands.  (Johnson.) 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION  AND  RURAL  LIFE 

Professors  Ahalt,  Nystrom,  Durfee,  Associate  Professor  Murray 

R.  Ed.  1.  Introduction  to  Agriculture  (1) — First  semester.  Required  of 
all  Freshmen  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

A  series  of  lectures  introducing  the  student  to  the  broad  field  of  agri- 
culture. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

R.  Ed.  101.  Teaching  Farm  Practicums  and  Demonstrations  (2)— First 
semester.    Two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  relating  the  learning 
acquired  in  the  several  departments  with  the  problems  of  doing  and  demon- 
strating which  he  faces  in  the  field  and  in  the  classroom  as  a  teacher  of 
agriculture.    Deficiencies  are  checked  and  corrected  by  laboratory  practice. 

(Murray.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  87 

R.  Ed.  103.  Practice  Teaching  (5) — First  semester.  Open  only  to  stu- 
dents majoring  in  Agricultural  Education  who  have  a  satisfactory  scholastic 
average. 

Under  the  direction  of  a  critic  teacher  the  student  is  required  to  analyze 
and  prepare  special  units  of  subject  matter  in  agriculture,  plan  and  teach 
lessons,  supervise  farming  programs  of  students  and  otherwise  perform 
the  duties  of  a  high  school  teacher  of  vocational  agriculture.  Not  less 
than  125  clock  hours,  exclusive  of  observation,  shall  be  required.      (Ahalt.) 

R.  Ed.  1D4.  Practice  Teaching  (1-4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Regis- 
tration concurrent  or  after  R.  Ed.  103. 

To  provide  students  an  opportunity  to  gain  experience  in  project  super- 
vision, the  opening  of  school,  and  in  other  teaching  activities  not  generally 
a  part  of  R.  Ed.  103.  (Ahalt.) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates   and  Graduates 

R.  Ed.  107.     Observation  and  Analysis  of  Teaching  in  Agriculture  (3) — 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
This  course  deals  with  an  analysis  of  pupil  learning  in  class  groups. 

(Ahalt,  Murray.) 

R.  Ed.  109.  Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture  (3) — First 
semester. 

A  comprehensive  course  in  the  work  of  high  school  departments  of 
vocational  agriculture.  It  emphasizes  particularly  placement,  supervised 
farming  programs,  the  organization  and  administration  of  Future  Farmer 
activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in  all-day  instruction. 

(Ahalt,  Murray.) 

R.  Ed.  111.  Teaching  Young  and  AduH  Farmer  Groups  (1) — First 
semester. 

Characteristics  of  young  and  adult  farmer  instruction  in  agriculture. 
Determining  needs  for  and  organizing  a  course;  selecting  materials  for 
instruction;  and  class  management.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  conference 
method  of  teaching.  (Murray.) 

R.  Ed.  112.  Departmental  Management  (1) — Second  semester.  One 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  R.  Ed.  107,  109. 

The  analysis  of  administrative  programs  for  high  school  departments  of 
vocational   agriculture.     Investigations   and   reports.  (Ahalt,  Murray.) 

R.  Ed.  114.     Rural  Life  and  Education  (3) — Second  semester. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  educational  agencies  at  work  in  rural  communi- 
ties, stressing  an  analysis  of  school  patronage  areas,  the  possibilities  of 
normal  life  in  rural  areas,  early  beginnings  in  rural  education,  and  the 
conditioning  effects  of  educational  offerings.  (Ahalt.) 


88  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

R.  Ed.  150.     Extension  Education  (2) — Second  semester. 

The  Agricultural  Extension  Service  as  an  educational  agency.  The  his- 
tory, philosophy,  objectives,  policy,  organization,  legislation  and  methods 
used  in  extension  work.  (Nystrom.) 

R.  Ed.  160.     Agricultural  Information  Methods  (2) — First  semester. 

General  introduction  to  agricultural  public  relations  programs,  including 
writing  for  and  use  of  newspapers,  magazines,  direct  mail,  radio,  and  tele- 
vision; and  production  and  use  of  visual  aids  such  as  photographs,  slides, 
exhibits,  and  posters.  ,    (Durfee.) 

For  Graduates 

R.  Ed.  201,  202.  Rural  Life  and  Education  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisite,  R.  Ed.  114  or  equivalent. 

A  sociological  approach  to  rural  education  as  a  movement  for  a  good  life 
in  rural  communities.  (Ahalt.) 

R.  Ed.  207,  208.  Problems  in  Vocational  Agriculture  (2,  2) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

In  this  course  special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  current  problems  facing 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture.  It  is  designed  especially  for  persons 
who  have  had  several  years  of  teaching  experience  in  this  field.       (Ahalt.) 

R.  Ed.  220.  Field  Problems  in  Rural  Education  (1-3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisite,  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  study. 

Problems  accepted  depend  upon  the  character  of  the  work  of  the  student 
and  the  facilities  available  for  study.  Periodic  conferences  required.  Final 
report  must  follow  accepted  pattern  for  field  investigations. 

(Ahalt,  Murray.) 

R.  Ed.  250.  Seminar  in  Rural  Education  (1-1) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Problems  in  the  organization,  administration,  and  supervision  of  the 
several  agencies  of  rural  education.    Investigations,  papers,  and  reports. 

(Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  251.     Research — Credit  hours  according  to  work  done.         (Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

Professor   Carpenter;    Associate    Professor   Gienger 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Agr.  Engr.  101 — Farm  Machinery  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  study  of  the  economics,  design  and  adjustments  of  modern  horse  and 
tractor-drawn  machinery,  including  applications  of  electricity  to  farm 
operations.  Laboratory  work  consists  of  detailed  study  of  actual  machines, 
their  calibration,  adjustment,  and  repair.  (Gienger.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  89 

Agr.  Engr.  102.  Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles  (3) — Second 
semester.     Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  study  of  the  design,  operation,  and  repair  of  the  internal  combustion 
engines,  tractors,  and  automobiles  used  in  farm  practice.  (Carpenter.) 

Agr.  Engr.  104.  Farm  Mechanics  (2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

This  course  consists  of  laboratory  exercises  in  practical  farm  shop  and 
farm  equipment  repair  and  construction  projects,  and  a  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  shop  organization  and  administration.  It  is  available  only  to 
seniors  in  agricultural  education.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Gienger.) 

Agr.  Engr.  105.     Farm  Buildings  (2) — First  semester. 
A  study  of  all  types  of  farm  structures;  also  of  farm  lighting,  heating, 
water  supply  and  sanitation  systems.  (Carpenter.) 

Agr.  Engr.  106.  Farm  Mechanics  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week. 

Laboratory  exercises  covering  practical  projects  in  farm  shop  work  and 
in  the  repair  and  construction  of  farm  equipment.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

(Gienger.) 

Agr.  Engr.  107.  Farm  Drainage  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  study  of  farm  drainage  systems,  including  theory  of  tile  under-drainage, 
the  depth  and  spacing  of  laterals,  calculation  of  grades,  methods  of  con- 
struction, and  the  use  of  engineering  instruments.  A  smaller  amount  of 
time  will  be  spent  upon  drainage  by  open  ditches,  and  the  laws  relating 
thereto.  (Carpenter.) 

Agr.  Engr.  111.  Fundamentals  of  Food  Processing  Plants  (3) — First 
semester.     Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  study  of  the  mechanical  appliances  and  accessories,  such  as  boilers, 
pumps,  motors,  refrigeration  units,  controls,  etc.,  adapted  to  food  process- 
ing plants.  ( ) 

Agr.  Engr.  112.     Machinery  and  Equipment  for  Horticultural  Processing 

(2) — Second  semester.   One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Pre- 
requisite, Agr.  Engr.  111. 

This  course  covers  the  design,  operation  and  maintenance  of  the  mechines 
and  equipment  used  in  the  commercial  processing  of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

( •) 

AGRONOMY— CROPS  AND  SOILS 

Professors   Kuhn   and   Thomas;    Associate    Professors   Axley   and    Street; 

Assistant  Professors  Burger,  Liden,  Ronningen  and  Strickling. 

Instructor  Hogue;  Lecturer  Nikiforoff. 

A.     CROPS 

Agron.  1.  Crop  Production  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 


90  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Culture,  use,  improvement,  adaptation,  distribution,  and  history  of  field 
crops. 

Agron.  30.  Cereal  Crop  Production  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  corn,  wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye 
and  buckwheat  production. 

Agron.  31.  Forage  Crop  Production  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Study  of  the  production  and  management  of  grasses  and  legumes  for 
quality  hay,  silage  and  pasture. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Agron.  101.  Senior  Seminar  (1) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Agron. 
1,  30,  and  31. 

Reports  by  seniors  on  current  scientific  and  practical  publications  per- 
taining to  crops.  (Liden.) 

Agron.  153.  Selected  Crop  Studies  (2-4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Agron.  1,  30,  31. 

Advanced  individual  study  of  field  crops  of  special  interest  to  the  student. 

(Staff.) 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Agron.  103.     Crop  Breeding  (2) — First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Zool.  104. 

The  principles  of  breeding  as  applied  to  field  crop  plants  and  methods  used 
in  plant  improvement.  (Ronningen.) 

Agron.  105.  Tobacco  Production  (2) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  a 
week.     Prerequisite,  Agron.  1. 

A  study  of  the  history,  adaptation,  distribution,  culture,  and  improvement 
of  various  types  of  tobacco,  with  special  emphasis  on  problems  in  Maryland 
tobacco  production.  (Street.) 

Agron.  106.  Tobacco  Production  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a 
week.    Prerequisite,  Agron.  105. 

A  study  of  the  physical  and  chemical  factors  associated  with  yield  and 
quality  of  tobacco,  stress  being  placed  on  the  importance  of  soil,  climate  and 
fertilizers.  (Street.) 

Agron.  151.     Cropping  Systems  (2) — Second  semester. 

The  coordination  of  information  from  various  courses  in  the  development 
of  balanced  cropping  systems,  appropriate  to  different  objectives  in  various 
areas  of  the  State  and  Nation.  (Kuhn.) 

Agron.  152.  Seed  Production  and  Distribution  (3) — Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  (2  hours)  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Agron.  1. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  91 

A  study  of  seed  production,  processing,  and  distribution;  Federal  and 
State  seed  control  programs;  seed  laboratory  analyses;  release  of  new 
varieties  and  maintenance  of  foundation  seed  stocks.  The  course  will  also 
include  identification  and  classification  of  weeds  and  their  seeds  or  fruits, 
and  principles  of  weed  eradication  and  control.  (Liden,  Hogue.) 

For  Graduates 

Agron.  201.  Crop  Breeding  (2-4) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

Similar  to  Agron.  103,  but  better  adapted  to  graduate  students  and  offer- 
ing a  wider  range  of  choice  of  material  to  suit  special  cases.     (Ronningen.) 

Agron.  203.     Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Presentation  of  original  work  or  review  of  literature  on  agronomic  topics. 

(Staff.) 
Agron.  204.    Technic  in  Field  Crop  Research  (2) — First  semester. 

Field  plot  technic,  application  of  statistical  analysis  to  agronomic  data, 
and  preparation  of  the  research  project.  (Kuhn.) 

Agron.  205.  Advanced  Tobacco  Production  (2) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  principles  and  problems  relating  to  tobacco  research  and  pro- 
duction. (Street.) 

Agron.  206,  207.  Recent  Advances  in  Agronomy  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Two  lectures  a  week.     Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  recent  advances  in  research  techniques  and  findings  pertaining 
to  crop  production.  (Kuhn,  Street,  Ronningen,  Burger.) 

Agron.  208.  Research  Methods  in  Agronomy  (2-4) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff. 

Development  of  research  viewpoint  by  detailed  study  and  report  on  crop 
research  of  the  Maryland  Experiment  Station  or  review  of  literature  on 
specific  phases  of  a  problem.  (Staff.) 

Agron.  209.     Research  (4-8) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Credit  according  to  work  accomplished.  With  approval  or  suggestion  of 
the  Professor  in  charge  of  his  major  work  the  student  will  choose  his  own 
problem  for  study.  (Staff.) 

B.     SOILS 

Soils  1.  General  Soils  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures 
and  a  two-hour  discussion  period  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  1. 

A  broad  conception  of  the  fundamentals  of  soils  showing  the  origin,  de- 
velopment, relation  to  natural  sciences,  soil  uses,  effect  on  civilization,  soil 
properties  and  relation  to  soils  problems. 


92  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Soils  2.  Soil  Fertility  Principles  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  demonstration  laboratory  each  week.  Prerequisites,  Soils 
1,  Organic  Chemistry,  General  Bacteriology. 

A  study  of  the  biological,  chemical  and  physical  characteristics  of  soils 
that  are  important  in  growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of  physical,  fertility 
or  biological  nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of  lime,  fertilizers, 
organic  materials  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illustrated. 

Soils  51.  Soil  Investigation  Methods  (2) — First  semester.  Two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Soils  2  and  Quantitative  and 
Organic  Chemistry  or  registration  therein. 

A  laboratory  study  of  the  common  biological,  chemical,  and  physical 
methods  of  examining  a  soil  to  determine  its  nutritional  needs  and  fer- 
tility level. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Soils  102.  Soil  Classification  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Soils  1  and  Geology  1. 

A  study  of  the  genesis,  morphology  and  classification  of  soils.  The  broad 
principles  governing  soil  behavior,  formation,  environment,  and  use  are 
explained.    The  laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips. 

(Lecture,  Nikiforoff;  Lab.,  Thomas.) 

Soils  103.  Soil  Geography  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Soils  102. 

The  influence  of  geographic  factors  and  features  on  the  development  and 
location  of  soils  in  the  United  States  and  the  world.  The  results  of  soil 
development  on  their  use,  agricultural  development,  and  pattern  of  human 
occupancy  are  discussed.  The  laboratory  periods  will  be  used  largely  for 
a  study  of  various  soil  maps  of  the  world.  (Nikiforoff.) 

Soils  112.  Soil  Conservation  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Soils  1. 

A  study  of  the  factors  affecting  the  preservation  of  the  desired  physical, 
chemical,  and  biological  functions  of  soil  and  soil  moisture;  the  influence  of 
soil  deterioration  on  society;  methods  of  soil  conservation.  Field  trips  are 
made  to  farms  using  different  conservation  practices.  (Thomas.) 

Soils  120.  Soil  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Soils 
2  and  Soils  103. 

A  study  is  made  of  detailed  soil  problems  and  their  solutions;  soil  man- 
agement practice  for  maximum  production  and  soil  maintenance;  and  the 
relation  of  soils  to  agriculture  and  society  in  general.  (Thomas.) 

For  Graduates 

Soils  201.  Special  Problems  and  Research  (10-12) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Laboratory  and  library  work. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  93 

Original  investigations  of  physical,  chemical  and  biological  soil  problems 
and  their  relation  to  lime,  fertilizer  and  nutritional  studies.  (Staff.) 

Soils  202,  203.  Soil  Science  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
discussion  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

A  review  of  the  development  and  modern  conceptions  of  the  physical, 
biological,  and  chemical  nature  of  soils  and  their  contribution  to  soil  science. 

(Axley  and  Thomas.) 

Soils  212,  213.  Soil  Research  Technique  (2,  2) — First  and  second  se- 
mesters. Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

A  laboratory  study  of  methods,  technique,  and  equipment  used  to  investi- 
gate the  various  soil  problems.  It  is  the  laboratory  part  of  the  soil  science 
course.  (Thomas  and  Axley.) 

Soil  220.     Soil  Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  discussion  of  special  topics  in  soils  and  presentation  of  graduate  stu- 
dents' research  work.  (Staff.) 

ANIMAL  HUSBANDRY 

Professors  Foster,  Green;  Associate  Professors  Outhouse,  Kerr; 
Instructor  Buric;  Lecturer  Finney 

A.  H.  1.  Fundamentals  of  Animal  Husbandry  (3) — First  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  study  of  the  general  problems  in  breeding,  feeding,  management  and 
marketing  of  beef  cattle,  sheep,  swine  and  horses.  Practice  is  given  in  the 
selection  of  animals  to  meet  market  demands.  Field  trips  may  be  made  to 
near-by  farms  and  packing  plants. 

A.  H.  30.  Types  and  Breeds  of  Livestock  (3) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  A.  H.  1. 

A  study  of  the  various  types  and  breeds  of  livestock,  their  development, 
characteristics  and  adaptability.  Practice  is  given  in  selection  according 
to  standards  of  excellence. 

A.  H.  90.  Livestock  Judging  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  A.  H.  30  or  permission  of  instructor. 

Training  is  given  in  the  judging  of  beef  cattle,  sheep,  swine  and  horses 
Occasional  trips  are  made  to  farms  where  outstanding  herds  and  flocks  are 
maintained. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

A.  H.  100.  Advanced  Livestock  Judging  (2) — First  semester.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  A.  H.  90  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

An  advanced  course  in  the  selection  and  judging  of  purebred  and  com- 
mercial meat  and  work  animals.     The  most  adept  students  enrolled  in  this 


94  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

course  are  chosen  to  represent  the  University  of  Maryland  in  intercollegiate 
livestock  judging  contests.  (Outhouse,  Kerr.) 

A.  H.  110.  Feeds  and  Feeding  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  1,  3. 

Elements  of  nutrition;  source,  characteristics,  and  adaptability  of  the 
various  feeds  to  the  several  classes  of  livestock;  feeding  standards;  the 
calculation  and  compounding  of  rations.  (Outhouse.) 

A.  H.  130.  Beef  Cattle  Production  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  A.  H.  1,  A.  H.  110. 

Principles  and  practices  underlying  the  economical  production  of  beef 
cattle,  including  a  study  of  the  breeds  and  their  adaptability;  selection, 
breeding,  feeding,  management  and  marketing  of  purebred  and  commercial 
herds.  (Foster.) 

A.  H.  131.  Sheep  Production  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  A.  H.  1,  A.  H.  110. 

Principles  and  practices  underlying  the  economical  production  of  sheep, 
including  a  study  of  the  breeds  and  their  adaptability;  selection,  breeding, 
feeding,  management  and  marketing  of  purebred  and  commercial  flocks. 

(Outhouse.) 

A.  H.  132.  Swine  Production  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites,  A.  H.  1,  A.  H.  110. 

Principles  and  practices  underlying  the  economical  production  of  swine, 
including  a  study  of  the  breeds  and  their  adaptability;  selection,  breeding, 
feeding,  management  and  marketing  of  purebred  and  commercial  herds. 

(Kerr.) 

A.  H.  133.  Horse  Production  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  A.  H.  1,  A.  H.  110. 

Principles  and  practices  underlying  the  economical  production  and  use  of 
draft  horses  and  light  horses;  selection,  breeding,  feeding  and  management 
of  draft  and  light  horses.  (Outhouse,  Finney.) 

A.  H.  135.  Light  Horse  Production  (1) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
A.  H.  133. 

Included  is  a  study  of  the  organization  of  the  light  horse  farm,  proper 
methods  of  feeding  and  training,  control  of  disease,  treatment  and  care 
of  injuries,  sale  of  surplus  stock.  (Finney.) 

A.  H.  140.  Livestock  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  A.  H.  1. 

A  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various  systems  of  live- 
stock farming,  together  with  practical  methods  of  handling  and  managing 
livestock.  Practice  and  training  in  the  feeding,  fitting  and  preparation  of 
animals  for  show  and  work  purposes  and  commercial  meat  production. 

(Buric.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  95 

A.  H.  160.  Meat  and  Meat  Products  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  A.  H.  1. 

Designed  to  give  information  on  the  processing  and  handling  of  the  na- 
tion's meat  supply.  A  study  of  the  physical  and  structural  qualities  which 
affect  the  value  of  meat  and  meat  products.  Trips  are  made  to  packing 
houses  and  meat  distributing  centers.  (Kerr.) 

A.  H.  170,  171.  Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor. 

Advanced  undergraduates  will  be  required  to  review  literature,  present 
reports  and  discuss  assigned  topics  relating  to  Animal  Husbandry.      (Staff.) 

A.  H.  172,  173.  Special  Problems  in  Animal  Husbandry  (1-2,  1-2) — First 
and  second  semesters.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

A  course  designed  for  advanced  undergraduates  in  which  specific  problems 
relating  to  Animal  Husbandry  will  be  assigned.  (Staff.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

A.  H.  111.  Animal  Nutrition  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
31,  32,  33,  34;  A.  H.  110.  Graduate  credit  allowed,  with  permission  of 
instructor. 

Processes  of  digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism  of  nutrients;  nutri- 
tional balances;  nature  of  nutritional  requirements  for  growth,  production 
and  reproduction.  (Shaw.) 

A.  H.  120.  Principles  of  Breeding  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Zool.  104.  Graduate  credit 
(1-3  hours),  allowed  with  permission  of  instructor. 

The  practical  aspects  of  animal  breeding,  heredity,  variation,  selection, 
development,  systems  of  breeding,  and  pedigree  study  are  considered. 

(Green.) 

A.  H.  150.  Livestock  Markets  and  Marketing  (2)— First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, A.  H.  1.    Graduate  credit  allowed,  with  permission  of  instructor. 

History  and  development  of  livestock  markets  and  systems  of  market- 
ing; trends  of  livestock  marketing;  effect  of  changes  in  transportation  and 
refrigeration  facilities;  the  merchandising  of  meat  products.  (Kerr.) 

For  Graduates 
A.  H.  200,  201.     Special    Problems    in    Animal   Husbandry    (1-2,    1-2)— 

First  and  second  semesters.     Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of 
credit.     Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically  to  the  character  of 
work  the  student  is  pursuing. 


96  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A.  H.  202,  203.     Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Students  are  required  to  prepare  papers  based  upon  current  scientific 
publications  relating  to  Animal  Husbandry  or  upon  their  research  work,  for 
presentation  before  and  discussion  by  the  class.  (Staff.) 

A.  H.  204.  Research  (1-6) — First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  to  be 
determined  by  amount  and  character  of  work  done. 

With  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the  department,  students  will  be  required 
to  pursue  original  research  in  some  phase  of  Animal  Husbandry,  carrying 
the  same  to  completion,  and  report  the  results  in  the  form  of  a  thesis. 

(Staff.) 

A.  H.  205.  Advanced  Breeding  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites, 
A.  H.  120  or  equivalent  and  Biological  Statistics. 

This  course  deals  with  the  more  technical  phases  of  heredity  and  varia- 
tion; selection  and  selection  indices;  breeding  systems;  inheritance  in  farm 
animals.  (Green.) 

A.  H.  206.  Advanced  Livestock  Management  (3) — First  semseter.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  newer  developments  in  animal  breeding,  animal 
physiology,  animal  nutrition,  endocrinology  and  other  closely  allied  fields 
as  they  apply  to  the  management  and  commercial  production  of  livestock. 

(Staff.) 

BOTANY 

Professors  Bamford,  Jeffers,  Gauch,  Appleman  (emeritus),  Norton  (emeri- 
tus); Associate  Professors  Brown,  Cox;  Assistant  Professors  D.  T.  Morgan, 
Weaver,  O.  D.  Morgan;  Instructors  Rappleye,  Owens,  Corp;  Lecturers 
Borthwick,  Parker. 

Bot.  1.  General  Botany  (4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

General  introduction  to  botany,  touching  briefly  on  all  phases  of  the 
subject.  Emphasis  is  on  the  fundamental  biological  principles  of  the  higher 
plants.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Bot.  2.  General  Botany  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

A  brief  evolutionary  study  of  algae,  fungi,  liverworts,  mosses,  ferns  and 
their  relatives,  and  the  seed  plants,  emphasizing  their  structure,  reproduction, 
habitats,  and  economic  importance.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Bot.  11.  Plant  Taxonomy  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1,  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  plant  classification,  based  on  the  collection 
and  identification  of  local  plants.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  97 

Bot.  20.  Diseases  of  Plants  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1,  or  equivalent. 

An  introductory  study  of  the  symptoms  and  causal  agents  of  plant  dis- 
eases and  measures  for  their  control.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Bot.  110.  Plant  Microtechnique  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

Principles  and  methods  involved  in  the  preparation  of  permanent  micro- 
scope slides  of  plant  materials.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  112.     Seminar   (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Discussion  of  special  topics,  current  literature,  problems  and  programs  in 
all  phases  of  botany.  For  seniors  only,  majors  and  minors  in  botany  or 
biological  science.  (Brown.) 

A.     Plant  Physiology 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Bot.  101.  Plant  Physiology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bot.  1  and  General  Chemistry. 

A  survey  of  the  general  physiological  activities  of  plants.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00.  (Gauch.) 

Bot.  102.  Plant  Ecology  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  11,  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  plants  in  relation  to  their  environments.  Plant  successions  and 
formations  of  North  America  are  treated  briefly  and  local  examples  studied. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  •  (Brown.) 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  201.  Plant  Biochemistry  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  101  and  elementary 
organic  chemistry,  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  important  substances  in  the  composition  of  the  plant  body 
and  the  chemical  changes  occurring  therein.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

(Gauch.) 

Bot.  202.  Plant  Biophysics  (2) — First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  101 
and  introductory  physics,  or  equivalent.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the  operation  of  physical  phenomena 
in  plant  life  processes.  (Gauch.) 

Bot.  203.  Biophysical  Methods  (2)— First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  course  to  accompany  Bot.  202.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.)  (Gauch.) 

Bot.  204.  Growth  and  Development  (2)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
12  semester  hours  of  plant  science.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.)  (Gauch.) 


98  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Bot.  205.     Mineral  Nutrition  of  Plants  (2) — Second  semester. 
Reports  on  current  literature  are  presented  and  discussed  in  connection 
with  recent  advances  in  the  mineral  nutrition  of  plants.  (Gauch.) 

Bot.  206.     Research  in  Plant  Physiology — Credit  according  to  work  done. 
Students  must  be  qualified  to  pursue  with  profit  the  research  to  be  under- 
taken. (Appleman,  Gauch.) 

Bot.  207.  Special  Topics  in  Plant  Physiology  (2) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 

This  course,  on  highly  specialized  subjects,  will  usually  be  presented  by  a 
specialist  who  is  available  at  a  neighboring  institution.  ( .) 

Bot.  208.  Seminar  in  Plant  Physiology  (1) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor. 

Discussion  of  special  topics  in  plant  physiology.  (Gauch.) 

B.     Plant  Morphology  and  Taxonomy 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Bot.  111.  Plant  Anatomy  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  110,  or  equivalent. 

The  origin  and  development  of  the  organs  and  tissue  systems  in  the 
vascular  plants.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  113.  Plant  Geography  (2) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1, 
or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  plant  distribution  throughout  the  world  and  the  factors  gener- 
ally associated  with  such  distribution.  (Brown.) 

Bot.  114.  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  11,  or  equivalent. 

Principles  and  criteria  of  plant  classification.  Reviews  and  criticisms  of 
current  taxonomic  literature.  Collection  and  classification  of  Maryland 
plants.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Brown.) 

Bot.  115.  Structure  of  Economic  Plants  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lec- 
ture and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  111. 

A  detailed  microscopic  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  chief  fruit  and 
vegetable  crops.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  116.  History  and  Philosophy  of  Botany  (1) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, 15  semester  hours  of  botany. 

Discussion  of  the  development  of  ideas  and  knowledge  about  plants,  lead- 
ing to  a  survey  of  contemporary  work  in  botanical  science.  (Bamford.) 

Bot.  117.  Plant  Breeding  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  104 
or  equivalent. 

A  survey  of  the  fundamental  principles  to  modern  plant  breeding.  The 
analysis  of  hybrid  vigor,  its  application  to  economic  plants,  the  relation  of 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  99 

chromosomes  to  plant  improvement,  economically  valuable  mutations  and 
similar  topics  will  be  considered.  (D.  T.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  133.  Bryophytes  and  Pteridophytes  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lec- 
ture and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  1  and  Bot.  2, 
or  equivalent. 

The  morphology,  taxonomy  and  ecology  of  the  Bryophytes  and  Pterido- 
phytes. Field  study  and  collections  will  be  made  in  local  areas.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00.  (Owens.) 

Bot.  135.  Aquatic  Plants-  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1  and  Bot.  11,  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  taxonomy  and  ecology  of  aquatic  plants,  especially  those 
of  importance  in  fisheries  and  wild  life  management.  Field  trips  and  col- 
lections will  be  made.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Owens.) 

Bot.  151S.     Teaching   Methods   in    Botany    (2) — Summer.     Five   lecture 
periods  per  week:  8:00,  E-237.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1,  or  equivalent. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Owens.) 

A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of  common  plants,  and  demonstra- 
tions, projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable  for  teaching  in  primary  and 
secondary  schools. 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  211.  Cytology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  110  and  Zool.  104  (Genetics)  or 
equivalent. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  chromosomes  in  mitosis  and  meiosis,  and  the  rela- 
tion of  these  to  current  theories  of  heredity  and  evolution.  Laboratory  fee, 
$5.00.  (Bamford,  D.  T.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  212.  Plant  Morphology  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Bot.  11,  Bot.  Ill,  or  equivalent. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  morphology  of  the  flowering  plants,  with 
special  reference  to  the  phylogeny  and  development  of  floral  organs. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  213.  Seminar  in  Plant  Cytology  and  Morphology  (1) — First  and 
second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Discussion  of  special  topics  in  plant  morphology,  anatomy,  and  cytology. 

(D.  T.  Morgan  and  Rappleye.) 

Bot.  214.  Research  in  Plant  Cytology  and  Morphology — Credit  accord- 
ing to  work  done.  (Bamford,  D.  T.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  215.  Plant  Cytogenetics  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Zool.  104,  Bot.  211. 

An  advanced  study  of  the  current  status  of  plant  genetics,  particularly  gene 
mutations  and  their  relation  to  chromosome  changes  in  corn  and  other 
favorable  genetic  materials.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Morgan.) 


100  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Bot.  219.  Special  Topics  in  Plant  Morphology  and  Cytology  (2) — First 
semester.     Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

This  course  treats  specialized  subjects  very  intensively.  It  will  usually 
be  given  by  a  lecturer  from  a  neighboring  institution.  ( .) 

C.    Plant  Pathology 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Bot.  122.  Research  methods  in  Plant  Pathology  (2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or 
equivalent. 

Advanced  training  in  the  basic  research  techniques  and  methods  of  plant 
pathology.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00  each  semester.  (Cox.) 

Bot.  123.  Diseases  of  Ornamental  Plants  (2) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Bot.  20,  or  equivalent.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 

Symptoms,  control  measures,  and  other  pertinent  information  concerning 
the  diseases  which  affect  important  ornamental  plants  grown  in  the  eastern 
states.  (Jeffers.) 

Bot.  124.  Diseases  of  Tobacco  and  Agronomic  Crops  (2) — First  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 

The  symptoms  and  control  of  the  diseases  of  tobacco,  forage  crops  and 
cereal  grains.  (O.  D.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  125.  Diseases  of  Fruit  Crops  (2) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  20,  or  equivalent.     (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 

Symptoms  and  control  of  the  diseases  affecting  fruit  production  in  the 
eastern  United  States.  (Weaver.) 

Bot.  126.  Diseases  of  Vegetable  Crops  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 

The  recognition  and  control  of  diseases  affecting  the  production  of  im- 
portant vegetable  crops  grown  in  the  eastern  United  States.  (Cox.) 

Bot.  128.  Mycology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  2,  or  equivalent. 

An  introductory  study  of  the  morphology,  classification,  life  histories, 
and  economics  of  the  fungi.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Jeffers.) 

Bot.  152S.  Field  Plant  Pathology  (1)— Summer.  Daily  lecture  first 
three  weeks,  11:00;  E-207.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $5.00. 

A  course  for  county  agents  and  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture.  Dis- 
cussion and  demonstration  of  the  important  diseases  in  Maryland  crops. 

(Cox  and  Staff.) 
For  Graduates 

Bot.  221.  Virus  Diseases  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Bot.  20  and  Bot.  101. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  101 

Consideration  of  the  physical,  chemical  and  physiological  aspects  of  plant 
viruses  and  plant  virus  diseases.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  ( .) 

Bot.  222.  Plant  Nematology  (2).  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 
(Not  offered  1950-1951.) 

A  detailed  study  of  the  nematodes  which  cause  plant  diseases,  especially 
their  life  history,  plant  symptoms  and  control  measures.  ( .) 

Bot.  225.     Research  in  Plant  Pathology — Credit  according  to  work  done. 

(Staff.) 

Bot.  226.  Plant  Disease  Control  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot. 
20,  or  equivalent. 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the  theory  and  practices  of  plant  disease 
control.  (Cox.) 

Bot.  228.  Special  Topics  in  Plant  Pathology  (2) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor. 

This  course  on  very  specialized  phases  of  plant  pathology  will  usually  be 
given  by  a  lecturer  from  a  neighboring  institution.  ( .) 

Bot.  229.    Seminar  in  Plant  Pathology  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Discussion  on  the  advanced  technical  literature  of  plant  pathology. 

(Jeffers,  Cox.) 

DAIRY 

Professors  Cairns,  Arbuckle  and  Shaw;  Assistant  Professor  Mattick; 
Instructors  Ellmore  and  Nisonger 

A.     DAIRY  HUSBANDRY 

Dairy  1.  Fundamentals  of  Dairying  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  cover  the  entire  field  of  dairying.  The  content 
of  the  course  deals  with  all  phases  of  dairy  cattle  feeding,  breeding  and 
management  and  the  manufacturing,  processing,  distributing  and  marketing 
of  dairy  products.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Dairy  20.  Dairy  Breeds  and  Selection  (2) — First  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  dairy  breeds,  factors  which  have  contributed  to 
the  success  of  failure  of  modern  breeding  establishments  and  standards  of 
excellence  in  the  selection  of  breeding  cattle. 

Dairy  30.  Dairy  Cattle  Judging  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

This  course  offers  complete  instruction  in  the  selection  and  comparative 
judging  of  dairy  cattle.  Trips  to  various  dairy  farms  for  judging  practice 
will  be  made. 


102  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Dairy  100.  Dairy  Cattle  Management  (1) — First  semester.  One  labora- 
tory period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Dairy  1. 

A  management  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the  practical 
handling  and  management  of  dairy  cattle.  Students  are  given  actual  prac- 
tice and  training  in  the  University  dairy  barns.  (Ellmore.) 

Dairy  101.  Dairy  Production  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  1,  A.  H.  110. 

A  comprehensive  course  in  dairy  cattle  feeding,  breeding  and  herd  man- 
agement. (Cairns.) 

Dairy  105.  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Dairy  1,  Zool.  104,  A.  H. 
120. 

A  specialized  course  in  breeding  dairy  cattle.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
methods  of  sire  evaluation  systems  of  breeding,  breeding  programs,  and 
artificial  breeding  techniques.  (Cairns,  Ellmore.) 

Dairy  120,  121.  Dairy  Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisites, students  majoring  in  dairy  production,  Dairy  101;  students 
majoring  in  dairy  products  technology,  Dairy  108. 

Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature  and  research  work  in 
dairying.  (Staff.) 

Dairy  124.  Special  Problems  in  Dairying  A  (2-4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Dairy  101.  Credit  in  accordance  with  the  amount 
and  character  of  work  done. 

Special  problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically  to  the  work 
the  student  is  pursuing.  (Staff.) 

B.     DAIRY  PRODUCTS  TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy  40.  Grading  Dairy  Products  (1) — Second  semester.  One  laboratory 
period  a  week. 

Market  grades  and  the  judging  of  milk,  butter,  cheese,  and  ice  cream. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Dairy  41.  Advanced  Grading  of  Dairy  Products  (1) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Dairy  40. 

An  advanced  course  in  grading  and  judging  of  milk,  butter,  cheese,  and 
ice  cream.  Open  to  students  who  participate  in  training  for  intercollegiate 
dairy  products  judging  contests.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Dairy  108.  Dairy  Technology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  1,  Bact.  133,  Chem.  1,  3. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  103 

Composition  standards  for  milk  and  milk  products,  critical  interpretation 
and  application  of  practical  factory  methods  of  analyses  for  fat  and  solids; 
quality  tests.     Laboratory,  $3.00.  (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy  109.  Market  Milk  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Dairy  1,  Bact.  1,  133,  Chem.  1,  3. 

Commercial  aspects  of  the  market  milk  industry  relating  to  transportation, 
processing,  and  distribution;  operation  of  a  market  milk  plant;  quality 
problems;  chocolate  milk,  buttermilk  and  cottage  cheese.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  (Arbuckle,  Nisonger.) 

Dairy  110.  Butter  and  Cheese  Making  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Dairy  1,  Bact.  1, 
Chem.  1,  3. 

Commercial  methods  of  manufacturing  butter  and  cheese.  Consideration 
is  given  to  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  factors  involved;  procedures 
of  manufacture;  quality  control.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Mattick.) 

Dairy  111.  Concentrated  Milk  Products  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lec- 
ture and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Dairy  108,  114.  (Not 
offered  1950-1951.) 

Theories  and  practice  of  manufacturing  condensed  and  evaporated  milk 
and  milk  powder;  plant  processes;  quality  factors;  utilization.  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00.  (Mattick.) 

Dairy  112.  Ice  Cream  Making  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Dairy  108. 

The  ice  cream  industry;  commercial  methods  of  manufacturing  ice  cream; 
fundamental  principles  ;ingredients;  controlling  quality.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  (Arbuckle,  Nisonger.) 

Dairy  114.  Special  Laboratory  Methods  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Dairy  108,  Bact. 
133,  Chem.  19,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

Application  of  analytical  methods  to  milk,  milk  products  and  milk  con- 
stituents.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy  115.  Dairy  Inspection  (2) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Dairy  109. 

Study  and  interpretation  of  dairy  ordinances  and  standards;  application  to 
farm  and  plant  inspection.  ( ,  Arbuckle.) 

Dairy  116.  Dairy  Plant  Management  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  at  least  three  advanced 
dairy  products  technology  courses. 

Principles  of  dairy  plant  management,  record  systems;  personnel,  plant 
design  and  construction;  dairy  machinery  and  equipment. 

(Mattick,  Nisonger.) 


104  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Dairy  124.  Special  Problems  in  Dairying  B  (2-4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisites,  Dairy  108,  109.  Credit  in  accordance  with  the 
amount  and  character  of  work  done. 

Special  problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically  to  the  work  the 
student  is  pursuing.  (Staff.) 

For  Graduates  in  Dairy  Husbandry  and  Dairy  Products  Technology 

Dairy  201.  Advanced  Dairy  Production  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Dairy  101  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  newer  discoveries  in  animal  nutrition,  breeding,  and 
management.    Readings  and  assignments.  (Cairns.) 

Dairy  202.  Advanced  Dairy  Technology  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Dairy  108,  114  or  equivalent. 

Milk  and  milk  products  from  physico-chemical  and  bio-chemical  points 
of  view,  with  attention  directed  to  hydrogen  ion  concentration,  electrometric 
titration,  oxidation-reduction,  electrometric  conductivity,  buffer  system  of 
milk,  milk  enzymes.  (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy  203.  Physiology  of  Milk  Secretion  (3) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  A.  H.  Ill;  Chem. 
31,  32,  33,  34,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  the  anatomy,  evolution  and  metabolism  of  the  mammary 
gland,  including  hormonal  control,  theories  of  milk  secretion,  and  factors 
affecting  the  amount  and  composition  of  milk.  (Shaw.) 

Dairy  204.  Special  Problems  in  Dairying  (1-5) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Prerequisite,  permission  of  Professor  in  charge  of  work.  Credit  in 
accordance  with  the  amount  and  character  of  work  done. 

Methods  of  conducting  dairy  research  and  the  presentation  of  results 
are  stressed.  A  research  problem  which  relates  specifically  to  the  work  the 
student  is  pursuing  will  be  assigned.  (Staff.) 

Dairy  205.    Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Assigned  readings  on  current  literature  on  timely  topics;  preparation  and 
presentation  of  reports  for  classroom  discussion.  (Staff.) 

Dairy  206.  Animal  Nutrition  Seminar  (1) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor. 

Discussion  of  special  topics  and  recent  advances  in  the  nutrition  and 
physiology  of  farm  animals.  (Shaw.) 

Dairy  208.  Research  (3-8) — First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  to  be 
determined  by  the  amount  and  quality  of  work  done. 

Original  investigation  by  the  student  of  some  subject  assigned  by  the 
Major  Professor,  the  completion  of  the  assignment  and  the  preparation  of 
a  thesis  in  accordance  with  requirements  for  an  advanced  degree.      (Staff.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  105 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor  Cory;  Lecturers  Shepard,  Munson;  Associate  Professor  Bickley; 
Assistant  Professors  Abrams,  Haviland 

Ent.  1.  Introductory  Entomology  (3) — First  and  second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of 
college  Zoology.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

The  position  of  insects  in  the  animal  kingdom,  their  gross  structure, 
classification  into  orders  and  principal  families  and  the  general  economic 
status  of  insects.    A  collection  of  common  insects  is  required. 

Ent.  2.  Insect  Morphology  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Ent.  1.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Intensive  study  of  the  external  structures  and  less  intensive  study  of  the 
internal  anatomy  of  representative  insects  with  special  reference  to  those 
phases  needed  for  work  in  insect  taxonomy  and  biology. 

Ent.  3.  Insect  Taxonomy  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ent.  2.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Intensive  study  of  the  classification  of  all  orders  and  the  important 
families  based  on  individual  collections  supplemented  by  typical  material 
from  the  department  collection. 

Ent.  4.    Beekeeping  (2) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  life  history,  behavior  and  seasonal  activities  of  the  honey- 
bee, its  place  in  pollination  of  flowers  with  emphasis  on  plants  of  economic 
importance  and  bee  lore  in  literature. 

Ent.  10.  Applied  Entomology  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week  and  occasional  demonstrations. 

A  general  course  designed  to  acquaint  students  not  majoring  in  ento- 
mology with  the  important  insect  pests  encountered  in  agriculture,  industry, 
and  the  household,  together  with  concise  directions  for  control. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Ent.  100.  Advanced  Apiculture  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  4.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary  management.  Designed  for  the  stu- 
dent who  wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires  a  practical  knowledge  of  bee 
management.  (Abrams.) 

Ent.  101.  Economic  Entomology  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  the  department. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  theory  and  problems  of  applied  entomology, 
including  life  history,  ecology,  behavior,  distribution,  parasitism  and  control. 

(Cory.) 


106  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ent.  103,  104.  Insect  Pests  (3,  3).  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  (Not  offered 
in  1950-1951.)  (Cory.) 

Ent.  105.  Medical  Entomology  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  1,  or  consent  of 
the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

A  study  of  insects  and  related  anthropods  that  affect  the  health  and  com- 
fort of  man  directly  and  as  vectors  of  disease.  In  discussions  of  the  control 
of  such  pests  the  emphasis  will  be  upon  community  sanitation.       (Bickley.) 

Ent.  106.  Advanced  Insect  Taxonomy  (3) — First  semester.  Two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ent.  3.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Principles  of  systematic  entomology  and  intensive  study  of  limited  groups 
of  insects,  including  immature  forms.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  107.  Insecticides  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  1  and 
Elementary  Organic  Chemistry. 

The  development  and  use  of  contact  and  stomach  poisons,  fumigants  and 
other  important  chemicals,  with  reference  to  their  chemistry,  toxic  action, 
compatibility,  and  host  injury.    Recent  research  emphasized.         (Shepard.) 

Ent.  109.  Insect  Physiology  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
occasional  demonstrations.     Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department. 

The  functioning  of  the  insect  body  with  particular  reference  to  blood, 
circulation,  digestion,  absorption,  excretion,  respiration,  reflex  action  and 
the  nervous  system,  and  metabolism.  (Munson.) 

Ent.  110,  111.  Special  Problems  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  to  be  determined  by  the  department. 

An  intensive  investigation  of  some  entomological  problem,  preferably 
of  the  student's  choice.     Required  of  majors  in  entomology.  (Cory.) 

Ent.  112.  Seminar  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing. 

Presentation  of  original  work,  reviews  and  abstracts  of  literature.    (Cory.) 

Ent.  113.  Entomological  Literature  (1) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing. 

A  study  of  entomological  publications  and  good  scientific  writing.  Prepa- 
ration of  bibliographies.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  114.  Insect  Pests  of  Greenhouses  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  1  or 
consent  of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

The  identification,  life  history  and  habits  of  insects  affecting  plants  raised 
under  glass;  recognition  of  early  injury  and  methods  of  control  applicable 
under  these  specialized  conditions  will  be  considered.  (Haviland.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  107 

For  Graduates 

Ent.  201.  Advanced  Entomology — Credit  and  prerequisites  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  department.     First  and  second  semesters. 

Studies  of  minor  problems  in  morphology,  taxonomy  and  applied  ento- 
mology, with  particular  reference  to  the  preparation  of  the  student  for 
individual  research.  (Cory.) 

Ent.  202.     Research — First  and   second  semesters. 

Required  of  graduate  students  majoring  in  Entomology.  This  course 
involves  research  on  an  approved  project.  A  dissertation  suitable  for  pub- 
lication must  be  submitted  at  the  conclusion  of  the  studies  as  a  part  of  the 
requirements  for  an  advanced  degree.  (Cory.) 

Ent.  203.  Advanced  Insect  Morphology  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lec- 
ture and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.      Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Insect  structure  with  special  reference  to  function.  Emphasis  on  internal 
anatomy.  Given  in  preparation  for  advanced  work  in  physiology  or  research 
in  morphology.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  205.  Insect  Ecology  (2) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

A  study  of  fundamental  factors  involved  in  the  relationship  of  insects  to 
their  environment.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  insect  as  a  dynamic  organism 
adjusted  to  its  surroundings.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  206.  Bionomics  of  Mosquitoes  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

The  classification,  distribution,  ecology,  biology,  and  control  of  mosquitoes. 

(Bickley.) 

FORESTRY 

Associate  Professor  Dengler 

For.  1.  Introduction  to  Forestry  (2) — Second  Semester.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1. 

A  general  survey  of  the  field  of  forestry,  including  woodland  values,  con- 
servation, protection,  reproduction,  management,  utilization,  mensuration, 
engineering,  recreation,  lumbering,  and  forest  wildlife  management. 

For.  102.  Farm  Forestry  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  junior 
standing.     Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory. 

Principles  and  practices  of  farm  woodland  management;  establishment, 
protection,  care,  measurement,  and  utilization  of  the  farm  woods  and  hill- 
culture  tree  crops;  practical  field  work. 


108  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors  Haut,  Link,  Schrader,  Scott,  Walls;  Associate  Professors  Caldwell, 
Cornell,  Shanks,  Shoemaker,  Stark;  Instructor  Hawes 

Hort.  1.  General  Horticulture  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

A  general  basic  course  planned  to  give  the  student  a  background  of 
methods  and  practices  used  in  production  of  horticultural  crops. 

Hort.  5,  6.  Fruit  Production  (3,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  One  or 
two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

A  study  of  commercial  varieties  and  the  harvesting,  grading,  and  storage 
of  fruits.    Principles  and  practices  in  fruit  tree  production. 

Hort.  11.    Greenhouse  Management  (3) — Second  semester.     Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 
A  detailed  study  of  greenhouse  construction  and  management. 

Hort.  16.  Garden  Flowers  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

The  various  species  of  annuals,  herbaceous  perennials,  bulbs,  bedding 
plants,  and  roses  and  their  cultural  requirements. 

Hort.  22.     Landscape  Gardening  (2) — First  semester. 
The   theory   and   general   principles   of   landscape   gardening   and  their 
application  to  private  and  public  areas. 

Hort.  56.  Landscape  Ornamentals  and  Floriculture  (3) — Second  semes- 
ter.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  course  dealing  with  the  basic  principles  in  the  use  of  trees,  shrubs, 
broad-leaved  evergreens,  annual  and  perennial  flowering  plants  in  orna- 
mental plantings.  Designed  for  any  students  wishing  a  broad  coverage 
in  this  field. 

Hort.  58.  Vegetable  Production  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Bot.  1  and  Soils  1. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  commercial  vegetable 
production. 

Hort.  59.  Small  Fruits  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  production  of 
small  fruits  including  grapes,  strawberries,  raspberries,  blueberries,  black- 
berries, and  cranberries. 

Hort.  61.     Processing  Industries  (2) — Second  semester. 

Early  history  and  development  of  the  various  types  of  preservation  of 
horticultural  crops,  such  as  canning,  freezing,  dehydration,  pickling  or  brin- 
ing. The  relative  importance  of  these  methods  on  state,  national  and  world- 
wide bases  are  emphasized. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  109 

Hort.  62.  Plant  Propagation  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  1. 

A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  propagation  of  horticultural  plants. 

Hort.  63.  Flower  Store  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Hort.  11.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00. 

A  study  of  the  operation  and  management  of  a  flower  store.  Laboratory 
period  devoted  to  principles  and  practice  of  floral  arrangements  and 
decoration. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Hort.  118,  119.     Seminar  (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Oral  presentation   of  the  results   of  investigational  work  by  reviewing 
recent  scientific  literature  in  the  various  phases  of  horticulture.       (Staff.) 

Hort.  121.  Plant  Operations  (2) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Agr.  Engr.  Ill,  112. 

Course  deals  with  arrangement  of  machinery  and  equipment  in  proper 
sequence  to  insure  the  most  economical  operation  of  commercial  processing 
plants,  providing  for  continuous  flow  through  the  factory.  Field  trips  to 
commercial  plants  included.  (Walls.) 

Hort.  152.  Landscape  Design  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Hort.  22,  Eng.  D.  1,  2,  Art  2, 
Surv.  1H. 

A  consideration  of  the  principles  of  landscape  design  supplemented  by 
direct  application  in  the  drafting  room.  (Shoemaker.) 

Hort.  153.  Landscape  Design  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Hort.  152. 

Advanced  landscape  design.  (Shoemaker.) 

Hort.  160.  Landscape  Maintenance  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites  or  concurrently,  Hort. 
107,  108.  (Cornell.) 

A  study  of  the  planting  and  maintenance  of  turf,  ornamental  shrubs  and 
trees.     Basic  principles  of  park  and  estate  maintenance  included. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Hort.  101,  102.  Technology  of  Fruits  (2,  2)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  Hort.  6;  Bot.  101. 

A  critical  analysis  of  research  work  and  application  of  the  principles  of 
plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical  problems  in  commercial 
production.  (Haut.) 

Hort.  103,    104.     Technology    of    Vegetables     (2, 2)— First    and    second 

semesters.     Prerequisites,  Hort.  58;  Bot.  101. 


110  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  a  description  of  these  courses  see  the  general  statement  under  Hort. 
101,  102.  (Stark.) 

Hort.  105.  Technology  of  Ornamentals  (2) — First  or  second  semester. 
Prerequisites,  Bot.  101;  Hort.  107. 

A  study  of  the  physiological  plant  processes  as  related  to  the  growth, 
flowering,  and  storage  of  floricultural  and  ornamental  plants.  (Link.) 

Hort.  106.  World  Fruits  and  Nuts  (2) — Second  semester..  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1. 

A  study  of  the  tropical  and  subtropical  fruits  and  nuts  of  economic 
importance.  (Haut.) 

Hort.  107,  108.  Plant  Materials  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisites, Bot.  1,  Bot.  11. 

A  field  and  laboratory  study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  orna- 
mental plantings.  (Cornell.) 

Hort.  114.  Systematic  Pomology  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Hort.  5,  6. 

A  study  of  the  origin,  history,  taxonomic  relationships,  and  description 
of  fruits.  (Haut.) 

Hort.  116.  Systematic  Olericulture  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Hort.  58. 

A  study  of  the  classification  and  nomenclature  of  vegetable  crops. 

(Walls.) 

Hort.  122.  Special  Problems  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Credit 
arranged  according  to  work  done.  For  major  students  in  horticulture  or 
botany.  (Staff.) 

Hort.  123.     Grading  and  Judging  of  Canned  and  Frozen  Products  (2) — 

First  semester.     One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequi- 
sites, Hort.  58,  155,  156.  (Caldwell.) 

Factors  considered  in  grading.  Actual  grading  of  principal  products  and 
critical  appraisal  for  quality  improvement. 

Hort.  124.  Quality  Control  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Hort.  123.  (Caldwell.) 

This  course  covers  the  control  of  quality  in  canned  and  frozen  vegetables 
and  fruits,  dealing  with  proper  harvesting,  grading  of  raw  products  and 
various  phases  of  preparation  and  handling,  as  well  as  the  evaluation  of 
varities. 

Hort.  126.  Nutritional  Analyses  of  Processed  Crops  (3) — Second  semes- 
ter. One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
33  and  34,  Bot.  101,  Hort.  123.  (Caldwell.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  111 

A  study  and  laboratory  practice  of  standard  methods  for  determining 
mineral,  vitamin,  carbohydrate,  protein  and  other  food  values  of  various 
fruit  and  vegetable  products. 

Hort.  150,  151.  Commercial  Floriculture  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  1, 
Hort.  11. 

Growing  and  handling  bench  crops  and  potted  plants,  and  the  marketing 
of  cut  flowers.  (Link.) 

Hort.  155.  Commercial  Processsing  I  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequsites,  Chem.  32,  34,  Hort.  61. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

The  fundamentals  of  canning,  freezing,  and  dehydration  of  horticultural 
crops.  (Walls.) 

Hort.  156.  Commercial  Processing  II  (2) — One  lecture  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Hort.  155. 

A  continuation  of  Commercial  Processing  I.  Also  includes  actual  work 
in  laboratory  of  manufacture  of  jams,  jellies,  conserves,  preserves,  mar- 
malades, and  juices.  (Walls.) 

Hort.  159.  Nursery  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites  or  concurrently,  Hort.  62, 
107,  108. 

A  study  of  all  phases  of  commercial  nursery  management  and  operations. 

(Cornell.) 
For  Graduates 

Hort.  201,  202.  Experimental  Pomology  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  Bot.  101. 

A  systematic  review  of  scientific  knowledge  and  practical  observations  as 
applied  to  commercial  practices  in  pomology.  (Schrader.) 

Hort.  203,  204.  Experimental  Olericulture  (2,2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisite,  Bot.  101. 

A  systematic  review  of  scientific  knowledge  and  practical  observations  as 
applied  to  commercial  practices  in  olericulture.  ( .) 

Hort.  205.     Experimental  Pomology  (3) — Second  semester. 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Hort.  201,  202.  (Schrader.) 

Hort.  206.  Horticultural  Cyto-genetics  (3) — Second  semester.  Prere- 
quisites, Zool.  104,  Bot.  101,  Bot.  201,  or  equivalents. 

A  course  dealing  with  the  field  of  cyto-genetics  in  relation  to  horticulture. 

( •) 

Hort.  207.  Methods  of  Horticultural  Research  (3) — Second  semester. 
One  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

A  critical  study  of  research  methods  which  are  or  may  be  used  in 
horticulture.  (Scott  and  Staff.) 


112  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Hort.  208.  Advanced  Horticultural  Research  (2  to  12) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Credit  granted  according  to  work  done.  (Staff.) 

Hort.  209.  Advanced  Seminar  (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters.  Five 
credit  hours  for  five  semesters  can  be  obtained. 

Oral  reports  with  illustrative  material  are  required  on  special  topics  or 
recent  research  publications  in  horticulture.  (Haut  and  Staff.) 

POULTRY  HUSBANDRY 

Professors  Jull,  Gwin,  Shaffner,  Combs;  Associate  Professor  Quigley. 

P.  H.  1.  Poultry  Production  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week. 

This  is  a  general  comprehensive  course  covering  all  phases  of  modern 
poultry  husbandry  practices,  including  breeds,  incubation,  brooding,  housing, 
feeding,  culling,  marketing,  caponizing,  and  the  economics  of  production  and 
distribution  of  poultry  products. 

P.  H.  2.    Poultry  Biology  (2) — Second  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  basic  information  as  a  foundation  for 
other  courses  in  poultry.  The  biology  of  the  fowl  is  considered  with  respect 
to  fundamentals  of  cell  development,  the  development  and  structure  of  the 
digestive,  circulatory,  respiratory,  reproductive  and  endocrine  systems, 
feathers,  growth,  and  related  problems. 

P.  H.  59.  Advanced  Poultry  Judging  (1) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
P.  H.  1.    One  lecture  or  laboratory  period  per  week. 

Theory  and  practice  of  judging  and  culling  by  physical  means.  Correla- 
tion studies  of  characteristics  associated  with  productivity. 

Contestant  for  regional  collegiate  judging  competitions  will  be  selected 
from  this  class. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

P.  H.  100.  Poultry  Breeding  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites, 
P.  H.  1  or  2. 

The  inheritance  of  morphological  and  physiological  characters  of  poultry 
are  presented.  Inheritance  of  factors  related  to  egg  and  meat  production 
and  quality  are  stressed.    Breeding  plans  are  discussed.  (Jull.) 

P.  H.  101.  Poultry  Nutrition  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week. 

Nutritive  requirements  of  poultry  and  the  nutrients  which  meet  those 
requirements  are  presented.  Studies  are  made  of  various  nutritional  dis- 
eases commonly  encountered  under  practical  conditions.  (Combs.) 

P.  H.  102.  Physiology  of  Hatchability  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  113 

The  physiology  of  embryonic  development  as  related  to  principles  of 
hatchability,  and  problems  of  incubation  encountered  in  the  hatchery  in- 
dustry are  discussed.  Laboratory  exercises  stressing  fundamentals  of 
hatchability  are  assigned.  (Shaffner.) 

P.  H.   103.     Commercial   Poultry   Management    (2) — Second   semester. 
Prerequisite,  ten  hours  of  poultry  husbandry,  including  P.  H.  1. 

A  symposium  on  finance,  investment,  plant  layout,  specialization,  purchase 
of  supplies,  and  management  problems  in  baby  chick,  egg,  broiler,  and 
turkey  production;  foremanship,  advertising,  selling,  by-products,  produc- 
tion and  financial  records.     Field  trips  required.  (Quigley.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

P.  H.  104.  Poultry  Marketing  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  study  the  economic  and  technological  factors 
concerned  with  the  marketing  of  poultry.  The  lectures  cover  demand  and 
supply  as  related  to  the  poultry  market,  areas  of  production,  marketing 
methods  and  marketing  costs,  with  special  emphasis  on  efficiency  in  market- 
ing. The  laboratories  are  designed  to  cover  an  introduction  to  the  practical 
problems  concerned  with  the  processing  and  marketing  of  poultry.      (Gwin.) 

P.  H.  105.  Egg  Marketing  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  study  the  economic  and  technological  factors 
concerned  with  the  marketing  of  eggs.  The  lectures  cover  demand  and 
supply  as  related  to  the  egg  market,  areas  of  production,  marketing  methods 
and  marketing  costs,  with  special  emphasis  on  efficiency  in  marketing.  The 
laboratories  are  designed  to  cover  an  introduction  to  the  practical  problems 
concerned  with  the  processing  and  marketing  of  eggs.  (Gwin.) 

Poultry  Hygiene,  see  Veterinary  Science,  V.  S.  107. 

Avian  Anatomy,  see  Veterinary  Science,  V.  S.  108. 

P.  H.  107.  Poultry  Industrial  and  Economic  Problems  (2)  —  First 
semester. 

Relation  of  poultry  to  agriculture  as  a  whole  and  its  economic  importance. 
Consumer  prejudices  and  preferences,  production,  transportation,  storage, 
and  distribution  problems  are  discussed.  Trends  in  the  industry,  surpluses 
and  their  utilization,  poultry  by-products,  and  disease  problems,  are  pre- 
sented. Federal,  state,  and  private  agencies  servicing  the  poultry  industry 
and  function  performed  by  each  agency  are  discussed.  (Staff.) 

P.  H.  108.    Special  Poultry  Problems  (1-2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
For  senior  poultry  students.    The  student  will  be  assigned  special  prob- 
lems in  the  field  of  poultry  for  individual  study  and  report.  (Staff.) 


114  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  Graduates 

P.  H.  201.  Advanced  Poultry  Genetics  (3)— First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, P.  H.  100  or  equivalent. 

This  course  serves  as  a  foundation  for  research  in  poultry  genetics.  Link- 
age, crossing-over,  inheritance  of  sex,  the  expression  of  genes  in  develop- 
ment, inheritance  of  resistance  to  disease,  and  the  influence  of  the  environ- 
ment on  the  expression  of  genetic  capacities  are  considered.  (Jull.) 

P.  H.  202.  Advanced  Poultry  Nutrition  (3) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  P.  H.  101  or 
equivalent. 

A  fundamental  study  of  the  dietary  role  of  proteins,  minerals,  vitamins, 
and  carbohydrates  is  given  as  well  as  a  study  of  the  digestion  and  meta- 
bolism of  these  substances.  Deficiency  diseases  as  produced  by  the  use  of 
synthetic  diets  are  considered.  (Combs.) 

P.  H.  203.  Physiology  of  Reproduction  of  Poultry  (3) — First  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  P.  H.  102  or 
its  equivalent. 

The  role  of  the  endocrines  in  reproduction,  especially  with  respect  to  egg 
production,  is  considered.  Fertility,  sexual  maturity,  broodiness,  molting, 
egg  formation,  ovulation,  deposition  of  egg  envelopes,  and  the  physiology  of 
oviposition  are  studied.  (Shaffner.) 

P.  H.  204.     Poultry  Seminar  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Oral  reports  of  current  researches  by  staff  members,  graduate  students, 
and  guest  speakers  are  presented.  (Staff.) 

P.  H.  205.     Poultry  Literature  (1-4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Readings  on  individual  topics  are  assigned.     Written  reports  required. 
Methods  of  analysis  and  presentation  of  scientific  material  are  discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P.  H.  206.  Poultry  Research  (1-6) — First  and  second  semesters.  Credit 
in  accordance  with  work  done. 

Practical  and  fundamental  research  with  poultry  may  be  conducted  under 
the  supervision  of  staff  members  toward  the  requirements  for  the  degrees 
of  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  (Staff.) 

P.  H.  207.  Poultry  Research  Techniques  (2) — First  semester.  One  lee 
ture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

To  acquaint  graduate  students  with  common  basic  research  techniques 
useful  in  conducting  experiments  with  poultry  or  poultry  products.  Meth- 
ods of  arranging  and  conducting  an  experiment,  of  interpreting  results 
(including  the  use  of  statistics),  of  writing  and  publishing  experimental 
results,  of  using  laboratory  equipment  (pH  meter,  colorimeter,  microscope, 
etc.),  of  purchasing  equipment,  and  of  using  scientific  periodicals  are  con- 
sidered.   Actual  laboratory  experiments  with  poultry  are  included.     (Staff.) 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  115 

VETERINARY  SCIENCE 

Professors  Brueckner  and  De  Volt;  Associate  Professors  Coffin  and  Reagan 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

V.  S.  101.  Comparative  Anatomy  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Normal  structure  of  the  domesticated  animals;  normal  physiological 
activities;  interrelationship  of  structure  and  function.  (Coffiin.) 

V.  S.  102.  Animal  Hygiene  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week. 

Nature  of  disease;  immunity;  prevention,  and  control;  common  diseases 
of  farm  animals.  (Coffin.) 

V.  S.  103.  Regional  Comparative  Anatomy  (2) — First  semester.  One 
lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Structure  and  function  of  the  foot  of  domestic  species.  Common  diseases 
and  abnormalities  of  the  foot;  their  correction  and  prevention.         (Coffin.) 

V.  S.  104.  Advanced  Regional  Comparative  Anatomy  (2) — Second  semes- 
ter.   One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  V.  S.  103. 

Advanced  studies  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  feet  of  domesti- 
cated animals.  Advanced  and  detailed  studies  of  abnormalities  and  diseases 
of  the  feet;  their  prevention  and  correction.  (Coffin.) 

V.  S.  108.  Avian  Anatomy  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Zool.  1. 

Gross  and  microscopic  structure,  physiological  processes;  dissection  and 
demonstration.  (DeVolt.) 

V.  S.  107.  Poultry  Hygiene  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Bact.  1;  P.  H.  1.  (De  Volt.) 

Virus,  bacterial,  and  protozoon  diseases;  parasitic  diseases;  prevention, 
control,  and  eradication. 

For  Graduates 

V.  S.  201.  Animal  Disease  Problems  (2-6) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Credit  in  accordance  with  work  done.  Prerequisite,  veterinary  degree  or 
consent  of  staff. 

Laboratory  and  field  work  by  assignment.  (Staff.) 

V.  S.  202.     Animal  Disease  Research  (2-6) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Credit  in  accordance  with  work  done.  Prerequisite,  veterinary  degree  or 
consent  of  staff. 

Studies  of  practical  disease  phases.  (Staff.) 

V.  S.  203.  Electron  Microscopy  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Theory  of  the  electron  microscope,  preparation  of  specimens,  manipula- 
tions, photography.  (Reagan  and  Brueckner.) 


116  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL,    EXTENSION,    RESEARCH    AND 
REGULATORY   AGENCIES 


EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Administrative  Staff 

College  Park 

Thomas  B.  Symons,  D.Agr.,  Dean,  College  of  Agriculture,  Director. 
Paul  E.  Nystrom,  M.P.A.,  Associate  Director,  Administration. 
Venia  M.  Kellar,  B.S.,  Professor,  Assistant  Director. 
Ernest  N.  Cory,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Entomology,  State  Ento- 
mologist, Assistant  Director. 
John  W.  Magruder,  M.S.,  Professor  and  County  Agent  Leader. 
Arthur  E.  Durfee,  M.S.,  Professor  and  Extension  Editor. 
Dorothy  Emerson,  Professor,  Girls'  Club  Leader. 
Mylo  S.  Downey,  M.A.,  Professor,  Boys'  Club  Leader. 
Florence  H.  Mason,  B.S.,  Professor,  Home  Furnishing,  District  Agent. 
Elliott  M.  Elliott,  Accountant. 

Cooperative  Extension  work  in  agriculture  and  home  economics,  estab- 
lished by  State  and  Federal  Laws  in  1914,  is  designed  to  assist  farmers  and 
their  families  in  the  problems  of  agriculture  and  rural  homes.  Most  of 
the  work  is  carried  on  in  the  local  communities,  on  the  farms  and  in  the 
homes  throughout  the  State.  It  is  conducted  under  a  Memorandum  of 
Understanding  between  the  Extension  Service  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  Federal  Government,  the  State,  and  the  Counties  contribute  to  the 
support  of  the  Extension  Service  in  Maryland.  There  is  a  County  Exten- 
sion Service  in  each  county,  with  a  County  Agricultural  Agent  and  Home 
Demonstration  Agent  in  charge,  and  assistants  where  funds  permit  and  the 
work  requires.  Backed  by  a  staff  of  Specialists  at  the  University,  these 
Agents  are  in  close  contact  with  rural  people  and  their  problems. 

Practically  every  phase  of  agriculture  and  rural  home  life  comes  within 
the  scope  of  Extension  work.  The  Extension  Service  teaches  largely  by 
demonstrations  and  carries  the  scientific  and  economic  results  of  the  Experi- 
ment Station  and  Department  of  Agriculture  to  rural  people  in  ways  that 
they  understand  and  use. 

In  Maryland,  the  Extension  Service  works  in  close  association  with  all  rural 
groups  and  organizations.  It  assists  especially  in  promoting  better  marketing 
of  farm  products  and  encourages  the  marketing  of  home  supplies  by  rural 
women.  Work  with  rural  women  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  phases  of 
extension  education,  including  both  the  practical  problems  of  the  home  and 
the  cultural,  economic,  and  community  activities  in  which  present-day 
women  are  engaging. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  117 

In  addition  to  work  with  adults,  thousands  of  hoys  and  girls  are  developed 
as  leaders  and  given  practical  education  in  4-H  Clubs.  Through  their 
diversified  activities,  the  boys  and  girls  are  given  a  valuable  type  of  in- 
struction and  training,  and  are  afforded  an  opportunity  to  develop  self- 
confidence,  perseverence  and  citizenship. 

Extension  Short  Courses 

The  Extension  Service  arranges  and  conducts  short  courses  in  various 
lines,  most  of  which  are  held  at  the  University.  Some  of  these  courses 
have  been  held  regularly  over  a  period  of  years  and  others  are  added  as 
the  need  and  demand  develop. 

Canners'  Short  Course 

For  many  years  a  short  course  has  been  held  each  year  to  aid  canners 
in  keeping  abreast  of  the  latest  developments  in  their  industry.  It  is 
usually  held  in  February. 

Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

In  response  to  requests  of  rural  women  for  special  training  in  a  variety 
of  subjects,  the  Rural  Women's  Short  Course  was  inaugurated  in  1922. 
Attendance  at  the  course,  extending  for  one  week,  has  grown  steadily, 
reaching  more  than  one  thousand  women  at  recent  sessions.  The  program 
offered  has  been  broadened  through  the  years  and  attracts  women  from  all 
counties  in  the  State.    The  third  week  in  June  is  the  date  usually  selected. 

Other  Short  Courses 

Courses  for  nurserymen,  florists,  poultry  flock  selection  agents,  and  cow 
testers  are  among  those  held  in  recent  years.  Announcement  of  such 
courses  is  made  to  those  who  may  be  interested. 

Boys'  and  Girls'  Club  Week 

Members  and  leaders  of  boys'  and  girls'  4-H  Clubs  come  to  the  University 
for  a  week  each  year,  usually  in  August.  Class  work  and  demonstrations 
are  given  by  specialists,  and  a  broad  program  of  education,  inspiration  and 
recreation  is  provided. 

EXTENSION  SERVICE  STAFF* 

Subject  Matter  Specialists 

George  J.  Abrams,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Apiculture. 
Clementine  B.  Anslinger,  A.B.,  Assistant,  Marketing. 
Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Botany  and  Plant  Pathology. 
George  M.  Beal,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing. 
Walter  C.  Bevan,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Marketing  Inspection. 


*  Many  of  the  members  of  the  Extension  Service  staff  are  also  on  the  Instructional  staff, 
or  the  Experiment  Station  staff,  or  both.  Lists  of  the  staffs  of  these  two  agencies  appear 
elsewhere  in  this  publication. 


118  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Edward  K.  Bender,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Vegetable  Crops. 

William  E.  Bickley,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology. 

Theodore  L.  Bissell,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Extension  Entomology. 

Rowland  C.  Brandenburg,  B.S.,  Assistant,  Entomology. 

Maurice  Bridgman,  Assistant  Professor,  Markets. 

Russell  G.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Botany. 

John  Buric,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Animal  Husbandry. 

George  J.  Burkhardt,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering. 

Thomas  L.  Butler,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Markets. 

Gordon  M.  Cairns,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Dairy  Husbandry. 

Ray  W.  Carpenter,  LL.B.,  Professor  and  Head,  Agricultural  Engineering, 
State  Drainage  Engineer. 

Gerald  F.  Combs,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Poultry. 

Pardon  W.  Cornell,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Ornamental  Horticulture. 

Carroll  E.  Cox,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Plant  Pathology. 

Harry  W.  Dengler,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Forestry. 

Samuel  H.  DeVault,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Agricultural  Economics 
and  Marketing. 

Randolph  H.  Duff,  Instructor,  Assistant  in  Visual  Instruction. 

Charles  0.  Dunbar,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture. 

Jean  Evans,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Bulletin  Editor. 

Rudolph  S.  Forrester,  Assistant  Professor,  Marketing. 

James  R.  Foster,  M.S.,  Instructor,  Entomology. 

John  E.  Foster,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Animal  Husbandry. 

Guy  W.  Gienger,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Engel  L.  R.  Gilbert,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology. 

Marshall  R.  Godwin,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Economics 
and  Marketing. 

Castillo  Graham,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Field  Entomologist. 

James  M.  Gwin,  M.S.,  Professor,  Poultry  Marketing. 

Arthur  B.  Hamilton,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Economics 
and  Farm  Management. 

Irvin  C.  Haut,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Horticulture. 

Elizabeth  E.  Haviland,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology. 

Russell  C.  Hawes,  M.S.,  Professor,  Marketing. 

Russell  H.  Hinds,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry. 

Harold  Hoecker,  B.S.,  Research  Assistant,  Marketing. 

Louis  C.  Holland,  Assistant  Professor,  Marketing. 

Mabel  G.  Howell,  B.S.  Assistant,  Marketing. 

Walter  F.  Jeffers,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Plant  Pathology. 

Robert  A.  Jehle,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Plant  Pathology,  State  Pathologist. 

Eben  C.  Jenkins,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  and  Extension  Specialist  in 
Distribution. 

Morley  A.  Jull,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Poultry  Husbandry. 

Malcolm  Kerr,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  119 

Albert  V.  Krewatch,  M.S.,  E.E.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural 
Engineering,  Rural  Electrification. 

Albin  0.  Kuhn,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head,  Agronomy. 

George  S.  Langford,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Entomology. 

Conrad  B.  Link,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Floriculture. 

Margaret  T.  Loar,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  and  District  Agent,  County 
Home  Demonstration  Work. 

John  E.  Mahoney,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Marketing. 

Arthur  F.  Martin,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Marketing. 

Ellis  Martin,  B.S.,  Laboratory  Assistant,  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Florence  H.  Mason,  B.S.,  Professor,  Home  Furnishing,  District  Agent. 

William  A.  Matthews,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Vegetable  Crops  and 
Markets. 

Charles  E.  McCain,  Assistant  Professor,  Marketing. 

Harold  S.  McConnell,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Entomology. 

William  R.  McKnight,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Egg  Inspection  and 
Marketing,  County  Agent  at  Large. 

Margaret  McPheeters,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Nutrition. 

Charles  P.  Merrick,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Drainage  Engineering. 

Amos  R.  Meyer,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  State  Department  of  Markets. 

John  E.  Moore,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Plant  Pathology. 

Omar  D    Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology. 

James  B.  Outhouse,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry. 

Charles  W.  Porter,  B.A.,  Assistant  Professor,  State  Markets. 

Ralph  A.  Porterfield,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Dairy  Husbandry,  Artificial 
Insemination. 

Walter  B.  Posey,  M.S.,  Professor,  Tobacco. 

John  W.  Pou,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy. 

George  D.  Quigley,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Husbandry. 

Wade  H.  Rice,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry. 

Edward  M.  Rider,  B.A.,  Assistant  Professor,  Information  Specialist. 

Marvin  E.  Senger,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Dairy  Husbandry,  Artificial  Insemi- 
nation. 

Clyne  S.  Shaffner,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry. 

James  B.  Shanks,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Floriculture. 

Carolyn  L.  Shaver,  B.S.,  Instructor,  4-H  and  Home  Economics  Informa- 
tion Specialist. 

Helen  Shelby,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Clothing. 

Virginia  C.  Sherburne,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  State  Department  of 
Markets. 

Mark  M.  Shoemaker,  M.L.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Landscape  Gardening. 

Helen  I.  Smith,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor,  Home  Management. 

Delbert  W.  Squires,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology. 

Stanley  P.  Stabler,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy. 

Francis  C.  Stark,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Vegetable  Gardening. 

Franklin  B.  Stewart,  M.S.,  Assistant  in  Soils. 


120  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Howard  L.  Stier,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Chief,  Marketing. 

George  A.  Stevens,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Economics 

and  Marketing. 
Perry  F.  Twining,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry. 
Joseph  M.  Vial,  B.S.,  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry. 
Albert  F.  Vierheller,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture. 
Edgar  P.  Walls,  Ph.D.,  Professor,  Canning  Crops. 

Edwin  J.  Weatherby,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Artificial  Insemination. 
L.  C.  Weaver,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Plant  Pathology. 
Boyd  T.  Whittle,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry. 
Walter    S.    Wilson,    B.S.,    Associate    Profsesor,    Assistant    Boys'    Club 
Leader. 

County  Agents  (Field) 

County  Name  and  Title  Headquarters 

Allegany Ralph  F.  McHenry,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Cumberland 

Anne  Arundel...   Stanley  E.  Day,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore  Horace  B.  Derrick,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Towson 

Calvert   Robert  M.  Hall,  A.B. 

Associate  Professor Prince  Frederick 

Caroline    Francis  M.  Rogers,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Denton 

Carroll    Landon  C.  Burns,  B.S., 

Associated  Professor Westminster 

Cecil Richard  S.  Sutton,  B.A., 

Associate    Professor Elkton 

Charles  Paul  D.  Brown,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor La  Plata 

Dorchester   Harry  W.  Begg,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Cambridge 

Frederick    Henry  R.  Shoemaker,  M.A., 

Associate  Professor Frederick 

Garrett   John  H.  Carter,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor Oakland 

Harford Henry  M.  Carroll,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor Bel  Air 

Howard Warren  G.  Myers,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor Ellicott  City 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  121 

Kent James  D.  McVean,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery  ....   Otto  W.  Anderson,  M.S. 

Associate  Professor Rockville 

Prince  Georges. .   Percy  E.  Clark,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Upper  Marlboro 

Queen  Annes. . . .   James  W.  Eby,  B.S. 

Associate  Professor Centreville 

St.  Marys Joseph  J.  Johnson, 

Associate  Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence  Z.  Keller,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Princess  Anne 

Talbot  Rudolph  S.  Brown,  B.S., 

Associate    Professor Easton 

Washington    Mark  K.  Miller,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico    James  P.  Brown,  B.S., 

Associate    Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Robert  T.  Grant,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Snow  Hill 

Assistant  County  Agents 

Allegany Joseph  M.  Steeger,  B.S.,  Instructor Cumberland 

Anne  Arundel 

and    Calvert. .     W.  B.  Vanderford,  B.S.,  Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore   Frank  R.  McFarland,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Instructor Towson 

Caroline    Richard  A.  Greenwood,  B.S.,  Instructor Denton 

Carroll J.  R.  Schabinger,  M.A.,  Instructor Westminster 

Cecil     M.  Gist  Welling,  B.S.,  Instructor Elkton 

Charles  and 

St.  Mary's J.  Maguire  Mattingly,  Jr.,  B.S., 

Instructor    Leonardtown 

Dorchester  and 

Talbot Charles  W.  Crawford,  Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick   Hugh  B.  Jones,  B.S.,  Instructor Frederick 

Harford Robert  K.  Bechtold,  B.S.,  Instructor Bel  Air 

Howard    Robert  D.  Martin,  B.S.,  Instructor Ellicott  City 

Kent    Stanley  B.  Sutton,  Instructor Chestertown 


122  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Montgomery  ....    Roscoe  N.  Whipp,  B.S.,  Instructor Rockville 

Prince  Georges..   Francis  A.  Gray,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Instructor .. Upper  Marlboro 

Queen   Anne's. .  .    Robert  L.  Cain,  B.S.,  Instructor Centreville 

Washington    Raymond  G.  Mueller,  B.S.,  Instructor Hagerstown 

Wicomico    James  A.  Duncan,  B.S.,  Instructor Salisbury 

Local  Agents — Negro  Work 

Southern  Mary- 
land     Martin  G.  Bailey,  B.S., 

Instructor,  District  Agent Seat  Pleasant 

Eastern  Shore. . .   Louis  H.  Martin,  Instructor Princess  Anne 

Charles   Milbourne  Hull,  B.S.,  Instructor Bryan's  Road 

Prince  Georges. .   James  R.  Taylor,  B.S.,  Instructor Upper  Marlboro 

Calvert  and 
Anne  Arundel.    J.  R.  Jennings,  B.S.,  Instructor Huntingtown 

Assistant  Local  Agents — Negro  Work 

Montgomery  ....    ,    Instructor Spencerville 

County  Home  Demonstration  Agents  (Field) 

Allegany Maude  A.  Bean,  Associate  Professor Cumberland 

Anne  Arundel...   Miriam  F.  Parmenter,  B.S. 

Associate    Professor    Annapolis 

Baltimore  Anna  Trentham,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor Towson 

Baltimore   City..   Margaret  0.  Holloway,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Baltimore 

Calvert   Mrs.  Florence  E.  Buchanan,  B.S., 

Associate   Professor Prince   Frederick 

Caroline    Bessie  M.  Spafford,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor. .  .Denton 

Carroll    Evelyn  D.  Scott,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor.  .Westminster 

Charles   Mrs.  Anna  S.  Wills,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor La  Plata 

Dorchester   Hattie  E.  Brooks, 

Associate  Professor Cambridge 

Frederick    Beatrice  Fehr,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor Frederick 

Garrett   Eleanor  K.  Dearborn,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Oakland 

Harford    Alga  D.  Weaver,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor Bel  Air 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  123 

Howard Mrs.  Helen  L.  Gordon,  B.S., 

Associate   Professor Ellicott   City 

Kent    Clara  L.  Falls,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor.  .Chestertown 

Montgomery Edythe  M.  Turner,  B.S.,  Associate  Prof essor . .  Rockville 

Prince  Georges..  Ethel  M.  Regan,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor.  .Hyattsville 

Queen  Annes Ruby  Brant,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor Centreville 

St.  Marys Ethel  M.  Joy,  A.B.,  Associate  Professor. . . Leonardtown 

Somerset Hilda  Topfer,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Princess  Anne 

Talbot   Margaret  Smith,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Easton 

Washington   Ardath  E.  Martin,  B.S., 

Associate  Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico    Nell  G.  Grim,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor Salisbury 

Worcester ,  Associate  Professor. .  .Snow  Hill 

Assistant  County  Home  Demonstration  Agents 

Allegany Thelma  Allin,  B.S.,  Instructor Cumberland 

Anne  Arundel. . .  Joan  L.  Giddings,  B.S.,  Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore  Elaine  Akehurst,  B.S.,  Instructor Towson 

Carroll    Dorothy  Haines,  Instructor Westminster 

Dorchester    Dorothy  Fox,  Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick    Evelyn  Hutson,  B.S.,  Instructor Frederick 

Harford Doris  P.  Keplinger,  B.S.,  Instructor Bel  Air 

Montgomery  ....  Virginia  L.  McLuckie,  B.S.,  Instructor Rockville 

Prince    George's.  Betty  Wilson,  B.S.,  Instructor Hyattsville 

Washington    ....  Margaret  Watson,  B.S.,  Instructor Hagerstown 

Local  Home  Demonstration  Agents — Negro  Work 

Charles  and 

St.  Marys Naomi  Turner,  B.S.,  Instructor Bryan's  Road 

Prince  Georges 

and  Mont-  Ethel  L.  Bianchi,  B.S.,  Instructor Seat  Pleasant 

Somerset  and 

Wicomico Mrs.  Omega  M.  Jones,  A.B.,  Instructor. .  .Princess  Anne 


124  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

W.  B.  Kemp,  Director 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  is  for  Maryland  agriculture  what 
the  research  laboratories  are  for  large  corporations.  Maryland  agriculture 
is  made  up  of  forty  thousand  small  individual  businesses,  and  there  is  not 
sufficient  capital,  or  sufficient  income  so  that  any  one  of  these  can  con- 
duct research.  Yet  the  problems  which  face  a  biological  undertaking  such 
as  farming,  are  as  numerous  and  perplexing  as  the  problems  of  any  busi- 
ness. Certainly  our  production  of  food  would  be  much  more  costly  if  it  were 
not  for  the  research  results  that  have  been  obtained  by  the  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station. 

The  station  is  a  joint  Federal  and  State  undertaking.  Passage  of  the 
Hatch  Act  in  1887,  which  made  available  a  grant  in  aid  to  each  state  for 
the  purpose  of  establishing  an  agricultural  experiment  station,  gave  a 
great  impetus  to  the  development  of  research  work  in  agriculture.  This 
work  was  further  encouraged  by  the  passage  of  the  Adams  Act  in  1906, 
the  Purnell  Act  in  1925,  the  Bankhead-Jones  Act  in  1935,  and  the 
Flannagan-Hope  Act  of  1946. 

The  work  of  the  Maryland  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  which  is 
supported  by  these  Acts  and  by  State  appropriations  centers  at  College 
Park.  On  the  University  campus  are  to  be  found  laboratories  for  study- 
ing insects  and  diseases,  soil  fertility  problems,  botanical  problems,  and 
others.  This  is  also  the  location  of  the  livestock  and  dairy  barns  with  their 
experimental  herds.  About  eight  miles  from  the  campus  at  College  Park, 
near  Beltsville,  the  Plant  Research  Farm  of  about  500  acres  is  devoted  to  work 
connected  with  soil  fertility,  plant  breeding  and  general  horticultural  prob- 
lems. An  experimental  farm  near  Upper  Marlboro  is  given  over  exclusively 
to  the  problems  of  tobacco  growing  and  curing.  A  farm  near  Salisbury 
is  devoted  to  solution  of  the  problems  of  producers  of  broilers  and  of  vege- 
table crops  in  the  southern  Eastern  Shore  area.  Near  Ellicott  City  a  farm  of 
234  acres  is  devoted  to  livestock  problems.  Also  tests  of  various  crop 
and  soil  responses  are  distributed  throughout  the  State.  These  different 
locations  give  a  chance  to  conduct  experiments  under  conditions  which 
exist  where  the  results  will  be  put  into  practice. 

The  Station,  in  general  exists  as  the  "trouble-shooter"  for  Maryland 
farmers.  The  solution  of  many  difficult  problems  in  the  past  has  given  the 
Maryland  station  an  excellent  standing  with  farmers  of  the  State. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  125 

AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION  STAFF* 

William  B.  Kemp,  Dircetor 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 

Samuel  H.  DeVault Professor  and  Head, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
George  M.  Beal,  Ph.D Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 

Arthur  M.  Hamilton,  M.S Associate  Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Farm  Management 
Paul  R.  Poffenberger,  M.S Associate  Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
Stanley  C.  Shull,  M.S Associate  Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
William  P.  Walker,  M.S Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
Luther  B.  Bohanan,  M.S Assistant  Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 
Harold  D.  Smith,  M.S Assistant  Professor, 

Agricultural  Economics  and  Marketing 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Ray  W.  Carpenter,  A.B.,  LL.B., Professor  and  Head, 

Agricultural  Engineering,  State  Drainage  Engineer 
George  J.  Burkhardt,  M.S Associate  Professor, 

Agricultural  Engineering 
Albert  V.  Krewatch,  M.S Associate  Professor, 

Agricultural  Engineering 
Harry  J.  Hoffmeister,  B.S Assistant  Professor, 

Agricultural  Engineering 
Paul  N.  Winn,  Jr.,  B.S Assistant  Professor, 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agricultural  Education 

Ray  A.  Murray,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Education 

Agronomy 

Albin  0.  Kuhn,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Agronomy 

Walter  B.  Posey,  M.S Professor,  Tobacco 

Russell  G.  Rothgeb,  Ph.D Professor,  Agronomy 


*  Many  of  the  members  of  the  Experiment  Station  staff  are  also  on  the  Instructional 
staff,  or  the  Extension  Service  Staff,  or  both.  Lists  of  the  staffs  of  these  two  agencies 
appear  elsewhere  in  this  publication. 


126  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Royle  P.  Thomas,  Ph.D Professor,  Soils 

John  H.  Axley,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Soils 

Orman  E.  Street,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Tobacco 

Ambrose  W.  Burger,  M.S Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy 

Conrad  Liden,  M.S Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy 

Thomas  S.  Ronningen,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy 

Howard  B.  Winant,  M.S Assistant  Professor,  Soils 

Lester  E.  Hogue,  B.S Instructor,  Agronomy 

Agronomy — Seed  Inspection 

Forrest  S.  Holmes,  M.S Chief  Seed  Inspector 

Animal  Husbandry 

John  E.  Foster,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Animal  Husbandry 

Willard  W.  Green,  Ph.D Professor,  Animal  Husbandry 

Malcolm  H.  Kerr,  M.S Associate  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry 

James  B.  Outhouse,  M.S Associate  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry 

John  Buric,   B.S Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Husbandry 

Animal  Pathology 

Arthur  L.  Brueckner,  B.S.,  D.V.M Director,  LSSS 

Harold  M.  DeVolt,  M.S.,  D.V.M Professor,  Pathology 

Leo  J.  Poelma,  M.S.,  D.V.M Professor,  Pathology 

Robert  E.  Swope,  V.M.D Associate  Professor 

Cornelia  M.  Cotton,  Ph.D Cooperative  Agent 

Botany,  Plant  Physiology,  and  Pathology 

Ronald  Bamford,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Botany 

Hugh  G.  Gauch,  Ph.D Professor,  Plant  Physiology 

Walter  F.  Jeffers,  Ph.D Professor,  Plant  Pathology 

Robert  A.  Jehle,  Ph.D Professor,  Plant  Pathology,  State  Pathologist 

Russell  G.  Brown,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Botany 

Carroll  E.  Cox,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Plant  Pathology 

Delbert  T.  Morgan,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor,  Botany 

Omar  D.  Morgan,  M.S Assistant  Professor,  Plant  Pathology 

Leslie  0.  Weaver,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor,  Plant  Pathology 

Virginia  Corp,  B.S Instructor,  Plant  Pathology 

John  E.  Moore,  B.S Instructor,  Plant  Pathology 

Robert  D.  Rappleye,  Ph.D Instructor,  Botany 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  127 

Dairy  Husbandry 

Gordon  M.  Cairns,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Dairy  Husbandry 

"Wendell  S.  Arbuckle,  Ph.D Professor,  Dairy  Manufacturing 

Vuokko  P.  Saarinen,  Ph.D Visiting  Professor,  Dairy  Husbandry 

Joseph  C.  Shaw,  Ph.D Professor,  Dairy  Husbandry 

Joseph  F.  Mattick,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Manufacturing 

Matthew  F.  Ellmore,  M.S Instructor,  Dairy  Husbandry 

J.  Oakley  Hall,  B.S Instructor  and  Assistant  Inspector, 

Dairy  Manufacturing 
Entomology 

Ernest  N.  Cory,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Entomology, 

State  Entomologist 

William  A.  Bickley,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Entomology 

Lewis  P.  Ditman,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Entomology 

Harold  S.  McConnell,  M.S Associate  Professor,  Entomology 

George  J.  Abram:,  M.S Assistant  Professor,  Apiculture 

Elizabeth  E.  Haviland,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor,  Entomology 

James  F.  Foster,  M.S Instructor,  Entomology 

Horticulture 

Irvin   C.   Haut,  Ph.D Professor  and  Head,  Horticulture 

Amihud  Kramer,  Ph.D Professor,  Horticulture 

Conrad   B.   Link,   Ph.D Professor,  Floriculture 

Albert  L.  Schrader,  Ph.D Professor,  Pomology 

Leland  E.  Scott,  Ph.D Professor,  Horticultural  Physiology 

Edgar  P.  Walls,  Ph.D Professor,  Canning  Crops 

Joseph  S.  Caldwell,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Processing 

Pardon  W.  Cornell,  M.S..  .Associate  Professor,  Ornamental  Horticulture 

William  A.  Matthews,  M.S Associate  Professor,  Vegetable  Crops 

James  B.  Shanks,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Floriculture 

Francis  C.  Stark,  Jr.,  Ph.D Associate  Professor,  Vegetable  Crops 

Poultry 

Morley  A.  Jull,  Ph.D Prof essor  and  Head,  Poultry  Husbandry 

Gerald  F.  Combs,  Ph.D Professor,  Poultry  Nutrition 

James  M.  Gwin,  Ph.D Professor,  Poultry  Marketing 

Mary  Juhn,  Ph.D Research  Professor,  Poultry  Physiology 

Clyne  S.  Shaffner,  Ph.D Professor,  Poultry  Physiology 

Mary  Shore,  Ph.D Professor,  Poultry  Nutrition 

George  D.  Quigley,  B.S Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Husbandry 


128  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

MARYLAND  STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  MARKETS 

Agriculture  Building,  College  Park,  Maryland 

S.   H.   DeVault,   Head,   Department  of   Agricultural   Economics    and 

Marketing. 
Howard  L.  Stier,  Chief,  Maryland  State  Department  of  Markets. 

All  of  the  activities  of  the  State  Department  of  Markets  are  geared  to  the 
importance  in  modern  agriculture  of  the  problems  of  marketing  farm 
products.  The  Department  endeavors  to  serve  the  every-day  needs  of  the 
farmer  in  marketing  his  products  and  to  insure  a  fair  and  equitable  treat- 
ment of  the  farmer  in  all  dealings  which  he  may  have  concerning  the 
marketing  of  his  products.  In  the  performance  of  these  responsibilities, 
the  Department  carries  out  programs  in  extension  marketing,  conducts 
market  surveys,  compiles  and  disseminates  marketing  information  and 
market  data,  operates  a  market  news  service,  provides  an  agricultural  in- 
spection and  grading  service,  maintains  a  consumer  information  service 
and  enforces  and  interprets  the  agricultural  marketing  laws  of  the  state. 
The  regulatory  aspects  of  the  Department's  functions  are  carried  out  as 
the  agent  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  under  the  authority  of  various 
State  laws  relating  to  the  marketing  of  farm  products.  A  close  working 
relationship  is  maintained  with  other  specialists  in  the  Extension  Service, 
all  departments  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  the  Maryland 
Crop  Reporting  Service,  and  the  Production  and  Marketing  Administration 
of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  voluntary  and  dynamic  co- 
operation of  the  personnel  in  these  various  activities  brings  to  bear  on 
agricultural  marketing  problems  an  effective  combination  of  research,  educa- 
tion,  and   service. 

The  passage  of  the  Federal  Agricultural  Research  and  Marketing  Act 
gave  additional  impetus  to  the  study  and  solution  of  agriculture's  market- 
ing problems.  The  State  Department  of  Markets  is  largely  responsible  for 
developing  the  state  program  under  Title  II  of  this  act. 

Information  and  assistance  in  all  phases  of  marketing  is  available  to  all 
interested  persons.  When  a  sufficient  number  of  individuals  is  interested, 
marketing  specialists  hold  meetings  and  demonstrations  in  local  com- 
munities. Field  offices  are  located  in  Baltimore,  Salisbury,  Hancock,  Hagers- 
town  and  Pocomoke.  Department  headquarters  is  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Market  Price  Reporting 

Market  reports  covering  more  than  100  farm  products  are  issued  daily  in 
cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  whose  nation-wide 
teletype  facilities  are  utilized  in  this  service.  These  reports  contain  infor- 
mation on  market  conditions  and  prices  of  crops,  livestock  and  other  agri- 
cultural products.  The  information  in  these  reports  is  obtained  from 
producing  areas   in   Maryland   and   from  terminal  markets   and   shipping 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  129 

points  all  over  the  United  States.  The  information  is  published  in  local 
newspapers,  broadcast  over  all  major  radio  stations  in  the  state,  and  mailed 
in  mimeographed  form  to  anyone  requesting  it.  Eleven  different  market 
price  reports  are  currently  issued  covering  prices  of  dairy  products,  live- 
stock, truck  crops,  poultry,  grain,  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables,  feed  and  eggs. 
A  weekly  Retail  Market  Report  is  issued  in  Baltimore,  which  gives  cur- 
rent retail  prices  for  approximately  100  commodities  including  fruits, 
vegetables,  meats  and  dairy  products. 

Marketing  Information  Service 

In  addition  to  the  daily  market  reports,  a  periodic  analysis  of  the  agri- 
cultural marketing  situation  is  prepared  at  the  headquarters  in  College 
Park.  This  report  contains  information  on  market  supplies,  quality,  price 
trends,  storage  holdings,  and  movement  of  farm  products.  Other  periodic 
information  available  in  the  marketing  information  series  includes  the 
monthly  truck  crop  news;  the  monthly  poultry  letter,  weekly  crop  and 
weather  report;  truck  receipts  in  Baltimore  City  of  fresh  fruits  and  vege- 
tables, issued  daily  with  a  monthly  summary;  and  a  weekly  report  of  the 
volume  of  broilers  moved  from  farms  to  market  in  the  Delmarva  Peninsula. 

Grading  and  Inspection  Service 

Any  Maryland  producer  or  handler  of  farm  products  may  avail  himself 
of  the  official  federal-state  grading  service  that  is  maintained  by  the  de- 
partment. Thoroughly  trained  and  federally  licensed  inspectors  are  em- 
ployed to  perform  this  official  grading  service.  Products  graded  and 
inspected  include  apples,  peaches,  tomatoes,  potatoes,  sweet  potatoes,  can- 
nery tomatoes,  cannery  peas,  cannery  corn,  dairy  products,  poultry  and 
eggs  and  other  farm  products.  The  State  Department  of  Markets  also  issues 
final  inspection  and  certification  for  the  Seed  Certification  Board  on  Irish 
and  sweet  potatoes  and  tomato  seed  stock.  Maryland  canners  frequently 
base  their  prices  to  farmers  on  the  grades  established  by  the  grading  and 
inspection  service  rendered  by  the  department.  Established  U.  S.  grades 
and  standards  are  usually  used  in  this  grading  program,  however,  special 
grades  and  standards  of  quality  may  be  used  if  the  grower  or  processor  so 
desires. 

Certain  personnel  of  the  department  are  deputized  by  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Health  to  act  as  its  agent  in  preventing  the  sale  or  shipment  of 
fruits  and  vegetables  containing  excessive  spray  residue.  As  a  service  to 
growers  and  handlers,  members  of  the  department  will  obtain  samples  and 
have  chemical  analyses  made  to  determine  the  amount  of  poisonous  spray 
residue  present. 

General  Marketing  Services 

Through  its  Extension  activities,  the  department  endeavors  to  bring 
about  a  better  understanding  by  producers,  handlers  and  consumers  regard- 


130  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ing:  (1)  costs  of  distribution;  (2)  important  changes  in  market  outlets 
and  consumer  demand;  (3)  importance  of  efficiently  producing  high-quality 
products;  (4)  advantages  of  standardizing  and  grading;  (5)  the  place  that 
various  marketing  agencies  play  in  the  marketing  system  and  the  essen- 
tials for  their  success;  (6)  interpretation  and  utilization  of  marketing 
information  and  (7)  the  various  phases  and  channels  of  the  marketing 
system. 

Meetings  are  held  with  growers  and  distributors  throughout  the  state 
to  discuss  with  them  their  special  marketing  problems.  The  marketing 
specialists  work  with  other  extension  personnel  or  research  personnel  in  the 
Experiment  Station  in  the  development  of  a  program  designed  to  solve 
these  problems. 

The  department  assists  in  planning  and  conducting  short  courses  and 
special  schools  involving  various  aspects  of  marketing  such  as  the  annual 
Poultry  Products  Marketing  School,  short  courses  for  canners  and  freezers, 
grading  and  inspection  demonstrations,  etc.  Another  aspect  of  the  exten- 
sion marketing  program  of  the  department  is  the  assistance  given  on 
marketing  facilities  such  as  farm  markets  and  auctions. 

Consumer  Information 

The  Department  maintains  a  full-time  office  in  the  city  of  Baltimore  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  continuous  consumer  information.  This  service  pro- 
vides the  consumer  with  information  concerning  best  buys  of  perishable 
produce,  and  methods  of  utilizing  surplus  products.  This  service  aids  in 
the  prompt  movement  of  perishable  produce  at  times  of  surplus  produc- 
tion and  market  gluts.  A  weekly  retail  price  report  is  issued  as  a  part  of 
this  service  in  addition  to  a  specially  prepared  radio  script  and  press  re- 
leases on  best  buys.  This  program  is  conducted  in  close  cooperation  with 
the  Home  Demonstration  Agent  of  Baltimore  City. 

Marketing  Demonstrations 

In  order  to  apply  the  results  of  marketing  research,  the  Department 
conducts  from  time  to  time  demonstrations  of  certain  marketing  practices 
which  research  has  shown  to  be  more  efficient.  These  demonstrations  are 
frequently  conducted  in  cooperation  with  retail  and  wholesale  market 
organizations.  When  the  effects  of  certain  marketing  research  are  impor- 
tant and  far  reaching,  the  Department  conducts  demonstrations  of  the 
application  immediately  following  the  research  findings. 

Regulatory  and  Control  Activities 

From  time  to  time  the  state  has  passed  laws  relative  to  the  marketing 
of  farm  products  which  provide  certain  standards  and  controls  deemed 
necessary  for  the  common  good  of  both  the  producer  and  the  consumer. 
The  department  acts  as  the  agent  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  in  the 
enforcement  of  these  laws  which  include  (1)  the  Maryland  Apple  Grading 
Law,  (2)  the  Maryland  Fresh  Egg  and  Egg  Grading  Law,  (3)  Poultry  Sale 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  131 

and  Transportation  Law,  (4)  Cantaloupe  Maturity  Law,  (5)  the  Trademark 
Law  and  (6)  the  Grading  and  Inspection  Laws.  The  department  has  de- 
pended upon  its  educational  activities  and  the  cooperation  of  the  grower  or 
handler  for  the  successful  enforcement  of  the  above  laws.  Legal  action  is 
taken,  however,  when  such  measures  fail.  The  greatest  activity  has  been 
directed  in  recent  years  to  the  enforcement  of  the  Maryland  Fresh  Egg  and 
Egg  Grading  Law.  This  law  was  revised  by  the  State  Legislature  in  1945  in 
order  to  make  it  more  effective  in  creating  a  better  demand  for  higher 
quality  Maryland  eggs.  Principal  effort  has  been  concentrated  in  Balti- 
more City  with  retailers  and  wholesalers.  Promising  progress  has  been 
made  during  recent  years. 

The  State  Department  of  Markets  is  also  authorized  by  law  to  execute, 
as  the  agent  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  the  general  powers  of  the 
Board  relating  to  the  inspection  and  regulation  of  weights  and  measures 
used  in  the  sale  and  purchase  of  agricultural  products. 

STATE  HORTICULTURAL  DEPARTMENT 

College  Park,  Maryland 

T.  B.  Symons,  Director  of  Extension  Service. 

E.  N.  Cory,  Assistant  Director  of  Extension  Service,  State  Entomologist. 

R.  A.  Jehle,  State  Plant  Pathologist. 

The  State  Horticultural  Law  was  enacted  in  1898.  It  provides  for  in- 
spection of  all  nurseries  and  suppression  of  injurious  insects  and  diseases 
affecting  plants  of  all  kinds.  The  work  of  the  department  is  conducted  in 
close  association  with  the  departments  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Pathology 
of  the  University.  The  regulatory  work  is  conducted  under  authority  of 
the  law  creating  the  department  as  well  as  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 
For  administrative  purposes,  the  department  is  placed  under  the  Extension 
Service  of  the  University  because  of  the  close  association  of  the  work. 

Work  in  this  field  is  designed  to  control  insects  and  plant  diseases  and 
to  protect  the  public  in  the  purchase  of  products  of  nurserymen  and 
florists.  A  considerable  part  of  the  time  of  the  staff  is  occupied  by  inspec- 
tion of  orchards,  crops,  nurseries,  greenhouses,  and  floral  establishments. 
Cooperation  with  the  Federal  Government  in  the  inspection  and  certification 
of  materials  that  come  under  quarantine  regulations  is  another  major 
function  of  the  department.  The  department  enforces  the  provisions 
of  the  Apiary  Law,  including  inspection  of  apiaries.  All  activities  pertain- 
ing to  control  of  insects  is  conducted  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  E.  N.  Cory, 
State  Entomologist  and  Assistant  Director  of  Extension.  Activities  of  the 
department  in  the  field  of  plant  disease  concrol  are  under  direction  of 
Dr.  R.  A.  Jehle,  State  Plant  Pathologist.  This  service  includes  control  and 
eradication  of  diseases  of  strawberries  and  other  small  fruits,  diseases  of 
apples,  peaches,  etc.,  inspection  and  certification  of  potatoes  and  sweet 
potatoes  for  seed,  control  of  white  pine  blister  rust,  Dutch  elm  disease,  etc. 


132  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DAIRY  INSPECTION  SERVICE 
Dairy  Building,  College  Park,  Maryland 

W.  S.  Arbuckle,  Chief  Examiner 
Oakley  Hall,  Assistant  Inspector 

The  Maryland  Dairy  Inspection  Law  became  effective  June  1,  1935.  How- 
ever, the  present  activities  of  the  Dairy  Inspection  Service  are  based  on 
Article  43  of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland,  Chapter  403  of  the  Laws  of 
Maryland,  1941.  The  dairy  department,  functioning  under  the  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  is  charged  with  the 
administration  of  this  law. 

The  purposes  of  the  Dairy  Inspection  Law  are  as  follows:  (a)  To  insure 
producers  who  sell  milk  and  cream  by  measure,  weight  and  butterfat  test, 
that  samples,  weights  and  tests  used  as  the  basis  of  payment  for  such 
products  are  correct;  (b)  To  insure  dealers  who  purchase  milk  and  cream 
that  their  agents  shall  correctly  weigh,  sample,  and  test  these  products; 
(c)  To  insure  correctness  of  tests  made  for  official  inspections  or  for  public 
record.  To  achieve  these  purposes  the  law  requires  the  licensing  of  all 
dealers  who  purchase  milk  and  cream  from  producers,  whether  the  purchases 
are  by  measure,  weight,  or  test,  and  the  licensing  of  all  persons  sampling, 
weighing  and  testing  milk  and  cream  when  the  results  of  such  samples, 
weights,  and  tests  are  to  serve  as  a  basis  of  payment  to  producers. 

Duties  of  the  Dairy  Inspection  Service,  resulting  from  enforcement  of 
the  Inspection  Law,  deal  with  the  calibration  of  that  glassware  used  in 
testing  milk  and  cream  and  the  rejection  of  inaccurate  items;  examination 
of  all  weighers,  samplers,  and  testers  and  the  issuance  of  licenses  to  those 
satisfactorily  passing  the  examination;  and  inspection  of  the  pertinent 
activities  of  weighers,  samplers,  testers  and  dairy  plants. 

The  Dairy  Inspection  Law  benefits  the  entire  dairy  industry  by  preventing 
unfair  competition  and  unfair  trade  practices  which  result  from  improper 
methods  of  weighing,  sampling  and  testing  milk  and  cream,  and  the  use  of 
inaccurate  and  improper  equipment.  Also,  requirements  governing  the 
accuracy  of  scales,  construction  of  weigh  tanks,  and  proper  procedures 
result  in  greater  efficiency  and  thus  less  loss  to  dealers  and  producers 
alike.  The  licensing  of  weighers,  samplers,  and  testers  assures  both  the 
producer  and  the  dealer  that  the  men  engaged  in  such  work  are  competent. 

The  Dairy  Inspection  Law  is  administered  on  an  educational  basis  with 
the  view  of  promoting  the  mutual  interests  of  dairy  producers,  dealers,  and 
manufacturers.  It  is  the  belief  of  the  administrating  agency  that  since  the 
producers  of  milk  and  cream  and  the  dealers  in  these  products  both  benefit 
by  the  law,  they  also  should  share  in  the  responsibility  for  its  enforcement. 
Such  a  responsibility  involves  close  cooperation  and  harmony  between  all 
groups  affected  by  the  law. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  133 

During  1947,  113  permits  were  issued  to  dealers  as  follows:  9  plants 
in  Class  A  (buying  less  than  500  pounds  of  milk  daily) ;  19  in  Class  B 
(buying  from  500  to  2,000  pounds  of  milk  daily) ;  67  in  Class  C  (buying 
from  2,000  to  40,000  pounds  of  milk  daily) ;  and  18  in  Class  D  (buying 
more  than  40,000  pounds  of  milk  daily).  In  addition,  280  licenses  were 
issued  to  testers  and  117  licenses  were  issued  to  weighers  and  samplers. 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  DRAINAGE 

College  Park,  Maryland 

Ray  W.  Carpenter,  State  Drainage  Engineer. 

The  State  Department  of  Drainage  was  established  in  1937.  Its  duties 
are  to  promote  and  encourage  the  drainage  of  agricultural  lands  in  the 
State,  to  correlate  the  activities  of  the  local  drainage  organizations  in  the 
State  and  to  cooperate  with  State  and  Federal  agencies  in  the  interest  of 
a  permanent  program  of  improved  drainage. 

STATE  INSPECTION  AND  REGULATORY  SERVICE 
Chemistry  Building,  College  Park,  Maryland 

Feeds,  Fertilizers,  Agricultural  Liming  Materials,  Insecticides 
and  Fungicides 

L.  E.  Bopst,  State  Chemist  R.  G.  Fuerst,  Chemist 

W.  C.  Supplee,  Chemist  E.  C.  Donaldson,  Chemist 

A.  B.  Heagy,  Chemist  W.  J.  Footen,  Inspector 

H.  R.  Walls,  Microscopist  R.  W.  Neal,  Jr.,  Inspector 

R.  E.  Baumgardner,  Chemist  E.  M.  Zentz,  Inspector 

J.  E.  Schueler,  Chemist  F.  G.  Baggs,  Clerk 
N.  S.  Chapman,  Chemist 

Responsibility  for  enforcing  the  State  Feed,  Fertilizer,  Agricultural 
Liming  Material  and  Agricultural  Insecticide  and  Fungicide  laws  is  dele- 
gated to  the  State  Inspection  and  Regulatory  Service.  These  laws  are 
classified  as  correct  labeling  acts. 

Five  distinct  divisions  of  work  are  necessary  in  carrying  out  the  enforce- 
ment program.  First  is  the  registration  of  the  commodities  concerned  under 
specific  brand  names  and  definite  guarantees  of  composition  and  minimum 
quality,  which  information  must  be  clearly  shown  on  the  label;  second,  the 
collection  of  official  samples  by  inspectors  traveling  the  state;  third,  the 
chemical  and  physical  examination  of  these  samples  to  substantiate  the 
accuracy  of  label  representation;  fourth,  the  publication  of  results  of  these 
tests,  and  making  the  reports  timely  and  available  to  all  interested  persons; 
and  fifth,  the  prosecution  of  those  parties  responsible  for  flagrant  violations. 


134  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

One  phase  of  the  work  is  concerned  with  gratuitous  examination  of  feed, 
fertilizer  and  lime  samples  submitted  by  state  purchasers.  Several  hundred 
of  these  tests  are  made  annually. 

Activities  of  the  department  have,  in  recent  years,  been  expanded  to 
include  cooperation  with  federal  agencies.  As  a  result  the  scope  of  the 
program  and  the  organization's  prestige  have  become  nation-wide.  All 
of  this  has  been  accomplished  with  but  slight  increase  in  personnel. 

It  has  always  been  the  policy  of  this  department  to  carry  on  constructive 
scientific  control  work,  never  losing  sight  of  the  basic  aim  of  service;  service 
to  the  buyer  in  assuring  him  of  value  received  for  money  spent,  and  service 
to  the  manufacturer  in  supplying  requested  technical  advice  and  safeguard- 
ing him  from  unfair  competition. 

The  department  depends  primarily  upon  education  to  further  its  program. 
However,  in  those  rare  instances  when  this  policy  is  unheeded,  complete 
backing  by  the  courts — federal  and  state — can  be  relied  upon  for  enforce- 
ment assistance. 

SEED  INSPECTION  SERVICE 

Agronomy-Botany-Physics  Building,   College  Park,  Maryland 

F.  S.  Holmes,  Inspector  Olive  M.  Kelk,  Analyst 

The  Seed  Inspection  Service,  a  division  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  administers  the  State  seed  law;  inspects  seeds  sold  throughout  the 
State;  collects  seed  samples  for  laboratory  examination;  reports  the  results 
of  these  examinations  to  the  parties  concerned;  publishes  summaries  of 
these  reports  which  show  the  relative  reliability  of  the  label  information 
supplied  by  wholesale  seedsmen ;  cleans  and  treats  tobacco  seed  intended  for 
planting  in  the  State;  makes  analyses,  tests,  and  examinations  of  seed 
samples  submitted  to  the  Laboratory;  and  advises  seed  users  regarding  the 
economic  and  intelligent  use  of  seeds.  The  Service  also  cooperates  with 
the  Production  and  Marketing  Administration  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  in  the  enforcement  of  the  Federal  Seed  Act  in 
Maryland. 

Two  and  a  half  million  dollars  worth  of  seeds  are  planted  annually  in 
Maryland.  Perhaps  twenty-five  percent  of  the  field  seeds  and  ninety  per- 
cent of  the  vegetable  seeds  planted  in  the  State  pass  through  trade  channels 
and  are  thus  subject  to  the  seed  law.  The  work  of  the  Seed  Inspection  Service 
is  not  restricted  to  the  enforcement  of  the  seed  law,  however,  for  State 
citizens  may  submit  seed  samples  to  the  Laboratory  for  analysis,  test,  or 
examination.  Specific  information  regarding  suitability  for  planting  pur- 
poses of  lots  of  seeds  is  thus  made  available  to  individuals  without  charge. 
The  growth  of  this  service  has  been  steady  since  the  establishment  of  the 
Laboratory  in  1912.  Most  Maryland  citizens,  city  and  country,  are  directly 
interested  in  seeds  for  planting  in  flower-beds,  lawns,  gardens,  or  fields. 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  135 

MARYLAND    LIVESTOCK    SANITARY    SERVICE 

Arthur  L.  Brueckner,  Director 

J.  Walter  Hastings,  Sr.,  Assistant  Director 

Leo  J.  Poelma,  Chief  of  Laboratories 

The  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Service  is  organized  under  the  State  Board  of 
Agriculture  and  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  preventing  the  in- 
troduction of  diseases  of  animals  and  poultry  from  outside  of  the  state  and 
with  control  and  eradication  of  such  diseases  within  the  state.  The  service 
is  further  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  cooperating  with  the  State 
Department  of  Health  in  the  suppression  of  diseases  of  animals  and  poultry 
which  affect  the  public  health. 

Control  projects  in  bovine  tuberculosis,  Johne's  disease,  and  bovine 
brucellosis  are  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Animal  In- 
dustry of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  field  force 
of  state  employed  veterinarians  is  augmented  by  a  number  of  federal 
veterinarians  in  the  conduct  of  these  control  programs.  The  control  of 
swine  brucellosis,  pullorum  disease  in  poultry,  rabies,  and  many  other  dis- 
ease conditions  is  conducted  by  the  state  without  outside  assistance. 

Facilities  for  the  diagnosis  of  a  wide  variety  of  diseases  are  furnished 
in  the  main  laboratory  at  College  Park  and  in  the  branch  laboratories  at 
Salisbury,  Centreville,  Baltimore,  Frederick,  and  Hagerstown.  Virtually 
every  part  of  the  state  is  in  easy  reach  of  these  opportunities  for  help. 

Research  studies  are  conducted  mainly  at  the  College  Park  laboratory, 
but  some  field  investigations  are  also  made  from  branch  laboratories.  Some 
projects  are  partly  supported  by  federal  funds  appropriated  through  the 
Maryland  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  From  these  research  studies 
come  information  concerning  control  by  sanitary  measures,  by  vaccination, 
and  by  drug  treatment  which  saves  breeders  and  owners  vast  sums. 

Members  of  the  staff  give  instruction  in  animal  and  poultry  diseases  in 
the  University  of  Maryland  particularly  to  students  in  agriculture.  Appro- 
priate subjects  are  also  presented  to  farmers'  clubs  and  industry  groups  in 
the  state. 

MARYLAND  LIVESTOCK  SANITARY  SERVICE  STAFF 

Arthur  L.  Brueckner,  B.S.,  V.M.D., 

Director  and  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

J.  Walter  Hastings,  Sr.,  V.M.D Assistant  Director 

Leo  J.  Poelma,  M.S.,  D.V.M Chief  of  Laboratories 

Harold  M.  DeVolt,  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.V.M Professor  of  Poultry  Pathology 

Paul  A.  Hansen,  Ph.D Professor  of  Veterinary  Bacteriology 

A.  Henry  Craige,  Jr.,  V.M.D Professor  of  Veterinary  Physiology 

Charles  R.  Davis,  M.S.,  D.V.M., 

Supervisor,  Maryland  Poultry  Improvement  Plan 
Clyde  L.  Everson,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Pathology 


136  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Irwin  M.  Moulthrop,  D.V.M In  Charge,  Salisbury  Laboratory 

William  Robert  Teeter,  B.S.,  D.V.M. .  .In  Charge,  Hagerstown  Laboratory 

F.  George  Sperling,  V.M.D In  Charge,  Baltimore  Laboratory 

Robert  J.  Byrne,  D.V.M., In  Charge,  Centreville  Laboratory 

Robert  E.  Swope,  V.M.D Associate  Professor,  Brucellosis  Research 

Cornelia  M.  Cotton,  Ph.D Cooperative  Agent,  Brucellosis  Research 

Paul  C.  Brown,  M.S.,  D.V.M Associate  Professor,  Mastitis  Research 

Reginald  L.  Reagan Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Virology 

John  M.  Coffin,  V.M.D Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Carl  W.  Smith,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

James  W.  Crowl,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Clarence  E.  Gibbs,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Mahlon  H.  Trout,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Charles  R.  Lockwood,  D.V.M.. .  .Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

George  W.  Green,  Jr.,  D.V.M Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Robert  E.  Gibbs,  V.M.D Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Robert  B.  Shillinger,  V.M.D..  .Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Edwardo  M.  Sacchi,  D.M.V Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

Robert  B.  Johnson,  A.B Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Physiology 

Raymond  C.  Wiley,  Ph.D Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Toxicology 


Collage  of 

ARTS  and  SCIENCES 

STAFF 

Leon    Perdue    Smith,    Ph.D.,    Dean 
Charles  Manning,   Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 

Francis  R.  Adams,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Alfred  O.  Aldridgb,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English. 

Mary  H.  Aldridge,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

J.  Frances  Allen,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology. 

George  L.  Anderson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Mary  Lee  Andrews,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Thomas  G.  Andrews,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Psychology. 

Merle  Ansberry,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech. 

Arthur  W.  Ayers,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Thomas  J.  Aylward,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Betty  B.  Baehr,  B.A.,  B.S.  in  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

William  L.  Bailey,  M.A.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Cecil  R.  Ball,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

Elmer  D.  Barraclough,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

ROSCOE  G.  Bartlett,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology. 

James  L.  Bates,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

George  Batka,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

Josephine  Bauer,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Richard  H.  Bauer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  History. 

Charles  A.  Baylis,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Philosophy. 

Martha  B.  Beall,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Warren  Bezanson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Alfred  Bingham,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Marie  Boborykine,  M.A.,  Instructor  Part-time  of  Foreign  Laneuaces. 

Carl  Bode,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English. 

J.  Allen  Bowers,  B.A.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Jean  M.  Boyer,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

George  P.  Brewster,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Ferdinand  G.  Brickwedde,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Part-time  of  Physics. 

Furman  A.  Bridgers,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages, 

Nelson  A.  Brigham,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

George  M.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Irwin  C.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  of  Geology. 

Summer  0.  Burhoe,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Zoology. 

John  T.  Carruthers,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Velma  L.  Charlesworth,  B.S.E.  and  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

Verne  E.  Chatelain,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

James  Clees,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

137 


138  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Charles  N.  Cofer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Franklin  D.  Cooley,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

Densil  M.  Cooper,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 

John  Coppinger,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Cynthia  S.  Cotcher,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

John  L.  Coulter,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Herbert  Crosman,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

Dieter  Cunz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Margaret  T.  Cussler,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Mary  De  Give,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Charlotte  Engel  deJanosi,  Instructor  of  Art. 

Constance  Demaree,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Henri  deMarne,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Charles  S.  Dewey,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Robert  E.  Dewey,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

Shirley  Wagner  Dinwiddie,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Eitel  W.  Dobert,  B.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Raymond  N.  Doetsch,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Nathan  L.  Drake,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Chemistry. 

John  C.  Eakens,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Luke  E.  Ebersole,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Ray  Ehrensberger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Speech. 

Robert  A.  Elderdice,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

John  E.  Faber,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Bacteriology. 

William  F.  Falls,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

E.  James  Ferguson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

John  Fischer,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Karl  A.  Fischer,  Ph.D.,  Res.  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Rudd  Fleming,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Rachel  Frank,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Mary  Annette  French,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Music. 

Wesley  M.  Gewehr,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

Leon  Gilbert,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

James  Golden,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Richard  Good,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

G.  H.  Vasile  Gorciu,  Lic.Math.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Donald  C.  Gordon,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

William  Gravely,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Me^er  Greenberg,  B.A.,  Instructor  Part-time  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Marion  A.  Greene,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Donald  Greenspan,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Sidney  Grolman,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology. 

Francis  S.  Grubar,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Art. 

Ray  C.  Hackman,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Dick  W.  Hall,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

William  Hall,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  139 

Ludwig  Hammerschlag,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

R.  Justus  Hanks,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Arthur  G.  Hansen,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Poul  Arne  Hansen,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Veterinary  Bacteriology. 

Susan  Harman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English. 

Sayre  Harris,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Thomas  Harwell,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Charles  A.  Haslup,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  of  Music. 

Isabella  M.  Hayes,  B.A.,  B.L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

Stuart  Haywood,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Roy  K.  Heintz,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Richard  Hendricks,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Harold  C.  Hoffsommer,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Sociology. 

Lois  Holladay,  B.A.,  B.L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

Willis  D.  Holland,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

John  R.  Howe,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Charles  E.  Hutchinson,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Robert  T.  Hyde,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Thomas  P.  Imse,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Richard  Iskraut,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 

Stanley  B.  Jackson,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Milton  P.  Jarnagin,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Wilhemina  Jashemski,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

Juan  Ramon  Jimnez,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Zenobia  Jimnez,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Charles  A.  Johnson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Elizabeth  0.  Johnson,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Music. 

Montgomery  Johnson,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Part-time  of  Physics. 

Helen  R.  Kahn,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Earle  H.  Kennard,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Part-time  of  Physics. 

Barry  G.  King,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Zoology. 

Charles  F.  Kramer,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Norman  C.  Laffer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Betty  B.  Lanham,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Gordon  Le  Bert,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Peter  Lejins,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Sociology. 

James  M.  Lemon,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Zoology. 

Werner  Leutert,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Robert  A.  Littleford,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology. 

Richard  Lowitt,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Benjamin  Lucas,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Sociology. 

Charlotte  Mangold,  A.B.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Charles  Manning,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Herman  Maril,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 

Charles  Martin,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Minerva  Martin,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  English. 


140  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Monroe  Martin,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Mathematics. 

M.  Taylor  Matthews,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Charlotte  B.  Mayer,  B.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

Lyle  Mayer,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Hugh  B.  McLean,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

James  McManaway,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  English. 

J.  Howard  McMillen,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Part-time  of  Physics. 

L.  Kenton  Meals,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Bruce  L.  Melvin,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech. 

Jessie  W.  Menneken,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Horace  S.  Merrill,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  History. 

Frances  Miller,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Charles  C.  Mish,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Emory  Mooney,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

Raymond  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Physics. 

Charles  D.  Murphy,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

George  E.  Mutch,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Ralph  Myers,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physics. 

William  0.  Negherbon,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology. 

Graciela  P.  Nemes,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Charles  Niemeyer,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

Ann  E.  Norton,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Quinn  O'Connell,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Charles  Palmer,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Arthur  C.  Parsons,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Michael  J.  Pelczar,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Norman  E.  Phillips,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Zoology. 

Virginia  Phillips,  B.A.,  B.A.  in  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

Hugh  B.  Pickard,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Harry  Polachek,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  of  Mathematics. 

John  Portz,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Joseph  M.  Power,  Instructor  of  Music. 

Augustus  Prahl,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Gordon  W.  Prange,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

Ernest  F.  Pratt,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

H.  B.  Provenson,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

R.  Pugliese,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

William  Quynn,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Marguerite  Rand,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

B.  Harlan  Randall,  B.Mus.,  Professor  of  Music. 

Eleanor  Rankin,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

E.  Wilkins  Reeve,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Orr  E.  Reynolds,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Zoology. 

Allie  W.  Richeson,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

John  M.  Robinson,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Philosophy. 

Margurite  Robison,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  141 

J.  H.  Roch,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 

Charles  M.  Rogers,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Carl  L.  Rollinson,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Westervelt  B.  Romaine,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music. 

Lenora  Rosenfield,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Sherman  Ross,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Howard  Rovelstad,  B.S.  in  L.S.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Library 

Science. 
Willis  C.  Schaefer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 
Herbert  Schaumann,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
Mark  Schweizer,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
William  B.  Seligmann,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 
Crawford  Sensenig,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 
Paul  W.  Shankweiler,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 
Julius  C.  Shepherd,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 
Maurice  R.  Siegler,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art. 
Joseph  Edwin  Smadel,  M.D.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 
Denzel  D.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Psychology. 
Leon  P.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
Virginia  Smith,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
Henry  J.  Soulen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 
David  S.  Sparks,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 
Jesse  W.  Sprowls,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Psychology. 
Robert  A.  Spurr,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
E.  Thomas  Starcher,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 
M.  Elizabeth  Stites,  B.  of  Arch.,  Instructor  of  Art. 
Martha  Stone,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 
Enoch  F.  Story,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
W.  L.  Strausbaugh,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 
Kenneth  T.  Stringer,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology. 
Roland  N.  Stromberg,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 
Calvin  F.  Stuntz,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
William  J.  Svirbely,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
Glendon  Swarthout,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  English. 
Gwynne  B.  Swartz,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 
Frank  V.  Sykora,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music. 
Alice  C.  Thorpe,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 
Frances  Triggs,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Assistant 

Director  of  Counseling  Center. 
Clifford  A.  Truesdall,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  Part-time  of 

Mathematics. 
H.  David  Turner,  B.A.,  B.S.  in  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 
A.  Mary  Urban,  B.A.,  B.A.  in  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 
Liane  v.K.  Valentin,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
Betty  Vanderslice,  M.A.,  Instructor  Part-time  of  Mathematics. 
John  L.  Vanderslice,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics. 


142  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Fletcher  P.  Veitch,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Myron  Vent,  B.A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages. 

Irvin  F.  Wagner,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Ronald  K.  Wangsness,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 

Kathryn  P.  Ward,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Joel  Warren,  Ph.D.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Kurt  Weber,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

Josephine  A.  Wedemeyer,  B.A.,  B.S.  in  L.S.,  Instructor  of  Library  Science. 

Alexander  Weinstein,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Part-time  of  Mathematics. 

Fred  W.  Wellborn,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

James  P.  Wharton,  A.  B.  (Col.  U.S.A.,  Ret.),  Professor  and  Head  of  Art. 

Charles  E.  White,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Raymond  C.  Wiley,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Fergus  J.  Wood,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 

G.  Forrest  Woods,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

W.  Gordon  Zeeveld,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

A.  E.  Zucker,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Foreign  Languages. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  143 

College  of 

ARTS  and  SCIENCES 

Leon  Perdue  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Dean 
Charles  Manning,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  its  students  a  liberal  education. 
It  seeks  to  develop  graduates  who  can  deal  intelligently  with  the  problems 
which  confront  them  and  whose  general  education  will  be  a  continuing  source 
not  only  of  material  profit,  but  of  genuine  personal  satisfaction.  It  also 
offers  each  student  the  opportunity  to  concentrate  in  the  field  of  his  choice; 
this  element  of  depth  in  his  curriculum  serves  both  as  an  integral  part 
of  his  liberal  education  and  as  a  foundation  for  further  professional  training 
or  pursuits. 

Students  in  other  colleges  of  the  university  are  offered  training  in  funda- 
mental courses  that  serve  as  a  background  for  their  professional  education. 
The  new  program  in  American  Civilization  is  open  to  all  students  of  the 
University  as  well  as  to  those  in  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Requirements  for  Admission 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  are, 
in  general,  the  same  as  those  for  admission  to  the  other  colleges  and  schools 
of  the  University.  Application  must  be  made  to  the  Director  of  Admissions, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  than  on  any  fixed  pattern 
of  subject  matter.  In  general,  four  units  of  English  and  one  unit  each  of 
Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  of  Algebra  and  one 
of  Plane  Geometry  are  desirable.  Foreign  Language  entrance  units,  although 
highly  desirable  for  certain  programs,  are  not  required.  Units  in  Fine  Arts, 
Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

For  admission  to  the  pre-medical  curriculum,  two  years  of  any  one  foreign 
language  are  recommended.  A  detailed  statement  of  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  School  of  Medicine  and  the  relation  of  these  to  the  pre- 
medical  curriculum  may  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admission  requirements  and  policies  write 
to  the  Director  of  Publications,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland,  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $165  fixed 
charges;  $48  special  fees;  $340  board;  $100  to  $126  room  rent;  and  laboratory 
fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A  matriculation  fee 
of  $10  is  charged  all  new  registrants.  An  additional  charge  of  $125  is 
assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 


Entrance  to  Chemistry  Building 
One  of  the  Major  Buildings  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  145 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs  write  to  the  Director  of 
Publications,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  for  a  copy  of 
the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students,  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  regula- 
tions, are  required  to  take  basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period 
of  two  years.  The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite 
for  graduation  and  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first 
two  years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate 
or  not.  Transfer  students  who  have  not  fulfilled  this  requirement  will  com- 
plete the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation,  whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may,  with  proper  approval,  carry 
during  their  Junior  and  Senior  years  advanced  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  courses 
which  lead  to  a  regular  or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air 
Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction 
write  to  the  Director  of  Publications,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland,  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Degrees 

The  degrees  conferred  on  students  who  have  met  the  requirements  pre- 
scribed by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  are  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Science. 

Students  of  this  College  who  complete  satisfactorily  curricula  with  majors 
in  departments  of  the  Humanities  or  Social  Sciences  are  awarded  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts.*  Those  who  complete  satisfactorily  curricula  with 
majors  in  departments  of  Biological  or  Physical  Sciences  are  awarded  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.f 

Students  who  complete  satisfactorily  the  prescribed  combined  program  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  and  Medicine  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine.  This 
program  consists  of  a  minimum  of  90  semester  hours  (exclusive  of  the  re- 
quired courses  in  military  science,  hygiene,  and  physical  activities)  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  (usually 
the  first  year's  program)  in  the  School  of  Medicine. 

Students  who  complete  satisfactorily  the  prescribed  combined  program 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Law  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 


*  The  departments  of  Economics,  Geography,  and  Government  and  Politics,  although 
administratively  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration,  offer  courses  for 
Arts  and  Sciences  students.  Majors  may  be  elected  in  these  departments  as  in  those  of  the 
other  departments  of  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences  which  are  administered  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

t  The  departments  of  Botany  and  Entomology,  although  administered  by  the  College  of 
Agriculture,  offer  courses  for  Arts  and  Sciences  students.  Majors  may  be  elected  in  these 
departments  as  in  those  of  the  other  departments  of  the  Division  of  Biological  Sciences 
administered  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


146  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Arts  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law.  This  pro- 
gram consists  of  a  minimum  of  90  semester  hours  (exclusive  of  the  required 
courses  in  military  science,  hygiene,  and  physical  activities)  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  (the  first  year's 
program  or  its  equivalent)  in  the  School  of  Law. 

Students  who  complete  satisfactorily  the  prescribed  combined  program 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Nursing  will  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 
This  program  consists  of  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  (exclusive  of  the 
required  courses  in  hygiene  and  physical  activities)  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  and  of  the  full  nursing  curriculum  prescribed  by  the  School 
of  Nursing.  The  pre-nursing  curriculum  must  be  completed  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  before  completion  of  the  nursing  course  in  Baltimore. 

Residence 

The  last  thirty  semester  hours  credit  of  any  curriculum  leading  to  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  must  be  taken  in 
residence  in  this  University. 

Students  working  for  one  of  the  combined  degrees  must  earn  the  last 
30  semester  hours  credit  of  the  arts  program  in  residence,  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  College  Park. 

General  Requirements  for  Degrees 

The  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  may  be 
conferred  upon  a  student  who  has  satisfied  the  following  requirements: 

1.  University  requirements. 

2.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements: 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit  in  academic  subjects  other  than 
military  science  is  required  for  a  bachelor's  degree.  Men  must  acquire  in 
addition  12  semester  hours  in  military  science,  and  four  semester  hours  in 
physical  activities.  Women  must  acquire  in  addition  four  semester  hours 
in  hygiene  and  four  semester  hours  in  physical  activities. 

Junior  Requirements 

A  student  must  acquire  a  minimum  of  56  semester  hours  with  an  average 
grade  of  at  least  C  in  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  years  before  he  will 
be  permitted  to  begin  advanced  work  on  his  major  and  minor. 

The  following  minimum  requirements  should  be  fulfilled,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, before  the  beginning  of  the  Junior  year  and  must  be  completed  before 
graduation : 

I.  English— English  1,  2,  and  3,  4  or  5,  6:  twelve  semester  hours. 

II.  Foreign  Language— twelve  semester  hours  in  one  language.  Students 
wishing  to  enroll  in  a  language  they  have  studied  in  high  school  will  be 
given  a  placement  test;  if  it  is  considered  advisable  for  a  student  to  repeat 
courses  which  duplicate  his  entrance  units,  half  credit  only  will  be  granted 
for  these  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  147 

III.  Social  Studies — Government  and  Politics  1,  three  semester  hours; 
Sociology  1,  three  semester  hours;  History  5  and  6,  six  semester  hours: 
twelve  semester  hours. 

IV.  Speech — two  to  four  semester  hours  in  accordance  with  the  particu- 
lar curriculum. 

V.  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics — twelve  semester  hours.  Science 
courses  will  be  elected  from  those  departments  offering  majors  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

VI.  Military  Science  for  Men — twelve  semester  hours.  Required  fresh- 
man and  sophomore  years. 

VII.  Hygiene  for  Women — four  semester  hours.    Required  freshman  year. 

VIII.  Physical  Activities  for  Men  and  Women — four  semester  hours. 
Required  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

3.  Major  and  Minor  Requirements — When  a  student  has  completed  satis- 
factorily the  requirements  of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  he  will 
select  a  major  in  one  of  the  departments  of  an  upper  division  and  for 
graduation  will  complete  a  departmental  major  and  a  minor.  The  courses 
constituting  the  major  and  the  minor  must  conform  to  the  requirements 
of  the  department  in  which  the  major  work  is  done. 

The  student  must  have  an  average  of  not  less  than  C  in  fundamental 
courses  in  the  fields  chosen  for  the  major  and  as  components  of  the  minor. 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  underclass  departmental  require- 
ments, of  24-40  hours,  of  which  at  least  twelve  must  be  in  courses  numbered 
100  or  above. 

A  minor  shall  consist  of  a  coherent  group  of  courses  totalling  18  semester 
hours  in  addition  to  the  requirements  listed  above.  At  least  six  of  the  18 
hours  must  be  in  a  single  department  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above. 
The  courses  comprising  the  minor  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the 
major  department. 

The  average  grade  of  the  work  taken  in  the  major  field  and  the  minor 
must  be  at  least  C.    A  general  average  of  C  is  required  for  graduation. 

Certification  of  High  School  Teachers 

If  courses  are  properly  chosen  in  the  field  of  education,  a  prospective 
high  school  teacher  can  prepare  for  high  school  positions,  with  a  major 
and  a  minor  in  one  of  the  departments  of  this  College. 

Electives  in  Other  Colleges  and  Schools 

A  limited  number  of  courses  taken  in  other  colleges  and  schools  of  the 
University  may  be  counted  for  elective  or  minor  credit  toward  a  degree  in 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

The  number  of  credits  which  may  be  accepted  from  the  various  colleges 
and  schools  on  recommendation  of  the  major  professor  is  as  follows: 

College  of  Agriculture — 20. 


148  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration — 20. 

College  of  Education— 24. 

College  of  Engineering — 20. 

College  of  Home  Economics — 20. 

School  of  Law — In  the  combined  program  the  first  year  of  law  must  be 

completed. 
School  of  Medicine — In  the  combined  program  the  first  year  of  medicine 

must  be  completed. 
School  of  Nursing — In  the  combined  program  the  three  years  of  nursing 

must  be  completed. 

Normal  Load 

The  normal  load  for  students  in  this  college  is  15  semester  hours  credit 
per  semester,  exclusive  of  the  required  work  in  physical  activities,  military 
science  and  hygiene. 

Juniors  and  seniors  are  not  permitted  to  register  for  more  than  18  hours 
unless  they  have  a  "B"  average  for  the  preceding  semester  and  the  approval 
of  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Advisers 

Each  freshman  and  sophomore  in  this  college  will  be  assigned  to  a  faculty 
adviser  who  will  help  the  student,  during  his  first  two  years,  to  select  his 
courses  and  to  determine  what  his  field  of  major  concentration  should  be. 

Juniors  and  seniors  will  consider  the  head  of  their  major  department,  or 
his  designated  assistant,  their  adviser,  and  should  consult  him  about  the 
arrangements  of  their  schedules  of  courses. 

Work  in  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

The  work  of  the  first  two  years  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  is 
designed  to  give  the  student  a  basic  general  education,  and  to  prepare  him 
for  concentration  in  the  latter  part  of  his  course. 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  develop  in  these  earlier  years  such 
proficiency  in  basic  subjects  as  may  be  necessary  for  his  continuation  in 
the  field  of  his  special  interest.  Personal  aptitude  and  a  general  scholastic 
ability  must  also  be  demonstrated,  if  permission  to  pursue  a  major  study 
is  to  be  obtained. 

The  student  should  follow  the  curriculum  for  which  he  is  believed  to  be 
best  fitted.  It  will  be  noted  that  a  core  group  of  studies  is  required  of  all 
students  who  are  candidates  for  a  bachelor's  degree.  These  subjects  should 
be  taken,  when  possible,  during  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  years.  There 
is  a  great  deal  of  similarity  in  these  outlines  for  the  first  four  semesters, 
and  a  student  need  not  consider  himself  attached  to  any  particular  depart- 
ment until  the  beginning  of  his  junior  year,  at  which  time  he  is  to  select 
a  major. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  149 

The  following  curriculum  gives  the  subjects  required  of  students  in  the 
departments  of  the  Humanities  and  the  Social  Studies.  Students  wishing 
to  major  in  one  of  the  Physical  or  Biological  Sciences  will  find  the  require- 
ments in  the  curriculums  listed  under  the  respective  headings,  found  on 
subsequent  pages. 

i — Semester — * 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government  (or  Sociology  of  American  Life) ....  3           .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life   (or  American  Government) ....  8 

'Foreign  Language   3  3 

Mathematics  or  Natural  Science 3  S 

L.  S.  1.  2— Library  Science 1  1 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

He.  2,  4 — Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total    18-20         18-20 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  6,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  English  or  in  World 

Literature    3  3 

Hist.    B,   6 — History   of   American    Civilization 3  8 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Natural  Science  or  Mathematics 3  3 

Elective     8  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    1  1 

Total    16-19         16-19 

I.     AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION 

Now,  more  perhaps  than  ever  before,  it  is  vitally  important  to  understand 
this  country  and  to  use  the  best  experience  of  the  past  to  help  solve  the 
massive  problems  of  America's  present  and  future.  Believing  this,  the  Uni- 
versity has  set  up  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  programs  in  American 
studies  to  be  found  anywhere.  The  program  begins  with  required  courses 
on  the  freshman  and  sophomore  level,  includes  a  major  for  juniors  and 
seniors,  and  also  provides  for  graduate  work  on  the  MA.  and  Ph.D.  level. 
(For  information  concerning  the  graduate  program,  see  the  graduate 
catalog.) 

Since  America  is  many-sided,  the  student  who  majors  in  American  Civiliza- 
tion has  the  advantage  of  being  taught  by  cooperating  specialists  from 
various  departments.  The  Committee  in  charge  of  the  program  represents 
the  departments  of  English,  History,  Government  and  Politics,  and  Sociology. 
Members  of  the  committee  serve  as  official  advisers  to  students  electing  to 
work  in  the  field. 

For  the  student  who  plans  to  go  (for  example)  into  teaching,  law, 
journalism,    government   work,    library   work,    or   business,    the    study   of 

*  A  placement  test  is  given  during  Registration  Week  for  students  wishing  to  pursure  a 
language  they  have  studied   in  high  school. 


150  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

American  Civilization  is  a  good  basis.  Although  the  main  aims  of  the 
program  for  majors  are  cultural  rather  than  professional — designed  to 
produce  better  citizens  and  broader  minds — the  program  still  offers  a  firm 
foundation  for  a  number  of  different  kinds  of  careers. 

The  program  is  intended  to  have  generous  breadth,  but  the  danger  of 
securing  breadth  without  depth  is  offset  by  the  requirement  of  an  area  of 
concentration.  Studies  in  American  Civilization  are  supplemented  by  studies 
in  source  cultures  and  interacting  cultures;  however,  in  choosing  a  curricu- 
lum, students  are  required  to  concentrate  in  one  of  the  four  departments 
primarily  concerned  with  the  program.  Elective  courses  are,  with  the  aid 
of  an  official  adviser,  chosen  from  courses  offered  in  the  humanities,  in 
the  social  sciences,  or  in  education.  Normally,  most  elective  courses  are  in 
history,  English,  foreign  languages,  comparative  literature,  economics, 
sociology,  political  science,  and  philosophy;  but  it  is  possible  for  a  student 
to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  program  and  to  elect  as  many  as  thirty 
semester  hours  in  such  subjects  as  art  and  psychology  provided  that  such 
work  fits  into  a  carefully  planned  program. 

In  his  senior  year,  each  major  is  required  to  take  a  conference  course  in 
which  the  study  of  American  civilization  is  brought  to  a  focus.  During 
this  course,  the  student  analyses  eight  or  ten  important  books  which  reveal 
fundamental  patterns  in  American  life  and  thought  and  receives  incidental 
training  in  bibliographical  matters,  in  formulating  problems  for  special 
investigation,  and  in  group  discussion. 

American  Civilization  Curriculums 

A  student  working  in  American  Cavilization  must  decide  upon  a  program 
which  emphasizes  either  history,  literature,  sociology,  or  government,  and 
must  consult  an  official  adviser  before  selecting  electives.  The  following 
skeleton  curriculum  presents  a  program  which  would  be  followed  by  a  stu- 
dent who  elected  to  emphasize  history.  Similar  programs,  making  appro- 
priate substitutions,  may  be  worked  out  with  an  adviser  for  students  electing 
to  emphasize  literature,  sociology,  or  government. 

Emphasis  History  _ 

i — Semester — ^ 
Junior  Year  /  // 

American   History    3  3 

American  Literature,  or  Sociology,  or  Government  and  Politics 3  3 

European  History 3  3 

Electives   5  g 

Total    1B  1B 

Senior  Year 

American  History 3  g 

English  History    3  3 

Conference  Course 3  3 

Electives     u  u 

To**1    15  ~U 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  151 

II.     BIOLOGICAL  CURRICULA* 

GENERAL  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

A  curriculum  has  been  prepared  for  students  who  are  interested  in  biology 
but  whose  interests  are  not  centralized  in  any  one  of  the  biological  sciences. 
The  courses  as  outlined  familiarize  the  student  with  the  general  principles 
and  methods  of  each  of  the  biological  sciences. 

By  the  proper  selection  of  courses  during  the  junior  and  senior  years, 
a  student  may  concentrate  his  work  sufficiently  in  any  of  the  fields  of  study 
to  be  able  to  continue  in  graduate  work  in  that  field.  Also  by  a  proper 
selection  of  electives,  the  educational  requirements  of  the  State  Department 
of  Education  for  certification  can  be  met. 

This  curriculum  requires  the  completion  of  at  least  45  credits  in  the  bio- 
logical sciences  which  collectively  constitute  a  major  and  a  minor.  Of  these 
credits  at  least  18  must  be  in  courses  for  advanced  undergraduates. 

General  Biological  Sciences  Curriculum  ~  . 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.    I — Sociology  of   American   Life 3  .... 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government ....  3 

Zool.    1 — General    Zoology 4  .... 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany ....  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

He.  2,  4— Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total 17-18         17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  5,   6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Ent.  1 — Introductory  Entomology 3           .... 

Bact.    1 — General    Bacteriology ....  4 

Math.  10,  11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry 3  3 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total 16-19         17-2r 

Junior  Year 

Phys.     10,     11 — Mechanics    and    Heat,     Sound     Optics,     Magnetism     and 

Electricity    4  4 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Electives    (Biological    Sciences) 6  6 

Electives    2  2 

Total 15  15 

*  For  statements   concerning   Botany   and   Entomology   see  the   Catalog  of   the   College  of 
Agriculture. 


152  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior  Year  I  H 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory   Speech 1  1 

Electives    (Biological    Sciences) 9  9 

Electives    5  6 

Total IB  IB 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The  Department  of  Bacteriology  functions  with  three  purposes  in  view. 
One  of  these  is  to  provide  fundamental  training  for  those  students  who 
choose  bacteriology  as  a  major  subject.  Two  major  fields  of  study  are  pro- 
vided: (1)  applied  bacteriology,  in  preparation  for  such  positions  as  dairy, 
sanitary,  or  agricultural  bacteriologists  in  federal,  state,  and  commercial 
laboratories,  and  (2)  medical  bacteriology,  or  the  more  recently  recognized 
specialty  of  medical  technology  in  relation  to  hospital,  public  health,  and 
clinic  laboratories.  The  second  objective  of  the  department  is  to  provide 
desirable  courses  for  those  students  who  are  majoring  in  closely  allied 
departments  and  desire  vital  supplementary  information.  Every  effort  has 
been  made  to  plan  these  courses  so  that  they  satisfy  the  demands  of  these 
related  departments  as  well  as  the  needs  of  those  students  who  have  chosen 
bacteriology  as  a  major.  The  third  purpose  of  the  department  is  to  encour- 
age and  foster  original  thought  in  the  pursuit  of  research. 

Bacteriology  Curriculums 

The  field  of  bacteriology  is  too  vast  in  scope  to  permit  specialization  in 
the  early  stages  of  undergraduate  study.  Accordingly,  the  applied  curri- 
culum outlined  below  includes  the  basic  courses  in  bacteriology  and  allied 
fields. 

The  course  in  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (Bact.  5)  is  required  for  all 
bacteriology  majors,  and  should  follow  General  Bacteriology  (Bact.  1). 
Bacteriology  5  is  not  required  as  a  prerequisite  for  upper  division  courses 
for  majors  in  other  departments  provided  the  student  has  been  introduced 
to  certain  aspects  of  bacteriology,  or  their  equivalent,  pertinent  to  their 
specialty.  Bacteriology  1,  however,  is  required.  Students  desiring  to  minor 
in  bacteriology  should  complete  Bacteriology  1,  Bacteriology  5,  and  seven 
or  eight  hours  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above. 

The  sequence  of  courses  in  the  following  curriculum  should  be  pursued 
as  closely  as  possible  although  it  is  realized  that  some  deviation  may  be 
necessary.  Sufficient  latitude  is  provided  in  the  senior  year  for  the  student 
to  obtain  several  courses  that  are  correlated  with  his  particular  interests. 
All  students  planning  a  major  in  Bacteriology  should  consult  the  Head 
of  the  Department  during  the  first  year  concerning  his  particular  field  of 
study  and  his  choice  of  a  minor.  The  minor  field  of  study  shall  be  chosen 
only  from  the  biological  or  physical  sciences.  Chemistry,  as  outlined  below, 
is  the  preferred  minor. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


153 


Applied  Bacteriology  Curriculum  / Semester , 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3  .... 

G.  &   P.   1 — American   Government ....  8 

Sp.  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.  10 — Algebra 3           

Math.  11 — Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry ....  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Physical   Activities    1  1 

Total     17-18  17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

French  or  German* 3  3 

Bact.  1 — General  Bacteriology   4  .... 

Bact.  5 — Advanced  General  Bacteriology ....  4 

Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 3  8 

Hist.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  8 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total     17-20  17-20 

Junior  Year 

French  or  German  ( Continued)  * 3  3 

Physics   10,   11 — Fundamentals  of   Physics 4  4 

Bact.   101 — Pathogenic  Bacteriology 4  .... 

Bact.   63 — Sanitary  Bacteriology ....  4 

Chem.   161,    162,   163,   164—  Biochemistry. . '. 4  4 

Electives    3  8 

Total     18  18 

Senior  Year 

Bact.  60— Journal   Club    1  1 

Bact.  103— Serology     4 

Bact.  161 — Systematic    Bacteriology    4  .... 

Electives    9  9 

Total   14  14 

Medical  Technology  Curriculum 

This  is  a  professional  curriculum  intended  for  those  students  who  desire 
to  prepare  for  technical  work  in  hospital,  clinical  and  public  health  labora- 
tories. Specialization  in  the  field  of  Medical  Technology  begins  in  the 
sophomore  year  and  becomes  more  intense  during  the  junior  year.  Em- 
phasis in  this  curriculum  is  upon  fundamental  courses  in  Bacteriology, 
Chemistry  and  Zoology. 

*  Fr.  or  Ger.  6,  7 — Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German  required. 


154 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


The  student  who  follows  this  curriculum  is  encouraged  to  avail  himself  of 
opportunities  to  work  in  medical  laboratories  during  the  summer  months. 
The  optimum  plan  shall  be  to  place  the  prospective  technologist  in  a  labora- 
tory as  an  apprentice  as  soon  as  his  training  permits. 

i — Semester — * 

Freshman  Year  I           II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3                 3 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 3            .... 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government ....                  8 

Sp.    18,    19 — Introductory    Speech 1                  1 

Chem.   1,  8 — General  Chemistry 4                4 

Math.  10— Algebra    3  

Math.  11 — Trigonometry   and   Analytic    Geometry ....                  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3                 3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene     (Women) 2                 2 

Physical    Activities    1                 1 

Total    17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3 

French  of  German* 3 

Bact.  1 — General  Bacteriology 4 

Bact.  5 — Advanced   General   Bacteriology    .... 

Chem.  81,  82,  33,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 3 

Physics  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics 4 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3 

Physical  Activities    1 

Total    18-21 

Junior  Year 

French  or  German   (Continued)* 3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8 

Bact.   101 — Pathogenic   Bacteriology    4 

Bact.   103 — Serology   

Chem.  161,  162,  163,  164 — Biochemistry 4 

Zool.    1 — General    Zoology 4 

Zool.   106 — Histological    Technique     

Total    !8 

Senior  Year 

Bact.  105 — Clinical  Methods   4 

Bact.  63 — Sanitary  Bacteriology   

Bact.  108 — Epidemiology  and  Public  Health 

Bact.   133 — Dairy   Bacteriology    4 

Zool.   14,   15 — Human   Anatomy  and  Physiology 4 

Electives    4 

Total   16 


17-18 


4 
8 

4 
3 

1 

18-21 


17 


15 


*  Fr.  or  Ger.  6,  7— Intermediate  Scientific  French  or  German  required. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  155 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The  Department  of  Psychology  is  classed  in  both  the  Division  of  Biolog- 
ical Sciences  and  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences  and  offers  educational  pro- 
grams related  to  both  these  fields. 

For  further  details  on  the  curriculum  in  Psychology  for  the  Bachelor 
of  Sciences  degree  see  page  2. 

ZOOLOGY 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  courses  which  train  the  student  for 
professional  work  in  several  fields:  teaching  in  college  and  secondary 
schools,  research  and  regulatory  work  in  the  biological  bureaus  of  the 
United  States  Government,  work  in  the  biological  departments  of  state 
and  city  governments,  and  research  in  industrial  laboratories. 

Two  courses  of  study  have  been  established  as  described  below.  In  each 
of  these  curricula  the  fundamental  courses  are  included  and  ample  oppor- 
tunity is  offered  for  the  election  of  additional  courses  in  the  Department 
of  Zoology  or  related  departments  so  that  the  student  may  plan  his  training 
toward  the  particular  professional  work  in  which  he  is  interested. 

Zoology  Curriculum  „ 

i — Semester — ^ 

Freshman  Year  I  U 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Zool.   2,   3 — Fundamentals  of  Zoology 4  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene     (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total 17-18         17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  5 —  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology 4            .... 

Zool.   20 — Vertebrate  Embryology 4 

Math.   10,   11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry   and  Analytic  Geometry 3  8 

Electives    3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total 17-20         17-20 


156  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — \ 
Junior  Year  I  II 

*Zool.  108 — Animal  Husbandry    4            

*Zool.  106 — Histological  Technique 3 

ZooL  104 — Genetics    3  .... 

Phys.    10,    11 — Mechanics    and    Heat ;    Sound,    Optics,    Magnetism    and 

Electricity   4  4 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

Electives    (Zoology)     , 0  or  4  3  or  6 

Electives    3  8 

Total 17  16 

Senior  Year 

Zool.  102 — General  Animal  Physiology   ....  4 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory   Speech 1  1 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Elective    (Zoology)     4  .... 

Electives    8  8 

Total     16  16 

Fisheries  Biology 

The  aquatic  resources  of  Maryland  offer  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
the  study  of  Fishery  Biology  and  Marine  Zoology.  The  Chesapeake  Bay 
and  its  tributaries,  representing  many  habitats,  constitute  an  excellent 
laboratory  for  training  in  these  fields  and  commercial  fisheries  of  the  state 
offer  additional  opportunity  for  studies  in  methods,  management  and 
conservation. 

The  following  curriculum  prepares  the  student  for  specialization  in  this 
field.  In  addition  to  the  courses  as  outlined,  which  he  will  complete  at 
College  Park,  he  is  expected  to  spend  part  of  his  summers  in  study  or 
practical  work  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay. 

The  minor  field  of  study  for  this  curriculum  wall  depend  upon  the  specific 
phase  of  Fishery  Biology  in  which  the  student  is  primarily  interested.  A 
selection  of  courses  to  complete  the  minor  requirements  will  be  made  by  the 
student  in  consultation  with  his  adviser.  The  minor  may  be  selected  from 
Chemistry,  Botany,  Entomology,  or  Bacteriology,  depending  upon  the  stu- 
dent's objective.  All  students  in  Fishery  Biology  are  required  to  complete, 
from  electives,  Chemistry  5  and  Chemistry  19  at  some  time  during  their 
course. 


*  Elect  one. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


157 


Fishery  Biology  Curriculum  r^Semester_> 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Ensr.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 8  8 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 3  .... 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 8 

Zool.  2,  8 — Fundamentals  of  Zoology 4  4 

Chem,  1,  8 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Sp.  18,  19 — Introductory    Speech    1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene     (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities  1  1 

Total     18-19  18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  8 

Math.  10,  11 — Algebra,   Trigonometry  and  Analytic   Geometry 3  3 

Zool.  5 — Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology 4  .... 

Zool.  20 — Vertebrate    Embryology    ....  4 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Electives    4  4 

Total     18-21  18-21 

Junior  Year 

German*    3  3 

Phys.    10,    11 — Mechanics    and    Heat ;    Sound,    Optics,    Magnetism    and 

Electricity     4  4 

Zool.  102 — General    Animal    Physiology ....  4 

Zool.  118 — Invertebrate  Morphology   4  .... 

Zool.  121 — Principles   of   Animal   Ecology ....  3 

Electives    7  4 

Total     18  18 

i — Semester — > 

Senior  Year  I  II 

German   (Continued)  *   3  3 

Zool.  125,  126 — Fishery   Biology   and   Management 3  3 

Electives    12  12 

Total     18  18 


*  Ger.  6,  7  required. 


1-58  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

III.    THE  HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two  types  of  majors  are  offered  in  art:  Art  Major  A  for  those  who  take 
the  art  curriculum  as  a  cultural  subject  and  as  preparation  for  a  career  for 
which  art  is  a  necessary  background.  Art  Major  B  is  for  those  who  pre- 
pare themselves  for  creative  work  on  a  professional  basis. 

In  both  types  the  student  begins  with  the  basic  courses,  and  moves  to 
more  advanced  study  of  the  theory  of  design  and  of  the  general  principles 
involved  in  visual  expression.  A  large  amount  of  study  takes  the  form 
of  actual  practice  of  drawing  and  painting.  The  student,  in  this  way,  gains 
a  knowledge  of  the  vocabulary  of  drawing  and  painting,  and  of  the  methods 
and  procedures  underlying  good  quality  of  performance. 

Art  Major  B  emphasizes  the  development  of  craftsmanship  and  the  cre- 
ative faculty.  Art  Major  A,  while  including  the  basic  studio  courses,  neces- 
sarily places  emphasis  on  the  general  history,  composition  and  art  appre- 
ciation, with  subsequent  choices  of  special  art  epochs  for  greater  detailed 
study. 

Art  History  and  Art  Appreciation  are  of  special  interest  to  students 
majoring  in  English,  History,  Languages,  Philosophy,  or  Music.  It  is  sug- 
gested that  they  schedule  Art  9,  10  and  11,  Historical  Survey  of  Painting, 
Sculpture,  and  Architeure,  and  History  of  American  Art,  as  excellent  supple- 
mentary study  for  a  fuller  understanding  of  their  major.  Art  100-101  is 
recommended  for  English,  Languages,  Philosophy,  Home  Economics,  and 
Education  majors.  Art  10,  History  of  American  Art,  is  advised  for  majors 
in  the  American  Civilization  courses.  Home  Economics  and  Horticulture 
majors  are  encouraged  to  schedule  basic  art  courses  as  a  useful  means 
of  training  observation  and  developing  understanding  of  and  proficiency 
in  the  visual  arts. 

English 

Students  majoring  in  English,  particularly  those  who  plan  to  do  graduate 
work,  are  urged  to  take  work  in  foreign  language  in  addition  to  that  re- 
quired for  graduation.  In  selecting  minor  or  elective  subjects,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  students  give  special  consideration  to  the  following:  Greek, 
Latin,  French,  German,  Italian,  philosophy,  history,  and  fine  arts. 

Students  who  major  in  English  must  choose  21  hours  of  the  possible 
24-40  hours  required  of  a  major  from  courses  in  several  groups,  as  follows : 

1.  Three  hours  in  language  (Eng.  101,  102,  104,  or  8). 

2.  Six  hours  in  major  figures  (Eng.  104,  112,  115,  116,  121,  155,  156). 

3.  Six  hours  in  survey  or  type  courses  (Eng.  106,  110,  111,  112,  113,  120, 
122,  123,  125,  126,  129,  130,  134,  135,  139,  140,  143,  144,  145,  157). 

4.  Six  hours  in  American  literature  (Eng.  148,  150,  151,  155,  156). 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  159 

Foreign  Languages  and  Literature 

The  underclass  department  requirements  which  must  be  satisfied  before  a 
student  can  begin  work  toward  a  major  are  the  courses  numbered  1,  2,  4, 
and  5  (or  1,  2,  6,  and  7). 

Two  types  of  majors  are  offered  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish:  one  for 
the  general  student  or  the  future  teacher  and  the  other  for  those  interested 
in  a  rounded  study  of  a  foreign  area  for  the  purpose  of  understanding 
another  nation  through  its  literature,  history,  sociology,  economics,  and 
other  aspects. 

Literature  and  Language  Major 

Language  and  literature  as  such  are  stressed  in  the  first  type  of  major. 
Specific  minimum  requirements  beyond  the  first  two  years  are  a  semester 
each  of  intermediate  and  advanced  conversation  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Span.  8  or  9 
and  80  or  81),  a  semester  of  grammar  review  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Span.  71),  six 
hours  of  the  introductory  survey  of  literature  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Span.  75  and  76), 
any  twelve  hours  in  literature  courses  numbered  100  or  above — a  total  of  26 
semester  hours.  Beyond  this  minimum  further  courses  in  the  Department 
are  desirable  and  as  electives  work  in  American  and  in  Comparative  Litera- 
ture is  strongly  recommended;  Comparative  Literature  101  and  102  are 
required. 

Foreign  Area  Major 

The  area  study  major  endeavors  to  provide  the  student  with  a  knowledge 
of  various  aspects  of  the  country  whose  language  he  is  studying.  Specific 
minimum  requirements  beyond  the  first  two  years  are  ten  hours  of  con- 
versation, Life  and  Culture  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Span.  161  and  162),  three  hours 
of  Advanced  Composition  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Span.  121)  and  six  hours  in  litera- 
ture courses  numbered  100  or  above — a  total  of  25  semester  hours.  In  addi- 
tion the  student  takes,  as  a  minor,  twenty  to  thirty-six  hours  in  geography, 
history,  political  science,  sociology,  or  economics,  distributed  through 
these  fields  in  consultation  with  advisers  in  the  Foreign  Language  Depart- 
ment. The  student  is  urged  to  take  some  elective  work  in  American  and  in 
Comparative  Literature. 

Special  Honors 

The  distinction  of  special  honors  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  is  awarded 
to  majors  who,  in  addition  to  fulfilling  the  above-mentioned  requirements, 
have  completed  certain  special  readings  and  passed  a  comprehensive  exami- 
nation in  their  field  of  concentration.  The  purpose  of  honors  in  languages 
is  (1)  to  encourage  independent  reading  and  (2)  to  coordinate  the  knowl- 
edge afforded  by  the  various  individual  courses  which  constitute  the  major 
curricula.  The  work  leading  to  honors  is  done  in  conferences  between  stu- 
dents and  professors.  It  should  be  begun  early  in  the  student's  collegiate 
career,  and  in  no  case  may  students  declare  their  candidacy  for  honors  later 
than  the  beginning  of  their  senior  year. 


160  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  Curriculum  in  History 

The  study  of  history  is  basic  for  the  cultural  background  of  all  fields  of 
knowledge.  In  addition,  the  Department  of  History  offers  a  curriculum 
which  is  designed  to  assist  students  who  wish  to  prepare  themselves  for 
entering  several  fields  of  professional  activity.  Specifically  these  fields  are 
(1)  teaching  history  and  the  social  sciences  at  the  secondary  level;  (2)  the 
field  of  journalism  which  requires  a  broad  historical  background;  (3)  re- 
search and  archival  work;  (4)  the  diplomatic  service.  In  addition,  the 
department  offers  adequate  preparation  and  training  for  those  who  intend 
to  pursue  higher  degrees  and  prepare  themselves  for  teaching  at  the  col- 
lege level. 

Undergraduate  history  majors  must  complete  the  following  departmental 
requirements : 

1.  Every  major  is  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  24  semester 
hours  in  advanced  courses,  with  the  following  exceptions:  (a)  the 
total  may  be  reduced  by  3  credit  hours  for  those  students  who,  in 
addition  to  the  prerequisites,  have  taken  6  credits  in  other  courses 
under  the  100  level;  and  (b)  the  total  may  be  reduced  by  6  credit 
hours  for  those  who,  in  addition  to  the  prerequisites,  have  com- 
pleted 12  semester  hours  in  courses  under  the  100  level. 

2.  No  less  than  15  nor  more  than  18  semester  hours  in  advanced  courses 
should  be  taken  in  any  one  field  of  history,  e.  g.,  European,  Amer- 
ican, or  Latin  American. 

3.  Prerequisites  for  majors  in  history  are  History  5  and  6  (required  of 
all  college  students)  and  History  1  and  2. 

4.  All  majors  are  required  to  take  the  proseminar  during  their  senior 
year. 

5.  No  grades  of  "D"  in  the  major  field  will  be  counted  toward  com- 
pleting the  major  requirements  for  graduation. 

Philosophy 

The  department's  undergraduate  courses  are  designed  to  help  students 
attain  philosophical  perspective,  clear  understanding,  and  sound  critical 
evaluation  concerning  the  nature  of  man,  his  place  in  the  universe,  and  the 
significance  of  the  principal  types  of  human  experiences  and  activities. 

To  those  students  who  seek  a  broad,  liberal  and  cultural  background  of 
knowledge,  but  because  of  specialized  studies  have  only  a  minimum  of 
free  electives,  the  department  offers  Philosophy  1,  Philosophical  Perspectives 
on  nature,  man,  religion,  and  science,  and  Philosophy  2,  Philosophical  Per- 
spectives on  morality,  government,  education,  and  art.  For  the  general 
picture,  both  courses  are  recommended;  each,  however,  is  available 
separately. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  161 

To  students  in  other  fields  who  wish  to  explore  the  philosophy  of  their 
subjects,  the  department  offers  a  choice  among  a  group  of  specifically- 
related  courses:  52,  Philosophy  in  Literature;  53,  Philosophy  of  Religion; 
151,  Ethics;  153,  Philosophy  of  Art;  154,  Political  and  Social  Philosophy; 
155,  Logic;  156,  Philosophy  of  Science. 

To  students  of  literature,  history,  or  the  history  of  ideas,  the  department 
offers  historical  courses  in  ancient,  medieval,  modern,  recent  and  contempo- 
rary, and  American  philosophy.  The  last  course  is  particularly  relevant 
for  students  of  American  Civilization. 

Philosophy  155,  Logic  is  required  in  the  Arts-Law  curriculum. 

Minors  in  philosophy  are  especially  suitable  for  students  majoring  in 
English,  Literature,  the  Social  Sciences,  American  Civilization,  and  in  the 
pre-Ministry  and  pre-Law  fields.  Interested  students  should  consult  with 
the  chairman  of  the  department. 

Majors  in  philosophy  will  include  in  their  program,  101,  Ancient  Phi- 
losophy; 102,  Modern  Philosophy;  112,  Recent  and  Contemporary  Philoso- 
phy; 151,  Ethics,  and  a  selection  of  at  least  four  other  semester  courses 
in  the  department.  These  will  normally  include  one  semester  of  Topical 
Investigations,  the  topic  to  be  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  department 
chairman  to  meet  the  student's  special  interests  and  needs. 

SPEECH  AND   DRAMATIC  ART 

The  courses  in  this  department  have  two  main  functions:  (1)  to  pro- 
vide work  in  public  speaking  and  allied  fields  which  will  meet  the  needs 
of  all  students  in  the  university;  (2)  to  provide  an  integrated  unit  of  work 
which  will  allow  a  student  to  major  in  Speech.  A  major  shall  consist 
of  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of  which  15  hours  must  be  in  courses  numbered 
100  and  above.  Prerequisites  for  Speech  majors  are  Speech  1,  2,  3,  4.  Speech 
5,  6  is  recommended  as  an  additional  prerequisite  for  those  students  who 
have  not  demonstrated  effective  platform  speaking.  In  meeting  the  Arts  and 
Sciences  Natural  Science  requirement  it  is  recommended  that  Speech  majors 
elect  Zoology  16.  A  student  majoring  in  Speech  may  concentrate  in:  (a) 
public  speaking;  (b)  drama;  (c)  speech  sciences;  (d)  radio. 

IV.    THE  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES 
Curriculum  for  General  Physical  Sciences 

This  general  curriculum  is  offered  for  students  who  desire  a  basic 
knowledge  of  the  physical  sciences  without  immediate  specialization  in 
any  one  of  them.  By  proper  selection  of  courses  in  the  latter  semesters,  a 
student  may  concentrate  in  the  field  of  his  choice.  A  number  of  selections 
are  possible  and  there  is  considerable  freedom  in  the  choice  of  electives. 

Thirty-six  hours  in  addition  to  underclass  departmental  requirements  in 
the  three  departments  of  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  and  Physics  are  re- 
quired. Of  these  36  hours,  18  hours  must  be  of  100  level  and  taken  in  at 
least  two  of  the  three  departments. 


162  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(This  curriculum  represents  only  two  of  the  possible  selections  of  courses 
open  to  a  student  majoring  in  General  Physical  Science.  Beginning  students 
who  want  to  select  this  field  as  a  major  should  consult  the  major  advisor 
before  making  up  their  schedules.) 

i — Semester — \ 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Chem    1,    i — Creneral    Chemistry 1 

or                                                                                         L  4  4 

Phys.  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics J 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in   American  Literature 3  8 

Math.   14,   15,   17 — Plane  Trigonometry,  College  Algebra  and   Geometry.  5  4 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government S  .... 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American   Life ....  8 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene     (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total 17-18         17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Chem    1,    3 — General    Chemistry 


Chem.  31,  82,  83,  34 — Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  and  Laboratory! 

Phys.  50,  51 — Applied  Mechanics 

or 

Phys.  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics 

Eng.  3,  4— Composition  and  Readings  in  World  Literature 


Total. 


Senior  Year 


4-8  4-8 


8-4  8-4 


8  3 


Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings,  mainly  in  English  Literature. 

Sp.    18,    19 — Introductory    Speech '  1  i 

Math.   20,   21 — Calculus    4  4 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total     16-19         16-19 

Junior  Year 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

H.  5,   6 — History  of  American   Civilization 8  8 

Electives     4  4 

Electives  in  Physical  Sciences 7  7 


17  17 


Foreign  Language   (Continued) 3  3 

Electives    in    Physical    Sciences .  . 

.                                                                                         4  4 

Electives     „  0 


Total. 


15  15 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


163 


Chemistry 

The  science  of  chemistry  is  so  vast  in  scope  that  completion  of  a  well- 
planned  course  of  undergraduate  study  is  necessary  before  specialization. 
The  curriculum  outlined  below  describes  such  a  course  of  study.  The  se- 
quence of  courses  given  should  be  followed  as  closely  as  possible;  it  is  real- 
ized, however,  that  some  deviation  from  this  sequence  may  be  necessary 
toward  the  end  of  the  program.  All  of  the  courses  in  chemistry  listed,  un- 
less otherwise  designated,  are  required  of  students  majoring  in  chemistry. 

Chemistry  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year  i — Semester — \ 

Cbem.  1,  8 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Math.  14 — Plane    Trigonometry 2  .... 

Math.  IB — College  Algebra 3  .... 

Math.  17 — Analytic    Geometry     ....  4 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3  .... 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life ....  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities 1  1 

Total     18-19         17-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Chem.  15,  17 — Qualitative  Analysis    3  S 

Chem.  85,  37 — Elementary    Organic    Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.  86,  38 — Elementary    Organic    Laboratory 2  2 

Speech    18,    19 — Introductory    Speech 1  1 

♦German    3  3 

Math.  20,  21— Calculus 4  4 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total     16-19         16-19 

Junior  Year 

Chem.  21,  23 — Quantitative    Analysis 4  4 

Chem.  141,  143 — Advanced   Organic   Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.  142 — Advanced  Organic  Laboratory 2  .... 

or 

Chem.  150 — Organic  Quantitative  Analysis 2  .... 

Chem.  144 — Advanced  Organic  Laboratory ....  2 

or 

Chem.  150 — -Organic    Quantitative    Analysis ....  2 

**Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  Readings  in  World  Literature 3  3 

**Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings,  Mainly  in  English  Literature...  3  3 

*German   (Continued)    3  3 

Phys.  20.  21 5  5 

Total 19  19 


*  Ger.  6,  7  required. 
**  Elect   one. 


164  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — » 
Senior  Year  I  II 

H.  5,   6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  8 

Chem.  101 — Advanced    Inorganic   Chemistry ....  2 

Chem.  187.  189— Physical  Chemistry   3  3 

Chem.  188,  190 — Physical   Chemistry   Laboratory 2  2 

Chem.  146 — The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds 2  .... 

Electives  in   Biological   Sciences,   Chemistry,   Physics,  or  Mathematics.  .  5-8  5-8 

Total     15-18         15-18 

Mathematics 

This  curriculum  offers  training  in  the  fundamentals  of  Mathematics  in 
preparation  for  teaching,  industrial  work,  or  graduate  work  in  Mathematics. 

Students  majoring  in  mathematics  who  complete  freshman  and  sophomore 
courses  in  mathematics  with  distinction  are  eligible  to  try  for  honors  in 
mathematics.  To  receive  the  honors  degree  in  mathematics,  a  student  must: 
1.  Complete  the  curriculum  in  mathematics  with  an  average  grade  of  B  in 
all  subjects;  2.  Pass  an  honors  examination  in  mathematics  at  the  end  of 
the  senior  year;  3.  Write  a  satisfactory  thesis  on  an  assigned  topic  in 
mathematics  in  the  senior  year.  Students  who  wish  to  try  for  honors  in 
mathematics  should  consult  the  Head  of  the  department  at  the  conclusion 
of  their  sophomore  year. 

No  grade  of  D  in  the  major  field  will  be  counted  toward  completion  of 
the  requirements  for  graduation  in  the  mathematics  curriculum.  An  average 
grade  of  C  is  required  in  the  minor. 

The  mathematics  curriculum  offers  two  options  depending  on  the  choice 
of  electives  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years. 

Pure  Mathematics  option.  Electives  in  mathematics  must  include  three 
hours  in  each  of  the  fields  of  algebra  and  geometry. 

Applied  Mathematics  option.  Electives  in  mathematics  must  include 
six  hours  in  the  fields  of  algebra  and  geometry,  and  at  least  six  hours 
in  the  field  of  applied  mathematics.  Minor  electives  will  be  selected  from 
the  Physical  Sciences  or  Engineering  in  consultation  with  the  Head  of  the 
department  of  Mathematics. 

Mathematics  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  8 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech  1  i 

French  or  German 3  3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life ....  3 

Math.  14 — Plane  Trigonometry 2 

Math.  15 — College  Algebra 3 

Math.  17 — Analytic  Geometry   4 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene     (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities  j  j 


Total    18  or  19 


17  or  18 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


165 


Sophomore  Year  , — Semester 

Eng.    3,    4  or    5,    6 — Composition    and    Readings    in    World   or    English 

Literature    3 

French  or  German   (continued) 3 

Math.   20,   21 — Calculus    4 

PhyB.  20,  21 — General   Physics 5 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization   (Women) 3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3 

Physical   Activities    1 

Total     19 

Junior  Year 

Math.   110,   111— Advanced   Calculus 3 

Electives — Mathematics    3 

Electives — Minor 3-6 

Electives    3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization   (Men) 3 

Elective  (Women)    3 

Total     15-18 

Senior  Year 

Math.  114 — Differential  Equations    

Electives — Mathematics     6 

Electives — Minor  3 

Electives    6 

Total     15 


S 

3 

3-6 
3 
3 
3 


15-18 


15 


Physics 

The  physics  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who  desire  training  in 
the  fundamentals  of  physics  in  preparation  for  teaching  or  graduate  work, 
and  for  positions  in  governmental,  industrial,  and  biophysical  laboratories. 

Courses  comprising  the  minor  may  be  selected  in  any  allied  field  in  accord- 
ance with  the  needs  of  the  student.  Entering  freshmen  who  may  want  to 
select  physics  as  a  major  should  consult  the  Head  of  the  Physics  Department 
before  making  up  their  schedules. 

Physics  Curriculum 
Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Sp.    18,    19 — Introductory    Speech 1  i 

Math.  14,  15,  17 — Plane  Trigonometry,  College  Algebra,  Analytic 

Geometry 5  4 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

Foreign  Language  or  Physics 3-4  3_4 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities  1  \ 

Total     18-20         17-19 


166 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


t — Semester — \ 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.    3,    4    or    5,    6 — Composition    and    Readings    in    World    or    English 

Literature   3  3 

Math.  20.  21 — Differential  and  Integral  Calculus 4  4 

Foreign   Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Physics     •_■  ■  4~5  4~5 

jj.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization  (Women) *.  .  3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T..  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   ■ 1  1 

Total 18-19        18-19 

Junior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization  (Men) 3  8 

Physics    5  5 

Foreign  Langague  (Continued),  Mathematics,  or  Chemistry 6-7  6-7 

Electives    3  3 

Total     17-18         17-18 

Senior  Year 

Chemistry,  Engineering,  Mathematics  and  Physics 16-17         15-17 

Total     15-17         16-17 

V.     THE  SOCIAL  SCIENCES* 

General  Sociology  Curriculum 

In  addition  to  the  general  university  requirements,  a  major  in  sociology 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  sociology  (including  Soci- 
ology 1)  of  which  12  hours  must  be  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above. 
Only  credit  with  a  grade  of  C  or  more  can  be  counted  as  a  part  of  the 
major  requirement.    The  following  sociology  courses  are  required: 

Sociology       1 — The  Sociology  of  American  Life. 

Sociology      2 — Principles  of  Sociology. 

Sociology  183 — Social  Statistics. 

Sociology  186 — Sociological  Theory. 

Sociology  196 — Senior  Seminar. 
Social  Service  Curriculum 

This  curriculum  comprises  a  four-year  preprofessional  program  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  with  a  major  in  sociology  and  supporting 
subjects,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  curriculum  combines 
a  liberal  education  with  a  sound  foundation  for  the  general  field  of 
social  service  and  provides:  (1)  preprofessional  preparation  for  students 
planning  to  pursue  graduate  professional  study  in  social  service;  (2)  a  back- 
ground for  responsible  civic  leadership  in  the  field  of  social  welfare  for 

*For  statements   concerning   Economics,   Geography,   and   Government   and   Politics   eee 
the  Catalog  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


167 


students  who  are  not  planning  a  professional  social  service  career,  but  who 
as  citizens  will  be  active  in  various  programs  of  social  welfare  and  com- 
munity betterment;  (3)  basic  training  for  students  who  may  go  immediately 
upon  graduation  from  college  into  certain  social  service  positions  for  which 
graduate  professional  education  is  not  required.  Completion  of  this  cur- 
riculum with  the  B.  A.  degree  meets  the  educational  qualifications  for  many 
beginning  positions  in  public  welfare,  public  assistance,  social  services  to 
individuals  and  families,  social  security,  and  other  areas  of  social  service. 
The  first  three  years  of  this  curriculum  are  devoted  to  a  broad  liberal 
education  with  emphasis  on  the  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  human  asso- 
ciation, social  motivation,  and  societal  organization.  The  fourth  year  in- 
cludes an  introduction  to  the  basic  principles,  methods,  and  organization  of 
the  social  services.  Flexibility  to  meet  the  varying  interests  and  needs  of 
individual  students  is  provided  by  the  electives  in  the  junior  and  senior 

years. 

i — Semester — i 
Freshman  Year  I  H 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 8 

Foreign  Language   3  3 

Mathematics  or  Natural    Science 8  3 

Soc.  2 — Principles  of  Sociology ....  3 

L.  S.  1 — Library  Science 1  1 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene  I,  II   (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total     17-18         19-20 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.    3,    4    or    5,    6 — Composition    and    Readings    in    World    or    English 

Literature    3  3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3  .... 

Soc.  51 — Social  Pathology   3 

Hist.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  3 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Mathematics  or  Natural   Science 3  8 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total 16-19         16-19 

Junior  Year 

Soc.  13  or  14 — Rural  Sociology  (or  Urban  Sociology) 3  .... 

Soc.  62 — Criminology     ....                 8 

Soc.  131 — Introduction  to  Social  Service 3  .... 

Soc.  186 — Sociological   Theory    ....                 8 

Econ.   87 — Fundamentals  of   Economics 8  .... 

G.  &  P.  4  or  5 — State  Government  or  Municipal  Gov't  and  Admin 3  .... 

Electives  in  related  subjects 8                 9 

Total 15  16 


168  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior  Year  I  II 

Soc.  118 — 'Community    Organization     8 

Soc.  171— 'Family  and  Child   Welfare 8           

Soc.  178 — Social    Security 3  .... 

Soc.  174— 'Public   Welfare    8 

Soc.  183 — Social   Statistics    8           

Soc.  196 — Senior  Seminar   3 

Electivea   in   related  subjects 6  6 

Total IB  16 

Crime  Control  Curriculum 

This  curriculum  comprises  a  four-year  preprofessional  program  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  with  a  major  in  sociology  and  a  minor  in  psy- 
chology, leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  curriculum  com- 
bines a  liberal  education  with  basic  training  for  the  field  of  crime  and 
delinquency  prevention  and  control.  It  is  designed  specifically  for  stu- 
dents preparing  for  positions  in  correctional  and  penal  institutions,  institu- 
tions for  juveniles,  juvenile  courts,  probation  and  parole  services,  the  so- 
called  "area  projects,"  research  in  juvenile  delinquency  and  criminology, 
and  similar  positions. 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.   1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in   American   Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.   &  P.  1 — American  Government ....  3 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4  .... 

Soc.  2 — Principles  of  Sociology ....  3 

Elective    8 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Physical   Activities    (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total     17_18         18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  English  or  in  World 

Literature    3  3 

Hist.  6.  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  8 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4 

Psych.    1 — Introduction    to    Psychology     3 

Soc.   62 — Criminology    8 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total 17-20         17-20 

•  Supervised   field   trips   and   observation    of   the   functioning   of   representative   agencies, 
institutions,  and  organizations  are  required  in  connection  with  these  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


169 


Semester- 


Junior  Year 

Soc.    61— Social    Pathology 

Soc.  131 — Introduction  to  Social   Service 

Soc.  153 — Juvenile    Delinquency    

Soc.  154 — *Crime   and  Delinquency   Prevention 

Soc.  183 — Social    Statistics    

Soc.  186 — Sociological    Theory    

B.  A.  10 — Organization  and  Control 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Psych.    5 — Mental   Hygiene    

Psych  125— Child  Psychology    

Electives    

Total 

Senior  Year 

Soc.  114— The   City    

Soc.  118 — 'Community    Organization     

Soc.  145 — Social   Control    

Soc.  156 — 'Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents 

Soc.   196 — Senior  Seminar   

Psych.   131 — Abnormal  Psychology    

Psych.   150 — Tests   and   Measurements 

Psych.  161 — Psychological  Techniques  in  Personnel  Administration  or  a 

3  hours  elective  in  Psychology 

Electives     

Total 


17 


3 

15 


II 

8 

8 

3 
3 

5 
17 


15 


PSYCHOLOGY 

The  Department  of  Psychology  is  classed  in  both  the  Division  of  Bio- 
logical Sciences  and  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences  and  offers  educational 
programs  related  to  both  of  these  fields.  The  functions  of  the  undergraduate 
curriculum  in  Psychology  are  to  provide  an  organized  study  of  the  behavior 
of  man,  in  terms  of  the  biological  conditions  and  social  factors  which  in- 
fluence such  behavior.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate  program  in  Psychology 
is  arranged  to  provide  a  level  of  training  which  will  equip  the  students  to 
enter  certain  professional  pursuits  which  require  a  background  in  this  field. 
It  is  important  to  note,  however,  that  the  undergraduate  degree  in  Psychology 
is  not  in  itself  recognized  as  carrying  any  professional  status. 

The  departmental  requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  the 
Social  Sciences  are  as  follows: 

Psych.       1.     Intrduction  to  Psychology   (3). 


*  Supervised    field   trips    and   observation    of   the   functioning   of    representative    agencies, 
institutions,   and  organizations   are  required   in   connection   with   these  courses. 


170  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Psych.  4.  General  Psychology  (3). 

Psych.  106.  Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology  (3). 

*Psych.  121.  Social  Psychology  (3). 

*Psych.  128.  Human  Motivation  (3). 

*Psych.  142.  Techniques  of  Interrogation  (3). 

Psych.  145.  Introduction  to  Experimental  Psychology  (4). 

Psych.  150.  Tests  and  Measurements  (3). 

Plus  6  additional  hours  in  Psychology. 

In  addition  to  the  general  university  requirements,  and  those  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  as  well  as  the  above  requirements  in  the 
Department  of  Psychology,  the  student  will  take  a  minimum  of  18  hours 
in  a  minor  curriculum  of  courses  in  the  Social  Sciences  related  to  Psy- 
chology. This  minor  curriculum  must  include  at  least  6  hours  of  courses  in 
the  100  series  in  a  single  department  in  the  Social  Sciences.  The  minor 
program  will  be  organized  for  each  student  with  the  approval  of  the  De- 
partment of  Psychology. 

VI.     PRE-PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULAf 

COMBINED  PROGRAM  IN  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  AND  LAW 

The  School  of  Law  of  the  University  requires  two  years  of  academic 
credit  for  admission  to  the  school. 

The  University  offers  also  a  combined  program  in  arts  and  sciences  and 
law  leading  to  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  arts  and  bachelor  of  laws.  Stu- 
dents pursuing  this  combined  program  will  spend  the  first  three  years  in 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park.  During  this  period  they 
will  complete  the  prescribed  curriculum  in  prelegal  studies  as  outlined  below, 
or  a  total  of  106  semester  hours  for  men  and  98  for  women,  and  they  must 
complete  the  requirements  for  graduation,  as  indicated  below.  If  students 
enter  the  combined  program  with  advanced  standing,  at  least  the  third 
full  year's  work— i.  e.,  30  semester  hours  of  credit — must  be  completed  in 
residence  at  College  Park.  After  the  successful  completion  of  one  year 
of  full-time  law  courses  in  the  School  of  Law  in  Baltimore,  the  degree  of 
bachelor  of  arts  may  be  awarded  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Law,,  provided  the  student  has  earned  at  least  a  total  of  120 
credits  exclusive  of  military  science  and  physical  activities  with  a  C  average. 
The  degree  of  bachelor  of  laws  may  be  awarded  upon  the  completion  of  the 
combined  program. 


For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Psychology  126,  180  and  195  should  be  substituted 
for  these  courses.  The  minor  curriculum  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  include  at 
least  six  hours  in  the  100  series  in  the  Department  of  Zoology. 

f  For  Pre- Veterinary  program,  see  the  Catalog  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


171 


Arts-Law  Curriculum  , — Semester — > 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 8  8 

Science  or  Mathematics    8  8 

G.  &  P.   1 — American  Government ] 

or                                                                                            I  8  8 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life J 

Foreign   Language 8  8 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library  Methods 1  1 

M.  S.  1,  2— Basic  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    •' .  •  •  1  1 

Hea.    2,    4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Total 18-19  18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  8,  4 — Composition  and  Readings  in  World  Literature 8  8 

Econ.  31,  82 — Principles  of  Economics 3  8 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  8 

Science  or  Mathematics  3  8 

Foreign  Language    3  3 

M.  S.  3,  4— Basic  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total    16-19  16-19 

Junior  Year 

G.   &   P.   4 — State  Government 3           

G.   &   P.   124 — Legislatures  and  Legislation —  .  3 

Hist.  185,  136 — Constitutional  Hist,  of  the  U.  S 8  S 

Paych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 8  .... 

Phil.  155— Logic   3 

G.   &   P.    181 — Administrative   Law ....  3 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics 8  .... 

Electives  from  following 3  3 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking 

Hist.  189 — Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain 

Phil.   154 — Political  and   Social  Philosophy 

Psych.  2 — Applied  Psychology 


Total. 


15 


15 


FIVE-YEAR  COMBINED  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  AND  NURSING 

The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum,  comprising  a  minimum  of  60 
semester  hours  exclusive  of  hygiene  and  physical  activities,  are  taken  in 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park  and  the  professional 
training  is  taken  in  the  School  of  Nursing  of  the  University  in  Baltimore 
or  in  the  Training  School  of  Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore. 

In  addition  to  the  Diploma  in  Nursing,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Nursing  may,  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of 
Nursing,  be  granted  at  the  end  of  the  professional  training.     Full  details 


172  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

regarding  the  nursing  curriculum  may  be  found  in  the  catalog  of  the  School 
of  Nursing. 

A  student  may  enter  this  combined  curriculum  with  advanced  standing 
but  the  last  year  of  pre-professional  training,  consisting  of  a  minimum  of 
30  credits,  exclusive  of  physical  training,  must  be  completed  in  College  Park 
and  the  professional  training  must  be  completed  in  one  of  the  schools  indi- 
cated above.  To  qualify  for  the  combined  degree  the  student  must  complete 
the  required  work  at  College  Park  before  completing  the  professional  train- 
ing in  Baltimore. 

In  order  to  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  the  student  must  fulfill 
the  grade  requirements  of  the  university. 

Arts-Nursing  Curriculum  „ 

i — Semester — \ 

Freshman  Year  I  U 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government ....  3 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library  Methods 1  l 

Foreign  Language   3  3 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities  1  1 

Total     18  is 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Zool.    1 — General    Zoology 4 

Bact.    1 — General    Bacteriology 4 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Econ.   87 — Fundamentals  of   Economics g 

Foreign   Language    (Continued) 3  3 

Physical  Activities  1  1 


Total. 


17  17 


PRE-MEDICAL  CURRICULUM 

This  course,  which  consists  of  three  years  of  study  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  is  recommended  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Medicine 
of  the  University  of  Maryland.  It  also  meets  the  requirements  prescribed 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

This  curriculum  also  offers  to  the  student  a  combined  program  leading  to 
the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Medicine.  The  preprofes- 
sional  training  is  taken  in  residence  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at 
College  Park  and  the  professional  training  in  the  School  of  Medicine  in 
Baltimore. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 


173 


Students  who  have  completed  the  combined  program  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  Medicine  may,  on  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of 
Medicine,  be  granted  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.  To  qualify  for  this  degree  at  least  90  semester  credits 
exclusive  of  required  work  in  military  science  and  physical  education  in  this 
college  and  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Medicine  must  have  been  com- 
pleted so  that  the  quantitative  requirements  of  120  semester  hours  are  met. 
The  qualitative  grade  requirements  of  the  University  must  also  be  fulfilled. 
The  degree  will  be  granted  at  the  commencement  following  the  completion 
of  the  student's  second  year  in  medical  school. 

A  student  may  enter  this  combined  curriculum  with  advanced  standing, 
but  the  last  year  of  the  preprofessional  training,  consisting  of  a  minimum 
of  30  credits,  exclusive  of  physical  training  and  military  instruction,  must  be 
completed  at  College  Park  and  the  professional  training  must  be  completed 
in  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  in  Baltimore. 

Students  who  expect  to  qualify  for  the  combined  degree  must  complete 
the  work  as  outlined  in  the  curriculum.  Changes  may  be  made  only  when 
authorized  by  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Permission 
to  continue  in  the  pre-medical  curriculum  is  granted  only  to  students 
who  have  demonstrated,  on  the  basis  of  their  previous  academic  records, 
that  they  are  fully  qualified  to  carry  the  work  included  in  this  course. 


Pre-Medical  Three  Year  Curriculum  Semester 

Freshman  Year  I          II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Compostion  and  American  Literature 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of   American   Life 3 

G.  &.  P.  1 — American  Government .... 

Zool.  2,  3 — Fundamentals  of  Zoology 4 

Math.  10,  11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry 3 

Chem.   1,   3 — General   Chemistry 4 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3 

Hea.   2,  4 — Hygiene    (Women) 2 

Physical  Activities   1 

Total 20-21 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3 

Zool.   6 — Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology 4 

Zool.    20 — Vertebrate    Embryology .... 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38 — Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 4 

Foreign  Language   3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3 

Physical  Activities   1 

Total 16-18         16-18 


3 

8 
4 

3 
4 
3 
2 
1 

20-21 


174  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — 
Junior  Year  1  H 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology •  ■                  3 

Phys.    10,    11 — Mechanics    and    Heat;    Sound,    Optics,    Magnetism    and 

Electricity     4 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3 

Foreign    Language    (Continued) 3 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory   Speech 1 

Electives    (Sciences)    ■ 

Total 18 

Senior  Year 

The  curriculum  of  the  first  year  of  the  School  of  Medicine  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  is  accepted  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  the 
fourth  year  of  academic  work  toward  the  degree. 

If  at  the  beginning  of  the  Senior  Year  the  student  decides  to  postpone 
his  entrance  to  Medical  School  and  to  remain  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  and  complete  work  for  the  Bachelor's  Degree  he  may  choose  a 
major  in  any  department  in  which  he  has  completed  the  necessary  under- 
class requirements.  Because  of  the  general  nature  of  the  first  three  years 
of  his  curriculum,  the  student  has  open  to  him  a  wide  choice  of  departments 
in  which  he  may  specialize. 

PRE-DENTAL  CURRICULUM 

Students  entering  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  who  desire  to  prepare 
for  the  study  of  dentistry  are  offered  the  following  curriculum,  which  meets 
the  pre-dental  requirements  of  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Col- 
leges. If  the  student  decides  to  continue  his  college  training  and  complete 
work  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  this  curriculum  will  constitute  the 
first  two  years  of  his  college  work.  The  courses  chosen  during  the  Junior 
and  Senior  years  must  meet  the  college  and  university  requirements  for 
graduation.  Permission  to  continue  in  the  pre-dental  curriculum  is  granted 
only  to  students  who  have  demonstrated,  on  the  basis  of  their  previous  aca- 
demic records,  that  they  are  fully  qualified  to  carry  the  work  included 
in  this  course. 

Predental  Two-Year  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  s 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Zool.  2,  3 — Fundamentals  of  Zoology 4  4 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Math.  10,  11— Algebra,  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry 3  8 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   !  j 


Total. 


21 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  175 

< — Semester — * 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  World  or  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  t 

Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38 — Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 4  4 

Physics    10,    11 — Mechanics    and    Heat ;    Sound,    Optics,    Magnetism   and 

Electricity    4  4 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total 18  18 

ART  DEPARTMENT 

Professor  Wharton;  Associate  Professor  Siegler;  Assistant  Professors 
Maril,  Soulen;  Instructors  de  Janosi,  Grubar  and  Stites. 

Art  1.     Charcoal  Drawing  (Antique)   (3). 

Drawing  from  casts,  preparatory  to  Life  and  Portrait  drawing  and  paint- 
ing. Stress  is  placed  on  fundamental  principles,  such  as  the  study  of  rela- 
tive proportions,  values  and  modeling,  etc.  (Siegler.) 

Art  2.     Charcoal  Drawing  (3). 

Drawing  from  model,  (head  and  figure)  with  emphasis  on  structure  and 
movement.  (Siegler.) 

Art  3,  4.     Rendering    (1,    1). 

Methods  of  rendering  architectural  and  landscape  architectural  drawings. 
Included  are:  techniques  of  monotone  wash,  water  color,  pencil,  pen  and 
ink  and  the  use  of  perspective  and  shades  and  shadows.  (Stites.) 

Art  5,  6.     Still-life  (3,  3). 

First  half  semester  devoted  to  elementary  theory  and  practice  of  draw- 
ing. Methods  of  linear  and  tonal  description  with  emphasis  on  perspective 
and  light-and-shade.  Second  half  semester,  elementary  theory  and  practice 
oil  painting.  Elementary  theory  and  practice  of  composition  introduced  and 
utilized.    Second  semester,  more  advanced  problems.  (Wharton.) 

Art  7,  8.     Landscape  Painting  (3,  3). 

Outdoor  drawing  and  painting;  organization  of  landscape  material.  (Art 
7  and  6  are  interchangeable.)  (Maril.) 

Art.  9.     Historical  Survey  of  Painting,  Sculpture  and  Architecture   (3). 

An  understanding  of  the  epochs  in  the  advance  of  civilization  from 
Pre-historic  times  to  the  Renaissance,  as  expressed  through  painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture.  (Grubar.) 

Art  10.     History  of  American  Art  (1). 

A  Resume  of  the  development  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  in 
this  country  and  how  American  Art  was  influenced  by  social,  political,  and 
economical  forces,  here  and  abroad.  (Grubar.) 


176  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Art  11.     Historical  Survey  of  Painting,  Sculpture  and  Architecture  (3). 

This  is  designed  to  continue  the  survey  begun  in  Art  9.  The  course  is 
concerned  with  the  development  of  painting,  sculpture  and  architecture 
from  the  Renaissance  to  Modern  Times.  (Grubar.) 

Art  13,  14.     Elementary  Sculpture    (3,   3). 

Study  of  three-dimensional  form  compositions  in  round  and  bas-relief. 
Mediums  used:  clay,  plasteline.  (Maril.) 

Art.  100,  101.     Art    Appreciation    (2, 2) — Prerequisite,    Art    9. 

This  course  enables  students  to  get  a  basis  for  understanding  works  of 
art.  It  investigates  the  organic  form  and  backgrounds  of  painting,  sculpture 
and  architecture.  (Maril.) 

Art  102,  103.     Creative  Painting  (3,  3)— Prerequisites,  Art.  1,  2,  5,  6. 

Assignments  of  pictorial  compositions  aimed  at  both  mural  decoration 
and  easel  picture  problems.  Emphasis  on  the  psychological  and  sociological 
angles  of  pictorial  composition,  involving  some  research.  (Maril.) 

Art  104,  105.  Life  Class  (Drawing  and  Painting)  (3,  3) — Prerequisites, 
Art  2  and  6. 

Careful  observation  and  study  of  the  human  figure  for  construction, 
action,  form,  and  color.  (Siegler.) 

Art  106,  107.  Portrait  Class  (Drawing  and  Painting)  (3,  3) — Prerequi- 
sites, Art  1  and  5. 

Thorough  draftmanship  and  study  of  characterization  and  composition 
stressed.  (Wharton.) 

Art.  108,  109.     Modern  European  Art   (2,2). 

A  survey  of  the  development  in  various  schools  of  Modern  Art.  Works 
of  art  analyzed  according  to  their  intrinsic  values  and  in  their  historical 
background.      Collections    of    Washington    and    Baltimore    and    utilized. 

(deJanosi.) 

Art.  113,  114.     Illustration  (3,  3)— Prerequisites,  Art  1,  5,  104. 

This  course  is  designed  for  the  purpose  of  channeling  fine  art  training 
into  practical  fields  thereby  preparing  the  student  to  meet  the  modern 
commercial  advertising  problems.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
magazine  and  book  illustrating,  outdoor  poster  display  and  calendar  ad- 
vertising along  with  cover  and  jacket  designs.  (Soul en.) 

Art  156,  157.  Portrait  Painting  (Advanced)  (3, 3)— Prerequisite  Art 
106,  107. 

This  course  is  for  those  who  have  completed  106,  107  and  wish  to 
specialize  in  portraiture.  (Wharton.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  177 

ASTRONOMY 
Astr.  1,  2.     Astronomy  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
An  elementary  course  in  descriptive  astronomy. 

Astr.  5.    Navigation  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Math.  14  and  16. 
The  theory  and  practice  of  navigation.     (Not  offered  1950-51.) 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors  Faber,  Hansen;  Visiting  Professors  Smadel,  Warren;  Asso- 
ciate Professors  Laffer,  Pelczar;  Assistant  Professor  Doetsch 

Bact.  1.  General  Bacteriology  (4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

The  physiology,  culture  and  differentiation  of  bacteria.  Fundamental 
principles  of  microbiology  in  relation  to  man  and  his  environment.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $10.00.  (Pelczar.) 

Bact.  5.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two 
lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bact.  1  and 
Chem.  3. 

Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  fundamental  procedures  and  techniques 
used  in  the  field  of  bacteriology  with  drill  in  the  performance  of  these 
techniques.  Lectures  will  consist  of  the  explanation  of  various  laboratory 
procedures.    Laboraotry  fee,  $10.00.  (Laffer.) 

Bact.  51.  Household  Bacteriology  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  periods  a  week.    For  home  economics  students  only. 

Morphology  and  physiology  of  the  bacteria,  yeasts  and  molds.  Applica- 
tion of  the  effect  of  chemical  and  physical  agents  in  the  control  of  microbial 
growth.  Relationship  of  microbiology  to  home  sanitation,  food  preservation 
and  manufacture;  personal  and  community  hygiene.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

(Doetsch.) 

Bact.  52.  Sanitary  Bacteriology  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  lecture 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  1. 

This  course  comprises  the  lectures  only  of  Bact.  53.  (Laffer.) 

Bact.  53.  Sanitary  Bacteriology.  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  peridos  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

Bacteriological  and  public  health  aspects  of  water  supplies  and  sewage 
disposal,  restaurant  and  plant  sanitation,  insect  and  rodent  control,  and 
waste  disposal.     Occasional  field  trips.     Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.       (Laffer.) 

Bact.  55.  Sanitary  Bacteriology  for  Engineers.  (2) — First  semester.  One 
lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  For  junior  and  senior  students 
in  engineering  only. 


178  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Discussion  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  bacteriology  and  their  rela- 
tionship to  water  supply,  sewage  disposal  and  other  sanitary  problems. 
Demonstration  of  these  principles  in  the  laboratory.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

(Laffer.) 

Bact.  60,  62.  Journal  Club  (1, 1)— First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  major  in  bacteriology  with  junior 
standing.  Introduction  to  periodical  literature,  methods,  interpretation  and 
presentation  of  reports.  (Doetsch.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Bact.  101.  Pathogenic  Bacteriology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

The  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  diseases  of  man  and  animals  with 
emphasis  upon  the  differentiation  and  culture  of  bacterial  species,  types  of 
disease,  modes  of  disease  transmission;  prophylactic,  therapeutic  and 
epidemiological  aspects.     Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Faber.) 

Bact.  103.  Serology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lecture  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  101. 

Infection  and  resistance;  principles  and  types  of  immunity;  hypersensi- 
tiveness.  Fundamental  techniques  of  major  diagnostic  immunological 
reactions  and  their  application.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Faber.) 

Bact.  104.  History  of  Bacteriology  (1) — First  semester.  One  lecture 
period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  a  major  in  bacteriology  with  senior  standing. 

History  and  integration  of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the  science. 
The  modern  aspects  of  cytology,  taxonomy,  fermentation,  and  immunity  in 
relation  to  early  theories.  (Doetsch.) 

Bact.  105.  Clinical  Methods  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  103. 

A  practical  course  designed  to  integrate  clinical  laboratory  procedures 
in  terms  of  hospital  and  public  health  demands.  Examination  of  sputum, 
feces,  blood,  spinal  fluids,  urine,  etc.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Faber.) 

Bact.  108.  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health  (3) — Second  semester.  Three 
lecture  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  101. 

History,  characteristic  features  and  epidemiology  of  the  important  com- 
municable diseases;  public  health  aspects  of  man's  struggle  for  existence; 

public  health  administration  and  responsibilities;  vital  statistics.       (Faber.) 
Bact.  131.    Food  Bacteriology.  (4) — First  semester.    Two  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

The  relationship  of  microorganisms  to  fresh  and  preserved  food,  the  use 
of  microorganisms  in  the  preparation  of  foods  and  methods  of  control  of 
these  organisms.  Discussion  of  the  pure  food  laws.  Demonstration  of  the 
fundamental  principles  involved  and  the  methods  used  in  the  examination  of 
different  types  of  foods.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Laffer.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  179 

Bact.  133.  Dairy  Bacteriology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

Relation  of  bacteria,  yeasts  and  molds  to  milk,  cream,  butter,  ice-cream, 
cheese  and  other  dairy  products.  Standard  methods  of  examination,  public 
health  requirements,  plant  sanitation.  Occasional  inspection  trips.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $10.00.  (Doetsch.) 

Bact.  135.  Soil  Bacteriology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

The  role  played  by  microorganisms  in  the  soil;  nitrification,  denitrification, 
nitrogen-fixation  and  decomposition  processes;  cycles  of  elements;  relation- 
ships of  microorganisms  to  soil  fertility.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.    (Hansen.) 

Bact.  161.  Systematic  Bacteriology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  16  credits  in  bacteriology. 

History  of  bacterial  classification;  genetic  relationships;  international 
codes   of   nomenclature;    bacterial   variation    as    it    affects    classification. 

Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Hansen.) 

Bact.  181.  Bacteriological  Problems  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  16  credits  in  bacteriology.  Registration  only  upon  the  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

This  course  is  arranged  to  provide  qualified  undergraduate  majors  in 
bacteriology  and  majors  in  allied  fields  an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific 
bacteriological  problems  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  depart- 
ment.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 

Bact.  201.  Advanced  Pathogenic  Bacteriology.  (4) — First  semester.  Two 
lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  30  credits  in  bac- 
teriology and  allied  fields,  including  Bact.  103. 

Primarily  a  study  of  the  fungi  associated  with  disease  and  practice  in  the 
methods  of  isolation  and  identification.  Discussion  of  the  rickettsiae  and 
viruses.  Practice  in  the  preparation  of  materials  for  examination  with  the 
electron  microscope.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Laffer.) 

Bact.  204.  Bacterial  Metabolism  (2) — First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  30  credits  in  bacteriology  and  allied  fields,  including 
Chem.  161  and  162. 

Bacterial  enzymes,  nutrition  of  autotrophic  and  heterotrophic  bacteria, 
bacterial  growth  factors,  dissimilation  of  carbohydrate  and  nitrogenous  sub- 
strates. (Pelczar.) 

Bact.  206,  208.  Special  Topics  (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  20  credits  in  bacteriology. 

Presentation  and  discussion  of  fundamental  problems  and  special  subjects 
in  the  field  of  bacteriology.  (Staff.) 


180  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Bact.  210.  Virology  (1) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Bact.  101  or  equivalent. 

Characteristics  and  general  properties  of  viruses  and  rickettsiae. 

(Warren.) 

Bact.  211.  Virology  Laboratory  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bact.  101  or  equivalent. 
Registration  only  upon  consent  of  instructor. 

Laboratory  methods  in  virology.  (Smadel.) 

Bact.  231.  Advanced  Food  Bacteriology  (4)— Not  offered  1950-51.  First 
semester.  Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
30  credits  in  bacteriology  including  Bact.  131. 

The  role  of  microorganisms  in  food  handling  and  processing  with  emphasis 
upon  commercial  and  factory  aspects.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Laffer.) 

Bact.  280.  Seminar  (1) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  30 
credits  in  bacteriology. 

Discussions  and  reports  prepared  by  majors  in  bacteriology  engaged  in 
current  research;   presentations   of  selected   subjects   dealing  with  recent 

advances  in  microbiology.  (Staff.) 

Bact.  291.  Research — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  30 
credits  in  bacteriology. 

Credits  according  to  work  done.  The  investigation  is  outlined  in  con- 
sultation with  and  pursued  under  the  supervision  of  a  senior  staff  member 
of  the  department.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Staff.) 

BOTANY 

This  department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  (Students 
may  register  for  its  courses,  however,  just  as  if  it  were  a  department  of 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.)  Botany  is  a  recognized  major  field  in 
Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree.  For  further  information 
about  the  department  see  the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Students 
wishing  to  major  in  this  field  will  consult  the  head  of  the  department  about 
their  choice  of  courses. 

CHEMISTRY 
Professors   Drake,   Svirbely,   White;   Associate   Professors   Pickard,   Pratt, 
Reeve,    Rollinson,    Spurr,    Veitch,    Wiley,    Woods;    Assistant    Professors 
Aldridge,  Brown,  Carruthers,  Dewey,  Story  and  Stuntz;  Research  Profes- 
sor Fischer. 

Laboratory  fees  in  Chemistry  are  $10.00  per  semester. 
A.     Analytical  Chemistry 

Chem.  15,  17.  Qualitative  Analysis  (3,  3)— Two  lectures  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  the  first  semester;  one  lecture  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  the  second  semester.     Prerequisite,  Chem.  3. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  181 

Chem.  19.  Quantitative  Analysis  (4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  1,  3. 

Chem.  21,  23.  Quantitative  Analysis  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  15,  17. 

This  course  includes  a  study  of  the  principal  operations  of  volumetric 
and  gravimetric  analysis.    Required  of  all  students  majoring  in  Chemistry. 

Chem.  166,  167.  Food  Analysis  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  19,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

The  qualitative  and  semi-quantitative  analysis  of  essential  food  constitu- 
ents. The  qualitative  determination  of  trace  elements  is  emphasized.  For 
students  in  agriculture,  home  economics  and  bacteriology. 

Chem.  206,  208.  Spectrographic  Analysis  (1,  1) — One  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  Registration  limited.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  188,  190 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  (White.) 

Chem.  221,  223.  Chemical  Microscopy  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Registration 
limited.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Chem.  221  is  a  prerequisite  for 
Chem.  223. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  microscopic  analysis.  Chem.  223  is  devoted 
to  the  study  of  the  optical  properties  of  crystals.  (Stuntz.) 

Chem.  225.    Polarography  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week. 

A  course  designed  to  present  the  fundamental  principles  of  electrometric 
methods  in  general  and  to  show  the  technique  and  application  of  polarogra- 
phy in  the  various  branches  of  chemistry. 

Chem.  226,  228.  Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis  (2,  2)— First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, consent  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  advanced  methods  chosen  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  individual. 

(Stuntz.) 

Chem.  266.  Biological  Analysis  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.   Prerequisites,  Chem.  19,  31,  32,  33,  34. 

(Wiley.) 
B.     Biochemistry 

Chem.  41.  The  Chemistry  of  Textiles  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
31,  32,  33,  34. 

A  chemical  study  of  the  principal  textile  fibers. 


182  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Chem.  81.  General  Biochemistry  (2)— First  semester.  Two  lectures  per 
week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34,  or  Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38. 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  in  home  economics. 
Chem.  82  MUST  be  taken  concurrently. 

Chem.  82.  General  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2) — First  semester.  Two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  32,  34,  or 
Chem.  36,  38. 

A  course  designed  to  accompany  Chem.  81. 

Chem.  161,  163.  Biochemistry  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lectures  per  week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  31,  33,  or  Chem.  35,  37. 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  in  agriculture,  bacteriology, 
or  chemistry,  and  for  those  students  in  home  economics  who  need  a  more 
extensive  course  of  biochemistry  than  is  offered  in  Chem.  81,  82. 

Chem.  162,  164.  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  second  sem- 
esters. Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
32,  34,  or  Chem.  36,  38. 

Chem.  261,  263.  Advanced  Biochemistry  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  141,  143,  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  (Veitch.) 

Chem.  262,  264.  Advanced  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, consent  of  the  instructor.  (Veitch.) 

Chem.  265.  Enzymes  (2) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites  161,  163.  (Veitch.) 

Chem.  268.  Special  Problems  in  Biochemistry  (2-4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites, Chem.  161,  162,  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Veitch.) 

C.    Inorganic  and  General  Chemistry 

Chem.  1,  3.  General  Chemistry  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lectures,  one  quiz  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.   • 

Chem.  5.  Introductory  Qualitative  Analysis  (3) — Second  semester.  One 
lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  3. 

Chem.  11,  13.  General  Chemistry  (3,  3) — Two  lectures  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 

An  abbreviated  course  in  general  chemistry  especially  designed  for 
students  in  home  economics.  This  course  is  open  only  to  students  registered 
in  Home  Economics. 

Chem.  101.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (2) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  per  week.     Prerequisites,  Chem.  23,  37,  38. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  183 

(One  or  more  courses  of  the  group  201-239  will  be  offered  each  semester 
depending  on  demand.) 

Chem.  201,  203.  The  Chemistry  of  the  Rarer  Elements  (2,  2)— First  and 
second  semesters.    Two  lectures  per  week.  (White.) 

Chem.  202,  204.  Advanced  Inorganic  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  sec- 
ond semesters.     Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 

Chem.  205.     Radiochemistry  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week.       (Rollinson.) 

Chem.  207.  Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds  (2) — Two  lectures 
per  week.  (Rollinson.) 

Chem.  210.  Radiochemistry  Laboratory  (1  or  2) — One  or  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Registration  limited.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
205  (or  concurrent  registration  therein)  and  consent  of  instructor. 

(Rollinson.) 

Chem.  239.  Physical  Techniques  in  Chemistry  (2) — A  survey  of  the  tools 
available  for  the  solution  of  chemical  problems  by  means  of  physical  tech- 
niques. 

D.     Organic  Chemistry 

Chem.  31,  33.  Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Two  lectures  per  week.     Prerequisites,  Chem.  1,  3. 

Organic  chemistry  for  students  in  agriculture,  bacteriology  and  home 
economics. 

Chem.  32,  34.  Elements  of  Organic  Laboratory  (1,  1) — First  and  second 
semesters.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  31,  33,  or  concurrent  registration  therein. 

Chem.  35,  37.     Elementary  Organic  Chemistry  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Two  lectures  per  week.     Prerequisites,  Chem.  1,  3. 
A  course  for  chemists,  chemical  engineers,  and  premedical  students. 

Chem.  36,  38.  Elementary  Organic  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  35,  37,  or  concurrent  registration  therein. 

Chem.  141,  143.     Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Two  lectures  per  week.     Prerequisites,  Chem.  37,  38. 
An  advanced  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon. 

Chem.  142,  144.  Advanced  Organic  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  37,  38. 

Chem.  146,  148.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (2,  2) — First 
and  second  semesters.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  141,  143,  or  concurrent  registration  therein. 

The  systematic  identification  of  organic  compounds. 


184  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Chem.  150.  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis  (2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halogen 
and  certain  functional  groups.  (Aldridge.) 

(One  or  more  courses  from  the  following  group,  241-253,  will  customarily 
be  offered  each  semester.) 

Chem.  241.     Stereochemistry  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week.  (Woods.) 

Chem.  243.  The  Chemistry  of  Petroleum  Compounds  (2) — Second  se- 
mester.   Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisites,  141,  143,  187,  189.    (Fischer.) 

Chem.  245.     The  Chemistry  of  the  Steroids  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem.  249.  Physical  Aspects  of  Organic  Chemistry  (2) — Two  lectures 
per  week.  (Woods.) 

Chem.  251.     The  Heterocycles  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week.  (Pratt.) 

Chem.  253.     Organic  Sulfur  Compounds  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week. 

(Dewey) 

Chem.  254.  Advanced  Organic  Preparations  (2  to  4) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 

Chem.  258.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds,  an  Advanced 
Course  (2  to  4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  to  four  three-hour  lab- 
oratory periods  per  week.  (Pratt.) 

Chem.  260.  Advanced  Organic  Laboratory  (1  or  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     One  or  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 

An  orientation  course  designed  to  demonstrate  a  new  student's  fitness  to 
Begin  research  in  organic  chemistry.  (Pratt.) 

E.     Physical  Chemistry 

Chem.  181,  183.  Elements  of  Physical  Chemistry  (2,  2)— First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  1,  3;  Phys.  1,  2; 
Math.  10,  11;  Chem.  19. 

A  course  intended  primarily  for  premedical  students  and  students  in  the 
biological  sciences.     This  course  must  be  accompanied  by  Chem.  182,  184. 

Chem.  182,  184.     Elements  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory   (1,  1) — 

First  and  second  semesters.     One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
May  be  taken  ONLY  when  accompanied  by  Chem.  181,  183. 

The  course  includes  quantitative  experiments  illustrating  the  principles 
studied  in  Chem.  181,  183. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  185 

Chem.  187,  189.  Physical  Chemistry  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  19  or  21;  Phys.  20,  21; 
Math.  20,  21. 

A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

Chem.  188,  190.     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
A  laboratory  course  for  students  taking  Chem.  187,  189. 

Chem.  192,  194.  Glassblowing  Laboratory  (1, 1) — First  and  second  se- 
mesters. One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  wTeek.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  (Carruthers.) 

The  common  prerequisites  for  the  following  courses  are  Chem.  187,  189, 
and  Chem.  188,  190,  or  their  equivalent.  One  or  more  courses  of  the  group, 
281-313,  will  be  offered  each  semester  depending  on  demand. 

Chem.  281,  283.  Theory  of  Solutions  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  307.  (Svirbely.) 

Chem.  285.     Colloid  Chemistry  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week.     (Pickard.) 

Chem.  287.  Infra-red  and  Raman  Spectroscopy  (2) — Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisites,  Chemistry  141, 143,  187,  189.    (Spurr.) 

Chem.  295.     Heterogenous  Equilibria  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem.  299.     Reaction  Kinetics  (3) — Three  lectures  per  week.    (Svirbely.) 

Chem.  303.     Electrochemistry  (3) — Three  lectures  per  week.     (Pickard.) 

Chem.  304.  Electrochemistry  Laboratory  (2) — Two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  per  week.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor.     (Pickard.) 

Chem.  307.     Chemical  Thermodynamics  (3) — Three  lectures  per  week. 

(Svirbely.) 

Chem.  311.  Physicochemical  Calculations  (2) — Offered  in  summer  session 
only.  (Pickard.) 

Chem.  313.    Molecular  Structure  (2) — Two  lectures  per  week.         (Brown.) 

Chem.  321.  Quantum  Chemistry  (3) — Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Chem.  307.  (Brown.) 

Chem.  323.  Statistical  Mechanics  and  Chemistry  (3) — Three  lectures  per 
week.     Prerequisite,  Chem.  307.  (Brown.) 

F.    Seminar  and  Research 

Chem.  351.    Seminar  (1) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Staff.) 

Chem.  360.    Research — First  and  second  semesters,  summer  session. 

(Staff.) 


186  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 

Professors  Bode,  Falls,  Harman,  Prahl,  Zucker;  Lecturer  McManaway; 
Associate  Professors  Cooley,  Mooney,  Murphy,  Weber,  Zeeveld;  Assistant 
Professors  Manning,  Parsons. 

Requirements  for  major  include  Comparative  Literature  101,  102.  Com- 
parative Literature  courses  can  be  counted  toward  a  major  or  minor  in 
English  when  recommended  by  the  student's  major  adviser. 

Comp.  Lit.  1.    Greek  Poetry  (2) — First  semester. 

Homer's  Iliad  and  Odyssey  with  special  emphasis  on  the  literary  form  and 
the  historical  and  mythological  background. 

Comp.  Lit.  2.    Later  European  Epic  Poetry  (2) — Second  semester. 

Virgil's  Aeneid,  Dante's  Divine  Comedy,  Nibelungenlied,  Song  of  Roland, 
and  other  European  epics,  with  special  emphasis  on  their  relationship  to 
and  comparison  with  the  Greek  epic. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Comp.  Lit.  101.    Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative  Literature   (3) — 

First  semester.  (Zucker.) 

Survey  of  the  background  of  European  literature  through  study  of  English 
translations  of  Greek  and  Latin  literature.  The  debt  of  modern  literature 
to  the  ancients  is  discussed  and  illustrated. 

Comp.  Lit.  102.     Introductory   Survey  of  Comparative  Literature   (3) — 

Second  semester.  (Zucker.) 

Continuation  of  Comp.  Lit.  101;  study  of  medieval  and  modern  Con- 
tinental literature. 

Comp.  Lit.  103.     The  Old  Testament  as  Literature  (2) — Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  sources,  development,  and  literary  types.  (Zucker.) 

Comp.  Lit.  104.    Chaucer  (3) — First  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  104.  (Harman.) 

Comp.  Lit.  105.     Romanticism  in  France  (3) — First  semester. 

Lectures  and  readings  in  the  French  romantic  writers  from  Rousseau  to 
Baudelaire.    Texts  are  read  in  English  translations.  (Staff.) 

Comp.  Lit.  106.     Romanticism  in  Germany  (3) — Second  semester. 
Continuation   of  Comp.   Lit.   105.     German  literature  from   Buerger  to 
Heine  in  English  translations.  (Prahl.) 

Comp.  Lit.  107.     The  Faust  Legend  in  English  and  German  Literature 

(3) — First  semester.  (Prahl.) 

A  study  of  the  Faust  legend  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  its  later  treatment 
by  Marlowe  in  Dr.  Faustus  and  by  Goethe  in  Faust. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  187 

Comp.  Lit.  108.    Some  Non-English  Influences  on  American  Literature 

(3) — Second  semester.  (Zucker.) 

Comparative  study  of  European,  chiefly  French  and  German,  and  Ameri- 
can writers,  illustrating  our  literary  debt  to  the  Old  World  and  original 
features  of  the  New. 

Comp.  Lit.  109.    Cervantes  (3) — Second  semester. 
Same  as  Spanish  109. 

Comp.  Lit.  112.    Ibsen  (2) — First  semester.  (Zucker.) 

A  study  of  the  life  and  chief  works  of  Ibsen  with  special  emphasis  on 
his  influence  on  the  modern  drama. 

Comp.  Lit.  113.    Prose  of  the  Renaissance  (3) — Second  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  113.  (Zeeveld.) 

Comp.  Lit.  114.    The  Greek  Drama  (3) — First  semester.  (Prahl.) 

The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in 

English  translations.     Emphasis  on  the  historic  background,  on  dramatic 

structure,  and  on  the  effect  of  the  Attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the 

civilized  world. 

Comp.  Lit.  121.    Milton  (3) — Second  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  121.  (Murphy.) 

Comp.  Lit.  125.     Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages   (3) — Second  semester. 

(Cooley.) 
A  study  of  the  spirit  of  the  Middle  Ages  at  the  hand  of  translations  of 
medieval  epics,  lyrics,  and  dramas. 

Comp.  Lit.  129,  130.  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3,3) — First 
and  second  semesters.  (Weber.) 

Same  as  Eng.  129,  130. 

Comp.  Lit.  131,  132.  History  of  the  Theatre  (3,  3)— First  and  second 
semesters.     Same  as  Speech  131,  132.  (Niemeyer.) 

Comp.  Lit.  144.    Modern  Drama  (3) — First  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  144.  (Weber.) 

Comp.  Lit.  145.    The  Modern  Novel  (3) — Second  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  145.  (Bode.) 

Comp.  Lit.  155,  156.  Four  Major  American  Writers  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Same  as  Eng.  155,  156.  (Manning.) 

For  Graduates 
Comp.  Lit.  201.    Bibliography  and  Methods  (3) — First  semester. 
Same  as  Eng.  201.  (Mooney.) 

Comp.  Lit.  203.     Schiller  (3)— First  semester. 
Same  as  German  204.  (Prahl.) 


188  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Comp.  Lit.  204.    Medieval  Romances  (3) — Second  semester. 

Same  as  Eng.  204.  (Cooley.) 

Comp.  Lit.  205.     Georges  Duhamel,   Poet,   Dramatist,   Novelist    (2,  2) — 

First  and  second  semesters.  (Falls.) 

Same  as  French  203,  204. 

Comp.  Lit.  206,  207.     Seminar  in  Sixteenth  Century  Literature  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters.  (McManaway.) 

Same  as  Eng.  206,  207. 

Comp.  Lit.  208.     The  Philosophy  of  Goethe's  Faust  (3) — First  semester. 
Same  as  German  208.  (Zucker.) 

Comp.  Lit.  216,  217.  Literary  Criticism  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ter. 

Same  as  Eng.  216,  217. 

Comp.  Lit.  227,  228.  Problems  in  American  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Same  as  Eng.  227,  228. 

ECONOxMICS 

This  department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration.  (Students  may  register  for  its  courses,  however,  just 
as  if  it  were  a  department  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.)  Economics 
is  a  recognized  major  field  in  Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the  A.B.  degree. 
For  further  information  about  the  department  see  the  catalog  of  the 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  Students  wishing  to  major 
in  this  field  will  consult  the  head  of  the  department  about  their  choice 
of  courses. 

ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

Professors  Aldridge,  Bode,  Harman;  Lecturer  McManaway;  Associate 
Professors  Ball,  Cooley,  Murphy,  Mooney,  Weber,  Zeeveld;  Assistant 
Professors  Andrews,  Coulter,  Fleming,  Gravely,  Manning,  Schaumann, 
Ward;  Instructors  Adams,  Anderson,  Bauer,  Beall,  Bezanson,  Clees,  De- 
maree,  Dinwiddie,  Elderdice,  Fischer,  Harwell,  Hyde,  Kahn,  Le  Bert, 
Mangold,  Martin,  C.  P.,  Martin,  M.,  Miller,  Mish,  Mutch,  Portz,  Robison, 
Roch,  Seligmann,  Stone,  Swarthout;  Graduate  Assistants  Adams,  R.,  Barnes, 
Bradley,  da  Ponte,  Gray,  Greenberg,  Harmon,  Holberg,  McMurphy,  Miller, 
H.  W.,  Newcomb,  Nolan,  Roers,  Schaefle,  Thearle. 

Eng.  1,  2.  Composition  and  American  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Required  of  freshmen.  Both  courses  offered  each  semester, 
but  may  not  be  taken  concurrently.  Prerequisite,  three  units  of  high  school 
English. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  189 

Grammar,  rhetoric,  and  the  mechanics  of  writing;  frequent  themes. 
Readings  are  in  American  literature.  (Ball  and  Staff.) 

Eng.  3,  4.  Composition  and  World  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  1,  2.  Eng.  3,  4,  or  Eng.  5,  6,  or  an  accept- 
able combination  of  the  two  are  required  of  sophomores.  Credit  will  not  be 
given  for  more  than  six  hours  of  work  in  3,  4  and  5,  6. 

Practice  in  composition.  An  introduction  to  world  literature,  foreign 
classics  being  read  in  translation.  (Cooley  and  Staff.) 

Eng.  5,  6.  Composition  and  English  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Eng.  1,  2.  Eng.  3,  4,  or  Eng.  5,  6,  or  an  acceptable 
combination  of  the  two  are  required  of  sophomores.  Credit  will  not  be  given 
for  more  than  six  hours  of  work  in  3,  4  and  5,  6. 

Practice   in    composition.      An    introduction    to    major    English    writers. 

(Zeeveld  and  Staff.) 

Eng.  7.  Technical  Writing  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, Eng.  1,  2. 

For  students  desiring  practice  in  writing  reports,  technical  essays,  or 
popular  essays  on  technical  subjects.         (Coulter,  Bezanson,  Hyde,  Le  Bert.) 

Eng.  8.  College  Grammar  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Eng.  1,  2. 

An  analytical  study  of  Modern  English  grammar,  with  lectures  on  the 
origin  and  history  of  inflectional  and  derivational  forms.  (Harman.) 

Eng.  9.  Introduction  to  Narrative  Literature  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Eng.  1,  2. 

An  intensive  study  of  representative  stories,  with  lectures  on  the  history 
and  technique  of  the  short  story  and  other  narrative  forms.       (Harman.) 

Eng.  10.  Practice  in  Composition  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Eng.  1,  2. 

For  students  desiring  practice  in  writing  essays  and  reports  on  non- 
technical subjects. 

Eng.  12.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  Eng.  1,  2. 

Intended  primarily  for  sophomores  and  juniors  of  demonstrated  ability. 

(Swarthout.) 
For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Eng.  101.     History  of  the  English  Language  (3) — Second  semester. 
An  historical  and  critical  survey  of  the  English  language;  its  nature,  ori- 
gin, and  development.  (Harman.) 

Eng.  102.     Old  English  (3)— First  semester. 

Readings  in  Old  English.  The  sounds,  morphology,  and  syntax  of  Old 
English  with  particular  reference  to  the  development  of  Modern  English. 

(Ball.) 


190  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Eng.  103.    Beowulf  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  literary  and  linguistic  study  of  the  Old  English  epic.  (Ball.) 

Eng.  104.    Chaucer  (3) — First  semester. 

A  literary  and  language  study  of  the  Canterbury  Tales,  Troilus  and 
Criseyde,  and  the  principal  minor  poems.  (Harman.) 

Eng.  106.     English  and  Scottish  Ballads   (3)— Not  offered  in  1950-51. 
An  introduction  to  the  ballads  in   Child's   edition.     Attention  given  to 
analogues,  imitations,  American  collections,  and  collecting.  (Cooley.) 

Eng.  110,  111.  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

The  most  important  dramatists  of  the  time,  other  than  Shakespeare. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng.  112.     Poetry  of  the  Renaissance  (3) — Not  offered  in  1950-51. 
The  chief  poets  from  Skelton  to  Jonson,  with  particular  attention  to 
Spenser.  (Zeeveld.) 

Eng.  113.     Prose  of  the  Renaissance  (3) — Not  offered  in  1950-51. 

The  chief  prose  writers  from  More  to  Bacon.  (Zeeveld.) 

Eng.  115,  116.     Shakespeare  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Twenty-one  important  plays.  (Zeeveld.) 

Eng.  120.    English  Drama  from  1660  to  1800  (3) — Second  semester. 
The  important  dramatists  from  Etherege  to  Sheridan,  with  emphasis  upon 
the  comedy  of  manners.  (Weber.) 

Eng.  121.     Milton  (3) — Second  semester. 

The  poetry  and  the  chief  prose  works.  (Murphy.) 

Eng.  122.     Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1600-1660  (3)— First 

semester. 

The  major  non-dramatic  writers  (exclusive  of  Milton).  (Murphy.) 

Eng.  123.     Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1660-1700  (3)— Second 

semester. 

The  Age  of  Dryden,  with  the  exception  of  the  drama.  (Aldridge.) 

Eng.  125,  126.  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Special  attention  to  major  writers  and  to  the  historical  and  philosophical 
background.  (Aldridge.) 

Eng.  129,  130.  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3,  3) — First  and  sec- 
ond semesters. 

A  study  of  the  major  poets  of  the  period,  including  Coleridge,  Wordsworth, 
and  Byron  in  the  first  semester,  and  Shelley  and  Keats  in  the  second 
semester.  (Weber.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  191 

Eng.  134,  135.     Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3,  3) — First  and  sec- 
ond semesters. 

The  chief  writers  of  prose  and  poetry  from  the  close  of  the  Romantic 
period  to  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century.  (Cooley,  Mooney.) 

Eng.  139,  140.     The  English  Novel  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

The  development  of  the  novel;  readings  in  the  major  novelists  of  the 

eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  (Aldridge,  Mooney.) 

Eng.  143.     Modern  Poetry  (3) — First  semester. 

The  chief  British  and  American  poets  of  the  twentieth  century. 

(Murphy.) 
Eng.  144.    Modern  Drama  (3) — First  semester. 

The  drama  from  Ibsen  to  the  present.  (Weber.) 

Eng.  145.     The  Modern  Novel  (3) — Second  semester. 

Major  English  and  American  novelists  of  the  twentieth  century. 

Eng.  148.     The  Literature  of  American  Democracy  (3) — First  semester. 

Literature  which  relates  closely  to  the  democratic  tradition.     (Manning.) 

Eng.  150,  151.     American  Literature  to  1900   (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Representative  American  poetry  and  prose  from  colonial  times  to  1900, 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  literature  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

(Gravely,  Manning.) 

Eng.  155,  156.     Four  Major  American  Writers  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester.         (Gravely,  Manning.) 

Eng.  157.     Introduction  to  Folklore  (3) — First  semester. 

Historical  background  of  folklore  studies;  growth  of  the  field;  types  of 

folklore.     Emphasis   upon  American   folklore:    ballads;   folk   songs;    folk 

tales;  regional  customs  and  beliefs.  (Cooley.) 

Eng.  170.     Creative  Writing  (2) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

Theory  and  practice.    Intended  for  students  who  have  more  than  ordinary 
ability.  (Fleming.) 

Eng.   171.    Advanced    Creative    Writing    (2) — Second    semester.     Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  the  instructor. 

A  high  level  of  performance  expected;  some  attention  to  forms  not  studied 
in  English  170. 

Eng.  172.     Playwriting  (2) — Second  semester.     Prerequisite,  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

Analysis  of  plays,  and  practice  in  writing  at  least  one  short  play. 

(Fleming.) 


192  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Amer.  Civ.  137,  138.     Conference  Course  in  American  Civilization  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

The  student's  acquaintance  with  American  Civilization  is  brought  to  a 
focus  through  the  analytical  study  of  eight  to  ten  important  books,  such 
as  Tocqueville,  Democracy  in  America,  Hawthorne,  The  Scarlet  Letter, 
Veblen,  The  Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,  and  Myrdal,  An  American  Dilemma. 
Specialists  from  related  departments  participate  in  the  conduct  of  the 
course.  (Bode.) 

For  Graduates 

Eng.  200 — Research  (3-6) — Arranged.  Credit  in  proportion  to  work  done 
and  results  accomplished.  (Staff.) 

Eng.  201.     Bibliography  and  Methods  (3) — First  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  and  methods  of  research.       (Mooney.) 

Eng.  202.     Middle  English  (3) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  selected  readings  of  the  Middle  English  period  with  reference 
to  etymology,  morphology,  and  syntax.  (Harman.) 

Eng.  203.     Gothic  (3) — Second  semester. 

Forms  and  syntax,  with  reading  from  the  Ulfilas  Bible;  correlation  of 
the  Gothic  speech  sounds  with  those  of  Old  English.  (Harman.) 

Eng.  204.     Medieval  Romances  (3) — Second  semester. 

The  Middle  English  metrical  and  prose  romances  and  their  sources,  with 
emphasis  on  the  Arthurian  cycle.  (Cooley.) 

Eng.  206,  207.  Seminar  in  Renaissance  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  sec- 
ond semesters.  (McManaway.) 

Eng.  210.  Seminar  in  Seventeenth-Century  Literature  (3) — Second 
semester.  (Murphy.) 

Eng.  212,  213.  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century  Literature  (3,  3) — First 
and  second  semesters.  (Aldridge.) 

Eng.  214,  215.  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Literature  (3) — First 
and  second  semesters.  (Cooley,  Mooney,  Weber.) 

Eng.  216,  217.     Literary  Criticism  (3,  3)— Not  offered  in  1950-51. 
The  practice  and  theory  of  criticism  from  Plato  to  Croce. 

Eng.  225,  226.  Seminar  in  American  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  (Bode.) 

Eng.  227,  228.     Problems  in  American  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and  second 

semesters. 

Eng.  230.     Studies  in  Amercan  Language   (3)— Not  offered  in  1950-51. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  193 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This  department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  (Students 
may  register  for  its  courses,  however,  just  as  if  it  were  a  department  of 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.)  Entomology  is  a  recognized  major  field 
in  Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree.  For  further  information 
about  the  department  see  the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Students 
wishing  to  major  in  this  field  will  consult  the  head  of  the  department  about 
their  choice  of  courses. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

Professors  Zucker,  Falls,  Prahl,  Cunz,  Smith;  Associate  Professors  Kramer 
Quynn,  Bmgham;  Assistant  Professors  Parsons,  Schweizer,  Rand,  Rosen- 
field,  Hammerschlag,  Dobert,  Bridgers;  Adjunt  Professor  Juan  Ramon 
Jimenez;  Instructors  Zenobia  Jimenez,  Smith,  Gilbert,  Nemes,  deMarne 
Howe,    Norton,    Vent,    Greene,    Frank;    Part-time    instructors    Greenberg,' 

Boborykine,  Valentin. 

At  the  beginning  of  each  semester  a  placement  examination  is  given  for 
all  students  who  have  had  some  foreign  language  in  high  school  and  wish 
to  do  further  work  in  that  language.  By  this  means  the  Department 
assigns  each  student  to  the  suitable  level  of  instruction. 

No  credit  will  be  given  for  less  than  two  semesters  of  elementary 
language.  ' 

A  student  whose  native  language  is  taught  at  the  University  may  not 
meet  the  language  requirement  by  taking  Freshman  or  Sophomore  courses 
in  his  language. 

Foreign  students  may  substitute  for  the  12-hour  foreign  language  re- 
quirement 12  additional  hours  of  English.  They  are  advised  to  take 
Foreign  Language  1,  2,  English  for  Foreign  Students,  for  their  first  year 
and  English  10,  Practice  in  Composition,  plus  a  3-hour  course  in  literature 
during  their  second  year.  These  courses  should  be  taken  concurrently  with 
Freshman  and  Sophomore  English. 

Foreign  Language  1,  2.     English  for  Foreign  Students  (3,  3)— First  and 

second  semesters. 

An  introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  non- 
English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation,  spelling,  syntax;  the  differences 
between  English  and  various  other  languages  are  stressed. 

French 

French  1,  2.  Elementary  French  (3, 3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Students  who  offer  two  units  in  French  for  entrance,  but  whose  preparation 
is  not  adequate  for  second-year  French,  receive  half  credit  for  this  course. 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  com- 
position and  translation. 


194  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

French  3.  Elementary  Conversation  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  the  grade  of  A  or  B  in  French  1.  Qualified  students  who  are 
interested  in  French  should  take  this  course  in  conjunction  with  French  2. 

A  practice  course  in  simple,  spoken  French. 

French  4,  5.  Intermediate  Literary  French  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prequisite,  French  1  and  2  or  equivalent.  Students  who  have 
taken  French  6  and  7  cannot  receive  credit  for  French  4  and  5. 

Translation;  conversation;  exercises  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  French  life,  thought,  and  culture. 

French  6,  7.  Intermediate  Scientific  French  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisite,  French  1  and  2  or  equivalent.    Second-year  French 

for  students  specializing  in  the  sciences.     Students  who  have  taken  French 
4  and  5  cannot  receive  credit  for  French  6  and  7. 

Translation;  conversation;  exercises  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of  scien- 
tific texts. 

French  8,  9.  Intermediate  Conversation  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Practical  exercises  in  conversation,  based  on  material  dealing  with  French 
life  and  customs. 

French  17.  Grammar  Review  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, French  4,  French  6,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Required  of 
students  who  expect  to  major  or  minor  in  French. 

An  intensive  review  of  the  elements  of  French  grammar;  verb  drills; 
composition;  conversation. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

French  51,  52.  The  Development  of  the  French  Novel  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Introductory  study  of  the  history  and  growth  of  the  novel  in  French 
literature;  of  the  lives,  works,  and  influence  of  important  novelists.  Reports. 
French  51  covers  the  17th  and  18th  centuries,  French  52  the  19th  century. 

French  53,  54.    The  Deve  lopment  of  the  French  Drama  (3,  3)— First  and 

second  semesters. 

Introductory  study  of  the  French  drama.  Translation,  collateral  reading, 
reports.  French  53  covers  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries,  French 
54  the  19th  century. 

French  55,  56.     The  Development  of  the  Short  Story  in  French  (3,  3)— 

First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  short  story  in  French  literature;  reading  and  translation 
of  representative  examples. 

French  61,  62.  French  Phonetics  (2,2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  French  1  and  2. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  195 

A  practical  course  in  the  pronunciation  of  French:  study  of  phonetics, 
oral  exercises  and  ear  training. 

French  71,  72.  Intermediate  Grammar  and  Composition  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  French  17  or  equivalent. 

This  course,  more  advanced  than  the  Grammar  Review  (French  17),  is 
designed  for  students  who,  having  a  good  general  knowledge  of  French, 
wish  to  become  more  proficient  in  the  written  and  spoken  language. 

French  75,    76.  Introduction    to    French    Literature    (3, 3) — First    and 

second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  second-year  French  or  equivalent. 

An  elementary  survey  of  the  chief  authors  and  movements  in  French 
literature. 

French  80,  81.  Advanced  Conversation  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor. 

This  course  is  intended  for  students  who  have  a  good  general  knowledge 
of  French,  and  who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the 
language. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

French  100.  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3) — First 
semester. 

The  beginning  and  development  of  the  Renaissance  in  France. 

French  101,  102.     French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3,  3) — 

First  semester  and  second  semester. 

First  semester,  a  survey  of  the  great  classical  writers  including  Corneille 
and  Racine.    Second  semester,  devoted  chiefly  to  Moliere. 

French  103,  104.     French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

First  semester,  a  study  of  the  drama,  poetry,  and  novels  of  the  period. 
Second  semester,  the  philosophical  and  scientific  movement  from  Saint- 
Evremond  and  Bayle  to  the  French  Revolution. 

French  105,  106.     French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3,  3) — 

First  semester,  drama  and  poetry  from  Romanticism  to  Symbolism  to  the 
present  time.    Second  semester,  the  major  prose  writers  of  the  same  period. 

French  107,  108.     French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century   (3,  3)— 

First  and  second  semesters. 

First  semester,  drama  and  poetry  from  symbolism  to  the  present  time. 
Second  semester,  the  contemporary  novel. 

French  121,  122.  Advanced  Composition  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Translation  from  English  to  French,  free  composition,  and  letter 

writing. 

French  161,  162.  French  Life  and  Culture  (3,  3)— First  and  second 
semesters. 


196  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

An  introductory  study  of  the  French  people:  their  life  and  customs,  their 
great  men  and  women,  their  educational,  literary  and  artistic  tradition. 

French  199.  Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  French  Literature  (1) — 
Second  semester. 

Weekly  lectures  stressing  the  high  points  in  the  history  of  French  litera- 
ture. 

For  Graduates 

The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

French  201.     Research — Credits  determined  by  work  accomplished. 

French  203,  204.     Georges  Duhamel,  Poet,  Dramatist,  Novelist  (2,2)— 

First  and  second  semesters.  (Falls.) 

French  205,  206.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (2,  2) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

French  207,  208.  The  French  Novel  in  the  First  Half  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Falls.) 

French  209,  210.  The  French  Novel  in  the  Second  Half  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Falls.) 

French  211.     Introduction  to  Old  French   (3) — Second  semester. 

French  213,  214.     Seminar  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Required  of  all  graduate  students  in  French. 

French  215,  216.    Moliere  (2,  2).  (Quynn.) 

French  221,  222.  Reading  Course  (2,  2) — One  conference  a  week,  first 
and  second  semester. 

German 

German  0.    Intensive  Elementary  German  (0). 

Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  German  language  designed  particu- 
larly for  graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire  a  reading  knowledge. 

(Hammerschlag.) 

German  1,  2.  Elementary  German  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Students  who  offer  two  units  in  German  for  entrance,  but  whose  preparation 
is  not  adequate  for  second-year  German,  receive  half  credit  for  this  course. 

German  3.  Elementary  Conversation  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  the  grade  of  A  or  B  in  German  1. 

German  4,  5.  Intermediate  Literary  German  (3,3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  German  1,  2,  or  equivalent.  Students  who  have 
taken  German  6  and  7  cannot  receive  credit  for  German  4  and  5. 

Reading  of  narrative  prose,  grammar  review,  and  oral  and  written 
practice. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  197 

German  6,  7.    Intermediate  Scientific  German  (3,  3) — First  and  second 

semesters.     Prerequisite,  German  1,  2,  or  equivalent.     Students  who  have 
taken  German  4  and  5  cannot  receive  credit  for  German  6  and  7. 
Reading  of  technical  prose,  with  some  grammar  review. 

German  8,  9.  Intermediate  Conversation  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Admission  by  consent  of  instructor. 

The  object  of  this  course  is  to  help  the  student  acquire  the  ability  to 
speak  and  understand  simple  colloquial  German. 

German  17.  Grammar  Review  (3) — First  and  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, German  4  or  6  or  permission  of  instructor. 

Required  of  students  who  wish  to  major  or  minor  in  German. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

German  61,  62.  German  Phonetics  (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  German  1,  2,  or  equivalent. 

German  71,  72.  German  Grammar  and  Composition  (3, 3) — First  and 
second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  German  4,  5,  or  equivalent. 

A  thorough  study  of  the  more  detailed  points  of  German  grammar  with 
ample  practice  in  composition  work.  This  course  is  required  of  students 
preparing  to  teach  German. 

German  75,   76.    Introduction   to   German   Literature    (3, 3) — First  and 
second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  German  4,  5,  or  equivalent. 
An  elementary  survey  of  the  history  of  German  literature. 

German  80,  81.    Advanced  Conversation  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Intensive  drill  in  the  spoken  language. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

German  101,  102.     German  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3,  8) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 
The  earlier  and  the  later  classical  periods.  (Prahl.) 

German  103,  104.    German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 
Romanticism  and  young  Germany.  (Prahl.) 

German  105,   106.     Contemporary   German  Literature   (3, 3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 
The  literature  of  the  Empire  and  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  (Prahl.) 

German  107,  108.  Goethe's  Faust  (2, 2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
First  and  second  parts  of  the  drama.  (Zucker.) 

Attention  is  called  to  Comparative  Literature  106,  Romanticism  in  Ger- 
many, and  Comparative  Literature  107,  The  Faust  Legend  in  English  and 
German  Literature. 


198  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

German  121,  122.  Advanced  Composition  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  German  71,  80  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Translation  from  English  and  German,  free  composition,  and  letter 
writing. 

German  161,   162.     German   Life   and  Culture    (3,3) — First  and  second 

semesters.  (Cunz.) 

Introductory  study  of  the  literary,  educational,  artistic  tradition,  great 

men,  customs  and  general  culture. 

German  199.     Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  German  Literature  (1) — 

Second  semester.     Especially  designed  for  German  majors. 

Weekly  lectures  stressing  the  leading  concepts  in  the  history  of  German 
literature. 

For  Graduates 

(The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be 
offered.) 

German  201.     Research — Credits   determined  by  work   accomplished. 

German  202,  203.  The  Modern  German  Drama  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  (Zucker.) 

German  204.     Schiller  (3) — First  semester. 

German  205.     Goethe's  Works  outside  of  Faust  (2) — Second  semester. 

German  206.     The  Romantic  Movement  (3) — Second  semester. 

German  208.     The  Philosophy  of  Goethe's  Faust  (3) — First  semester. 

German  210.     Seminar  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semester. 

Required  of  all  graduate  students  in  German.  (Zucker.) 

German  220,  221.     Reading  Course  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Designed  to  give  the  graduate  student  the  background  of  a  survey  of 
German  literature.  Extensive  outside  readings  with  reports  and  connecting 
lectures. 

German  230.     Introduction  to  European  Linguistics  (3) — First  semester. 

German  231.     Middle  High  German  (3) — Second  semester. 

Spanish 

Spanish  1,   2.     Elementary   Spanish    (3, 3) — First  and  second   semester. 

Students  who  offer  two  units  in  Spanish  for  entrance,  but  whose  prepara- 
tion is  not  adequate  for  second-year  Spanish,  receive  half  credit  for  this 
course. 

Spanish  3.     Elementary  Conversation   (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  the  grade  of  A  or  B  in  Spanish  1. 
A  practice  course  in  simple,  spoken  Spanish. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  199 

Spanish  4,  5.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Spanish  1,  2,  or  equivalent. 

Translation,  grammar  review,  exercise  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of 
texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Spanish  and  Latin-American 
life,   thought,   and   culture. 

Spanish  8,  9.  Intermediate  Conversation  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Admission  by  consent  of  instructor. 

The  object  of  this  course  is  to  help  the  student  acquire  the  ability  to 
speak  and  understand  everyday  and  colloquial  Spanish. 

Spanish  17.  Grammar  Review  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prere- 
quisite Spanish  4  or  consent  of  instructor.  Required  of  students  who  expect 
to  major  or  minor  in  Spanish. 

An  intensive  review  of  the  elements  of  the  Spanish  grammar,  verb  drills, 
composition. 

Spanish  51,  52.  Business  Spanish  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  second  year  Spanish  or  equivalent. 

Designed  to  give  a  knowledge  of  correct  Spanish  usage. 

Spanish  61,  62.  Spanish  Phonetics  (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Spanish  1,  2,  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

A  practical  course  in  the  pronunciation  of  Spanish;  study  of  phonetics, 
oral  exercises  and  ear  training. 

Spanish  71,  72.  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3, 3) — First  and 
second  semester.     Prerequisite,  Spanish  4,  5,  or  equivalent. 

This  course  is  more  advanced  than  Spanish  17  and  is  designed  to  give 
the  students  a  thorough  training  in  the  structure  of  the  language.  It  is 
also  intended  to  give  an  intensive  and  practical  drill  in  Spanish  composition. 

Spanish  75,    76.     Introduction   to    Spanish   Literature    (3, 3) — First   and 
second  semesters.     Prerequisite,  Spanish  4,  5,  or  equivalent. 
An  elementary  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish  literature. 

Spanish  80,  81.  Advanced  Conversation  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Prerequisite,  Spanish  8,  9,  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is 
more  advanced  than  Spanish  8  and  9  and  is  intended  to  give  the  students 
the  ability  to  speak  fluently  about  subjects  of  general  interest. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Spanish  101.     Epic  and  Ballad  (3) — First  semester. 
The  legends  and  heroic  matter  of  Medieval  Spain. 
Spanish  104.    The  Drama  of  the  Golden  Age  (3) — First  semester. 
Spanish  108.    Lope  de  Vega  (3) — First  semester. 
Spanish  109.     Cervantes  (3) — Second  semester. 


200  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Spanish  110.     Modern  Spanish  Poetry   (3) — First  semester. 

Spanish  111.     Modern  Spanish  Novel   (3)— Second  semester. 

Spanish  112.     Modern  Spanish  Drama  (3) — Second  semester. 

Spanish  115.     Modern   Spanish   Thought    (3) — First   semester. 
Essays  and  critical  writings  of  the  XXth  Century.   The  Generation  of  1898. 

Spanish  121,  122.  Advanced  Composition  (3,3) — First  and  second  semester. 
Translation  from  English  to  Spanish,  free  composition,  letter  writing. 

Spanish  151.     Latin-American  Novel  (3) — First  semester. 

Spanish  152.     Latin-American  Poetry  (3) — Second  semester. 

Spanish  153.     Latin-American  Essay  (3) — First  semester. 

Spanish  161,  162.  Spanish  Life  and  Culture  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Introductory  study  of  the  literary,  educational,  artistic  traditions,  great 
men,  customs  and  general  culture. 

Spanish  163,  164.  Latin-American  Civilization  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Introductory  study  of  the  geography,  history,  government,  economics, 
literature  and  thought.  Offered  in  conjunction  with  staff  members  from  the 
Departments  of  Geography,  History,  and  Government  and  Politics. 

Spanish  119.     Rapid  Review  of  the  History  of  Spanish  Literature  (1) — 

(Parsons)     Second  semester.     Especially  designed  for  Spanish  majors. 

Weekly  lectures  stressing  the  leading  concepts  in  the  history  of  Spanish 
literature. 

For  Graduate  Students 

Spanish  201.     Research — Credits  determined  by  work  accomplished. 

Spanish  202.     The  Golden  Age  in  Spanish  Literature  (3) — First  semester. 

Spanish  203,  204.     Spanish  Poetry  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Spanish  207.     The  Spanish  Mystics   (3). 

Spanish  210.     Seminar — (Arranged.) 

Spanish  213.     Introduction  to  Old  Spanish  (3) — Second  semester. 

Spanish  221,  222.     Reading  Course — (Arranged.) 

French  (see  page  192). 

Hebrew 

Hebrew  1,  2.     Elementary  Hebrew  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  com- 
position and  translation. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  201 

Hebrew  3.     Elementary  Conversation  (1) — First  semester.     Prerequisite, 
Hebrew  1  and  consent  of  instructor. 
A  practice  course  in  spoken  Hebrew. 

Hebrew  4,  5.  Intermediate  Hebrew  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Hebrew  1  and  2,  or  equivalent. 

Translation;  conversation;  exercises  in  pronounciation.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Hebrew  life,  thought,  and  culture. 

Hebrew  8.  Intermediate  Hebrew  Conversation  (2).  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

A  practice  course  in  intermediate-level  spoken  Hebrew.  (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew  75,  76.  Introduction  to  Hebrew  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  second-year  Hebrew  or  equivalent  and 
consent  of  instructor. 

A  survey  of  Hebrew  literature. 

Italian 

Italian  1,  2.     Elementary  Italian  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Open  to  freshmen.  Also  recommended  for  advanced  students  in  French 
and  Spanish.     Not  offered  in  1950-51. 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  com- 
position and  translation. 

Italian  3.     Elementary  Conversation    (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  the  grade  of  A  or  B  in  Italian  1.    Not  offered  in  1950-51. 
A  practice  course  in  simple,  spoken  Italian. 

Portuguese 

Portuguese  1,  2.  Elementary  Portuguese  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Not  offered  in  1950-51. 

Drill  in  pronunciation  and  in  the  elements  of  grammar;  composition  and 
translation. 

Portuguese  3.  Elementary  Conversation  (1) — Prerequisite,  the  grade  of 
A  or  B  in  Portuguese  1.  Qualified  students  who  are  interested  in  Portu- 
guese should  take  this  course  in  conjunction  with  Portuguese  2.  Not 
offered  in  1950-51. 

A  practice  course  in  simple,  spoken  Portuguese. 

Russian 

Russian  1,  2.     Elementary  Russian  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Elements  of  grammar;  composition;  pronunciation  and  translation. 

Russian  3.  Elementary  Conversation  (1) — Prerequisite,  the  grade  of  A 
or  B  in  Russian  1.  Qualified  students  who  are  interested  in  Russian  should 
take  this  course  in  conjunction  with  Russian  2. 


202  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Russian  4,  5.  Intermediate  Russian  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Russian  1  and  2,  or  equivalent. 

Translation;  conversation;  exercises  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  life,  thought,  and  culture. 

Russian  8,  9.    Intermediate  Conversation  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Admission  by  consent  of  instructor. 
A  practice  course  in  spoken  Russian. 

Russian  75,  76.  Introduction  to  Russian  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  second-year  Russian  or  equivalent  and 
consent  of  instructor. 

A  survey  of  Russian  literature. 

Russian  101,  102.  Contemporary  Russian  Literature  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  (Boborykine.) 

GEOGRAPHY 

This  department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration.  (Students  may  register  for  its  courses,  however,  just  as 
if  it  were  a  department  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.)  Geography 
is  a  recognized  major  field  in  Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the  A.B.  degree. 
For  further  information  about  the  department  see  the  catalog  of  the 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  Students  wishing  to  major 
in  this  field  will  consult  the  head  of  the  department  about  their  choice 
of  courses. 

GEOLOGY 

Irwin  C.  Brown,  Lecturer 

Geol.  1.     Geology  (3) — Prerequisite,  Chem.  1,  3. 

A  study  dealing  primarily  with  the  principles  of  dynamical  and  structural 
geology.  Designed  to  give  a  general  survey  of  the  rocks  and  minerals  com- 
posing the  earth;  the  movement  within  it;  and  its  surface  features  and  the 
agents  that  form  them. 

Geol.  2.     Engineering  Geology  (2). 

The  fundamentals  of  geology  with  engineering  applications. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

This  department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration.  (Students  may  register  for  its  courses,  however,  just  as 
if  it  were  a  department  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.)  Government 
and  Politics  is  a  recognized  major  field  in  Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the 
A.B.  degree.  For  further  information  about  the  department  see  the  catalog 
of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  Students  wishing 
to  major  in  this  field  will  consult  the  head  of  the  department  about  their 
choice  of  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  203 

HISTORY 

Professors  Gewehr,  Chatelain,  Prange,  Wellborn;  Associate  Professors 
Bauer,  Merrill;  Assistant  Professors  Crosman,  Gordon,  Jashemski;  Instruc- 
tors Bates,  Cotcher,  Ferguson,  Hanks,  Johnson,  Lowitt,  Sensenig,  Sparks. 

H.  1,  2.     History  of  Modern  Europe  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
The  basic  course,  prerequisite  for  all  advanced  courses  in  European  History. 
A  study  of  European  History  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  present  day. 

(Bauer,  Prange.) 

H.  3,  4.  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  For  freshmen  and  sophomores;  open  to  upper  classmen  by 
special  arrangement.  (Gordon.) 

H.  5,  6.  History  of  American  Civilization  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Required  for  graduation  of  all  students  who  entered  the  University 
after  1944-45.  Normally  to  be  taken  in  the  sophomore  year.  See  page  26. 
for  further  explanation.  (Crosman  and  Staff.) 

H.  51,  52.     The  Humanities  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

In  surveying  history  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  present,  man's  cultural 
development  is  emphasized.  The  course  is  a  study  of  the  achievements 
of  the  various  civilizations  which  have  contributed  to  the  common  cultural 
heritage  of  western  civilization.  The  political,  social  and  economic  set- 
tings of  the  various  civilizations  are  presented  in  chronological  order.  The 
characteristic  achievements  of  each  period  in  philosophy,  religion,  litera- 
ture, art,  science  and  music  enrich  this  background.  By  presenting  actual 
masterpieces  in  literature,  art,  and  music,  it  is  hoped  that  imagination, 
appreciation,  and  critical  judgment  will  be  stimulated.  This  course  is 
designed  as  an  introductory  course  in  history  which  will  make  a  more  direct 
contribution  to  the  other  liberal  art  fields.  (Jashemski.) 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

A.     American  History 

H.  101.  American  Colonial  History  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites, 
H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

The  settlement  and  development  of  colonial  America  to  the  middle  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  (Ferguson.) 

H.  102.  The  American  Revolution  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites, 
H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

The  background  and  course  of  the  American  Revolution  through  the  for- 
mation of  the  Constitution.  (Ferguson.) 

H.  105,  106.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to  1860 

(3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  synthesis  of  American  Life  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  Civil  War. 

(Chatelain.) 


204  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

H.  107.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States,  1860-1900  (3) 

—First  semester.      (Not  offered  in   1950-1951.)    Prerequisites,  H   5,   6,   or 
the  equivalent. 

The  development  of  American  life  and  institutions,  with  emphasis  upon 
the  period  since  1876.  (Chatelain.) 

H.  108.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States,  since  1900  (3) 

—(Not  offered  in   1950-1951.)— Second  semester.     Prerequisites,  H.   5,   6, 
or  the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  outstanding  social  and  economic  problems  and  of  the  cul- 
tural changes  of  20th  Century  America.  (Chatelain.) 

H.  115.  The  Old  South  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or 
the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  institutional  and  cultural  life  of  the  ante-bellum  South 

with  particular  reference  to  the  background  of  the  Civil  War.  (Sparks.) 

H.  116.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisites, H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

Military  aspects;  problems  of  the  Confederacy;  political,  social,  and  eco- 
nomic effects  of  the  war  upon  American  society.  Post-bellum  problems  of 
reconstruction  in  North  and  South.  (Merrill.) 

H.  118,  119.  Recent  American  History  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

Party  politics,  domestic  issues,  foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  since 
1890.  First  semester,  through  World  War  I.  Second  semester,  since  World 
War  I.  (Merrill.) 

H.  121,  122.  History  of  the  American  Frontier  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  influence  of  the  westward  movement  in  shaping  American 
institutional  development.  First  semester,  the  trans- Alleghany  West;  sec- 
ond semester,  the  trans-Mississippi  West.  (Gewehr.) 

H.  127,  128.  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3,  3)— First  and 
second  semesters.     Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

An  historical  study  of  the  diplomatic  negotiations  and  foreign  relations 
of  the  United  States.  First  semester,  from  the  Revolution  to  the  Civil 
War;  second  semester,  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present.  (Wellborn.) 

H.129.  The  United  States  and  World  Affairs  (3)— (Not  offered  in 
1950-1951.) — Prerequisites,  H.   5,   6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  consideration  of  the  changed  position  of  the  United  States  with  ref- 
erence to  the  rest  of  the  world  since  1917.  (Wellborn.) 

H.  130.  Territorial  Dependencies  of  the  United  States  (2)— (Not  offered 
in  1950-1951.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  205 

Acquisition  of  our  insular  and  territorial  possessions;  political  evolution; 
economic,  social  and  cultural  problems;  present  status  and  outlook. 

(Wellborn.) 

H.  133,  134.  The  History  of  American  Ideas  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

An  intellectual  history  of  the  American  people,  embracing  such  topics  as 
religious  liberty,  democracy,  and  social  ideas.  (Johnson.) 

H.  135,  136.     Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States  (3,  3)— First 

and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  historical  forces  resulting  in  the  formation  of  the  Con- 
stitution, and  the  development  of  American  constitutionalism  in  theory  and 
practice  thereafter.  (Gewehr.) 

Amer.  Civ.  137,  138.     Conference  Course  in  American  Civilization  (3,  3) 

— First  and  second  semesters. 

The  student's  acquaintance  with  American  Civilization  is  brought  to  a 
focus  through  the  analytical  study  of  eight  to  ten  important  books,  such 
as  Tocqueville,  Democracy  in  America,  Hawthorne,  The  Scarlet  Letter, 
Veblen,  The  Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,  and  Myrdal,  An  American  Dilemma. 
Specialists  from  related  departments  participate  in  the  conduct  of  the 
course.  (Bode.) 

H.  141,  142.  History  of  Maryland  (3, ) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

First  semester,  a  survey  of  the  political,  social  and  economic  history  of 
colonial  Maryland.  Second  semester,  Maryland's  historical  development 
and  role  as  a  state  in  the  American  Union.  (Chatelain.) 

H.  145,  146.  Latin-American  History  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  6  hours  of  fundamental  courses. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  Latin  America  from  colonial  origins  to  the 
present,  covering  political,  cultural,  economic,  and  social  development,  with 
special  emphasis  upon  relations  with  the  United  States.  (Crosman.) 

H.  147.    History  of  Mexico  (3) — First  semester. 

The  history  of  Mexico  with  special  emphasis  upon  the  independence 
period  and  upon  relations  between  ourselves  and  the  nearest  of  our  Latin- 
American  neighbors.  (Crosman.) 

B.     European  History 
H.  151.     History  of  the  Ancient  Orient  and  Greece  (3) — First  semester. 
A  survey  of  the  ancient  empires  of  Egypt,  the  Near  East,  and  Greece 
with  particular  attention  to  their  institutions,  life  and  culture.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  153.     History  of  Rome  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  study  of  Roman  civilization  from  the  earliest  beginnings  through  the 
Republic  and  down  to  the  last  centuries  of  the  Empire.  (Jashemski.) 


206  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

H.  155.  Medieval  Civilization  (3)— First  semester.  Prerequisites,  H.  1, 
2,  or  H.  3,  4,  or  the  permission  of  the  instructor. 

A  survey  of  Medieval  life,  culture  and  institutions  from  the  fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire  to  the  thirteenth  century.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  161.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisites, H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4,  or  the  permission  of  the  instructor. 

The  culture  of  the  Renaissance,  the  Protestant  revolt  and  Catholic  reac- 
tion through  the  Thirty  Years  War.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  166.  Revolutionary  and  Napoleonic  Europe  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

The  Old  Regime  in  France  and  Europe;  the  changes  effected  by  the 
French  Revolution;  the  Napoleonic  regime  and  the  balance  of  power 
1789-1815.  (Bauer.) 

H.  171,  172.  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1919  (3,  3)— First 
and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  the  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  development  of 
Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  First  World  War.  (Bauer.) 

H.  175,  176.     Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3, 

3) — First  and  second  semesters.     Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  developments  in  twentieth 
century  Europe  with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two 
World  Wars  and  their  global  impacts  and  significance.  (Prange.) 

H.  179,  180.  Diplomatic  History  of  Europe  Since  1871  (3,  3)— (Not 
offered  in  1950-1951.)— Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  European  diplomacy,  imperialism  and  power  politics  since  the 
Franco-Prussian  War.  (Prange.) 

H.  181,  182.  History  of  Central  Europe  (3,3)— Not  offered  in  1950-1951.) 
— Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

The  history  of  Central  Europe  from  1600  to  the  present,  with  special 
emphasis  on  Germany  and  Austria.  (Prange.) 

H.  185,  186.  History  of  the  British  Empire  (3,  3)— Not  offered  in  1950- 
1951.) — First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

First  semester,  the  development  of  England's  Mercantilist  Empire  and 
its  fall  in  the  war  for  American  Independence  (1783);  second  semester,  the 
rise  of  the  Second  British  Empire  and  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  re- 
sponsible self-government,  1783-1867;  the  evolution  of  the  British  Empire 
into  a  Commonwealth  of  Nations,  and  the  development  and  problems  of  the 
dependent  Empire.  (Gordon.) 

H.  187.  History  of  Canada  (3)— First  semester.  Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2, 
or  H.  3,  4. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  207 

A  history  of  Canada,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  nineteenth  century 
and  upon  Canadian  relations  with  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States. 

(Gordon.) 

H.  189.  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  (3) — Second  semester. 
A  survey  of  constitutional  development  in  England  with  emphasis  on  the 
real  property  aspects  of  feudalism,  the  growth  of  the  common  law,  the 
development  of  Parliament  and  the  expansion  of  the  liberties  of  the 
individual.  (Gordon.) 

H.  191.  History  of  Russia  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2, 
or  the  equivalent. 

A  history  of  Russia  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present  day.     (Bauer.) 

H.  192.  Foreign  Policy  of  the  USSR  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, H.   191. 

A  survey  of  Russian  foreign  policy  in  the  historical  perspective,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  period  of  the  USSR.  Russian  aims,  expansion,  and 
conflicts  with  the  western  powers  in  Europe,  the  Near  and  Middle  East,  and 
the  Far  East  will  be  studied.  (Bauer.) 

H.  193.  History  of  the  Near  East  (3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  the  Balkans  and  of  Turkey  from  earliest  times  to  the  present. 

(Gewehr.) 

H.  195.     The  Far  East  (3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.) 

A  survey  of  institutional,  cultural  and  political  aspects  of  the  history 

of  China  and  Japan,  and  a  consideration  of  present-day  problems  of  the 

Pacific  area.  (Gewehr.) 

H.  199.  Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing  (3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. 

Discussions  and  term  papers  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
methods  and  problems  of  research  and  presentation.  The  students  will  be 
encouraged  to  examine  those  phases  of  history  in  which  they  are  most 
interested.  Required  of  history  majors  in  senior  year.  (Sparks.) 

For  Graduates 

H.  200.  Research  (3-6) — Credit  proportioned  to  amount  of  work.  Ar- 
ranged. 

H.  201.     Seminar  in  American  History  (3) — First  and  second  semester. 

(Chatelain.) 

H.  205,  206.     Topics  in  American  Economic  and  Social  History  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

Readings  and  conferences  on  the  critical  and  source  materials  explaining 
our  social  and  economic  evolution.  (Chatelain.) 


208  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

H.  208.  Topics  in  Recent  American  History  (3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

Selected  readings,  research  and  conferences  on  important  topics  in 
United  States  History  from  1900  to  the  present.  (Merrill.) 

H.  211.     The  Colonial  Period  in  American  History  (3) — First  semester. 

Readings  and  conferences  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  some 
of  the  sources  and  the  classical  literature  of  American  Colonial  History. 

(Ferguson.) 

H.  212.     Period  of  the  American  Revolution  (3) — Second  semester. 

Readings  and  conferences  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  some 
of  the  critical  literature  and  sources  of  the  period  of  the  American  Revo- 
lution. (Ferguson.) 

H.  215.     The  Old  South  (3) 

Readings  and  conferences  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  some 
of  the  standard  sources  and  the  classical  literature  of  the  ante-bellum 
South.  (Merrill.) 

H.  216.     The  American  Civil  War  (3) 

Readings  and  conferences  on  the  controversial  literature  of  the  Civil 
War.  Attention  is  focused  upon  the  conflicting  interpretations  and  upon 
the  social  and  economic  impact  of  the  war  on  American  society.  Oppor- 
tunity is  also  given  to  read  in  the  rich  source  material  of  this  period. 

(Merrill.) 

H.  217.     Reconstruction  and  Its  Aftermath  (3) 

A  seminar  on  problems  resulting  from  the  Civil  War.  Political,  social, 
and  economic  reconstruction  in  South  and  North;  projection  of  certain  post- 
war attitudes  and  problems  into  the  present.  (Merrill.) 

H.  221,  222.     History  of  the  West  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Readings  and  conferences  designed  to  give  the  student  an  acquaintance 
with  some  of  the  more  important  sources  and  some  of  the  most  significant 
literature  of  the  advancing  American  frontier.  (Gewehr.) 

H.  233,  234.     Topics  in  American  Intellectual  History  (3,  3) 

Readings  and  conferences  on  selected  phases  of  American  thought,  with 
emphasis  on  religious  traditions,  social  and  political  theory,  and  development 
of  American  ideas.  (Johnson.) 

H.  235.  Problems  in  American  Constitutional  History  (3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Research  in  selected  problems  of  constitutional  history  with  much  atten- 
tion to  bibliography.  (Gewehr.) 

H.  245.  Topics  in  Latin  American  History  (3) — Selected  readings,  re- 
search, and  conferences  on  important  topics  in  Latin  American  History. 

(Crosman.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  209 

H.  250.     Seminar  in  European  History  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

(Bauer.) 

H.  251.  Topics  in  Greek  Civilization  (3) — Readings  and  conferences 
designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  selected  topics  in  Greek  and 
Hellenistic  history,  such  as  the  growth  of  democracy  in  Athens,  (with 
special  attention  to  the  nature  of  democracy  in  fifth-century  Athens)  and 
the  development  of  federalism  during  the  Hellenistic  period.  Time  will 
also  be  devoted  to  the  contributions  of  the  Greeks  in  Philosophy,  literature, 
art,  and  architecture.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  study  and 
evaluation  of  the  source  material  in  this  field.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  253.  Topics  in  Roman  History  (3) — Readings  and  conferences  de- 
signed to  acquaint  the  student  with  selected  topics  in  Roman  history,  such 
as  the  development  of  the  Roman  constitution,  the  growth  of  democracy 
in  Rome,  Roman  provincial  administration,  the  nature  of  Roman  imperial- 
ism, and  Roman  law.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  study  and 
evaluation  of  the  source  material  in  this  field.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  255.     Medieval  Culture  and  Society  (3) 

Readings  and  conferences  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  im- 
portant literature  and  interpretations  on  such  topics  as  feudalism,  the 
medieval  Church,  schools  and  universities,  Latin  and  vernacular  literature, 
art  and  architecture.  (Jashemski.) 

H.  281.  Topics  in  the  History  of  Central  Europe  (3) — (Not  offered  in 
1950-1951.) 

Readings  and  conferences  in  the  history  of  Central  Europe  from  Bis- 
marck to  the  present,  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  leading  primary 
and  secondary  sources.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  Bismarckian 
and  Hitlerian  periods.  (Prange.) 

H.  282.  Problems  in  the  History  of  World  War  II  (3)— Investigation  of 
various  aspects  of  the  Second  World  War,  including  military  operations, 
diplomatic  phases,  and  political  and  economic  problems  of  the  war  and  its 
aftermath.  (Prange.) 

H.  285,  286.  Topics  in  the  History  of  Modern  England  and  Greater 
Britain  (3,  3) 

Readings  and  conferences  on  the  documentary  and  literary  materials 
dealing  with  the  transformation  of  England  and  the  growth  and  evolution 
of  the  British  Empire  since  1763.  (Gordon.) 

H.  287.     Historiography  (3) — Arranged. 

Readings  and  occasional  lectures  on  the  historical  writing,  the  evolution 
of  critical  standards,  the  rise  of  auxiliary  sciences,  and  the  works  of  se- 
lected masters.  (Sparks.) 


210  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Associate   Professor   Rovelstad;    Instructors   Baehr,    Charlesworth,   Hayes, 
Holladay,  Phillips,  Turner,  Urban  and  Wedemeyer. 

L.  S.  1,  2.     Library  Methods   (1, 1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

These  courses  are  required  of  all  students  in  general  Arts  and  Science, 
Pre-Law  and  Pre-Nursing  curriculums. 

These  introductory  courses  are  intended  to  help  students  to  use  libraries 
with  greater  facility  and  effectiveness.  Instruction,  given  in  the  form  of 
lectures  and  practical  work  is  designed  to  interpret  the  library  and  its 
resources  to  the  students.  The  courses  consider  the  classification  of  books 
in  libraries,  the  card  catalog,  periodical  literature  and  indexes,  and  certain 
essential  reference  books  which  will  be  found  helpful  throughout  the  college 
course  and  in  later  years. 

L.  S.  101S.     School  Library  Administration   (3). 

The  organization  and  maintenance  of  effective  library  service  in  the 
modern  school.  Planning  and  equipping  library  quarters,  purpose  of  the 
library  in  the  school,  standards,  instruction  in  the  use  of  books  and  libraries, 
training  student  assistants,  acquisition  of  materials,  repair  of  books,  pub- 
licity, exhibits  and  other  practical  problems. 

L.  S.  102S.     Cataloging  and  Classification  (3). 

Study  and  practice  in  classifying  books  and  making  dictionary  catalog 
for  school  libraries.  Simplified  forms  as  used  in  the  Children's  Catalog, 
Standard  Catalog  for  High  School  Libraries,  and  Wilson  printed  cards 
are  studied. 

L.  S.  103S.     Book  Selection  for  School  Libraries   (3). 

Principles  of  book  selection  as  applied  to  school  libraries.  Practice  in 
the  effective  use  of  book  selection  aids  and  in  the  preparation  of  book 
lists.     Evaluating  of  publishers,  editions,  translations,  format,  etc. 

L.  S.  104S.     Reference  and  Bibliography  for  School  Libraries  (4). 

Evaluation,  selection  and  use  of  standard  reference  tools,  such  as  en- 
cyclopedias, dictionaries,  periodical  indexes,  atlases  and  yearbooks,  for 
school  libraries.     Study  of  bibliographical  procedures  and  forms. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors  Martin,  Hall,  Jackson,  Weinstein;*  Associate  Professors  Vander- 
slice,  Truesdell;*  Assistant  Professors  Brigham,  Good,  Leutert;  Lecturer 
Polachek;*  Instructors  Boyer,  Brewster,  Eakens,  Gorciu,  Greenspan,  Han- 
sen, Haywood,*  Holland,  Jarnagin,  McLean,  Meals,  Menneken,  Rankin, 
Shepherd,  Thorpe,  B.  Vanderslice,*  Wagner. 
The  Colloquium  meets  weekly  for  reports  on  the  research  of  the  faculty 
and  graduate  students,  and  for  expository  lectures  on  papers  published  in 
current  mathematical  journals. 

•  Part   time. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  211 

The  Mathematics  Club  meets  once  a  month  under  the  direction  of  Pro- 
fessor Hall  for  the  discussion  of  mathematical  topics  of  interest  to  the 
undergraduate. 

The  following  courses  are  open  to  students  who  offer  at  least  one  unit 
of  algebra  for  entrance:  Math.  1,  5,  or  10. 

The  following  courses  are  open  to  students  who  offer  two  or  more  units 
of  algebra  for  entrance:     Math.  14,  15. 

Students  are  enrolled  in  Math.  5,  10,  or  15  provided  they  pass  the  Mathe- 
matics section  of  the  general  classification  test  given  to  incoming  students 
during  registration.  Students  who  fail  this  test  should  enroll  in  Math.  0  if 
their  curriculum  calls  for  Math.  5  or  10,  and  in  Math.  1  if  their  curriculum 
calls  for  Math.  15.  Students  taking  Math.  1  are  not  eligible  to  take  Math. 
14  concurrently. 

In  general  students  should  enroll  in  only  one  course  in  the  groups  below. 
In  case  this  rule  is  not  followed  credit  will  be  assigned  as  indicated. 
Math.  5, 10, 15.     Credit  for  only  one  course. 
Math.  11, 14.     Math.  11—1^  credits;  Math.  14—2  credits. 
Math.  11, 17.     Math.  11— IY2  credits;  Math.  17 — 4  credits. 

The  department  strongly  recommends  that  a  student  who  receives  a 
grade  of  D  in  a  course  in  mathematics  repeat  the  course  to  raise  his  grade 
before  going  on  to  a  more  advanced  course. 

Math.  0.  Basic  Mathematics  (0) — First  and  second  semesters.  Required 
of  students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  Math.  5  or  10  and  who  fail  the  quali- 
fying examination  for  these  courses. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  algebra.  (Shepherd  and  Staff.) 

Math.  1.  Introductory  Algebra  (0) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, one  unit  of  algebra.  Required  of  students  whose  curriculum  calls 
for  Math.  15  and  who  fail  the  qualifying  examination  for  this  course. 

A  review  of  the  topics  covered  in  a  second  course  in  algebra. 

(Shepherd  and  Staff.) 

Math.  2.  Solid  Geometry  (0) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, one  unit  each  of  algebra  and  plane  geometry.  Open  to  students  who 
enter  deficient  in  solid  geometry. 

Lines,  planes,  cylinders,  cones,  the  sphere  and  polyhedra,  primary  em- 
phasis on  mensuration.     Intended  for  engineers  and  science  students. 

(Brewster  and  Staff.) 

Math.  5.  General  Mathematics  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, one  unit  of  algebra.  Open  only  to  students  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration,  the  College  of  Agriculture,  and  the 
Department  of  Industrial  Education. 

Fundamental  operations,  ratio  and  proportion,  percentage,  simple  interest, 
linear  and  quadratic  equations,  exponents  and  radicals,  logarithms,  the  slide 
rule,  functions  and  graphs,  progressions,  binomial  theorem.    (Hall  and  Staff.) 


212  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Math.  6.  Mathematics  of  Finance  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  5,  or  equivalent.  Required  of  students  in  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration,  and  open  to  students  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  only  for  elective  credit. 

Simple  and  compound  interest,  discount,  amortization,  sinking  funds, 
valuation  of  bonds,  depreciation,  annuities.  (Hall  and  Staff.) 

Math.  10.  Algebra  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  one 
unit  each  of  algebra  and  plane  geometry.  Open  to  biological,  premedical, 
predental,  and  general  Arts  and  Science  students. 

Fundamental  operations,  factoring,  fractions,  linear  equations,  exponents 
and  radicals,  logarithms,  quadratic  equations,  variation,  binomial  theorem, 
theory  of  equations.  (Brigham  and  Staff.) 

Math.  11.  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Math.  10  or  equivalent.  Open  to  biological,  pre- 
medical, predental,  and  general  Arts  and  Science  students.  This  course  is 
not  recommended  for  students  planning  to  enroll  in  Math.  20. 

Trigonometric  functions,  identities,  addition  formulas,  solution  of  tri- 
angles, coordinates,  locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  conic  sec- 
tions, graphs.  (Brigham  and  Staff.) 

Math.  13.  Elements  of  Mathematical  Statistics  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  10,  or  equivalent. 

Frequency  distributions,  averages,  moments,  measures  of  dispersion, 
the  normal  curve,  curve  fitting,  regression  and  correlation.  (Good.) 

Math.  14.  Plane  Trigonometry  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Math.  15  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Math.  15.  Open  to  students 
in  engineering,  education,  and  the  physical  sciences. 

Trigonometric  functions,  identities,  the  radian,  graphs,  addition  formulas, 
solution  of  triangles,  trigonometric  equations.  (Jackson  and  Staff.) 

Math.  15.  College  Algebra  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, high  school  algebra  completed,  and  plane  geometry.  Open  to  students 
in  engineering,  education,  and  the  physical  sciences. 

Fundamental  operations,  variation,  functions  and  graphs,  quadratic  equa- 
tions, theory  of  equations,  binomial  theorem,  complex  numbers,  logarithms, 
determinants,  progressions.  (Jackson  and  Staff.) 

Math.  16.  Spherical  Trigonometry  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisites, solid  geometry  and  Math.  14. 

The  solution  of  spherical  triangles,  with  applications  to  the  terrestrial 
and  astronomical  triangles.  (Brewster  and  Staff.) 

Math.  17.  Analytic  Geometry  (4) — Three  lectures  and  two  one-hour  lab- 
oratory periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Math.  14 
and  15,  or  equivalent.  Open  to  students  in  engineering,  education,  and  the 
physical  sciences. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  213 

Coordinates,  locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  graphs,  trans- 
formation of  coordinates,  conic  sections,  parametric  equations,  transcen- 
dental equations,  solid  analytic  geometry.  (Good  and  Staff.) 

Math.  20,  21.  Calculus  (4,  4) — Three  lectures  and  two  one-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week,  first  and  second  semesters,  second  and  first  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  17  or  equivalent.  Open  to  students  in  engineering, 
education  and  the  physical  sciences. 

Limits,  derivatives,  differentials,  maxima  and  minima,  curve  sketching, 
rates,  curvature,  kinematics,  integration  with  geometric  and  physical  appli- 
cations, partial  derivatives,  space  geometry,  multiple  integrals,  infinite 
series.  (Vanderslice  and  Staff.) 

Math.  64.  Differential  Equations  for  Engineers  (3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Required  of  students 
in  mechanical  and  electrical  engineering. 

Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  second  order  with  emphasis  on 
their  engineering  applications.  (Vanderslice  and  Staff.) 

A.    Algebra 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  100,  101.  Higher  Algebra  (3, 3)— Prerequisite,  Math,.  21  or 
equivalent. 

Selected  topics  in  algebra  will  be  taken  up  from  a  point  of  view  designed 
to  strengthen  and  deepen  the  grasp  of  the  subject.  (Brigham.) 

Math.  102.  Theory  of  Equations  (3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.)— Pre- 
requisite, Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Solution  of  algebraic  equations,  symmetric  functions.  (Good.) 

Math.    103.      Introduction    to    Modern    Algebra    (3) — Second    semester. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 
Linear  dependence,  matrices,  groups,  vector  spaces.  (Good.) 

Math.  106.  Introduction  to  the  Theory  of  Numbers  (3) — (Not  offered 
in  1950-1951.) — Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Integers,  divisibility,  Euclid's  algorithm,  Diophantine  equations,  prime 
numbers,   Moebius  function,   congruences,   residues.  (Brigham.) 

For  Graduates 

Math.  200,  201.  Modern  Algebra  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisite,  Math.  103  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Matrices,  groups,  rings,  fields,  algebraic  numbers,  Galois  theory.       (Good.) 

Math.  202.  Matrix  Theory  (3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.)— Prerequi- 
site, Math.  103,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

The  theory  of  vectors  and  matrices  with  applications.  (Good.) 


214  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Math.  204,  205.  Topological  Groups  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

An  introductory  course  in  abstract  groups,  topological  spaces,  and  the 
study  of  collections  of  elements  enjoying  both  these  properties.  The  con- 
cept of  a  uniform  space  will  be  introduced  and  studied.  The  representation 
problem  will  be  considered  together  with  the  subject  of  Lie  groups. 

(Good,  Hall.) 

Math.  271.     Selected  Topics  in  Algebra  (3) — (Arranged). 

B.     Analysis 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  110,  111.  Advanced  Calculus  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Limits,  continuous  functions,  differentiation  and  integration  with  appli- 
cation to  mechanics,  infinite  series,  Fourier  series,  functions  of  several 
variables,  differential  equations  with  applications  to  mechanics  and  physics, 
multiple  integrals,  the  theorems  of  Gauss  and  Stokes,  the  calculus  of 
variations.  (Martin.) 

Math.  114,  115.  Differential  Equations  (3,  3) — (Math.  114,  second  semes- 
ter; Math.  115,  not  offered  1950-1951.)  —  Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or 
equivalent. 

Ordinary  differential  equations,  symbolic  methods,  successive  approxi- 
mations, solutions  in  series,  orthogonal  functions,  Bessel  functions,  Stur- 
mian  theory.  Partial  differential  equations  of  first  and  second  order, 
characteristics,  boundary  value  problems,  Pfaffians,  systems  of  equations, 
applications.  (Vanderslice.) 

Math.  116,  118.  Introduction  to  Complex  Variable  Theory  (3,  3)— (Not 
offered  in  1950-1951.) — Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Open  to 
students  in  engineering  and  the  physical  sciences.  Graduate  students  in 
mathematics  should  enroll  in  Math.  210,  211. 

Fundamental  operations  in  complex  numbers,  differentiation  and  integra- 
tion, sequences  and  series,  power  series,  analytic  functions,  conformal 
mapping,  residue  theory,  special  functions.  (Truesdell.) 

Math.  117.  Fourier  Series  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prerequisite, 
Math.   114  or  equivalent. 

Representation  of  functions  by  series  of  orthogonal  functions.  Applica- 
tions to  the  solution  of  boundary  value  problems  of  some  partial  differential 
equations  of  physics  and  engineering.  (Leutert.) 

For  Graduates 

Math.  210,  211.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  (3,  3)— (Not  offered 
1950-1951.)— Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill  or  equivalent. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  215 

Complex  numbers,  infinite  series,  Cauchy-Riemann  equations,  conformal 
mapping,  complex  integral,  the  Cauchy  theory,  the  Weierstrass  theory, 
Riemann  surfaces,  algebraic  functions,  periodic  and  elliptic  functions,  the 
theorems  of  Weierstrass  and  Mittag-Leffler.  (Weinstein.) 

Math.  213,  214.  Functions  of  a  Real  Variable  (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math.  Ill  or  equivalent. 

The  real  number  system,  point  sets,  the  Heine-Borel  theorem,  continuous 
functions,  derivatives,  infinite  series,  uniform  convergence,  the  Riemann 
integral,  Jordan  content,  the  Lebesgue  integral,  Fourier  series.        (Hall.) 

Math.  215,  216.  Advanced  Differential  Equations  (3,  3) — Prerequisite, 
Math.  Ill  and  116,  or  210. 

Existence  and  uniqueness  theorems  for  systems  of  ordinary  differential 
equations  and  for  partial  differential  equations.  Characteristic  theory. 
Reduction  to  normal  forms,  the  method  of  finite  differences.  (Martin.) 

Math.  217,  218.  Analytic  Number  Theory  (3, 3)— Prerequisite,  Math. 
106  and  211. 

Brief  review  of  elementary  number  theory  and  the  properties  of  the 
zeta  function.  Application  of  analysis  to  number  theory.  Prime  number 
theorem.     Additive  partitions.  (Brigham.) 

Math.  272.     Selected  Topics  in  Analysis  (3) — (Arranged). 

C.     Geometry  and  Topology 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  122,  123.     Elementary  Topology  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— 

Prerequisite,  Math  21  or  equivalent. 

Open  and  closed  sets.  Elementary  topology  of  the  straight  line  and 
the  Euclidean  plane.  The  Jordan  Curve  Theorem  and  its  applications. 
Simple  connectivity.  (Hall.) 

Math.  124,  125.  Introduction  to  Projective  Geometry  (3,  3).  Prerequi- 
site, Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Elementary  projective  geometry  largely  from  the  analytic  approach,  pro- 
jective transformations,  cross  ratio,  harmonic  division,  projective  coordi- 
nates, projective  theory  of  conies,  Laguerre's  definition  of  angle.  (Jackson.) 

Math.  126,  127.  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry  and  Tensor 
Analysis  (3,  3) — (Not  offered  1950-1951. )— Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equiva- 
lent. 

The  differential  geometry  of  curves  and  surfaces  with  the  use  of  vector 
and  tensor  methods,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving  frames,  curvilinear 
coordinates,  the  fundamental  differential  forms,  covariant  derivatives, 
intrinsic  geometry,  curves  on  a  surface,  applications  to  problems  in  dy- 
namics, mechanics,  electricity,  and  relativity.  (Vanderslice.) 


216  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Math.  128,  129.  Higher  Geometry  (3, 3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  consent  of  instructor.  Math.  128  is  not  a  pre- 
requisite for  Math.  129.     Open  to  students  in  the  College  of  Education. 

This  course  is  designed  for  students  preparing  to  teach  geometry  in 
high  school.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  the  modern  geometry  of 
the  triangle,  circle  and  sphere.  In  the  second  semester  emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  axiomatic  development  of  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geometry. 

(Jackson.) 
For  Graduates 

Math.  220,  221.  Differential  Geometry  (3,  3)— Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill 
and  134,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Curves  and  surfaces,  geometry  in  the  large,  the  Gauss-Bonnet  formula, 
ovaloids,  surfaces  of  constant  curvature.  (Jackson.) 

Math.  222.  Foundations  of  Geometry  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisite,  Math.  124  or  consent  of  instructor. 

The  course  will  develop  the  elements  of  projective  geometry  from  the 
postulational  point  of  view,  laying  emphasis  on  the  logical  basis  of  the 
results  obtained.  Desargues  configuration,  and  Pappus  configuration,  per- 
spectivities,  conies,  and  construction  of  coordinate  systems  will  be  among 
the  topics  studied.  (Jackson.) 

Math.  223,  224.  Combinatorial  Topology  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  103  and  111,  or  equivalent. 

Homology  and  homotopy  theory  of  complexes  developed  from  a  group 
theoretic  basis.  (Hall.) 

Math.  225,  226.  Set-theoretic  Topology  (3,  3)— Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill 
or  equivalent. 

Foundations  of  mathematics  based  on  a  set  of  axioms,  metric  spaces, 
convergence  and  connectivity  properties  of  point  sets,  continua  and  con- 
tinuous curves,  the  topology  of  the  plane.  (Hall.) 

Math.  227.  Tensor  Analysis  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prerequisite, 
Math.  Ill  and  134,  or  equivalent. 

Algebra  and  calculus  of  tensors,  Riemannian  geometry  and  its  extensions, 
differential  invariants,  applications  to  physics  and  engineering,  the  theory 
of  relativity.  (Vanderslice.) 

Math.  273.  Selected  Topics  in  Geometry  and  Topology  (3) — (Arranged) 
D.     Applied  Mathematics 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math.  130,  131.  Analytic  Mechanics  (3, 3)— Prerequisite,  Math  21  or 
equivalent. 

Statics,  kinematics,  dynamics  of  a  particle,  elementary  celestial  mechan- 
ics, Lagrangian  equations  for  dynamical  systems  of  one,  two,  and  three 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  217 

degrees    of    freedom,    Hamilton's    principle,    the    Hamilton-Jacobi    partial 
differential  equation.  (Leutert.) 

Math.   132,   133.     Advanced  Mathematics   for   Engineers   and  Physicists 

(3,  3) — Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

An  introduction  to  advanced  mathematical  methods  and  their  application 
to  the  technical  problems  of  physics  and  engineering.  Topics  include 
Fourier  series,  matrices,  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  of 
applied  mathematics,  numerical  methods,  Bessel  functions,  complex  vari- 
ables, operational  calculus.  (Vanderslice.) 

Math.  134.  Vector  Analysis  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prerequisite, 
Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Algebra  and  calculus  of  vectors  and  applications.  Includes  introductory 
differential  geometry.  (Vanderslice.) 

Math.  135.  Numerical  Analysis  (3)— Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prere- 
quisite, Math.  114  or  equivalent. 

Survey  of  high-speed  calculators;  applicability  of  numerical  techniques. 
Evaluation  of  errors  in  extended  calculations;  round-off  and  truncation 
errors.  Finite  differences;  smoothing;  divided  differences;  central  differ- 
ences; uniform  intervals.  Newton's  interpolation  formula;  inverse  inter- 
polation. Numerical  differentiation  and  integration.  Systems  of  simultane- 
ous equations.    Solution  of  typical  problems.  (Polachek.) 

Math.  139.  Operational  Calculus  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prere- 
quisite, Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Intended  for  students  of  engineering 
and  physics. 

Operational  solutions  of  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations. 
Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms.  (Vanderslice.) 

For  Graduates 

Math.  230,  231.  Applied  Mathematics  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— 
Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill  and  114,  or  equivalent. 

The  subject  material  for  this  course  will  be  chosen  from  the  fields  of 
dynamics,  elasticity,  hydrodynamics.  (Martin.) 

Math.  232,  233 — Partial  Differential  Equations  of  Mathematical  Physics 
(3,  3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill  and  114,  or 
equivalent. 

The  characteristic  properties  of  elliptic,  parabolic,  and  hyperbolic  partial 
differential  equations  with  special  reference  to  problems  in  potential  theory, 
the  flow  of  heat,  hydrodynamics  and  elasticity.  (Leutert.) 

Math.  234.  Potential  Theory  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951.)  —  Prere- 
quisite, Math.  Ill  or  equivalent. 

The  equations  of  Laplace  and  Poisson,  flux,  the  theorems  of  Gauss  and 
Green,  potential  of  volume  and  surface  distributions,  harmonic  functions, 


218  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Green's  function,  the  problems  of  Dirichlet  and  Neumann,  introduction  to 
the  linear  integral  equations  of  potential  theory.  (Weinstein.) 

Math.  235.  Advanced  Numerical  Analysis  (3) — (Not  offered  1950-1951.) 
Prerequisite,  Math.  114  and  135,  or  equivalent. 

Review  of  numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  ordinary 
differential  equations.  Construction  of  multivariate  tables.  Properties  of 
elliptic,  hyperbolic  and  parabolic  partial  differential  equations.  Conversion 
of  partial  differential  equations  to  system  of  difference  equations;  determina- 
tion of  mesh  sizes  and  convergence.  The  relaxation  method  of  R.  V.  South- 
well.   Integral  equations.    Solution  of  typical  problems.  (Polachek.) 

Math.  236.  Mathematical  Theory  of  Hydrodynamics  (3) — First  semes- 
ter.    Prerequisite,  Math.  116  or  equivalent. 

Equation  of  continuity,  rotational  and  irrotational  flows,  Bernoulli's 
theorem,  Helmholtz's  theory  of  vorticity,  flux  of  momentum;  the  plane 
motion  of  an  incompressible  perfect  fluid,  including  stream  function,  com- 
plex potential,  Joukowski's  theory,  the  formula  of  Blasius,  Karman's  vortex 
street.  Prandtl's  theory  of  a  finite  wing,  and  an  introduction  to  the  theory 
of  viscous  fluids.  (Weinstein.) 

Math.  237.  Mathematical  Theory  of  Elasticity  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Math.  Ill  or  equivalent. 

Stress  and  strain,  deformation  of  columns,  bending  torsion,  and  flexure  of 
beams,  Euler-Bernoulli  formulas,  Saint -Venant's  Principle,  Airy's  function, 
strain  and  potential  energy,  buckling  problems,  minimum  principles,  Betti's 
reciprocity  law.  (Weinstein.) 

Math.  238.  Mathematical  Theory  of  Continuous  Media  (3) — (Not  offered 
1950-1951.) — Prerequisite,  Math.  134  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Kinematics  of  continuous  media,  conservation  of  mass,  momentum  and 
energy,  theromodynamics,  heat  conduction,  elastic  bodies,  plates  and  shells, 
fluid  mechanics  (non-linear  theory),  rarefied  gases,  viscous  fluids,  plasticity. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math.  239.     Mathematical   Theory   of   Electricity   and  Magnetism    (3)— 

(Not  offered  1950-1951.)— Prerequisite,  Math.  134  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Maxwell's  equations,  electrostatics,  condensers,  dielectrics,  conductors  and 
potential  distributions,  electric  current,  linear  conductors,  flow  in  two  and 
three  dimensions,  magnetostatics,  electromagnetic  inductance,  transients, 
alternating  currents,  stress  and  energy,  electromagnetic  forces  and  energy; 
plane,  cylindrical  and  spherical  electromagnetic  waves,  radiation. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math.   274.     Selected  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics    (3)— (Arranged). 

E.    Statistics 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Math.  150,  151.    Probability  (3,  3)— Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  219 

Combinatory  analysis,  total,  compound  and  inverse  probability,  continuous 
distributions,  theorems  of  Bernoulli  and  Laplace,  applications  to  statistics 
and  the  theory  of  errors.  (Good.) 

Math.  152, 153.    Mathematical  Statistics  (2,  2)— (Not  offered  in  1950-1951.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

Frequency  distributions  and  their  parameters,  multivariate  analysis  and 
correlation,  theory  of  sampling,  analysis  of  variance,  statistical  inference. 

(Good.) 

Math.  154,  155.  Applications  of  Statistics  (3, 3)— (Not  offered  1950- 
1951.) — Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Math.  21  or  equivalent. 

This  course  is  intended  for  those  who  desire  a  working  knowledge  of 
statistical  methods  without  going  into  the  finer  points  of  the  mathematical 
theory.  Tools  of  probability  theory,  testing  hypotheses,  power  of  tests, 
tests  of  goodness  of  fit,  estimation,  design  of  experiments,  moments,  curve 
fitting,  regression,  and  correlation.  (Good.) 

F.     Research 

For  Graduates 
Math.  298.     Proseminar  in  Research  (2) — Second  semester.    Prerequisite, 
one  semester  of  graduate  work  in  mathematics. 

The  student  is  initiated  into  the  techniques  of  mathematical  research 
by  reporting  on  original  research  papers  appearing  in  the  mathematical 
literature.  At  the  discretion  of  the  senior  staff  member  in  charge,  original 
problems,  lying  within  the  scope  of  the  student's  training,  will  be  assigned. 

(Staff.) 

Math.  300.     Research — (Arranged). 

MUSIC 

Professor  Randall;  Assistant  Professors  Romaine  and  Sykora;  Instructors 
French,  Haslup,  Johnson  and  Power. 

Music  1.    Music  Appreciation  (3) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  all  types  of  classical  music  (not  including  opera)  from  the 
time  of  Haydn,  with  a  view  to  developing  the  ability  to  listen  and  enjoy. 

(Randall.) 

Music  2,  3.    History  of  Music  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
A  course  in  the  history  of  music  covering  the  development  of  all  forms 
of  music  (not  including  opera)  from  the  Greeks  to  the  present.       (Haslup.) 

Music  4.    Men's  Glee  Club  (1) — First  and  second  semester. 

A  total  of  six  credits  may  be  earned.  (Randall.) 

Music  5.    Women's  Chorus  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  total  of  six  credits  may  be  earned.  (Randall.) 


220  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Music  6.     Orchestra  (1) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Sykora.) 

Music  7.     Fundamentals  of  Music  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  Harmony  and  includes  a  study  of  major 

and  minor  scales,  intervals,  basic  piano  techniques,  sight  singing,  simple 

musical  forma  and  theory.    A  student  must  achieve  a  grade  of  B  in  order 

to  continue  with  the  study  of  Harmony.  (Haslup.) 

Music  8.  Solfeggio  and  Ear  Training,  I  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  times  a  week. 

This  course  aims  to  develop  facility  in  singing  at  sight  and  the  ability 
to  sing  with  good  intonation.  The  aural  study  of  the  melodic  and  rhythmic 
patterns  in  Solfeggio  is  also  included.  (French.) 

Music  10.    Band  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

For  discussion  of  Student  and  R.  0.  T.  C.  Bands,  see  page  42.  A  total 
of  six  credits  may  be  earned.  (Sykora.) 

Music  11.  Solfeggio  and  Ear  Training,  II  (2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Three  times  a  week. 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  study  of  Solfeggio  and  Ear  Training, 
I.  More  difficult  music  is  used  and  special  emphasis  is  placed  on  part 
singing.  (French.) 

Music  50.     Elementary  Conducting  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

The  student  develops  a  technique  of  the  baton  based  on  the  fundamental 
meter  designs.  Choral  and  simple  orchestra  numbers  are  conducted. 
Euryhthmics  are  applied  to  develop  a  sense  of  rhythm  through  muscular 
coordination  and  accompanying  is  also  a  feature  of  the  course.     (Romaine.) 

Music  66.     Survey  of  the  Opera  (3) — Second  semester. 
The  object  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  librettos, 
music  and  the  composers  of  the  standard  operas.  (Randall.) 

Music  70.  Harmony,  I  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite, 
Fundamentals  of  Music. 

Music  theory  is  reviewed  and  a  study  is  made  of  harmonic  progressions, 
triads,  dominant  seventh  and  ninth  chords  in  root  position  and  inversions. 
The  course  continues  through  altered  and  mixed  chords  to  modulation. 

(French.) 
Music  71.     Harmony,  II  (3) — Second  semester. 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Harmony,  I.  It  includes  the  study  of 
modulation  and  the  inharmonic  intervals.  Analysis,  simple  harmonizations, 
and  original  compositions  are  a  part  of  the  course.  (French.) 

Music  80.  Instruments  of  the  Orchestra  (Strings)  (2)— First  and  second 
semesters.  (French.) 

A  study  is  made  of  the  techniques  of  the  string  instruments  through 
practical  experience. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  221 

Music  81.    Instruments  of  the  Band  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
A  study  is  made  of  the  techniques  of  the  wind  and  percussion  instru- 
ments through  practical  experience.  (French.) 

Music.  110.    History  of  American  Music  (2) — Second  semester. 

This  course,  designed  to  be  an  integral  part  of  the  American  Civilization 
program,  reviews  the  development  of  music  in  the  United  States  from 
Colonial  days  to  1800,  1800  to  the  Civil  War,  and  1865  to  the  present. 
Phases  of  our  musical  history  which  are  studied  include:  Early  Hymn 
Writers,  Stephen  Foster,  the  Negro  Spiritual,  and  Twentieth  Century 
Music.  (Haslup.) 

Music  120.  Advanced  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music  (3) — First 
semester.    Prerequisites,  History  of  Music  2  and  3. 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  an  extensive  study  of  the  evolution  of  forms 
and  styles  of  musical  composition  as  illustrated  in  the  music  of  various 
periods.  (Romaine.) 

Music  150.    Harmony,  III  (3) — First  semester. 

The  practical  application  to  the  piano  keyboard  of  the  harmonic  prin- 
ciples acquired  in  Harmony  I  and  II  are  applied  in  this  course.  Its  pro- 
cedures include  harmonization  of  melodies,  improvisations  and  accompani- 
ments, playing  at  dictation  and  transposition.  (Romaine.) 

Music  151.    Harmony,  IV  (3) — Second  semester. 

This  course  aims  to  develop  a  feeling  for  musical  forma  and  a  technique 
for  writing  and  arranging  music  for  voices,  piano,  and  groups  of  instru- 
ments. (Romaine.) 

Music  160.     Advanced  Choral  Conducting,  Materials  and  Methods  (2) — 

First  semester. 

Prerequisite,  Elementary  Conducting.  It  aims  to  improve  conducting 
technique  through  practical  chorus  experience,  learn  methods  of  vocal 
procedures,  and  make  a  survey  of  choral  literature.  (Romaine.) 

Music   161.      Advanced   Orchestral    Conducting,    Materials   and   Methods 

(2) — Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Elementary  Conducting. 

Conducting  and  arranging  for  the  orchestra,  band,  and  instrumental  en- 
sembles are  developed  through  practical  experience.  Methods  of  instruc- 
tion and  a  survey  of  instrumental  literature  are  made.  (Sykora.) 

Mus.  12,  52,  112,  152.  Piano  (1, 1, 1, 1). — Fifteen  private  lessons  in 
Applied  Music. 

The  instructor  and  place  will  be  assigned  by  the  Music  Department, 
Bldg.  B.  There  will  be  a  special  fee  of  $30.00  per  course  for  these 
private  lessons. 

Mus.  72,  92.     Piano  (1, 1) — Fifteen  private  lessons  in  Applied  Music. 
The   instructor   and   place   will   be   assigned  by   the   Music   Department, 
Bldg.  B. 


222  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Mus.  13,  53,  113,  153.  Voice  (1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen  private  lessons  in  Ap- 
plied Music. 

The  instructor  and  place  will  be  assigned  by  the  Music  Department,  Bldg. 
B.    There  will  be  a  special  fee  of  $30.00  per  course  for  these  private  lessons. 

Mus.  14,  54,  114,  154.  Instruments  (1,  1,  1,  1)— Fifteen  private  les- 
sons in  Applied  Music. 

The  instructor  and  place  will  be  assigned  by  the  Music  Department,  Bldg. 
B.    There  will  be  a  special  fee  of  $30.00  per  course  for  these  private  lessons. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Profesor  Baylis;  Assistant  Professor  Dewey;  Instructor  Robinson. 

Phil.  1.     Philosophical  Perspectives    (3) — Each  semester. 

Systematic  and  critical  examination  and  evaluation  of  representative 
hypotheses  as  to  the  nature  of  man  and  his  place  in  the  universe;  the 
nature  and  function  of  religion  and  of  science  in  the  life  of  man. 

(Robinson  and  Staff.) 

Phil.  2.     Philosophical  Perspectives   (3) — Each  semester. 

Systematic  and  critical  examination  and  evaluation  of  representative 
hypotheses  as  to  the  nature  and  function  of  morality,  government,  education, 
and  art.  (Dewey  and  Staff.) 

Phil.  52.     Philosophy  in  Literature  (3) — Second  semester. 
Reading   and   philosophical   criticism   of  novels   and   dramas    containing 
ideas  significant  for  ethics,  social  policy  and  religion.  (Dewey.) 

Phil.  53.     Philosophy  of  Religion   (3) — First  semester. 
A  critical  and  constructive  study  of  the  nature  of  religion,  of  its  various 
forms  and  manifestations,  and  of  its  functions  in  human  life.  (Baylis.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Phil.  101.     Ancient  Philosophy  (3) — First  semester. 

A  history  of  Greek  Thought  from  its  beginnings  to  the  close  of  the  Clas- 
sical period.  Based  upon  reading  in  the  Pre-Socratic  philospohers,  Socrates, 
Plato,  and  Aristotle.  (Robinson.) 

Phil.  102.  Modern  Philosophy  (3)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Phil 
101. 

A  history  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  West  during  the  16th,  17th, 
and  18th  Centuries.  Based  upon  readings  in  Bacon,  Descartes,  Leibniz, 
Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume,  and  Kant.  (Robinson.) 

Phil.  111.  Medieval  Philosophy  (3)— Second  semester.  (Offered  in  1952- 
1953.)     Prequisite,  Phil.  101. 

A  history  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  West  from  the  close  of  the 
Classical  period  to  the  Renaissance.  Based  upon  readings  in  the  Stoics, 
early  Christian  writers,  Neoplatonists,  later  Christian  writers  and  School- 

(Robinson.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  223 

Phil.  112.  Recent  and  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Phil.  101  and  102,  or  the  written  permission  of  the  instructor. 
(Not  offered  in  1950-1951;  offered  in  1951-1952.) 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  main  trends  in  philosophical  thought  in 
the  West  since  the  19th  Century,  with  particular  attention  to  the  work  of 
Bradley,  Bergson,  Peirce,  Whitehead,  Dewey,  Russell,  and  the  Positivist 
school.  (Robinson.) 

Phil.  121.     American  Philosophy  (3) — Second  semester. 

The  main  tendencies  in  American  philosophy  including  Puritanism,  The 
Enlightenment,  Trancendentalism,  Idealism,  Pragmatism,  and  Realism. 
Special  attention  to  Edwards,  Franklin,  Jefferson,  Paine,  Channing,  Parker, 
Emerson,  Thoreau,  Royce,  Pierce,  James,  and  outstanding  contemporaries. 

(Dewey.) 

Phil.  151.  Ethics  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Phil.  2  or  one  year 
of  philosophy. 

Good  and  bad;  right  and  wrong;  moral  and  immoral.  Free  will,  de- 
terminism and  moral  responsibility.  The  nature  and  ground  of  moral 
obligation.  Critical  evaluation  of  the  chief  rival  theories  as  to  the  correct 
principles  of  wise  choice.  (Baylis.) 

Phil.  153.     Philosophy  of  Art  (3) — First  semester. 

Classical  and  contemporary  theories  of  art.  The  nature  of  art  and 
beauty;  their  relations  and  their  function  in  society.  The  nature  of  esthetic 
experience.     Standards  of  criticsm.  (Dewey.) 

Phil.  154.     Political  and  Social  Philosophy  (3) — First  semester. 

Classical  and  contemporary  theories  of  the  nature  and  functions  of  the 
state.  The  bearings  of  philosophical  principles  on  contemporary  problems 
of  government  and  international  relations.  Human  rights,  social  control 
and  individual  freedom.  (Dewey.) 

Phil.  155.     Logic    (3) — Each   semester. 

Conditions  of  clear  statement  and  valid  reasoning.  Language  and  mean- 
ing. Immediate  inference  and  the  syllogism.  Modern  development  in  de- 
ductive logic.  The  nature  and  function  of  deductive  systems.  Required  in 
the  Junior  year  of  the  Arts-Law  Curriculum.  (Baylis.) 

Phil.  156.     Philosophy  of  Science   (3) — First  semester. 
An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  observation,  experiment,  induction,  measure- 
ment, explanation,  causation,  scientific  concepts  and  the  use  of  mathematics. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil.  160.  Metaphysics  (3)— Second  semester.  (Offered  in  1950-1951, 
1951-1952,  and  alternatively  with  Phil.  111.)  Prerequisite,  Phil.  101  and 
102,  or  the  written  permission  of  the  instructor. 

An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  metaphysical  thought,  based  upon  the 
study  of  outstanding  works  in  the  field.  (Robinson.) 


224  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Phil.  191.     Topical  Investigations  (3) — Each  semester. 
Tutorial  course.     Independent  study  under  individual  guidance.     Topics 
selected  by  students   in   conference   with   the   department   chairman.     Re- 
stricted to  advanced  students  with  credit  for  at  least  12  units  of  philosophy. 

(Staff.) 
For   Graduates 

Graduate  instruction  in  the  Department  of  Philosophy  is  carried  on  mainly 
by  independent  investigation  of  special  topics  under  individual  supervision. 
Any  of  the  courses  listed  below  may  be  elected  more  than  once.  Course 
selections  require  the  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 

Phil.  201.    Research  in  Philosophy  (3) — Each  semester. 

Selected  projects  in  historical  research  under  individual  guidance.    (Staff.) 

Phil.  203.    Selected  Problems  in  Philosophy  (3) — Each  semester. 

Intensive  study  of  selected  topics  in  systematic  philosophy  under  individual 
supervision.  (Staff.) 

Phil.  205.     Seminar  in  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) — First  semester. 

A  special  topic  will  be  selected  for  each  year,  e.  g.,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Kant, 
British  Empiricists,  Russell.  (Staff.) 

Phil.  206.    Seminar  in  the  Problems  of  Philosophy  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  special  topic  will  be  selected  each  year,  e.  g.,  Symbolic  Logic,  Philo- 
sophical, Analysis,  Perceptual  Knowledge.  Topic  for  1950-51:  Theory  of 
Knowledge.  (Staff.) 

PHYSICS 

Professors  Morgan,  Myers;  Part-time  Professors  Brickwedde,  Johnson,  Ken- 

nard,  McMillen;  Associate  Professors  Cooper,  Iskraut;  Assistant  Professors 

Swartz,  Wangsness,  Wood. 

Phys.  1.  Elements  of  Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Sound  (3) — First 
semester.  Two  lectures,  and  one  recitation  a  week.  The  first  half  of  a 
survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for  the  general  student 
and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  schools.  Pre- 
requisite, successful  passing  of  the  qualifying  examination  in  elementary 
mathematics.     Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00.  (Morgan.) 

Phys.  2.    Elements  of  Physics:  Magnetism,  Electricity,  and  Optics  (3)— 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  recitation  a  week.  The  second  half 
of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for  the  general  student 
and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  schools.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  1.  Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3,00.  (Morgan.) 
Phys.  10.  Fundamentals  of  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Heat  (4)— First 
semester.  Two  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  first  half  of  a  course  in  general  physics.  This  course 
together  with  Phys.  11,  satisfies  the  minimum  requirements  of  medical  and 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  225 

dental  schools.  Prerequisite,  entrance  credit  in  trigonometry  or  Math.  11 
or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Math.  14  and  15.  Lecture  demonstration  and 
laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  (Wangsness.) 

Phys.  11.  Fundamentals  of  Physics:  Sound,  Optics,  Magnetism,  and 
Electricity  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one 
three  hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  The  second  half  of  a  course  in  general 
physics.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  10,  or  20.  Lecture  demonstration  and  lab- 
oratory fee,  $6.00.  (Wangsness.) 

Phys.  20.  General  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Heat  (5) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  lectures,  two  recitations  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  first  half  of  a  course  in  general  physics.  Required  of 
all  students  in  the  engineering  curricula.  Math.  20  is  to  be  taken  concur- 
rently.   Lecture  demonstration  and  laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  (Swartz.) 

Phys.  21.     General  Physics:  Sound,  Optics,  Magnetism,  and  Electricity 

(5) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures,  two  recitations,  and  one 
three  hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  The  second  half  of  a  course  in  general 
physics.  Required  of  all  students  in  the  engineering  curricula.  Prere- 
quisite, Phys.  20.  Math.  21  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.  Lecture  demon- 
stration and  laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  (Swartz.) 

Phys.  50,  51.  Intermediate  Mechanics  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  11,  or  Phys.  21.    (Morgan.) 

Phys.  52.  Heat  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Phys.  11  or  21.  Math.  20  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.  (Swartz.) 

Phys.  53.  Nuclear  Physics  and  Radioactivity  (3) — Second  semester. 
Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  11  or  Phys.  21. 

An  intermediate  course  in  the  phenomena  associated  with  the  atomic 
nucleus.     Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  radiations  omitted. 

Phys.  54.  Sound  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  11  or  21.    Math.  21  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.    (Wangsness.) 

Phys.  60.  Intermediate  Physics  Experiments.  3  hours  laboratory  work 
for  each  credit  hour.  One  or  more  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently.  Pre- 
requisites, Phys.  11  or  21.    Laboratory  fee,  $6.00  per  credit  hour.     (Cooper.) 

A.     General  Physics 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Phys.  100.  Advanced  Experiments.  3  hours  laboratory  work  for  each 
credit  hour.  One  or  more  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently.  Prerequisites, 
Phys.  52  or  54  and  four  credits  in  Phys.  60.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00  per 
credit  hour. 

Phys.  101.  Laboratory  Arts  (1) — Second  semester.  Four  hours  labora- 
tory a  week.    Prerequisite,  2  credit  hours,  Phys.  100.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00. 

(Morgan.) 


226  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Phys.  102.  Optics  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prere- 
quisites, Phys.  11  or  21  and  Math  21.  (Myers.) 

Phys.  104.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (4) — First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.    Prerequisites,  Phys.  11  or  21  and  Math.  21.  Four.     (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  106,  107.  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  51  and  Math.  21,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  (Morgan.) 

Phys.  112,  113.  Modern  Physics  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semester.  Two 
lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Phys.  102  or  104.  (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  116,  117.  Fundamental  Hydrodynamics  (3,  3) — Three  lectures  a 
week.    Prerequisite,  Physics  107  and  Math.  21. 

Phys.  120,  121.  Experimental  Nuclear  Physics  (3,  3) — Off-campus.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  113  and  two  credits 
of  Phys.  100.  (Johnson.) 

Phys.  126.  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  (3) — Off-campus.  Prerequisites, 
Phys.  107  and  Math.  21,  or  equivalent. 

For  Graduates 

Of  the  courses  which  follow,  200,  201,  212,  and  213  are  given  every  year; 
all  others  will  be  given  according  to  the  demand. 

Phys.  200,  201.  Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  (5,  5) — Five  lectures 
a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  advanced  standing  in 
physics  and  mathematics.  (Myers.) 

Phys.  202,  203.  Advanced  Dynamics  (2,  2)— Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  200. 

Phys.  204.  Electrodynamics  (4) — Four  lectures  a  week,  second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  206.     Physical  Optics  (3)— Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  (Myers.) 

Phys.  208,  209.  Thermodynamics  (2,  2)— Prerequisite,  Phys.  201  or 
equivalent.  (Brickwedde.) 

Phys.  210,  211.     Statistical  Mechanics  and  the  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases 

(2,  2) — Two  lectures  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  112  and  201. 

Phys.  212,  213.  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  (3,3) — Three  lec- 
tures a  week,  first  and  second  semesters.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

(Brickwedde.) 

Phys.  214,  215.     Theory  of  Atomic  Structure  and  Spectral  Lines  (2,  2) — 

Two  lectures  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  (McMillen.) 

Phys.  216,  217.  Molecular  Structure  (2,  2)— Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  213.  (Brickwedde.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  227 

Phys.  222,  223.     Boundary-Value  Problems  of  Theoretical  Physics  (2,  2) 

— Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

Phys.  226,  227.  Theoretical  Hydrodynamics  (3,  3) — Prerequisite,  ele- 
mentary hydrodynamics.  (Kennard.) 

Phys.  228,  229.  The  Electron  (2,  2) — Prerequisites,  Phys.  204  and  Phys. 
213.  (Johnson.) 

Phys.  230.     Seminar  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Phys.  234,  235.     Nuclear  Physics  (2,  2) — Prerequisite,  Phys.  213. 

(Johnson.) 

Phys.  236.    Theory  of  Relativity  (3)— Prerequisite,  Phys.  200.       (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  238.  Quantum  Theory — selected  topics  (3) — Prerequisite,  Phys. 
236.  (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  240,  241.  Theory  of  Sound  and  Vibrations  (2,  2) — Prerequisite, 
Phys.  201.  (McMillen.) 

Phys.  242,  243.  Theory  of  Solids  (2,  2) — Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Phys.  213.  (Myers.) 

Phys.  250.  Research — Credit  according  to  work  done.  Laboratory  fee, 
$6.00  per  credit  hour. 

B.     Applied  Physics 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Phys.  101.  Laboratory  Arts  (1) — Four  hours  laboratory  a  week,  second 
semester.     Prerequisite,  2  credits  Phys.  100.     Laboratory  fee,  $6.00. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys.  103.  Applied  Optics  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Phys.  102. 

Phys.  105.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (2) — Two  lectures  a  week,  sec- 
ond semester.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  104.  (Iskraut.) 

Phys.  108.  Physics  of  Vacuum  Tubes  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  104. 

Phys.  109.  Electronic  Circuits  (5) — Second  semester.  Five  lectures  a 
week.     Prerequisite,  Phys.  105. 

Phys.  110.  Applied  Physics  Laboratory  (1,  2,  or  3)— Three  hours  lab- 
atory  work  for  each  credit  hour.  One  to  three  credits  may  be  taken  con- 
currently.   Prerequisites,  Phys.  52  or  Phys.  54;  and  two  credits  in  Phys.  60. 

Phys.  116,  117.  Fundamental  Hydrodynamics  (3, 3)— Three  lectures  a 
week.    Prerequisites,  Phys.  107  and  Math.  21. 

For   Graduates 
Phys.  218,  219.     X-Rays  and  Crystal  Structure   (3,  3)— Three  lectures  a 
week.  (Morgan.) 


228  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Phys.  220.     Application  of  X-Ray  and  Electron  Diffraction  Methods  (2) — 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  (Morgan.) 

Phys.  224,  225.     Supersonic  Aerodynamics  and  Compressible  Flow  (2,2) — 

Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  (McMillen.) 

Phys.  226,  227.     Theoretical  Dynamics  (3,  3)— Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

Phys.  232,  233.     Hydromechanics  Seminar  (1,1).  (Kennard.) 

Phys.  240,  241.  Theory  of  Sound  and  Vibrations  (2, 2) — Prerequisite, 
Phys.  201.  (McMillen.) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors  Andrews,  Smith,   Sprowls;   Associate  Professors  Ayers,  Cofer, 
Hackman,  Ross,  Schaefer,  Triggs;  Assistant  Professor  Heintz. 

Physch.  2  and  5  are  presented  as  general  surveys  of  an  introductory 
nature  and  are  organized  primarily  as  elective  courses  for  students  in 
other  departments. 

Psych.  1  and  4  are  the  underdepartmental  requirements  for  all  students 
majoring  in  Psychology. 

Departmental  requirements  toward  the  B.A.  degree  in  the  Social  Sciences: 
1,  4,  106,  121.  128,  142,  145,  and  150,  plus  6  additional  hours  in  Psychology. 

Departmental  requirements  toward  the  B.S.  degree  in  the  Biological 
Sciences:  1,  4,  106,  126,  145,  150,  180,  and  195,  plus  6  additional  hours  in 
Psychology. 

Psych.  1     Introduction  to  Psychology   (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Not  open  to  Freshmen. 

A  basic  introductory  course,  intended  to  bring  the  student  into  contact 
with  the  major  problems  confronting  psychology  and  the  more  important 
attempts  at  their  solution. 

Psych.  2.  Applied  Psychology  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requiste,  Psych.  1.  (Ayers.) 

Application  of  research  methods  to  basic  human  problems  in  business 
and  industry,  in  the  professions,  and  in  other  practical  concerns  of  every- 
day life. 

Psych.  4.    General  Psychology  (3).    Prerequisite,  Psych.  1. 

Primarily  for  students  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  who  major 
or  minor  in  psychology.  A  systematic  survey  of  the  field  of  psychology 
with  particular  emphasis  on  research  methodology.  Consideration  of  in- 
dividual differences,  motivation,  sensory  and  motor  processes,  learning, 
emotional  behavior  and  personality. 

Psych.  5.  Mental  Hygiene  (3)— First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, Psych.  1. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  229 

The  more  common  deviations  of  personality;  typical  methods  of  ad- 
justment. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Graduate  credit  will  be  assigned  only  for  students  certified  by  the 
Department  of  Psychology  as  qualified  for  graduate  standing. 

Psych.  106.  Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology  (3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  (Schaefer.) 

A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods  used  in  psychological  re- 
search; measures  of  central  tendency,  of  spread,  and  of  correlation.  Majors 
in  Psychology  must  take  this  course  in  the  junior  year. 

Psych.  110.  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3)  —  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  H.  D.  Ed  101.  (Heintz.) 

Researches  on  fundamental  psychological  problems  encountered  in  edu- 
cation; measurement  and  significance  of  individual  differences,  learning, 
motivation,  transfer  of  training,  and  the  educational  implications  of 
theories  of  intelligence. 

Psych.  121.  Social  Psychology  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  1.  (Heintz.) 

Psychological  study  of  human  behavior  in  social  situations;  influence  of 
others  on  individual  behavior,  social  conflict  and  individual  adjustment, 
communication  and  its  influences  on  normal  social  activity. 

Psych.  122.  Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  121  and  consent  of  instructor. 

A  systematic  review  of  researches  and  points  of  view  in  regard  to  major 
problems  in  the  field  of  social  psychology. 

Psych.  125.  Child  Psychology  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  1.  (Heintz.) 

Behavioral  analysis  of  normal  development  and  normal  socialization  of 
the  growing  child. 

Psych.  126.  Developmental  Pyschology  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  1.  (Heintz.) 

Genetic  approach  to  human  motivation  and  accomplishment.  Research 
on  simpler  animal  forms,  the  child,  the  adolescent  and  the  adult  in  terms 
of  the  development  of  normal  adult  behavior. 

Psych.  128.  Human  Motivation  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  121.  (Cofer.) 

Review  of  research  literature  dealing  with  determinants  of  human  per- 
formance, together  with  consideration  of  the  major  theoretical  contribu- 
tions in  this  area. 

Psych.  129.  Psychological  Aspects  of  Literature  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Sprowls.) 


230  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  familiar  rubrics  of  dynamic  psychology  are  studied  in  the  light  of 
literary  products.  Emphasizes  the  significance  of  psycho-social  forces  as 
functional   determinants   of  well  known   literary  personalities. 

Psych.  131.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,    three    courses    in    Psychology.      Two    lectures,    one    clinic. 

(Sprowls.) 

The  nature,  occurrence,  and  causes  of  marked  psychological  abnormali- 
ties, with  emphasis  on  clinical  rather  than  theoretical  aspects. 

Psych.  136.  Applied  Experimental  Psychology  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  basic  human  factors  involved  in  the  design  and  operation  of 
machinery  and  equipment.  Of  special  interest  to  students  in  industrial 
psychology.  (Ross.) 

Psych.  140.  Psychological  Problems  in  Advertising  (3) — (Not  offered 
1950-1951.) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  (Hackman.) 

Psychological  problems  that  arise  in  connection  with  the  production  and 
field-testing  of  advertising;  techniques  employed  in  attacking  these  prob- 
lems through  research. 

Psych.  142.  Techniques  of  Interrogation  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  121.  (Hackman.) 

The  interview,  the  questionnaire,  and  other  methods  of  obtaining  evidence 
on  human  attitudes  and  reactions,  as  viewed  in  the  light  of  modern  research 
evidence.    . 

Psych.  145.  Introduction  to  Experimental  Psychology  (3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  4. 

Primarily  for  students  who  major  or  minor  in  psychology.  A  systematic 
survey  of  the  laboratory  methods  and  techniques  as  applied  to  human 
behavior  and  their  application  in  field  work.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  indi- 
vidual and  group  participation  in  experiments,  use  of  data  and  preparation 
of  reports.    Laboratory  fee  per  semester,  $4.00.  (Ross.) 

Psych.  150.  Tests  and  Measurements  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  106.     Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  (Smith.) 

Critical  survey  of  predictors  used  in  vocational  and  educational  orienta- 
tion and  in  industrial  practice,  with  emphasis  on  development  and  standardi- 
zation. Laboratory  practice  in  the  use  and  interpretation  of  test  and  non- 
test  predictors. 

Psych.   155.     Psychological   Techniques   in   Vocational   Counseling    (3)— 

Second  semester.     Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.  (Smith.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  231 

A  survey  course,  intended  for  those  who  wish  to  qualify  for  junior  posi- 
tions involving  a  knowledge  of  counseling,  but  who  are  unable  to  undertake 
graduate  study. 

Psych.  161.     Psychological  Techniques  in  Personnel  Administration  (3) — 

Second  semester.     Prerequisite,   6  hours  in  Psychology.  (Schaefer.) 

A  survey  course,  intended  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  some  phase  of 
personnel  work,  but  who  do  not  plan  to  undertake  graduate  study. 

Psych.  167.  Psychological  Problems  in  Aviation  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Pysch.  1. 

Techniques  in  selection  and  training  of  aircraft  pilots;  researches  on 
special  conditions  encountered  in  flight. 

Psych.  180.  Physiological  Psychology  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Psych.  145.  (Andrews,  Ross.) 

An  introduction  to  research  on  the  physiological  bases  of  human  behavior, 
including  considerations  of  sensory  phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emotion, 
drives,  and  the  neurological  basis  of  learning. 

Psych.  191,  192.  Advanced  General  Psychology  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  15  hours  of  Psychology  including  Psych.  145  and 
consent  of  instructor.  (Ross.) 

A  systematic  review  of  the  more  fundamental  investigations  upon  which 
modern  psychology  is  based.  Intended  primarily  for  exceptional  senior 
majors  and  for  graduate  students. 

Psych.  194.  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  (1-3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff.) 

Integrated  reading  under  direction,  leading  to  the  preparation  of  an  ade- 
quately documented  report  on  a  special  topic. 

Psych.  195.  Minor  Problems  in  Psychology  (1-3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor.    (Staff.) 

Prosecution  of  original  research  project  under  direction  of  staff.  In- 
tended primarily  for  exceptional  senior  majors. 

Psych.  198.  Proseminar:  Professional  Aspects  of  Psychological  Science 
(3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

Survey  of  professional  problems  in  Psychology,  including  considerations 
of  contemporary  developments,  professional  ethics,  literature  resources, 
formulation  of  critical  research  problems,  and  discussion  of  the  major  in- 
stitutions requiring  psychological  services. 

For  Graduate  Students 

Psych.  202.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology  (3) — First 
semester.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  (Andrews.) 


232  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Psych.  203,  204.     Graduate  Seminar  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff.) 

Psych.  205,  206.     Historical  Viewpoints  and  Current  Theories  in  Psychol- 
ogy (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Hackman,  Cofer.) 

Psych.  210.     Occupational  Information   (3) — First   semester.     Prerequi- 
site, Psych.  150.  (Ayers.) 

Psych.  211.     Job  Analysis  and  Description  (3) — Second  semester.     Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  210.  (Ayers.) 

Psych.  220,  221.     Counseling  Techniques  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  Psych.  210.  (Smith.) 

Psych.  222.     Rehabilitation  Techniques  (3) — Second  semester.     Prerequi- 
site, Psych.  220. 

Psych.  223.    Diagnosis  and  Correction  of  Reading  Difficulties  (3) — Second 
semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  221.  (Triggs.) 

Psych.  224.     Counseling  for   Marital  Problems    (3) — (Not  offered   1950- 
1951) — Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  221. 

Psych.  225.     Participation  in  Counseling  Clinic  (3) — First  semester.   Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  221.  (Smith.) 

Psych.   230.     Determinants  of  Human  Efficiency    (3) — Second   semester. 

(Ross.) 

Psych.  231.     Training  Procedures  in  Industry  (3) — First  semester.     Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  230.  (Ayers.) 

Psych.  233.    Social  Organization  in  Industry  (3) — Second  semester.     Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  230. 

Psych.  240.     Interview  and  Questionnaire  Techniques  (3) — Second  semes- 
ter.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.  (Hackman.) 

Psych.  241.    Controlled  Publicity  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  (Hackman.) 

Psych.  250,  251.     Development  and  Validation  of  Predictors  (3,  3) — First 
and  second  semesters.    Prerequisites,  Psych.  150  and  253.  (Schaefer.) 

Psych.  252,  253.     Advanced  Statistics  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  Psych.  106.  (Hackman.) 

Psych.  260,  261.     Individual  Tests   (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.  (Cofer.) 

Psych.  262.     Appraisal   of   Personality    (3)— (Not   offered    1950-1951)— 
First  semester.    Prerequisite,  Psych.  150. 

Psych.  264,  265.     Projective  Tests  (3,  3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951)— First 
and  second  semesters.     Laboratory  fee,  $4.00     Prerequisite,  Psych.  261. 

(Cofer.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  233 

Psych.  266,  267.  Theories  of  Personality  and  Motivation  (3,  3) — First 
and  second  semesters.  (Cofer.) 

Psych.  270.  Advanced  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  131.  (Cofer.) 

Psych.  271.  Special  Testing  of  Disabilities  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Psych.  270.  ( .) 

Psych.  272,  273.  Individual  Clinical  Diagnosis  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisite,  Psych.  261.  (Cofer.) 

Psych.  274.  Individual  Therapy  (3)— Not  offered  1950-1951)— First 
semester.     Prerequisite,  Psych.  261. 

Psych.  275.  Group  Therapy  (3)— (Not  offered  1950-1951)— Second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite,  Psych.  274. 

Psych.  278.  Seminar  in  Clinical  Psychology  for  Teachers  (3) — Second 
semester.  (Sprowls.) 

Psych.  280.  Advanced  Psychophysiology  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  (Andrews.) 

Psych.  290,  291.  Research  for  Thesis  (Credit  arranged) — First  and  second 
semesters.  (Staff.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors  Hoffsommer,  Lejins;  Visiting  Professor  Bailey;  Associate  Pro- 
fessors Hutchinson,  Matthews,  Melvin,  Shankweiler;   Assistant  Professors 
de  Give,  Cussler;  Instructors  Ebersole,  Imse,  Lanham. 

Sociology  1  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in 
sociology. 

Sociology  1,  2,  183,  186  and  196  or  their  equivalents  are  required  for  an 
undergraduate  major  in  sociology. 

Soc.  1.     Sociology  of  American  Life  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Sociological  analysis  of  the  American  social  structure;  metropolitan, 
small  town,  and  rural  communities;  population  distribution,  composition 
and  change;  social  organizaiton.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  2.  Principles  of  Sociology  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Soc.   1  or  sophomore   standing. 

The  basic  forms  of  human  association  and  interaction;  social  processes; 

institutions;   culture;  human  nature  and  personality.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  5.     Anthropology  (3) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Soc.  1. 
Introduction  to  anthropology;  origins  of  man;  development  and  trans- 
mission of  culture;  backgrounds  of  human  institutions.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  13.     Rural  Sociology   (3) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Soc.  1. 
Rural  life  in  America;  its  people,  social  organization,  culture  patterns, 
and  problems.  (Hoffsommer.) 


234  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Soc.  14.    Urban  Sociology  (3)— Second  semester.     Prerequisite,  Soc.  1. 
Urban  growth  and  expansion;  characteristics  of  city  populations;  urban 
institutional  and  personality  patterns;  relations  of  city  and  country. 

(Bailey.) 

Soc.  51.  Social  Pathology  (3)— First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1 
and  sophomore  standing. 

Personal-social  disorganization  and  maladjustment;  physical  and  mental 
handicaps;  economic  inadequacies;  programs  of  treatment  and  control. 

(Shankweiler.) 

Soc.  52.  Criminology  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1  and 
sophomore  standing. 

Criminal  behavior  and  the  methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies 
of  criminal  acts  and  offenders;  punishment,  correction,  and  incapacitation; 
prevention  of  crime.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  62.  Social  Institutions  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1 
and  sophomore  standing. 

Nature  and  function  of  social  institutions;  the  perpetuation  of  behavior 
through  customs  and  societal  norms;  typical  contemporary  American 
institutions.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  64.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Soc.  1  and  sophomore  standing. 

Functions  of  the  family;  marriage  and  family  adjustments;  factors  affect- 
ing mate  selection,  marital  relations,  and  family  stability  in  contemporary 
social  life.  (Shankweiler.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Sociology  1  or  its  equivalent  and  junior  standing  are  prerequisite  to 
courses  numbered  100  to  199. 

Soc.  105.     Applied  Anthropology  (3) — Second  semester. 

Examination  and  critical  analysis  of  recent  applications  of  anthropo- 
logical methods  and  data  in  the  fields  of  administration,  industrial  relations, 
and  social  and  cultural  adjustment.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  112.     Rural-Urban  Relations  (3) — First  semester. 

The  ecology  of  population  and  the  forces  making  for  change  in  rural  and 
urban  life;  migration,  decentralization  and  regionalism  as  methods  of 
solving  individual  and  national  problems.  (Melvin.) 

Soc.  113.     The  Rural  Community  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  detailed  study  of  rural  life  with  emphasis  on  levels  of  living,  the 
family,  school  and  church  and  organizational  activities  in  the  fields  of  health, 
recreation,  welfare  and  planning.  (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc.  114.    The  City  (3)— First  semester, 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  235 

The  rise  of  urban  civilization  and  metropolitan  regions;  ecological  process 
and  structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of  dominance;  social  problems,  control, 
and  planning.  (Bailey.) 

Soc.  115.  Industrial  Sociology  (3) — Second  semester.  Social  organiza- 
tion of  American  industry;  functions  of  members  of  industrial  organiza- 
tion, status,  social  structure,  patterns  of  interaction  and  relations  of  indus- 
try and  society.  (Imse.) 

Soc.  118.     Community  Organization   (3) — Second  semester. 

Community  organization  and  its  relation  to  social  welfare;  analysis  of 
community  needs  and  resources;  health,  housing,  recreation;  community 
centers;  neighborhood  projects.  (Bailey.) 

Soc  121,  122.     Population  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Population  distribution,  composition  and  growth  in  North  America  and 
Eurasia;  trends  in  fertility  and  mortality;  migrations;  population  prospects 
and  policies.  (Baker.) 

Soc.  123.     Ethnic  Minorities  (3) — First  semester. 

Basic  social  processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups  within  the  state; 
immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the  United  States;  ethnic  minorities 
in  Europe.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  124.    The  Culture  of  the  American  Indian  (3) — Second  semester. 
A  study  of  type  cultures;  cultural  processes;  and  the  effects  of  accultura- 
tion on  selected  tribes  of  Indians  in  the  Americas.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  131.  Introduction  to  Social  Service  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Soc.  51  or  permission  of  instructor. 

General  survey  of  the  field  of  social-welfare  activities;  historical  develop- 
ments; growth,  functions,  and  specialization  of  agencies  and  services,  pri- 
vate and  public.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  141.    Sociology  of  Personality  (3) — First  semester. 

Development  of  human  nature  and  personality  in  contemporary  social 
life;  processes  of  socialization;  attitudes,  individual  differences,  and  social 
behavior.  (Ebersole.) 

Soc.  144.    Collective  Behavior  (3) — Second  semester. 

Social  interaction  in  mass  behavior;  communication  processes;  structure 
and  functioning  of  crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  movements,  and  the 
Public.  (Ebersole.) 

Soc.  145.     Social  Control  (3) — First  semester. 

Forms,  mechanisms,  and  techniques  of  group  influence  on  human  be- 
havior; problems  of  social  control  in  contemporary  society.         (Ebersole.) 

Soc.  147.     Sociology  of  Law  (3) — First  semester. 


236  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Law  as  a  form  of  social  control;  interrelation  between  legal  and  other 
conduct  norms  as  to  their  content,  sanctions  and  methods  of  securing  con- 
formity; law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of  the  group;  factors  and 
processes  operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms;  legal  norms  as  de- 
terminants of  human  behavior.  (Lejins.) 

Soc  153.     Juvenile  Delinquency  (3) — First  semester. 

Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general  problem  of  crime;  analysis 
of  factors  underlying  juvenile  delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc  154.  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Soc.  52  or  Soc.  153  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Offered  in  alternate 
years  with  Soc.  156.)  (Lejins.) 

Mobilization  of  community  resources  for  the  prevention  of  crime  and 
delinquency;  area  programs  and  projects. 

Soc.  156.    Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents  (3) — 

Second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Soc.  52  or  Soc.  153  or  consent  of  instructor. 
(Offered  in  alternate  years  with  Soc.  154.) 

Organization  and  functions  of  penal  and  correctional  institutions  for 
adults  and  juveniles.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  161.     The  Sociology  of  War  (3) — First  semester. 

The  origin  and  development  of  armed  forces  as  institutions;  the  social 
causes,  operations  and  results  of  war  as  social  conflict;  the  relations  of 
peace  and  war  and  revolution  in  contemporary  civilization.  (Bailey.) 

Soc.  171.    Family  and  Child  Welfare  (3) — First  semester. 
Programs  of  family  and  child  welfare  agencies;  social  services  to  families 
and  children;  child  placement;  foster  families.  (Shankweiler.) 

Soc.  173.    Social  Security  (3) — First  semester. 

The  social  security  program  in  the  United  States;  public  assistance; 
social  insurance.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  174.    Public  Welfare  (3)— Second  semester. 

Development  and  organization  of  the  public  welfare  movement  in  the 
United  States;  social  legislation;  interrelations  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
agencies  and  institutions.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  183.     Social  Statistics  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Collection,  statistical  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  social  data;  problems 
of  quantitative  measurement  of  social  phenomena.  (Imse.) 

Soc.  185.  Advanced  Social  Statistics  (3)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Soc.  183,  or  equivalent. 

Provides  refined  statistical  research  methods  for  advanced  students  in 
the  social  sciences.  Sampling  theory,  specialized  correlation  technique, 
tests  of  significance  and  other  procedures.  (Imse.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  237 

Soc.  186.     Sociological  Theory  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Development  of  the  science  of  sociology;  historical  backgrounds;  recent 
theories  of  society.  (Bailey.) 

Soc.  196.  Senior  Seminar  (3) — Second  semester.  Required  of  and  open 
only  to  senior  majors  in  sociology. 

Scope,  fields  and  methods  of  sociology;  practical  applications  of  sociolog- 
ical knowledge.    Individual  study  and  reports.  (Hoffsommer.) 

For  Graduates 

Prerequisites  for  entrance  upon  graduate  study  leading  to  an  advanced 
degree  with  a  major  in  sociology:  either  (1)  an  undergraduate  major 
(totalling  at  least  24  semester  hours)  in  sociology  or  (2)  12  semester  hours 
of  sociology  (including  6  semester  hours  of  advanced  courses)  and  12  addi- 
tional hours  of  comparable  work  in  economics,  political  science,  or  psy- 
chology. Reasonable  substitutes  for  these  prerequisites  may  be  accepted 
in  the  case  of  students  majoring  in  other  departments  who  desire  a  graduate 
minor  or  several  courses  in  sociology. 

With  the  exception  of  Soc.  201,  291-292,  individual  courses  numbered  200 
to  299  will  ordinarily  be  offered  in  alternate  years. 

Soc.  201.    Methods  of  Social  Research  (3) — First  semester. 

Selection  and  formulation  of  research  projects;  methods  and  techniques 
of  sociological  investigation  and  analysis.  Required  of  graduate  majors 
in  sociology.  (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc.  215.     Community  Studies  (3) — First  semester. 

Intensive  study  of  the  factors  affecting  community  development  and 
growth,  social  structure,  social  stratification,  and  social  institutions;  analy- 
sis of  particular  communities.  (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc.  221.     Population  and  Society  (3) — Second  semester. 

Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  population;  quantitative  and  qualitative 
aspects;  American  and  world  problems.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  224.     Race  and  Culture  (3) — Second  semester. 

Race  and  culture  in  contemporary  society;  mobility  and  the  social  effects 
of  race  and  culture  contacts  and  intermixture.  (Hutchinson.) 

Soc.  241.     Personality  and  Social  Structure  (3) — Second  semester. 
Comparative  analysis  of  the  development  of  human  nature,  personality, 
and  social  traits  in  select  social  structures.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  246.     Public  Opinion  and  Propaganda  (3) — Second  semester. 
Processes  involved  in  the  formation   of  mass   attitudes;   agencies  and 
techniques  of  communication;  quantitative  measurement  of  public  opinion. 

(Staff) 


238  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Soc.  253.     Advanced  Criminology  (3)— First  semester. 
Survey  of  the  principal  issues  in  contemporary  criminological  theory  and 
research.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  254.     Seminar:  Criminology  (3)— Second  semester. 
Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  criminology.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  255.     Seminar:  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)— First  semester. 
Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  juvenile  delinquency.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  256.  Crime  and  Delinquency  as  a  Community  Problem  (3) — Second 
semester. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  problems  in  adult  crime  and  juvenile  de- 
linquency in  Maryland.  (Lejins.) 

Soc.  257.     Social  Change  and  Social  Policy  (3) — First  semester. 
Emergence  and  development  of  social  policy  as  related  to  social  change; 
policy-making  factors  in  social  welfare  and  social  legislation.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  262.     Family  Studies  (3) — Second  semester. 

Case  studies  of  family  situations;  statistical  studies  of  family  trends; 
methods  of  investigation  and  analysis.  (Shankweiler.) 

Soc  282.     Sociological  Methodology  (3) — Second  semester. 
Logic  and  method  of  sociology  in  relation  to  the  general  theory  of  scien- 
tific method;  principal  issues  and  points  of  view.  (Staff.) 

Soc.  285.     Seminar:  Sociological  Theory  (3) — First  semester. 

Critical  and  comparative  study  of  contemporary  European  and  American 

theories  of  society.  (Bailey.) 

Soc.  290.  Research  in  Sociology  (Credit  to  be  determined) — First  and 
second  semesters.  (Staff.) 

Soc  291.  Special  Social  Problems  (Credit  to  be  determined) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Individual  research  on  selected  problems.  (Staff.) 

SPEECH  AND  DRAMATIC  ART 

Professor  Ehrensberger;  Associate  Professor  Ansberry;  Assistant  Professors 

Provensen,  Strausbaugh,  Niemeyer,  Batka,  Hendricks;  Instructors  Mayer, 

Pugliese,  Palmer,  Coppinger,  Barraclough,  Aylward,  Golden,  Hall,  Harris, 

O'Connell,    Starcher,    Rogers,    Bowers. 

Speech  1,  2.  Public  Speaking  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite for  advanced  speech  courses.    Speech  I  prerequisite  for  Speech  II. 

The  preparation  and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  outside  readings; 
reports;  etc.  It  is  recommended  that  this  course  be  taken  during  the 
freshman  year.     Laboratory  fee  $1.00  each  semester. 

(Strausbaugh  and  Staff.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  239 

Speech  Clinic — No  credit. 

Remedial  work  in  minor  speech  defects.  The  work  of  the  clinic  is  con- 
ducted in  individual  conferences  and  in  small  group  meetings.  Hours  ar- 
ranged by  consultation  with  the  respective  speech  instructor. 

(Ansberry  and  Staff.) 

Speech  3.     Fundamentals  of  Speech  (3) — First  semester. 

Study  in  the  bases  and  mechanics  of  speech.  This  course  is  designed  for 
students  who  expect  to  do  extensive  work  in  speech.  May  be  taken 
concurrently  with  Speech  1,  2.  (Hendricks.) 

Speech  4.     Voice  and  Diction  (3) — Second  semester. 

Emphasis  upon  the  improvement  of  voice,  articulation,  and  phonation. 

May  be  taken  concurrently  with  Speech  1,  2.  (Mayer  and  Staff.) 

Speech  5,  6.  Advanced  Public  Speaking  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  Speech  1,  2,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  work  on  basis  of  Speech  1,  2.  Special  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  speaking  situations  the  students  will  face  in  their  respective  vocations. 

(Strausbaugh  and  Staff.) 

Speech  7.  Public  Speaking  (2) — Second  semester.  Limited  to  freshman 
engineering  students.  The  preparation  and  delivery  of  speeches,  reports, 
etc.,  on  technical  and  general  subjects.    Laboratory  fee  $1.00. 

(Hall  and  Staff.) 

Speech  8,  9.  Acting  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Admission  by 
consent  of  instructor. 

Basic  principles  of  histrionic  practice.  (Niemeyer.) 

Speech  10.    Group  Discussion  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  principles,  methods,  and  types  of  discussion,  and  their 
application  in  the  discussion  of  contemporary  problems. 

(Hendricks  and  Staff.) 

Speech  11,  12.    Debate  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  argument,  analysis,  evidence,  reasoning, 
fallacies,  briefing,  and  delivery,  together  with  their  application  in  public 
speaking.  (Golden.) 

Speech  13.    Oral  Interpretation  (3) — First  semester. 

The  oral  interpretation  of  literature  and  the  practical  training  of  students 

in  the  art  of  reading.  (Provensen.) 

Speech  14.     Stagecraft  (3) — First  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  technical  production.  Emphasis  on  construction  of 
scenery.    Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  (Harris.) 

Speech  15.     Stagecraft  (3) — Second  semester. 

Technical  production.  Emphasis  on  stage  lighting.  Prerequisite,  Speech  14. 
Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  (Harris.) 


240  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Speech  16.     Introduction  to  the  Theatre  (3) — First  semester. 

A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  the  theatre.  Prerequisite  for  all  courses 
in  Drama.  (Mayer.) 

Speech  17.  Make-up  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  lab- 
oratory a  week.  (Mayer.) 

A  lecture-laboratory  course  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  stage  make-up, 
covering  basic  requirements  as  to  age,  type,  character,  race,  and  period. 
Laboratory  fee  $2.00. 

Speech  18,  19.     Introductory  Speech  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
This  course  is  designed  to  give  those  students  practice  in  public  speak- 
ing who  cannot  schedule  Speech  1,  2.    Speech  18  prerequisite  for  Speech  19. 

Laboratory  fee  $1.00  for  each  semester.  (Strausbaugh  and  Staff.) 

Speech  22.     Introduction  to  Radio  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.    Pre- 
requisite for  all  courses  in  Radio. 
The  development,  scope,  and  influence  of  American  broadcasting. 

(Coppinger  and  Staff.) 

Speech  23.     Parliamentary  Law   (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  application  of  parliamentary  law  as  applied 
to  all  types  of  meetings.  Thorough  training  in  the  use  of  Robert's  Rules 
of  Order.  (Strausbaugh.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Speech  101.     Radio  Speech  (3) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Speech  4. 
The  theory  and  application  of  microphone  techniques.     Practice  in  all 
types  of  radio  speaking.     Laboratory  fee  $2.00.  (Batka.) 

Speech  102.     Radio  Production  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  multiple  problems  facing  the  producer.  Special  emphasis 
is  given  to  acoustic  setup,  casting,  "miking",  timing,  cutting,  and  the  co- 
ordination of  personnel  factors  involved  in  the  production  of  radio  pro- 
grams.    Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.     Laboratory  fee  $2.00. 

(Batka.) 

Speech  103,  104.  Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

A  study  of  rhetorical  principles  and  models  of  speech  composition  in 
conjunction   with   the   preparation   and   presentation   of   specific   forms   of 

public  address.     (Not  offered  1950-51.)  (Golden.) 

Speech  105.     Pathology  (3)— First  semester. 

The  causes,  nature,  symptoms,  and  treatment  of  common  speech  disorders. 

(Ansberry.) 
Speech  106.     Clinic  (3)— Second  semester.     Prerequisite,  Speech  105. 
A  laboratory  course  dealing  with  the  various  methods  of  correction  plus 
actual  work  in  the  clinic  both  on  and  off  the  campus.  (Ansberry.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  241 

Speech  107.     Advanced  Oral  Interpretation  (3) — Second  semester.     Pre- 
requisite, Speech  13. 
Emphasis  upon  the  longer  reading.     Program  planning.         (Provensen.) 

Speech  108.  Public  Speaking  (2) — Second  semester.  Limited  to  Junior 
Engineers.     Prerequisite,  Speech  7. 

Continuation  of  Speech  7  with  emphasis  upon  engineering  projects  tha. 
fall  within  student's  own  experience.  (Strausbaugh  and  Staff  ) 

Speech  109.  Speech  Seminar  for  Senior  Engineers  (2) — Prerequisite, 
Speech  7,  108.  (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech  110.  Teacher  Problems  in  Speech  (3) — Second  semester.  For 
students  who  intend  to  teach. 

Everyday  speech  problems  that  confront  the  teacher.  (Hendricks.) 

Speech  111.     Seminar  (3) — Second  semester.     Required  of  speech  majors. 

Present-day  speech  research.  (Ehrensberger.) 

Speech  112.     Phonetics  (3) — Second  semester. 

Training  in  the  recognition  and  production  of  the  sounds  of  spoken 
English,  with  an  analysis  of  their  formation.  Practice  in  transcription. 
Mastery  of  the  international  phonetic  alphabet.  (Ansberry.) 

Speech  113.    Play  Production  (3) — Second  semester. 

Development  of  procedure  followed  by  the  director  in  preparing  plays 
for  public  performance.  (Harris  and  Staff.) 

Speech  114.  Costuming  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  lab- 
oratories a  week.     (Not  offered  1950-51.) 

Consideration  of  the  use  of  color,  line,  and  texture  in  designing,  con- 
structing, and  adapting  costumes  for  the  stage.  (Harris.) 

Speech  115.  Radio  in  Retailing  (3) — First  semester.  Limited  to  stu- 
dents in  the  College  of  Home  Economics.  Prerequisites,  Speech  1,  2. 
English  1,  2.     Junior  standing.     Laboratory  fee  $2.00. 

Writing  and  production  of  promotional  programs  for  the  merchandising 
of  wearing  apparel  and  housefurnishings.  Collaboration  with  Washington 
and  Baltimore  radio  stations  and  retail  stores.  (Batka.) 

Speech  116.  Radio  Announcing  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Speech  101. 

The  theory  and  application  of  all  types  of  announcing.  Laboratory  fee 
$2.00.  (Batka.) 

Speech  117.     Radio  Continuity  Writing  (3) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  writing  for  broadcasting. 
Application  will  be  made  in  the  writing  of  the  general  types  of  continuity. 
Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.  (Coppinger.) 


242  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Speech  118.  Advanced  Radio  Writing  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Speech  117. 

Advanced  work  with  emphasis  upon  the  dramatic  form.  Admission  by 
consent  of  instructor.  (Coppinger.) 

Speech  119.    Radio  Acting  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  workshop  course  designed  to  give  the  student  practice  in  radio  acting. 
Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.  (Batka.) 

Speech  120.  Advanced  Speech  Pathology  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Speech  105. 

A  continuation  of  Speech  105,  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  and  treatment 
of  organic  speech  disorders.  (Ansberry.) 

Speech  121.  Stage  Design  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech 
14,  15. 

The  planning  of  stage  settings  and  the  application  of  the  principles  of 
design  to  the  dramatic  production.    Admission  by  consent  of  the  instructor. 

(Harris.) 

Speech  122,  123.     Radio  Workshop   (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  laboratory  course  dealing  with  all  phases  of  producing  a  radio  pro- 
gram. Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee  $2.00  each 
semester.  (Batka.) 

Speech  124,  125.  American  Public  Address  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  period  from  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War 
period.  The  second  semester  covers  from  the  Civil  War  period  through 
the  contemporary  period.  (Golden.) 

Speech  126.     Semantic  Aspects  of  Speech  Behavior  (3) — First  semester. 
An  analysis  of  speech  and  language  habits  from  the  standpoint  of  Gen- 
eral Semantics.     (Not  offered  in  1950-51.)  (Hendricks.) 

Speech  127,  128.  Military  Speech  and  Commands  (4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Limited  to  students  in  the  College  of  Military  Science  and 
Tactics.  (Coppinger.) 

The  preparation  and  delivery  of  lectures  dealing  with  military  subjects. 
Effective  execution  of  field  orders,  commands,  etc.  Extensive  use  of  voice 
recordings.  (Hendricks.) 

Speech  129,  130.  Play  Directing  (2,  2)— Admission  by  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

^  A  lecture-laboratory  course  dealing  with  the  fundamentals  of  script  cut- 
ting, pacing,  movement,  blocking  and  rehearsal  routine  as  applied  to  the 
directing  of  plays.  (Mayer,  Niemeyer.) 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  243 

Speech  131.     History  of  the  Theatre  (3)—  First  semester. 

A  survey  of  dramatic  production  from  early  origins  to  1800.    (Niemeyer.) 

Speech  132.     History  of  the  Theatre  (3) — Second  semester. 

A  survey  of  dramatic  production  from  1800  to  the  present.     (Niemeyer.) 

For  Graduates 

Speech  200.     Thesis    (3-6) — Off-campus.     Credit  in  proportion  to   work 
done  and  results  accomplished.  (Ehrensberger.) 

Speech  201.    Special  Problems  (2-4) — Off-campus.     Arranged. 

(Ehrensberger.) 

Speech  210.     Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Speech  and  Hearing  (3) — Off- 
campus. 

A   study   of   the   anatomy   and   physiology   of   the   auditory   and   speech 
mechanisms.  (Glorig.) 

Speech  211.    Advanced  Clinical  Practice  (3) — Off-campus. 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  entire  field  of  present-day  clinical  prac- 
tice. (Glorig.) 

Speech  212.    Advanced  Speech  Pathology  (3) — Off-campus. 

Etiology  and  therapy  for  organic  and  functional  speech  disorders. 

(Daughei'ty.) 

Speech  213.    Speech  Problems  of  the  Hard  of  Hearing  (3) — Off-campus. 

Correction  of  abnormal  speech  habits  and  instruction  in  speech  conserva- 
tion. (Daugherty.) 

Speech  214.    Clinical  Audiometry  (3) — Off-campus. 

Testing  of  auditory  acuity  with  pure  tones  and  speech.  (Sonday) 

Speech  215.     Auditory  Training   (3) — Off-campus. 

Orientation  and  adjustment  of  patients  in  the  use  of  hearing  aids. 

(Avery.) 
Speech  216.    Speech  Reading  (3) — Off-campus. 

A  course  of  training  designed  to   present  the  fundamentals  of   speech 
reading.  (Bartlett  and  Staff.) 

Speech  217.     Clinical  Practice  in  the  Selection  of  Prosthetic  Appliances 

(3) — Off-campus. 

A  laboratory  course  in  modern  methods  of  utilizing  electronic  hearing 
aids.  (Sonday  and  Staff.) 

Speech  218.     Problems  of  Hearing  and  Deafness  (3) — Off-campus. 

The  adjustment  of  the  individual   with   a   hearing  impairment  socially, 
emotionally  and  vocationally.  (Avery  and  Staff.) 


244  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors   Phillips   and   Burhoe;    Lecturers    King,   Lemon    and   Reynolds; 

Assistant  Professors  Littleford  and  Negherbon;  Instructors  Allen,  Bartlett, 

Grolman,  and  Stringer. 

Zool.  1.  General  Zoology  (4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectured 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

This  course,  which  is  cultural  and  practical  in  its  aim,  deals  with  the 
basic  principles  of  animal  life.    Typical  invertebrates  and  a  mammalian 

form  are  studied.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

Zool.  2,  3.  Fundamentals  of  Zoology  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  This  course  satisfies 
the  freshman  premedical  requirements  in  general  biology.  Freshmen  who 
intend  to  choose  zoology  as  a  major  should  register  for  this  course.  Zoology 
1  or  2  is  a  prerequisite  for  Zoology  3.  Students  who  have  completed 
Zoology  1  may  register  for  Zoology  3  but  not  for  Zoology  2. 

A  thorough  study  of  the  anatomy,  classifications,  and  life  histories  of  rep- 
resentative animals.  During  the  first  semester  emphasis  is  placed  on  in- 
vertebrate forms  and  during  the  second  semester  upon  vertebrate  forms 
including  the  frog.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00  each  semester. 

Zool.  5.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (4) — First  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
Zoology. 

A  comparative  study  of  selected  organ  systems  in  certain  vertebrate 

groups.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

Zool.  14,  15.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4,  4) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite, 

one  course  in  zoology.    Zoology  14  is  a  prerequisite  for  Zoology  15. 

For  students  who  desire  a  general  knowledge  of  human  anatomy  and 

physiology.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00  each  semester. 

Zool.  16.  Human  Physiology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Not  open  to  freshmen. 

An  elementary  course  in  physiology.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

Zool.  20.    Vertebrate  Embryology  (4)— Second  semester.    Two  lectures 

and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisites,  one  year  of  Zoology. 
The  development  of  the  chick  to  the  end  of  the  fourth  day  and  early 

mammalian  embryology.     Leboratory  fee  $8.00. 

Zool.  53.  Physiology  of  Exercise  (2)— Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
a  week.    Prerequisite,  Zoology  15. 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  mechanism  of  muscular  contraction;  the 
metabolic,  circulatory,  and  the  respiratory  responses  in  exercise;  and  the 
integration  by  means  of  the  nervous  system.  Open  only  to  students  for 
whom  this  is  a  required  course. 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  245 

Zool.  55.  Development  of  the  Human  Body  (2) — First  semester.  Two 
lecture  periods  a  week. 

A  study  of  the  main  factors  affecting  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  child  with  especial  emphasis  on  normal  development.  Open  only  to 
students  for  whom  this  is  a  required  course. 

Zool.  75,  76.    Journal  Club  (1,  1) — First  and  second  semesters.    One  lec- 
ture period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  a  major  in  Zoology. 
Reviews,  reports,  and  discussions  of  current  literature. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Zool.  101.  Mammalian  Anatomy  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Registration  limited.  Permission  of  the  instructor 
must  be  obtained  before  registration.  Recommended  for  premedical  stu- 
dents, and  those  whose  major  is  zoology. 

A  course  in  the  dissection  of  the  cat  or  other  mammal.  By  special  per- 
mission of  the  instructor  a  vertebrate  other  than  the  cat  may  be  used 
for  study.    Laboratory  fee  $8.00.  (Stringer.) 

Zool.  102.  General  Animal  Physiology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of 
Zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry. 

The  general  principles  of  physiological  functions  as  shown  in  mammals 

and  lower  animals.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00.  (Phillips.) 

Zool.  104.  Genetics  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lecture  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  course  in  zoology  or  botany.  Recommended  for  pre- 
medical students. 

A  consideration  of  the  basic  principles  of  heredity.  (Burhoe.) 

Zool.  106.  Histological  Technique  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  Zoology. 
Permission  of  the  instructor  must  be  obtained  before  registration. 

The  preparation  of  animal  tissues  for  microscopical  examination.  Lab- 
oratory fee  $8.00.  (Stringer.) 

Zool.  108.  Animal  Histology  (4)— First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Zoology. 

A  microscopic  study  of  tissues  and  organs  selected  from  representative 
vertebrates,   but  with   particular  reference   to   the   mammal.     Laboratory 

fee  $8.00.  (Stringer.) 

Zool.  110.  Parasitology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Zoology. 

A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology  and  life  cycles  of  animal  parasites 
with  special  emphasis  on  practical  problems  in  parasite  control  and  disease 
prevention.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00.  (Negherbon.) 


246  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Zool.  114.  Field  Zoology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Zoology. 

This  course  consists  in  collecting  and  studying  both  land  and  aquatic 
forms  of  nearby  woods,  fields,  and  streams,  with  emphasis  on  the  higher 
invertebrates  and  certain  vertebrates,  their  breeding  habits,  environment, 
and  modes  of  living.    Laboratory  fee  $8.00.  (Littleford.) 

Zool.  116.  Protozoology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Histology;  Bacteriology  desirable. 

The  taxonomy,  morphology,  cytology,  physiology,  and  distribution  of  the 
unicellular  animal  organisms.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  importance  of  the 
protozoa  in  present-day  biological  research.  Therefore,  considerable  read- 
ing of  current  and  recent  literature  will  be  expected.  The  course  will  en- 
deavor to  teach  the  student  the  techniques  required  to  prepare  protozoa  for 
permanent  study  and  their  cultivation.  Stress  will  be  given  to  the  forms 
responsible  for  human  and  animal  disease.    Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

(Negherbon.) 

Zool.  118.  Invertebrate  Zoology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  General  Zoology  and  Verte- 
brate Embryology. 

An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the  taxonomy,  morphology,  and  embry- 
ology of  the  invertebrates,  exclusive  of  insects.    Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

(Allen.) 

Zool.  121.  Principles  of  Animal  Ecology  (3) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in 
Zoology  and  one  course  in  Chemistry. 

Animals  are  studied  in  relation  to  their  natural  surroundings.  Biological, 
physical  and  chemical  factors  of  the  environment  which  affect  the  growth, 
behavior,  habits  and  distribution  of  animals  are  stressed.  Laboratory  fee 
$8.00.  (Allen.) 

Zool.  125,  126.  Fishery  Biology  and  Management  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Labora- 
tory fee,  Zool.  125,  $8.00.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.     (Littleford.) 

A  study  of  the  biology  and  economic  development  of  fresh  and  salt  water 
forms.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  practical  applications  in  fisheries 
work.  The  first  semester  of  the  course  deals  with  problems  relating  to 
fin  fishes.  The  second  semester  considers  shell  fish  and  other  invertebrates 
of  economic  importance.  (Littleford.) 

Zool.  130.  Aviation  Physiology  (3)— Second  Semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  demonstration  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  Physiology  and  per- 
mission of  the  instructor. 

A  general  course  in  applied  physiology  with  special  reference  to  physio- 
logical problems  arising  in  aviation,  including  consideration  of:  respiration 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  247 

at  high  altitude,  the  design  and  use  of  02  equipment,  the  effects  of  mechani- 
cal forces  such  as  radial  and  linear  acceleration,  protective  devices,  and 
various  influences  of  pressure  change  on  mammalian  organisms. 

(Reynolds.) 

Zool.  132.  Applied  Physiology  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  demonstration  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  physiology  and 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

In  this  course,  applied  physiology  will  be  developed  through  analysis  of 
problems  to  be  selected  from  the  following  fields:  illumination;  heating, 
cooling,  and  ventilation;  pressurization  (aircraft,  underwater  operations, 
caissons;  design  of  working  spaces  and  machinery;  sanitation;  design  of 
industrial  operations  and  efficiency;  transportation;  control  of  atmospheric 
contaminants  and  occupational  stresses;  and  safe  practice,  protective  devices 
and  equipment.  (King.) 

For  Graduates 

Zool.  200.  Ichthyology  and  Marine  Zoology  (4) — First  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Zoology  121. 

A  study  of  the  anatomy,  physiology,  and  habits  of  fishes  and  other 
marine  animals  of  commercial  importance.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

(Littleford.) 

Zool.  201.     Microscopical  Anatomy  (4) — Second  semester.    Two  lectures 

and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Zoology  108. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  morphology  and  activity  of  cells  composing 
animal  tissues  with  specific  reference  to  the  vertebrates.  Laboratory  work 
includes  the  preparation  of  tissues  for  microscopic  examination.  Labora- 
tory fee  $8.00.  ( ) 

Zool.  202.  Animal  Cytology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Zoology  108. 

A  study  of  cellular  structure  with  particular  reference  to  the  morphology 
and  physiology  of  cell  organoids  and  inclusions.  Laboratory  is  concerned 
with  methods  of  studying  and  demonstrating  the  above  materials.  Labora- 
tory fee  $8.00.  (Negherbon.) 

Zool.  203.  Advanced  Embryology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Zoology  20. 

Mechanics  of  fertilization  and  growth.  A  review  of  the  important  con- 
tributions in  the  field  of  experimental  embryology.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

(Burhoe.) 

Zool.  204.  Advanced  Animal  Physiology  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Zoology  102. 

The  principles  of  general  and  cellular  physiology  as  found  in  animal  life. 
Laboratory  fee  $8,00.  (Phillips.) 


248  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Zool.  205.  Hydrobiology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Zoology  121,  Chem.  3,  Physics  11. 

A  study  of  the  biological,  chemical,  and  physical  factors  which  determine 
the  growth,  distribution,  and  productivity  of  microscopic  and  near  micro- 
scopic organisms  in  marine  and  freshwater  environments  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  Chesapeake  Bay  region.    Laboratory  fee  $8.00.  (Littleford.) 

Zool.  206.  Research  (credit  to  be  arranged) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Laboratory  fee  $8.00  each  semester.  (Staff.) 

Zool.  207.  Zoology  Seminar  (1) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  a  week.  (Staff.) 

Zool.  208.  Special  Problems  in  General  Physiology  (3) — First  or  second 
semester.  Hours  and  credits  arranged.  Prerequisite,  Zool.  102.  Labora- 
tory fee  $8.00.  (Phillips.) 

Zool.  215.  Fishery  Technology  (4) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

A  course  in  the  technological  aspects  of  netting  and  collection  of  fish  and 
other  fishery  resources,  methods  of  handling  the  catch,  marketing  of  fishery 
products,  and  recent  advances  in  the  utilization  of  fishery  products. 

(Lemon.) 

Zool.  220.  Advanced  Genetics  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Zool.  104. 

A  consideration  of  salivary  chromosomes,  the  nature  of  the  gene,  chromo- 
some irregularities,  polyploidy,  and  mutau-ms.  Breeding  experiments  with 
Drosophila  and  small  mammals  will  be  conoucted.     Laboratory  fee  $8.00. 

(Burhoe.) 


College  of 

BUSINESS  AND 
PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 
J.  Freeman  Pyle,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

Anderson,  James  R.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Geography. 

Ash,  Willard  0.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Statistics. 

Andrews,  Richard  D.,  B.A.,  Research  Assistant  in  the  Bureau  of  Public 

Administration. 
Burdette,  Franklin  L.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 
Calhoun,  Charles  E.,  M.B.A.,  Professor  of  Finance. 
Chambers,  Robert  E.,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Accounting. 
Clemens,  Eli  W.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Business  Administration. 
Cole,  David  M.,  M.B.A.,  Assistnat  Professor  in  Economics. 
Cook,  J.  Allan,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing. 
Cover,  John  H.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Director  of  Bureau  of  Business  and 

Economic  Research. 
Crist,  Raymond  E.,  Litt.D.,  Professor  of  Geography. 
Cronin,  Charles  F.,  B.S.,  C.P.A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Accounting. 
Crowell,  Alfred  A.,  M.S.J.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Journalism  Department. 
Daiker,  John  A.,  B.S.,  C.P.A.,  Instructor  in  Accounting. 
Devereaux,  John  P.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Accounting. 

Dixon,  Robert  G.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 
Fleming,  William  R.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Accounting. 
Frederick,    John    H.,    Ph.D.,    Professor   of    Transportation    and    Foreign 

Trade. 
Gass,  Edmund  C,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 
Griffin,  Harold  E.,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Accounting. 
Gruchy,  Allan  G.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Economics. 
Hale,  John  I.,  LL.B.,  M.S.   (Retired,  Capt.  USN),  Associate  Professor  in 

Business  Administration. 
Hamill,  Charles  A.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 
Hester,  Donald  C,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 
Hilton,  George  W.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 
Hottel,  William,  Lecturer  in  Journalism. 
Hu,  Charles  Y.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Geography. 
Joerg,  W.  L.  G.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  (P.  T.)  in  Geography. 
Kahl,  Norman,  Instructor  (P.  T.)  in  Journalism. 
Karinen,  Arthur  E.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Geography. 
Larimore,  Theodore  R.,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Accounting. 
Larsen,   Christian  L.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics  and 

Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Public  Administration. 
Longanecker,  Walter  R.,  M.B.A.,  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Business 

and  Economic  Research. 

249 


250  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

McHugh,  Thomas  F.,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration. 

McLarney,  William  J.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  in  Industrial  Manage- 
ment. 

Mester,  Edmund  C,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 

Miller,  0.  C,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 

Moeller,  Eonald  I.,  M.B.A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration. 

Morrison,  John  A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Geography  Department. 

Moser,  Martin  W.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 

Mounce,  Earl  W„  M.A.,  L.L.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Law  and  Labor. 

Norton,  Hugh  S.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 

O'Neill,  Jane  H.,  B.A.,  Instructor  in  Office  Techniques. 

Patrick,  Arthur  S.,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Office  Management  and 
Business  Education. 

Plischke,  Elmer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

Pratt,  Abner  K.,  B.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 

Pyle,  J.  Freeman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Dean  of  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration. 

Ratzlaff,  Carl  J.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Economics  Department. 

Ray,  Joseph  M.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Government 
and  Politics. 

Reid,  James  H.,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Marketing. 

Robinson,  Edward  A.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 

Sarle,  Rodney  G.,  M.B.A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration. 

Spurgeon,  Charles  E.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 

Steinmeyer,  Reuben  G.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

Sweeney,  Charles  T.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting. 

Sylvester,  Harold  F.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  in  Business  Administra- 
tion. 

Sylvester,  John  K.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 

Tafp,  Charles  A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Transportation. 

Thatcher,  Lionel  W.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Busi- 
ness Organization  and  Administration. 

Thom,  H.  C  S.,  M.S.,  Professor  (P.  T.)  in  Geography. 

Thomas,  Benjamin  F.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Office  Techniques  and  Manage- 
ment. 

Titus,  Charles,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Economics. 

Van  Royen,  William,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Geography. 

Wagner,  Ruby  C,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Office  Techniques. 

Watson,  Dorothy  M.,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Geography. 

Watson,  J.  Donald,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Finance. 

Wedeberg,  Sivert  M.,  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  Professor  of  Accounting. 

Wood,  Walter  H.,  Lecturer  in  Journalism. 

Woodbury,  Maynard  B.,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Accounting. 

Wright,  Howard  W.,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting. 

Zagoria,  Samuel  D.,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Journalism. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  251 

College  of 

BUSINESS  AND 
PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 

John  Freeman  Pyle,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  in  an  unusually  favorable  location  for 
students  of  Business,  Government  and  Politics,  Economics,  Public  Adminis- 
tration, Geography,  Journalism  and  Public  Relations,  Foreign  Service  and 
International  Relations.  Downtown  Washington  is  only  twenty-five  minutes 
away  in  one  direction,  while  the  Baltimore  business  district  is  less  than  an 
hour  in  the  other.  There  is  frequent  transportation  service  from  the  Uni- 
versity gates  to  each  city.  Special  arrangements  are  made  to  study  com- 
mercial, manufacturing,  exporting,  and  importing  agencies  and  methods 
in  Baltimore,  assistance  is  given  qualified  students  who  wish  to  obtain  a 
first-hand  glimpse  of  the  far-flung  economic  activities  of  the  national  govern- 
ment or  to  utilize  the  libraries,  government  departments,  and  other  facilities 
available  in  Washington. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND 
PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 

The  College  comprises  seven  departments,  two  bureaus  of  research,  and 
one  institute. 

I.     Department  of  Business  Organization  and  Administration 

1.  Accounting  and  Statistics 

2.  Financial  Administration 

3.  Industrial  Administration 

4.  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 

5.  Marketing   Administration 

(a)  Advertising 

(b)  Foreign  Trade  and  International  Finance 

(c)  Retail  Store  Management 

(d)  Sales  Management 

6.  Personnel  Administration 

7.  Transportation  Administration 

(a)  Airport  Management 

(b)  Traffic  Management 

8.  Public  Utilities  and  Public  Administration 
II.     Department  of  Economics. 


Al  Danegger  Photo 

Business  and  Public  Administration  Building 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  253 

III.  Department  of  Foreign  Service  and  International  Relations 

IV.  Department  of  Geography 

V.     Department  of  Government  and  Politics 
VI.     Department  of  Journalism  and  Public  Relations 
VII.     Department  of  Office  Techniques  and  Management 

1.  Office  Management 

2.  Office  Techniques 

VIII.     Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
IX.     Bureau  of  Public  Administration 
X.     Institute  of  World  Economics  and  Politics 

Aims 

The  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  offers  training  designed 
to  prepare  young  men  and  women  for  service  in  business  firms,  govern- 
mental agencies,  cooperative  enterprises,  labor  unions,  small  business  units, 
and  other  organizations  requiring  effective  training  in  administrative  skills 
and  techniques,  and  for  the  teaching  of  business  subjects,  economics,  geog- 
raphy, government  and  politics,  and  Journalism  and  public  relations  in  high 
schools  and  colleges.  It  supplies  scientific  training  in  administration  to 
students  and  prospective  executives  on  a  professional  basis  comparable  to 
university  training  in  the  other  professional  fields.  Administration  is  re- 
garded as  a  profession,  and  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Adminis- 
tration prepares  its  students  for  this  profession  by  offering  courses  of 
instruction  which  present  general  principles  and  techniques  of  manage- 
ment and  administration  and  brings  together  in  systematic  form  the  ex- 
periences and  practices  of  business  firms  and  governmental  units.  This 
plan  of  education  does  not  displace  practical  experience,  but  supplements 
and  strengthens  it  by  shortening  the  period  of  apprenticeship  otherwise 
necessary,  and  by  giving  a  broad  and  practical  knowledge  of  the  major  prin- 
ciples, policies,  and  methods  of  administration. 

During  the  first  half  of  the  college  study  programs  the  student  secures 
a  broad  foundation  upon  which  to  base  the  professional  and  the  more 
technical  courses  offered  in  the  last  half  of  the  course.  The  managerial 
and  operating  points  of  views  are  stressed  in  the  advanced  courses  in  pro- 
duction, marketing,  labor,  finance,  real  estate,  insurance,  accounting,  secre- 
tarial training  and  public  administration.  The  purpose  of  the  training 
offered  is  to  aid  the  student  as  a  prospective  executive  in  developing  his 
ability  to  identify  and  to  solve  administrative  and  managerial  problems; 
and  to  adjust  himself  and  his  organization,  policies,  and  practices  to  chang- 
ing social,  political  and  economic  situations. 

The  aim  of  the  college  is  to  present  and  illustrate  such  sound  principles 
of  management  as  are  applicable  to  both  big  business  and  small  business. 
Large-scale  business,  because  of  its  possible  economies,  will  be  expanded  in 
some  industries  under  certain  well-known  conditions.     There  are,  on  the 


254  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

other  hand,  industries  and  many  situations  which  still  call  for  the  small 
business.  If  these  small-scale  businesses  are  to  be  operated  with  profit  to 
the  owners  and  with  satisfactory  and  economical  service  to  the  public,  it  is 
imperative  that  authentic  principles  of  administration  be  applied  to  them. 
Sound  principles  of  ethical  conduct  are  emphasized  at  all  times  throughout 
the  various  courses. 

The  primary  aim  of  collegiate  education  for  government  and  business  ser- 
vice is  to  train  for  effective  management.  The  College  of  Business  and  Pub- 
lic Administration,  University  of  Maryland,  was  established  to  supply 
effective  training  in  administration  to  the  young  men  and  women  whose 
task  will  be  the  guiding  of  the  more  complex  business  enterprises  and  gov- 
ernmental units  resulting  from  industrial,  social  and  political  development 
and  expansion.  This  statement  does  not  mean  that  the  graduate  may  expect 
to  secure  a  major  executive  position  upon  graduation.  He  will,  on  the  con- 
trary, usually  be  required  to  start  near  the  well  publicized  "bottom"  of  the 
ladder  and  work  his  way  up  through  a  numbed  of  minor  positions.  He 
will,  however,  be  able  to  move  up  at  a  faster  rate  if  he  has  taken  full  advan- 
tage of  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  college  in  developing  his  talents  and 
in  acquiring  technical  and  professional  information,  point  of  view,  skills, 
and  techniques. 

Graduation  Requirement 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  of  credit  in  courses  suggested  by  the 
College  in  addition  to  the  specified  courses  in  military  science,  physical 
activities  and  hygiene  are  required  for  graduation.  The  student  is  required 
to  have  a  "C"  average  for  all  courses  used  in  meeting  the  quantitative 
graduation  requirements.  A  student  who  receives  the  mark  of  D  in  more 
than  one-fourth  of  his  credits  must  take  additional  courses  or  repeat  courses 
until  he  has  met  these  requirements.  The  time  required  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  the  bachelors  degree  for  the  average  student  is  eight 
semesters.  A  superior  student,  by  carrying  more  than  the  average  load, 
can  complete  the  work  in  a  shorter  period  of  time. 

Degrees 

The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  on  students  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration:  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Business  Admin- 
istration, Master  of  Arts,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  College  has  a 
number  of  graduate  assistantships  in  Business  Administration,  Economics, 
Geography,  Journalism  and  Public  Relations,  and  Government  and  Politics 
available  for  qualified  graduate  students.  Application  for  these  assistant- 
ships  should  be  made  directly  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration.  (See  bulletin  of  Graduate  School  for  graduate  rules 
and  regulations.) 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  on  a 
date    announced   for   each   semester   a   formal    application   for    a   degree. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  255 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  attend  a  convocation  at  which  degrees  are 
conferred  and  diplomas  are  awarded.  Degrees  are  conferred  in  absentia 
only  in  exceptional  cases. 

Junior  Requirement 

To  be  classified  as  a  junior  a  student  must  have  earned  56  semester  hours 
of  his  freshman  and  sophomore  requirements  with  an  average  grade  of  at 
least  "C",  plus  the  required  work  in  military  science,  hygiene  and  physical 
activities  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years.  If  a  student  has  better 
than  a  "C"  average  and  lacks  a  few  credits  of  having  the  total  of  56  he 
may  be  permitted  to  take  certain  courses  numbered  100  and  above  providing 
he  has  the  prerequisites  for  these  courses  and  the  consent  of  the  Dean. 

Senior  Residence  Requirement 

After  a  student  has  earned  acceptable  credit  to  the  extent  of  90  semester 
hours  exclusive  of  the  required  work  in  military  science,  physical  activi- 
ties, and  hygiene,  either  at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  elsewhere,  he  must 
earn  a  subsequent  total  of  at  least  30  semester  hours  with  an  average  grade 
of  "C"  or  better  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  No  part  of  these  credits 
may  be  transferred  from  another  institution.  Specific  requirements  for 
graduation  in  the  selected  curriculum  must  be  met. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  College  offers  programs  of  study  in  economics,  business  administra- 
tion, secretarial  training,  public  administration,  government  and  politics, 
geography,  journalism  and  public  relations,  and  some  combination  curricu- 
lums,  e.g.,  business  administration  and  law,  commercial  teaching  and  indus- 
trial education.     Research  is  emphasized  throughout  the  various  programs. 

Professional  Objectives 

The  executive  manager  or  administrator  in  modern  business  enterprises 
and  governmental  units  and  agencies  should  have  a  clear  understanding  of: 

(a)  the  business  organizations  and  institutions  which  comprise  the 
modern  business  world; 

(b)  the  political,  social,  and  economic  forces  which  tend  to  limit  or  to 
promote  the  free  exercise  of  his  activities;  and 

(c)  the  basic  principles  which  underlie  the  efficient  organization  and 
administration  of  a  business  or  governmental  enterprise. 

In  addition,  the  executive  or  the  prospective  executive  should: 

(a)  be  able  to  express  his  thoughts  and  ideas  in  correct  and  concise 
English; 

(b)  have  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  mathematics  and 
the  basic  sciences. 


256  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

(c)  have  a  knowledge  of  the  development  of  modern  civilization  through 
a  study  of  history,  government,  economics,  and  other  social  studies  subjects; 

(d)  have  a  sympathetic  understanding  of  people  gained  through  a  study 
of  psychology,  sociology,  and  philosophy. 

If  the  executive  is  to  be  successful  in  solving  current  business  and  govern- 
mental problems,  he  should  be  skilled  in  the  scientific  method  of  collecting, 
analyzing,  and  classifying  pertinent  facts  in  the  most  significant  manner, 
and  then,  on  the  basis  of  these  facts,  be  able  to  draw  sound  conclusions  and 
to  formulate  general  principles  which  may  be  used  to  guide  his  present  and 
future  professional  or  vocational  conduct.  In  other  words,  probably  the 
most  important  qualities  in  a  successful  executive  are: 

(a)  the  ability  to  arrive  at  sound  judgments; 

(b)  the  capacity  to  formulate  effective  plans  and  policies,  and  the 
imagination  and  ability  to  devise  organizations,  methods,  and  procedures 
for  executing  them. 

Facilities  Furnished 

The  teaching  staff  and  the  curriculums  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration  have  been  selected  and  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  a  type  of  professional  and  technical  training  that  will  aid  the 
capable  and  ambitious  student  in  developing  his  potential  talents  to  their  full 
capacity. 

The  college  study  programs  on  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
levels  presuppose  effective  training  in  English,  history,  government, 
language,  science,  and  mathematics.*  The  program  of  study  for  any 
individual  student  may  be  so  arranged  as  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  pre- 
paring for  specific  lines  of  work,  such  as  accounting,  advertising,  banking, 
foreign  trade,  industrial  administration,  marketing  administration,  person- 
nel administration,  real  estate  practice,  insurance,  government  employment, 
secretarial  work,  teaching,  and  research. 

Advisory  Councils 

In  order  to  facilitate  the  prompt  and  continuous  adjustment  of  courses, 
curriculums,  and  instructional  methods  to  provide  the  training  most  in  demand 
by  industry  and  commerce;  and  in  order  constantly  to  maintain  instruction 
abreast  of  the  best  current  practice,  the  advice  and  suggestions  of  business 
men  and  public  officials  are  constantly  sought  from  outstanding  leaders  in 
each  major  field  of  business  activity.  Each  council  has  its  own  particular 
interest  to  serve,  such  as  advertising,  marketing,  or  finance;  and  the  view- 
point and  suggestions  of  these  business  men  are  proving  to  be  invaluable  in 
developing  the  instructional  and  research  programs  of  the  College. 


*  *.Th^,  m&i°r  Portion  of  this  training  is  usually  secured  in  the  four  years  of  high  school 
and  the  first  two  years  of  college. 


BUSINESS   AND    PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  257 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules  are 
required  to  take  basic  air  force  ROTC  training  for  a  period  of  two  years.  The 
successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  graduation  but  it 
must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two  years  of  attendance 
at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  Transfer  students 
who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  military  training  will  be  required 
to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation  whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  advanced  Air  Force  ROTC 
courses  during  their  Junior  or  Senior  years  which  lead  to  a  regular  or 
reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  §165.00  fixed 
charges;  $48.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  course  pursued.  A  matricu- 
lation fee  of  |10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  An  additional  charge  of 
§125.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of  Publica- 
tions for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Admissions 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed  pat- 
tern of  subject  matter.  In  general,  four  units  of  English  and  one  unit  each 
of  Social  Studies  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of 
Algebra  and  Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  While  Foreign  Language  is  de- 
sirable for  certain  programs  no  Foreign  Language  is  required  for  entrance. 
Fine  Arts,  Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of  Pub- 
lications for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  catalog. 

STUDY  PROGRAMS  IN  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND 
PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 

A  student  in  the  College  can  so  arrange  his  grouping  and  sequence  of 
courses  as  to  form  a  fair  degree  of  concentration  in  one  of  the  Departments. 
When,  however,  he  wishes  to  become  a  specialist  in  any  one  of  the  depart- 
ments, he  should  plan  to  continue  his  studies  on  to  the  graduate  level,  work- 
ing toward  either  the  Master's  or  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree. 


258  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

I.    BUSINESS  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Business  organizations  are  set  up  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  producing 
and  distributing  goods  and  services.  Modern  business  administration  re- 
quires a  knowledge  of  and  skill  in  the  use  of  effective  tools  for  the  control 
of  organizations,  institutions,  and  operations.  The  curriculums  of  the 
Department  of  Business  Organization  and  Administration  emphasize  the 
principles  and  problems  of  the  development  and  the  use  of  policies  and 
organizations,  and  the  methods,  techniques  and  procedures  of  execution, 
in  other  words,  the  essence  of  Administration  and  Management. 

Study  Programs  in  the  Department 

Study  programs  in  Business  Administration  furnish  an  opportunity  for 
a  small  amount  of  concentration  in  one  of  the  major  sections  during  the 
undergraduate  period.  The  basis  of  these  curriculums  is  the  general  study 
program. 

The  following  study  programs  will  aid  the  thoughtful  student  in  plan- 
ning his  concentration  according  to  his  natural  aptitudes  and  the  line  of 
his  major  interest: 

The  programs  of  study  in  the  Department  of  Business  Organization  and 
Administration  are  so  arranged  as  to  facilitate  concentrations  according  to 
the  major  functions  of  business  organization.  This  plan  is  not,  however, 
based  on  the  assumption  that  these  major  divisions  are  independent  units, 
but  rather  that  each  is  closely  related  and  dependent  on  the  others.  Every 
student  in  Business  Administration,  therefore,  is  required  to  complete  satis- 
factorily a  minimum  number  of  required  basic  subjects  in  economics  and  in 
each  of  the  major  functional  fields.  Each  graduate  upon  completion  of 
the  requirements  for  the  bachelor's  degree  finds  himself  well  grounded  in 
the  theory  and  practice  of  administration.  There  are  five  commonly 
recognized  major  business  functions,  viz:  production,  marketing,  finance, 
labor  relations,  and  control. 

The  function  of  control  may  be  thought  of  as  comprising  two  sectors, 
viz.  internal  and  external.  Internal  control  has  to  do  with  men,  materials, 
and  operations.  External  control  is  secured  through  the  force  of  laws  and 
courts,  board  and  commission  decisions,  also  through  the  influence  of  custom 
and  public  opinion.  Management  endeavors  to  make  adequate  adjustments 
to  these  forces.  Courses  in  law  and  public  administration,  for  example, 
aid  in  giving  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  problems,  devices,  and 
methods  of  external  or  "social"  control. 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Requirements 

During  the  first  half  of  the  program  of  study  each  student  in  the 
Department  of  Business  Organization  and  Administration  is  expected  to 
ccmplete  the  following  basic  subjects,  except  as  indicated  in  a  particular 
curriculum: 


BUSINESS   AND    PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  259 

Required  Courses:  Semester  Hours 

English,  Composition  and  American  and  World  Literature 12 

Mathematics,  Math.  5  and  6 6 

Economic    Geography    1,    2 4 

Economic    Developments    4,    5 4 

Organization    and    Control    10,    11 4 

Government    and    Politics    1 3 

Sociology  of  American  Life  1 3 

History    of    American    Civilization    B,    6 6 

Military  Training  and  Physical  Activities  for  Men 16 

Hygiene  and  Physical  Activities  for  Women 8 

Accounting   20,    21    8 

Speech    18,    19 2 

Principles   of  Economics   31,    32 6 

Total   specified   requirements    66-74 

A  minimum  of  forty  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  credits  required  for 
graduation  must  be  in  subjects  with  designations  other  than  Business  Ad- 
ministration; forty  per  cent  of  the  required  120  semester  hours  of  academic 
work  must  be  in  Business  Administration  subjects,  the  other  twenty  per 
cent  may  be  in  either  group  or  comprise  a  combination  of  the  two  groups 
of  subjects.  A  "C"  average  in  the  Business  Administration  courses  is 
required  for  graduation. 

Freshmen  who  expect  to  make  a  concentration  in  foreign  trade,  or  who 
plan  to  enter  public  service  abroad,  should  elect  an  appropriate  foreign 
language. 

Junior  and  Senior  Requirements 

During  the  junior  and  senior  years  each  student  in  the  department  is 
required  to  complete  in  a  satisfactory  manner  the  following  specified 
courses  unless  the  particular  curriculum  being  followed  provides  otherwise : 

Econ.   140— Money  and  Banking 3 

B.   A.   140 — Financial  Management 8 

Econ.  150 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

B.  A.  150 — Marketing  Management 3 

Econ.  160- — Labor  Economics   3 

B.  A.  160 — Personnel  Management 8 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Statistics 8 

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law  I,  II 8 

Total    29 

The  remaining  credits  for  the  juniors  and  seniors  may  be  used  to  meet 
the  requirements  for  one  of  the  special  concentration  programs,  for  example, 
in  Public  Administration,  Foreign  Service,  Commercial  Teaching,  and 
in  the  fields  of  Business  Administration,  such  as:  Accounting  and  Statis- 
tics, Production  Administration,  Marketing,  Advertising,  Retailing,  Pur- 
chasing, Foreign  Trade,  Transportation,  Labor  Relations,  Real  Estate, 
Insurance,  Investment  and  General  Finance.  Juniors  and  seniors  may 
elect  appropriate  Secretarial  Training  courses. 


260  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Combined  Administration  and  Law  Program 

When  a  student  elects  the  combination  Administration-Law  curriculum, 
he  must  complete  in  a  satisfactory  manner  the  specific  requirements  listed 
for  the  first  three  years  of  the  general  curriculum  in  administration  plus 
enough  electives  to  equal  a  minimum  of  92  credits  exclusive  of  military 
science,  physical  activities  and  hygiene,  with  an  average  grade  of  at  least 
"C."  The  last  year  of  college  work  before  entering  the  Law  School  must  be 
done  in  residence  at  College  Park.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  is  conferred  upon  the  satis- 
factory completion  of  the  first  year  in  the  Law  School  and  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  Dean  of  the  Law  School.  Business  Law  cannot  be  used  as 
credit  in  this  combined  curriculum. 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business  Administration  are  ac- 
cepted in  accordance  with  the  procedures  and  requirements  for  the  Graduate 
School.     See  Graduate  School,  Section  II. 

The  General  Curriculum  in  Administration 

This  curriculum  is  set  up  on  an  eight  semester  basis  which  corresponds 
to  the  traditional  four-year  course  that  leads  to  a  bachelor's  degree.  A 
student  may  complete  the  full  course  in  a  shorter  period  of  time  by  attend- 
ing summer  sessions.  A  superior  student  may,  however,  complete  the  course 
in  a  shorter  period  of  time  by  carrying  a  heavier  load  each  semester. 

f — Semestet •, 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Geog.    1,   2 — Economic   Resources 2  2 

Econ.  4,  5 — Economic  Developments 2  2 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 8  8 

B.  A.  10,  11 — Organization  and  Control 2  2 

Mathematics    5    and   6 3  3 

G.  &  P.  1 American   Government    (or  Sociology  of  American   Life)  3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  (or  American  Government) ....  8 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  42,  44 — Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 1  i 

Total    18-19         18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4,  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature 3  3 

Econ.  81,  82 — Principles  of  Economics 8  8 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 4  4 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech    1  1 

H.   6,   6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

Electives  (Girls)    3  8 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities  (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

ToU1    17-18         17-18 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  261 

t — Semester — \ 
Junior  Year  I  II 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking 8  .... 

B.  A.  140 — Financial  Management ....                8 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics 3  .... 

Econ.  150 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3  .... 

B.  A.  150 — Marketing  Management 8 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics 3  

B.  A.  160 — Personnel  Management ....                 8 

Electives  in  Bus.  &  Pub.  Adm.,  Economics,  or  other  approved  subjects  8                 6 

Total    15  15 

Senior  Year 

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law  I,  II 4  4 

Econ.  131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems    8           

Econ.  171 — Economics  of  American  Industry 3 

Econ.  142 — Public  Finance  and  Taxation 3  .... 

B.    A.    189 — Government   and    Business ....  3 

Electives  in  Bus.  &  Pub.  Adm.,  Economics,  or  other  approved  subjects  6  6 

Total    16  16 

Electives  may  be  chosen  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  advisor  from 
courses  in  Accounting,  Statistics,  Geography,  Public  Utilities  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration, Secretarial  Training,  or  other  courses  that  will  aid  the  student 
in  preparing  for  his  major  objective.  The  electives  indicated  in  the  General 
Course  are  provided  so  that  students  can  arrange  their  schedules,  under 
the  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor,  in  such  a  way  as  to  secure  a  concentration 
or  major  when  desired  in: 

1.  Accounting  and  Statistics  5.  Marketing  Administration 

2.  Financial  Administration  6.  Personnel  Administration 

3.  Industrial  Administration  7.  Transportation  Administration 

4.  Insurance  and  Real  Estate  8.  Public  Utilities  and  Public  Ad- 

ministration 

1.     Accounting  and  Statistical  Control  Study  Program 

Internal  control  in  modern  business  and  governmental  organizations  is  a 
major  over-all  administrative  function.  The  rapid  growth  in  size  and  com- 
plexity of  current  governmental  units  and  business  enterprises  has 
emphasized  the  importance  of  the  problems  of  control  in  management.  In 
order  to  control  intelligently  and  effectively  the  manifold  activities  of  these 
units,  it  is  necessary  to  establish  an  organization,  formulate  policies,  and 
develop  methods  of  procedures.  In  order  to  perform  satisfactorily  these 
managerial  activities,  it  is  necessary  to  have  pertinent  facts  concerning 
the  operations  of  the  various  units,  divisions,  and  departments.  It  is  the 
function  of  the  accounting  and  statistical  departments  to  secure,  analyze, 
classify,  and,  to  a  limited  extent,  interpret  these  facts. 


262  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

This  study  program  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  training  in 
administrative  control  supplemented  by  specific  technical  training  in  the 
problems,  procedures,  methods  and  techniques  of  accounting  and  statistics. 
If  the  program  is  followed  diligently,  the  student  may  prepare  himself  for  a 
career  as  a  public  accountant,  tax  specialist,  cost  accountant  auditor,  budget 
officer,  comptroller,  credit  manager,  or  treasurer. 

Provision  for  practical  experience.  Arrangements  have  been  made  with 
firms  of  certified  public  accountants  in  Baltimore  and  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia for  apprenticeship  training  in  the  field  of  public  accounting.  This 
training  is  provided  between  semesters  of  the  senior  year  (approximately 
January  15  to  February  15),  and  for  the  semester  immediately  following 
graduation.  A  student  may  also  elect  to  take  one  semester  of  apprenticeship 
training  before  graduation. 

The  following  study  program  provides  courses  for  those  wishing  to 
concentrate  in  this  important  field: 

Students  who  select  a  concentration  in  accounting  and  statistics  follow 
the  general  study  program  in  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

i — Semester — ^ 
Junior  Year  I  II 

B.  A.  110,  111 — Intermediate  Accounting    3  3 

B.    A.    121 — Cost    Accounting ....  4 

B.  A.  123 — Income   Tax   Accounting 4  .... 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics ....  3 

Econ.    140 — Money    and    Banking 3  .... 

B.   A.   140 — Financial  Management ....  3 

Econ.    150 — Marketing   Principles   and   Organization 3  .... 

B.   A.    150 — Marketing   Management ....  3 

Elective    3  .... 

Total     16  16 

Senior  Year 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics    3  .... 

B.  A.  160 — Personnel  Management    ....  3 

B.  A.  124,  126 — Advanced  Accounting  Theory  and   Practice 3  3 

B.  A.  122 — Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 3           

B.  A.  127 — Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 3 

B.  A.  180,  181 — Business    Law    4  4 

Electives    3  3 

Total     16  16 

The  student  interested  in  this  field  may  select  such  electives,  with  the 
aid  of  his  advisor,  from  the  following  list  of  subjects  such  courses  as  will 
best  meet  his  needs: 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


263 


B.  A.  116— Public  Budgeting  (3) 

B.  A.  118 — Governmental  Accounting  (3) 

B.  A.  125— C.P.A.  Problems   (3)* 

B.  A.  129 — Apprenticeship  in  Accounting 

(0) 
B.  A.   132,  133 — Advanced  Business  Statis- 
tics   (3,  3) 
B.  A.  141 — Investment  Management   (3) 
B.  A.  143— Credit  Management  (3) 
B.  A.  165— Office  Management  (3) 
B.  A.  166 — Business  Communications   (3) 
B.  A.  183 — Law  for  Accountants  (2) 
B.  A.  210 — Advanced     Accounting     Theory 

(2-3) 
B.  A.  220 — Managerial  Accounting  (3) 


B.  A.  221,  222 — Seminar  in  Accounting 

(arranged) 
B.  A.  226 — Accounting  Systems  (3) 
B.  A.  228 — Research  in  Accounting 

(arranged) 
B.   A.   229 — Studies   of   special   problems   in 

the  fields  of  Statistical  Control 

(arranged) 
Econ.   131 — Comparative   Economic  Systems 

(3) 
Econ.    132 — Advanced    Economic    Principles 

(3) 
Econ.  134 — Contemporary  Economic  Thought 

(3) 


2.     Financial  Administration 

A  nation  with  a  highly  developed  industrial  system  requires  an  effective 
financial  organization.  Production  and  marketing  activities  of  business 
enterprises  must  be  financed;  a  large  volume  of  consumer  purchases  depend 
on  credit;  and  the  activities  of  local,  state,  and  federal  governments  depend, 
in  large  part,  on  taxation  and  borrowing.  To  meet  these  needs  a  com- 
plicated structure  of  financial  institutions,  both  private  and  public,  has 
evolved  together  with  a  wide  variety  of  financial  instruments.  The  methods 
used  are  equally  varied  and  complicated.  Since  the  financing  service  is  so 
pervasive  throughout  our  economic  life  and  because  it  is  an  expense  which 
must  be  borne  by  the  ultimate  purchaser,  the  management  of  the  finance 
function  is  endowed  with  a  high  degree  of  public  interest. 

This  study  program  is  designed  to  give  the  student  fundamental  informa- 
tion concerning  financing  methods,  institutions,  and  instruments;  and  to 
aid  him  in  developing  his  ability  to  secure  and  evaluate  pertinent  facts,  and 
to  form  sound  judgments  with  reference  to  financial  matters.  Through  a 
wise  selection  of  subjects  the  student  who  selects  this  curriculum  may 
prepare  himself  for  positions  in  the  commercial,  savings,  and  investment 
banking  fields,  investment  management;  corporate  financial  management; 
real  estate  financing;  and  insurance.  A  student  may  qualify  himself  to 
enter  government  service,  e.g.,  in  departments  regulating  banking  opera- 
tions, international  finance,  the  issuance  and  sales  of  securities,  and  a  num- 
ber of  financial  corporations  owned  and  operated  or  controlled  by  the 
government. 

Students  wishing  to  form  a  concentration  in  Financial  Administration 
should  follow  the  general  study  program  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years,  the  program  for  the  junior  and  senior  years  is  outlined  as  follows: 


*  C.  P.  A.  Problems  is  recommended  for  students  who  plan  to  go  into  public  accounting. 


264  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semes  ter — i 

Junior  Year  *           " 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking 8 

B.  A.  140 — Financial  Management 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics 3 

B.  A.  110-111 — Intermediate  Accounting    3                 3 

B.  A.  123 — Income   Tax   Accounting 4  

Econ.  150 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3  

B.  A.  150 — Marketing  Management   

Electives    in   Economics,    Government   and    Politics,    and    Business   and 


Public   Administration 


Total 


3  4 


16  16 


Senior  Year 

B.  A.  180,  181 — Business  Law *  * 

B.  A.  141 — Investment  Management 8  .... 

B.  A.  143 — Credit    Management    3            

B.  A.  160 — Personnel  Management 8 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics 8           

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management • .  ■  •  8 

Electives    3  6 

Total  16  16 

Selection  of  electives  may  be  made  with  the  aid  of  the  advisor  from  the 
following  list  of  subjects: 

B.  A.  142 — Banking  Policy  and  Practice  (3)  Econ.  241 — Seminar  in  Money,   Credit  and 

B.  A.  147 — Business  Cycle  Theory  (3)  Prices   (arranged) 

Econ.    141 — Theory   of   Money,    Credit   and  B.  A.  191 — Property  Insurance  (3) 

Prices  (8)  B.  A.  196— Real  Estate  Finance   (3) 

Econ.  142 — Public  Finance  and  Taxation  (3)  B.  A.  240 — Seminar  in  Financial  Organiza- 

Econ.   149 — International  Finance  and  Ex-  tion  and  Management  (3) 

change  (8)  B.  A.  249 — Studies  of  Special  Problems  in 

B.  A.  190 — Life  Insurance  (3)  the    Field    of    Financial    Administration 

(arranged) 

3.     Industrial  Administration 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  problems  of 
organization  and  control  in  the  field  of  industrial  management.  Theory  and 
practice  with  reference  to  organization,  policies,  methods,  processes,  and 
techniques  are  surveyed,  analyzed,  and  criticized.  The  student  is  required 
to  go  on  inspection  trips,  and  when  feasible  is  expected  to  secure  first-hand 
information  through  both  observation  and  participation.  He  should  be 
familiar  with  the  factors  that  determine  plant  location  and  layout,  types 
of  buildings,  and  the  major  kinds  of  machines  and  processes  utilized;  he 
should  understand  effective  methods  and  devices  for  the  selection  and 
utilization  of  men,  materials  and  machines. 

The  courses,  in  addition  to  those  required  of  all  students  in  the  college, 
which  will  aid  the  undergraduate  student  in  preparing  himself  for  a  useful 
place  in  this  field  of  effort  are: 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  265 

*B.  A.  121 — Cost  Accounting   (4)  B.    A.    170 — Transportation    I— Regulation 

B.  A.  122,  127 — Auditing  (3,  8)  of  Transportation  Services    (3) 

B.  A.  132,  133 — Advanced  Business  Statis-  B.  A.   171 — Transportation  II — Services, 

tics   (3,  3)  Rules,  and  Practices   (3) 

B.  A.  163 — Purchasing  Management  (3)  B.   A.   172 — Transportation   III — Motor 

*B.  A.  163 — Industrial  Relations  (3)  Transportation    (3) 

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management  (3)  *B.    A.    177 — Motion    Economy    and    Time 

B.  A.  166 — Business  Communications  (3)  Study    (3) 

*B.  A.  167 — Job  Evaluation  and  Merit  *B.  A.  178 — Production  Planning  and  Con- 
Rating  (2)  trol    (2) 

*B.  A.  169 — Industrial  Management  (3) 

4.     Insurance  and  Real  Estate 

Today  both  insurance  and  real  estate  are  fields  which  prefer  university 
trained  persons.  In  insurance,  opportunities  are  available  in  the  home 
offices  and  in  the  field  to  persons  who  will  ultimately  specialize  in  life, 
property,  or  casualty  insurance.  In  real  estate,  a  group  of  specialists — 
real  estate  brokers,  appraisers,  property  managers,  and  persons  handling 
the  financing  of  real  estate — are  now  recognized.  A  proper  arrangement  of 
courses  by  a  student  will  provide  academic  preparation  toward  the  exami- 
nations for  Chartered  Life  Underwriter  (C.L.U.),  Chartered  Property  Casu- 
alty Underwriter  (C.P.C.U.),  and  new  professional  requirements  in  real 
estate.  Also,  from  a  purely  personal  or  family  viewpoint  these  courses  can 
be  of  immense  value. 

Students  who  select  a  concentration  in  insurance  and  real  estate  should 
follow  the  general  study  program  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 
The  program  for  the  junior  and  senior  years  is  outlined  below. 

i — Semester — ^ 
Junior  Year  I  II 

Econ.  140 — Money   and   Banking 3  .... 

B.  A.   140 — Financial    Management     ....  3 

B.  A.   130 — Elements   of   Business    Statistics 3  .... 

Econ.  150 — Marketing    Principles    and    Organization 3  .... 

B.  A.  150 — .Marketing  Management    ....  3 

B.  A.  190 — Life   Insurance    3            

B.  A.  191 — Property  Insurance    ....  3 

B.  A.  195— Real    Estate    Principles    3            

B.  A.  196 — Real   Estate  Finance 3 

Elective    3 

Total   15  15 


*  These    courses     are    specific     requirements     for     students     concentrating     in     Industrial 
Administration. 


266  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — ^ 
Senior  Year  I  H 

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law   4  4 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics    3  .... 

B.  A.  160 — Personnel   Management    •  •  •  •  3 

B.  A.  141 — Investment  Management    3  .... 

B.  A.  194 — Insurance   Agency    Management 3  .... 

B.  A.  197 — Real   Estate   Management ....  3 

Electives    ; ; .  3  6 

Total     16  16 

Selection  of  electives  may  be  made  with  the  aid  of  the  advisor  from  the 
following  and  other  subjects: 

Soc.   114— The  City   (3)  B.  A.  147— Business  Cycle  Theory   (3) 

Soc.  173 — Social  Security  (3)  B.  A.  151 — Advertising  Programs  and  Cam- 

Econ.  141— Theory   of    Money,    Credit,    and  paigns    (2) 

Prices   (3)  B.  A.  165— Office  Management   (3) 

Econ.  142 — Public    Finance     and     Taxation  B.  A.  166 — Business    Communications    (3) 

(3)  B.  A.  189 — Business  and  Government  (3) 
B.  A.  123— Public  Tax  Accounting   (4) 

5.     Marketing  Administration 

Modern  business  administration  is  concerned  largely  with  marketing 
activities.  Buying  and  selling  of  products  and  services  comprise  the  major 
portion  of  the  time  and  energies  of  a  large  group  of  our  population.  The 
ideals  of  our  system  of  private  property,  individual  initiative  and  free 
enterprise  are  closely  related  to  present-day  marketing  organization  and 
practice.  Effective  solutions  of  the  problems  of  marketing  are  necessary 
to  the  success  of  the  individual  business  enterprise  and  for  the  welfare  of 
the  consumer.  If  the  costs  of  distribution  are  to  be  reduced  or  kept  from 
rising  unduly,  it  is  necessary  that  careful  study  of  the  organization,  policies, 
methods,  and  practices  of  advertising,  selling,  purchasing,  merchandising, 
transportation,  financing,  storing,  and  other  related  activities  be  made,  and 
corresponding  appropriate  action  taken  by  qualified  marketing  technicians 
and  executives. 

The  purpose  of  the  marketing  administration  program  of  study  is  to  give 
the  alert  and  serious  student  an  opportunity  to  analyze,  evaluate  and 
otherwise  study  the  problems  connected  with  marketing  institutions, 
organizations,  policies,  methods,  and  practices.  The  student  who  elects  this 
field  of  concentration  may  develop  his  aptitudes,  on  the  technical  level,  for 
research,  selling,  buying,  and  preparing  advertising  copy,  and  on  the  admin- 
istrative level  he  may  develop  his  abilities  for  organizing,  planning,  and 
directing  the  various  activities  in  the  field  of  marketing. 

Thoughtful  selection  of  courses  from  the  following  lists  in  addition  to 
those  required  of  all  students  in  business  administration  will  aid  the  student 


BUSINESS   AND    PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


267 


in  preparing  himself  for  an  effective  position  in  the  field  of  marketing. 
He  may  form  a  concentration  in: 

a.  General  Marketing  d.  Retail  Store  Management 

b.  Advertising  e.  Sales  Management 

c.  Foreign  Trade  and  International  Finance 


B.   A.    132,    133 — Advanced    Business    Sta- 
tistics   (3,    3) 
*B.  A.  143— Credit  Management  (3) 
B.  A.  147 — Business  Cycle  Theory  (3) 
*B.     A.     151 — Advertising     Programs     and 

Campaigns    (2) 
*B.  A.  152 — Copy  "Writing  and  Layout  (2) 
*B.  A.  153 — Purchasing  Management   (3) 
*B.  A.  154 — Retail  Store  Management  (3) 
B.  A.  165— Office  Management   (3) 
B.  A.  166 — Business  Communications   (3) 
B.    A.    170 — Transportation    I — Regulation 

of  Transportation  Services   (3) 
B.     A.     171 — Transportation     II — Services, 

Rules,    and    Practices    (3) 
B.    A.    172 — Transportation    III — Motor 
Transportation    (3) 

For  those  especially  interested  in 
from  the  following  courses: 

fEcon.  136 — International  Economic  Policies 
and  Relations  (3) 

Econ.   137 — Economic   Planning  and  Post- 
war Problems   (3) 

fEcon.  149 — International  Finance  and  Ex- 
change  (3) 

B.  A.  151 — Advertising  Programs  and  Cam- 
paigns   (2) 
fB.  A.  157 — Foreign  Trade  Procedure  (3) 

tB    A.  170 — Transportation  I,  Regulation  of 
Transportation  Services   (3) 

fB.    A.    173 — Transportation    IV,    Overseas 
Shipping   (3) 

B.  A.  189 — Government  and  Business  (3) 

Ec.   Geog.   4 — Regional    Geography   of  the 
Continents  (3) 


B.  A.   190 — Life  Insurance   (3) 

B.  A.   191 — Property  Insurance   (3) 

B.  A.   195— Real  Estate  Principles    (3) 

B.  A.  250 — Problems  in  Sales  Management 

(3) 
B.  A.  251 — Problems  in  Advertising   (8) 
B.  A.  252 — Problems  in  Retail  Store  Man- 
agement (3) 
B.  A.  257 — Seminar  in  Marketing  Manage- 
ment (arranged) 
B.  A.  258 — Research  in  Marketing 

(arranged) 
B.  A.  259 — Studies  of  Special  Problems  in 
the  field  of  Marketing  Policies,  Manage- 
ment and  Administration  (arranged) 
B.  A.  299 — Thesis   (3-6  hours)    (arranged) 


foreign  trade,  selections  may  be  made 

Geog.  100,  101 — Regional  Geography  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada  (3,  3) 

Geog.  102 — The  Geography  of  Manufactur- 
ing in  the  United  States  and  Canada  (3) 

Geog.   110,   111 — Latin   America    (3,   3). 

Geog.    115 — Peoples    of    Latin    America    (2) 

Geog.  120 — Economic  Geography  of  Eur- 
ope  (3) 

Geog.  122 — Economic  Resources  and  De- 
velopment of  Africa  (3) 

Geog.  130-131 — Economic  and  Political 
Geog.  of  Southern  and  Eastern  Asia 
(3,   3) 

Geog.  180,  181 — Principles  of  Geography 
(3,  3) 

Geog.  260-261 — Problems  in  the  Geog.  of 
Europe  and   Africa    (3,   3) 


*  These  courses  are  specific  requirements  for  students  taking  a  concentration  in  Marketing 
Management. 

f  These  courses  are  specific  requirements  for  students  taking  a  concentration  in  Foreign 
Trade  and  International  Finance. 


268 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


6.     Personnel  Administration  and  Labor  Economics 

Recent  development  of  large  scale  operation  on  the  part  of  both  private 
enterprise  and  government  has  emphasized  the  growing  vital  importance 
of  personnel  relationships.  Successful  operation  depends  on  har- 
monious cooperation  between  employer  and  employee.  The  interests  of  the 
public,  the  owners,  and  the  management,  as  well  as  those  of  the  employees, 
may  be  greatly  affected  by  the  solutions  evolved  in  any  given  case  of 
personnel  relationship.  The  growth  of  large-scale,  centrally  controlled  labor 
organizations  and  the  increased  participation  of  governmental  agencies  in 
labor  disputes  have  created  problems  for  which  business  management,  union 
officials,  and  government  representatives  have  been,  on  the  whole,  ill- 
prepared  to  solve  satisfactorily.  The  government,  the  unions,  and  business 
need  men  and  women  qualified  to  deal  effectively  with  these  problems.  They 
should  have  broad  training  and  technical  information  in  the  fields  of  business 
and  public  administration,  economics,  and  psychology,  together  with  suitable 
personalities.  They  must  be  able  to  approach  these  problems  with  an  open 
mind,  unbiased  by  personal  and  class  prejudices. 

Personnel  administration  which  has  to  do  with  the  direction  of  human 
effort,  is  concerned  with  securing,  maintaining,  and  utilizing  an  effective 
working  force.  People  adequately  trained  in  personnel  administration  find 
employment  in  business  enterprises,  governmental  departments,  govern- 
mental corporations,  educational  institutions  and  charitable  organizations. 

A  student  may  select  from  the  following  courses  those  which  will,  in 
addition  to  those  required  of  all  students  in  business  administration,  best 
prepare  him  for  the  kind  of  personnel  work  he  wishes  to  enter. 


B.  A.  162 — Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor 
Relations  (3) 
*B.  A.  163— Industrial  Relations  (3) 
*B.  A.  164 — Recent  Labor  Legislation  and 

Court  Decisions  (3) 
*B.  A.  167 — Job  Evaluation  and  Merit 

Rating   (2) 
*B.  A.  169 — Industrial  Management   (3) 
G.   &   P.   Ill — Public   Personnel  Adminis- 
tration (3) 
Psych.  2 — Applied  Psychology  (3) 
Psych.  121 — Social  Psychology  (3) 


7.     Transportation  Administration 


Psych.     161 — Psychological    Techniques     in 
Personnel  Administration   (3) 

G.   &   P.   214— Problems   in    Public   Person- 
nel Administration    (arranged) 

B.     A.     262  —  Seminar     in     Contemporary 
Trends  in  Labor  Relations   (8) 

B.  A.  265— 

B.  A.  266 — Research  in  Personnel  Manage- 

B.  A.  267— 

ment  (arranged) 

B.  A.  269— Studies  of  Special  Problems  in 
Employer-Employee   Relationships 
(arranged) 

B.  A.  299— Thesis,  3-6  hours  (arranged) 

B.  A.  299— Thesis  (arranged) 


The  problems  of  transportation  administration  are  complex  and  far  reach- 
ing. The  student  preparing  for  this  type  of  work  should  be  well  grounded  in 
economics,  government,  and  business  administration,  as  well  as  being  pro- 
ficient in  the  use  of  the  technical  tools  of  the  profession.  Rail,  highway, 
water,  and  air  transportation  are  basic  to  our  economic  life,  in  fact,  to  our 

*  These  courses  are  specific  requirements  for  those  students  taking  a   concentration   in 
Personnel  Administration  and  Labor  Economics. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  269 

very  existence.    This  curriculum  gives  considerable  emphasis  to  air  trans- 
portation. 

The  following  courses,  in  addition  to  those  required  of  all  students  in  the 
Department  of  Business  Organization  and  Administration,  will  aid  the 
student  in  preparing  himself  for  a  useful  place  in  the  fields  of  air,  water, 
highway,  and  railway  transportations.  Airport  management  is  a  rapidly 
growing  new  business  activity. 

B.  A.  157 — Foreign  Trade.  B.    A.    173 — Transportation    IV,    Overseas 

*B.    A.    170 — Transportation    I,    Regulation  Shipping   (3) 

of  Transportation  Services   (3)  B.  A.  174 — Commercial  Air  Transportation 

*B.    A.     171 — Transportation    II,     Services,  (3) 

Rules,   and   Practices    (3)  B.  A.  175 — Airline  Administration  (3) 

B.  A.   172 — Transportation  III,  Motor,  B.  A.   176 — Problems  in  Airport  Manage- 

Transportation   (3)  ment   (3) 

Other  courses  may  be  selected  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  for  the 
curriculum. 

8.    Public  Utilities  and  Public  Administration 

The  trend  toward  increased  governmental  participation  in  the  fields  of 
our  economic,  political,  and  social  life  has  been  developing  for  a  number 
of  years.  Our  government  has  now  become  the  largest  "business"  enter- 
prise in  the  country.  In  addition  to  the  Federal  Government,  State  and 
Local  Government  agencies  have  called  upon  the  universities  to  aid  in  train- 
ing young  men  and  women  for  effective  public  service.  To  many  individuals, 
and  particularly  to  those  of  superior  mental  ability,  the  intangible  personal 
rewards  of  government  service  are  highly  attractive.  Few  fields  of  human 
endeavor  bring  men  into  direct  contact  with  so  many  fascinating  and  im- 
portant problems  and  so  early  in  their  careers. 

The  curriculum  in  Public  Utilities  and  Public  Administration  is  designed 
to  provide  specialized  training  in  public  utilities  and  related  fields  in  govern- 
ment and  private  enterprise  as  well  as  training  in  the  broader  field  of 
government  service  in  general. 

Pursuant  to  these  purposes  the  public  utilities  course  is  designed  as  a 
core  course  which  will  at  once  afford  specialized  training  in  a  limited  field 
and  broader  training  in  several  fields.  Public  utility  problems  are  treated 
as  case  studies  in  the  larger  fields  of  economic  theory,  management,  regu- 
lation, accounting,  finance,  taxation,  constitutional  and  administrative  law, 
and  government  control.  The  course  is  therefore  a  means  of  integrating 
several  fields  of  study.  Also,  considered  essential  to  the  purpose  of  the 
curriculum  are  courses  in  accounting,  finance,  law  and  certain  advanced 
survey  courses. 

The  student  is  advised  to  round  out  his  particular  curriculum  with  one 
or  more  of  the  general  courses  listed  as  electives  and  with  other  more  spe- 
cialized courses  in  public  utilities,  accounting,  finance,  transportation,  public 
administration  or  perhaps  some  other  fields.  The  following  study  program 
is  offered  as  a  guide  in  the  selection  of  subjects: 


270 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature. 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

B.  A.  10,  11 — Organization    and   Control 

Geog.  1,  2 — Economic  Resources    

Econ.  4,  6 — Economic  Developments    

Mathematics  5  and  6 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 

P.  E.  42,  44— Hygiene    (Women)     

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 

Total     

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Reading  in  Literature 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 

G.  &  P.  4 — State  Government   and   Administration 

G.  &  P.  5 — Local    Government    and    Administration 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 

Total     

Junior  Year 

Econ.  130 — Elements   of   Business    Statistics 

Econ.  140 — Money  and   Banking 

Econ.  150 — Principles   of   Marketing 

Econ.  160 — Labor    Economics    

B.  A.  140 — Financial    Management    

B.  A.  110,  111 — Intermediate   Accounting    

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 

B.  A.  170— Transportation   I    

Electives    

Total     

Senior  Year 

B.  A.  184— Public  Utilities   

B.  A.  189 — Government  and  Business 

Econ.  171 — Economics  of  American  Industry 

G.  &  P.  181 — Administrative    Law    

G.  &  P.  110— Principles   of    Public   Administration 

Electivea    

Total     


-SemesU 

I 

3 
3 

2 

2 
2 
3 
3 
2 
1 

18-19 


3 
3 
3 
4 
3 

3 
1 

17-20 


11 
3 

3 

2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
2 
1 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


271 


Selection  of  electives  can  be  made  from  the  following  courses: 


Econ.  132 — Advanced  Economic  Principles 
G.    &    P.    110— Principles    of    Public    Ad- 
ministration 
G.  &  P.  131-132 — Constitutional  Law. 
Econ.  149 — International  Finance  and  Ex- 
change 
B.  A.  240 — Seminar  in  Financial  Organ- 
ization and  Management 
Econ.  241 — Seminar  in  Money,  Credit  and 

Prices 
B.  A.  157 — Foreign  Trade 
B.  A.  123 — Income  Tax  Accounting 
B.  A.   126 — Advanced  Accounting  Theory 

and  Practice 
B.  A.  116 — Public  Budgeting 
B.  A.  118 — Governmental  Accounting 
B.  A.  221,  222 — Seminar  in  Accounting 


B.  A.  132-133 — Advanced  Business  Statis- 
tics 


Econ.  141 — Theory  of  Money,  Credit,  and 

Prices 
Econ.  142 — Public  Finance  and  Taxation 
B.    A.    171 — Transportation    II — Services, 

Rules  and  Practices 

A.    172 — Transportation    III — Motor, 

Transportation 

A.   173 — Transportation   IV— Overseas 

Shipping 

A.    174 — Commercial   Air   Transporta- 
tion 
B.  A.  175 — Airline  Administration 
B.  A.  284 — Seminar  in  Public  Utilities 
Econ.    270 — Seminar    in    Economics    and 

Geography  of  American  industry 


B 


B 


Other  specialized  courses,  including  certain  courses  in  the  Departments 
of  Government  and  Politics  and  Business  Organization,  may  be  selected  with 
the  consent  of  the  advisor. 

II.     ECONOMICS 

The  program  of  studies  in  the  field  of  Economics  is  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  students  who  wish  to  concentrate  either  on  a  major  or  minor  scale 
in  this  division  of  the  Social  Sciences.  Students  who  expect  to  enroll  in 
the  professional  schools  and  those  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  fields  of 
Business  or  Public  Administration,  or  Foreign  Service,  or  Social  Service 
Administration,  will  find  courses  in  economics  of  considerable  value  to  them 
in  their  later  work.  A  student  of  economics  should  choose  his  courses  to 
meet  the  requirements  for  his  major  objective,  or  the  Master  of  Arts,  or  a 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  (He  should  consult  the  bulletin  of  the  Gradu- 
ate School  for  the  general  requirements  for  the  advanced  degrees.) 


Requirements  for  an  Economics  Major 

A  student  majoring  in  Economics  is  required  to  complete  satisfactorily 
120  semester  hours  of  work  in  addition  to  the  required  work  in  military 
science,  hygiene  and  physical  activities.  A  general  average  of  at  least  "C" 
is  required  for  graduation.  A  student  must  maintain  at  least  an  average 
grade  of  "C"  in  his  major  and  minor  in  order  to  continue  in  his  chosen  field. 
The  specific  requirements  for  the  Economics  Major  are: 
I.  Econ.  4,  5,  31  and  32 — a  total  of  10  semester  hours  of  specifically 
required  courses  in  Economics.  B.A.  20,  21  (Principles  of  Accounting) 
are  recommended,  and  B.  A.  130  (Statistics)  is  required.  Other  courses 
in  Economics  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a  major  are  to  be  selected  with 
the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser. 


272  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

II.  Social  Studies— American  Government  (3)  ;  Sociology  of  American 
Life  (3) ;  History  of  American  Civilization  (6) — a  total  of  12  semester  hours. 

III.  English — 12  semester  hours,  comprising  Eng.  1,  2,  and  3,  4;  or  5,  6; 
Speech — 2  to  4  semester  hours;   Speech  18  and  19,  2  semester  hours. 

IV.  Foreign  Language  and  Literature,  12  semester  hours  in  one  language. 
Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  are  required  to  have  a  reading  knowledge 
of  two  modern  foreign  languages. 

V.  Natural  Science  and  Mathematics,  12  semester  hours. 

VI.  Military  Science,  Hygiene,  and  Physical  Activities.  The  present 
University  requirement  is  16  semester  hours  in  Military  Science  and  Phys- 
ical Activities  for  all  able-bodied  male  students;  women  students  are  re- 
quired to  take  8  semester  hours  credit  in  hygiene  and  physical  activities. 

A  student  who  elects  economics  as  a  major  must  have  earned  10  semester 
hours  credit  in  the  prerequisite  courses  in  economics  prior  to  his  beginning 
the  advanced  work  of  the  junior  year.  These  are  normally  taken  during 
the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  and  must  be  completed  with  an  average 
grade  of  not  less  than  "C".  The  major  sequences  are  not  completed  until 
at  least  26  and  not  more  than  40  credits,  in  addition  to  the  required 
prerequisite  courses,  are  satisfactorily  earned,  that  is,  with  an  average  grade 
of  at  least  "C". 

A  minor  in  economics  consists  of  the  10  prerequisite  credits  mentioned 
above  plus  at  least  18  additional  credits  in  economics. 

As  many  as  24  additional  semester  hours  may  be  taken  by  the  economics 
students  from  Business  and  Public  Administration  courses. 

The  specific  courses  comprising  the  student's  program  of  studies  should 
be  selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  advisor  in  terms  of  the  student's 
objective  and  major  interest. 

Study  Program  for  Economics  Majors  <,  . 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech   1  1 

Econ.  4,  6 — Economic  Developments   2  2 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Headings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Mathematics  5,  6  or  10  and  11 3  3 

G.  &   P.  1 — American  Government   (or  Sociology  of  American   Life) ...  3  .... 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life   (or  American   Government) ....  3 

Foreign  Language    „ 3  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  42,  44 — Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities  (Men  and  Women) 1  i 

Total     18—19       18—19 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


273 


i — Semester — > 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature 3  3 

Foreign  Language    3  8 

Natural  Science    8  8 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total     16—19  16—19 

Junior  Year 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking 3           

Econ.  150 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3  .... 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory   Speech 1  1 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business   Statistics ....  8 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics   8 

Econ.  131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems ....  8 

Electives  in  Economics,  Business  Administration 6  9 

Total     16  16 

Senior  Year 

Econ.  182 — Advanced  Economic  Principles 8  .... 

Econ.  134 — Contemporary  Economic  Thought   ....  8 

Econ.  171 — Economics  of  American  Industries ....  8 

Econ.    142- — Public   Finance   and   Taxation 3  .... 

Electives    in    Economics,    Government    and    Politics    and    Business 

Administration*    9  9 

Total    IB  16 


III.    FOREIGN  SERVICE  AND  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

If  the  student  expects  to  enter  the  foreign  service  he  should  be  well 
grounded  in  the  language,  geography,  history,  and  politics  of  the  region  of 
his  anticipated  location  as  well  as  in  the  general  principles  and  practices 
of  organization  and  administration.  It  should  be  recognized  that  only  a 
limited  training  can  be  secured  during  the  undergraduate  period.  When 
more  specialized  or  more  extensive  preparation  is  required,  graduate  work 
should  be  planned.  The  individual  program,  in  either  instance,  however, 
should  be  worked  out  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor.  The  follow- 
ing study  program  is  offered  as  a  guide  in  the  selection  of  subjects. 


274 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


i — Semester — n 

Freshman  Year  I  H 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  8 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life •  •  ■  •  8 

Foreign  Language  (Selection)    8  8 

Geog.   1,  2 — Economic  Resources 2  2 

Econ.  4,  5 — Economic  Developments 2  2 

Mathematics  5,6 3  8 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  42,  44— Hygiene   (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total    19-20  19-20 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature 3  3 

Foreign  Language  (Continuation  of  Freshman  year  selection) 3  3 

Econ.  81,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

G.    &    P. — Comparative   Government,    selection    in    accordance   with   the 

student's   need    2  2 

Sp.  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech    1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    (Men    and   Women) 1  1 

Total    16-19  16-19 

Junior  Year 

Econ.    150 — Marketing   Principles   and    Organization 3  .... 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking 3  .... 

Econ.    160 — Labor   Economics ....  8 

G.  &.  P.  101 — International    Political    Relations ....  3 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business   Statistics 8  .... 

Econ.  131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems  ....  3 

Ec.  Geog. — Selection  of  Regional  division  to  fit  student's  needs 3  8 

Electives  to  meet  student's  major  interest 3  3 

Total     15  15 

Senior  Year 

G.  &  P.  102 — International    Law    ....  3 

G.  &  P.  106 — American  Foreign   Relations    3 

G.   &  P.  131— Constitutional  Law 3 

B.  A.  189 — Government    and    Business 3 

Ec.   132 — Advanced    Economic    Prin.,    or   Ec.    134,    Contemporary    Econ. 

Thought     3 

G.  &   P.  181 — Administrative    Law    3 

Econ.  136 — International  Economic  Policies  and  Relations 3 

Econ.    149 — International    Finance   and    Exchange ....  3 

Electives  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student's  major  interest 3  3 

Total     ~~i5  ~ l7 

Suggested  electives: 

American  History  108,   127,   129,   133,  135,   145,  and  146. 

European    History    175,    176,    179,    180,    185.    186,    and    History    191— History    of    Russia; 

History   195 — The  Far  East. 
Government  and  Politics  7,  8,  9,   10,  105,  106,  and  154. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  275 

IV.     GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture,  industry,  trade,  social  customs  and  politics  of  a  given  geo- 
graphical region  are  influenced  to  a  great  extent  by  the  natural  resources 
of  that  area.  Climatic  conditions,  topography,  soils,  mineral  deposits,  water 
power,  and  other  physical  factors  largely  determine  the  economic  possi- 
bilities of  a  country-  The  characteristics  of  the  philosophy,  political  ideals 
and  degrees  of  technological  maturity  of  the  people  within  a  given  geo- 
graphical unit,  in  turn  determine  in  large  measure  the  degree  of  effective- 
ness with  which  the  natural  resources  are  utilized.  The  standard  of  living, 
the  purchasing  power,  and  the  political  outlook  of  the  inhabitants  of  a 
country  are,  in  the  main,  the  result  or  the  expression  of  the  interrelation- 
ship existing  between  the  people  and  their  physical  environment. 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  aid  the  student  in  securing  the  facts  con- 
cerning the  major  geographical  areas  of  the  world  and  in  studying  and 
analyzing  the  manner  in  which  these  facts  affect  economic,  political,  and 
social  activities.  The  student  interested  in  international  trade,  international 
political  relations,  diplomacy,  overseas  governments,  and  national  aspira- 
tions will  find  the  courses  in  this  department  of  great  practical  value. 
Work  is  offered  on  both  the  undergraduate  and  the  graduate  levels. 

Students  who  expect  to  enroll  in  the  engineering  and  professional  schools 
and  those  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  fields  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration, or  Foreign  Service,  will  find  courses  in  geography  of  material 
value  to  them  in  their  later  work.  Openings  exist  for  well-trained  geog- 
raphers in  government  service,  in  universities,  colleges,  and  high  schools, 
as  well  as  in  private  business.  A  student  of  geography  should  choose  his 
courses  to  meet  the  requirements  for  his  major  objective,  be  it  an  under- 
graduate major  or  minor,  or  a  Master  of  Arts,  or  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree.  He  should  consult  the  bulletin  of  the  Graduate  School  for  the 
general  requirements  for  the  advanced  degrees. 

Requirements  for  an  Undergraduate  Major  in  Geography 

A  student  majoring  in  geography  is  required  to  complete  satisfactorily 
120  semester  hours  of  work  in  addition  to  the  required  work  in  military 
science,  hygiene,  and  physical  activities.  A  general  average  of  at  least  "C" 
is  required  for  graduation.  A  student  must  maintain  at  least  an  average 
grade  of  "C"  in  his  major  and  minor  in  order  to  continue  in  his  chosen  field. 

The  specific  requirements  for  the  geography  major  are: 

I.  Geog.  20  (2);  Geog.  30  (3);  Geog.  40  and  41  (3,  3);  Geog.  60  and 
61  (3,  3) ;  Geog.  170  or  171  (3  or  6)  and  12  hours  in  other  Geography  courses 
numbered  100  to  199,  of  which  6  hours  must  be  in  regional  courses;  a  total 
of  33  hours  in  geography. 


276  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

II.  Social  Sciences— G.  &  P.  1  (3)  ;  Econ.  31  and  32  (3,  3) ;  History  5 
and  6  (3,  3)  and  two  regional  courses  in  history  to  be  selected  with  the  aid 
of  the  faculty  advisor  (3,  3)  ;  Soc.  1,  5  (3,  3)  and  120  (3) ;  a  total  of  30 
semester  hours. 

III.  Natural  Sciences— Botany  1  and  103  (4,  3);  Soils  1  (3);  Chem.  1 
(4).    Total  of  14  semester  hours. 

IV.  English— Eng.  1  and  2  (3,  3)  and  3,  4,  or  5,  6  (3,  3) ;  a  total  of  12 
semester  hours. 

V.  Foreign  Language  and  Literature,  12  semester  hours  in  one  language, 
unless  an  advanced  course  is  taken. 

VI.  Military  Science,  Hygiene,  and  Physical  Activities.  The  present 
University  requirements  is  16  semester  hours  in  Military  Science  and  Phys- 
ical Activities  for  all  able-bodied  male  students.  Women  students  are  re- 
quired to  take  eight  semester  hours  credit  in  hygiene  and  physical  activities. 

A  student  who  elects  geography  as  a  major  must  have  earned  twelve 
semester  hours  credit  in  the  prerequisite  courses  in  geography  prior  to  be- 
ginning the  advanced  work  of  the  junior  year.  These  are  normally  taken 
during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  and  must  be  completed  with 
an  average  grade  of  not  less  than  "C."  The  major  sequences  are  not  com- 
pleted until  at  least  26  or  not  more  than  40  credits,  in  addition  to  the  re- 
quired prerequisites,  are  satisfactorily  earned;  that  is,  with  the  average 
grade  of  at  least  "C." 

A  minor  in  geography  consists  of  of  Geog.  30  (3),  Geog.  40,  41  (3,  3), 
Geog.  60,  61  (3,  3)  and  12  hours  of  additional  credits  in  geography  or  in 
courses  which  are  judged  to  be  sufficiently  closely  related  by  an  adviser 
from  the  Department  of  Geography. 

For  the  guidance  of  those  who  expect  to  do  graduate  work  in  geography, 
it  should  be  emphasized  that  the  Department  of  Geography  is  particularly 
interested  in  the  appraisal  of  natural  resources  in  relation  to  economic, 
social  and  political  developments;  it  aims  to  encourage  study  of  the  natural 
resource  base  of  the  culture  of  an  area.  This  necessitates,  on  the  one  hand 
an  elementary  knowledge  of  certain  of  the  physical  sciences  as  a  basis  for 
the  physical  aspects  of  geographic  study  and  resource  analysis.  On  the 
other  hand,  a  certain  amount  of  knowledge  of  economics,  of  sociology  and 
of  political  organization  is  necessary  in  order  to  understand  stages  of  re- 
source utilization  and  the  social  consequences. 

The  specific  courses  comprising  the  student's  program  of  studies  should 
be  selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser  from  the  Department  of  Geog- 
raphy in  terms  of  the  student's  objective  and  major  interests 


BUSINESS   AXD    PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


Suggested  Study  Program  for  Geography  Majors: 
Freshman  Year 

Geog.  20 — Map   Reading   and  Interpretation 

Geog.  40,  41 — Weather  and  Climate  I  and  II 

Geog.   30 — Principles   of   Physical   Geography 

Chem.  1 — Introductory  Chemistry   

Botany  1 — General  Botany    

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

G.  &   P.   1 — American    Government    

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature. 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 

P.  E.  42,  44 — Hygiene    (Women)     

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 

Total     

Sophomore  Year 

Geog.   60,    61 — Economic   Geography 

Soils    1 — General    Soils 

Soc.    5 — Anthropology     

Econ.   31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,   6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature. . . . 

Hist.   5,    6 — History   of   American    Civilization 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  0.  T.  C.   (Men) 

Physical  Activities   (Men  and  Women) 

Total     

Junior  Year 

Bot.  113 — Plant  Geography  

Geog. — Selection   of   Regional    Course 

Foreign  Language   

Hist. — Selection  of  courses  to  fit  student's  needs 

Geog. — Selection  of  non-regional  courses  to  fit  student's  needs. 
Elective,  with  adviser's   consent 

Total     

Senior  Year 

Soc.    120 — Population    

Foreign  Language   

Geog.   170 — Local  Field   Course 

Geog. — Selection  of  regional  courses  to  fit  student's  needs 

Electives,  with  adviser's  consent 

Total     


Semester- 


19-20 


3 

3 

3 
3 
3 
3 

1 

16-19 


3 
3 


19-20 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 


278  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

V.     GOVERNMENT   AND    POLITICS 
Government  and  Politics  Major  and  Minor  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  regular  university  requirements,  a  student  majoring 
in  the  field  of  Government  and  Politics  must  meet  the  following  conditions: 
(1)  G.  &  P.  1,  American  Government,  or  its  equivalent,  is  prerequisite  to  all 
other  courses  offered  by  the  Department.  All  persons  majoring  in  Govern- 
ment and  Politics  must  first  complete  this  course  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  (2)  All  majors  must  take  36  hours  of  Government  and  Politics,  in- 
cluding G.  &  P.  1.  No  Government  and  Politics  course  with  a  grade  of  less 
than  C  can  be  counted  as  a  part  of  the  36  hours  of  major  work.  (3)  Each 
major  must  have  at  least  one  course  in  each  of  five  of  the  following  six 
fields  within  the  Department  of  Government  and  Politics:  (1)  Local  Govern- 
ment, (2)  Public  Administration,  (3)  Political  Theory,  (4)  Public  Policy, 
(5)  Comparative  Government  and  International  Affairs,  and  (6)  Public  Law. 

A  minor  in  Government  and  Politics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  18  hours, 
including  G.  &  P.  1.  At  least  six  semester  hours  must  be  in  courses  num- 
bered 100  and  above. 

i — Semester — - 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

G.    &    P.    1 — American    Government 3  .... 

Soc.   1 — Sociology   of   American   Life ....  3 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Math.  5,   6,  or  10,   11 — Mathematics 3  3 

Econ.   4,    5 — Economic   Developments 2  2 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

Foreign   Language    3  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.   E.   42,   44 — Hygiene    (women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities    (Men  and   Women) 1  l 

Total 18-19         18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

G.   &  P.  4 — State  Government  and   Administration 3            

G.  &  P.  5 — Local  Government  and  Administration ....  3 

G.   &  P.   7  or  9 — Comparative  Government 2  .... 

G.  &  P.  8  or  10— Comparative  Government ....  2 

Eng.  3,  4,  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature 3  3 

Foreign    Language    3  3 

Econ.   31,   32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical   Activities    (Men   and   Women) 1  1 

Total 18-21         18-21 

Junior  Year 

G.    &    P.    110 — Public    Administration 3 

G.  &.  P.  174— Political    Parties    3 

G.    &   P.   124 — Legislatures   and   Legislation ....                 3 

G.   &   P.   102 — International   Law 3 

*Electives     9                9 

Total ~7B  ~16 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  279 

r— Semester — \ 
Senior  Year  I  II 

G.   &   P.   141 — History  of  Political   Theory 3           

G.  &  P.  142  or  144 — Recent  and  American   Political  Theory 3 

G.  &  P.  131-132. — Constitutional   Law    3  3 

G.    &    P.    181 — Administrative    Law 3 

Econ.    142 — Public   Finance   and    Taxation 3  .... 

B.   A.    189 — Government   and    Business ....  3 

*Electives    6  3 

Total 15  15 

VI.     JOURNALISM  AND  PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

The  program  in  journalism  and  public  relations  provides  training  for 
students  who  wish  to  enter  the  fields  of  newspaper  reporting  or  editing, 
magazine  writing  or  editing,  public  information  service,  commercial  infor- 
mation service,  government  correspondence,  publicity,  public  relations,  pub- 
lications management,  and  the  teaching  of  journalism. 

Students  in  journalism  are  provided  opportunities  for  practical  training 
through  laboratories  conducted  in  conjunction  with  the  student  publications. 
Students  are  also  encouraged  to  work  part  time  for  professional  news- 
papers or  the  wire  services. 

Journalism  and  public  relations  students  may,  with  the  consent  and 
recommendations  of  their  advisor,  arrange  a  program  of  studies  that  will 
aid  in  preparing  them  for  one  of  the  following  fields  of  work : 

1.  Reporting,  writing,  and  editing. 

2.  Publications  management.     This  program  should  include  a  num- 
ber of  basic  business  administration  course. 

3.  Public  relations. 

Students  who  cannot  use  a  typewriter  effectively  are  advised  to  take 
0.  T.  1,  Principles  of  Typing. 

The  program  of  studies  is  supplemented  by  open  meetings  with  guest  lec- 
turers with  high  professional  standing  in  the  various  journalistic  fields. 

i — Semester — - 
Freshman    Year  I  II 

Eng.   1,   2 — Composition   and  Reading   in   American   Literature 3  3 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of   American   Life 3  .... 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government •  • ....  3 

Geog.   1,   2 — Economic  Resources    (or  Foreign   Language) 2-3  2-3 

Econ.    4,    5 — Economic    Development 2  2 

Math.    5,    6 — General   Mathematics   and   Mathematics   of   Finance    (or    a 

Natural   Science)    3  3 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech  or  Speech  1  and  2 1-2  1-2 

Physical   Activities    (Men   and   Women) 1  1 

Hygiene   (Women)    2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3 

Total     17-18  17-18 

*  Electives  are  to  be  chosen  under  the  direction  of  the  Head  of  the  Department. 


280 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


i — Semester — \ 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Jour.  10,  11 — News  Reporting  I  and  II 3  3 

Eng.   3,   4   or  5,   6 — Composition  and   World   Literature  or   Composition 

and   English    Literature 3  3 

Hist.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

B.  A.  10,   11 — Organization  and  Control    (or  continuation  of  a  Foreign 

Language) 2-3  2-3 

Physical  Activities    (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Total     15-18         18-19 

1.  If  a  foreign  langauge  is  elected,  12  semester  hours'  credit  in  one 
language  must  be  earned  in  order  to  count  toward  a  degree. 

2.  If  a  science  is  elected,  6  to  8  hours  must  be  earned. 
Junior  Year 

Journ.  160,  161— News  Editing  I,  II 3  3 

Journ.  165 — Feature  Writing   3            

Journ.  170 — Public  Relations   3  .... 

Journ.  175 — Reporting    of    Public    Affairs 3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction    to    Psychology 3  .... 

Phil.    1   or   2   or   54 — Philosophical    Perspectives    (1-2)    or    Political    and 

Social    Philosophy    3  3 

Electives — Students    should    select    electives    that    correlate    vocationally 
with   journalism    or   public   relations,    e.    g.,    business,    government, 

economics,   etc 5  g 

Total     17  17 

Senior  Year 

B.  A.  189 — Business  and  Government 3  .... 

Journ.  176 — Evaluation  of   Current   Journalistic   Practice ....  3 

Journ.  190 — Internship*    (6  semester  hours   credit) 6 

Journ.  191 — Law  of  the  Press ....  2 

Journ.  192 — History    of    American    Journalism 2 

Electives — (See  Electives   note  for   Junior   Year) 12  12 

Total     17  17 

VII.     OFFICE  TECHNIQUES  AND  MANAGEMENT 
1.     Office  Management 

With  the  rapidly  mounting  volume  of  office  work  now  being  done,  and  the 
rapid  increase  in  the  number  of  office  workers  required  to  do  it,  effective 
office  management  and  supervision  is  needed.  Despite  the  current  popular 
opinion  that  the  office  manager  needs  to  know  only  a  number  of  systems 
and  machines,  there  is  an  ever-growing  group  of  executives  who  believe 
that  the  management  and  supervision  of  an  office  is  quite  as  important  a 

*  Journalism  190— Internship  is  recommended  FOR  THE  SUMMER  between  the  Junior 
and  Senior  years,  since  it  requires  full  time  on  the  job,  a  student  cannot  take  other  courses 
if  he  elects  to  take  Journalism  190  during  the  first  or  second  semester. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


281 


job  as  the  management  of  a  factory  or  any  other  industrial  enterprise. 
Many  instances  may  be  cited  where  the  managers  of  offices  have,  by  a 
consistent  and  logical  use  of  scientific  management  principles,  saved  as 
much  as  $100,000  a  year  for  their  companies. 

Any  young  man  or  woman  entering  business  today  need  have  no  hesitancy 
in  preparing  himself  for  the  position  of  office  manager,  for  that  position 
has  proved  a  stepping  stone  to  positions  of  great  responsibility  for  many  of 
our  present  leading  executives. 

The  student  interested  in  this  field  will  find  the  following  required  courses 
with  the  suggested  electives  selected  under  the  guidance  of  the  advisor, 
a  valuable  aid  in  preparing  for  positions  in  this  field. 


Office  Administration  Study  Program 

Freshman  Year 

Ucut;.    i,   i. — Economic   Resources 


Kng.  1,  Z — Composition    and   Readings   in    American    Literature. 

B.  A.  10,  11 — Organization   and   Control 

Math  5 — General    Mathematics    

Math.  6 — Mathematics   of    Finance 

G.  &   P.    1 — American   Government 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 

O.  T.  1 — Principles    of    Typewriting 

O.  T.  2— Intermediate  Typewriting    

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 

P.   E.  42,  44 — Hygiene    (Women) 

Physical  Activities    (Men   and   Women) 


Total. 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.   3,   4 — Composition   and   Readings   in   Literature 

Econ.   31,    32 — Principles  of   Economics 

B.  A.   20,   21 — Principles  of   Accounting 

Speech   18,   19 — Introductory   Speech 

H.    6,    6 — History   of    American    Civilization 

O.  T.  10 — Office  Typewriting  Problems 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 

Physical    Activities    (Men    and    Women) 


Total 


Junior  Year 

Psych.   1 — -Introduction  to   Psychology 

Econ.  140 — Money  and   Banking 

Econ.  150 — Principles   of   Marketing 

Econ.   160 — Labor   Economics    

O.  T.  112— Filing      

B.  A.  121 — Cost  Accounting    

B.  A.  130 — Elements   of   Business   Statistics. 

B.  A.   150 — Marketing  Management    

B.  A.   160 — Personnel   Management    

O.  T.   Ill — Office  Machines   

Electives     


-Semester 
I 

2 
3 
2 
3 


3 

4 
1 
3 
2 

3 

1 

17-19 


// 

2 


18-19         18-19 


15-18 


Total 


282  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

( — Semester — n 

Senior  Year  *  " 

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management    3           

B.  A.  166 — Business   Communications    3 

B.  A.  169 — Industrial  Management    3  .... 

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law   4  4 

B.  A.  168 — Advanced   Office   Equipment 3 

Electives  in  Accounting  ;  Marketing  ;  Real  Estate  ;  Insurance ; 

Finance  ;    and    Transportation 3  8 

Total     16  15 

2.     Office  Techniques 

In  order  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  college  trained  secretarial  and 
office  personnel,  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  is  offer- 
ing to  both  men  and  women  a  program  of  secretarial  training  courses. 
The  Secretarial  Curriculum  provides  students  with  the  opportunity  to  obtain 
the  essential  background  for  stenographic,  executive  and  administrative 
positions.  One  of  the  best  methods  of  assuring  success  in  one's  chosen 
profession  is  through  the  medium  of  specialized  secretarial  service.  To  this 
end  the  courses  have  been  designed.  The  major  objectives  of  the  College 
will  be  maintained  and  emphasized  throughout  the  presentation  of  the 
program  of  studies.  The  purpose  of  this  curriculum  is  not  only  to  furnish 
merely  technical  or  vocational  training,  but  also,  to  aid  the  student  in 
developing  his  natural  aptitudes  for  secretarial  and  administrative  positions. 
The  development  of  the  student's  capacity  to  plan,  organize,  direct,  and 
execute  is  the  guiding  principle  followed  in  this  curriculum.  This  program 
of  study  will  appeal  to  the  young  man  or  woman  who  is  ambitious,  nat- 
urally capable,  and  willing  to  work.  It  will  also  appeal  to  those  who 
realize  that  positions  in  secretarial  service  require  much  more  than  merely 
skill  in  typewriting  and  stenography.  These  are  essential  tools,  but  knowl- 
edge and  skill  in  other  subjects  are  as  important  for  the  more  responsible 
positions. 

Placement  Examination 

Students  with  one  or  more  years  of  college,  high  school,  or  equivalent 
training  in  shorthand  and /or  typewriting  are  required  to  take  a  placement 
examination  in  those  subjects  prior  to,  or  at  the  time  of,  their  first  registra- 
tion in  a  shorthand  or  typewriting  course  at  the  University. 

Based  on  the  results  of  this  examination,  the  student  may  be  exempt 
from  certain  of  the  beginning  courses  in  either,  or  both,  shorthand  and 
typewriting.    Credit  will  be  given  only  for  the  work  done  in  residence. 

Record  of  Competency 

Students  must  make  grade  of  "C"  in  each  course  in  the  Office  Techniques 
sequence  before  they  may  progress  to  the  next  advanced  course. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION 


283 


Senior  Requirement 

A  vocational  level  of  competency  in  business  skills  is  imperative  at  the 
time  of  graduation.  As  a  requirement  for  graduation,  students  following 
the  secretarial  curriculum  must  either  take  0.  T.  16  and  0.  T.  17  (or  0.  T.  18) 
within  the  six-month  period  preceding  graduation,  or  take  a  proficiency 
examination  on  the  material  covered  in  these  courses  within  this  six-month 
period. 

The  following  program  of  study  is  designed  to  give  the  capable  student 
an  opportunity  to  develop  his  potential  aptitudes  to  an  effective  end. 

/ — Semester — > 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Readings  in  American  Literature 3  3 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 8 

Geog.   1,  2— Economic  Resources 2  2 

Econ.  4,  5 — Economic  Developments  2  2 

Math.  5,  6 — General  Mathematics  and  Mathematics  of  Finance 3  8 

O.  T.  1 — Principles    of    Typewriting* 2  .... 

O.  T.  2 — Intermediate  Typewriting    ....  2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  42,  44— Hygiene  (Women) 2  2 

Physical  Activities    (Men  and  Women) 1  1 

Total    18-19         18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  Readings  in  Literature 3  3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

O.  T.  12,  13— Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II 4  4 

O.  T.   10 — Office  Typewriting   Problems 2           

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical    Activities    (Men    and    Women) 1  1 

Total     17-20         15-18 

Junior  Year 

B.  A.  10,  11 — Organization  and  Control 2  2 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 4  4 

O.  T.  16 — Advanced    Shorthandf     3           

O.  T-  17 — Gregg    Transcription!     2           

B.  A.  166 — Business  Communications    •  •  •  •  3 

O.  T.  Ill— Office    Machines    3           

O.  T.  112— Filing   2 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking •  •  •  •  3 

Electives 2  2 

Total    16  16 

*  O.  T.  1  should  be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in  Principles  of  Shorthand  1  (O.  T.  12). 
t  O.  T.  16,  Advanced  Shorthand,  and  O.  T.  17,  Gregg  Transcription,  must  be  taken  con- 
currently. 


284  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — i 
Senior  Year  I  W 

O.  T.  110 — Secretarial  Work    3  

O.  T.  114 — Secretarial    Office   Practice 8 

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management 8  

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law *                * 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics   3  

Suggested  Elective — Gregg  Shorthand  Dictation   (S.  T.  18) 3 

Electives  B 

Econ.    160 — Marketing   Principles   and    Organization 3  .... 

Total    16  15 

Combined  Secretarial  Training  and  Business  Teaching  Curriculum 

Capable  students  may  elect  courses  offered  by  the  College  of  Education 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  qualify  themselves  for  commercial  teaching  in  high 
schools. 

Requirements  to  teach  business  subjects:  Twenty  semester  hours  of 
prescribed  courses  in  education  are  required  for  certification  to  teach  busi- 
ness subjects  in  Maryland,  and  24  semester  hours  in  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

VII.     BUREAU  OF  BUSINESS  AND  ECONOMIC  RESEARCH 

The  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  is  recognized  as  the 
laboratory  for  the  practical  study  of  business  and  economic  problems.  As 
such,  it  has  three  principal  functions:  first,  to  train  students  in  the  field  of 
business  and  economic  research;  second,  to  disseminate  information  con- 
cerning business  and  economic  conditions  in  Maryland;  and  third,  to  make 
available  the  facilities  and  to  give  active  research  assistance  to  interested 
business  firms,  governmental  units,  and  citizen  groups  within  the  state. 

Through  the  facilities  of  the  Bureau  qualified  interested  students  can 
obtain  practical  experience  in  research  work.  This  involves  the  application 
of  techniques  and  principles  studied  in  the  classroom  to  actual  business  and 
governmental  problems. 

The  Bureau — through  its  direct  contact  with  business,  government,  labor 
and  the  professions  and  in  its  research  into  problems  in  these  fields — serves 
as  an  important  source  of  information  relative  to  business  and  economic 
conditions  and  developments  in  the  state.  This  information  is  made  avail- 
able, in  part,  by  means  of  Bureau  publications  and,  in  part,  by  direct  inquiry 
to  the  Bureau.  This  service  is  supplemented  by  active  cooperation  with 
individual  business  firms  and  citizen  organizations  within  the  state  who 
request  assistance  in  the  study  of  specific  problems  which  are  recognized 
as  having  an  important  bearing  on  community  welfare.  The  Bureau  wel- 
comes the  opportunity  to  be  of  real  service  to  such  organizations. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  285 

IX.     BUREAU  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Bureau  of  Public  Administration  was  organized  in  1947.  It  is  closely 
allied,  both  in  function  and  personnel,  with  the  Department  of  Government 
and  Politics.  The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  is  the  teaching 
agency;  the  Bureau  of  Public  Administration  is  the  governmental  research 
agency.  The  Bureau's  activities  relate  primarily  to  the  problems  of  state  and 
local  government  in  Maryland.  The  Bureau  engages  in  research  and  publishes 
research  findings.  It  conducts  short  courses  or  institutes  of  government 
attended  by  local  government  officials.  It  undertakes  surveys  and  offers 
its  assistance  and  services  to  units  of  government  in  Maryland.  Finally, 
it  serves  as  a  clearing  house  of  information  for  the  benefit  of  Maryland 
state  and  local  government.  Closely  associated  with  the  Bureau  of  Public 
Administration  is  the  Maryland  League  of  Municipalities,  the  organization 
of  Maryland  cities.  The  headquarters  of  the  League  are  maintained  in 
conjunction  with  the  Bureau  of  Public  Administration. 

X.     INSTITUTE  OF  WORLD  ECONOMICS  AND  POLITICS 

The  Institute  of  World  Economics  and  Public  Affairs  is  an  administrative 
agency  of  the  University  responsible  for  fostering,  establishing  and  cor- 
relating existing  instruction,  research,  and  extension  on  International  Eco- 
nomic and  Political  Relations. 

The  main  objectives  of  the  Institute's  program  are  concerned  with  de- 
veloping and  promoting  research;  organizing  and  correlating  programs  of 
study  and  instruction  on  and  off  campus;  advise  and  make  recommenda- 
tions with  reference  to  new  and  revised  courses  designed  to  prepare  per- 
sonnel for  effective  service  with  Government  and  Business  Agencies  in  the 
fields  of  International  Economic  and  Political  Relations. 

The  Institute  is  designed  to  correlate  and  supplement  existing  facilities 
rather  than  to  create  a  new,  and  competing,  academic  agency.  It  operates 
in  large  measure,  through  and  with  other  relevant  divisions  and  depart- 
ments of  the  University.  Among  these  are  the  Departments  of  Business 
Organization  and  Administration,  Economics,  Geography,  Government  and 
Politics,  History,  Journalism  and  Public  Relations,  Modern  Languages,  and 
the  Bureaus  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  and  Public  Administration. 

The  Director  of  the  Institute  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Advisory  Council. 
This  Advisory  Council  comprises  representatives  of  each  of  the  Depart- 
ments concerned  and  selected  representatives  of  Government  and  Business. 


286  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 
100  to  199:     courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.     (Not 

all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.    A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.     Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

BUSINESS  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

Professors  Thatcher,  Calhoun,  Clemens,  Cover,  Frederick,  Pyle,  Reid, 
Watson,  Wedeberg,  Wright;  Associate  Professors  Cook,  Hale,  McLarney, 
Mounce,  Sweeney,  H.  Sylvester;  Assistant  Professors  Cronin,  Fleming, 
McHugh,  Taff;  Instructors  Ash,  Chambers,  Daiker,  Devereaux,  Griffin, 
Larimore,  Moeller,  Sarle,  Woodbury. 

B.A.  10,  11.  Organization  and  Control  (2,2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Required  in  all  Bus.  Adm.  curriculums. 

A  survey  course  treating  the  internal  and  functional  organization  of  a 
business  enterprise.  B.A.  11  includes  industrial  management,  organization 
and  control. 

B.A.  20,  21.  Principles  of  Accounting  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Required  in  all  Business  Administration  curriculums.  Prerequisite,  Sopho- 
more standing. 

The  fundamental  principles  and  problems  involved  in  accounting  for 
proprietorships,  corporations  and  partnerships. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
B.A.  110,  111.    Intermediate  Accounting  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  a  grade  of  B  or  better  in  B.A.  21,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor for  majors  in  accounting. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  theory  and  problems  of  valuation  of  assets, 
application  of  funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements,  and  the  inter- 
pretation of  accounting  statements. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  287 

B.A.  116.    Public  Budgeting  (3)— Prerequisites,  B.A.  21  and  Econ.  32. 

A  study  of  budgetary  administration  in  the  United  States,  including  sys- 
tems of  financial  control  and  accountability,  the  settlement  of  claims,  cen- 
tralized purchasing  and  the  reporting  of  financial  operations. 

B.A.  118.  Governmental  Accounting  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A.  Ill,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

The  content  of  this  course  covers  the  scope  and  functions  of  governmental 
accounting.  It  considers  the  principles  generally  applicable  to  all  forms 
and  types  of  governmental  bodies  and  a  basic  procedure  adaptable  to  all 
governments.  It  deals  with  governmental  accounting  as  a  distinct  field. 
It  develops  and  presents  the  system,  taking  full  account  of  the  conditions 
governing  the  agencies  and  operations  carried  on  by  government. 

B.A.  121.  Cost  Accounting  (4) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  a  grade 
of  B  or  better  in  B.A.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor  for  majors  in  accounting. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  cost  accounting  including  job 
order,  process,  and  standard  cost  accounting. 

B.A.  122.  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, B.A.  111. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  auditing  and  the  application  of 
accounting  principles  to  the  preparation  of  audit  working  papers  and 
reports. 

B.A.  123.  Income  Tax  Accounting  (4) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  a 
grade  of  B  or  better  in  B.A.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor  for  majors  in 
accounting. 

A  study  of  the  important  provisions  of  the  Federal  Tax  Law,  using  illus- 
trative examples,  selected  questions  and  problems,  the  preparation  of  re- 
turns. 

B.A.  124,  126.  Advanced  Accounting  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  B.A.  111. 

Advanced  accounting  theory  applied  to  specialized  problems  in  partner- 
ships, estates  and  trusts,  banks,  mergers  and  consolidations,  receiverships 
and  liquidations. 

B.A.  125.  C.P.A.  Problems  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  B.A.  124, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  the  nature,  form  and  content  of  C.P.A.  examinations  by  means 
of  the  preparation  of  solutions  to,  and  an  analysis  of,  a  large  sample  of 
C.P.A.  problems  covering  the  various  accounting  fields. 

B.A.  127.    Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  B.A.  122. 
Advanced  auditing  theory,  practice  and  report  writing. 


288  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

B.A.  129.  Apprenticeship  in  Accounting  (0) — Prerequisites,  minimum  of 
20  semester  hours  in  accounting  and  the  consent  of  the  accounting  staff. 

A  period  of  apprenticeship  is  provided  with  nationally  known  firms  of 
certified  public  accountants  from  about  January  15  to  February  15,  and  for 
a  semester  after  graduation. 

B.A.  130.  Elements  of  Business  Statistics  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, junior  standing.    Required  for  graduation. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  statistics. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  collection  of  data;  hand  and  machine  tabula- 
tion; graphic  charting;  statistical  distribution;  averages;  index  numbers; 
sampling;  elementary  tests  of  reliability;  and  simple  correlations. 

B.A.  131.  Statistics  Laboratory.  Laboratory  hours  and  credit  to  be  ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite,  B.A.  130.  (By  approval,  open  to  graduate  students 
for  work  on  thesis.) 

Through  this  course  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
offers  the  student  an  opportunity  to  do  practical  work  in  statistics,  business, 
and  economics,  under  the  direction  of  the  Bureau  staff. 

B.A.  132,  133.  Advanced  Business  Statistics  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisite,  B.A.  130. 

The  use  of  statistical  methods  and  techniques  in  economic  studies  and  in 
the  fields  of  business  and  public  administration.  Advanced  methods  of 
correlation  and  other  selected  techniques  are  applied  to  statistical  analyses 
of  economic  fluctuations,  price  changes,  cost  analysis,  and  market  demand 
indexes  and  functions. 

B.A.  140.  Financial  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
B.A.  21  and  Econ.  140. 

This  course  deals  with  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  organiza- 
tion, financing,  and  reconstruction  of  corporations;  the  various  types  of  secur- 
ities and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning  income,  risk,  and  control; 
intercorporate  relations;  and  new  developments.  Emphasis  on  solution  of 
problems  of  financial  policy  faced  by  management. 

B.A.  141.  Investment  Management  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
B.A.  140. 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  methods  used  in  the  analysis,  selection,  and 
management  of  investments;  investment  programs,  sources  of  investment 
information,  security  price  movements,  government,  real  estate,  public  utility, 
railroad,  and  industrial  securities. 

B.A.  142.  Banking  Policies  and  Practices  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  140. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  management  of  the  Commercial  Bank, 
the  operation  of  its  departments,  and  the  methods  used  in  the  extension 
of  commercial  credit. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  289 

B.A.  143.  Credit  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
B.A.  140. 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  credit  and  the  principles  applicable  to  its  exten- 
sion for  industrial,  commercial,  and  consumer  purposes;  the  organization 
and  management  of  a  credit  department,  and  the  collection  of  accounts. 

B.A.  147.  Business  Cycles  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  140 
and  senior  standing. 

A  study  of  the  causes  of  depressions  and  unemployment,  cyclical  and 
secular  instability,  theories  of  business  cycles,  and  the  problem  of  controlling 
economic  instability. 

B.A.  150.  Marketing  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  150. 

A  study  of  the  work  of  the  marketing  division  in  a  going  organization. 
The  work  of  developing  organizations  and  procedures  for  the  control  of 
marketing  activities  are  surveyed.  The  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is 
placed  on  the  determination  of  policies,  methods,  and  practices  for  the  effec- 
tive marketing  of  various  forms  of  manufactured  products. 

B.A.  151.  Advertising  Programs  and  Campaigns  (2) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  B.A.  150. 

Deals  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  advertising.  Covers  the  organi- 
zation and  carrying  through  of  advertising  campaigns  and  programs,  the 
selection  of  ideas,  types  of  appeal  and  different  media,  and  the  method  of 
judging  the  effectiveness  of  advertising. 

B.A.  152.  Advertising  Copy  Writing  and  Layout  (2) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  B.A.  151. 

Studies  the  practices  and  techniques  of  copy  writing  and  layout  that  a're 
useful  for  those  who  expect  to  prepare  advertising  or  to  direct  the  actual 
production  of  advertising.  Covers  the  most  essential  principles  of  various 
kinds  of  copy  writing.  Surveys  the  process  of  production  from  the  original 
idea  to  the  published  advertisement,  and  analyzes  methods  of  testing  its 
effectiveness. 

B.A.  153.  Purchasing  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
B.A.  150. 

Studies  the  problems  of  determining  the  proper  sources,  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  supplies,  and  of  methods  of  testing  quality;  price  policies,  price  fore- 
casting, forward  buying,  bidding  and  negotiation;  budgets  and  standards  of 
achievement.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  government  purchasing,  and 
methods  and  procedures  used  in  their  procurement. 

B.A.  154.  Retail  Store  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, B.A.  150  and  senior  standing. 

Retail  store  organization,  location,  layout  and  store  policy;  pricing  poli- 
cies, price  lines,  brands,  credit  policies,  records  as  a  guide  to  buying;  pur- 


290  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

chasing  mthods;  supervision  of  selling;  training  and  supervision  of  retail 
sales  force;  and  administrative  problems. 

B.A.  157.  Foreign  Trade  Procedure  (3)— Prerequisite,  B.A.  150  and 
senior  standing. 

Functions  of  various  exporting  agencies;  documents  and  procedures  used 
in  exporting  and  importing  transactions.  Methods  of  procuring  goods  in 
foreign  countries;  financing  of  import  shipments;  clearing  through  the 
customs  districts;  and  distribution  of  goods  in  the  United  States. 

B.A.  160.  Personnel  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  160. 

This  course  deals  essentially  with  functional  and  administrative  relation- 
ships between  management  and  the  labor  force.  It  comprises  a  survey 
of  the  scientific  selection  of  employees,  "in-service"  training,  job  analysis, 
classification  and  rating,  motivation  of  employees,  employee  adjustment, 
wage  incentives,  employee  discipline  and  techniques  of  supervision,  and  elim- 
ination of  employment  hazards. 

B.A.  162.  Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor  Relations  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  B.A.  160  and  senior  standing. 

A  study  of  contemporary  trends  in  society's  effort  through  legislation, 
mediation,  and  other  methods  to  bring  about  a  harmonious  relationship 
between  labor  and  management.  Laws  and  court  decisions  affecting  labor 
relations  are  given  some  consideration. 

B.A.  163.  Industrial  Relations  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ. 
160  and  senior  standing. 

A  study  of  the  development  and  methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry 
with  reference  to  the  settlement  of  labor  disputes.  An  economic  and  legal 
analysis  of  labor  union  and  employer  association  activities,  arbitration, 
mediation,  and  conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements,  strikes, 
boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions,  employee  representation,  and  injunc- 
tions. 

B.A.  164.  Labor  Legislation  and  Court  Decisions  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A. 
160  and  senior  standing. 

B.A.  165.  Office  Management  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, junior  standing. 

Considers  the  application  of  the  principles  of  scientific  management  in 
their  application  to  office  work. 

B.A.  166.  Business  Communications  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  junior  standing. 

The  principles  of  effective  written  communication  in  business — formal  and 
informal  reports,  including  digesting  of  information,  organizing  for  pre- 
sentation, methods  of  handling  various  types  of  information,  and  physical 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  291 

set-up;  the  various  types  of  business  letters;  special  consideration  will  be 
given  to  application  letters. 

B.  A.  167.    Job  Evaluation  and  Merit  Rating  (2) — Prerequisite  B.  A.  160. 

The  investigation  of  the  leading  job  evaluation  plans  used  in  industry, 
study  of  the  development  and  administrative  procedures,  analyzing  jobs  and 
writing  job  descriptions,  setting  up  a  job  evaluation  plan,  and  relating  job 
evaluation  to  pay  scales.  Study  of  various  employee  merit  rating  pro- 
grams, the  methods  of  merit  rating,  and  the  uses  of  merit  rating. 

B.A.  168.  Advanced  Office  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, B.A.  165  and  senior  standing. 

A  study  of  the  policies,  systems,  practices  used  to  promote  the  effective 
utilization  of  the  office  functions.  Among  the  subjects  studied  will  be  organ- 
ization, standards  determination,  procedures,  scheduling,  layout,  and  process 
charting.  The  above  techniques  will  be  used  in  analyzing,  evaluating,  and 
improving  the  office  methods  found  in  several  actual  business  cases. 

B.  A.  169.  Industrial  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites, 
B.  A.  11  and  160. 

Studies  the  operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterprise.  Among  the  topics 
covered  are  product  development,  plant  location,  plant  layout,  production 
planning  and  control,  methods  analysis,  time  study,  job  analysis,  budgetary 
control,  standard  costs,  and  problems  of  supervision.  An  inspection  trip 
to  a  large  manufacturing  plant  is  made  at  the  latter  part  of  the  semester. 

B.   A.    170.     Transportation    I.     Regulation   of    Transportation    Services 

(3) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

This  course  is  designed  for  students  of  Transportation,  Public  Adminis- 
tration, and  General  Business.  It  covers  the  world  practices  in  the  regula- 
tion and  control  of  transportation  facilities. 

B.A.  171.  Transportation  II.  Services,  Rules,  and  Practices  (3) — Pre- 
requisite, B.A.  170. 

This  course  treats  with  the  details  of  classification  and  rate  construction 
for  ground  and  air  transportation.  It  is  designed  for  students  interested 
in  the  practical  aspects  of  shipping  and  receiving.  It  is  primarily  a  course 
in  industrial  and  commercial  traffic  management. 

B.A.  172.  Transportation  III.  Motor  Transportation  (3) — Prerequisite, 
B.A.  170. 

The  place  of  the  motor  transport  industry,  development,  uses  in  distribu- 
tion, competitive  situations,  organization,  regulation. 

B.A.  173.  Transportation  IV.  Overseas  Shipping  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A. 
170. 

The  ocean  carrier,  development  of  services,  types,  trade  routes,  company 
organization,  ship  brokers  and  freight  forwarders,  the  American  Merchant 
Marine  as  a  factor  in  national  activity. 


292  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

B.  A.  174.    Commercial  Air  Transportation  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A.  170. 

The  air  transportation  system  of  the  United  States:  airways,  airports, 
airlines.  Federal  regulation  of  air  transportation.  Problems  and  services 
of  commercial  air  transportation:  economics,  equipment,  operations,  financ- 
ing, selling  of  passenger  and  cargo  services.  Air  mail  development  and 
services. 

B.  A.  175.    Airline  Administration  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A.  174. 

Practices,  systems  and  methods  of  airline  management;  actual  work  in 
handling  details  and  forms  required  in  planning  and  directing  maintenance, 
operations,  accounting  and  traffic  transactions,  study  of  airline  operations 
and  other  manuals  of  various  companies. 

B.  A.  176.    Problems  in  Airport  Management  (3) — Prerequisite,  B.A.  174. 

Airports  classified,  aviation  interests  and  community  needs,  airport  plan- 
ning, construction,  building  problems.  Airports  and  the  courts.  Manage- 
ment, financing,  operations,  revenue  sources. 

B.  A.  177.    Motion  Economy  and  Time  Study  (3) — Prerequisite  B.  A.  169. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  motion  economy,  simo  charts,  micromotion 
study,  the  fundamentals  of  time  study,  job  evaluation,  observations,  stand- 
ard times,  allowances,  formula  construction,  and  wage  payment  plans. 

B.  A.  178.    Production  Planning  and  Control  (2) — Prerequisite  B.  A.  169. 

An  analysis  of  the  man-,  material-,  and  machine  requirements  for  pro- 
duction according  to  the  several  types  of  manufacture.  The  development 
and  application  of  inventory  records,  load  charts,  production  orders,  sched- 
ules, production  reports,  progress  reports  and  control  reports.  One  lecture 
period  and  one  laboratory  period  each  week. 

B.  A.  179.     Problems  in  Supervision  (3) — Prerequisite  B.  A.  169. 

A  case  study  course  of  supervisory  problems  divided  into  difficulties  with 
subordinates,  with  associates  and  with  superiors.  The  purposes  of  the 
course  are  to  apply  general  principles  of  industrial  management  to  concrete 
cases  and  to  extract  principles  from  a  study  of  cases. 

B.A.  180,  181.  Business  Law  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, senior  standing.    Required  in  all  Bus.  Adm.  curriculums. 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instru- 
ments, agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal  property,  and 
sales. 

B.A.  183.     Law  for  Accountants  (2).     Prerequisite,  B.A.  181. 

Principles  of  law  relating  to  the  accounting  profession,  special  emphasis 
being  placed  upon  sections  of  the  Maryland  Annotated  Code  dealing  with 
accountants,  corporations,  estates,  and  trusts. 

B.  A.  184.  Public  Utilities  (3)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ. 
32  or  37  and  senior  standing. 


BUSINESS   AND    PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  293 

Using  the  regulated  utilities  industries  as  specific  examples  attention  is 
focused  on  broad  and  general  problems  in  such  diverse  fields  as  constitu- 
tional law,  administrative  law,  public  administration,  government  control 
of  business,  advanced  economic  theory,  accounting,  valuation  and  deprecia- 
tion, taxation,  finance,  engineering  and  management. 

B.A.  189.  Business  and  Government  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  32  or  37.    Senior  standing. 

A  study  of  the  role  of  government  in  modern  economic  life.  Social  control 
of  business  as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business  enterprise  arising  from 
the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of  and  limitations  on  government  regu- 
lation of  private  enterprise. 

B.A.  190.  Life  Insurance  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32 
or  37. 

A  general  survey  of  life  insurance:  Its  institutional  development,  selection 
of  risks,  mathematical  calculations,  contract  provisions,  kinds  of  policies, 
their  functional  uses,  industrial  and  group  contracts,  internal  management 
problems,  and  government  supervision. 

B.A.  191.  Property  Insurance  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ. 
32  or  37. 

A  study  of  the  insurance  coverages  written  to  protect  business  and  per- 
sonal risks  arising  from  such  hazards  as  fire,  windstorm,  ocean  and  inland 
transportation,  fidelity,  and  liability. 

B.A.  194.  Insurance  Agency  Management  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, B.A.  190  or  191. 

This  course  deals  with  selected  advanced  topics  and  special  coverages  in 
life,  old  age,  fire,  transportation,  and  casualty  insurance  of  interest  to  the 
insurance  representative.  Students  are  to  write  a  report  on  some  topic  in- 
volving investigation  and  research. 

B.A.  195.  Real  Estate  Principles  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  32  or  37. 

The  course  covers  the  nature  and  uses  of  real  estate,  real  estate  as  a  busi- 
ness, basic  legal  principles,  construction  problems  and  home  ownership,  city 
planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of  real  estate. 

B.A.  196.  Real  Estate  Finance  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  32  or  37. 

This  course  includes  various  methods  and  techniques  in  the  appraisal  of 
real  estate,  in  the  financing  of  real  estate  operations,  and  in  the  super- 
vision of  real  properties. 

B.A.  197.  Real  Estate  Management  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
B.A.  195  or  196. 

Selected  advanced  problems  in  real  estate  brokerage,  community  develop- 
ment, property  valuations,  governmental  powers,  sources  and  placement  of 


294  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

capital  funds,  and  management  of  rental  buildings.     Students  are  to  write 
a  report  on  some  topic  involving  investigation  and  research. 

For  Graduates 

B.  A.  210.  Advanced  Accounting  Theory  (2-3) — Prerequisite  B.  A.  Ill 
and  graduate  standing. 

B.  A.  220.     Managerial  Accounting  (3). 

B.  A.  221,  222.    Seminar  in  Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  226.    Accounting  Systems  (3). 

B.  A.  228.     Research  in  Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  229.  Studies  of  Special  Problems  in  the  Fields  of  Control  and 
Organization — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  240.  Seminar  in  Financial  Management  (1-3) — Prerequisites,  Ec. 
140,  B.  A.  21,  B.  A.  140. 

B.  A.  249.  Studies  of  Special  Problems  in  the  Field  of  Financial  Adminis- 
tration. 

B.  A.  250.  Problems  in  Sales  Management  (3). 

B.  A.  251.  Problems  in  Advertising  (3). 

B.  A.  252.  Problems  in  Retail  Store  Management  (3) — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  257.  Seminar  in  Marketing  Management — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  258.  Research  Problems  in  Marketing — (Arranged). 

B.  A.  262.     Seminar    in    Contemporary    Trends    in    Labor    Relations — 

(Arranged.) 

B.  A.  265.  Development  and  Trends  in  Modern  Industrial  Manage- 
ment (3). 

B.  A.  266.    Research  in  Personnel  Management — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  267.     Research  in  Industrial  Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.  A.  269.  Studies  in  Special  Problems  in  Employer-Employee  Relation- 
ships— ( Arranged. ) 

B.  A.  270.     Seminar  in  Air  Transportation  (3). 

B.  A.  271.     Theory  of  Organization  (3). 

B.  A.  277.     Seminar  in  Transportation  (3). 

B.  A.  280.  Seminar  in  Business  and  Government  Relationships — (Ar- 
ranged.) 

B.  A.  284.  Seminar  in  Public  Utilities  (3). 

B.  A.  290.  Seminar  in  Insurance  (3). 

B.  A.  295.  Seminar  in  Real  Estate  (3). 

B.  A.  299.  Thesis— (Arranged.) 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  295 

ECONOMICS 

Professors  Ratzlaff,  Dillard,  and  Gruchy;  Assistant  Professor  J.  Sylvester; 
Instructors  Cole,  Norton,  Robinson,  Titus,  Hamill,  Hilton,  Miller. 

Econ.  4,  5.  Economic  Developments  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Freshman  requirements  in  Business  Administration  Curriculums. 

An  introduction  to  modern  economic  institutions — their  origins,  develop- 
ment, and  present  status.  Commercial  revolution,  industrial  revolution,  and 
age  of  mass  production.  Emphasis  on  developments  in  England,  Western 
Europe  and  the  United  States. 

Econ.  31,  32.  Principles  of  Economics  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  sopohomore  standing.  Required  in  the  Business  Administra- 
tion Curriculums. 

A  general  analysis  of  the  functioning  of  the  economic  system.  A  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  basic  concepts  and 
explanatory  principles.  The  remainder  deals  with  the  major  problems  of 
the  economic  system. 

Econ.  37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  Econ.  31,  and  32.  Not  open  to 
freshmen  or  to  B.  P.  A.  students. 

A  survey  study  of  the  general  principles  underlying  economic  activity. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  special  technical  groups  such  as  students  of 
Engineering,  Home  Economics,  Agriculture  and  others  who  are  unable  to 
take  the  more  complete  course  provided  in  Economics  31  and  32. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Econ..  131.     Comparative  Economic  Systems   (3) — First  semester.    Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 

An  investigation  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types  of  economic 
systems.  The  course  begins  with  an  examination  and  evaluation  of  the 
capitalistic  system,  and  is  followed  by  an  analysis  of  alternative  types  of 
economic  systems  such  as  fascism,  socialism,  and  communism. 

Econ.  132.  Advanced  Economic  Principles  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  and  senior  standing. 

This  course  is  an  analysis  of  price  and  distribution  theory  with  special 
attention  being  paid  to  recent  developments  in  the  theory  of  imperfect 
competition. 

Econ.  134.  Contemporary  Economic  Thought  (3)— First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  and  senior  standing. 

A  survey  of  recent  trends  in  American,  English,  and  Continental  Eco- 
nomic thought  with  special  attention  being  given  to  the  work  of  such 
economists  as  W.  C.  Mitchell,  J.  R.  Commons,  T.  Veblen,  W.  Sombart,  J.  A. 
Hobson  and  other  contributors  to  the  development  of  economic  thought 
since  1900. 


296  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Econ.  136.  International  Economic  Policies  and  Relations  (3) — First 
semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.    Econ.  131  recommended. 

This  course  surveys  and  analyzes  the  basic  economic,  social  and  political 
factors  that  influence  governments  in  the  determination  of  their  economic 
policies  and  practices  in  their  relationship  with  other  nations. 

Econ.  137.  The  Economics  of  National  Planning  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

An  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practice  of  economic  planning  with 
special  reference  to  the  planning  problems  of  Great  Britain,  Russia,  and 
the  United  States. 

Econ.  140.  Money  and  Banking  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 

A  study  of  the  organization,  functions,  and  operation  of  our  monetary, 
credit,  and  banking  system;  the  relation  of  commercial  banking  to  the 
Federal  Reserve  System;  the  relation  of  money  and  credit  to  prices:  domestic 
and  foreign  exchange,  and  the  impact  of  public  policy  upon  banking  and 
credit. 

Econ.  141.  Theory  of  Money,  Credit,  and  Prices  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  and  140. 

A  study  of  recent  developments  in  the  theory  of  money  and  credit,  of 
domestic  and  international  price  problems,  and  of  monetary  and  credit 
policies  in  their  relation  to  the  problem  of  full  employment. 

Econ.  142.  Public  Finance  and  Taxation  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 

A  study  of  government  fiscal  policy  in  regard  to  the  nature  of  public 
expenditures,  sources  of  public  revenue,  the  tax  system,  the  public  debt, 
and  government  budgets. 

Econ.  149.  International  Finance  and  Exchange  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  140,  Econ.  136  and  141  recommended. 

This  course  considers  the  theory  and  practice  of  international  finance  and 
exchange.  The  increased  importance  of  public  authority  in  foreign  trade, 
international  policies,  and  finance  is  given  due  emphasis. 

Econ.  150.  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

This  is  an  introductory  course  in  the  field  of  marketing.  Its  purpose  is 
to  give  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  forces  operating, 
institutions  employed,  and  methods  followed  in  marketing  agricultural  prod- 
ucts, natural  products,  services,  and  manufactured  goods. 

Econ.  151.  Economics  of  Cooperatives  (2) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  297 

Analysis  of  and  contrast  between  economic  problems  and  contributions  of 
cooperative  and  other  types  of  business  organizations;  the  significance  of 
cooperation  in  the  free  enterprise  system.  Nominal  fees  are  collected  to 
cover  the  expense  of  occasional  field  trips. 

Econ.  160.  Labor  Economics  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, Econ.  32  or  37. 

The  historical  development  and  chief  characteristics  of  the  American  labor 
movement  are  first  surveyed.  Present  day  problems  are  then  examined  in 
detail:  wage  theories,  unemployment,  social  security,  labor  organization, 
collective  bargaining. 

Econ.  170.  Monopoly  and  Competition  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 

Growth  of  large-scale  production,  development  of  industrial  combinations, 
the  economies  of  vertical  and  horizontal  combination,  the  anti-trust  acts, 
and  some  conclusions  as  to  policy  in  relation  to  competition  and  monopoly. 
Problems  of  small  business. 

Econ.  171.  Economics  of  American  Industry  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  32  or  37. 

A  study  of  the  technology,  economics  and  geography  of  twenty  repre- 
sentative American  industries. 

For  Graduates 

Econ.  230.  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Econ.  132. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  economic  thought  and  theories  including 
the  Greeks,  Romans,  canonists,  mercantilists,  physiocrats,  Adam  Smith, 
Malthus,  Ricardo.    Relation  of  ideas  to  economic  policy. 

Econ.  231.  Economic  Theory  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) — Second 
semester.    Prerequisite,  Econ.  230  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

A  study  of  various  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  schools  of  economic 
thought,  particularly  the  classicists,  neo-classicists,  Austrians,  German  his- 
torical school,  American  economic  thought,  and  the  socialists. 

Econ.  232-233.     Seminar   in   Economic   Theory    (3-3)— First   and   second 

semesters. 

A  study  of  recent  developments  in  the  field  of  economic  theory  both  in 
the  United  States  and  abroad. 

Econ.  235.     Seminar  in  International  Economic  Relations  (3) — (Arranged.) 
A  study  of  selected  problems  in  International  Economic  Relations. 
Econ.  237.     Seminar  in  Economic  Investigation   (3) — First  semester. 
Econ.  240.     Comparative  Banking  Systems  (3) — Second  semester. 
Econ.  242.     Research  in  Governmental  Fiscal  Policies  and  Practices  (3) — 
(Arranged.) 


298  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Individual  research  under  faculty  guidance  of  special  problems  in  the 
field  of  government  finance  and  taxation. 

Econ.  270.  Seminar  in  Economics  and  Geography  of  American  Indus- 
tries (3) — arranged. 

Econ.  299.     Thesis — arranged. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors  Morrison,  Crist,  Hu,  Thorn,  Van  Royen;   Consulting  Professor 
Joerg;  Assistant  Professor  Karinen;   Instructors  Anderson,  Watson;   Lec- 
turers Aiken,  Brierly,  Davies,  Skop;  Research  Associates  Battersby,  Burstow; 
Research  Assistants  Hubert,  Kelley. 

Geog.  1,  2.  Economic  Resources  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week  for  Geog.  1;  two  lecture 
periods  for  Geog.  2.  Freshman  requirement  in  the  Business  Administration 
Curriculums. 

General  comparative  study  of  the  geographic  factors  underlying  produc- 
tion economics.  Emphasis  upon  climate,  soils,  land  forms,  agricultural 
products,  power  resources,  and  major  minerals,  concluding  with  brief  sur- 
vey of  geography  of  commerce  and  manufacturing. 

(Anderson,  Crist,  Watson.) 

Geog.  4.     Regional  Geography  of  the  Continents  I.     The  New  World  (2) 

— First  semester. 

Study  of  the  Americas  with  emphasis  upon  human  geography  and  the 
underlying  physical  factors.  Discussion  of  some  of  the  major  problems 
arising  therefrom.    Of  particular  value  to  students  in  the  field  of  education. 

(Watson.) 

Geog.  5.     Regional  Geography  of  the  Continents  II.     The  Old  World  (2) 

— Second  semester. 

Study  of  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia  with  emphasis  on  human 
geography  and  the  underlying  physical  factors.  Discussion  of  some  of  the 
major  problems  resulting  therefrom.  Intended  especially  for  students  and 
teachers  in  the  field  of  education.  (Watson.) 

Geog.  20.  Map  Reading  and  Interpretation  (2) — Second  semester.  One 
lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  kinds  of  maps  ordinarily 
encountered  in  course  work  and  in  daily  life:  topographic,  political,  adminis- 
trative, economic,  and  transportation  maps,  city  plans,  physiographic  dia- 
grams^ etc.  Introduction  to  the  history  of  maps  and  the  theory  of  map 
projections.    Limitations  and  advantages  of  different  types  of  maps. 

(Karinen.) 

Geog.  30.     Principles  of  Physical  Geography  (3)— First  semester. 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  299 

A  systematic  study  of  the  physical  features  of  the  earth's  surface,  includ- 
ing subordinate  land  forms.  The  course  is  designed  to  give  an  understand- 
ing of  major  physiographic  processes  and  of  the  genesis  of  various  types 
of  land  forms.  (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  31.  Problems  of  Cartographic  Representation  (3) — First  or  sec- 
ond semester.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite Geog.  20  and  30,  or  equivalent. 

Introduction  to  theory  of  projections.  Study  of  principles  and  problems 
of  representation  of  natural  features  according  to  map  scales,  and  of  gen- 
eralization and  symbolization;  also  of  classification,  representation,  and 
generalization  of  cultural  features,  including  place-name  selection. 

(Davies,  Geological  Survey.) 

Geog.  40,  41.  Weather  and  Climate  I  and  II  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

An  introductory  course  in  meteorology  and  climatology  basic  to  further 
work  in  those  subjects.  Adapted  to  the  needs  of  students  of  geography, 
business  administration,  transportation,  agriculture,  and  engineering,  with 
applications  in  their  respective  fields.  The  first  semester  may  be  taken  by 
students  interested  only  in  meteorology.  Geography  40  is  a  prerequisite 
to  Geography  41.  (Thorn.) 

Geog.  60,  61.     Economic  Geography  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

The  geography  of  agriculture,  industry,  transport  and  trade.  World  dis- 
tribution of  crop  and  livestock  production,  manufacturing  and  transport, 
and  the  geographic  factors  influencing  this  distribution.  Required  for  all 
majors  and  minors  in  geography;  can  be  taken  by  students  in  the  Division 
of  World  Economics  and  Public  Affairs  in  place  of  Geog.  1  and  2.        (Staff.) 

Geog.  90.  Problems  of  Cartographic  Procedure  (3) — First  or  second 
semester.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site Geog.  30. 

Study  of  compilation  methods  and  their  relationship  to  drafting  and 
reproduction  methods,  including  basic  concepts  of  compilation,  criteria  used 
in  the  selection  of  methods  of  transfer,  relationships  of  reproduction  meth- 
ods to  the  degree  of  accuracy,  drafting  methods  in  compilation  and  in  color- 
separation  work,  and  analysis  of  type  styles  and  their  uses. 

(Skop,  Army  Map  Service.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Geog.  100,  101.  Regional  Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Canada 
(3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Geog.  1,  2  or  Geog.  60, 
61,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

The  climate,  land  forms,  soils  and  minerals,  forests,  agriculture,  indus- 
tries, and  commerce;  the  people  and  their  occupations,  by  regions. 

(Anderson) 


300  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Geog.  102.  The  Geography  of  Manufacturing  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada  (3) — First  semester. 

The  geographic  factors  which  are  associated  with  the  location  of  manu- 
facturing industries.    One  or  more  field  trips.     (Not  given  in  1950-51.) 

Geog.  110,  111.     Latin  America   (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Regional  geography  of  the  Latin  American  republics;  an  analysis  of  the 
physical  environment  and  the  natural  resources,  and  a  survey  of  the  his- 
torical and  cultural  development.  (Crist.) 

Geog.  115.     The  Peoples  of  Latin  America  (2) — Second  semester. 

Population  distribution,  composition  and  growth,  trends  in  fertility  and 
mortality;  migration,  rural-urban  and  interregional,  cultural,  ethnic  and 
political  aspects.  (Crist  and  Lecturer.) 

Geog.  120.     Economic  Geography  of  Europe  (3) — First  semester. 
The  natural  resources  of  Europe  in  relation  to  agricultural  and  industrial 
development  and  to  present-day  economic  and  national  problems. 

(Van  Roy  en.) 

Geog.  122.     Economic  Recources  and  Development  of  Africa  (3) — Second 

semester. 

The  natural  resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to  agricultural  and  mineral 
production;  the  various  stages  of  economic  development  and  the  potentialities 
of  the  future.  (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  123.  Problems  of  Colonial  Geography  (3) — First  or  second 
semester. 

Problems  of  development  of  colonial  areas,  with  special  emphasis  upon 
the  development  of  tropical  regions  and  the  possibilities  of  white  settle- 
ment in  the  tropics.  (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  130,  131.  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of  Southern  and  East- 
ern Asia  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  China,  Japan,  India,  Burma,  Indo-China  and  the  East  Indies; 
natural  resources,  population  and  economic  activities.  Comparisons  of  phys- 
ical and  human  potentialities  of  major  regions  and  of  their  economic,  social, 
and  political  development.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  134,  135.     Cultural  Geography  of  East  Asia  (3,  3)— First  and  second 

semesters. 

A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey  of  the  geographical  distribution 
and  interpretation  of  the  major  racial  groups  and  cultural  patterns  of 
China,  Japan,  and  Korea.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  unique 
characteristics  of  the  peoples  of  these  areas,  their  basic  cultural  institu- 
tions, outlooks  on  life,  contemporary  problems,  and  trends  of  cultural  change. 
Designed  especially  for  students  of  the  social  sciences,  and  those  preparing 
for  careers  in  foreign  service,  foreign  trade,  education,  and  international 
relations.  /jj    x 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  301 

Geog.  140.     Soviet  Lands  I  (3) — First  semester 

The  natural  environment,  geographic  factors  in  the  expansion  of  the 
Russian  State  and  the  geography  of  agriculture,  of  industry  and  of  trans- 
port.   Political  geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  (Morrison.) 

Geog.  141.     Soviet  Lands  II  (3) — Second  semester. 

The  regional  geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R.    Prerequisite,  Geog.  140. 

(Morrison.) 

Geog.  146.     The  Near  East  (3)— First  semester.    (Not  given  in  1950-51.) 

The  physical,  economic,  political,  and  strategic  geography  of  the  lands 
between  the  Mediterranean  and  India.  (Morrison.) 

Geog.   150.     Problems   of  Map  Evaluation  I.     Topographic  Maps   (3) — 

First  or  second  semester.     Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory 
a  week.    Prerequisite  Geog.  30. 

Review  of  status  of  topographic  mapping  with  consideration  of  important 
schools  of  topographic  concepts  and  practices.  Theoretical  and  practical 
means  of  determining  map  reliability  and  utility,  including  studies  of  map 
coverage.  Emphasis  on  methods  of  preparation  of  data  for  compilation 
purposes,  including  a  study  of  types  of  source  materials.  Methods  of  map 
cataloging  and  bibliography  are  given  brief  consideration. 

(Davies,  Geological  Survey.) 

Geog.  151.  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation  II.  Non-topographic  Special- 
use  Maps  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Two-hour  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Geog.  150. 

Deals  exclusively  with  non-topographic  special-use  maps  used  in  the 
fields  of  geology,  pedology,  climatology,  forestry  and  botany,  geography, 
economics,  agricultural  economics,  demography,  transportation  and  com- 
munication, military  science,  and  certain  other  special  fields.  Each  type 
is  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  history,  basic  criteria  upon  which  the 
selection  of  features  and  scales  is  determined,  methods  of  representation 
and  preparation,  interpretation,  and  availability  of  source  materials.  Field 
trips  when  possible. 

Geog.   152.     Problems   and   Practices   of   Photo   Interpretation    (3) — Off 

campus.     First  and  second  semesters.     Two-hour  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Geog.  31,  or  equivalent. 

Reading  and  interpretation  of  aerial  photographs  with  emphasis  or  topo- 
graphic features.  Study  of  limitations  of  photo  interpretations.  Interpre- 
tations of  soil,  geologic,  vegetation  and  military  data. 

Geog.  154,  155.  General  Cartography  and  Graphics  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Geog.  30  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Problems  and  techniques  of  compilation,  design,  construction  and  repro- 
duction of  the  various  types  of  maps  and  graphic  materials.     Laboratory 


302  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

exercises  are  directed  primarily  toward  the  solution  of  actual  cartographic 
problems  encountered  by  the  geographer.  (Karinen.) 

Geog.  160.  Elementary  Toponymy  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites  Geog.  30  and  one  foreign  language. 

Problems  of  place-name  analysis  as  related  to  cartography,  especially 
those  involved  in  making  and  interpreting  foreign  maps,  the  language  as- 
pects of  gazetteers,  and  the  problems  of  compilation  of  cartographic  dic- 
tionaries. The  course  will  close  with  a  review  of  the  linguistic  aspects  of 
air  charts,  hydrographic  charts  and  the  International  Map  of  the  World. 

(Aiken,  Army  Map  Service.) 

Geog.  162.  Intermediate  Climatology  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Geog.  41  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Introduction  to  climatology,  stressing  the  causes  of  the  climates  in  terms 
of  the  geography  of  the  globe,  radiation  balance,  motions  of  the  atmos- 
phere, air  masses  and  fronts.  Definition  and  properties  of  basic  statistical 
concepts  employed  in  climatology.  (Thorn.) 

Geog.  170.     Local  Field  Course  (3) — First  semester. 

Training  in  geographic  field  methods  and  techniques.  Field  observation 
of  land  use  in  selected  rural  and  urban  areas  in  eastern  Maryland.  One 
lecture  per  week  with  Saturday  and  occasional  weekend  field  trips.  Pri- 
marily for  undergraduates.  (Karinen.) 

Geog.  171.     Summer  Field  Course  (6) — Summer  School. 

Intensive  training  in  methods  and  techniques  of  geographic  field  observa- 
tion and  recording.  Practical  experience  in  conducting  land  utilization 
surveys  and  the  preparation  of  reports.  Field  study  of  the  location  and  site 
factors  affecting  selected  industrial  establishments.  Water-use  problems. 
For  geography  majors  and  for  those  preparing  for  careers  in  regional 
planning.    In  1950  the  course  will  be  given  in  western  Maryland.        (Staff.) 

Geog.  180,  181.    History,  Nature  and  Methodology  of  Geography  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

A  comprehensive  and  systematic  study  of  the  history,  nature,  and  basic 
principles  of  geography,  with  special  reference  to  the  major  schools  of 
geographic  thought;  a  critical  evaluation  of  some  of  the  important  geo- 
graphical works  and  methods  of  geographic  research.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  190.     Political  Geography  (3) — Second  semester. 

Geographical  factors  in  national  power  and  international  relations. 
"Geopolitics"  and  "geostrategy."  (Morrison.) 

For  Graduates 

Geog.  210,  211.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Latin  America   (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

An  analysis  of  recent  changes  and  trends  in  industrial  development,  ex- 
ploitation of  mineral  resources  and  land  utilization.  Prerequisite,  Geog. 
110,  111  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Crist.) 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  303 

Geog.  220,  221.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Europe  and  Africa  (3,  3) 

— First  and  second  semesters. 

Analysis  of  special  problems  concerning  the  resources  and  development 
of  Europe  and  Africa.    Prerequisite,  Geog.  120,  121,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

(Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  230,  231.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  China  (3,  3) — First  and 
second  semesters. 

Analysis  of  problems  concerning  the  geography  of  China,  with  emphasis 
on  techniques  peculiar  to  Chinese  geographical  research.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  240,  241.     Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  (3,  3)— 

First  and  second  semesters. 

Investigation  of  special  aspects  of  Soviet  geography.  Emphasis  on  the 
use  of  Soviet  materials.  Prerequisite,  reading  knowledge  of  Russian  and 
Geog.  140,  141,  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Morrison.) 

Geog.  246.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  Near  East  (3) — (Not  given 
in  1950-51.)  (Morrison.) 

Geog.  250.  Seminar  in  Cartography  (credit  arranged) — First  or  second 
semester. 

The  historical  and  mathematical  background  of  cartographic  concepts, 
practices  and  problems,  and  the  various  philosophical  and  practical  ap- 
proaches to  cartography.  Discussions  will  be  supplemented  by  the  presen- 
tation of  specific  cartographic  problems  investigated  by  the  students.  (Not 
given  in  1950-51.)  (Karinen  and  Davies.) 

Geog.  260.  Micro-Climatology  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Geog. 
162,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

The  climate  of  the  layer  of  air  near  the  ground  in  which  plants  live,  and 
related  topics.  (Thorn.) 

Geog.  261.  Advanced  General  Climatology  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, Geog.  162,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Selected  topics  in  climatology  illustrating  principles,  techniques  and  the 
distribution  of  climate.  (Thorn.) 

Geog.  262,  263.  Seminar  in  Meteorology  and  Climatology  (3,  3)— Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor. 

Selected  topics  in  meteorology  and  climatology  chosen  to  fit  the  indi- 
vidual needs  of  advanced  students.  (Thorn.) 

Geog.  280.     Geomorphology  (3) — Second  semester. 

An  advanced  comparative  study  of  selected  geomorphic  processes  and 
land  forms;  theories  of  land  forms  evolution  and  geomorphological  prob- 
lems. (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  290,  291.     Visitors'  Seminar  in  Geography  (Credit  to  be  arranged) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 


304  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Discussion  of  special  topics  with  visiting  specialists.  Problems  of  geo- 
graphic research  and  its  administration  in  Federal  agencies. 

(Visitors  and  Staff.) 

Geog.  292,  293.     Individual  Research  (Credit  to  be  arranged)— First  and 

second  semesters  and  summer. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

Professors  Ray,  Burdette,  Larsen,  and  Steinmeyer;  Associate  Professor 
Plischke;  Assistant  Professor  Dixon;  Instructors  Gass,  Hester,  Mester, 
Moser,  Pratt,  and  Spurgeon. 

G.  and  P.  1.     American  Government  (3) — Each  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government  for  the  Ameri- 
can Civilization  program,  and  it  or  its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  to  all 
other  courses  in  the  Department.  It  is  a  comprehensive  study  of  govern- 
ments in  the  United  States— national,  state,  and  local — and  of  their  adjust- 
ment to  changing  social  and  economic  conditions. 

G.  and  P.  4.  State  Government  and  Administration  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  functions  of  state  government  in  the 
United  States,  with  special  emphasis  upon  the  government  of  Maryland. 

G.  and  P.  5.  Local  Government  and  Administration  (3) — Second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  functions  of  local  government  in  the 
United  States,  with  special  emphasis  upon  the  government  of  Maryland 
cities  and  counties. 

G.  and  P.  7.  The  Government  of  the  British  Commonwealth  (2) — First 
semester.    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  governments  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  British 
Dominions. 

G.  and  P.  8.  The  Governments  of  Continental  Europe  (2) — Second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  governments  of  France,  Switzerland,  Italy, 
Germany,  and  the  Scandinavian  countries. 

G.  and  P.  9.  The  Governments  of  Latin  America  (2) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  comparative  study  of  Latin  American  governments,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  Argentina,  Brazil,  Chile,  and  Mexico. 

G.  and  P.  10.  The  Governments  of  Russia  and  the  Far  East  (2) — Second 
semester.    Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  governments  of  Russia,  China,  and  Japan. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  305 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

G.  and  P.  101.  International  Political  Relations  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  major  factors  underlying  international  relations,  the 
influence  of  geography,  climate,  nationalism,  and  imperialism,  and  the 
development  of  international  organization,  with  emphasis  on  the  United 
Nations. 

G.  and  P.  102. — International  Law  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite 
G.  &  P.  1. 

Fundamental  principles  governing  the  relations  of  states,  including  mat- 
ters of  jurisdiction  over  landed  territory,  water,  airspace,  and  persons; 
treatment  of  aliens;  treaty-making;  and  diplomacy;  and  the  laws  of  war  and 
neutrality. 

G.  and  P.  105.  Recent  Far  Eastern  Politics  (3) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite G.  &  P.  1. 

The  background  and  interpretation  of  recent  political  events  in  the  Far 
East  and  their  influence  on  world  politics. 

G.  and  P.  106.  American  Foreign  Relations  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite G.  &  P.  1. 

The  principles  and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  rela- 
tions, with  emphasis  on  the  Department  of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service, 
and  an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the  United  States. 

G.  and  P.  110.  Principles  of  Public  Administration  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  public  administration  in  the  United  States,  giving  special 
attention  to  the  principles  of  organization  and  management  and  to  fiscal, 
personnel,  planning,  and  public  relations  practices. 

G.  and  P.  111.  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3) — First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  110  or  B.  A.  160. 

A  survey  of  public  personnel  administration,  including  the  development 
of  merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency,  classification,  recruitment, 
examination  techniques,  promotion,  service  ratings,  training,  discipline, 
employee  relations,  and  retirement. 

G.  and  P.  112.  Public  Financial  Administration  (3) — Second  semester. 
Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  110  or  Econ.  142. 

A  survey  of  governmental  financial  procedures,  including  processes  of 
current  and  capital  budgeting,  the  administration  of  public  borrowing,  the 
techniques  of  public  purchasing,  and  the  machinery  of  control  through  pre- 
audit  and  post-audit. 

G.  and  P.  124.  Legislatures  and  Legislation  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite G.  &  P.  1. 


306  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  comprehensive  study  of  legislative  organization,  procedure,  and  prob- 
lems. The  course  includes  opportunities  for  student  contact  with  Congress 
and  with  the  legislature  of  Maryland. 

G.  and  P.  131,  132.  Constitutional  Law  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  systematic  inquiry  into  the  general  principles  of  the  American  con- 
stitutional system,  with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in 
the  interpretation  and  enforcement  of  the  federal  constitution;  the  position 
of  the  states  in  the  federal  system;  state  and  federal  powers  over  commerce; 
due  process  of  law  and  other  civil  rights. 

G.  and  P.  133.  Administration  of  Justice  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite G.  &  P.  1. 

An  examination  of  civil  and  criminal  court  structure  and  procedures  in 
the  United  States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with  special  emphasis  upon 
the  federal  judiciary. 

G.  and  P.  141.  History  of  Political  Theory  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site G.  &  P.  1. 

A  survey  of  the  principal  political  theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  from  Plato  to  Bentham. 

G.  and  P.  142.  Recent  Political  Theory  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  19th  and  20th  century  political  thought,  with  special  emphasis 
on  recent  theories  of  socialism,  communism  and  fascism. 

G.  and  P.  144.  American  Political  Theory  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
site G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  development  and  growth  of  American  political  concepts 
from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present. 

G.  and  P.  154.  Problems  of  World  Politics  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  governmental  problems  of  international  scope,  such  as  causes 
of  war,  problems  of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required 
to  report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

G.  and  P.  174.  Political  Parties  (3)— First  semester.  Prerequisite  G.  & 
P.  1. 

A  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  of  American  political  parties, 
nominations,  elections,  and  political  leadership. 

G.  and  P.  178.     Public  Opinion  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite  G.  &  P.  1. 

An  examination  of  public  opinion  and  its  effect  on  political  action,  with 
emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and  measurement,  propaganda,  and  pressure 
groups. 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  307 

G.  and  P.  181.  Administrative  Law  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite 
G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised  by  administrative  agencies,  including 
analysis  of  their  functions,  their  powers  over  persons  and  property,  their 
procedures,  and  judicial  sanctions  and  controls. 

American    Civilization    137,    138.     Conference    in    American    Civilization 

(3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  (Bode.) 

The  student's  acquaintance  with  American  Civilization  is  brought  to  a 
focus  through  the  analytical  study  of  eight  to  ten  important  books,  such 
as  Alexis  de  Tocqueville,  Democracy  in  America,  Nathaniel  Hawthorne, 
The  Scarlet  Letter,  Thorstein  Veblen,  The  Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,  and 
Gunnar  Myrdal,  An  American  Dilemma.  Specialists  from  related  depart- 
ments participate  in  the  conduct  of  the  course. 

For  Graduates 

G.  and  P.  201.     Seminar  in  International  Political  Organization  (3). 

A  study  of  the  forms  and  functions  of  various  international  organizations. 

G.  and  P.  202.     Seminar  in  International  Law  (3). 

Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in 
substantive  and  procedural  international  law. 

G.  and  P.  207.     Seminar  in  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions  (3). 

Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in 
governmental  and  political  institutions  in  governments  throughout  the 
world. 

G.  and  P.  211.     Seminar  in  Federal-State  Relations   (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field 
of  recent  federal-state  relations. 

G.  and  P.  213.     Problems  of  Public  Administration  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field 
of  public  administration. 

G.  and  P.  214.     Problems  of  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field 
of  public  personnel  administration. 

G.  and  P.  215.     Problems  of  State  and  Local  Government  in  Maryland. 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  in  the  field  of  Maryland 
state  and  local  government. 

G.  and  P.  216.  Government  Administrative  Planning  and  Management 
(3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  administra- 
tive planning  and  management  in  government. 


308  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

G.  and  P.  217.  Government  Corporations  and  Special  Purpose  Authori- 
ties (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  use  of 
the  corporate  form  for  governmental  administration.  The  topics  for  study 
will  relate  to  the  use  of  the  corporate  form  as  an  administrative  technique, 
as  in  the  cases  of  the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority,  the  Port  of  New  York 
Authority,  and  local  housing  authorities. 

G.  and  P.  221.     Seminar  in  Public  Opinion  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field 
o"  public  opinion. 

G.  and  P.  223.     Seminar  in  Legislatures  and  Legislation  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  about  the  com- 
position and  organization  of  legislatures  and  about  the  legislative  process. 

G.  and  P.  224.     Seminar  in  Political  Parties  and  Politics  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  fields 
of  political  organization  and  action. 

G.  and  P.  225.     Man  and  the  State  (3). 

Individual  reading  and  reports  on  such  recurring  concepts  in  political 
theory  as  liberty,  equality,  justice,  natural  law  and  natural  rights,  private 
property,  sovereignty,  nationalism,  and  the  organic  state. 

G.  and  P.  231.     Seminar  in  Public  Law  (3). 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  fields 
of  constitutional  and  administrative  law. 

G.  and  P.  251.     Bibliography  of  Government  and  Politics  (3). 

Survey  of  the  literature  of  the  various  fields  of  government  and  politics 
and  instruction  in  the  use  of  government  documents. 

G.  and  P.  261.     Research  in  Government  and  Politics  (3). 

Credit  according  to  work  accomplished. 

G.  and  P.  281.     Departmental  Seminar  (No  Credit). 

Topics  as  selected  by  the  graduate  staff  of  the  department.  Registration 
for  two  semesters  required  of  all  doctoral  candidates.  Conducted  by  the 
entire  departmental  staff  in  full  meeting. 

G.  and  P.  299.     Thesis  Course  (Arranged). 

JOURNALISM  AND  PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

Professor  Crowell;  Lecturer  William  Hottel;  Instructors  Kahl, 
Wood,   Zagoria. 

Journ.  10.  News  Reporting  I  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisites,  Eng.  1,  2. 


BUSINESS  AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  309 

Fundamentals  of  professional  reporting.  Laboratory  time  spent  writing 
straight  news  stories  assigned  by  instructor. 

Journ.  11.  News  Reporting  II  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  10. 

More  specialized  types  of  news  stories.  Arranged  laboratory  time  spent 
in  writing  for  a  student  publication. 

Journ.  160.  News  Editing  I  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  11 

Copy  editing,  proofreading.  Laboratory  time  spent  in  preparing  assign- 
ments made  by  instructor. 

Journ.  161.  News  Editing  II  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  160. 

Headwriting,  makeup.  Arranged  laboratory  time  spent  in  editing  for  a 
student  publication. 

Journ.  164.  Magazine  Writing  (2) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  each  week.     Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 

Analysis  of  contemporary  magazines;  practice  in  writing  articles,  short 
stories  for  publication  in  magazines. 

Journ.  165.     Feature   Writing    (3) — First   semester.     Two   lectures   and 
two  laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  11. 
Production  of  feature  stories  for  publication  in  newspapers. 

Journ.  170.  Public  Relations  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Journ. 
11. 

Survey  of  media  used  in  public  relations;  objectives,  principles,  and 
methods. 

Journ.  171.  Industrial  Journalism  (2) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Journ.  11. 

Introduction  to  problems  of  company  publications. 

Journ.  174.  Editorial  Writing  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  11. 

Class  conducted  as  an  editorial  council;  writing  of  editorials  as  summa- 
tions of  careful  investigation  and  well-considered  discussion;  editorial  prac- 
tices of  newspapers. 

Journ.  175.  Reporting  of  Public  Affairs  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  each  week.    Prerequisite,  Journ.  11. 

Advanced  reporting  for  newspapers  and  magazines  on  activities  of  legis- 
latures, government  bureaus,  courts  and  other  bodies  or  organizations  con- 
cerned with  public  interest. 

Journ.  176.  Evaluation  of  Current  Journalistic  Practice  (3) — Second 
semester.     Prerequisite,  senior  standing. 

Introduction  to  newsroom  problems,  ethics  of  journalism. 


310  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Journ.  190.  Internship  (6)— First  and  second  semesters,  summer.  Pre- 
requisite, Journ.  161,  165,  175,  senior  standing;  and  Journ.  170  for  public 
relations  internship. 

Students  take  the  time  for  this  course  (at  least  three  months)  away  from 
the  campus  working  full  time  for  some  commercial  publication  in  an  edi- 
torial capacity,  or  doing  public  relations  work.  This  should  be  done  pre- 
ferably at  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  Object  is  to  introduce  student  on 
internship  basis  to  practices  on  the  job  in  his  field,  and  to  make  a  contact 
which  may  lead  to  placement  upon  graduation. 

Journ.  191.  Law  of  the  Press  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing. 

Introduction  to  laws  of  libel,  right  of  privacy,  fair  comment  and  criticism, 
privileged  publications,  Maryland  press  statutes. 

Journ.  192.  History  of  American  Journalism  (2) — First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, senior  standing. 

Evolution  of  American  newspaper  from  its  beginnings. 

OFFICE  TECHNIQUES  AND  MANAGEMENT 

Associate  Professor  Patrick;  Instructors  O'Neill,  Thomas  and  Wagner. 

O.  T.  1.  Principles  of  Typewriting  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Five  laboratory  periods  per  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.50. 

The  goal  of  this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  to  operate  the 
typewriter  continuously  with  reasonable  speed  and  accuracy  by  the  use  of 
the  "touch"  system.  This  course  should  be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in 
0.  T.  12,  Principles  of  Shorthand. 

O.  T.  2.  Intermediate  Typewriting  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Five 
periods  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of 
"C"  in  O.  T.  1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  teach  the  fundamentals  of  letter  writing  and 
to  continue  the  development  of  speed  typing.  Problems  in  business  letter 
styles  and  forms,  arrangement  of  letters,  tabulation,  and  exercises  for 
improving  stroking  skill  will  be  used. 

O.  T.  10.  Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Five  periods  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade 
of  "C"  in  O.  T.  2  or  consent  of  instructor. 

In  this  course  the  aims  are  to  develop  the  highest  degree  of  accuracy  and 
speed  possible  for  each  student  and  to  teach  the  advanced  techniques  of 
typewriting  with  special  emphasis  on  production. 

O.  T.  12,  13.  Principles  of  Shorthand  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Five  periods  per  week.   Prerequisite,  O.  T.  1,  and  consent  of  instructor. 


BUSINESS   AND   PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  311 

This  course  aims  to  develop  the  mastery  of  the  principles  of  Gregg  Short- 
hrud.  The  reading  approach  is  used,  stressing  reading  and  writing  from 
copy  and  dictation. 

*0.  T.  16.  Advanced  Shorthand  (3) — First  semester.  Five  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  0.  T.  13  and  0  .T.  2  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

Advanced  principles  and  phrases  of  shorthand;  dictation  covering  vocabu- 
laries of  representative  businesses;  development  of  dictation  skill  to  maxi- 
mum for  each  individual. 

0.  T.  17.  Gregg  Transcription  (2) — First  semester.  Four  periods  per 
week.  Laboratory  fee  $7.50.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  0.  T. 
13  and  0.  T.  2  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  to  be  taken  concur- 
rently with  O.  T.  16. 

A  course  in  intensive  transcriptional  speed  building,  and  in  the  related 
skills  and  knowledges. 

0.  T.  18.  Gregg  Shorthand  Dictation  (3) — Second  semester.  Five  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  0.  T.  16  and  0.  T.  17, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

A  special  course  in  shorthand  speed  building  with  emphasis  placed  on 
the  development  of  a  special  shorthand  vocabulary. 

0.  T.  110.  Secretarial  Work  (3) — First  semester.  Six  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  0.  T.  Ill  and  0.  T.  112  or  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  is  designed  to  cover  specific  and  general  information  in  addi- 
tion to  the  stenographic  skills,  needed  by  a  secretary.  Units  will  be  assigned 
on  communication  procedures  and  cost,  installation  and  revision  of  files, 
selection  of  office  equipment  and  supplies,  editorial  duties,  compilation  of 
statistical  data,  and  use  of  reference  books.  It  is  assumed  that  stenographic 
skills  are  obtained  from  other  sources. 

O.  T.  111.  Office  Machines  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Six  periods 
per  week.    Prerequisites,  0.  T.  2  and  junior  standing.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.50. 

A  course  designed  to  give  the  students  training  in  the  use  of  modern 
office  devices — duplicators,  calculators,  voice  writing  machines,  and  other 
common  office  appliances.  Some  attention  is  given  to  supervision  of  small 
groups  of  office  workers. 

O.  T.  112.  Filing  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  junior 
standing.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.50. 


*  O.  T.  10  should  be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in  Advanced  Shorthand  (O.  T.  16)  ; 
O.  T.  16,  Advanced  Shorthand,  and  O.  T.  17,  Gregg  Transcription,  mast  be  taken  concurrently. 


312  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  development  of  the  principles,  procedures,  and  systems  of  filing  with 
the  use  of  laboratory  sets.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  how 
each  system  may  be  used. 

O.  T.  114.  Secretarial  Office  Practice  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Six  times  per  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  and  completion  of  O.  T.  110. 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  laboratory  and  office  experience  to 
senior  secretarial  students.  A  minimum  of  90  hours  of  office  experience 
under  supervision  is  required.  In  addition  each  student  will  prepare  a 
written  report  on  an  original  problem  previously  approved. 


Collage  of 

EDUCATION 

STAFF 
Harold  Benjamin,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

Arthur  Ahalt,  M.S.,  Professor  and  Head,  Agricultural  Education. 

Walcott  H.  Beatty,  A.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Harold  Benjamin,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Dean. 

Henry  Brechbill,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Dean. 

Glen  D.  Brown,  A.M.,  Professor  and  Head,  Industrial  Education. 

Marie  D.  Bryan,  A.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Charles  Caldwell,  A.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Nancy  Clapp,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Nursery  School  Education. 

Harold  F.  Cotterman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Education. 

Vienna  Curtiss,  A.M.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Practical  Art. 

Marie  Denecke,  A.M.,  Instructor  in  Education. 

Glenn  C.  Dildine,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 

Ray  Ehrensberger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Speech. 

David  Field,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Rosemary    Flannery,    B.S.,    Instructor    in    Nursery    School-Kindergarten 

Education. 
Mary  A.  French,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Music  and  Music  Education. 
Florence  M.  Gipe,  M.S.,  R.N.,  Director,  Division  of  Nursing  Education 

and  Nursing  Service,  University  Hospital. 
Christine  Glass,  A.M.,  Instructor,  Nursery  School  Education. 
R.  Lee  Hornbake,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education. 
Virginia  Lee  Hufstedler,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
Louis  E.  Hutto,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
John  J.  Kurtz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 
Laura  P.  MacCarteney,  Instructor,  Nursery  School  Education. 
Harry  B.  McCarthy,  D.D.S.,  M.A.,  Director  of  Clinics,  School  of  Dentistry. 
Edna  B.  McNaughton,  A.M.,  Professor  of  Nursery   School-Kindergarten 

Education. 
Donald  Maley,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education. 
Madelaine  J.  Mershon,  A.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 
Dorothy  R.  Mohr,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

313 


314  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Hugh  G.  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 

Raymond  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physics. 

Clarence  A.  Newell,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Educational  Administration. 

Arthur  S.  Patrick,  A.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Education. 

Hugh  Perkins,  A.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Alice  Mendham  Powell,  A.B.,  Instructor,  Nursery  School  Education. 

Daniel  A.  Prescott,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director,  Institute 

for  Child  Study. 
Alvin  W.  Schindler,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 
Corrine  Shulman,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Nursery  School  Education. 
Denzel  D.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Mabel  Sidell  Spencer,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Home  Economics  Edu- 
cation. 

Charles  T.  Stewart,  A.B.,  Instructor  in  Education. 

Ruth  Tiedeman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 

James  Van  Zwoll,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  School  Administration. 

Pauline  F.  Walker,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Nursery  School  Education. 

Gustave  G.  Wall,  A.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education. 

Glenn  D.  Warrick,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education. 

Julia  Weber,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Ralph  Whitfield,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Education. 

Gladys  A.  Wiggin,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 

Peter  R.  Wisher,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education. 

Albert  W.  Woods,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  315 

COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Harold  Benjamin,  Ph.D.,  Dean 
Henry  Brechbill,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Dean 

The  College  of  Education  meets  the  needs  of  the  following  classes  of 
students:  (1)  undergraduates  preparing  to  teach  in  secondary,  nursery, 
kindergarten,  nursing,  and  dental  schools;  (2)  present  or  prospective 
elementary  teachers  who  wish  to  supplement  their  training;  (3)  students 
preparing  for  educational  work  in  the  trades  and  industries;  (4)  students 
preparing  to  become  home  demonstrators,  club  or  community  recreation 
leaders,  and  (in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Sociology)  social 
workers;  (5)  graduate  students  preparing  for  teaching,  supervisory,  or 
administrative  positions;  (6)  students  whose  major  interests  are  in  other 
fields,  but  who  desire  courses  in  education. 

SPECIAL  FACILITIES  AND  ACTIVITIES 

Research  and  Teaching  Facilities 

Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  in  the  suburbs  of  the  nation's 
capital,  unusual  facilities  for  the  study  of  education  are  available  to  its 
students  and  faculty.  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  library  of  the  U.  S. 
Office  of  Education,  and  special  libraries  of  other  government  agencies  are 
accessible,  as  well  as  the  information  services  of  the  National  Education 
Association,  American  Council  on  Education,  U.  S.  Office  of  Education, 
and  other  institutions,  public  and  private.  The  school  systems  of  the 
District  of  Columbia,  Baltimore,  and  the  counties  of  Maryland  offer 
generous  cooperation. 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  carries  on  the  following  activities:  (1)  it 
undertakes  basic  research  in  human  development;  (2)  it  digests  and  syn- 
thesizes research  findings  from  the  many  sciences  that  study  human 
beings;  (3)  it  plans,  organizes,  and  provides  consultant  service  programs  of 
direct  child  study  by  in-service  teachers  in  individual  schools  or  in  municipal, 
county  or  state  systems;  (4)  it  offers  field  training  to  a  limited  number  of 
properly  qualified  doctoral  students,  preparing  them  to  render  expert 
consultant  service  to  schools  and  for  college  teaching  of  human  develop- 
ment.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  Director,  Institute  for  Child  Study. 

The  Workshop  on  Child  Development  and  Education 

The  College  of  Education  operates  a  Workshop  on  Child  Development 
and  Education  for  six  weeks  each  summer.  Requiring  full-time  work  of 
all  participants,  it  provides  opportunities  for  (1)  study  and  synthesis 
of  scientific  knowledge  about  children  and  youth;  (2)  training  in  the 
analysis  of  case  records;  (3)  training  for  study-group  leaders  for  in- 
service  child  study  programs;  (4)  planning  in-service  programs  of  child 
study  for  teachers  and  pre-service  courses  and  laboratory  experiences  for 


Entrance  to  College  of  Education   Building 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  317 

prospective  teachers;  (5)  analysis  of  the  curricular,  guidance,  and  school 
organization  implications  of  scientific  knowledge  about  human  develop- 
ment and  behavior.  Special  announcements  of  the  Workshop  are  avail- 
able about  March  15  of  each  year  and  advance  registration  is  required 
because  the  number  of  participants  must  be  limited.  Inquiries  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Director,  Workshop  on  Child  Development  and  Education. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Nursery-Kindergarten  School 

The  University  of  Maryland  has  a  nursery-kindergarten  school  on  the 
campus  in  which  students  majoring  in  nursery-kindergarten  school  educa- 
tion may  receive  training  and  practical  experience.  This  school  is  a  co- 
operative effort  which  is  operated  jointly  by  the  parents  and  the  College  of 
Education. 

Professional  and  Pre-professional  Organizations 

The  College  of  Education  sponsors  two  professional  organizations: 
Phi  Delta  Kappa,  the  national  professional  fraternity  for  men  in  Educa- 
tion, and  Iota  Lambda  Sigma,  the  national  honorary  fraternity  in  Industrial 
Education.  Both  fraternities  have  large  and  active  chapters  and  are 
providing   outstanding   professional   leadership   in   their    fields   of    service. 

The  College  of  Education  also  sponsors  the  Harold  Benjamin  Chapter 
of  the  Future  Teachers  of  America,  a  department  of  the  National  Educa- 
tion Association.  This  chapter  is  open  to  undergraduate  students  on  the 
College  Park  campus. 

Educational  Policies  Commission 

The  College  of  Education  has  a  students'  Educational  Policies  Com- 
mission of  eleven  members.  This  Commission,  with  two  representatives 
from  each  of  the  undergraduate  classes,  two  graduate  representatives, 
and  a  student  chairman,  recommends  changes  in  the  general  policies  of 
the  College  of  Education  to  the  faculty. 

United  Nations  Information  Center 

With  a  view  to  helping  teachers  of  Maryland  to  obtain  information 
about  the  United  Nations  quickly  and  easily,  the  College  of  Education 
has  accepted  the  invitation  of  the  United  Nations  to  operate  a  corre- 
spondence center  for  the  State  of  Maryland.  This  center  receives  mate- 
rials from  United  Nations  Headquarters  at  Lake  Success.  Packets  of 
these  materials  are.  sent  to  teachers  on  request,  postpaid.  For  further 
information  teachers  should  write  to  the  Executive  Secretary,  United 
Nations  Information  Center,  College  of  Education,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 

Courses  Outside  of  College  Park 

Through  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  a  number  of 

courses  in  education  are  offered  in  Baltimore  and  elsewhere.   These  courses 

are  chosen   to  meet  the  needs  of  groups   of   students   in   various  centers. 


318  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

In  these  centers,  on  a  part-time  basis,  a  student  may  complete  a  part  of 
the  work  required  for  a  bachelor's  degree.  Graduate  courses  in  education 
are  offered  in  Baltimore. 

Announcements  of  such  courses  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  requests 
to  the  Director,  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  College  Park, 
Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

Requirements  for  Admission 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Education  must  apply 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  4  units  of  English  and  1  unit  each 
of  Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of  Algebra  and 
Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  While  Foreign  Language  is  desirable  for 
certain  programs,  no  Foreign  Language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine 
Arts,  Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

Candidates  for  admission  whose  high  school  records  are  consistently  low 
are  strongly  advised  not  to  seek  admission  to  the  College  of  Education. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students,  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules, 
are  required  to  take  basic  Air  Force  R.  0.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period  of 
two  years.  The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for 
graduation  but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two 
years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or 
not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  military 
training  will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation, 
whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  advanced  Air  Force  R.  O. 
T.  C.  courses  during  their  junior  and  senior  years  which  lead  to  a  regular 
or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Guidance  in  Registration 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  each  student  is  tentatively  assigned  to 
a  member  of  the  faculty  who  acts  as  the  student's  personal  adviser.  The 
choice  of  subject  areas  within  which  the  student  will  prepare  to  teach 
will  be  made  under  faculty  guidance  during  the  first  year  in  the  Intro- 
duction  to   Education   course   required   of   all   freshmen.     Thereafter,   the 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  319 

student  will  advise  regularly  with  the  faculty  member  responsible  for 
his  teaching  major.  While  in  particularly  fortunate  cases  it  may  be 
possible  to  make  satisfactory  adjustments  as  late  as  the  junior  year  for 
students  from  other  colleges  who  have  not  already  entered  upon  the 
sequence  of  professional  courses,  it  is  highly  desirable  that  the  student 
begin  his  professional  work  in  the  freshman  year.  Students  who  intend  to 
teach  (except  Vocational  Agriculture)  should  register  in  the  College  of 
Education,  in  order  that  they  may  have  continuously  the  counsel  and 
guidance  of  the  faculty  which  is  directly  responsible  for  their  professional 
preparation. 

Junior  Status 

The  first  two  years  of  college  work  are  preparatory  to  the  professional 
work  of  the  junior  and  senior  years.  To  be  eligible  to  enter  the  pro- 
fessional courses,  a  student  must  have  attained  junior  status.  (See 
Academic  Regulations.) 

Certification  of  Teachers 

The  State  Department  of  Education  certifies  to  teach  in  the  approved 
high  schools  of  the  State  only  graduates  of  approved  colleges  who  have 
satisfactorily  fulfilled  subject-matter  and  professional  requirements.  Spe- 
cifically it  limits  certification  to  graduates  who  "rank  academically  in  the 
upper  four-fifths  of  the  class  and  who  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in 
practice  teaching."  The  several  high  school  curricula  of  the  College  of 
Education  fulfill  State  Department  requirements  for  certification.  (See 
also  Elementary  Education.) 

From  the  offerings  in  education,  the  District  of  Columbia  requirement 
of  24  semester  hours  of  professional  courses  may  be  fully  met.  Students 
intending  to  qualify  as  teachers  in  Baltimore,  Washington,  or  any  other 
city  or  state  should,  in  their  junior  year,  obtain  a  statement  of  certifi- 
cation requirements  in  such  area  and  be  guided  thereby  in  the  selection 
of  courses.    Advisers  will  assist  in  obtaining  and  utilizing  such  information. 

Degrees 

The  degrees  conferred  upon  students  who  have  met  the  conditions 
prescribed  for  a  degree  in  the  College  of  Education  are  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Bachelor  of  Science.  Majors  in  English,  social  sciences,  language  and 
art  receive  thp  B.A.  degree.  Mathematics  majors  may  receive  either  de- 
gree.    All  others  receive  the  B.S.  degree. 

Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $165.00  fixed 
charges;  $43.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees,  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A  ma- 
triculation fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  An  additional  charge 
of  $125.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 


320  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of 
Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

GRADUATE  STUDIES 

Graduate  Status 

For  graduate  study  in  education  a  student  must  have  earned  at  least 
16  semester  credits  in  education  at  the  undergraduate  level,  and  hold  a 
bachelor's  or  master's  degree  from  a  college  or  university  of  recognized 
standing.  The  committee  on  masters'  programs  may  interpret  this  require- 
ment so  that  foundation  work  in  fields  other  than  education  may  be  accepted 
in  cases  of  graduate  students  not  preparing  for  school  work.  The  student 
must  also  satisfy  the  graduate  Dean  as  to  his  ability  to  do  graduate  work. 

Registration 

A  graduate  student  in  education  must  matriculate  in  the  Graduate 
School.  Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  should  be  made 
prior  to  dates  of  registration  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  For  further  instructions  a  student  should 
consult  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 

Masters'  Degrees 

A  graduate  student  in  education  may  matriculate  for  a  Master  of  Edu- 
cation or  a  Master  of  Arts  degree.  For  requirements  for  these  degrees, 
the  student  should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  catalog  and  the 
duplicated  material  issued  by  the  education  faculty.  On  matriculation, 
the  student  should  select  a  faculty  adviser  of  professorial  rank. 

Doctors'  Degrees 

Programs  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  or  a  Doctor  of  Education 
degree  in  education  are  administered  for  the  Graduate  School  by  the 
department  of  education.  For  requirements  of  these  degrees,  the  student 
should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  catalog  and  the  statement  of 
policy  relative  to  doctoral  programs  in  education.  If  the  student  has  not 
already  made  arrangements  with  a  member  of  the  faculty  to  advise  him. 
he  should  consult  with  the  chairman  of  the  education  Committee  on 
Candidacy  regarding  a  proper  adviser. 

CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 

The  undergraduate  curricula  in  the  College  of  Education  with  advisers 
of  each  curriculum  are  as  follows: 

Academic   Education 

English— Marie  D.  Bryan,  Room  T-lll 
Foreign  Languages — Marie  D.  Bryan 
Mathematics — Henry  Brechbill,  Room  T-114 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  321 

Natural  Sciences — Henry  Brechbill 

Social  Sciences — Alvin'W.  Schindler,  Room  T-117 

Speech — Ray  Ehrensberger,   Room  R-106 

Agricultural  Education    (under  the  College  of  Agriculture) 
Arthur  M.  Ahalt,  Room  0-137 

Art  Education 

Vienna  Curtiss,  Room  H-103 

Business  Education 

Arthur  S.  Patrick,  Room  Q-245 

Dental  Education 

Harry  B.  McCarthy  (School  of  Dentistry,  Baltimore) 

Elementary  Education 

Alvin  W.  Schindler,  Room  T-117 

Home  Economics  Education 
Mabel  Spencer,  Room  T-lll 

Industrial  Education 
Glen  D.  Brown,  Room  T-110 
R.  Lee  Hornbake,  Room  T-110 

Music  Education 

Mary  A.  French,  Music  Building 

Nursery  School-Kindergarten  Education 
Edna  B.  McNaughton,  Building  HH 

Nursing  Education 

Florence  M.  Gipe  (Baltimore) 

Physical  Education  (Men) 
Lester  M.  Fraley,  Room  G-102 
Louis  E.  Hutto,  Room  G-102 
Albert  W.  Woods,  Armory 

Physical  Education  (Women) 
Dorothy  F.  Deach,  Women's  Field  House 
Dorothy  R.  Mohr,  Women's  Field  House 

General  Requirements  of  the  College 

A  total  of  120  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  University  require- 
ment in  military  science  and  physical  education  is  required  for  graduation 
in  the  College  of  Education.  In  no  case  shall  the  total  number  of  semester 
hours  required  for  graduation  be  less  than  128. 


322  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  following  minimum  requirements  are  common  to  all  curricula: 
English — 12  semester  hours;  social  studies — 12  semester  hours,  as  follows: 
Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life;  G  &  P  1 — American  Government; 
and  H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization;  science  or  mathematics — 
6  semester  hours;  education — 20  semester  hours;  speech — 3  semester  hours; 
physical  education  and  military  science  as  required  by  the  University. 

Marks  in  all  required  upper  division  courses  in  education  and  in  subjects 
in  major  and  minor  fields  must  be  C  or  higher.  A  general  average  of  C  or 
higher  must  be  maintained  and  three-fourths  or  more  of  the  total  required 
credits  must  carry  grades  C  or  better.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a 
course  in  student  teaching  a  student  must  have  a  grade  point  average  of 
2.275. 

Exceptions  to  curricular  requirements  and  rules  of  the  College  of 
Education  must  be  recommended  by  the  student's  adviser  and  approved 
by  the  Dean. 

Students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  but  who  are 
preparing  to  teach  must  meet  all  curricular  and  scholastic  requirements 
of  the  College  of  Education. 

Majors  and  Minors. 

Students  select  a  teaching  major:  for  example,  social  science,  art, 
music,  physical  education.  Those  electing  the  academic  curriculum  will 
ordinarily  select  both  a  teaching  major  and  a  teaching  minor,  and  students 
in  other  curricula  may  select  minors  if  they  so  desire.  Advisers  may  waive 
the  requirement  for  a  minor  when  necessary  to  permit  the  development  of 
an  approved  area  such  as  psychology,  human  development,  or  sociology. 

Students  selecting  an  academic  major  and  an  academic  minor,  or  those 
selecting  one  special  teaching  field  such  as  industrial  education  need  to 
take  only  one  methods  course:  for  example,  Ed.  140  or  Ind.  Ed.  140.  Stu- 
dents who  select  an  academic  major  and  a  special  fields  minor,  or  vice  versa, 
must  take  methods  courses  in  both  the  major  and  minor  fields,  and  should 
divide  their  practice  teaching  between  the  two  fields. 

Academic  Education 

Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  meet  the  above  minimum 
requirements  in  English  and  social  science,  plus  the  following: 

(1)  Foreign  language  for  candidates  for  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree: 
12  semester  hours  provided  the  student  enters  with  less  than  three 
years  of  foreign  language  credits;  6  semester  hours,  if  he  enters 
with  three  years  of  such  credits.  No  foreign  language  is  required 
of  any  student  who  enters  with  four  years  of  language  credits  nor 
of  candidates  for  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  unless  specified  in 
the  curriculum.     (See  "Degrees"  above.) 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  323 

(2)  Science  or  mathematics,  12  semester  hours. 

(3)  Education,  21  semester  hours. 

(4)  Speech,  4  semester  hours. 

All  students  who  elect  the  academic  education  curriculum  will  fulfill 
the  preceding  general  requirements  and  also  prepare  to  teach  one  or  more 
school  subjects  which  will  involve  meeting  specific  requirements  in  par- 
ticular subject  matter  fields. 

The  specific  requirements  by  subject  fields  are  as  follows: 

English.    A  major  in  English  requires  36  semester  hours  as  follows: 

Composition  and  Literature .  .12  semester  hours 

American    Literature,    Advanced 3  semester  hours 

Electives    21  semester  hours 

A  minor  in  English  requires  26  semester  hours.  It  includes  the  15 
semester  hours  prescribed  for  the  major  and  11  hours  of  electives. 

Electives  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser  who  will  guide 
the  student  in  terms  of  College  of  Education  records  and  recommendations 
of  the  English  Department. 

Social  Sciences.  For  a  major  in  this  group  36  semester  hours  are  re- 
quired, of  which  at  least  18  hours  must  be  in  history,  including  6  hours  in 
American  history  and  6  hours  in  European  history.  Six  of  the  18  hours 
must  be  in  advanced  courses.  For  a  minor  in  the  group,  24  hours  are 
required,  of  which  18  are  the  same  as  specified  above. 

History  (including  one  year  each  of  American  and 

European  History)    18  semester  hours 

Economics,  sociology,  government,  consumer 

education,  or  geography   6  semester  hours 

Electives  in   social   sciences 12  semester  hours 

For  a  minor,  the  requirements  are  the  same  less  the  electives. 

Foreign  Languages.  All  students  preparing  to  teach  French,  German,  or 
Spanish  are  required  to  take  Comparative  Literature  101  and  102  and  are 

strongly  advised  to  take  the  review  course  for  majors.  Further  courses  in 
comparative  literature  along  with  work  in  European  or  Latin  American 
history  are  also  recommended. 


324  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Specific  minimum  requirements  in  the  three  languages  are  a  semester 
each  of  intermediate  and  advanced  conversation  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Sp.  8  and  80), 
a  semester  of  grammar  review,  six  hours  of  introductory  survey  of  the 
literature  (Fr.,  Ger.,  Sp.  75  and  76),  one  semester  of  a  Life  and  Culture 
Course  (Fr.,  Ger.,  or  Sp.  161  or  162)  and  six  hours  in  literature  courses 
numbered  100  or  above.    No  minor  is  provided. 

Mathematics.  A  major  in  mathematics  requires  36  semester  hours  as 
follows:  Math.  2,  14,  15,  17,  20,  21,  and  elective  credits  in  mathematics. 

For  a  minor,  the  requirements  are:  Math.  2,  14,  15,  17,  20,  21,  and  five 
elective  credits  in  mathematics. 

The  following  courses  are  recommended  for  electives  in  mathematics: 
Math.  13,  16,  102,  103,  124,  125. 

Students  who  pass  an  attainment  examination  with  a  satisfactory  grade 
are  excused  from  the  requirement  in  Solid  Geometry. 

Science.  In  general  science  a  major  of  40  semester  hours  and  a  minor  of 
30  semester  hours  are  offered,  each  including  elementary  courses  in 
chemistry,  physics,  and  biology  (zoology  and  botany). 

Other  courses  will  be  chosen  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  student's 
major  adviser  and  of  the  science  department  in  which  his  interest  lies. 

Minors  of  20  semester  hours  are  offered  in  chemistry,  in  physics,  and  in 
biological  sciences.  A  minor  in  biology  must  be  supported  by  a  one-year 
course  in  chemistry.  A  minor  in  physics  must  be  supported  by  a  one- 
year  course  in  chemistry.  A  minor  in  chemistry  must  be  supported  by  a 
one-year  course  in  physics. 

If  a  major  in  general  science  is  accompanied  by  a  minor  in  chemistry, 
physics,  or  biology,  the  same  credits  may  be  applied  to  both,  provided  that 
they  number  not  less  than  52  semester  hours  in  natural  sciences. 

Speech.  A  minor  of  22  semester  hours  is  offered  in  Speech.  The  mini- 
mum requirements  for  this  minor  are  12  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the 
10  semester  hours  of  departmental  requirements  in  Speech  1,  2,  3,  and  4. 
The  12  semester  hours  above  the  departmental  requirement  must  include 
6  hours  of  courses  numbered  100  or  higher.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  depart- 
ment to  build  a  program  of  study  in  anticipation  of  the  needs  of  prospec- 
tive teachers,  supervisors,  correctionists,  dramatic  coaches,  and  other 
specialists  in  the  general  field  of  speech.  All  programs  for  the  minor  must 
be  approved  by  the  departmental  adviser. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 


325 


Academic  Education  Curriculum  t Semester i 

Freshman  Year  I  H 

*Ed.   2 — Introduction   to   Education 2           

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

*Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 3           

Speech   1,  2 — Public  Speaking 2  2 

*G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government ....  3 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  1,  3  (Men)  ;  P.  E.  2,  4  (Women) 1  1 

Hea.  2,  4 — Personal  and  Community  Health   (Women) 2  2 

Major  and  Minor  Requirements 4  6 

Total     16-18        16-18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature,  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  5,  7  (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6,  8  (Women) 1  1 

Major  and  Minor  Requirements 5  5 

Total     15-18        15-18 

Junior  Year 

H.  E.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3  3 

Major  and  Minor  Requirements,  Electives 13  13 

Total  16  16 

Senior  Year 

*Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 3]  .... 

*Ed.  160 — Educational    Sociology    2 1  .... 

*Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurement   2  [  .... 

•Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching 9  J          

♦Major  and  Minor  Requirements,  Electives ....  16 

Total     16  16 

Agricultural  Education 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  teaching  vocational 
agriculture  in  high  schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars  on  course  require- 
ments, the  student  should  consult  the  bulletin  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Art  Education 

This  curriculum  is  planned  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  special 
teachers  and  supervisors  in  art  activity.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  ways  to 
draw  out  and  develop  the  creative  inclinations  of  beginners;  to  integrate 
art  and  other  areas  of  study;  to  utilize  art  in  solving  social  problems. 
General  requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  academic  curriculum. 

The  curriculum  for  Art  majors  follows: 


*  May  be  taken  either  semester. 


326  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Art  Education  Curriculum  , — Semester — . 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

*Ed.  2 — Introduction    to    Education 2  (2) 

Eng.   1,  2 — Composition    in    American    Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of   American   Life •  •  •  •  3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   3  .... 

Speech   1,   2 — Public   Speaking 2  2 

Pr.  Art  1 — Design      •  •  •  •  3 

Pr.  Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2            

Hea.  2,  4 — Personal  and  Community  Health    (Women) 2  2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) (3)  (3) 

P.  E.  1,  3   (Men)  ;  P.  E.  2,  4   (Women) 1  1 

**Math.    0 — Basic   Mathematics ....  0 

Electives     2  4 

Total     17-18  18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3  3 

Chem.    11,   13 — General   Chemistry 3  3 

Pr.  Art  20— Costume  Design    3            

Pr.  Art  30 — Typography    and    Lettering ....  3 

Cr.  2,  3— Simple    Crafts     2  2 

Cr.  20 — Ceramics    2 

Cr.  30 — Metalry     2            

Pr.  Art.  3 — Creative  Art  Inspired   by   Primitive   Art 2  .... 

Pr.  Art  4 — Three-dimensional    Design     ....  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) (3)  (3) 

P.  E.  5,  7   (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6,  8   (Women) 1  1 

Electives  or  General  Requirements 2  2 

Total     16-18  16-18 

Junior  Year 

H.  D.     Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3  3 

Pr.  Art  140,   141 — Interior  Design 1  3 

Cr.  5 — Puppetry    ....  2 

Cr.  40 — Weaving     2 

H.    5,    6 — American    History 3  3 

Pr.    Art    0 — Professional    Lectures ....  0 

Electives,  Minor,  or  General  Requirements 9  7 

Total 18  ig 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  in  Art 3 

Pr.  Art  132 — Advertising  Layout 2 

Cr.  198— Crafts   in   Therapy. r2 

Ed.  150 — Educational    Measurements     ....  2 

Ed.  160 — Educational    Sociology    {  2 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  of   Teaching ....  9 

Electives  in  Crafts  and  Practical  Art  Courses,  or  Minor 11 

Total     16  15 


**An   examination    in   mathematics   will   be   given   to   freshmen    during   the   fall   semester; 
those  who  pass  will  not  be  required  to  take  Math.  0. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  327 

A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  constitutes  a  minor  in  art  for  which  the 
following  courses  are  required:  Pr.  Art  1,  Pr.  Art  2.  Electives  may  be 
selected  from  the  student's  chosen  field  of  concentration — advertising,  cos- 
tume, interior,  ceramics,  metalry,  or  weaving — and  from  courses  selected 
in  consultation  with  the  student's  adviser.  For  teaching,  Ed.  140 — Curricu- 
lum, Instruction,  and  Observation  in  Art  should  be  included  as  well  as 
electives  chosen  from  among  the  following  courses:  Cr.  2,  3,  5,  20,  30,  40, 
198;  Pr.  Art  3,  4,  20,  21,  30,  38,  132,  140,  141. 

Business  Education 

Two  curricula  are  offered  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  business 
subjects.  The  General  Business  Education  Curriculum  qualifies  for  teach- 
ing all  business  subjects  except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough  training 
in  general  business,  including  economics,  it  leads  to  teaching  positions  on 
both  junior  and  senior  high  school  levels.  By  the  proper  selection  of  elec- 
tives, persons  following  this  curriculum  may  also  qualify  as  teachers  of 
social  studies. 

The  Secretarial  Education  course  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  those  who 
wish  to  become  teachers  of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business  subjects. 

General  Business  Education  Curriculum  , — Semester > 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American   Literature 8  3 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of   American    Life ....  3 

Math.  6 — General  Mathematics    3  .... 

Math,  6 — Mathematics  of  Finance ....  3 

Geog.  1,  2 — Economic  Resources    2  2 

O.  T.  1 — Principles  of  Typewriting ....  2 

Ed.  2 — Introduction    to    Education 2  .... 

Speech  1,  2—  Public   Speaking    2  2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Hea.  2,  4 — Personal  and  Community  Health    (Women) 2  2 

P.  E.  1,  3  (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6.  8   (Women) 1  1 

Total  18-19         18-  19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World    Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles    of    Economics 3  3 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 4  4 

O.  T.  2 — Intermediate  Typewriting    2  .... 

O.  T.  10— Office   Typewriting    Problems 2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  5,  7   (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6,  8   (Women) 1  1 

Total 16-19         16-19 


328  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — S  ernes  ter — • 

Junior  Year  1  H 

B.  A.  180,  181— Business  Law  4  4 

B.  A.  166 — Business    Communications     •  •  •  •  3 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3  3 

B.  Ed.  100 — Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills 2           

O.  T.  112— Filing     2 

O.  T.  Ill — Office   Machines    3           

B.  A.  10,  11 — Organization   and  Control 2  2 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking • 3           

Econ.  150 — Marketing  and  Organization •  •  •  •  3 

Total     17  17 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation ("3 

Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurements    ■  ■  •  •  J   2 

Ed.  160 — Educational    Sociology    J   2 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching [9 

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management    3           

Electives  and  Requirements 13           

Total     16  16 

Secretarial  Education  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Same  as  General  Business  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature,  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

O.  T.  12,  13— Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II 4  4 

O.  T.  2 — Intermediate  Typewriting    2  .... 

O.  T.  10 — Office  Typewriting   Problems 2 

Econ.  27 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3  .... 

A-  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

P.  E.  5,  7  (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6,  8  (Women) 1  1 

Total 16-19  16-19 

Junior  Year 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3  3 

B.  A.  180,  181 — Business    Law    4  4 

B.  Ed.  100— Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills 2           

O.  T.  16 — Advanced  Shorthand   3           

O.  T.  17 — Transcription   2           

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 4  4 

O.  T.  112 — Filing     2 

Electives    ....  3 

Total  18  16 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  329 

i — Semes  ter — . 
Senior  Year  I  H 

O.  T.  Ill — Office   Machines    3           

O.  T.  110 — Secretarial  Work    3           

B.  A.  165 — Office  Management    3          

Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation — Business  Subjects .            3 

B.  A.  166 — Business  Communications    3  .... 

Ed.  150 — Educational    Measurements     ....  f  2 

Ed.  160 — Educational   Sociology    J   2 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching ....  9 

Electives    and    Requirements 3  .... 

Total     15  16 

Dental  Education 

In  cooperation  with  the  School  of  Dentistry,  the  College  of  Education 
offers  a  curriculum  in  dental  education  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  with  course  work  offered  in  the  Baltimore  Center  only.  This 
curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  superior  graduates  of  the  Dental  School 
for  positions  as  teachers  of  dentistry.  Details  of  the  program  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Dentistry  or  of  the  College  of 
Education.  Persons  entering  the  program  must  be  approved  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Admissions  of  the  Dental  School. 

Dental  Education  Curriculum 

For  students  who  are  dental  school  graduates  with  the  degree  of  Doctor 
of  Dental  Surgery  (acquired  since  1936-37,  after  six  years  of  study)  and  who 
have  the  approval  of  the  Committee  on  Admissions  of  the  Dental  School : 

Ninety-six  (96)  semester  hours  (or  the  equivalent  of  three  years  of 
work)  may  be  credited  for  the  dental  school  work  provided  none  of  the 
dental  school  marks  was  lower  than  "B". 

The  additional  32  semester  hours,  as  follows,  are  required: 

Academic  subjects 12 

Education    20 

History  of  Dental  Education 2 

Educational  Psychology   4 

Educational  Measurement 2 

Methods  of  Teaching  Vocational  Subjects 2 

Organization  and  Management  of  Vocational  Classes . .     2 
Electives     8 

Elementary  Education 

This  curriculum  is  open  only  to  persons  who  have  completed  a  two-  or 
three-year  curriculum  in  a  Maryland  State  Teachers  College  or  other 
accredited  teacher  education  institutions  and  whose  records  give  evidence 
of  ability  and  character  essential  to  elementary  teaching.  Such  persons 
will  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing  and  classified  provisionally  in  appro- 
priate classes. 


330  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Credit  for  extension  courses  given  by  other  institutions  may  be  accepted 
in  an  amount  not  exceeding  30  semester  hours.  The  last  30  semester  hours 
of  work  preceding  the  conferring  of  the  degree  must  be  taken  in  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

State  Department  of  Education  requirements  provide  that  a  teacher  in 
service  may  present  for  certificate  credit  not  more  than  six  semester  hours 
of  credit  completed  during  a  school  year.    The  College  of  Education  assumes 

no  responsibility  in  this  connection,  but  candidates  are  advised  to  observe 
this  regulation. 

Elementary  Education  Curriculum 

For  graduates  of  two  year  normal  schools. 

Credits 

Credit  for  normal  school  work,  not  more  than 64 

Requirements 

Education 4 

English  (not  including  freshman  English) 10 

*Natural  science  (chemistry,  physics,  botany,  zoology, 

bacteriology,  entomology,  general  science)    10 

Social  science   (history,  government,  sociology, 

economics,  geography)    12 

fElectives 28 

For  graduates  of  three  year  normal  schools. 

Credit  for  normal  school  work,  not  more  than 96 

Requirements 

Education 2 

English   (not  including  freshman  and  sophomore  English) 6 

*Natural  science  (as  above)    6 

Social  science   (as  above)    12 

fElectives 6 

Home  Economics  Education 

The  Home  Economics  Education  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  vocational  or  general  home  economics  or  to  engage 
in  any  phase  of  home  economics  work  which  requires  a  knowledge  of 
teaching  methods.  It  includes  studies  of  all  phases  of  home  economics  and 
the  allied  sciences,  with  professional  training  for  teaching  these  subjects. 
A  student  majoring  in  this  curriculum  may  also  qualify  for  a  science  minor. 

*-Not  more  than  four  semester  hours  of  Science  Education  will  be  counted  toward  meeting 
the  natural  science  requirement. 

tlf  a  student  is  not  allowed  full  credit  for  normal  school  work  by  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  he  must  take  additional  electives  to  the  amount  needed  to  complete  128  semester 
hours   of   work. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 


331 


Home  Economics  Education  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Ed.  2 — Introduction  to  Education 

Eng.   1,   2 — Composition   and  American   Literature 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government , 

Speech   1,  2 — Public  Speaking , 

H.  E.   1 — Home  Economics   Lectures 

Pr.  Art  1 — Design 

*Math.    O    

Hea.  2,  4 — Personal  and  Community  Health 

P.   E.   2,   4 

Tex.   1— Textiles 

Electives    

Total     

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature,  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 

H.   5,   6 — History  of  American   Civilization 

Chem.   11,   13 — General   Chemistry 

Pr.   Art  20 — Costume  Design 

Clo.  20A  or  B— Clothing '. 

Foods   2,    3— Foods 

P.  E.  6,  8 

Nut.  10 — Elements  of  Nutrition 

Electives 

Total     

Junior  Year 

H.  E.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,    Instruction,    and    Observation . 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Home  Management 

Foods  100 — Food  Economics    

Foods  101 — Meal  Service 

Clo.  22 — Clothing   Construction    , 

Pr.   Art   140 — Interior   Design 

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals   of   Economics 

Zool.   16 — Human   Physiology 

Bot.   1 — General  Botany 

Total     


Semestt 
I 

2 
3 


7/ 
8 

3 
2 


19 


18 


*  Not  required  of  students   who  pass  the  qualifying  examination   which   is   given   during 
th«  first  semester.     Prerequisite  for  chemistry. 


I        II 


332  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

t — Semestei 
Senior  Year 

H.  E  Ed.  102 — Problems  in   Teaching  Home  Economics 3 

H.  E  Ed.  149 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Home  Economics 9 

Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurement    2 

Ed.  160 — Educational  Sociology  2           

Home  Mgt.  152 — Practice  in  Management  of  the  Home 2 

Bact.  51— Household    Bacteriology    3           

Electives    *■*■  •••• 

Total     16  W 

Industrial  Education 

The  program  of  studies  in  Industrial  Education  provides:  (a)  a  four-year 
curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  bachelor  of  science  in  industrial  educa- 
tion; (b)  a  program  of  professional  courses  to  prepare  teachers  to  meet 
the  certification  requirements  in  vocational  and  occupational  schools;  (c)  a 
program  of  courses  for  the  improvement  of  teachers  in  service. 

Experience  in  some  trade  or  industrial  activity  will  benefit  students  pre- 
paring to  teach  industrial  subjects.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare 
teachers  of  trade  and  industrial  shop  and  related  subjects,  and  teachers  of 
industrial  arts.  Reasonable  adaptations  of  this  curriculum  are  made  for 
trade  and  industrial  teachers  in  service.  Students  entering  an  industrial 
education  curriculum  register  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Industrial  Education  Curriculum 
Freshman  Year 

Ed.  2 — Introduction  to  Education 

Ens.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   

Ind.  Ed.  1 — Mechanical  Drawing  

Ind.  Ed.  21 — Mechanical  Drawing    

Ind.  Ed.  2 — Elementary   Woodworking    

Ind.  Ed.  22 — Machine    Woodworking    I 

Ind.  Ed.  12 — Shop  Calculation   

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C 

P.  E.  1,  3 


2 



3 

S 

2 

2 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

1 

1 

Total     18  19 


f 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

i — Semestt 

Sophomore  Year  I 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature,  or 8 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3 

fad.  Ed.  23 — Arc  and  Gas  Welding 1 

Ind.  Ed.  24— Sheet  Metal  Work 2 

Ind.  Ed.  41 — Architectural  Drawing    2 

Ind.  Ed.  67— Cold  Metal  Work   

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry  4 

Math.  10 — Algebra  

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3 

P.  E.  5,  7 1 

Total  19 

Junior  Year 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3 

Ind  Ed.  26— Art  Metal  Work  I 

Ind.  Ed.  28— Electricity    I     

Ind.  Ed.  69 — Machine  Shop  Practice  1 2 

Ind.  Ed.  110 — Foundry    1 

Ind.  Ed.   160— Essentials    of    Design 2 

Ind.  Ed.  166 — Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts,  or 

Ind.  Ed.  171 — History   of  Vocational  Education .... 

Ind.  Ed.  48— Electricity  II   

Phys.  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 3 

Ind.  Ed.  164 — Shop  Organization  and  Management .... 

Electives    4 

Total     15 

*  Senior  Year 

Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurement   ["2 

Ed.  160 — Educational  Sociology  J   2 

Ind.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation — Ind.  Education  T    3 

Ind.  Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching I    9 

Ind.  Ed.  89 — Machine   Shop    Practice   II 

Ind.  Ed.  31 — Mechanical  Drawing    

**Ind.  Ed.  42 — Machine   Woodworking   II 

Ed.  161 — Guidance  in    Secondary    Schools 

Ind.  Ed.  105 — General    Shop,    or 

Ind.  Ed.  168 — Trade  or  Occupational  Analysis 

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals   of   Economics 

Electives    

Total     


333 


// 

3 

3 
3 


19 


2 
2 
2 
3 
2 
10 

18 


*  Subjects  in  the  senior  year  will  be  so  arranged  that  the  two  semesters  may  be  inter- 
changed. 

•*  Automotives  accepted  as  a  substitute. 


334 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Music  Education 

The  Music  Education  curriculum  affords  pre-service  preparation  in  the 
specialized  field  of  Music  Education  and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  with  a  Public  School  Music  major.  The  curriculum 
provides  training  in  both  the  choral  and  instrumental  fields  of  music  and  is 
planned  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  special  teachers  and  supervisors 
in  Public  School  Music.  By  proper  selection  of  subjects,  persons  may  also 
qualify  in  other  academic  subjects.  Six  semester  hours  of  science  or  mathe- 
matics must  be  elected  to  meet  the  College  requirements  in  this  area. 

A  major  in  music  education  includes  33  semester  hours  of  music  and  20 
semester  hours  of  applied  music.  A  minor  in  the  field  may  be  secured  with 
23  hours  of  music  and  10  hours  of  applied  music.  A  curriculum  for  a 
major  in  music  education  will  be  found  below.  A  minor  in  the  field  must 
include  Mus.  2,  3,  7,  8,  11,  50,  70,  71,  80,  81,  120,  and  applied  music  as 
needed;  Ed.  140  in  music,  and  practice  teaching  which  is  divided  between 
the  student's  major  and  minor  fields. 


Music  Education  Curriculum 

/ — Semestei 

Freshman  Year  / 

*Ed.  2 — Introduction  to  Education 2 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition    and    American    Literature 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

G.    &    P.    1 — American    Government 3 

Speech  1,  2— Public  Speaking 2 

Mub.  2,  3 — History  of  Music 1 

Mus.   7 — Fundamentals   of   Music 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  or  R.  O.  T.  C.  Band   (Men) 3 

P.  E.  1,  3   (Men)  ;  P.  E.  2,  4   (Women) 1 

Hea.  2,  4 — Personal  and  Community  Health   (Women) 2 

Applied    Music    as    needed— Mus.    12,    13,    14,    4,    5,    6    and    10     (one 

credit  will  be  given  for  each) 2 

Total     16-17         16 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.   3,   4 — Composition   and   World   Literature,   or 3 

Eng.  5.   6 — Composition   and  English   Literature 3 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3 

Mus.  70,  71— Harmony  I,  n 3 

Mus.  8,  11 — Solfeggio  and  Ear  Training  I,  II 2 

*Mus.   80— Instruments  of  the  Orchestra    (Strings) 2 

*Mus.   81— Instruments  of  the  Band    (Winds  and   Percussion) 

*Mus.   1 — Music  Appreciation    (Elective) 3 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  or  R.  O.  T.  C.  Band   (Men) 3 

P.  E.  5,  7  (Men)  ;  P.  E.  6,  8   (Women) x 

Applied  Music  as  needed— Mus.  62,  53,  54,  4,  5,  6  and   10    (one  credit 
will  be  given  for  each) 

Total   17-20         16 

*  May   be   taken   either   semester. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 


335 


Junior  Year 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 

Mus.  50 — Elementary  Conducting    

*Mus.  120 — Advanced   History   and  Appreciation   of   Music 

Mus.  150,  151— Harmony  III,   IV 

Mus.  160 — Advanced   Choral   Conducting,   Materials   and   Methods 

Mus.   161 — Advanced   Orchestral   Conducting,   Materials   and   Methods... 

Applied    Music    as    needed — Mus.    112,    113,    114,    4,    5,    6    and    10     (one 

credit   will   be   given    for    each ) ,    Electives 

Total     

Senior  Year 

*Ed.   140 — Curriculum,   Instruction,   and   Observation — Music 

*Ed  150 — Educational    Measurement    

*Ed.   160 — Educational    Sociology    

*Ed.   159 — Methods   and   Practice  of   Teaching 

'Applied   Music   as   needed — Mus.    152,    153,    154,    4,    5,    6    and    10    (one 
credit   will  be  given   for   each ) ,    Electives 

Total     


Semester 

I 

3 
2 


16 


3 

21 

9J 


3 


Nursery  School — Kindergarten  Education 

The  nursery  school-kindergarten  curriculum  has  as  its  goal  the  prepara- 
tion of  nursery  school-kindergarten  teachers.  It  is  also  planned  to  further 
the  personal  development  of  the  student  and  to  give  training  in  home- 
making. 

Observation  and  student  teaching  are  done  in  the  University  Nursery 
School  and  Kindergarten  on  the  campus.  Children  in  the  Nursery  School 
are  from  2-5  years,  and  in  the  Kindergarten,  5-6. 
Nursery  School — Kindergarten  Education  Curriculum 


Freshman  Year 

*Ed.    2 — Introduction    to    Education 

C.  Ed.  2 — Orientation,  Observation,  and  Record  Taking. 

Eng.   1,   2 — Composition   and   American   Literature 

Soc.    1 — Sociology   of   American    Life 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 

Speech  4 — Voice  and  Diction 

Nut.    10 — Elements    of    Nutrition 

Hea.  2,   4 — -Personal  and  Community  Health 

P.  E.  2,  4 

Electives    

Total     


3 
2 
1 
2 

16 


*  May  be   taken   either   semester. 


336 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


i — Semester — \ 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

C.    Ed.    50,    61 — Observation    and    Experience    in    Nursery    School    and 

Kindergarten    1  1 

Eng.   3,   4 — Composition   and   World   Literature,    or 

Eng.   B,   6 — Composition  and   English   Literature 3  3 

Zool.    16 — Human    Physiology 4           .... 

Hist.  6,   6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

Foods  1 — Introductory  Foods 3 

P.  E.  6,  8 1  1 

Psych.   1 — Introduction   to   Psychology 3  3 

Electives    1  2 

Total     16  16 

Junior  Year 

C.  Ed.  100 — Child    Development    I— Infancy 3  

C.  Ed.  101— Child  Development  II— Early  Childhood 3 

C.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,    Instruction,    and    Observation — Nursery 

School     3  

C.  Ed.  150 — Curriculum,   Instruction,   and  Observation — Kindergarten..            3 

C.  Ed.  115 — Children's   Activities    and    Activities    Materials 3  .... 

C.  Ed.  116 — Creative   Expression    3 

Zool.  55 — Development  of  the  Human  Body 2  .... 

Nut.  Ill— Child   Nutrition    2 

Electives     5  5 

Total     16  16 

Senior  Year 

C.  Ed.  148 — Teaching    Nursery    School 4-8 

C.  Ed.  158 — Teaching   Kindergarten 4-8 

Home  Mgt.  150 — Home  Management  3 

C.  Ed.  145 — Guidance  in  Behavior  Problems 2 

C.  Ed.  102— Child  Development  III— The  Child  From  5  to  10 2 

Electives    7_3  10_6 

Total     15  16 

Nursing  Education 

By  cooperative  arrangements  between  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the 
College  of  Education,  a  curriculum  is  provided  for  persons  who  desire  to 
become  teachers  in  schools  of  nursing.  The  total  number  of  credits  required 
for  graduation  in  this  curriculum  is  128,  of  which  the  last  30  hours  of 
work  must  be  taken  in  the  University  of  Maryland.  Students  eligible  for 
this  curriculum  must  have  completed  a  three-year  course  in  nurses' 
training,  successfully  passed  the  Maryland  State  Board  examination,  and 
qualified  as  registered  nurses. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  337 

Nursing  Education  Curriculum  Credits 

Credit  for  nurses'  training  work 30  to  42 

General  Requirements 

English  12 

Social  science   12 

Education 

History  of  Nursing  Education  (history  of  education 

emphasizing  nursing  education)   2 

Psych.  110 — Educational  Psychology;  or 3 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101— Principles  of  Human  Development 6 

Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurement  2 

Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation — 

Nursing  Education 3 

Ed.  160 — Educational  Sociology  2 

Ed.  148 — Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching — 
Nursing  Education 4 

Physical  Education  as  required  by  the  University. 
Elective  s 

Physical  Education,  Health  Education,  and  Recreation 

For  detailed  information  on  these  curricula  and  courses,  see  Colllege 
of  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Recreation  issue. 

Curricula  for  Physical  Education  and  Health  Education 

The  curricula  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  Education  are  designed 
to  prepare  students  for  teaching  and  for  work  involving  educational  tech- 
niques in  these  fields. 

The  Health  Education  and  Physical  Education  curricula  lead  primarily 
to  teaching  and  supervising  such  work  in  schools  and  colleges. 

All  applicants  must  be  free  of  handicapping  physical  defects  and  be 
approved  by  the  medical  director  and  by  the  Dean  of  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 

Any  student  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  who  meets  the  above  re- 
quirements may  develop  a  minor  in  one  of  these  areas  by  completing  20 
hours  of  work  in  that  area  and  4  hours  in  a  cognate  area  as  described  below, 
and  as  planned  in  consultation  with  his  adviser  and  with  written  approval 
of  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 


338 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year  (Men) 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and   American   Literature 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American    Life 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    

Speech   1,   2 — Public  Speaking 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 

P.  E.  40,  50 — Basic  Body  Controls 

P.  E.  61,  63 — Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library   Methods    

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 

Total     

Freshman  Year  (Women) 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American   Literature 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American    Life 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    

Speech   1,   2 — Public  Speaking 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 

P.  E.  40,  50 — Basic    Body    Controls 

P.  E.  62,  64 — Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports   and   Gymnastics 

L.  S.  1,  2— Library   Methods    

P.  E.  52,  54 — Dance  Techniques    

Total     

Sophomore  Year  (Men) 

Eng.  3,  4— Composition   and   World    Literature 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Zoology.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Zool.  53 — Physiology   of   Exercise 

Hea.  40 — Personal   and   Community   Hygiene 

Hea.  50 — First  Aid  and  Safety 

P.  E.  65,  67 — Intermediate   Techniques   of   Sports   and   Gymnastics..., 
A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 

Total     

Sophomore  Year  (Women) 

Eng.   3,  4 — Composition   and   World    Literature , 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Zoology.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Zool.  53 — Physiology   of   Exercise 

Hea.  40 — Personal   and   Community   Hygiene 

Hea.  50— First  Aid  and  Safety 

P.  E.  66,  68 — Sports,  Folk  Dance  and  Recreational  Activities 

P.  E.  56,  58 — Dance    Techniques     

Total     


Semester — -. 
I  II 

3  3 


18 


3 

4 
2 

1 
2 
1 
3 

10 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  339 

r — Semester — \ 

Junior  Year  {Men)  I  II 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human   Development   I,   II 3  3 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology      3            

P.  E.  101,   103 — Organization   and   Officiating   in    Intramurals 2  2 

P.  E.  113,  115 — Methods  and  Materials  for   Secondary  Schools 3  3 

P.  E.  123— Coaching   Athletics    3           

P.  E.  180 — Measurements  in  Physical  Education  and  Health ....  3 

Electives     3  5 

Total     ".'.' 17  16 

Junior  Year  (Women) 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human   Development  I,  II 3  3 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology      3            

P.  E.  114,   116 — Methods    and   Materials    for    Secondary    Schools 3  3 

P.  E.  124,  126 — Methods  and  Materials  in   Team   Sports 2  2 

P.  E.  180 — •Measurements  in  Physical  Education  and  Health ....  3 

Electives     5  5 

Total     16  16 

Senior  Year  (Men) 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     

P.  E.  170 — Principles   and  Philosophy  of   Physical   Education 3  .... 

P.  E.  190— Administration    and    Supervision    of    Physical    Education, 

Health    and    Recreation 3 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and    Observation ....  3 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  Teaching  (see  note  below) 9 

Electives    : 9 

Total     15  15 

NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken,  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.  190  must  also  be  scheduled. 

Senior  Year  (Women) 

P.  E.  160— Therapeutics     •  •  •  ■  3            

P.  E.   170 — Principles   and  Philosophy  of   Physical   Education 3            

P.  E.  190 — Administration    and    Supervision    of    Physical    Education, 

Health    and    Recreation 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and    Observation 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  Teaching  (see  note  below) 

Electives    10           

Total 16  15 

NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken,  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.  190  must  also  be  scheduled. 


340  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Health  Education  Curriculum  , — Semestet — \ 

Freshman  Year  (Men)  J  1 1 

Enff.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3  .... 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government  3 

Zool.  1 — General   Zoology    4 

Speech  1,  2— Public  Speaking   2  2 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health..  3  .... 
P.  E.  61,  63 — Elementary   Techniques   of   Sports    and    Gymnastics    (see 

note  below) 2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2— Library  Methods 1  1 

A.  S.  1.  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Total    17  18 

Freshman  Year  (Women) 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3  .... 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government  ....  3 

Zool.  1 — General   Zoology    ....  4 

Speech  1,  2— Public  Speaking   2  2 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health..  3  .... 
P.  E.  62,  64 — Elementary   Techniques   of    Sports    and    Gymnastics    (see 

note  below)    2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2— Library  Methods 1  1 

Electives    1  1 

Total     15  16 

Sophomore  Year  (Men) 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and   World  Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of   American   Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  14,  IB — Human   Anatomy   and   Physiology 4  4 

Zool,  63 — Physiology    of    Exercise ....  2 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Hygiene 3           

Hea.  50 — First   Aid   and    Safety 2 

P.  E.  65,  67 — Intermediate  Techniques  of  Sports   and  Gymnastics    (see 

note    below)     2  2 

A.  S.  3.  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Total     18  19 

NOTE:     It  is  recommended  that  these  requirements  be  met  by  enrolling  in  professional 
activity  courses  when  possible  (P.  E.  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67  and  68). 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  341 

i — Semes  ter — \ 

Sophomore  Year  (Women)  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World  Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History   of   American   Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human   Anatomy   and   Physiology 4  4 

Zool,  53 — Physiology    of    Exercise ....  2 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and   Community   Hygiene 3  .... 

Hea.  50 — First    Aid    and    Safety 2 

P.  E.  66,  68 — Sports,   Folk  Dance  and   Recreation   Activities    (see  note 

below)     2  2 

Electives    1  1 

Totol     16  17 

NOTE:     It  is  recommended  that  these  requirements  be  met  by  enrolling  in  professional 
activity  courses  when  possible  (P.  E.  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67  and  68). 

Junior  Year  (Men) 

Bact.  1 — General    Bacteriology    4  .... 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology     3           

P.  E.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health 3  .... 

Hea.  110 — Health  Service  and  Supervision 2  .... 

Hea.  120— Teaching   Health    2 

Bact.  5 — Advanced  General  Bacteriology ....  4 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development  I,  II 3  3 

H.  Ec.  Ed.  110— Child  Development 3 

Psych.  5 — Mental   Hygiene    ....  3 

Electives    2  2 

Total     17  17 

Junior  Year  (Women) 

Bact.  1 — General    Bacteriology    4  .... 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology     3           

P.  E.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health 3  .... 

Hea.  110 — Health  Service  and  Supervision 2  .... 

Hea.  120— Teaching   Health    2 

H.  D.  Ed.  110— Child  Development 3 

Bact.  5 — Advanced  General  Bacteriology ....  4 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101— Principles  of  Human  Development  I,  II 3  3 

Psych.  5 — Mental   Hygiene    ....  3 

Electives    2  2 

Total     17  17 


342  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — > 

Senior  Year  (Men)  I           n 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and   Observation 3 

P.  E.  160— Therapeutics     3            

P.  E.  190 — Administration    and    Supervision    of    Physical    Education, 

Recreation  and  Health 3 

Ed.  149 — Methods   and   Practice   Teaching 9 


Electives 


Total 


13 


15  16 


NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken,  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.  190  must  also  be  scheduled. 

Senior  Year  (Women) 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and    Observation 3 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3            

P.  E.  190 — Administration    and    Supervision    of    Physical    Education, 

Recreation  and  Health 3 

Ed.  149 — Methods   and   Practice  Teaching 9            

Electives    13 

Total     15  16 

NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken,  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.   190  must  also  be  scheduled. 

Physical  Education  Minor  (20  semester  hours  of  P.  E.  courses,  plus  4  semes- 
ter hours  of  cognate  courses) 

REQUIRED  COURSES:  (Men)— P.  E.  30  (3),  P.  E.  61,  63,  65,  67  2-6,*  P.  E.  113  or 
115  (3),  P.  E.  101  or  103  (2)  ;  (Women)— P.  E.  30  (3),  P.  E.  62,  64,  66.  68  (2-6),*  P.  E.  114 
or  116   (3),  P.  E.  124  or  126   (2). 

*  Activities   selected  according  to   need. 

ELECTIVE  COURSES:  (Men  and  Women)— P.  E.  100  (3),  P.  E.  123  (3),  P.  E.  125  (3), 
P.  E.  180  (3),  P.  E.  ISO  (3),  P.  E.  140  (3),  P.  E.  160  (3),  Hea.  110  (2),  Hea.  120  (2), 
Rec.  30  (2),  Rec.  100  (2),  Rec.  120  (3).  If  planning  to  teach,  the  cognate  courses  for  men 
should  be  Hea.  40  (3)  and  Hea.  50  (2)  ;  the  cognate  courses  for  women  should  be  Hea.  50  (2) 
and  Hea.   120    (2).     Men  should  include  P.   E.   123    (3)    if  planning  to  coach. 

NOTE:  To  be  certified  in  Maryland,  30  hours  are  required  in  this  area,  including  the 
following  or  equivalent — Zool.  14,  15,  53,  Hea.  50,  P.  E.  100  and  Ed.  149  Student  Teaching 
at   least   25   hours. 

Health  Education  Minor  (20  semester  hours  of  Hea.  courses,  plus  4  semes- 
ter hours  of  cognate  courses) 

REQUIRED  COURSES:  Hea.  2,  4  (4)  or  Hea.  40  (3)— (women),  Hea.  40  (3)— (men), 
Hea.  50  (2),  Hea.  110  (2),  Hea.  120  (2),  Zool.  16  (4). 

ELECTIVE  COURSES:     Phych.   1    (3),   Phych.   5    (3),   Nut.    10    (3),   Bact.    1    (4),   Bact. 
101  (4),  Hea.  60   (2),  Hea.  70   (3),  P.  E.  140   (in  Hea.  Ed.)    (3),  F.  E.  30   (3),  P.  E.  190    (3). 
Cognate  courses  may  be  selected  from  any  approved  by  the  adviser. 

Minor  Electives 

Any  student  may  develop  a  minor  in  Physical  Education,  Health,  or 
Recreation  by  completing  twenty  (20)  semester  hours  of  work  in  that 
field  and  four  (4)  hours  from  other  fields  in  this  Department. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  343 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 
100  to  199:     courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.    (Not 

all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.   A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.     Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

EDUCATION 
Courses  Primarily  for  Freshmen  and  Sophomores 

Ed.  2.  Introduction  to  Education  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Re- 
quired of  freshmen  in  Education  and  recommended  for  other  freshmen  who 
are  interested  in  teaching. 

An  exploratory  or  guidance  course  designed  to  help  students  choose 
wisely  in  their  preparation  for  the  teaching  profession.  Types  of  positions, 
teacher  supply  and  demand,  favorable  and  unfavorable  aspects  of  teaching, 
and  types  of  personal  and  professional  competence  required  of  teachers  are 
among  the  topics  included.  The  testing  and  observational  program  of  the 
College  of  Education  is  begun  in  this  course.     Laboratory  fee,  $1.00. 

(Wiggin.) 

Ed.  6.    Observation  of  Teaching  (1). 

Twenty  hours  of  directed  observation.  Reports,  conferences,  and 
criticisms. 

Ed.  52.  Children's  Literature  (2) — Second  semester  and  summer  session. 
Prerequisite,  English  1,  2. 

A  study  of  literary  values  in  prose  and  verse  for  children.  (Bryan.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Ed.  100.    History  of  Education  I  (2) — First  semester. 
A  study   of   educational   institutions   and   thought  through   the   ancient, 
mediaeval,  and  early  modern  periods.  (Wiggin.) 


344  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ed.  101     History  of  Education  II  (2) 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  post-Renaissance  periods. 
Ed.  102.    History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  (2) — Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  chief  features  of  the 
present  system  of  education  in  the  United  States.  (Wiggin.) 

Ed.  105.     Comparative  Education — European  (2) — First  semester. 

A  study  of  national  systems  of  education  with  the  primary  purpose  of 
discovering  their  characteristic  differences  and  formulating  criteria  for 
judging  their  worth.  (Benjamin.) 

Ed.  106.    Comparative  Education — Latin  American  (2) — Second  semester. 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Ed.  105,  with  emphasis  upon  the  national 
educational  systems  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  (Benjamin.) 

Ed.  107.    Philosophy  of  Education  I  (2) 

A  study  of  the  great  educational  philosophers  and  their  contributions  to 
modern  education.    Earlier  periods. 

Ed.  108.    Philosophy  of  Education  II  (2) 

Systems  of  thought  affecting  the  development  of  education  with  emphasis 
on  recent  periods  and  the  United  States. 

Ed.  110.    The  Teacher  and  School  Administration  (2) 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  classroom  teacher  with  the  general 
field  of  school  administration.  It  considers  the  relationships  of  the  teacher 
to  the  several  administrative  and  supervisory  officials  and  services  in  the 
system,  with  emphasis  on  the  teacher's  role  in  the  organization. 

Ed.  121.    The  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (2) 

This  course  is  concerned  with  present  trends  in  the  teaching  of  reading, 

spelling,  handwriting,  written  and  oral  language,  and  creative  expression. 

Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  use  of  the  skills  in  meaningful  situations 

having  real  significance  to  the  pupils. 

Ed.  122.    The  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (2) 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  pupil  growth  through  social  experi- 
ences. Consideration  is  given  to  the  utilization  of  environmental  resources, 
curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of  teaching,  and  evaluation  of  newer 
methods  and  materials  in  the  field. 

Ed.  123.    The  Child  and  the  Curriculum  (2). 

This  course  will  emphasize  the  relation  of  the  elementary  school  curricu- 
lum to  child  growth  and  development.  Recent  trends  in  curriculum  organ- 
ization; the  effect  of  school  environment  on  learning;  readiness  to  learn; 
and  adapting  curriculum  content  and  methods  to  the  maturity  levels  of 
children  will  be  emphasized. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  345 

Ed.  124.    Creative  Expression  in  the  Elementary  School  I  (2). 

This  course  should  prove  practical  to  classroom  teachers  and  super- 
visors since  it  will  attempt  to  consider  the  so-called  special  subjects  in 
their  relation  to  children  and  the  course  of  study.  It  is  based  on  the  point 
of  view  that  the  classroom  teacher  is  the  best  teacher  of  his  children  and 
as  such  is  responsible  for  the  day-by-day  development  of  special  areas 
as  an  integrated  part  of  the  total  program.  Creativity  as  the  natural 
expression  of  ideas  and  as  a  means  of  communication  will  be  stressed  in 
both  language  and  manual  arts.  The  relation  of  creativity  to  the  inte- 
gration of  personality  will  be  emphasized. 

Ed.  125.  Creative  Expression  in  the  Elementary  School  II  (2) — Pre- 
requisite, Ed.  124  or  taken  concurrently. 

Following  on  Ed.  124,  this  course  allows  for  specialization  in  selected 
phases  of  the  creative  arts.  Separate  sections  will  be  scheduled  in  such 
fields  as  art,  dramatics,  and  music. 

Ed.  126.    The  Elementary  School  Curriculum  (2) 

A  study  of  important  developments  in  elementary  education  with  par- 
ticular attention  to  methods  and  materials  which  may  be  used  to  improve 
the  development  of  pupils  in  elementary  schools.  Problems  which  are 
encountered  in  day-to-day  teaching  situations  receive  much  attention. 

*Ed.  130.    Theory  of  the  Junior  High  School  (2) — Second  semester. 

This  course  gives  a  general  overview  of  the  junior  high  school.  It  includes 
consideration  of  the  purposes,  functions,  and  characteristics  of  this  school 
unit;  a  study  of  its  population,  organization,  program  of  studies,  methods, 
staff,  and  other  similar  topics,  together  with  their  implications  for  pros- 
pective teachers. 

*Ed.  131.    Theory  of  the  Senior  High  School  (2) — Second  semester. 

The  secondary  school  population;  the  school  as  an  instrument  of  society; 
relation  of  the  secondary  school  to  other  schools;  aims  of  secondary  edu- 
cation; curriculum  and  methods;  extra-curricular  activities;  guidance  and 
placement;  teacher  certification  and  employment  in  Maryland  and  the 
District  of  Columbia. 

Ed.  133.  Methods  of  Teaching  the  Social  Studies  (2)— Offered  in  Balti- 
more. 

The  course  is  designed  to  give  practical  training  in  the  everyday  teaching 
situation.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  use  of  various  lesson  techniques, 
audio  and  visual  aids,  reference  materials,  and  testing  programs.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  the  adaptation  of  teaching  methods  to  individual  and  group 
differences.  Consideration  is  given  to  present  tendencies  and  aims  of  in- 
struction in  the  social  studies. 


*  Credit  is  accepted  for  Ed.  130  or  Ed.  131,  but  not  for  both  courses. 


346  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ed.  134.  Materials  and  Procedure  for  the  Senior  High  School  Core 
Curriculum  (2). 

This  course  is  designed  to  bring  practical  suggestions  to  teachers  who  are 
in  charge  of  core  classes  in  senior  high  schools.  Materials  and  teaching 
procedures  for  specific  units  of  work  are  stressed. 

Ed.  137.     Science  in  the  Junior  High  School  (2) — Summer  school. 

A  study  of  the  place,  function  and  content  of  science  in  junior  high  school 
programs.  Applications  to  core  curriculum  organization.  Laboratory  fee, 
$2.00. 

Ed.  140.    Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  (3) — Second  semester. 

This  course  is  offered  in  separate  sections  for  the  various  subject  matter 
areas,  namely,  English,  social  studies,  foreign  language,  science,  mathe- 
matics, art  education,  business  education,  industrial  education,  music  edu- 
cation, nursing  education,  and  physical  education.  Registration  cards  must 
include  the  subject-matter  area  as  well  as  the  name  and  number  of  the 
course.     Graduate  credit  is  allowed  only  by  special   arrangement. 

In  each  section  the  objectives,  selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter, 
appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks,  and  other  instructional  mate- 
rials, measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  the  particular  subject 
matter  area  are  treated. 

Twenty  periods  of  observation.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  141.     High  School  Course  of  Study-English  (2) — First  semester. 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  selection  and  organization  of  content 

for  English  classes  in  secondary  schools.     Subject  matter  is  analyzed  to 

clarify  controversial  elements  of  form,  style,  and  usage.  (Bryan.) 

Ed.  142.    High  School  Course  of  Study-Literature  (2). 
Literature  adapted  to  the  various  grade  levels  of  junior  and  senior  high 
schools  is  studied.  (Bryan.) 

Ed.  144.  Materials  and  Procedure  for  the  Junior  High  School  Core 
Curriculum  (2) 

This  course  is  designed  to  bring  practical  suggestions  to  teachers  who 
are  in  charge  of  core  classes  in  junior  high  schools.  Materials  and  teaching 
procedures  for  specific  units  of  work  are  stressed.  (Bryan.) 

Ed.  145.  Principles  of  High  School  Teaching  (2-3)— First  and  second 
semesters. 

The  class  sessions  of  Ed.  149  but  with  no  student  teaching.         (Brechbill.) 

Ed.  146.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  (3)— Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  classroom  and  labora- 
tory teaching  of  Physics. 

Lecture  demonstration  and  laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  (R.  Morgan.) 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  347 

Ed.  147.    Audio- Visual  Education  (2) — First  semester. 

Sensory  impressions  in  their  relation  to  learning;  projection  apparatus, 
its  cost  and  operation;  slides,  film-strips,  and  films;  physical  principles 
underlying  projection;  auditory  aids  to  instruction;  field  trips;  pictures, 
models,  and  graphic  materials;  integration  of  sensory  aids  with  organized 
instruction.     Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  (Brechbill.) 

Ed.  148.  Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching  (2-6) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Ed.  140,  grade-point  average  of  2.275,  and  ap- 
proval of  faculty.    Undergraduate  credit  only. 

Forty-five  periods  of  observation,  participation,  and  teaching  in  a  high, 
school  class  under  the  direction  of  the  regular  teacher  and  the  university 
adviser.  Two  hours  of  class  sessions  weekly,  identical  with  those  of  Ed.  149, 
are  included.    Applications  must  be  made  as  for  Ed.  149. 

Students  should  arrange  their  university  schedules  so  as  to  allow  ample 
time  for  the  student  teaching  assignment. 

Open  only  to  experienced  teachers  and  other  exceptional  students. 

For  scheduling  plan,  see  Ed.  149.  (Brechbill  and  Staff.) 

Ed.  149.  Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching  (9) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  Ed.  140,  grade-point  average  of  2.275,  and  ap- 
proval of  faculty.    Undergraduate  credit  only. 

Students  who  register  for  this  course  serve  as  apprentice  teachers  in  the 
schools  to  which  they  are  assigned.  Full  time  for  one-half  of  one  semester, 
either  first  or  second  half,  is  devoted  to  this  work.  Two  hours  of  weekly 
class  meetings  throughout  the  semester  are  included  in  which  study  is 
made  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  teaching.  One  hour  of  group  con- 
ferences weekly. 

In  the  half-semester  not  devoted  to  student  teaching,  certain  courses  are 
blocked,  including  the  following:  Ed.  150,  Ed.  160,  Ed.  140,  Cr.  198,  H.  E. 
Ed.  102,  H.  Mgt.  152,  P.  E.  140,  P.  E.  190,  P.  E.  124 

Application  forms  for  this  course,  properly  filled  in,  must  be  submitted 
to  the  Director  of  Student  Teaching  not  less  than  ninety  days  before  regis- 
tration. (Brechbill  and  Staff.) 

Ed.  150.     Educational  Measurement  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  tests  and  examinations  with  emphasis  upon  their  construction 
and  use.  Types  of  tests;  purposes  of  testing;  elementary  statistical  con- 
cepts and  processes  used  in  summarizing  and  analyzing  test  results;  school 
marks.     For  scheduling  plan,  see  Ed.  149.  (Brechbill.) 

Ed.  151.     Remedial  Reading  Instruction  (2) — First  semester. 

Causes  for  reading  disabilities;  diagnostic  techniques;  and  corrective 
methods  are  studied.  Instructional  materials  are  evaluated.  The  course  is 
designed  for  both  elementary  and  secondary  school  teachers.       (Schindler.) 

Ed.  152.     The  Adolescent:  Characteristics  and  Problems  (2). 


348  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

This  course  deals  with  the  intellectual,  emotional,  social,  and  vocational 
problems  which  arise  in  the  transitional  period  between  childhood  and 
adulthood,  the  secondary  school  period. 

Ed.  153.    The  Improvement  of  Reading  (2) 

This  course  is  intended  for  teachers  working  at  the  intermediate  and 
secondary  school  levels.  Attention  is  given  to  the  teaching  of  reading  in 
different  school  subjects,  the  selection  of  reading  materials,  the  study  of 
individuals  with  reference  to  causes  of  reading  deficiencies,  types  of  reading 
lessons,  and  certain  elements  of  psychology  essential  to  intelligent  con- 
sideration of  problems  in  this  field.  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  160.  Educational  Sociology — Introductory  (2) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

This  course  deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences  which  are  germane  to 
the  work  of  teachers.  Consideration  is  given  to  implications  of  democratic 
ideology  for  educational  endeavor,  educational  tasks  imposed  by  changes 
in  population  and  technological  trends,  the  welfare  status  of  pupils,  the 
socio-economic  attitudes  of  individuals  who  control  the  schools,  and  other 
elements  of  community  background  which  have  significance  in  relation 
to  schools.    For  scheduling  plan,  see  Ed.  149.  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  161.    Guidance  in  Secondary  Schools  (2). 

A  general  orientation  course  in  the  principles  of  guidance  and  in  the 
organization  and  administration  of  guidance  programs.  It  it  also  designed 
to  provide  a  general  understanding  of  guidance  procedures  in  terms  of 
the  day-by-day  demands  made  upon  the  classroom  teacher  in  the  guidance 
of  youth  in  his  classes  and  in  the  extra-curricular  activities  which  he 
sponsors. 

Ed.  162.    Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom  (2). 

The  practical  application  of  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  to  class- 
room problems. 

Ed.  163,  164  and  165.  Community  Study  Laboratory  I,  II  and  III  (2, 
2,  2). 

This  course  involves  experience  from  the  educational  standpoint  with 
the  agencies,  institutions,  cultural  patterns,  living  conditions,  and  social 
processes  which  play  significant  roles  in  shaping  the  behavior  of  children 
and  adults  and  which  must  be  understood  by  individuals  working  toward 
school  and  community  improvement.  Each  participant  becomes  a  member 
of  a  group  in  a  given  area  of  study  and  concentrates  on  problems  which 
have  direct  application  in  his  school  situation.  Readings  are  integrated 
with  techniques  of  study.  ("Staff  ) 

Ed.  170.    Introduction  to  Special  Education  (2) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  teachers,  principals,  attendance  workers, 
and  supervisors  an  understanding  of  the  needs  of  all  types  of  exceptional 
children.    Preventive  and  remedial  measures  are  stressed. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  349 

Ed.  171.    Education  of  Retarded  and  Slow-Learning  Children  (2) 
A  study  of  retarded  and  slow-learning  children,  including  discovery,  analy- 
sis of  causes,  testing  techniques,  case  studies,  and  remedial  educational 
measures. 

Ed.  191.    Principles  of  Adult  Education  (2) 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  adult  educational  agencies,  both  formal  and 
informal,  with  special  reference  to  the  development  of  adult  education  in  the 
United  States,  the  interests  and  abilities  of  adults,  and  the  techniques  of 
adult  learning.  Emphasis  is  laid  on  practical  aids  for  teachers  of  various 
types  of  adult  groups.  (Wiggin.) 

Ed.  195.  Teaching  Traffic  Safety  and  Automobile  Operation  (2).  (Offered 
in  Summer  School.)  Prerequisite,  two  years  driving  experience.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $3.00. 

Practical  and  theoretical  study  of  the  driver,  driver  and  pedestrian  re- 
sponsibilities, the  automobile  and  its  operation,  traffic  problems  and  regu- 
lations, and  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  course  in  secondary 
schools.     Dual  control  cars  used. 

For  Graduates 

Ed.  202.     The  Junior  College  (2). 

The  philosophy  and  development  of  the  junior  college  in  the  United  States 
with  emphasis  on  curriculum  and  administrative  controls. 

Ed.  203.    Problems  in  Higher  Education  (2). 

A  study  of  present  problems  in  higher  education.  (Benjamin.) 

Ed„  205.     Seminar  in  Comparative  Education  (2).  (Benjamin.) 

Ed.  207.     Seminar  in  Philosophy  of  Education  (2). 

Ed.  209.     Seminar  in  History  of  Education  (2).  (Wiggin.) 

Ed.  210.     The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public  Education  (2) — 

First  semester. 

The  basic  course  in  school  administration.  The  course  deals  with  the 
organization  and  administration  of  school  systems — at  the  local,  state,  and 
federal  levels;  and  with  the  administrative  relationships  involved.    (Newell.) 

Ed.  211.  The  Organization,  Administration,  and  Supervision  of  Secondary 
Schools  (2) — Second  semester. 

The  work  of  the  secondary  school  principal.  The  course  includes  topics 
such  as  personnel  problems,  supervision,  school-community  relationships, 
student  activities,  schedule  making,  and  internal  financial  accounting. 

(Newell.) 
Ed.  212.     School  Finance  and  Business  Administration  (2) 
An  introduction  to  the  finance  phase  of  public  school  administration.   The 
ccurse   deals   with   the   basic   principles    of   school    finance;    the   implica- 


350  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

tions  of  organization  and  control;  the  planning,  execution,  and  appraisal 
of  the  activities  involved  in  public  school  finance  such  as  budgeting,  taxing, 
purchasing,  service  of  supplies,  and  accounting.  (Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  213.     Administration  and  Teaching  in  Junior  High  School  (2) 

This  course  is  concerned  with  persistent  problems  and  related  adminis- 
trative organization  and  policy.  It  is  designed  for  teachers  and  administra- 
tors. Emphasis  is  placed  on  ways  and  means  whereby  junior  high  shcools 
may  realize  their  functions  fully. 

Ed.  214.     School  Buildings  and  Equipment  (2). 

An  orientation  course  in  which  school  plant  and  plant  planning  are 
considered  as  contributing  to  instructional  programs.  This  course  supplies 
the  basis  for  analyzing  existing  plant,  for  determining  need  for  new 
plant,  for  selecting  and  developing  school  building  sites,  and  for  planning 
school  building.  Theory  is  put  into  practice  in  the  development  of  line 
drawings  for  school  building  design  in  terms  of  the  instructional  program. 
Opportunity  is  provided  to  work  on  specific  equipment  problems. 

(Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  215.     Public  Education  in  Maryland  (2) 

A  study  of  Maryland  Public  School  system  with  special  reference  to  school 
law.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  216.    High  School  Supervision  (2).    Prerequisite,  teaching  experience. 

This  course  deals  with  recent  trends  in  supervision;  the  nature  and  func- 
tion of  supervision;  planning  supervisory  programs;  evaluation  and  rating; 
participation  of  teachers  and  other  groups  in  policy  development;  school 
workshops;  and  other  means  for  the  improvement  of  instruction.    Fee,  $1.00. 

(Newell.) 

Ed.  217.    Administration  and  Supervision  in  Elementary  Schools  (2). 

A  study  of  the  problems  connected  with  organizing  and  operating  elemen- 
tary schools  and  directing  instruction. 

Ed.  218.    School  Surveys  (2-6). 

This  course  includes  study  of  school  surveys  with  emphasis  on  problems 
of  school  organization  and  administration,  finance  and  school  plant  planning. 
Field  work  in  school  surveys  is  required  in  this  course.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  219.    Seminar  in  School  Administration  (2).  (Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  220.     Pupil  Transportation  (2) 

This  course  includes  consideration  of  the  organization  and  administration 
of  state,  county,  and  district  pupil  transportation  service  with  emphasis  on 
safety  and  economy.  The  planning  of  bus  routes;  the  selection  and  training 
of  bus  drivers,  and  maintenance  mechanics;  the  specification  of  school  buses; 
and  procurement  procedures  are  included  in  this  course. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  351 

Ed.  221.     Functional  School  Plant  Planning  (2) 

This  is  an  advanced  course  in  school  plant  planning  problems.  Emphasis 
is  given  to  analysis  of  the  educational  program  and  planning  of  physical 
facilities  to  accommodate  that  program.  Ed.  214  is  a  prerequisite  to  this 
course.  However,  students  with  necessary  background  may  be  admitted 
without  completion  of  Ed.  214.  (Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  222.  Seminar  in  Supervision  (2) — Prerequisite,  Ed.  216.  Prerequisite 
may  be  waived  upon  approval  of  the  instructor.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  223.     Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships  (2-6) 

Study  of  personnel  relationships.  Opportunities  are  provided  for  students 
to  work  with  groups  of  laymen  or  school  staff  members  on  local  school 
problems.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  224.  Internship  in  School  Administration  (12-16) 

Internships  in  administration  or  supervision  may  be  provided  for  a  few 
students  who  have  had  teaching  experience.  The  intern  will  be  assigned  to 
assist  a  principal,  supervisor,  or  some  other  staff  member  in  a  school  or 
school  system.  In  addition  to  the  experience  in  the  school  situation,  a  pro- 
gram of  studies  will  be  planned  by  the  intern,  the  appropriate  member  of 
the  school  staff,  and  the  sponsor  from  the  university.  The  sponsor  will 
maintain  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons 
involved.  (Newell.) 

E<L  225.    School  Public  Relations  (2). 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  the  public  school  as  a  social  insti- 
tution and  the  community  of  which  it  is  a  part.  This  course  deals  with  the 
agents  who  participate  in  the  interpretative  process,  with  propaganda 
and  the  schools,  with  parent-teacher  associations  and  other  lay  advisory 
groups,  and  with  such  means  of  publicity  as  the  newspaper,  radio,  and 
school  publications.  (Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  226.    Child  Accounting  (2). 

An  inquiry  into  the  keeping  of  essential  records  pertaining  to  the  pre- 
school, school,  and  post-school  life  of  individuals.  This  course  explores 
the  area  of  child  accounting  in  terms  of  need,  development,  and  current 
practice  in  local  districts  and  in  the  state.  Census  taking,  individual  record 
practices,  and  administrative  record  procedures  are  taken  into  consid- 
eration. (Van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  227.    Public  School  Personnel  Administration  (2). 

An  examination  of  practices  with  respect  to  personnel  administration. 
This  course  serves  to  aid  in  the  development  of  principles  applying  to 
personnel  administration.  Personnel  needs,  the  means  for  satisfying  per- 
sonnel needs,  personnel  relationships,  tenure,  salary  schedules,  leaves  of 
absence,  and  retirement  plans  are  reviewed.  Local  and  state  aspects  of 
the  personnel  problem  are  identified.  (Van  Zwoll.) 


352  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ed.  228.     The  Beginning  School  Principal  (2). 

This  course  offers  an  opportunity  for  relatively  inexperienced  principals 
to  obtain  help  on  specific  problems  or  difficulties  which  they  are  encounter- 
ing in  the  field.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  229.    Seminar  in  Elementary  Education.  (2). 

Attention  will  be  centered  on  selected  problems  in  curriculum  making, 
teaching,  and  child  development.  Members  of  the  class  may  concentrate 
on  seminar  papers,  prepare  materials  for  their  schools,  or  read  extensively 
to  discover  viewpoints  and  research  data  on  problems  and  experimental 
practices.  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  232.    Student  Activities  in  the  High  School  (2). 

This  course  offers  a  consideration  of  the  problems  connected  with  the 
so-called  "extra-curricular"  activities  of  the  present-day  high  school.  Spe- 
cial consideration  will  be  given  to  (1)  philosophical  bases,  (2)  aims,  (3) 
organization,  and  (4)  supervision  of  student  activities  such  as  student  coun- 
cil, school  publications,  musical  organizations,  dramatics,  assemblies,  and 
clubs.   Present  practices  and  current  trends  will  be  evaluated. 

Ed.  236.    Curriculum  Development  in  the  Secondary  School  (2) 

Curriculum  planning;  philosophical  bases,  objectives,  learning  experi- 
ences, organization  of  appropriate  content,  and  means  of  evaluation. 

Ed.  239.    Seminar  in  Secondary  Education  (2). 

Ed.  242.    Coordination  in  Work-Experience  Programs  (2). 

This  course  surveys  and  evaluates  the  qualifications  and  duties  of  a 
teacher-coordinator  in  a  work-experience  program.  It  deals  particularly 
with  evolving  patterns  in  city  and  county  schools  in  Maryland,  and  is 
designed  to  help  teacher-coordinators,  guidance  counselors,  and  others  in 
the  supervisory  and  administrative  personnel  concerned  with  functioning 
relationships  of  part-time  cooperative  education  in  a  comprehensive 
educational  program.  (Brown.) 

Ed.  243.  Application  of  Theory  and  Research  to  Arithmetic  in  Elemen- 
tary Schools  (2). 

Implications  of  experimental  practices,  the  proposals  of  eminent  writers, 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of  arithmetic  in  elementary 
schools.  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  244.  Applications  of  Theory  and  Research  to  the  Language  Arts  in 
Elementary  Schools  (2). 

Implications  of  experimental  practices,  the  proposals  of  eminent  writers, 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the  language  arts  in  the  elementary 
schools.  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  245.  Applications  of  Theory  and  Research  to  High  School  Teaching 
(2). 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  353 

Implications  of  experimental  practices,  the  proposals  of  eminent  writers, 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the  improvement  of  teaching  on  the  sec- 
ondary level.  (Brechbill.) 

Ed.  247.     Seminar  in  Science  Education  (2).  (Brechbill.) 

Ed.  248.     Seminar  in  Vocational  Education  (2).  (Hornbake.) 

Ed.  250.     Analysis  of  the  Individual  (2) — Second  semester. 

This   course   is   concerned   with   considering   policies   for    adjusting   the 

school  to  the  pupil;  using  the  school's  special  services — attendance,  health, 

guidance — and  records,  reports,  tests  and  inventories  to  promote  a  better 

understanding    of    the    individual.     Interpretation    and    use    of    data    are 

stressed. 

Ed.  261.  Counseling  Techniques  (2).  Prerequisites,  Ed.  161,  Ed.  250. 
Prerequisites  may  be  waived  upon  approval  of  the  instructor. 

This  course  deals  with  the  various  specialized  techniques,  procedures, 
and  materials  utilized  by  guidance  specialists  in  the  schools.  Special 
stress  is  placed  upon  the  interpretation  of  case  data  and  techniques  of 
counseling  individual  pupils. 

Ed.  262.     Occupational  Information  (2) — Second  semester. 

The  analysis  of  occupational  trends  in  community,  state  and  nation,  and 
the  organization  of  this  information  for  the  guidance  of  youth.  It  is 
designed  to  give  counselors,  teachers,  school  librarians  and  other  workers 
in  the  fields  of  guidance  and  education  a  background  of  educational  and 
occupational  information  which  is  basic  for  counseling  and  teaching. 

Ed.  263,  264.  Aptitudes  and  Aptitude  Testing  (2,  2).  (Offered  in  Balti- 
more.) 

Ed.  267.  Curriculum  Construction  Through  Community  Analysis  (2). 
Prerequisites,  Ed.  163,  164,  165. 

Selected  research  problems  in  the  field  of  community  study  with  emphasis 
on  Baltimore  area. 

Ed.  268.     Seminar  in  Educational  Sociology  (2).  (Schindler.) 

Ed.  269.     Seminar  in  Guidance  (2). 

Ed.  278.     Seminar  in  Special  Education  (2). 

Ed.  279.     Seminar  in  Adult  Education  (2).  (Wiggin.) 

Ed.  280.     Research  Methods  and  Materials  in  Education   (2). 

A  study  of  research  in  education,  the  sources  of  information  and  tech- 
niques available,  and  approved  form  and  style  in  the  preparation  of  research 
reports  and  theses. 

Ed.  281.    Source  Materials  in  Education  (2). 

A  course  based  on  the  text  and  work-book  by  Carter  Alexander,  "How  to 
Locate  Educational  Information  and  Data."    The  work  involves  attendance 


354  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

at  class  for  one  hour  with  two  additional  hours  of  work  in  the  library. 
Especially  valuable  for  students  interested  in  research. 

Ed.  288.  Research  Problems  in  Education  (1-6) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. 

Master  of  education  or  doctoral  candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of  their  advisers  may  register  for 
credit  under  this  number. 

Ed.  289.     Research — Thesis  (1) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Students  who  desire  credit  for  a  master's  thesis,  a  doctoral  dissertation, 
or  a  doctoral  project  should  use  this  number. 

Ed.  291.     Administrative  Direction  of  Special  Curricular  Fields  (2). 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  school  administrators  with  the  adminis- 
trative techniques,  opportunities  and  responsibilities  in  the  modern  pro- 
grams of  business  education,  home  economics,  and  industrial  arts.  It  will 
include  an  over-view  of  best  present  practice,  recommendations  of  national 
organizations  and  agencies,  and  the  development  of  standards  for  selec- 
tion of  professional  personnel,  evaluation  of  programs,  development  of  facili- 
ties, and  allocation  of  budget. 

Ed.  292.     Advanced  Creative  Art  Expression  in  Elementary  Schools  (2). 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  124  or  125. 

Advanced  individual  exploration  and  experimentation  with  art  materials 
and  modes  of  construction.  Study  of  developmental  stages  of  drawing  ex- 
pression in  children. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
B.  Ed.  100.    Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  (2) — First  semester. 
An  examination  and  evaluation  of  the  aims,  methods,  and  course  contents 
of  each  of  the  office  skill  subjects  offered  in  the  high  school  curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  101.    Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  Office  skills  (2) 

Problems  in  development  of  occupational  competency,  achievement  tests, 
standards  of  achievement,  instructional  materials,  transcription,  and  the 
integration  of  office  skills.  (Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  102.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  Bookkeeping  and  Related 
Subjects  (2) 

Important  problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping  and 
related  office  knowledges  and  skills  including  a  consideration  of  materials 
and  teaching  procedures.  (Patrick.) 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  355 

B.  Ed.  103.    Basic  Business  Subjects  in  the  Junior  High  School  (2) 

This  course  deals  with  the  exploratory  aspects  of  basic  business  subjects 
and  fundamentals  of  consumer  business  education,  available  instructional 
materials,  and  teaching  procedures. 

B.  Ed.  104.     Basic  Business  Education  in  the  Secondary  Schools  (2). 

Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  vocational  and  consumer  objectives; 
subject  matter  content;  methods  of  organizing  material;  types  of  class- 
room activities;  and  teaching  procedures  in  basic  business  subjects  in  the 
secondary  schools.  (Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  160.     Curriculum  Building  for  Work  Experience  Programs  (2). 

Developing  a  curriculum  to  fit  students'  immediate  and  future  work 
needs;  studying  the  job  for  work-school  correlation  of  curriculum;  using 
and  adapting  the  packaged  curriculum;  building  lesson  plans  for  indi- 
vidualized or  group  study  with  attention  to  source  files,  visual  aids,  and 
other  course  helps;  keeping  the  curriculum  current  in  the  light  of  changing 
operations  and  trends  in  the  field  of  work. 

B.  Ed.  162.  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  Part-Time  Cooperative  (Dis- 
tributive Education)  Program  (2). 

Work  study  programs  require  an  approach  in  teaching  techniques  some- 
what different  from  that  of  the  regular  classroom.  This  course  will  include 
a  study  of  the  methods  to  be  used  in  teaching  the  part-time  cooperative 
student,  e.  g.,  discussion,  committee,  conference,  individualized  study.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  the  development  and  use  of  visual  aids,  films,  sound 
slides,  field  trips,  and  laboratory  work  in  the  classroom  and  on  the  job. 
Opportunity  will  be  given  for  demonstration  and  practice. 

B.  Ed.  165.  Organization  and  Operation  of  the  Part-Time  Cooperative 
(Distributive  Education)  Program  (2). 

A  basic  course  essential  for  all  those  who  teach  or  supervise  part-time  high 
school  cooperative  programs.  Includes  study  of  such  topics  as,  setting  and 
maintaining  standards  of  performance  for  students,  school,  and  training  agen- 
cies; integrating  the  program  in  the  high  school;  selection,  placement,  and 
follow-up  of  students;  building  good  training  agencies;  promoting  the  pro- 
gram, and  development  of  efficient  forms  and  records. 

B.  Ed.  180.  Merchandise  Information  for  the  Distributive  Education  Co- 
ordinator (2). 

A  technical  course  designed  to  provide  the  information  necessary  for 
teaching  the  manufacture,  selling  and  care  of  merchandise.  Opportunity 
is  given  to  study  specific  items  of  merchandise  and  also  to  develop  general 
techniques  for  learning  about  and  keeping  up-to-date  on  all  items.  Source 
files,  bibliographies  and  visual  aids  will  be  considered. 

B.  Ed.  200.    Administration  and  Supervision  of  Business  Education  (2) 


356  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Major  emphasis  on  departmental  organization,  curriculum,  equipment, 
budget  making,  guidance,  placement  and  follow-up,  visual  aids,  and  the  in- 
service  training  of  teachers. 

For  administrators,  supervisors,  and  teachers  of  business  subjects. 

B.  Ed.  255.    Principles  and  Problems  of  Business  Education  (2). 

Principles  and  practices  in  business  education;  growth  and  present  status; 
vocational  business  education;  general  business  education;  relation  to  con- 
sumer education  and  to  education  in  general.  (Patrick.) 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

H.  E.  Ed.  102.  Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics  (3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Required  of  seniors  in  Home  Economics  Education.  Pre- 
requisite, H.  E.  Ed.  140. 

A  study  of  the  managerial  aspects  of  teaching  and  administering  a  home- 
making  program;  the  physical  environment,  organization,  and  sequence  of 
instructional   units,   resource  materials,   evaluation,   home   projects. 

H.  E.  Ed.  120.  Evaluation  of  Home  Economics  (2).  Prerequisite,  H.  E. 
Ed.  140. 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the  development 
of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  program  with  emphasis  upon  types 
of  evaluation  devices,  their  construction,  and  use. 

H.  E.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  (3) — Second 
semester.     Required  of  juniors  in  Home  Economics  Education. 

The  place  and  function  of  home  economics  education  in  the  secondary 
school  curriculum.  Philosophy  of  education  for  home  and  family  living; 
characteristics  of  adolescence,  construction  of  source  units,  lesson  plans, 
and  evaluation  devices;  directed  observation  in  junior  and  senior  high 
school  home  economics  departments. 

H.  E.  Ed.  149.    Teaching  Secondary  School  Vocational  Home  Economics 

(9) — First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  140  and  102  or  102 
parallel.    See  Ed.  149. 

Observation  and  supervised  teaching  in  approved  secondary  school  home 
economics  departments  in  Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

H.  E.  Ed.  200.  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education  (2) — First  semes- 
ter. 

H.  E.  Ed.  202.  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and  Supervision  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics (2-4) 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and  practices  in  light  of  current  edu- 
cational trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  democratic  teaching  pro- 
cedures, outcomes  of  instruction,  and   supervisory  practices. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  357 

HUMAN    DEVELOPMENT    EDUCATION 

The  staff  of  the  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers  a  series  of  courses  on 
human  development  and  approaches  to  the  direct  study  of  children  for  mem- 
bers of  the  educational  profession.  Certain  prerequisites  are  set  up  within 
the  course  sequences,  but  these  prerequisites  are  modified  by  the  student's 
previous  experience  in  direct  study  of  children;  this  is  done  in  order  to  pro- 
vide an  interrelated  series  of  experiences  leading  toward  synthesis  and  the 
ability  to  apply  the  principles  of  human  development  and  behavior. 

Undergraduate  courses  are  designed  both  for  prospective  teachers  (H.  D. 
Ed.  100-101)  and  in-service  teachers  (H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104;  H.  D.  Ed. 
112-113,  114-115,  116-117).  The  core  of  the  graduate  offering  is  a  series  of 
seven  courses.  H.  D.  Ed.  204  introduces  the  student  to  the  basic  concepts 
in  human  development  and  their  application  in  direct  study  of  children. 
H.  D.  Ed.  205,  206,  207,  208,  and  209  are  graduate  seminars  describing  the 
major  processes  and  forces  that  shape  the  growth  and  development  of  human 
beings  from  conception  onward;  H.  D.  260  provides  opportunity  for  develop- 
ing an  individual  synthesis  of  the  student's  scientific  concepts;  and  along  with 
these  seminars,  H.  D.  Ed.  250,  a,  b,  and  c  provide  for  concurrent  application 
of  scientific  knowledge  to  the  direct  study  of  children  as  individuals  and  in 
groups. 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101.     Principles  of  Human  Development  I  and  II  (3,  3). 

These  courses  give  a  general  overview  of  the  scientific  principles  that 
describe  human  development  and  behavior  and  relate  these  principles  to 
the  task  of  the  school.  A  year-long  study  of  an  individual  child  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  course  and  will  require  one  half-day  per  week  for 
observing  children  in  nearby  schools.  This  course  is  designed  to  meet  the 
usual  certification  requirements  in  Educational  Psychology. 

H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104.  Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II  and  III 
(2,  2,  2). 

These  courses  involve  the  direct  study  of  children  throughout  the  school 
year.  Each  participant  gathers  a  wide  body  of  information  about  an  indi- 
vidual, presents  the  accumulating  data  from  time  to  time  to  the  study  group 
for  criticism  and  group  analysis,  and  writes  an  interpretation  of  the 
dynamics  underlying  the  child's  learning,  behavior  and  development.  This 
course  provides  opportunity  for  teachers  in  service  to  earn  credit  for  par- 
ticipation on  their  own  local  child  study  group. 

H.  D.  Ed.  112,  114,  116.  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development  I, 
II,  III  (3,  3,  3). 

H.  D.  Ed.  113,  115,  117.    Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  I,  II,  III  (3,  3,  3). 

Summer  workshop  courses  for  undergraduates  providing  credit  for  as 
many  as  three  workshops.  In  any  one  summer,  concept  and  laboratory 
courses  must  be  taken  concurrently. 


358  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

H.  D.  Ed.  204.     Introduction  to  Human  Development  and  Child  Study  (3). 

This  course  offers  a  general  overview  of  the  scientific  principles  which 
describe  human  development  and  behavior  and  makes  use  of  these  prin- 
ciples in  the  study  of  individual  children.  Each  student  will  observe  and 
record  the  behavior  of  an  individual  child  throughout  the  semester  and 
must  have  one  half -day  a  week  free  for  this  purpose.  The  course  is  basic 
to  further  work  in  child  study  and  serves  as  a  prerequisite  for  advanced 
courses  where  the  student  has  not  had  field  work  or  at  least  six  weeks 
of  workshop  experience  in  child  study.  When  this  course  is  offered  during 
the  summer  it  will  be  H.  D.  Ed.  204S  and  intensive  laboratory  work  with  case 
records  may  be  substituted  for  the  study  of  an  individual  child. 

H.  D.  Ed.  205.     Physical  Processes  in  Human  Development  (3). 

This  course  describes  the  major  organic  processes  of:  conception,  bio- 
logical inheritance;  differentiation  and  growth  of  the  body;  capture,  trans- 
portation and  use  of  energy;  perception  of  the  environment;  coordination 
and  integration  of  function;  adaptation  to  unusual  demands  and  to  frustra- 
tion; normal  individual  variation  in  each  of  the  above  processes.  H.  D. 
Ed.  250  a  or  b  or  c  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  this  course. 

H.  D.  Ed.  206-207.  Socialization  Processes  in  Human  Development  I, 
II  (3,  3). 

This  course  analyzes  the  processes  by  which  human  beings  internalize  the 
culture  of  the  society  in  which  they  live.  It  describes  the  development 
and  influences  of  affectional  relationships  in  infancy,  childhood,  adolescence 
and  adulthood.  The  emergence  of  the  peer-culture  during  childhood,  and 
the  evolution  of  the  child  society  at  different  maturity  levels  is  studied. 
The  major  sub-cultures  in  the  United  States,  their  training  procedures,  and 
their  characteristic  human  expressions  in  folk-knowledge,  habits,  attitudes, 
values,  life-goals,  and  adjustment  patterns  are  analyzed.  Other  cultures 
are  examined  to  highlight  the  American  way  of  life  and  to  reveal  its 
strengths  and  weaknesses.  The  developmental  tasks  and  adjustment  prob- 
lems associated  with  interpersonal  relationships  and  roles  and  status  in 
groups  are  analyzed.  H.  D.  Ed.  250  a  or  b  or  c  must  be  taken  concurrently 
with  this  course. 

H.  D.  Ed.  208,  209.     Self  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  and  II  (3,  3). 

This  course  analyzes  the  effects  of  the  various  physical  and  growth 
processes,  affectional  relationships,  socialization  processes,  and  peer  group 
roles  and  status  on  the  integration,  development,  adjustment,  and  realiza- 
tion of  the  individual  self.  This  analysis  includes  consideration  of  the 
nature  of  intelligence  and  of  the  learning  processes;  the  development  of 
skills,  concepts,  generalizations,  symbolizations,  reasoning  and  imagination, 
attitudes,  values,  goals  and  purposes;  and  the  conditions,  relationships  and 
experiences  that  are  essential  to  full  human  development.  The  more  com- 
mon adjustment  problems  experienced  in  our  society  at  various  maturity 
levels,  and  the  adjustment  mechanisms  used  to  meet  them  are  studied.  H.  D, 
Ed.  250  a  or  b  or  c  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  this  course. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  359 

H.  D.  Ed.  212,  214,  216.  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Develop- 
ment I,  II,  III  (3,  3,  3). 

H.  D.  Ed.  213,  215,  217.  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Anaylsis  I, 
II,  II  (3,  3,  3). 

Summer  workshop  courses  for  graduates  providing  credit  for  as  many 
as  three  workshops.  In  any  one  summer,  concept  and  laboratory  courses 
must  be  taken  concurrently. 

H.  D.  Ed.  230,  231.     Field  Program  in  Child  Study  I  and  II  (2-6). 

This  course  offers  apprenticeship  training  preparing  properly  qualified 
persons  to  become  staff  members  in  human  development  workshops,  con- 
sultants to  child  study  field  programs  and  coordinators  of  municipal  or 
regional  child  study  programs  for  teachers  or  parents.  Extensive  field 
experience  is  provided.  In  general  this  training  is  open  only  to  persons 
who  have  passed  their  preliminary  examinations  for  the  doctorate  with  a 
major  in  human  development  or  psychology.  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

H.  D.  Ed.  250a,  250b,  250c.     Direct  Study  of  Children  (1,  1,  1). 

This  course  provides  the  opportunity  to  observe  and  record  the  behavior 
of  an  individual  child  in  a  nearby  school.  These  records  will  be  used  in 
conjunction  with  the  advanced  courses  in  Human  Development  and  this 
course  will  be  taken  concurrently  with  such  courses.  Teachers  active  in 
their  jobs  while  taking  advanced  courses  in  Human  Development  may  use 
records  from  their  own  classrooms  for  this  course.  May  not  be  taken  con- 
currently with  H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  or  104. 

H.  D.  Ed.  260.     Synthesis  of  Human  Development  Concepts  (3). 

A  seminar  wherein  advanced  students  work  toward  a  personal  synthesis 
of  their  own  concepts  in  human  growth  and  development.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  seeing  the  dynamic  interrelations  between  all  processes  in  the 
behavior  and  development  of  an  individual.  Prerequisites,  H.  D.  Ed.  205, 
206  and  208. 

H.  D.  Ed.  270.     Seminars  in  Special  Topics  in  Human  Development  (2-6). 

An  opportunity  for  advanced  students  to  focus  in  depth  on  topics  of 
special  interest  growing  out  of  their  basic  courses  in  human  development. 
Prerequisites,  consent  of  the  instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

For  each  semester  hour  of  credit  for  shop  and  drawing  courses  two  or 
three  periods  of  lecture  and  practice  are  scheduled  depending  upon  the 
specific  needs  of  the  course. 

Industrial  Education  9,  10,  and  11  constitute  an  art  crafts  sequence 
(Art  Crafts  I,  II,  and  III).  The  courses  are  intended  to  assist  persons  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  art  crafts  in  grade  7  of  the  public  schools  of  Mary- 
land or  for  teachers  who  have  already  undertaken  this  type  of  work  in  the 


360  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

schools.  The  work  is  appropriate  also  for  persons  who  teach  art  crafts 
at  any  grade  level  and  for  those  who  teach  art  crafts  in  camps,  clubs, 
adult  evening  classes,  and  the  like. 

Ind.  Ed.  1.  Mechanical  Drawing  (2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

This  course  constitutes  an  introduction  to  orthographic  multi-view  and 
isometric  projection.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  visualization  of  an  object 
when  it  is  represented  by  a  multi-view  drawing  and  upon  the  making  of 
multi-view  drawings. 

This  course  carries  through  auxiliary  views,  sectional  views,  dimension- 
ing, conventional  representation  and  single  stroke  letters.  Laboratory  fee, 
$5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  2.  Elementary  Woodworking  (2) — First  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week. 

This  is  a  woodworking  course  which  involves  the  use  of  hand  tools  almost 
exclusively.  The  course  is  developed  so  that  the  student  uses  practically 
every  common  woodworking  hand  tool  in  one  or  more  situations.  There 
is  also  included  elementary  wood  finishing,  the  specifying  and  storing  of 
lumber,  and  the  care  and  conditioning  of  tools  used.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  9.  Art  Crafts  I  (2) — First  semester  and  Summer  Session.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  day. 

The  materials  used  in  Art  Crafts  I  are  woods,  metals,  leathers  and  plas- 
tics. Each  student  is  provided  the  opportunity  of  doing  a  variety  of  types 
of  work  in  the  four  media.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  10.  Art  Crafts  II  (2) — Summer  session.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  day. 

Art  Crafts  II  offers  work  experiences  in  model  building,  ceramics,  graphic 
arts,  and  paper  construction.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  11.  Art  Crafts  III  (2) — Summer  session.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  day. 

Art  Crafts  III  provides  instruction  in  the  principles  of  design  which 
are  pertinent  to  craft  work  and  takes  up  reed  and  raffia,  threads  (weaving, 
hooking,  knitting),  and  seasonal  activities.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  12.     Shop  Calculations   (3). 

Shop  Calculations  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  and 
working  knowledge  of  the  mathematical  concepts  related  to  the  various 
aspects  of  Industrial  Education.  The  course  includes  phases  of  algebra, 
geometry,  trigonometry,  and  general  mathematics  as  applied  to  shop  and 
drawing  activities. 

Ind.  Ed.  21.  Mechanical  Drawing  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  361 

A  course  dealing  with  working  drawings,  machine  design,  pattern  lay- 
outs, tracing  and  reproduction.  Detail  drawings  followed  by  assemblies 
are  presented.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  22.  Machine  Woodworking  I  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labo- 
ratory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  2. 

Machine  Woodworking  I  offers  initial  instruction  in  the  proper  operation 
of  the  jointer,  band  saw,  variety  saw,  jig  saw,  mortiser,  shaper,  and  lathe. 
The  types  of  jobs  which  may  be  performed  on  each  machine  and  their  safe 
operation  are  of  primary  concern.  The  medium  of  instruction  is  school-shop 
equipment,  hobby  items,  and  useful  home  projects.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  23.  Arc  and  Gas  Welding  (1) — Second  semester.  One  labora- 
tory period  a  week. 

A  course  designed  to  give  the  student  a  functional  knowledge  of  the 
principles  and  use  of  electric  and  acetylene  welding.  Practical  work  is 
carried  on  in  the  construction  of  various  projects  using  welded  joints. 
Instruction  is  given  in  the  use  and  care  of  equipment,  types  of  welded  joints, 
methods  of  welding,  importance  of  welding  processes  in  industry,  safety 
considerations,  etc.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  24.  Sheet  Metal  Work  (2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

Articles  are  made  from  metal  in  its  sheet  form  and  involve  the  opera- 
tions of  cutting,  shaping,  soldering,  riveting,  wiring,  folding,  seaming, 
beading,  burring,  etc.  The  student  is  required  to  develop  his  own  patterns 
inclusive  of  parallel  line  development,  radial  line  development,  and  tri- 
angulation.  Common  sheet  metal  tools  and  machines  are  used  in  this  course. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  26.  Art  Metal  Work  I  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

An  introductory  course  in  designing  and  constructing  art  products  in 
aluminum,  copper  and  brass.  The  processes  covered  include  surface  deco- 
ration (hammering,  piercing,  etching,  enameling),  heat  treatment  and  finish- 
ing.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  28.  Electricity  I  (2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  week. 

An  introductory  course  to  electricity  in  general.  It  deals  with  the  elec- 
trical circuit,  elementary  wiring  problems,  the  measurement  of  electrical 
energy,  and  a  brief  treatment  of  radio  such  as  may  be  offered  at  the 
junior  high  school  level.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  31.  Mechanical  Drawing  (2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Ind.  Ed.  1  and  21. 

A  course  dealing  with  the  topics  enumerated  in  Ind.  Ed.  21  but  on  a  more 
advanced  basis.  The  reading  of  prints  representative  of  a  variety  of  indus- 
tries is  a  part  of  this  course.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 


362  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ind.  Ed.  41.  Architectural  Drawing  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1,  or  equivalent. 

Practical  experience  is  given  in  the  design  and  planning  of  houses  and 
other  buildings.  Working  drawings,  specifications  and  blue-prints  are 
featured.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  42.  Machine  Woodworking  II  (2) — First  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  22,  or  equivalent. 

Advanced  production  methods  with  emphasis  on  cabinetmaking  and 
design.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  48.  Electricity  II  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  week. 

Principles  involved  in  A-C  and  D-C  electrical  equipment,  including  heat- 
ing, measurements,  motors  and  control,  electro-chemistry,  the  electric  arc, 
inductance  and  reactance,  condensers,  radio,  and  electronics.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  50.     Methods  of  Teaching  (2).     (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 

For  vocational  and  occupational  teachers  of  shop  and  related  subjects. 
The  identification  and  analysis  of  factors  essential  to  helping  others  learn; 
the  types  of  teaching  situations  and  techniques;  the  use  of  instruction 
sheets;  measuring  results  and  grading  student  progress  in  shop  and 
related  technical  subjects.  (Wall.) 

Ind.  Ed.  60.  Observation  and  Demonstration  Teaching  (2).  (Offered  in 
Baltimore.)  Prerequisite,  Educational  Psychology  and/or  Methods  of 
Teaching  Vocational  and  Occupational  Subjects. 

Primarily  for  vocational  and  occupational  teachers.  Sixteen  hours  of 
directed  observation  and  demonstration  teaching.  Reports,  conferences, 
and  criticisms  constitute  the  remainder  of  scheduled  activities  in  this  course. 

Ind.  Ed.  66.  Art  Metal  Work  (2) — Summer.  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  day.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  26,  or  equivalent. 

Advanced  practicum.  It  includes  methods  of  bowl  raising  and  bowl  orna- 
menting.   Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  67.  Cold  Metal  Work  (2)— Second  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

Metal  in  the  form  of  bars,  rods  and  tubes  are  shaped  cold  to  produce 
"ornamental  iron"  and  bench  metal  products.  The  use  of  the  hacksaw,  file, 
drill  press,  taps  and  dies,  the  designing  and  forming  of  scrolls  and  the 
finishes  appropriate  for  cold  metal  work  are  representative  of  the  course 
content.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  69.  Machine  Shop  Practice  I  (2)— First  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1,  or  equivalent. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  363 

Bench  work,  turning,  planing,  milling,  and  drilling.  Related  technical 
information.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  89.  Machine  Shop  Practice  II  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  69,  or  equivalent. 

Advanced  shop  practicum  in  thread  cutting,  grinding,  boring,  reaming, 
and  gear  cutting.  Work-production  methods  employed.  Related  technical 
information.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  94.  Shop  Maintenance  (2) — Summer.  Prerequisite,  8  semester 
hours  of  shop  credit,  or  equivalent. 

Skill  developing  practice  in  the  up-keep  and  care  of  school  shop  tools  and 
equipment. 

Ind.  Ed.  101.  Operational  Drawing  (2) — Two  laboratory  periods  a  day. 
Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1,  or  equivalent. 

A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  give  students  practice  in  the  modern 
drafting  methods  of  industry.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  102.  Advanced  Woodfinishing  and  Design  (2) — Two  laboratory 
periods  a  day.    Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  22,  or  equivalent. 

Advanced  finishing  room  methods  applied.  The  application  of  color  and 
its  use  in  the  improvement  of  design.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  104.  Advanced  Practices  in  Sheet  Metal  Work  (2) — Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  day.     Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  24,  or  equivalent. 

Study  of  the  more  complicated  processes  involved  in  commercial  items. 
Calculations  and  pattern  making  are  emphasized.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  105.     General  Shop  (2) — Second  semester. 

Designed  to  meet  needs  in  organizing  and  administering  a  secondary 
school  general  shop.  Students  are  rotated  through  skill  and  knowledge 
developing  activities  in  mechanical  drawing,  electricity,  woodworking,  and 
general  metal  working.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Brown.) 

Ind.  Ed.  106.  Art  Metal  Work  (2) — Summer.  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  day. 

Simple  operations  in  the  art  of  making  jewelry  including  ring  making, 
stone  setting,  etc.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  108.  Electricity  III  (2) — Two  laboratory  periods  a  day.  Pre- 
requisite, Ind.  Ed.  28,  or  equivalent. 

Experimental  development  of  apparatus  and  equipment  for  teaching  the 
principles  of  electricity.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  109.  Experimental  Electricity  and  Electronics — A,  B,  C,  D 
(2,  2,  2,  2).     (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Ind.  Ed.  110.  Foundry  (1) — Second  semester.  One  laboratory  period  a 
week. 


364  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Bench  and  floor  molding  and  elementary  core  making.  Theory  and 
principles  covering  foundry  materials,  tools  and  appliances.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  140  (Ed.  140).     Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  (3) — 

First  semester. 

Major  functions  and  specific  contributions  of  Industrial  Education;  their 
relation  to  the  general  objectives  of  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools; 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter  in  terms  of  modern  practices 
and  needs;  methods  of  instruction;  expected  outcomes;  measuring  results; 
professional  standards.    Twenty  periods  of  observation. 

(Brown  and  Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  141,  142.     Industrial  Safety  Education  I  (2,  2). 

Ind.  Ed.  141  deals  with  the  history  and  development  of  effective  indus- 
trial safety  education  programs;  Ind.  Ed.  142  treats  causes,  effects,  and 
values  of  safety  education  in  industry. 

Ind.  Ed.  143,  144.     Industrial  Safety  Education  II  (2,  2).  Advanced. 

Ind  Ed.  143  studies  exemplary  safety  practices,  while  Ind.  Ed.  144, 
through  conference  discussion,  plant  visits,  and  class  demonstrations, 
covers  actual  industrial  situations  and  formulates  evaluative  criteria  in 
safety  education. 

Ind.  Ed.  145,  146.     Industrial  Hygiene  Education  (2,  2). 

Ind.  Ed.  145  deals  with  the  theory  and  Ind.  Ed.  146  with  the  practices 
of  the  following:  Organization  of  plant  medical  department;  medical  ser- 
vices in  industry;  prevention  and  control  of  occupational  disease;  control 
of  air  contamination;  the  venereal  disease  problem  in  industry;  fatigue; 
nutrition;  sanitation;  illumination;  noise;  radiant  energy;  heating  and 
ventilation;  maximum  use  of  manpower;  absenteeism. 

Ind.  Ed.  148.     Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching  (2-4). 

Forty-five  periods  of  observation,  participation,  and  teaching  in  a  high 
school  class  under  the  direction  of  the  regular  teacher  and  the  university 
adviser.    Two  hours  of  class  sessions  weekly  are  included.     (See  Ed.  148.) 

Ind.  Ed.  149.  Methods  and  Practice  of  Teaching  (9)— First  and  second 
semesters.     See  also  Ed.  149.  (Brown  and  Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  150.     Training  Aids  Development   (2)— Second  semester. 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to  their  source  and  application. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  principles  to  be  observed  in  making  aids 
useful  to  shop  teachers.  Actual  making  and  application  of  such  an  aid 
will  be  required.  (Wall.) 

Ind.  Ed.  157.  Tests  and  Measurements  (2).  Prerequisite,  Ed.  150  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

The  construction  of  objective  test  for  occupational  and  vocational  subjects. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  365 

Ind.  Ed.  160.  Essentials  of  Design  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Ind.  Ed.  1  and  basic  shop  work. 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  design  and  practice  in  their  application 
to  the  construction  of  shop  projects.  It  treats  the  art  elements  of  line, 
mass,  color,  and  design.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  161.     Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (2). 

This  course  identifies  and  applies  the  underlying  principles  of  guidance 
to  the  problems  of  educational  and  vocational  adjustment  of  students. 

Ind.  Ed.  164.    Shop  Organization  and  Management  (2) — Second  semester. 

This  course  covers  the  basic  elements  of  organizing  and  managing  an 
Industrial  Education  program  including  the  selection  of  equipment  and  the 
arrangement  of  the  shop.  (Wall.) 

Ind.  Ed.  165.     Modern  Industry  (2) — Summer  session. 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  factory  organization  and  manage- 
ment. Representative  basic  industries  are  studied  from  the  viewpoints  of 
personnel  and  management  organization,  industrial  relations,  production 
procedures,  distribution  of  products,  and  the  like.  (Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  166.  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts  (2) — First 
semester. 

A  study  of  the  factors  which  definitely  place  Industrial  Arts  education  in 
any  well-rounded  program  of  general  education.  Lectures,  class  discussions, 
readings  and  reports.  (Brown  and  Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  167.  Problems  in  Occupational  Education  (2).  (Offered  in 
Baltimore.) 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  secure,  assemble,  organize,  and  interpret 
data  relative  to  the  scope,  character  and  effectiveness  of  occupational 
education. 

Ind.  Ed.  168.    Trade  or  Occupational  Analysis  (2) — First  semester. 

Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  occupational  and  job  analysis  which 
is  basic  in  organizing  Industrial  Education  courses  of  study.  This  course 
should  precede  Ind.  Ed.  169.  (Wall.) 

Ind.  Ed.  169.     Course  Construction  (2). 

Surveys  and  applies  techniques  of  building  and  reorganizing  courses  of 
study  for  effective  use  in  vocational  and  occupational  schools.  (Wall.) 

Ind.  Ed.  170.     Principles  of  Vocational  Education  (2) — Summer  Session. 

The  course  develops  the  Vocational  Education  movement  as  an  integral 

phase  of  the  American  program  of  public  education.  (Brown.) 

Ind.  Ed.  171.    History  of  Vocational  Education  (2) — Summer  Session. 
An  overview  of  the  development  of  Vocational  Education  from  primitive 
times  to  the  present.    The  evolution  of  Industrial  Arts  is  also  considered. 


366  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  Graduates 

Ind.  Ed.  207.  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts  Education  (2) — First 
semester. 

This  course  is  intended  to  assist  the  student  in  his  development  of  a 
point  of  view  as  regards  Industrial  Arts  and  its  relationship  with  the  total 
educational  program.  He  should,  thereby,  have  a  "yardstick"  for  apprais- 
ing current  procedures  and  proposals  and  an  articulateness  for  his  own 
professional  area.  (Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  214.    School  Shop  Planning  and  Equipment  Selection  (2) — Second 

semester. 

This  course  deals  with  principles  involved  in  planning  a  school  shop  and 
provides  opportunities  for  applying  these  principles.  Facilities  required  in 
the  operation  of  a  satisfactory  shop  program  are  catalogued  and  appraised. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  216.     Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts  (2) — Second  semester. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  220.  Organization,  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Voca- 
tional Education  (2) — Summer  Session.  (Brown.) 

This  course  surveys  objectively  the  organization,  administration,  super- 
vision, curricular  spread  and  viewpoint,  and  the  present  status  of  vocational 
Education. 

Ind.  Ed.  240.     Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (2) — 

First  and  second  semesters.  (Brown  and  Hornbake.) 

This  is  a  course  offered  by  arrangement  for  persons  who  are  conducting 

research  in  the  areas  of  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education.    (Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  241.  Content  and  Method  of  Industrial  Arts  (2) — Second 
semester. 

Various  methods  and  procedures  used  in  developing  courses  of  study 
are  examined  and  those  suited  to  the  field  of  Industrial  Arts  education  are 
applied.  Methods  of  and  devices  for  Industrial  Arts  instruction  are  studied 
and  practiced.  (Hornbake.) 

Ind.  Ed.  248.     Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (2) — 

Second  semester.  (Brown.) 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Mus.  Ed.  125.  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  Which  Con- 
tribute to  Musical  Development  (2).    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  deals  with  musical  experiences  in  creative  listening  and 
creative  response  to  rhythm  and  mood,  creative  use  of  percussion  and  simple 
melody  instruments,  creative  melody  writing,  creative  interpretation  of 
music  performed.  Creative  interpretation  and  creative  writing  will  also  be 
studied  in  connection  with  its  development  through  correlation  with  other 
areas  and  creative  programs. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  367 

Mus.  Ed.  127.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Program  Productions  in  the 
Secondary  School  (2).    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Designed  especially  for  those  interested  in  presenting  musical  assemblies, 
concerts  and  programs  for  all  types.  Methods  of  presentation  and  materials 
suitable  for  various  occasions  will  be  discussed. 

Mus.  Ed.  128.  Workshop  in  Music  for  Elementary  Schools  (2).  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor. 

A  workshop  for  the  study  of  group  activities  and  materials  through  which 
children  in  the  elementary  schools  experience  music.  This  course  has  been 
planned  as  an  aid  to  music  teachers  and  classroom  teachers  in  the  elementary 
schools.  It  presents  an  outline  of  objectives,  a  survey  of  materials,  and 
instructional  methods  that  will  develop  a  more  thorough  and  progressive 
music  program  in  the  elementary  school. 

Mus.  Ed.  132.  Workshop  in  Music  for  the  Junior  High  School  (2).  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor. 

A  workshop  designed  to  make  a  study  of  the  vocal  and  instrumental  pro- 
gram in  the  Junior  High  School  Curriculum.  Special  study  will  be  made 
of  a  more  flexible  program  that  will  offer  many  opportunities  for  active 
participation  in  experiencing  music  to  the  adolescent  with  or  without  special 
music  aptitude.  The  part  that  Music  can  play  in  the  integrated  program 
will  also  be  studied. 

Mus.  Ed.  155.  Organization  and  Technique  of  Instrumental  Class  In- 
struction (2).    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  deals  with  practical  instruction  in  methods  of  tone  pro- 
duction, tuning,  fingering,  and  care  of  the  instruments  in  the  hands  of  the 
students.  A  survey  will  be  made  of  the  latest  methods  and  materials  for 
class  instruction. 

Mus.  Ed.  170.     Methods  and  Materials  for  Class  Piano  Instruction  (2). 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  deals  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  teaching  piano  in  a 
group  of  students  of  various  grade  levels.  It  includes  the  techniques  and 
procedures  involved  in  teaching  class  piano  and  a  survey  of  materials  for 
piano  class  instruction  and  recommendation  for  their  use. 

Mus.  Ed.  175.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Vocal  Music  for  the  High  School 
(2).    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  high  school  choral  directors  and 
teachers  of  voice  training  classes.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  song 
repertoire,  interpretation,  diction,  tone  production,  and  breath  activity. 

Mus.  Ed.  180.  Instrumental  Seminar.  (2).  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

A  review  of  beginning  methods  and  materials  for  wind  and  percussion 
instruments;  materials  for  bands  for  all  grades;  problems  of  intonation,  tone 
quality  and  interpretation;  the  percussion  section;  organization  and  adjudi- 


368  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

cation  of  contests  and  festivals;  special  maneuvers  of  the  marching  band; 
library  organization;  planning  and  conducting  a  concert;  organization  within 
the  band  and  the  orchestra;  point  systems,  and  other  related  topics. 

NURSERY  SCHOOL-KINDERGARTEN   EDUCATION 

C.  Ed.  2.  Orientation,  Observation,  and  Record  Taking  (2) — Second 
semester. 

Orientation  to  nursery  school  and  kindergarten;  introduction  to  methods 
of  observing  and  recording  behavior  of  children  at  different  age  levels. 

(Glass.) 

C.  Ed.  50,  51.  Observation  and  Experience  in  Nursery  School  and  Kinder- 
garten (1,  1). 

Student  must  schedule  one  hour,  twice  a  week  between  nine  and  twelve, 
or  one  and  three.  (Glass.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
C.  Ed.  100.    Child  Development  I — Infancy  (3) — First  semester. 

Understanding  the  pattern  of  growth.  Factors  influencing  the  physical, 
mental,  and  emotional  development  of  the  infant;  relation  of  care  during 
the  first  eighteen  months  to  personality  development.  (McNaughton.) 

C.  Ed.  101.  Child  Development  II— Early  Childhood  (3)— Second  semes- 
ter. 

A  study  of  the  developmental  growth  of  the  child  from  eighteen  month? 
to  five  years;  characteristics  of  each  age  level;  experiences  which  help 
the  child  in  his  motor,  mental,  emotional  and  social  development;  obser- 
vation in  the  nursery  school;  study  of  one  child.  (McNaughton.) 

C.  Ed.  102.     Child  Development  III— The  Child  from  Five  to  Ten  (2)— 

First  and  second  semesters. 

Development,  characteristics  and  interests  of  the  middle-age  child; 
interpersonal  relations  as  affected  by  home,  school,  and  community;  obser- 
vations  in  kindergarten,   public   schools,   and   community   organizations. 

(Shulman.) 

C.  Ed.  110.     Child  Development  IV  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  developmental  growth  of  the  child  from  birth  to  five 
years;  observation  in  the  nursery  school.  Designed  for  students  in  other 
colleges  of  the  University.    Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  (McNaughton.) 

C.  Ed.  112.    Play  and  Play  Materials  (2)— Prerequisite,  C.  Ed.  101. 
Study  of  play  materials  and  play  equipment  in  relation  to  use  by  differ- 
ent age  levels;  construction  of  simple  equipment.  (Flannery.) 

C.  Ed.  113.    Education  of  the  Young  Child  I  (2). 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  369 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  needs  of  the  child  from  two  to  six  years  of 
age,  with  emphasis  upon  learning  tendencies;  the  child's  relation  to  the 
materials,  experiences,  and  the  people  of  his  world  at  home  and  at  school. 

(McNaughton.) 

C.  Ed.  114.  Education  of  the  Young  Child  II — The  Social  and  Emotional 
Needs  of  the  Young  Child  (2). 

An  attempt  to  understand  what  lies  beneath  outward  behavior  rather 
than  on  conformity  as  such;  acceptance  of  the  child's  feelings;  helping  the 
child  to  live  richly  and  fully  on  his  own  level;  seeing  the  child  as  a  whole; 
working  with  the  parents  and  the  home  to  bring  about  the  most  favorable 
adjustment  of  the  child.  (McNaughton.) 

C.  Ed.  115.  Children's  Activities  and  Activities  Materials  (3) — Second 
semester.     Prerequisites,  C.  Ed.  100,  101,  or  110. 

For  Nursery  School  and  Kindergarten  majors.        (Shulman  andl  Powell.) 

C.  Ed.  116,  117.     Creative  Expression;  Art,  Music,  Dance  (2-3,  2-3). 

Creative  experience  in  the  arts  on  the  level  of  the  student;  correlation 
of  the  arts  as  related  to  the  abilities  of  the  child  in  terms  of  his  develop- 
ment. (MacCarteney.) 

C.  Ed.  119.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation — Cooperative 
Nursery  School  (2-3). 

C.  Ed.  140.     Curriculum,   Instruction,   and  Observation — Nursery   School 

(3) — First  and  second  semesters.     Prerequisites,   C.  Ed.   100   and  101,   or 
C.  Ed.  110. 

Standards  and  organization  of  nursery  school;  study  of  age  levels  and 
methods  of  guidance;  selection  and  use  of  equipment;  observation  in 
nursery  school.  (Powell.) 

C.  Ed.  145.     Guidance  in  Behavior  Problems  (3) — First  semester. 

Handling  of  individual  and  group  problems  on  the  pre-school  level; 
gathering  of  objective  data;  recording  and  observation;  parent-teacher 
relationships,  with  special  handling  of  child;  guidance  resources  of  com- 
munity. (Powell.) 

C.  Ed.  149.    Teaching  Nursery  School  (4-8) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Teaching  experience  in  the  University  Nursery  School  and  in  those  of 
nearby  communities.  (Shulman.) 

C.  Ed.  150.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation — Kindergarten 
(2-3) — Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  interests,  needs  and  activities  of  children  living  together 
in  the  kindergarten;  discussion  and  workshop.  (Limburg.) 

C.  Ed.  159.     Teaching  Kindergarten  (4-8) — First  and  second  semesters. 

Teaching  experience  in  the  University  kindergarten  and  in  those  of  nearby 

communities.  (Shulman.) 


370  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

C.  Ed.  160.    Speech  Problems  in  Child  Development  (2). 

Problems  in  delayed  and  distorted  speech  in  nursery  school  and  kinder- 
garten children  as  related  to  child  development:  techniques  in  clinical 
work;  lecture  and  clinic. 

C.  Ed.  161.     Behavior  Problems  of  Childhood  and  Adolescence  (2). 

Problems  of  child  and  adolescent  in  growing  up;  interrelation  of  child 
with  his  family,  teacher,  classmates  and  gang. 

C.  Ed.  165.    Leadership  Training  (2). 

Designed  for  leaders  in  Parent-Teacher  groups  and  in  other  organiza- 
tions. Setting  up  the  duties  of  a  leader,  participants,  observer  and 
recorder;  developing  methods  for  discussion  groups;  discussion  of  special 
problems  of  organization. 

NURSING  EDUCATION 

N.  Ed.  2.  Introduction  to  Nursing  Education  (2) — (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 
Exploratory  and  guidance  course  for  nursing  education  students.  Types 
of  positions  in  schools  of  nursing,  teacher  supply  and  demand  in  such 
schools,  and  the  types  of  professional  and  personal  competence  required 
of  teachers  in  nursing  schools  are  among  the  topics  included.  This  course 
may  be  substituted  for  Ed.  2.  Students  who  take  N.  Ed.  2  will  not  be 
permitted  to  register  for  Ed.  2,  or  vice  versa. 

N.  Ed.  5,  6.  Teaching  of  Nursing  Arts,  I  and  II  (3,  3)— (Offered  in 
Baltimore.) 

This  is  the  basic  course  in  principles  of  teaching  as  applied  to  the  field 
of  nursing  arts.  It  is  a  course  which  is  roughly  parallel  to  the  general 
course  Ed.  145. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

N.  Ed.  112.  School  of  Nursing  Finance  and  Administration  (3) — (Offered 
in  Baltimore.) 

Sources  of  financial  support  for  schools  of  nursing,  budgeting,  internal 
school  accounting,  purchase  of  supplies  and  equipment,  and  other  selected 
problems  of  financing  and  administering  schools  of  nursing. 

N.   Ed.   115,   116.     Ward   Management   and   Clinical   Teaching    (2,   2) — 

(Offered  in  Baltimore.) 

This  course  covers  the  administrative  phase  of  a  hospital  unit  or  ward, 
especially  the  assigning  of  duties  according  to  the  level  of  ability  of  the 
worker.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  hospital  economics  and  the  budgeting 
of  supplies.  A  program  for  clinical  bedside  teaching  is  stressed  through 
the  entire  course. 

N.  Ed.  117.     Newer  Trends  in  Nursing  Service  (2). 

N.  Ed.  190.    Principles  of  Pediatric  Nursing  (3)— (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  371 

Principles  of  nursing  children  with  emphasis  upon  the  direction  of 
growth  and  development  of  children  under  conditions  where  nursing  care 
is  required. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  HEALTH  AND  RECREATION 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Courses  starred  (*)  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit 

P.  E.  113,  115.    Methods  and  Materials  for  Secondary  Schools  I  (3,  3) — 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratories  a  week. 

Theory  and  practice;  class  organization,  analysis,  and  teaching  tech- 
niques of  sports,  gymnastics,  self-testing  activities,  and  rhythms  for  Junior 
and  Senior  High  School  programs. 

P.  E.  114,  116.     Methods  and  Materials  for  Secondary  Schools  II  (3,  3)— 

Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week. 

Theory  and  practice;  class  organization,  analysis)  and  teaching  techniques 
of  sports,  gymnastics,  self-testing  activities,  and  rhythms  for  Junior  and 
Senior  High  School  programs. 

*P.  E.  123,  125.  Coaching  Athletics  (3,  3)— Two  lecture  and  two  labora- 
tory hours  a  week. 

Methods  of  coaching  the  various  competitive  sports  commonly  found 
in  high  school  and  college  programs. 

*P.  E.  124,  126.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Team  Sports  (2,  2)— Four 
laboratory  hours  a  week.    Prerequisites,  P.  E.  62,  64,  66,  68. 

Theory  in  coaching  and  officiating  sports  for  women.  Opportunity  for 
National  Officials'  Ratings. 

P.  E.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  (3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisites,  MEN— P.  E.  113,  115;  WOMEN— P.  E.  114,  116; 
124,  126.     (See  Ed.  140.) 

*P.  E.  180.  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  (3) — First  and 
and  second  semesters.  Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  The 
application  of  measurement  to  physical  and  health  education. 

*P.  E.  190.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Physical  Education,  Health, 
and  Recreation  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

The  application  of  the  principles  of  administration  and  supervision  to 
physical  education,  health,  and  recreation. 

SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

*Sci.  Ed.  1.  Science  for  the  Primary  Grades  (2) — Summer.  Laboratory 
fee,  $1.00. 

This  course  considers  the  characteristics  of  elementary  school  children 
in  grades  one  through  three.  Selecting,  organizing,  and  presenting  science 
materials  appropriate  to  this  level  is  done  in  relation  to  these  characteristics. 


372  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

*Sci.  Ed.  2.  Science  for  the  Primary  Grades  (2) — Summer.  Laboratory 
fee,  $1.00. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  the  previous  course  using  different  subject 
matter  areas  to  provide  a  wider  range  of  experiences. 

*Sci.  Ed.  3.     Science  for  the  Upper  Elementary  Grades  (2) — Summer. 

This  course  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  teachers  of  grades  four,  five, 
and  six  by  providing  background  material  from  selected  phases  of  science 
which  can  contribute  to  these  levels.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to 
materials  of  the  local  environment.     Laboratory  fee,   $1.00. 

*Sci.  Ed.  4.     Science  for  the  Upper  Elementary   Grades    (2) — Summer. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  the  previous  course  using  different  subject 
matter  materials  to  provide  a  wider  background  of  experiences.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $1.00. 

Sci.  Ed.  5.     Workshop  in  Science  for  Elementary  School  Teachers  (2) — 

Summer. 

A  laboratory  course  planned  to  provide  grade  teachers  with  the  oppor- 
tunity of  becoming  acquainted  with  experiments  and  preparing  materials 
which  are  of  practical  value  in  their  science  teaching.    Laboratory  fee,  $2.00. 


_  .    *  Students   may  receive  credit  for  both   Sci.   Ed.    1   and   Sci.    Ed.   2   or   Sci.    Ed.    3   and 
fc>ci.  Ed.  4,  but  no  other  combination  of  these  courses  is  accepted. 


GLENN  L  MARTIN 

College  of 

ENGINEERING    AND 
AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES 

STAFF 

,  Director  of  Engineering  Education  and  Research. 

S.  Sidney  Steinberg,  B.E.,  C.E., 
Dean  in  Charge  of  Undergraduate  Students 


William  R.  Ahrendt,  M.S.,  Lecturer  on  Automatic  Regulation. 

Redfield  W.  Allen,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Russell  B.  Allen,  B.S.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

David  W.  Baker,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Edward  S.  Barber,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Jack  L.  Baxter,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Walter  R.  Beam,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Joseph  H.  Bilbrey,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Donald  T.  Bonney,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

William  B.  Coffman,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

George  F.   Corcoran,   M.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical   Engineering   and 
Chairman  of  the  Department. 

Gerald  Corning,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering. 

John  B.  Cournyn,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

A.  Bernard  Eyler,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Carl  W.  Gohr,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Victor  H.  Gottschalk,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Joseph  A.  Guard,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Engineering  Drawing. 

Herbert  W.  Harden,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Charles  R.  Hayleck,  Jr.,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Donald  C.  Hennick,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Lawrence  J.  Hodgins,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Harry  B.  Hoshall,  B.S.,  M.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. 

Wilbert  J.   Huff,   Ph.D.,   D.Sc,   Professor  of   Chemical   Engineering  and 
Chairman  of  the  Department. 

373 


374  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

John  W.  Jackson,  M.S.,  M.E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Duane  R.  Keller,  M.S.E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

George  R.  Kennedy,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Eugene  P.  Klier,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and 
Metallurgy. 

Audley  B.  Leaman,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Ralph  H.  Long,  Jr.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Robert  F.  Luce,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Harold  R.  Martin,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Robert  D.  Mattingly,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Morris  S.  Ojalvo,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Louis  E.  Otts,  Jr.,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

H.  Phillip  Pickering,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Harry  W.  Piper,  B.Arch.E.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Henry  W.  Price,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Walton  R.  Read,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

William  S.  Redd,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Henry  R.  Reed,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Robert  M.  Rivello,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Aeronautical  Engineering. 

Irving  H.  Shames,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

A.  Wiley  Sherwood,  M.S.,  Research  Professor  of  Aerodynamics;  Manager 
of  Wind  Tunnel;  Acting  Chairman  of  Aeronautical  Engineering 
Department. 

Charles  A.  Shreeve,  Jr.,  M.S.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Eric  H.  Small,  M.E.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Joseph  S.  Smatko,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

S.  Sidney  Steinberg,  B.E.,  C.E.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Chair- 
man of  the  Department;  Dean  in  Charge  of  Undergraduate  Students. 

John  W.  Stuntz,  B.S.,  Lecturer  on  Applied  Electronics. 

Emile  H.  Sunier,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering. 

William  W.  Thomas,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

David  G.  Thompson,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

T.  C.  Gordon  Wagner,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Stanton  Walker,  B.S.,  Lecturer  on  Engineering  Materials. 

Robert  K.  Warner,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Joseph  Weber,  B.S.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

Presley  A.  Wedding,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Thomas  T.  Witkowski,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

John  E.  Younger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and  Chair- 
man of  the  Department. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  375 

GLENN  L.  MARTIN 

COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

AND  AERONAUTICAL  SCIENCES 

,  Director  of  Engineering  Education  and  Research. 


S.  Sidney  Steinberg,  B.E.,  C.E., 
Dean  in  Charge  of  Undergraduate  Students 


The  primary  purpose  of  the  College  of  Engineering  is  to  train  young  men 
to  practice  the  profession  of  Engineering.  It  endeavors  at  the  same  time 
to  equip  them  for  their  duties  as  citizens  and  for  careers  in  public  service 
and  in  industry. 

In  training  professional  engineers  it  is  necessary  that  great  emphasis  be 
placed  on  the  fundamentals  of  mathematics,  science  and  engineering  so 
as  to  establish  a  broad  professional  base.  Experience  has  also  shown  the 
value  of  a  coordinated  group  of  humanistic-social  studies  for  engineering 
students  since  their  later  professional  activities  are  so  closely  identified 
with  the  public.  It  is  well  recognized  that  an  engineering  training  affords 
an  efficient  preparation  for  many  callings  in  public  and  private  life  outside 
the  engineering  profession. 

The  new  buildings  just  completed  for  the  College  of  Engineering  were 
made  possible  through  the  interest  of  Mr.  Glenn  L.  Martin,  of  the 
Glenn  L.  Martin  Company  of  Baltimore,  which  resulted  in  two  large  gifts 
from  the  Company  to  the  University,  to  which  have  been  added  funds 
made  available  by  the  Legislature  of  Maryland.  The  new  units  consist 
of  four  structures,  namely,  the  General  Engineering  building,  an  Engineer- 
ing Laboratories  Building,  a  Chemical  Engineering  building,  and  a  Wind 
Tunnel  building. 

This  increase  in  facilities  has  made  possible  an  expansion  of  the  work 
in  each  department  and  the  establishment  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
of  an  Institute  for  Advanced  Technological  Research.  This  Institute  will 
carry  on  full-time  research  in  connection  with  an  organization  known  as 
the  State  Institute  for  Industrial  Research,  authorized  by  the  Maryland 
Legislature  to  be  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Uni- 
versity, and  also  to  carry  on  studies  in  the  various  departments  leading 
to  graduate  degrees. 

The  length  of  the  normal  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering  is 
four  years  and  leads  to  the  bachelor's  degree.  In  the  case  of  most  students 
these  four  years  give  the  engineering  graduate  the  basic  and  fundamental 
knowledge  necessary  to  enter  upon  the  practice  of  the  profession.  Engi- 
neering students  with  superior  scholastic  records  are  advised  to  supplement 
their  undergraduate  programs  by  at  least  one  year  of  graduate  study  lead- 
ing to  the  master's  degree.  All  the  engineering  departments  encourage 
graduate  work   leading  to   the   doctor's   degree,   and   the   Department   of 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  377 

Chemical  Engineering  has  already  awarded  Ph.D.  degrees  to  a  number 
of  candidates.  Graduate  engineers  desiring  to  enter  research  and  de- 
velopment work  should  endeavor  to  qualify  for  the  doctorate.  Graduate 
programs  will  be  arranged  upon  application  to  the  chairman  of  the  engi- 
neering department  concerned. 

In  order  to  give  the  new  student  time  to  choose  the  branch  of  engineering 
for  which  he  is  best  adapted,  the  freshman  year  of  the  several  curriculums 
is  the  same.  Lectures  and  conferences  are  used  to  guide  the  student  in 
making  a  proper  choice.  The  courses  differ  only  slightly  in  the  sophomore 
year,  but  in  the  junior  and  senior  years  the  students  are  directed  definitely 
along  professional  lines. 

Admission  Requirements 

In  selecting  students  for  admission  to  the  University  more  emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and  other  indications  of  probable  success 
in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed  pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general, 
4  units  of  English,  SV2  units  of  Mathematics  including  Solid  Geometry,  and 
1  unit  each  of  Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  Fine  Arts,  Trade 
and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

It  is  possible,  however,  for  high  school  graduates  having  the  requisite 
number  of  entrance  units  to  enter  the  College  of  Engineering  lacking  one 
unit  of  Advanced  Algebra  and  one-half  unit  of  Solid  Geometry.  The  pro- 
gram for  such  students  would  be  as  follows:  during  the  first  semester,  five 
hours  a  week  would  be  devoted  to  making  up  algebra  and  solid  geometry; 
in  the  second  semester,  mathematics  of  the  first  semester  would  be  scheduled ; 
and  the  second  semester  mathematics  would  be  taken  in  the  Summer  School. 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Engineering  must  apply 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Bachelor  Degrees  in  the  College  of  Engineering 

Courses  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  are  offered  in  the 
Departments  of  Aeronautical,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical 
engineering,  and  in  Metallurgy. 

Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include;  $165.00  fixed 
charges;  $48.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A  matricu- 
lation fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students,  and  a  College  fee  of  $3.00 
per  semester  is  charged  to  all  students  registered  in  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing. An  additional  charge  of  $125.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the 
State  of  Maryland. 


378  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of 
Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules 
are  required  to  take  basic  air  force  R.  0.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period  of  two 
years.  The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  gradu- 
ation but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two 
years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or 
not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  military 
training  will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  graduation, 
whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  Advanced  Air  Force 
R.  0.  T.  C.  courses  during  their  Junior  and  Senior  years  which  lead  to  a 
regular  or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  requirements  in  Military  Instruction,  write 
the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue" 
of  the  Catalog. 

Master  of  Science  in  Engineering 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  in  Science  in  Engineering  and  in 
Metallurgy  are  accepted  in  accordance  with  the  procedure  and  requirements 
of  the  Graduate  School.     See  Graduate  School  Catalog. 

Professional  Degrees  in  Engineering 

The  degrees  of  Aeronautical  Engineer,  Chemical  Engineer,  Civil  Engineer, 
Electrical  Engineer,  and  Mechanical  Engineer  will  be  granted  only  to 
graduates  of  the  University  who  have  obtained  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
engineering.     The  applicant  must  satisfy  the  following  conditions: 

1.  He  shall  have  engaged  successfully  in  acceptable  engineering  work 
for  not  less  than  five  years  after  graduation. 

2.  He  must  be  considered  eligible  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Engineering  and  the  heads  of  the  Departments  of 
Aeronautical,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

3.  His  registration  for  a  degree  must  be  approved  at  least  twelve  months 
prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  degree  is  to  be  conferred.  He  shall  present 
with  his  application  a  complete  report  of  his  engineering  experience  and 
an  outline  of  his  proposed  thesis. 

4.  He  shall  present  a  satisfactory  thesis  in  duplicate  on  an  approved 
subject. 

Equipment 

The  Engineering  buildings  are  provided  with  lecture-rooms,  recitation- 
rooms,  drafting-rooms,  laboratories,  and  shops  for  various  phases  of 
engineering  work. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  379 

Drafting-Rooms.  The  drafting-rooms  are  fully  equipped  for  practical 
work.  The  engineering  student  must  provide  himself  with  an  approved 
drawing  outfit,  supplies,  and  books. 

LABORATORIES 

Chemical  Engineering  Laboratories.  Beginning  in  1949-50  instruction 
and  research  in  Chemical  Engineering  will  be  housed  in  a  new  building 
designed  for  this  purpose.  It  contains  lecture  rooms,  library,  laboratories, 
shops,  storerooms,  dark  rooms  and  offices  ample  in  size  and  equipment 
to  accommodate  the  full  range  of  chemical  engineering  studies,  from  the 
elementary  chemical  and  physical  reactions  underlying  process  develop- 
ments to  the  construction  and  operation  of  pilot  plants  and  the  design  of 
full  scale  equipment,  with  provisions  for  specialized  work  in  options  such  as 
electrochemical  engineering,  fuel  engineering  and  metallurgy.  Labora- 
tories are  maintained  for  (1)  General  Testing  and  Control;  (2)  Unit 
Operations;  (3)  Electromechanical  Engineering;  (4)  Metallurgy;  (5)  Gas 
and  Fuel  Analysis;  (6)  Cooperative  Research;  (7)  Graduate  Research.  Shops 
include  a  complete  machine  shop,  a  wood  shop  and  a  student  shop. 

General  Testing  and  Control  Laboratory.  In  this  laboratory  there  is 
available  complete  equipment  for  the  chemical  and  physical  testing  of  water, 
gases,  coal,  petroleum,  and  their  by-products;  and  for  general  industrial 
chemicals,  both  inorganic  and  organic. 

Unit  Operations  Laboratory.  This  laboratory  contains  equipment  for 
the  study  of  fluid  flow,  heat  flow,  drying,  filtration,  distillation,  evaporation, 
crushing,  grinding,  combustion,  gas  absorption,  extraction,  and  centrifuging. 
Organic  process  equipment  includes  an  autoclave,  nitrator,  reducer,  and 
mixing  kettle.  For  the  study  of  fluid  flow  a  permanent  hydraulic  assembly 
is  available,  and  this  includes  flow  meters  of  most  types.  A  Chemical 
Control  Laboratory  is  maintained  in  conjunction  with  the  Unit  Operations 
Laboratory. 

In  the  laboratory  there  is  a  large  column  still  with  a  kettle  capacity 
of  100  gallons,  equipped  for  the  measurement  of  temperature  and  pressure, 
sampling  devices,  condensers,  and  vacuum  receivers.  This  still  is  so  de- 
signed that  it  can  be  used  either  as  a  batch  type  unit,  continuous  feed 
type,  direct  pot  still,  steam  still,  or  as  a  vacuum  still.  Studies  in  evapora- 
tion can  be  made  on  a  double  effect  evaporator,  one  unit  of  which  is 
equipped  with  a  horizontal  tube  bundle  and  the  other  with  a  vertical  tube 
bundle.  Dryers  include  cabinet,  tray  and  vacuum  types.  Gas  absorp- 
tion equipment  includes  a  blower  and  a  stoneware  column  packed  with 
different  types  of  packings  in  respective  sections  so  that  comparative 
studies  may  be  made.  The  organic  process  equipment  is  all  self-driven 
and  designed  to  afford  flexibility  in  use.  Filtration  equipment  includes 
plate  and  frame,  Sweetland  and  Sparkler  types.  Combustion  equipment 
available  consists  of  an  industrial  carburetor,  pot  furnace,  premix  gas-fired 
furnace  and  the  usual  gas  analysis  equipment.     For  grinding  there  is  a 


380  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

comminuting  machine,  jaw  crusher,  a  disc  crusher  and  ball  mills.  Mechan- 
ical shakers,  standard  sieve,  and  sub-sieve  separator  are  available  for  par- 
ticle size  separation.  Centrifugation  studies  may  be  made  on  a  continuous 
super  centrifuge,  Tolhurst  basket  type  or  centrifugal  dryer.  Concen- 
trating equipment  includes  a  flotation  cell  and  Wilfley  table.  Student 
shop  facilities  include  a  milling  machine,  lathe,  drill  presses,  grinder, 
welding  equipment,  and  other  tools  necessary  for  unit  operation  studies. 
The  University  has  received  war  surplus  equipment,  which,  when  placed 
in  operation,  will  greatly  expand  these  facilities. 

Electrochemical  Engineering  Laboratory.  This  laboratory  contains  appa- 
ratus simulating  industrial  electrochemical  engineering  equipment,  as  well 
as  small  laboratory  size  units  to  illustrate  principles  of  operation.  Studies 
conducted  in  this  laboratory  relate  to  electric  furnace  operations,  metal 
winning  and  refining,  electroplating,  corrosion,  electrochemical  preparations, 
chlorine  and  caustic  soda  manufacture,  instrumentation,  and  related  opera- 
tions and  processes. 

The  laboratory  contains  small  dry  rectifiers,  one  500-ampere  6-12  V 
motor  generator  set,  several  300-ampere  motor  generator  sets,  75  KVA 
variable  A.C.  supply  for  furnace  operations  and  numerous  storage  batteries 
as  power  sources.  The  equipment  includes  a  small  (25KVA)  silicon  carbide 
furnace,  aluminum  electrolytic  cell,  small  arc  furnace  for  making  ferro- 
silicon,  ferro-chromium,  aluminum,  bronze  and  other  alloys,  numerous 
electrolytic  cells  for  electroplating,  copper,  lead,  nickel,  chromium,  zinc, 
cadmium,  brass,  silver,  gold,  rhodium,  and  other  metals.  Flexible  arrange- 
ments are  maintained  for  the  production  electrolytically  of  materials  such 
as  iodoform,  white  lead,  cuprous  oxide,  azobenzene,  dyes,  nitrites,  hydroxyla- 
mine,  chlorine,  caustic  soda  and  other  chemicals.  Corrosion  testing  equip- 
ment is  also  on  hand.  Arrangements  are  flexible  enough  so  that  most  in- 
dustrial electrochemical  operations  can  be  reproduced  on  a  moderate  scale. 

Cooperative  and  Graduate  Research  Laboratories.  These  laboratories  are 
arranged  to  permit  the  installation  of  such  special  equipment  as  the 
particular  problems  under  consideration  may  require.  Effort  is  made  to 
maintain  cooperation  with  the  industries  of  Maryland  and  the  Chemical 
Engineering  activities  of  the  State  and  Federal  governments;  for  such  work 
important  advantages  accrue  because  of  the  location  of  the  Eastern  Experi- 
ment Station  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines  on  the  University 
campus. 

Electrical  Machinery  Laboratory.  This  laboratory,  with  a  floor  space 
of  5,760  square  feet,  is  divided  into  four  working  areas,  each  area  to  be 
serviced  by  a  modern  distribution  switchboard  and  auxiliary  panels.  The 
distribution  switchboard  also  provides  interconnection  between  each  working 
area  as  well  as  to  the  various  other  laboratories  situated  throughout  the  elec- 
trical engineering  department.  Each  working  area  is  provided  with  an 
educational  DC-AC  motor  generator  and  a  variety  of  modern  motors, 
generators,  transformers,  and  other  electrical  devices  of  such  size  and  de- 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  381 

sign  as  to  give  typical  performance  characteristics.  An  overhead  crane 
is  available  to  facilitate  the  moving  and  rearrangement  of  the  various 
machines. 

Electric  power  is  supplied  to  the  laboratory  by  a  three-unit  motor- 
generator  set  consisting  of  a  150  HP  synchronous  motor  driving  a  50  KW, 
125/250  volt  direct  current  generator,  and  a  62.5  KVA,  80  per  cent  power 
factor,  3  phase,  60  cycle  generator.  This  latter  machine  is  wired  to  supply 
both  120  volts  and  240  volts  simultaneously.  A  modern  switchgear  will 
provide  well  regulated  voltage  from  each  generator. 

Adjoining  the  laboratory  there  is  an  instrument  and  small-equipment 
room  provided  with  a  large  assortment  of  measuring  instruments  essential 
to  practical  electrical  testing,  namely,  ammeters,  voltmeters,  wattmeters, 
watt-hour  meters,  frequency  meters,  strobotacs,  tachometers,  wheatstone 
bridges,  impedance  bridges,   oscillographs,   and   special   rheostats. 

A  well  appointed  shop  is  available  with  modern  metal  and  wood  turning 
tools  for  the  repair  of  equipment,  the  building  of  experimental  devices,  and 
the  general  repair  of  all  laboratory  facilities.  Another  adjoining  room 
provides  lecture  room  facilities,  computation  tables  and  reference  material. 

Industrial  Electronics  Laboratory.  A  floor  area  of  1,900  square  feet 
adjacent  to  the  machinery  laboratory  and  connected  with  it  by  way  of  a 
two-ton  monorail  crane  is  called  the  Industrial  Electronics  Laboratory. 

This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  apparatus  and  controls  similar  to  those 
used  in  industry  in  obtaining  better  products  in  greater  quantities,  by 
means  of  electronic  devices. 

The  experimental  apparatus  consists  of  several  amplidynes,  an  elec- 
tronic welder,  a  high  frequency  heating  unit,  several  types  of  electronic 
motor  controllers,  voltage  regulators,  photo-electric  counters,  thyratron 
rectifiers,  servo-control  systems,  and  an  X-ray  installation. 

The  laboratory  is  energized  from  a  distribution  center  similar  to  the 
system  used  in  the  adjacent  machinery  laboratory  and  in  addition,  three- 
phase  ignitron  rectifiers  and  high  voltage  power  supplies  are  provided. 

The  instrument  room  and  shop  which  serve  the  machinery  laboratory 
also  serve  the  Industrial  Electronics  Laboratory. 

Sophomore  Laboratory.  A  balcony  overlooking  the  machinery  laboratory 
is  equipped  with  five  work  stations  at  which  basic  electric  and  magnetic 
measurements  are  performed. 

Equipment  is  provided  for  fundamental  measurements  of  current,  voltage 
power,  and  resistance.  Ballistic  galvanometers,  long  solenoids,  flux  meters, 
and  traction  permeameters  are  employed  in  measuring  magnetic  quanti- 
ties. Triode  characteristics  and  basic  non-linear  circuit  concepts  are  studied 
experimentally  in  this  laboratory. 

Photometry  and  Oscillographic  Laboratory.  A  laboratory,  16  by  50  feet, 
provided  with  a  dark  room  is  available  for  photometric  and  oscillographic 


382  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

measurements.  The  photometry  apparatus  consists  of  a  bar  photometer 
and  four  types  of  portable  photometers  and  light  meters.  Typical  lighting 
installations  are  available  for  experimental  study. 

Electromagnetic  oscillographs  are  available  for  studying  transient  and 
steady-state  time  variations  of  electric  currents  and  voltages.  The  dark 
room  facilities  permit  on-the-spot  development  of  the  photographic  film. 

Electronics  and  Radio  Engineering  Laboratories.  A  room  25  feet  in 
width  by  60  feet  in  length  is  equipped  with  eight  work  stations,  four  of 
which  are  specifically  outfitted  for  basic  electronics  experiments  and  four 
specifically  for  radio  engineering  experiments. 

The  electronics  equipment  consists  of  various  bread-board  layouts,  signal 
generators,  cathode-ray  oscilloscopes,  vacuum  tube  voltmeters,  frequency 
meters,  and  a  wide  range  of  indicating  instruments.  With  this  appa- 
ratus, pentode  and  thyratron  characteristics  are  studied  experimentally 
and  basic  electronic  measurements  are  performed.  The  performance  charac- 
teristics of  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  regulated  power  supplies  are  also 
investigated  in  this  section  of  the  laboratory. 

The  radio  equipment  consists  of  various  bread-board  layouts,  including 
mixers,  discriminators,  oscillators,  IF  stages,  inverters,  class  C  amplifiers, 
and  push-pull  audio  stages.  Complete  radio  receivers  and  transmitters  are 
available  both  in  commercial  form  and  in  demonstration  panel  form  for 
experimental  study. 

Adjacent  to  this  laboratory  is  a  combined  instrument  room  and  radio 
repair  shop. 

Ultra  High  Frequency  Laboratory.  A  floor  area  of  1,000  square  feet  is 
dedicated  to  experimentation  and  measurements  in  the  frequency  spectrum 
ranging  from  200  to  10,000  megacycles  per  second. 

Signal  generators  covering  this  frequency  range  as  well  as  a  wide  variety 
of  magnetron,  klystron,  and  light-house  tube  oscillators  are  available. 

In  the  lower  frequency  ranges,  parallel-wire  transmission  lines  are  em- 
ployed to  illustrate  single  and  double  stubbing  theory.  The  transmission 
line  is  also  used  as  an  impedance  measuring  device. 

In  the  higher  frequency  ranges,  wave  guides,  slotted  sections,  sectoral 
horns,  and  parabolic  antennas  are  employed  to  demonstrate  microwave 
techniques.  Crystal  detectors  and  bolometers  are  provided  for  signal  de- 
tection and  power  measurements  respectively. 

FM  and  Television  Laboratory.  Space  is  provided  on  the  upper  floor 
of  the  main  engineering  building  for  experimental  study  of  frequency- 
modulated  and  television  signals.  Receiving  and  transmitting  apparatus 
are  available  for  this  purpose.  Owing  to  the  location  of  the  laboratory, 
antennas  may  be  installed  readily  and  connected  from  the  transmitter  to 
the  roof  of  the  building,  where  a  50-by-500-foot  unobstructed  area  may  be 
used  for  antenna  pattern  measurements. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  383 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratories.  These  laboratories  are  equipped 
for  research  and  practice  in  thermodynamics,  heat  transmission,  fuels  and 
lubricants,  steam  power,  internal  combustion  engines,  refrigeration,  air 
conditioning  and  heating  and  ventilation. 

The  apparatus  in  the  steam  power  and  heat  transfer  laboratory  consists 
of  steam  engines  equipped  with  Prony  brakes,  two-stage  steam  driven  air 
compressor,  mechanical  indicators,  planimeters,  pumps,  gauges  and  their 
testing  equipment,  feed  water  heaters,  steam  condensers,  injectors  and 
ejectors,  and  a  steam  turbine  generator  set. 

The  fuels  and  lubricants  equipment  consists  of  bomb  and  gas  calorimeters, 
viscosimeter,  octane  and  octane  rating  engines,  hydrometers,  chemical 
balances,  drying  ovens,  and  exhaust  gas  analyzing  equipment. 

For  internal  combustion  engine  laboratory  practice  and  research  there 
are  available:  Waukesha  Diesel  engine  research  unit  with  electric  dynamom- 
eter, National  Advisory  Committee  for  Aeronautics  variable  compression 
ratio  research  engine,  single  and  multi-cylinder  gasoline  engines,  radial  air- 
craft engine,  R.C.A.  piezo-electric  high  speed  engine  indicator,  vibration 
measuring  equipment,  and  exhaust  pyrometers. 

A  refrigeration  and  air  conditioning  unit,  fans,  flowmeters,  and  two  heat- 
ing and  ventilation  units  are  also  available. 

Metallography  Laboratory.  This  laboratory  is  equipped  for  the  physical 
study  of  metals.  Research  and  practice  can  be  carried  out  in  this  laboratory 
in  the  following  fields:  crystallography  and  alloy  systems,  heat  treatment 
and  strength  of  materials,  and  macro  and  micro  examination  of  metals. 
Included  also  are  controlled  heat  treating  and  melting  furnaces,  bakelite 
mold  press,  polishing  wheels,  etching  equipment,  microscopes,  photographic 
equipment,  Rockwell  hardness  tester,  Jominy  and  quench  testing  equipment, 
creep  testing  machine,  cutting  off  wheels,  thermocouples  and  pyrometers, 
and  other  special  instruments. 

The  laboratory  has  a  Bausch  and  Lomb  I  L  S  metalloscope  for  producing 
photomicrographs  up  to  2,000  magnifications. 

Aeronautical  Laboratory.  The  present  aeronantical  laboratory  is  equipped 
for  practice  and  research  in  metal  aircraft  construction,  structural  tests, 
vibration  and  aerodynamics. 

A  sheet  metal  shop  equipped  to  construct  components  of  aircraft  struc- 
tures is  available.  This  shop  includes  such  equipment  as  pneumatic  rivet- 
ing hammers,  rivet  squeezers,  squaring  shears,  rolls,  brake,  router,  heat- 
treating  furnace,  etc.  A  machine  shop  is  available  for  constructing  research 
apparatus. 

The  aerodynamics  laboratory  has  a  two-foot  subsonic  wind  tunnel,  ma- 
nometer boards,  ballistics  range,  water  table  and  high-speed  flash  photog- 
raphy equipment. 

The  structures  laboratory  has  a  40,000  pound  capacity  universal  testing 
machine,  tension-compression  jacks  and  pumps  for  structural  loading,  ten- 


384  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

sion  dynamometers,  dial  gauges,  SD-4  strain  indicating  equipment,  exten- 
someter,  etc. 

Hydraulics  Laboratory.  The  equipment  consists  of  four  electrically 
driven  pumps  together  capable  of  circulating  a  maximum  of  4,000  gallons 
of  water  per  minute,  a  standpipe  5  feet  in  diameter  and  60  feet  high  which 
can  be  used  as  a  constant  level  tank  at  three  different  heads;  150  foot  head 
tank,  300  foot  head  tank,  3  foot  by  4  foot  by  15  foot  metal  weir  tank,  3  foot 
by  4  foot  by  25  foot  glass  sided  flume  for  weir  and  model  experiments, 
Pelton  water  wheel  with  glass  sides  for  direct  observation,  Rodney-Hunt 
reaction  turbine,  measuring  tanks,  weirs,  nozzles,  venturi  meters,  other 
meters,  gauges,  and  other  small  apparatus  necessary  for  the  study  of  the 
flow  characteristics  of  water. 

Materials  Testing  Laboratory.  Apparatus  and  equipment  are  provided 
for  making  standard  tests  on  various  construction  materials,  such  as  sand, 
gravel,  stone,  steel,  concrete,  lumber,  brick,  bituminous  materials  and  road 
mixes. 

Equipment  includes  a  400,000-pound  universal  hydraulic  testing  machine, 
a  60,000-pound  universal  hydraulic  testing  machine,  three  100,000-pound 
screw  power  universal  testing  machines,  torsion  testing  machine,  impact 
testing  machine,  weather-o-meter,  Rockwell,  Brinnell  and  Shore  hardness 
testers,  abrasion  testing  machine,  rattler,  constant  temperature  chamber, 
moist  room  and  other  facilities  for  mixing,  curing  and  testing  concretes 
and  mortars,  as  well  as  extensometer  and  micrometer  gauges,  electrical 
strain  gauges  and  other  special  devices  for  ascertaining  the  elastic  proper- 
ties of  various  materials. 

Sanitary  Laboratory.  The  laboratory  is  designed  to  provide  facilities  for 
instruction  and  research  in  water  and  sewage  problems. 

The  apparatus  and  equipment  required  to  make  the  standard  chemical 
and  bacteriological  analyses  of  water  and  sewage  are  available. 

Ample  space  and  equipment  for  model  work  are  provided  in  this  labora- 
tory and  since  it  is  adjacent  to  the  hydraulics  laboratory,  access  to  its 
facilities  for  additional  studies  are  available. 

Soils  Mechanics  Laboratory.  The  laboratory  is  designed  for  instruction 
and  research  into  the  properties  of  soil  and  their  structural  applications.  The 
laboratory  is  equipped  for  the  performance  of  all  the  usual  soil  tests,  sieve 
and  hydrometer  analysis,  Atterberg  limits,  compaction,  permeability,  capil- 
larity, consolidation  and  strength. 

The  strength  testing  equipment  includes  direct  shear  and  triaxial  devices 
to  be  loaded  statically  or  by  variable  speed  motors  and  a  universal  testing 
machine  with  a  240-pound  low  range  and  automatic  recorder.  A  repetitive 
loading  device  is  available  to  simulate  fatigue  or  compaction  from  traffic 
loads.  Compaction  equipment  includes  an  automatic  tamper  and  a  variable 
frequency  vibration  table. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  385 

Also  available  are  field  sampling  and  resistivity  exploration  equipment, 
California  bearing  ratio  apparatus  for  field  and  laboratory,  apparatus  for 
chemical  and  microscopic  studies  and  motorized  pulverization  and  mixing 
equipment. 

Research  Foundation.  The  National  Sand  and  Gravel  Association  and 
the  National  Ready  Mixed  Concrete  Association  have,  by  arrangement  with 
the  College  of  Engineering,  established  their  joint  testing  and  research 
laboratory  at  the  University.  The  purpose  of  the  Research  Foundation 
thus  organized  is  to  make  available  to  the  Association  additional  facilities 
for  its  investigational  work,  and  to  provide  for  the  College  of  Engineering 
additional  facilities  and  opportunities  for  increasing  the  scope  of  its 
engineering  research. 

Machine  Shop.  The  machine  shop  is  equipped  with  various  types  of 
lathes,  planers,  milling  machines,  drill  presses,  shaper,  midget  mill,  and 
precision  boring  head.  Equipment  is  available  for  gas  and  electric  arc 
welding. 

The  shop  equipment  not  only  furnishes  practice,  drill,  and  instruction  for 
students,  but  makes  possible  the  complete  production  of  special  apparatus 
for  conducting  experimental  and  research  work  in  engineering. 

Surveying  Equipment.  Surveying  equipment  for  plane,  topographic,  and 
geodetic  surveying  is  provided  properly  to  equip  several  field  parties.  A 
wide  variety  of  surveying  instruments  is  provided,  including  domestic  as 
well  as  foreign  makes,  and  stereoscopic  instruments  are  available  for  the 
interpretation  and  use  of  aerial  photographs. 

Special  Models  and  Specimens.  A  number  of  models  illustrating  various 
types  of  highway  construction  and  highway  bridges  are  available. 

A  wide  variety  of  specimens  of  the  more  common  minerals  and  rocks 
has  been  collected  from  various  sections  of  the  country,  particularly  from 
Maryland. 

Engineering  Library.  In  addition  to  the  general  University  Library  an 
Engineering  Reading  Room  in  the  Engineering  Building  receives  the 
standard  engineering  magazines  and  technical  journals  and  maintains  a 
reference  library  of  the  standard  engineering  works  and  current  technical 
literature.  Also  special  reference  books  and  catalogs  for  design  courses 
are  provided  in  the  design  rooms  of  the  various  departments. 

The  Davis  Library  of  Highway  Engineering  and  Transport,  founded  by 
Dr.  Charles  H.  Davis,  President  of  the  National  Highways  Association, 
is  part  of  the  Library  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  library  covers 
all  phases  of  highway  engineering,  highway  transportation,  and  highway 
traffic  control. 


386  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

There  has  also  been  donated  to  the  College  of  Engineering  the  trans- 
portation library  of  the  late  J.  Rowland  Bibbins  of  Washington,  D.  C.  The 
books  and  reports  in  this  library  deal  with  urban  transportation  problems, 
including  railroads,  street  cars,  subways,  busses,  and  city  planning. 

Curricula 

The  normal  curriculum  of  each  department  is  outlined  on  the  following 
pages.  Students  are  expected  to  attend  and  take  part  in  the  meetings  of 
the  student  chapters  of  the  technical  engineering  societies. 

Freshman  engineering  students  are  given  a  special  course  of  lectures 
by  faculty  members  and  practicing  engineers  covering  the  work  of  the 
several  engineering  professional  fields.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
assist  the  freshman  in  selecting  the  particular  field  of  engineering  for 
which  he  is  best  adapted.  The  student  is  required  to  submit  a  brief  written 
summary  of  each  lecture.  A  series  of  engineering  lectures  for  upper  class- 
men is  also  provided.  These  are  given  by  prominent  practicing  engineers  in 
the  various  branches  of  the  profession. 

Student  branches  of  the  following  national  technical  societies  are  estab- 
lished in  the  College  of  Engineering:  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neers, American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  American  Institute  of  Electrical 
Engineers,  and  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers.  The  student 
branches  meet  regularly  for  the  discussion  of  topics  dealing  with  the  various 
fields  of  engineering. 

A  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  will  be  certified  as  a  junior 
when  he  shall  have  passed  all  the  basic  technical  courses  of  the  Freshman 
and  Sophomore  years  with  an  average  grade  of  C  or  higher. 

The  proximity  of  the  University  to  Baltimore  and  Washington,  and  to 
other  places  where  there  are  large  industrial  enterprises,  offers  an  excellent 
opportunity  for  the  engineering  student  to  observe  what  is  being  done  in 
his  chosen  field.  An  instructor  accompanies  students  on  all  inspection  trips, 
and  students    are  required  to  submit  a  written  report  of  each  trip. 

The  courses  listed  in  the  curricula  to  follow  will  be  found  described  in 
detail  on  the  following  pages. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  387 

BASIC  CURRICULUM  FOR  ALL  FRESHMAN  STUDENTS 

All  freshman  students  are  required  to  take  the  following  curriculum 
during  their  first  year: 

i — Semester — > 

Freshman  Year                                                                                            I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Speech  7 — Public   Speaking    ....  2 

•Math.   14 — Plane   Trigonometry    2  .... 

♦Math.   15 — College  Algebra    3  

Math.    17 — Analytic   Geometry    4 

Chem.    1,   3 — General    Chemistry 4  4 

Dr.    1,   2 — Engineering   Drawing 2  2 

Engr.  1 — Introduction  to  Engineering 1  .... 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total    19  19 

AERONAUTICAL  ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical  Engineering  deals  with  the  design,  construction,  and  mainte- 
nance of  aircraft  and  aircraft  power  plants;  aerodynamics  and  performance 
of  aircraft;  structural  design  and  mechanical  equipment;  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  operation  of  industrial  aircraft  plants. 

Aeronautical  Engineering  Curriculum                                                 «  . 

Sophomore  Year                                                                                       I  II 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology   of   American   Life ....  8 

Math.    20,    21— Calculus 4  4 

Phys.  20,  21— General  Physics   5  B 

Surv.  1 — Plane  Surveying    ....  2 

Dr.  3 — Advanced  Engineering  Drawing 2  .... 

Shop  1 — Machine  Shop  Practice 2  .... 

Shop  2 — Machine   Shop   Practice ....  1 

Shop  3 — Manufacturing    Processes    ....  1 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical   Activities    1  1 

Total   20  20 


*  A  qualifying  test  is  given  during  registration  to  determine  whether  the  student  is 
adequately  prepared  for  Math.  14  and  15.  A  student  failing  this  test  is  required  to  take 
Math.  1,  Introductory  Algebra,  without  credit  and  is  not  eligible  to  take  Math.  14  concurrently. 


388  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

r— Semester — \ 
Junior  Year  I  H 

♦Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World   Literature  ;   or 3  3 

*Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 3  3 

Math.  64 — Differential   Equations   for   Engineers 3            

Mech.  2 — Statics    and    Dynamics 5  .... 

Mech.  52 — Strength   of   Materials 6 

M.  E.  53 — Metallography      3 

M.  E.  100 — Thermodynamics     3            

Aero.  E.  101 — Aerodynamics   •  •  •  ■  8 

Aero.  E.  103 — Airplane    Detail    Drafting 1            

Aero.  E.  104 — Airplane  Layout  Drafting 1 

E.  E  51,  52 — Principles   of   Electrical   Engineering 4  4 

Total  19  19 

Senior  Year 

*H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Aero.  E.  102 — Aerodynamics     2  

Aero.  E.  105,  106 — Airplane  Fabrication  Shops 1  2 

Aero.  E.  107,  108 — Airplane   Design    4  4 

Aero.  E.  109,  110 — Aircraft   Power   Plants 4  4 

Aero.  E.  Ill,  112 — Aeronautical    Laboratory     2  2 

Aero.  E.  113,  114 — Mechanics  of  Aircraft   Structures 3  3 

Total   19  18 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Chemical  Engineering  deals  primarily  with  the  industrial  and  economic 
transformation  of  matter.  It  seeks  to  assemble  and  develop  information  on 
chemical  operations  and  processes  of  importance  in  modern  life  and  to 
apply  this  under  executive  direction,  according  to  engineering  methods,  for 
the  attainment  of  economic  objectives.  Modern  chemical  research  has  con- 
tributed so  much  to  industrial  and  social  welfare  that  the  field  of  the 
chemical  engineer  may  now  be  said  to  cover  practically  every  operation  in 
which  any  industrial  material  undergoes  a  change  in  its  chemical  identity. 

When  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering  was  founded  in  1937,  the 
Board  of  Regents  transferred  all  the  work  in  Industrial  Chemistry,  including 
the  staff  and  equipment,  to  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Beginning  in  1948-49,  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering  has  ex- 
panded its  offerings  to  include  an  option  in  Metallurgy.  Students  who  elect 
this  option,  which  is  outlined  below  (*),  will  receive  their  bachelor's  degree 
in  preparation  for  work  in  Metallurgy. 


*  A.  S.  101,  102  and  A.  S.  103,  104— Advanced  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C. 
may  be  substituted. 


-3  credits  per  semester 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  389 

Chemical  Engineering  Curriculum  f Semester * 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 8  .... 

Math.  20,  21— Calculus  4  4 

Phys.    20,    21 — General   Physics 6  B 

Chem,  19 — Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis 4           

Ch.  E.  10 — Water,  Fuels  and  Lubricants 4 

*Surv.  1 — Elements  of  Plane  Surveying 

or                                                                                                            2 

Ch.  E.  23 — Nonf errous    and    Ferrous    Metallurgy 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.   (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total     20  19 

Junior  Year 

tEng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   Readings   in   World   Literature 

or  3  3 

tEng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings  in  English  Literature 

*Econ.  31,  32 — Principles    of    Economics 

Ch.  E.  103,  f ,  s. — Elements  of  Chemical  Engineering 

Chem.  187,  189 — Elements  of  Physical  Chemistry  Lectures 

Chem.  188,  190 — Physical    Chemistry    Laboratory 

*Chem.  35,  37 — Elementary   Organic   Chemistry    Lecture 

Ch.  E.  64,  66 — Physical    Metallurgy    

Ch.  E.  65,  67 — Physical   Metallurgy    Laboratory 

Ch.  E.  68,  70 — Mechanical    Properties   of   Metals 

Mech.  3 — Statics    and   Dynamics 

Mech.  4 — Strength   of   Materials ....  3 

Total     *19  *19 


3 

3 

3 

8 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

(2) 

(2) 

(1) 

(1) 

(2) 

(2) 

3 

*  All  Chemical  Engineers  shall  take  Surveying  1  and  Organic  Chemistry  35,  37,  except 
those  who  complete  the  entire  Metallurgical  option  comprising  Ch.  E.  23 ;  Ch.  E.  64,  66 ; 
Ch.  E.  65,  67 ;  Ch.  E.  68,  70 ;  Ch.  E.  182,  183.  Students  electing  the  entire  Metallurgical 
option  will  take  Econ.  31,  32  in  their  senior  year. 

t  A.  S.  101,  102 — Advanced  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C— 3  credits  per  semester  may  be 
substituted. 


390  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — > 

Senior  Year  *  " 

t*H.  5,  6— History    of    American    Civilization 3  3 

or 

f  C.  E.  114 — Applications    of    Electrochemistry 4           

**Ch.  E.  105,  f,s — Advanced  Unit   Operations 5  5 

or 

Ch.  E.  182,  183— Optical  and  X-Ray  Metallography 4  4 

Ch.  E.  109,  f,s — Chemical    Engineering    Thermodynamics 3  3 

Ch.  E.  110 — Advanced    Chemical    Engineering    Calculations ....  3 

Ch.  E.  107 — Fuels    and    Their    Utilization 3            

**Ch.  E.  108,  f,s — Industrial    Chemistry    Technology 2  2 

or 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles   of   Economics    (for   Metallurgical    Option) 3  3 

E.  E.  51,  52— Principles  of   Electrical  Engineering 4  4 

|Ch.  E.  104 — Seminar     1  1 

Total     21  21 

**or  22  22 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Civil  Engineering  deals  with  the  design,  construction,  and  maintenance 
of  highways,  railroads,  waterways,  bridges,  buildings,  water  supply  and 
sewerage  systems,  harbor  improvements,  dams,  and  surveying  and  mapping. 

Civil  Engineering  Curriculum  , — Semester — i 

Sophomore  Year  I  H 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life ....  3 

Math.  20,  21— Calculus    4  4 

Phys.  20,  21— General  Physics 5  5 

Dr.  3 — Advanced  Engineering  Drawing 2  .... 

Mech.    1 — Statics   and  Dynamics ....  3 

Surv.   1,   2 — Plane   Surveying 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.   O.   T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total 20  21 


*  Students  who  are  to  become  candidates  for  graduate  degrees  requiring  foreign  language 
may  elect  instead  a  foreign  language  and  secure  the  American  History  credit  in  their 
graduate  program.  Students  who  wish  to  do  graduate  work  in  Electrochemical  Engineer- 
ing may  elect  Ch.  E.  114,  "Applications  of  Electrochemistry,"  and  secure  the  American 
History   credit  in   their   graduate  program. 

**  Students  electing  the  Metallurgical  Option  in  Chemical  Engineering  and  who  complete 
courses  Ch.  E.  23,  64,  66,  65,  67,  68,  70,  may  elect  Ch.  E.  182,  183,  Optical  and  X-Ray 
Metallography  instead  of  Ch.  E.  105  f,s — Advanced  Unit  Operations.  Such  students  will 
take  Economics  31,  32  in  their  Senior  Year  if  they  have  not  already  received  credit  for  it. 

t  A.  S.  103,  104 — Advanced  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C. — 3  credits  per  semester  may  be 
substituted. 

t  Students  prepare  reports  on  current  programs  on  Chemical  Engineering  and  participate 
under  supervision  of  staff  member.  The  content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing  so  a 
student  may  receive  a  number  of  credits  by  re-registration. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES 


391 


Junior  Year 

*Eng.  3,  4 — Compostion  and  World  Literature  ;  or .... , 
*Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature 

Speech  108 — Public  Speaking 

Math.   16 — Spherical  Trigonometry    

Geol.  2 — Engineering  Geology 

Mech.  50 — Strength   of   Materials 

Mech.  53 — Materials   of   Engineering 

C.  E.  50 — Hydraulics     

C.  E.  51 — Curves    and    Earthwork    

C.  E.  100— Theory  of  Structures 

Surv.  100 — Advanced  Surveying   

M.  E.  50 — Principles    of    Mechanical    Engineering .... 

E.  E.  50 — Principles   of    Electrical    Engineering 

Total   

Senior  Year 

*H.  5,  6 — History  of   American   Civilization 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Engr.   100 — Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications. 

Eng.  7 — Technical  Writing   

Bact.  55 — Lectures  in  Sanitary   Bacteriology 

C.  E.  101— Soil    Mechanics    

C.   E.   102— Structural   Design 

C.  E.  103— Concrete  Design    

C.  E.  104— Water   Supply    

C.  E.  105— Sewerage    

C.  E.   106 — Elements   of  Highways    

Total  


-Semester 
I 

3 
3 


II 
3 
3 

2 


19 


6 

3 
8 

19 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Electrical  Engineering  deals  with  transformations  or  conversions  of  avail- 
able energy  (or  intelligence)  to  electrical  form  and  reconversions  of  the 
electrical  energy  to  other  useful  forms  of  energy  (or  a  reproduction  of  the 
intelligence).  It  is  concerned  primarily  with  the  generation,  transmission, 
and  distribution  of  electrical  energy;  electrical  communication  including 
telegraphy,  telephony,  radio,  television,  and  radar;  and  electronic  apparatus 
and  control. 


*  A.  S.   101,   102  and  103,   104— Advanced  Air  Force  R.   O.   T.   C. 
may  be  substituted. 


-3  credits  per  semester 


392 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Electrical  Engineering  Curriculum 
Sophomore  Year 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government , 

Soc.  1 — Sociology    of    American    Life 

Math.    20,   21 — Calculus    

Phys.  20,  21 — General  Physics 

Mech.   1 — Statics  and  Dynamics 

Surv.   1 — Plane  Surveying , 

E.   E.    1 — Basic   Electrical   Engineering 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Men) . . . 
Physical    Activities    

Total     

Junior  Year 

*Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature;  or. 
*Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature. . . . 

Mech.  51 — Strength   of   Materials 

C.  E.  50 — Hydraulics     

Math.  64 — Differential  Equations    

E.  E.  60 — Electricity   and  Magnetism 

E.  E.  62,  63 — Electrical    Measurements     

E.  E.  65 — Direct    Current    Machinery 

E.  E.  100 — Alternating  Current  Circuits 

E.  E.  101 — Engineering    Electronics    

E.  E.  104 — Communication    Circuits     

Total     

Senior  Year 

*H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

M.  E.  51 — Thermodynamics 

M.  E.  52— Power  Plants 

E.  E.  102,  103— Alternating  Current  Machinery 

E.  E.  105,  106— Radio  Engineering 

Electrical   Engineering  Elective    (listed  below) 

Total    

Two  of  the  following  courses  may  be  elected : 

E.  E.  108 — Electric  Transients 

E.  E.  109— Principles  of  Radar 

E.  E.  114 — Applied  Electronics 

E.  E.  116 — Alternating-Current  Machinery  Design. 
E.  E.  117 — Power  Transmission  and  Distribution. 
E.  E.  120 — Electromagnetic  Waves 


Semester — * 

/  II 

3  

3  

4  4 

5  5 
3 


3 

4 

4 
4 
3 

18 


4 

3 
1 

20 


IS 


18 


*A.  S.  101,  102  and  103,   104— Advanced  Air  Force  R.   O.  T.   C— 3  credits  per  semester 
may  be  substituted. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  393 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Mechanical  Engineering  deals  with  the  design,  construction,  and  main- 
tenance of  machinery  and  power  plants;  heating,  ventilation,  and  refrigera- 
tion; and  the  organization  and  operation  of  industrial  plants. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Curriculum  ™  . 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life ....  3 

Math.  20,  21 — Calculus    4  4 

Phys.  20,  21— General    Physics    5  6 

Surv.  1 — Plane  Surveying    2 

Dr.  3 — Advanced  Engineering  Drawing 2           

Shop  1 — Machine  Shop  Practice 2  .... 

Shop  2 — Machine  Shop  Practice   ....  1 

Shop  3 — Manufacturing   Processes    ....  1 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.   O.  T.  C.    (Men) 3  3 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Total   20  20 

Junior  Year — General  Option 

*Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World   Literature;   or 3  3 

*Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English   Literature 3  3 

Math.  64 — Differential   Equations   for   Engineers 3  .... 

Mech.  2 — Statics  and  Dynamics 5  .... 

Mech.  52 — Strength    of    Materials    ....  5 

E.  E.  51,  52 — Principles   of   Electrical   Engineering 4  4 

M.  E.  53 — Metallography 3 

M.  E.  54— Fluid  Mechanics   3 

M.  E.  100 — Thermodynamics     3            

Total   18  18 

Junior  Year — Aeronautical  Option 

*Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World   Literature  ;   or 3  3 

*Eng.  5,  6 — Composition   and  English   Literature 3  3 

Math.  64 — Differential  Equations  for  Engineers 3  .... 

Mech.  2 — Statics  and  Dynamics 6  .... 

Mech.  52 — Strength    of    Materials    •  •  •  •  6 

E.  E.  51,  52 — Principles  of  Electrical   Engineering 4  4 

M.  E.  53— Metallography   8 

M.  E.  55 — Fluid  Mechanics  and   Aerodynamics ....  8 

M.  E.  100 — Thermodynamics     3  .... 

Total  18  18 

*  A.    S.    101,    102— Advanced    Air    Force    R.    O.    T.    C— 3    credits    per    semester    may    be 
substituted. 


394  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — « 

Senior  Year — General  Option  I  II 

Engr.  100 — Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications ....  2 

*H.  5,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

M.  E.  101— Heat  Transfer 2            

M.  E.  102 — Heating  and  Air  Conditioning 3           

M.  E.  103— Refrigeration     -3 

M.  E.  104,  105 — Prime  Movers   4  4 

M.  E.  106,  107 — Mechanical    Engineering    Design 4  4 

M.  E.  108,  109— Mechanical  Laboratory    2  2 

Total  18  18 

Senior  Year — Aeronautical  Option 

Engr.  100 — Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications ....  2 

*H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Aero.  E.  113,  114 — Mechanics  of  Aircraft   Structures 3  3 

M.  E.  101— Heat  Transfer   2            

M.  E.  104,  105— Prime  Movers   4  4 

M.  E.  106,  107 — Mechanical    Engineering    Design 4  4 

M.  E.  108,  109— Mechanical  Laboratory    2  2 

Total   18  18 


*  A.    S.    103,    104 — Advanced    Air    Force    R.    O.    T.    C. — 3    credits    per    semester    may    be 
substituted. 

AGRICULTURE  —  ENGINEERING 

A  five-year  combined  program  in  Agriculture  and  Engineering,  arranged 
jointly  by  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  the  College  of  Engineering,  per- 
mits students  to  become  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  at  the  end  of  four  years  and  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  Departments  of  Civil,  Electrical,  Mechanical, 
or  Chemical  Engineering  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year. 

Details  of  this  program  will  be  found  listed  in  the  catalog  of  College 
of  Agriculture. 

FELLOWSHIPS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  SAND  AND  GRAVEL  ASSOCIA- 
TION RESEARCH  FOUNDATION  AND  THE  NATIONAL  READY 
MIXED  CONCRETE  ASSOCIATION  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 

The  University  of  Maryland,  in  cooperation  with  the  National  Sand  and 
Gravel  Association  and  the  National  Ready  Mixed  Concrete  Association, 
offers  fellowships  for  research  on  appropriate  problems  related  to  the  sand 
and  gravel  and  the  ready  mixed  concrete  industries.  The  fellowships  are 
known  as  the  Stanton  Walker  and  the  Stephan  Stepanian  Fellowships,  re- 
spectively. Fellows  enter  upon  their  duties  on  September  1  and  continue  for 
10  months.  Payments  under  the  fellowships  are  made  at  the  end  of  each 
month  and  amount  to  $750  for  the  year. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  395 

Fellows  register  as  students  in  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Class  work  is  directed  by  the  heads  of  the  departments  of 
instruction,  but  about  half  of  the  time  will  be  spent  in  research  work.  The 
faculty  supervisor  is  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland. 

These  fellowships  are  open  to  graduates  in  Engineering  from  an  accredited 
college  or  university,  who  are  qualified  to  undertake  graduate  study  and 
research  work  leading  to  a  Master's  degree.  Applications  should  be  accom- 
panied by  a  certified  copy  of  college  record,  applicant's  recent  photograph, 
statement  of  technical  and  practical  experience  (if  any),  and  letters  from 
three  persons,  such  as  instructors  or  employers,  covering  specifically  the 
applicant's  character,  ability,  education,  and  experience. 

The  applications  should  be  addressed:  Dean  S.  S.  Steinberg,  College  of 
Engineering,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

INSTITUTE  FOR  FLUID  DYNAMICS  AND  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS 

The  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  has  been 
established  by  the  University  to  prosecute  fundamental  research  in  applied 
mathematics  and  in  theoretical  and  experimental  fluid  dynamics.  Its  pro- 
gram encompasses  the  important  problems  of  high-speed  and  high-altitude 
flight.  Research  currently  under  way  at  the  Institute  includes  coordinated 
theoretical  and  experimental  investigations  of  physical  phenomena  in  gas 
jets  including  shock  waves  and  turbulence,  and  a  mathematical  investiga- 
tion of  non-linear  phenomena,  particularly  those  occurring  in  gas  dynamics 
and  in  elasticity.  The  former  program  is  partially  supported  by  the  Office 
of  Air  Research,  the  latter  by  the  Office  of  Naval  Research.  The  Institute  is 
particularly  cognizant  of  the  government  research  being  done  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  University  and  offers  its  facilities  for  achievement  of  common 
objectives. 

The  Institute  is  comprised  of  Research  Professors  who  are  in  charge  of 
of  the  above  programs.  Each  year  a  scholar  of  international  renown,  usually 
from  abroad,  is  invited  as  a  Visiting  Research  Professor.  The  Senior  staff 
are  assisted  by  Research  Associates,  University  Fellows  (post-doctoral), 
and  University  Assistants  (doctoral  candidates).  In  addition,  faculty  mem- 
bers from  several  of  the  University  Departments  participate  in  the  activities 
of  the  Institute. 

The  Institute  sponsors  a  weekly  Seminar  dealing  with  its  own  research 
problems.  In  addition,  it  holds  a  monthly  colloquium  on  other  research  of 
current  interest.  The  University  also  sponsors  occasional  lectures  by  dis- 
tinguished scientists. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  Dr.  R.  J.  Seeger,  Acting 
Director  of  the  Institute,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 


396  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

ENGINEERING  SHORT  COURSES 

Through  short  courses,  the  College  of  Engineering  carries  the  benefits  of 
engineering  teaching  to  persons  and  industries  in  various  parts  of  the  State. 
These  courses  offer,  in  addition  to  regular  instruction,  an  opportunity  for 
the  discussion  of  problems  of  interest  to  those  engaged  in  public  works, 
in  public  health,  and  in  public  safety. 

Volunteer  Firemen's  Short  Course.  In  cooperation  with  the  Maryland 
State  Firemen's  Association  a  short  course  is  held  annually  at  College  Park 
for  volunteer  firemen  throughout  the  State.  This  four-day  course  is  designed 
to  bring  to  firemen  the  newest  developments  in  fire  prevention,  control  and 
extinguishment,  as  well  as  information  on  inspection,  arson  investigation 
and  equipment  maintenance. 

Information  regarding  fire  service  extension  courses  may  be  found  under 
"Fire  Service  Extension  Department." 

Additional  information  regarding  engineering  short  courses  may  be 
obtained  from  Dean  S.  S.  Steinberg,  College  of  Engineering,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

FIRE   SERVICE   EXTENSION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Fire  Service  Extension  Department  is  organized  under  the  College 
of  Engineering  in  cooperation  with  the  State  Department  of  Vocational 
Education,  and  operates  with  both  Federal  and  State  funds.  The  Depart- 
ment provides  in-service  training  for  firemen  with  classes  conducted  through- 
out the  State  by  about  50  local  instructors,  with  one  full-time  Senior  In- 
structor. Basic  training  of  75  clock  hours  is  given  in  the  fundamentals 
of  firemanship,  as  well  as  an  advanced  course  of  69  clock  hours,  covering 
the  technical  field  of  fire  prevention,  control  and  extinguishment  and  a  third 
section  of  57  clock  hours  in  related  technical  information.  A  training  course 
of  45  clock  hours  for  industrial  plant  fire  brigades  is  also  available.  A  four- 
day  short  course  is  held  at  the  University  at  the  new  Fire  Service  Building 
the  first  week  in  September,  and  short  course  outlines  have  been  prepared 
for  watchmen,  janitors  and  building  custodians,  nurses  and  hospital  at- 
tendants, and  public  school  teachers.  Firemen  who  have  completed  the  pre- 
scribed training  courses  have  been  given  preferential  rating  in  positions 
in  the  military  and  naval  fire  fighting  forces. 

The  Department  also  serves  in  an  advisory  capacity  to  the  State  Fire 
Marshal  and  municipal  authorities  in  matters  of  fire  prevention,  fire  pro- 
tection engineering,  and  fire  safety  regulations.  The  Director  serves  as 
Technical  Advisor  to  the  Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association,  and  on 
various  National  Committees  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  Chief  J.  W.  Just,  Director, 
Fire  Service  Extension  Department,  Fire  Service  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  397 

ENGINEERING  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Wilbert  J.  Huff,  Director. 

The  Engineering  Experiment  Station  carries  on  cooperative  investiga- 
tions with  industries  of  Maryland  and  Departments  of  the  State  and  Fed- 
eral Governments.  A  diversity  of  engineering  training,  experience,  and 
equipment  represented  by  the  faculty  and  laboratories  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  is  thus  made  available  for  the  problems  under  inquiry. 

The  staff  of  the  College  of  Engineering  available  for  research  studies 
will  be  glad  to  discuss  proposed  problems  of  importance  to  industry  and  of 
public  interest  where  means  can  be  found  for  the  cooperative  researches; 
such  studies  may  be  undertaken  with  the  approval  of  the  administration  of 
the  University. 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 
100  to  199:     courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.    (Not 

all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.    A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
credit  hours  is  shown  by  the  arable  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.    Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

AERONAUTICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professor  Sherwood;   Associate  Professor  Corning;   Assistant 
Professor  Rivello. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Aero  E.  101.  Aerodynamics  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week. 

Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  aerodynamic  theory.  Elements  of  compressible 
flow.  (Sherwood.) 

Aero.  E.  102.  Aerodynamics  (2) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week. 

A  continuation  of  Aero.  E.  101.  (Sherwood.) 


398  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Aero.  E.  103.  Airplane  Detail  Drafting  (1) — First  semester.  One 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Dr.  3. 

Standards  of  airplane  drafting.  (Corning.) 

Aero.  E.  104.  Airplane  Layout  Drafting  (1) — Second  semester.  One 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Lofting.     Prerequisite,  Aero.  E.  103. 

Layout  of  component  parts  of  airplanes,  wings,  fuselage,  etc.      (Corning.) 

Aero.  E.  105,  106.  Airplane  Fabrication  Shop  (1,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  One  laboratory  period  a  week  first  semester;  one  laboratory 
period  and  one  lecture  a  week  second  semester.    Prerequisite,  Shop  2. 

Aircraft  sheet  metal  forming  and  fabrication;  riveting,  and  welding. 

(Rivello.) 

Aero.  E.  107,  108.  Airplane  Design  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech.  52; 
Aero.  E.  102  and  104. 

Theory  and  practice  of  airplane  design.  (Corning.) 

Aero.  E.  109,  110.  Aircraft  Power  Plants  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech. 
52,  M.  E.  100. 

Thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft  power  plant  design.  Gas 
turbines  and  jet  propulsion.  Study  and  tests  of  aircraft  engines  in 
laboratory. 

Aero.  E.  Ill,  112.  Aeronautical  Laboratory  (2, 2) — First  and  second 
semesters.    One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Wind  tunnel  tests.  Structure  tests.  Performance  tests  of  engines  and 
propellers.  (Staff.) 

Aero.  E.  113,  114.  Mechanics  of  Aircraft  Structures  (3,  3)— First  and 
second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  Mech.  52  and  Math.  64. 

Principles  and  problems  of  airplane  stress  analysis  and  design. 

(Rivello.) 
For  Graduates 

Aero.  E.  200,  201.  Advanced  Aerodynamics  (3,  3)— First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Aero.  E.  101,  102,  Math.  64. 

Special  problems  in  performance  and  stability  of  aircraft.  Design  of 
aircraft  for  speeds  approaching  the  velocity  of  sound.    Wind  tunnel  research. 

Aero.  E.  202,  203.  Advanced  Aircraft  Structures  (3, 3)— First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Aero.  E.  113,  114. 

Study  of  latest  scientific  reports  on  aircraft  structures.  Special  problems 
on  wing  design  for  high  speeds,  high  wing  loading,  thin  wing  sections,  and 
high  aspect  ratio.  Flexural  and  torsional  stiffness  of  complete  wings.  Tests 
on  structures  in  laboratory. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  399 

Aero.  E.  204,  205.  Aircraft  Dynamics  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech. 
52,  Math.  64. 

Study  of  vibrations,  wing  flutter,  gust  loads,  and  dynamics  of  landing. 
Calculations  of  natural  frequencies  of  vibration  of  aircraft  structures. 

Aero.  E.  206,  207.  Advanced  Aircraft  Power  Plants  (3,3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, M.  E.  100;  Aero.  E.  109,  110. 

Special  problems  of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft  power 
plants;  jet  and  rocket  engines.    Research  in  power  plant  laboratory. 

Aero.  E.  208,  209.     Advanced  Aircraft  Design  and  Construction  (3,  3) — 

First  and  second  semesters.     One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 

week.    Prerequisites,  Aero.  E.  107,  108;  Math.  64. 

A  course  in  project  engineering.  The  student  studies  methods  involved 
in  the  design,  production,  and  flight  testing  of  aircraft.  Problems  in  design 
production,  management,  testing,  etc. 

Aero.  E.  210.  Aerodynamic  Theory  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites, 
Aero.  E.  101,  Math.  64. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  hydrodynamic  theory  to  engineering  prob- 
lems. Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Induced  effects.  Velocity  potential  and 
stream  function.     Source  and  sink  flow.     Conformal  transformation. 

(Sherwood.) 

Aero.  E.  211. — The  Design  and  Use  of  Wind  Tunnels  (Supersonic)   (3) — 

First  and  second  semesters. 

The  design  and  use  of  wind  tunnels  (supersonic).  Review  of  basic  aero- 
dynamics and  thermodynamics.  Problems  in  supersonic  tunnel  design  such 
as  pumping,  power  supply,  condensation  and  driers.  Equipment  for  measur- 
ing results  such  as  balances,  manometer,  optical  instruments,  such  as 
schlieren,  spark  illumination  and  Xray  equipment. 

Investigations  in  supersonic  wind  tunnels  are  described  with  special  refer- 
ence to  similitude  required  for  conversion  to  full  scale. 

Aero.  E.  212,  213.  Bodies  at  Supersonic  Speeds  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisites,  degree  in  Aero.  E.  or  M.  E.  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor. 

Brief  review  of  gasdynamics,  drag,  lift,  stability,  and  damping  on  a  body 
in  a  supersonic  stream.  Special  aerodynamic  problems  in  the  design  of 
supersonic  missiles.  Methods  for  obtaining  accurate  test  data  on  the  aero- 
dynamic characteristics  of  supersonic  missiles. 


400  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Huff,  Bonney;  Associate  Professor  Klier;  Assistant  Professors 
Gottschalk,  Smatko;  Instructor  Bilbrey. 
Ch.  E.  10.     Water,   Fuels   and   Lubricants    (4) — Second   semester.     Two 
lectures   and   two   laboratory   periods   a   week.     Prerequisites,    Chem.   19; 
Phys.  21,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

Laboratory  work  consists  of  exercises  in  the  usual  control  methods  for 
testing  water,  fuels,  and  lubricants,  and  some  related  engineering  materials. 
Laboratory  fee,  $8.00  per  semester. 

(Huff,  Bonney,  Bilbrey,  Gottschalk,  Smatko  and  Staff.) 

Ch.  E.  23.  Nonferrous  and  Ferrous  Metallurgy  (2) — Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  3. 

The  methods  of  extraction  of  the  important  metals  and  their  fabrication. 

(Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  64,  66.  Physical  Metallurgy  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  23;  Math.  20,  21;  Physics  20,  21. 

Principles  of  Crystallography  as  applied  to  metals;  X-ray  diffraction; 
physical  metallurgy  of  appropriate  systems,  including  optical  and  X-ray 
metallography;  constitution  and  properties  of  alloy  systems;  phase  trans- 
formations and  diffusion  theory.  (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  65,  67.  Physical  Metallurgy  Laboratory  (1,  1) — First  and  second 
semesters.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  en- 
rollment in  Physical  Metallurgy  lectures  and  Mechanical  Properties  of 
Metals  or  completion  of  these  courses. 

Laboratory  work  related  to  Physical  Metallurgy  and  the  Mechanical  Prop- 
erties of  Metals.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00  per  semester. 

Ch.  E.  68,  70.     Mechanical  Properties  of  Metals  (2,  2)— First  and  second 
semesters.    Two  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisites,  same  as  for  Ch.  E.  64,  66. 
Introduction  to  metal  forming  operations,  ingot  casting,  forging,  rolling; 
powder  metallurgy;  metal  tests,  tensile,  impact,  creep,  fatigue,  hardness. 

(Klier.) 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Ch.  E.  103,  f,  s.  Elements  of  Chemical  Engineering  (3,  3)— Three  hours 
a  week.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  3;  Phys.  21. 

Theoretical  discussion  of  underlying  philosophy  and  methods  in  chemical 
engineering  and  elementary  treatment  of  important  operations  involving 
fluid  flow,  heat  flow,  evaporation,  humidity  and  air  conditioning,  distillation, 
and  absorption.  Illustrated  by  problems  and  consideration  of  typical 
Presses.  (Huff,  Smatko.) 

Ch.  E.  104.    Chemical  Engineering  Seminar  (1,  1)— One  hour  a  week. 

Students  prepare  reports  on  current  problems  in  chemical  engineering 
and  participate  in  the  discussion  of  such  reports. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  401 

The  content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing  so  a  student  may  receive 
a  number  of  credits  by  re-registration.  (Staff.) 

Ch.  E.  105,  f,  s.  Advanced  Unit  Operations  (5,  5) — Two  lectures  and 
one  all-day  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  103;  Chem. 
189,  190. 

Advanced  theoretical  treatment  of  basic  chemical  engineering  operations. 
Study  and  laboratory  operation  of  small  scale  semi-commercial  type  equip- 
ment. A  comprehensive  problem  involving  theory  and  laboratory  operations 
is  included  to  illustrate  the  development  of  a  plant  design  requiring  the 
utilization  of  a  number  of  fundamental  topics.  Laboratory  fee  $8.00  per 
semester.  (Bonney  and  Staff.) 

Ch.  E.  106,  f,  s.  Minor  Problems  (6,  6) — Six  hours  a  week,  both  semes- 
ing  results  such  as  balances,  manometers,  optical  instruments,  such  as 
ters.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  105,  f,  s,  or  simultaneous  registration  therein. 
Laboratory  fee,  $8.00. 

Original  work  on  a  special  problem  assigned  each  student,  including  the 
preparation  of  a  complete  report  covering  the  study. 

(Huff,  Bonney,  and  Staff.) 

Ch.  E.  107.  Fuels  and  Their  Utilization  (3)— First  semester.  Three 
hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  103,  or  permission  of  Department  of 
Chemical  Engineering. 

A  study  of  the  sources  of  solid,  liquid,  and  gaseous  fuels,  their  economic 
conversion,  distribution,  and  utilization.     Problems.  (Huff.) 

Ch.  E.  108,  f.  s.  Industrial  Chemical  Technology  (2,  2) — Two  hours  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  103,  or  simultaneous  registration  therein,  or 
permission  of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

A  study  of  the  principal  chemical  industries.  Plai.t  inspections,  trips, 
reports,  and  problems.  (Smatko.) 

Ch.  E.  109,  f,  s.  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics  (3,  3) — Three 
hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  189,  190;  Ch.  E.  103,  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  the  principles  of  engineering  and  chemical 
thermodynamics  to  some  industrial  problems  encountered  in  the  practice 
of  chemical  engineering.  (Bonney.) 

Ch.  E.  110.  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Calculations  (3) — Second 
semester.     Three  hours  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Math.  21;  Ch.  E.  103. 

A  study  of  the  methods  for  analysis  and  solution  of  chemical  engineering 
problems  by  use  of  differential  equations.  Graphical  methods  and  approxi- 
mations by  use  of  infinite  series  are  covered.  (Bilbrey.) 

Ch.  E.  114.  Applications  of  Electrochemistry  (4) — First  semester.  Three 
lecture  hours  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  inptructor. 


402  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Topics:  Corrosion,  batteries,  electroplating,  electro-oxidations  and  reduc- 
tions, metal  winning  and  refining,  electrolytic  products,  passivation,  cathodic 
protection,  electric  furnaces,  refractories  and  abrasives  and  others.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $8.00.  (Smatko.) 

Ch.  E.  119.  Empirical  Equations  and  Nomography  (3) — Second  semes- 
ter.   Three  hours  a  week.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

Formulation  of  empirical  equations  to  represent  laboratory  data.  Con- 
struction of  various  types  of  nomographs.  (Bilbrey.) 

Ch.  E.  182,  183.  Optical  and  X-Ray  Metallography  (4,  4)— First  and 
second  semesters.    Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  64,  66;  Ch.  E.  65,  67;  Ch.  E.  68,  70;  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

The  application  at  an  advanced  level  of  the  principles  of  metallography, 
with  emphasis  on  the  correlation  of  associated  test  procedures;  constitution 
of  metal  systems  and  phase  transformations;  alloy  steels;  hardenability  and 
tempering  of  quenched  steels. 

Laboratory  fee  $4.00  per  semester.  (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  188,  189.  Alloy  Steels  I,  II  (2,  2)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  graduate  or  undergraduate  standing. 
(Ch.  E.  188  is  not  prerequisite  to  Ch.  E.  189.) 

Recent  advances  in  the  physical  metallurgy  of  steel;  ferrite,  cementite, 
and  austenite;  the  isothermal  transformation  of  austenite;  variables  affect- 
ing the  isothermal  transformation  of  austenite;  decomposition  of  austenite 
by  continuous  cooling;  the  effects  of  various  metallurgical  treatments  on  the 
mechanical  properties  of  steels. 

The  properties  of  quenched  and  tempered  steels;  importance  of  harden- 
ability in  engineering  applications;  calculation  of  hardenability;  variables 
affecting  hardenability;  intensifiers;  effects  of  alloying  elements  on  the 
mechanical  properties  of  steels;  efficient  use  of  alloying  elements  in  steel. 

(Note:  To  be  offered  at  off-campus  naval  installations  as  determined  by 
departmental  and  registration  requirements.) 

For  Graduates 

Ch.  E.  201,  f,  s.    Graduate  Unit  Operations  and  Processes  (5,  5  or  more) — 

One-hour  conference,  three  or  more  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

Advanced  theoretical  treatment  of  typical  unit  operations  and  processes 
in  chemical  engineering.  Problems.  Laboratory  operation  of  small  scale 
semi-commercial  units  and  processes  with  supplemental  reading,  confer- 
ences and  reports. 

Laboratory  fee  $8.00  per  semester.  (Bonney.) 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  403 

Ch.  E.  202.  Gas  Analysis  (3) — One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  One  semester.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  Department  of  Chemical 
Engineering. 

Quantitative  determination  of  common  gases,  fuel  gases,  gaseous  vapors, 
and  important  gaseous  impurities.     Problems. 

Laboratory  fee  $8.00  per  semester.  (Bonney.) 

Ch.  E.  203.  Graduate  Seminar  (1) — One  hour  a  week.  Required  of 
all  graduate  students  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

The  content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing  so  a  student  may 
receive  a  number  of  credits  by  re-registration. 

Students  prepare  reports  on  current  problems  in  chemical  engineering 

and  participate  in  the  discussion  of  such  reports.  (Staff.) 

Ch.  E.  205.  Research  in  Chemical  Engineering  and  Metallurgy — Credit 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

The  investigation  of  special  problems  and  the  preparation  of  a  thesis  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  of  an  advanced  degree. 

Laboratory  fee  $8.00  per  semester.  (Huff,  Bonney,  Smatko,  Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  207,  f,  s.  Plant  Design  Studies  (3,  3) — Three  conference  hours  a 
week.    Prerequisite,  permission  of  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

(Huff.) 

Ch.  E.  209,  f,  s.  Plant  Design  Studies  Laboratory  (3,  3)— Three  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  Department  of  Chemical 
Engineering. 

Laboratory  fee  $8.00  per  semester.  (Bonney.) 

Ch.  E.  210,  f,  s.  Gaseous  Fuels  (2,  2) — Two  hours  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

An  advanced  treatment  of  some  of  the  underlying  scientific  principles 
involved  in  the  production,  transmission  and  utilization  of  gaseous  fuels. 
Problems  in  design  and  selection  of  equipment.  (Huff.) 

Ch.  E.  214.  Corrosion  and  Metal  Protection  (4) — Second  semester.  Four 
lecture  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  114  or  Chem.  189  or  Chem.  190 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

The  subjects  to  be  covered  include:  Theories  of  corrosion  of  ferrous  and 
non-ferrous  metals,  passive  films,  corrosion  inhibitors,  metal  cleaning,  stress 
corrosion,  corrosive  chemicals,  electrolytic  protection,  restoration  of  ancient 
bronzes,  organic  coatings,  metal  coloring,  parkerizing,  hot  dip  coatings, 
plated  coatings,  and  selection  of  engineering  materials.  Class  demonstra- 
tions will  illustrate  the  subject  matter.  Due  to  the  diversity  of  subjects 
and  scattered  sources,  considerable  outside  reading  will  be  necessary. 

(Smatko.) 


404  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ch.  E.  220,  221.  Solid  Phase  Reactions  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  187,  189;  Chem.  188,  190; 
Ch.  E.  182,  183;  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

The  application  of  thermodynamics  to  the  study  of  phase  equilibria  and 
transformations  in  metals;  mechanism  and  rate  determining  factors  in  solid 
phase  reactions  in  metals;  order-disorder  phenomena,  diffusion  processes, 
nucleation  theory,  precipitation  from  solid  solution,  eutectoid  decomposi- 
tion. (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  224,  225.  Advanced  X-Ray  Metallography  (3,  3)— First  and 
second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Math.  114,  115;  Ch.  E.  182,  183. 

Analysis  of  crystallography  or  martensite  reactions,  and  transformations 
in  general;  analysis  of  complex  diffracting  systems. 

Laboratory  fee  $4.00  per  semester.  (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  228.  Seminar  in  Metallurgy  (1) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
meeting  a  week.    Required  of  graduate  students  in  metallurgical  curriculum. 

Survey  of  the  Metals  literature,  and  oral  presentation  of  prepared  reports. 

The  content  of  this  course  is  constantly  changing,  so  a  student  may  re- 
ceive a  number  of  credits  by  re-registration.  (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  229.  Gases  in  Metals  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per 
week.    Prerequisites,  Ch.  E.  182,  183,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

A  consideration  of  the  behavior  of  gases  in  metals  with  emphasis  on  the 
action  of  hydrogen  in  solid  metals.  (Klier.) 

Ch.  E.  230,  231.  Mechanical  Metallurgy  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Three  lectures  per  week.   Prerequisites,  Math.  114,  115;  Ch.  E.  182,  183. 

Theory  of  plastic  flow  and  rupture  of  polycrystalline  metals;  the  influence 
of  combined  stresses,  rate  of  deformation  and  temperature  variation  on  the 
flow  and  rupture  of  metals. 

Flow  and  fracture  in  single  crystals;  theoretical  crystal  plasticity,  theory 
of  failure,  recovery,  recrystallization,  and  texture  formation.  (Klier.) 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Steinberg,  Allen;  Lecturer  Walker;  Associate  Professors  Gohr, 

Barber,  Otts;  Assistant  Professors  Cournyn,  Keller,  Pickering,  Wedding; 

Instructors  Harden,  Kennedy,  Luce,  Piper,  Redd,   Sunier. 

C.  E.  50.  Hydraulics  (3)— First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Mech.  1.  Required  of  juniors 
in  civil  and  electrical  engineering. 

Hydrostatic  pressures  on  tanks,  dams,  and  pipes.  Flow  through  orifices, 
nozzles,  pipe  lines,  open  channels,  and  weirs.  Use  of  Reynold's  number 
Measurement  of  water.     Elementary  hydrodynamics.  (Cournyn  ) 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  405 

C.  E.  51.    Curves  and  Earthwork  (3) — Second  semester.    One  lecture  and 

two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Surv.  100. 

Computation  and  field  work  for  simple,  compound,  and  reversed  circular 
curves  and  spirals;  parabolic  curves;  earthwork  computations;  complete 
survey  and  map,  including  mass  diagram,  of  a  short  route. 

(Pickering,  Harden.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

C.  E.  100.  Theory  of  Structures  (4) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Mech.  50. 

Analytic  and  graphical  determination  of  dead  and  live  load  stresses  in 
beams  and  framed  structures;  influence  lines;  lateral  bracing  and  portals; 
elements  of  slope  and  deflection.  (Allen,  Piper.) 

C.  E.  101.  Soil  Mechanics  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Mech.  50  and  53. 

An  introductory  study  of  the  properties  and  behavior  of  soils  as  engi- 
neering materials.  Soil  physics,  soil  mechanics,  and  applications  to 
engineering.  (Barber.) 

C.  E.  102.  Structural  Design  (6) — First  semester.  Five  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  100. 

Design  and  detailing  of  wood  and  metal  structural  members  and  their 
connections;  wind  stresses  in  building  frames;  structural  framework. 

(Allen.) 

C.  E.  103.  Concrete  Design  (6) — Second  semester.  Five  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  C.  E.  100. 

Design  and  detailing  of  plain  and  reinforced  concrete  structures,  applica- 
tions of  slope-deflection  and  moment  distribution  theories;  rigid  frames. 

(Allen.) 

C.  E.  104.  Water  Supply  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  C.  E.  50. 

Requirements  of  a  municipal  water  supply — design,  operation,  mainte- 
nance, and  administration.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  105.  Sewerage  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  C.  E.  50. 

The  collection,  treatment  and  disposal  of  sewage.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  106.  Elements  of  Highways  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisite,  C.  E.  101. 

Location,  design,  construction,  and  maintenance  of  roads  and  pavements. 
Laboratory  problems  and  field  inspection  trips.  (Barber,  Gohr.) 

C.  E.  107.  Statically  Indeterminate  Structures  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisite,  Mech.  50,  or  equivalent. 


406  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Deflections  in  beams,  trusses  and  similar  structures,  both  statically  de- 
terminate and  indeterminate.  Real  and  virtual  work,  Castigliano's  Theorem, 
area  moments,  the  Williott-Mohr  diagram.  Classical  methods  of  analysis 
of  indeterminate  structures;  theorem  of  three  moments,  method  of  least 
work,  slope  deflection  method.  Modern  methods  of  analysis  of  indeterminate 
structures;  moment  distribution,  general  method  of  successive  corrections. 
Applications  to  particular  structures;  arches,  closed  rings,  built-in  beams 
and  beams  over  multiple  supports.  (Allen,  Keller.) 

For  Graduates 

C.  E.  108.  Photogrammetry  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Surv.  100. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  terrestrial  and  aerial  photographic  sur- 
veying and  then  application  to  principles  of  map  making.  Laboratory  exer- 
cises in  the  use  of  the  stereoscope,  stereocomparagraph,  contour  finder, 
interpretometer,  and  the  vertical  sketchmaster.  Study  of  the  use  of  photo- 
graphs in  accident  investigations  and  tax  maps.  (Gohr.) 

C.  E.  200.  Advanced  Properties  of  Materials  (3) — First  or  second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite,  Mech.  53  or  equivalent. 

A  critical  study  of  elastic  and  plastic  properties,  flow  of  materials,  resist- 
ance to  failure  by  fracture,  impact,  and  corrosion,  the  theories  of  failure. 
Assigned  reading  from  current  literature.  (Wedding.) 

C.  E.  201.  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials  (3) — First  or  second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisite,  Mech.  50,  51,  or  equivalent. 

Special  problems  in  engineering  stress  analysis.  Limitations  of  flexure 
and   torsion   formulas,   unsymmetrical   bending,   curved   beams,    combined 

stresses,  thin  tubes,  thick-walled  cylinders  and  flat  plates. .  (Keller.) 

C.  E.  202.  Applied  Elasticity  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, Math.  64  or  equivalent. 

Two  dimensional  elastic  problems,  general  stress-strain  analysis  in  three 
dimensions,  stability  of  beams,  columns,  and  thin  plates. 

C.  E.  203.  Soil  Mechanics  (3) — First  and  second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, C.  E.  101,  or  equivalent. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  properties  of  engineering  soils.  Assigned  reading 
from  current  literature.  (Barber.) 

C.  E.  204.  Advanced  Foundations  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisites, C.  E.  101,  102  and  103,  or  equivalent. 

A  detailed  study  of  types  of  foundations.  Design  and  construction  to  meet 
varying  soil  conditions.  (Barber.) 

C.  E.  205.  Highway  Engineering  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  106,  or  equivalent. 

An  intensive  course  in  the  location,  design,  and  construction  of  highways. 

(Barber,  Gohr.) 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  407 

C.  E.  206.  Theory  of  Concrete  Mixtures  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    Prerequisite,  Mech.  53,  or  equivalent. 

A  thorough  review  of  the  methods  for  the  design  of  concrete  mixtures, 
followed  by  a  study  of  factors  affecting  the  properties  of  the  resulting  con- 
crete. This  course  is  intended  as  a  background  for  work  in  the  field  of 
concrete,  concrete  aggregates,  or  reinforced  concrete.  The  second  semester 
of  this  course  is  open  only  to  students  who  are  majoring  in  concrete. 

(Walker.) 

C.  E.  207.  Advanced  Sstructures  (4) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  C.  E.  102,  103, 
or  equivalent. 

The  solution  of  statically  indeterminate  structures  by  classical  and  modern 
methods,  with  emphasis  on  the  latter.  (Allen.) 

C.  E.  208.  Advanced  Sanitation  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, graduate  standing  in  civil  engineering. 

A  detailed  study  of  environment  and  its  relation  to  disease,  covering 
malaria  and  its  control;  rodent  control;  food  sanitation;  collection  and  dis- 
posal of  municipal  refuse;  housing  sanitation,  including  plumbing,  rat- 
proofing,  etc.;  rural  water  supply  and  excreta  disposal;  sanitary  inspection 
procedure.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  209.  Advanced  Water  Supply  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  104  or  equivalent. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  problems  of  water  supply  including  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  water.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  210.  Advanced  Sewerage  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, C.  E.  105  or  equivalent. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  problems  of  sewerage,  including  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  sewage.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  211.  Sanitary  Engineering  Design  (3) — First  or  second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  C.  E.  104,  105  or  equivalent. 

Practical  problems  in  the  design  of  sewer  systems  and  appurtenances; 
sewage  treatment  plants;  water  collection  and  distribution  systems;  water 
purification  plants.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  212.  Research — Credit  in  accordance  with  work  done.  First  and 
second  semesters.  (Staff.) 

C.  E.  213.  Seminar — First  or  second  semester.  Credit  in  accordance  with 
work  outlined  by  the  civil  engineering  staff.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing 
in  civil  engineering.  (Staff.) 

C.  E.  214.  Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratory  (3) — First  or  second  semes- 
ter,   Prerequisites,  C.  E.  104  and  C.  E.  105,  or  equivalent. 


408  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Lectures,  conferences,  assigned  readings,  and  laboratory  exercises  in  the 
technique  and  principles  involved  in  the  physical,  bacteriological  and  chem- 
ical tests  used  in  water  analysis.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  215.  Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratory  (3) — First  or  second  semes- 
ter.   Prerequisites,  C.  E.  104  and  C.  E.  105,  or  equivalent. 

Lectures,  conferences,  assigned  readings,  and  laboratory  exercises  in  the 
technique  and  principles  involved  in  the  physical,  bacteriological  and  chem- 
ical tests  used  in  sewage  and  industrial  waste  analysis.  (Otts.) 

C.  E.  216.  Hydraulic  Engineering  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  50,  or  equivalent. 

Water  power  and  flood  control.  Analysis  of  the  principal  features  of  a 
water  power  project  with  special  reference  to  reservoir,  waterway,  dam, 
plant  accessories,  and  power  house  equipment.  Complete  report  on  a  water 
power  project  required,  including  costs  and  power  valuation.         (Cournyn.) 

C.  E.  217.  Hydraulic  Machinery  (3) — First  or  second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, C.  E.  50,  or  equivalent. 

Principles  of  design,  selection  and  operation  of  hydraulic  pumps,  turbines 
and  other  hydraulic  machinery.  (Cournyn.) 

DRAWING 

Dr.  1,  2.  Engineering  Drawing  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
laboratories  a  week.    Required  of  engineering  freshmen. 

Lettering,  use  of  instruments,  orthographic  projection,  auxiliary  views, 
revolution,  sections,  pictorial  representation,  dimensioning,  fasteners,  tech- 
nical sketching,  and  working  drawings. 

Dr.  3.  Advanced  Engineering  Drawing  (2) — First  semester.  Two  labora- 
tories a  week.  Required  of  sophomores  in  Aeronautical,  Civil,  and  Mechan- 
ical Engineering.    Prerequisites,  Dr.  1  and  Dr.  2. 

Descriptive  Geometry  with  applications  to  drafting  room  problems.  De- 
velopments, intersections,  transition  pieces  and  perspective. 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors    Corcoran,    Reed,    and    Weber;    Associate    Professors    Hodgins, 

Wagner,  and  Small;  Assistant  Professors  Witkowski,  Baxter,  and  Price; 

Lecturers  Ahrendt  and  Stuntz;  Instructors  Beam  and  Thompson. 

E.  E.  1.  Basic  Electrical  Engineering  (4) — Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
sites, concurrent  registration  in  Math.  21  and  Phys.  21.  Required  of  sopho- 
mores in  electrical  engineering. 

Basic  concepts  of  electric  potential,  current,  power,  and  energy;  d-c  cir- 
cuit analysis  by  the  mesh-current  and  nodal  methods;  network  theorems; 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  409 

electric  and  magnetic  field   concepts.     Laboratory   exercises   emphasizing 
basic  measurements  in  electric  and  magnetic  circuits. 

(Witkowski  and  Baxter.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

E.  E.  50.  Fundamentals  of  Electrical  Engineering  (3) — First  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 
Prerequisites,  Math.  21  and  Phys.  21.  Required  of  juniors  in  civil  engi- 
neering. 

Principles  of  direct  and  alternating  currents;  power  circuits  and  distri- 
bution systems;  direct  and  alternating  current  machines  and  applications; 
operating  characteristics  of  electrical  machines  and  transformers.     (Beam.) 

E.  E.  51,  52.  Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering  (4,  4) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequisites,  Math.  21  and  Phys.  21.  Required  of 
juniors  in  aeronautical  and  mechanical  engineering,  and  seniors  in  chemical 
engineering. 

A  study  of  elementary  direct-current  and  alternating-current  circuits; 
polyphase  circuits;  magnetic  circuits.  Principles  of  operation  of  direct- 
and  alternating-current  machinery  and  transformers.  Brief  study  of 
vacuum  tubes  operated  as  rectifiers  and  amplifiers.  (Small.) 

E.  E.  60.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequi- 
sites, Math.  21,  Phys.  21,  and  E.  E.  1.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical 
engineering. 

Electromagnetism  as  applied  to  electrical  engineering;  electric  field 
theory  with  emphasis  on  capacitance  calculations,  magnetic  field  theory 
with  emphasis  on  inductance  calculations;  elements  of  electrochemistry; 
boundary  layer  phenomena;  non-linear  circuit  elements;  high-frequency  re- 
sistance and  inductance  calculations  involving  transmission  line  parameters. 

(Reed.) 

E.  E.  62,  63.  Electrical  Measurements  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  concur- 
rent registration  in  E.  E.  100  and  101.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical 
engineering. 

Measurement  and  calibration  techniques  employing  potentiometers,  bal- 
listic galvanometers,  bridges,  electromagnetic  and  cathode-ray  oscillographs, 
photometers,  watt-hour  meters,  and  electronic  instruments.  (Small.) 

E.  E.  65.  Direct-Current  Machinery  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
sites, Math.  21,  Phys.  21,  and  E.  E.  1.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical 
engineering. 

Construction,  theory  of  operation,  and  performance  characteristics  of 
direct-current  generators,  motors,  and  control  apparatus.  Experiments  on 
the  operation  and  characteristics  of  direct-current  generators  and  motors. 

(Hodgins  and  Price.) 


410  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

E.  E.  100.  Alternating-Current  Circuits  (4) — First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
sites, Math.  21,  Phys.  21,  and  E.  E.  1.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical 
engineering. 

Single-  and  polyphase-circuit  analysis  under  sinusoidal  and  non-sinusoidal 
conditions  of  operation.  Harmonic  analysis  by  the  Fourier  series  method. 
Theory  and  operation  of  mutually-coupled  circuits. 

(Hodgins,  Witkowski,  and  Price.) 

E.  E.  100a.  Alternating  Current  Circuits  (4) — First  semester.  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
sites, Phys.  20,  21;  Math.  20,  21. 

Fundamentals  of  circuit  analysis  with  sinusoidal  and  non-sinusoidal  driv- 
ing forces.  Study  of  single  and  polyphase  circuits.  Applications  to  power 
and  electronic  circuit  theory.     (Normally  taught  as  an  off -campus  course.) 

E.  E.  100b.  Alternating  Current  Circuits  (3) — Second  semester.  Three 
lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  100a. 

Harmonic  analysis  by  the  Fourier  series  method  and  a  brief  introduction 
to  filters,  lines,  and  elementary  transient  analysis.  Elementary  treatment 
of  multi-mesh  circuit  and  the  operation  of  mutually-coupled  circuits.  (Nor- 
mally taught  as  an  off -campus  course.) 

E.  E.  101.  Engineering  Electronics  (4) — Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
site, E.  E.  100.    Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering. 

Theory  and  applications  of  electron  tubes  and  associated  circuits  with 
emphasis  on  equivalent  circuit  analysis  of  audio  amplifiers,  reactance  tubes, 
feedback  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  detectors.  (Corcoran  and  Reed.) 

E.  E.  101a.  Engineering  Electronics  (4) — First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Prerequi- 
site, E.  E.  100. 

Nomenclature  of  vacuum  tubes,  basic  principles  of  thermionic  emission, 
space  charge,  grid  control.  Tube  design  considerations.  Methods  of  analy- 
sis of  tube  behavior  as  amplifiers,  rectifiers,  detectors,  modulators,  amplifier 
classifications,  distortion  and  modulation.  (Normally  taught  as  an  off- 
campus  course.) 

E.  E.  101b.  Engineering  Electronics  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101a. 

Oscillators,  different  classes  of  amplifiers,  including  the  class  "C"  ampli- 
fier, grounded  grid  amplifier,  nonlinear  effects  in  amplifiers,  introduction  to 
microwave  vacuum  tubes  such  as  the  magnetron,  klystron,  resnatron,  and 
traveling  wave  tube.     (Normally  taught  as  an  off-campus  course.) 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  411 

E.  E.  102,  103.  Alternating-Current  Machinery  (4,  4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory 
fee,  $4.00.  Prerequisites,  E.  E.  65  and  E.  E.  100.  Required  of  seniors  in 
electrical  engineering. 

The  operating  principles  of  alternating-current  machinery  considered  from 
theoretical,  design,  and  laboratory  points  of  view.  Synchronous  generators 
and  motors;  single  and  polyphase  transformers;  three-phase  induction  gen- 
erators and  motors;  single-phase  induction  motors;  rotary  converters  and 
mercury- arc  rectifiers.  (Hodgins.) 

E.  E.  104.  Communication  Circuits  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.  Prerequisites  E.  E.  60  and  E.  E.  100.  Required  of  juniors  in 
electrical  engineering. 

Long-line  theory  applied  to  audio-frequency  and  ultra-high-frequency  sys- 
tems. Elements  of  filter  theory;  impedance  matching;  Maxwell's  equations 
in  rectangular  and  cylindrical  coordinates  and  in  scalar  notation;  elements 
of  rectangular  and  circular  wave-guide  theory.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  105,  106.  Radio  Engineering  (4,  4) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 
Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101.     Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering. 

Characteristics  of  radio-frequency  circuits  including  the  design  of  tuned 
coupled  circuits  and  Class  C  amplifiers.  Amplification,  oscillation,  modula- 
tion, and  detection  with  particular  emphasis  on  radio-frequency  amplifica- 
tion and  broadcast-range  reception.  Elements  of  wave  propagation  and 
antenna  systems.  (Wagner  and  Weber.) 

E.  E.  108.  Electric  Transients  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week.     Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101.     Senior  elective. 

Current,  voltage,  and  power  transients  in  lumped-parameter  networks. 
Transient  phenomena  in  sweep  circuits,  multi-vibrators,  and  inverters.  Ele- 
ments of  square-wave  testing.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  109.  Principles  of  Radar  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week.     Prerequisite,  E.  E.  105.     Senior  elective. 

Systems  for  detection  of  radio  echoes;  pulse  formation;  transients  in  R-C 
circuits;  multivibrators,  particularly  the  cathode-coupled  type;  indicators; 
receivers;  modulators.  (Stuntz.) 

E.  E.  114.  Applied  Electronics  (3) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  a 
week.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101.    Senior  elective. 

Detectors  and  discriminators;  oscillators;  gas  tube  characteristics  and 
associated  circuits;  photoelectric  tubes  and  associated  circuits;  vacuum-tube 
instruments.  (Stuntz.) 

E.  E.  116.  Alternating-Current  Machinery  Design  (3)— Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  calculation  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  concurrent 
registration  in  E.  E.  103. 


412  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Derivation  of  theoretical  design  equations;  practical  design  considerations; 
numerical  design  of  transformers,  synchronous  generators,  and  induction 
motors.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  117.  Power  Transmission  and  Distribution  (3) — First  semester. 
Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  concurrent  registration  in  E.  E.  102. 

Inductance  and  capacitance  calculations  of  polyphase  transmission  lines 
on  a  per  wire  basis;  effective  resistance  calculations  and  depth-of -penetration 
formula;  generalized  parameters  of  four-terminal  networks  and  long-line 
theory  applied  to  power  distribution  systems;  use  of  transmission  line 
charts.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  120.  Electromagnetic  Waves  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites, 
senior  standing  in  electrical  engineering  or  physics  and  B  average  in  mathe- 
matics.   Required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical  engineering. 

The  basic  mathematical  theory  of  electromagnetic  wave  propagation  em- 
ploying Maxwell's  equations  in  vector  form  and  in  generalized  coordinates; 
application  to  wave-guide  transmission;  concept  of  retarded  magnetic  vector 
potential  and  its  application  to  dipole  radiation.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  160.  161.  Vacuum  Tubes  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  in  electrical  or  physics 
and  B  average  in  mathematics. 

Electron  emission;  laws  of  electron  motion;  space  charge  effects;  noise  in 
vacuum  tubes;  magnetic  lenses;  klystrons;  magnetrons;  photoelectric  tubes; 
other  special-purpose  tubes.    (Not  offered  in  1950-51.)  (Weber.) 

For  Graduates 

E.  E.  200.  Symmetrical  Components  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
E.  E.  103. 

Application  of  the  method  of  symmetrical  components  to  synchronous 
generators,  transmission  lines,  transformers,  static  loads  possessing  mutual 
coupling,  and  induction  motor  loads.  Methods  of  calculating  positive,  nega- 
tive, and  zero  sequence  reactances  of  transmission  lines.  Complete  net- 
work solutions  in  terms  of  symmetrical  components  and  comparison  of  those 
solutions  with  that  obtained  by  classical  methods.  Methods  of  measuring 
positive,  negative,  and  zero  sequence  reactances  of  synchronous  generators. 

(Reed.) 

E.  E.  201.  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
E.  E.  120.    Required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical  engineering. 

Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  applications  of  Laplace's,  Poisson's, 
and  Maxwell's  equations.  (Weber.) 

E.  E.  202,  203.  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  (3,  3)— First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in  electrical  or  mechanical 
engineering  or  physics.  Required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical 
engineering. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  413 

Operational  circuit  analysis;  the  Fourier  integral;  transient  analysis  of 
electrical  and  mechanical  systems  and  vacuum  tube  circuits  by  the  Laplace 
transform  method.  (Wagner.) 

E.  E.  204,  205.  Advanced  Circuit  Analysis  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in  electrical  engineering  or  physics. 

The  wave  character  of  the  steady-state  long-line  solutions;  attenuation 
and  phase  characteristics;  phase  and  group  velocities;  four-terminal  net- 
work theory;  matrix  algebra  applied  to  network  theory;  conventional  filter 
theory.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  206,  207.  Ultra-High-Frequency  Techniques  (3,  3)— First  and 
second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week  first  semester  and  two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week  second  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 
Prerequisite,  E.  E.  201. 

Basic  considerations  in  solving  field  problems  by  differential  equations; 
circuit  concepts  and  their  validity  at  high  frequency;  propagation  and  re- 
flection of  electromagnetic  waves;  guided  electromagnetic  waves;  high-fre- 
quency oscillators  and  tubes;  radiation  engineering.  (Weber.) 

E.  E.  209.  Stability  in  Power  Systems  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, E.  E.  200. 

An  extension  of  symmetrical  components,  E.  E.  200,  as  applied  to  power 
systems;  study  of  the  stability  problem;  the  swing  equation  and  its  solution; 
the  equal-area  and  Routh's  criteria  for  stability;  solutions  of  faulted  three- 
phase  networks;  system  design.  (Reed.) 

E.  E.  210,  211.  Advanced  Radio  Engineering  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  106. 

Theory  of  radio -frequency  amplification,  oscillation,  modulation,  and  de- 
tection, including  both  amplitude-modulation  systems  and  frequency-modu- 
lation systems;  broadcast  antenna  systems;  theory  of  radio-frequency 
measurements.     (Not  offered  in  1950-51.)  (Davies.) 

E.  E.  212,  213.  Automatic  Regulation  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering 
or  physics.    (It  is  desirable  that  the  student  should  have  had  E.  E.  202.) 

The  design  and  analysis  of  regulatory  systems,  emphasizing  servo- 
mechanisms.  Regulatory  systems  are  analyzed  by  means  of  the  governing 
differential  equations  to  provide  background  for  more  practical  studies  of 
frequency  spectrum  analysis.  Characteristics  of  actual  systems  and  practi- 
cal considerations  are  studied.     (Not  offered  in  1950-51.)  (Ahrendt.) 

E.  E.  215,  216.  Radio  Wave  Propagation  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters.   Prerequisite,  E.  E.  120. 

Propagation  over  plane  earth;  underwater  reception;  propagation  over 
spherical  earth;  ionospheric  propagation;  radar  propagation  and  properties 
of  radar  targets;  refraction;  meteorological  effects.   (Not  offered  in  1950-51.) 


414  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

E.  E.  222.  Graduate  Seminar  (1)— First  semester.  Prerequisite,  approved 
application  for  candidacy  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering. 

Seminars  are  held  on  topics  such  as  micro-wave  engineering,  radiation 
engineering,  non-linear  circuit  analysis,  tensor  analysis,  and  other  topics 
of  current  interest.  Since  the  subject  matter  is  continually  changing,  a 
student  may  receive  a  number  of  credits  by  re-registering. 

(Corcoran,  Reed,  Weber,  and  Wagner.) 

E.  E.  232.  Active  Network  Analysis  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
E.  E.  202  or  E.  E.  204. 

The  complex  frequency  plane;  conventional  feedback  amplifier  theory; 
Bode's  mathematical  definitions  of  feedback  and  sensitivity;  theorems  for 
feedback  circuits;  stability  and  physical  readability  of  electrical  networks; 
Nyquist's  and  Routh's  criteria  for  stability.  (Corcoran.) 

E.  E.  233.  Network  Synthesis  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  E.  E. 
232. 

Driving  point  impedance  functions;  transfer  impedance  functions;  design 
of  impedance  functions  with  emphasis  placed  on  the  manner  in  which  mag- 
netic coupling  and  feedback  coupling  between  plate  and  grid  of  vacuum- 
tube  circuits  affects  the  location  of  the  poles  of  the  system  determinant. 

(Corcoran.) 

E.  E.  235.  Applications  of  Tensor  Analysis  (3) — Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, E.  E.  202. 

The  mathematical  background  of  tensor  notation  which  is  applicable  to 
electrical  engineering  problems.  Applications  of  tensor  analysis  to  electric 
circuit  theory  and  to  field  theory.  (Wagner.) 

E.  E.  250.  Electrical  Engineering  Research.  Prerequisite,  approved 
application  for  candidacy  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering.  Six  semester  hours  of  credit  in  E.  E. 
250  are  required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  and  a  minimum  of  twelve  semes- 
ter hours  are  required  of  Ph.D.  candidates. 

A  thesis  covering  an  approved  research  problem  and  written  in  con- 
formity with  the  regulations  of  the  Graduate  School  is  a  partial  requirement 
for  either  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering.  (Graduate  Staff.) 

GENERAL  ENGINEERING  SUBJECTS 

Engr.  1.  Introduction  to  Engineering  (1) — First  semester.  Required  of 
freshmen  in  engineering. 

A  course  of  lectures  by  the  faculty  and  by  practicing  engineers  covering 
the  engineering  professional  fields.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  assist 
the  freshman  in  selecting  the  particular  field  of  engineering  for  which  he 
is  best  adapted. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  415 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Engr.  100.     Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications  (2) — Second  semes- 
ter.    Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  engineering. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  law  relating  to  business  and  to  engineering; 
including  contracts,  agency,  negotiable  instruments,  corporations,  common 
carriers,  and  their  application  to  engineering  contracts  and  specifications. 

(Steinberg.) 
MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Younger,  Shreeve,  Jackson;  Associate  Professors  Hoshall,  Long, 
Martin;  Assistant  Professors  Allen,  Hayleck,  Hennick,  Read,  Ojalvo; 
Instructors    Baker,    Coffman,   Eyler,    Guard,   Leaman,    Mattingly,    Shames, 

Thomas,  Warner. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

M.  E.  50.  Principles  of  Mechanical  Engineering  (3) — First  semester. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  21 
and  Math.  21.    Required  of  juniors  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Elementary  thermodynamics  and  the  study  of  heat,  fuel  and  combustion 
in  the  production  and  use  of  steam  for  generation  of  power.  Supplemented 
by  laboratory  tests  and  trips  to  industrial  plants. 

M.  E.  51.  Thermodynamics  (4) — First  semester.  Three  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  21,  Phys.  21.  Required 
of  seniors  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

The  properties,  characteristics,  and  fundamental  equations  of  gases  and 
vapors.  An  analysis  of  basic  heat  engine,  air  compression,  refrigeration, 
and  vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  for  gases  and  vapors.  Theory 
supplemented  by  laboratory  tests. 

M.  E.  52.  Power  Plants  (4) — Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Required  of  seniors  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
Prerequisite,  M.  E.  51. 

The  theory  and  operation  of  steam  engines,  boilers,  condensers,  steam 
turbines,  and  their  accesories. 

M.  E.  53.  Metallography  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  to  be  taken  concurrently 
with  Mech.  52. 

A  study  of  the  structure  of  metals  and  alloys  as  related  to  their  proper- 
ties. Study  of  crystallization,  plastic  deformation,  constitution  diagrams, 
manufacturing  processes,  heat  treatment  and  effect  of  alloying  elements 
on  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  materials.  Laboratory  work  in  thermal  analysis, 
microscopy,  heat  treatment  and  testing  of  metals. 

M.  E.  54.  Fluid  Mechanics  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites,  Mech.  2,  M.  E.  100. 


416  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  study  of  fluids  under  all  possible  conditions  of  rest  and  motion.  The 
approach  is  analytical,  rational,  and  mathematical  rather  than  empirical. 
Applications  to  turbine  and  centrifugal  pump  design  and  flow  of  gases. 

M.  E.  55.  Fluid  Mechanics  and  Aerodynamics  (3) — Second  semester. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech.  2,  M.  E.  100.  Required  of 
juniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  Aeronautical  Option. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  flow  of  air  and  of  water. 
Applications  with  special  reference  to  the  airplane;  airfoil  and  propeller 
theory;  theory  of  model  testing  in  wind  tunnels;  design  performance,  calcu- 
lation of  airplanes. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

M.  E.  100.  Thermodynamics  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  21,  Math.  21.  Required  of 
juniors  in  Mechanical  and  Aeronautical  Engineering. 

The  properties,  characteristics,  and  fundamental  equations  of  gases  and 
vapors.  An  analysis  of  basic  heat  engine,  air  compression,  refrigeration, 
and  vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  for  gases  and  vapors.  Theory 
supplemented  by  laboratory  tests. 

M.  E.  101.  Heat  Transfer  (2) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  M.  E.  54  and  M.  E.  100.  Required  of  seniors  in  Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Basic  principles  of  heat  transfer  including  a  study  of  conduction  by  steady 
state  and  variable  heat  flow,  free  and  forced  convection,  radiation,  evapora- 
tion and  condensation  of  vapors,  and  the  application  of  the  principles  of 
heat  transfer  to  design  problems. 

M.  E.  102.  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  M.  E.  100,  M.  E.  54, 
M  E.  101  concurrently. 

Required  of  seniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering.  The  fundamentals  of 
heating  and  cooling  load  computations.  Basic  information  on  heating  and 
air  conditioning  systems  for  residential  and  industrial  use. 

M.  E.  103.  Refrigeration  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  M.  E.  100,  M.  E.  101,  M.  E.  102. 
Required  of  seniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Thermodynamic  analyses  of  air,  vapor  compression,  absorption  and  water 
refrigeration  systems.  Characteristics  of  refrigerants.  Study  of  refrigera- 
tion as  applied  to  cooling  and  dehumidification  in  air  conditioning.  Low 
temperature  refrigeration,  the  heat  pump,  and  other  special  topics. 

M.  E.  104,  105.  Prime  Movers  (4,  4)— First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech.  52,  M.  E. 
54,  M.  E.  100.    Required  of  seniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  417 

The  study  of  internal  combustion  cycles  such  as  Otto,  Diesel,  and  Brayton. 
Analysis  of  the  effects  of  fuels,  combustion,  detonation,  carburetion,  injec- 
tion and  supercharging  on  engine  operation.  General  features  of  the  gas 
turbine  and  the  effect  of  its  various  components.  Analysis  and  design  of 
the  various  components  of  steam  power  stations,  including:  condensers, 
boilers,  heaters,  and  turbines. 

M.  E.  106,  107.  Mechanical  Engineering  Design  (4,  4) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Mech.  52,  M.  E.  53. 

A  study  of  velocity,  acceleration  and  displacement  of  linkages;  cam 
motions  and  design;  statics,  inertia  and  friction  forces  in  machines;  gears 
and  miscellaneous  motions.  Study  of  stresses  and  strains  in  machine  parts; 
design  of  machine  members  including  fastenings,  hoisting  and  power  trans- 
mission devices,  cylinders,  springs,  shafts,  bearings;  introduction  to  Mechan- 
ical Vibrations.    Design  of  a  complete  machine. 

M.  E.  108,  109.  Mechanical  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semes- 
ters. One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing.    Required  of  seniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Experiments  on  fuels  and  lubricants,  steam  engines  and  turbines,  air 
compressors,  gasoline  and  diesel  engines  and  various  other  mechanical  equip- 
ment.    Written  reports  are  required  on  all  tests. 

For  Graduates 

M.  E.  200,  201.  Advanced  Dynamics  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  Mech.  52,  Math.  64,  M.  E.  107;  M.  E.  109. 

Mechanics  of  machinery.  Dynamic  forces.  Balancing  of  rotating  parts. 
Vibrations  and  vibration  damping.     Critical  speeds. 

M.  E.  202,  203.  Applied  Elasticity  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisites,  Mech.  52,  Math.  64,  M.  E.  107. 

Advanced  methods  in  structural  and  experimental  stress  analysis.  Ad- 
vanced strength  of  materials  involving  beam  problems,  curved  bars,  thin 
plates  and  shells,  buckling  of  bars,  plates  and  shells,  etc.  Advanced  work 
in  stress  concentrations,  plastic  deformations,  etc.  and  problems  involving 
instability  of  structures. 

M.  E.  204,  205.     Advanced  Thermodynamics  and  Heat  Transfer  (3,  3)— 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  M.  E.  101, 
M.  E.  104,  M.  E.  105,  Math.  64. 

Advanced  problems  in  thermodynamics  on  compression  of  gases  and 
liquids,  combustion  and  equilibrium,  humidification  and  refrigeration  and 
availability.  Problems  in  advanced  heat  transfer  covering  the  effect  of 
radiation,  conduction,  and  convection,  steady  and  unsteady  flow,  evapora- 
tion and  condensation. 


418  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

M.  E.  206,  207.  Advanced  Machine  Design  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Math.  64,  M.  E.  107. 

Application  of  advanced  methods  of  stress  analysis  to  design  of  special 
stationary  and  moving  machine  parts,  including  rotating  disks,  bearings, 
thick  wall  cylinders,  screw  fastenings,  crankshafts,  etc.  Application  of 
linear  and  torsional  vibration  and  balancing  in  the  design  of  machine  mem- 
bers.   Complete  design  of  a  machine.    Study  of  current  design  literature. 

M.  E.  208,  209.  Steam  Power  Plant  Design  (3, 3) — First  and  second 
semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
M.  E.  105. 

The  design  and  specifications  of  steam  power  plants  for  specific  purposes. 
Each  student  will  carry  out  complete  design  including  detail  drawings. 

M.  E.  210,  211.  Advanced  Fluid  Mechanics  (3,3) — First  and  second 
semesters.     Prerequisites,  M.  E.  54,  Math.  64. 

Advanced  theory  of  the  flow  of  fluids  and  gases.  Hydrodynamic  theory. 
Engineering  applications. 

M.  E.  212,  213.  Advanced  Steam  Power  Laboratory  (2,2) — First  and 
second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, registration  in  M.  E.  204,  205. 

Research  on  advanced  steam  power  problems  to  illustrate  and  advance 
steam  power  theory.    Power  plant  heat  balances. 

M.  E.  214,  215.  Advanced  Applied  Mechanics  Laboratory  (2,  2) — First 
and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  registration  in  M.  E.  200,  201  and  M.  E.  202,  203. 

Illustrative  experiments  and  research  on  difficult  problems  in  stress 
analysis.  Photoelasticity.  Mechanical  vibrations.  Critical  speeds.  Dynamic 
stresses.    Fatigue  of  materials. 

M.  E.  216,  217.     Advanced  Internal  Combustion  Engine  Design  (3,3)— 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  M.  E.  104,  105;  M.  E.  106,  107  and  registration  in  M.  E.  200, 
201  and  M.  E.  204,  205. 

Each  student  will  carry  out  complete  designs  of  internal  combustion 
engines. 

M.  E.  218,     219.     Advanced    Internal    Combustion    Engine    Laboratory 

(2,  2)— First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.     Prerequisite,  registration  in  M.  E.  216,  217. 

Advanced  laboratory  tests  and  problems  in  the  design  of  internal  com- 
bustion engines. 

M.  E.  220.  Seminar — Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  me- 
chanical engineering  staff.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering. 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  419 

M.  E.  221.  Research — Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  me- 
chanical engineering  staff.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering. 

Research  in  any  field  of  mechanical  engineering  as  applied  mechanics, 
heat  transfer,  thermodynamics,  heat,  power,  etc. 

M.  E.  222.  Advanced  Metallography  (3) — First  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite,  M.  E.  53,  Mech.  52. 

Advanced  study  of  the  structure  and  properties  of  metals  and  alloys. 
Study  of  the  latest  developments  in  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  alloys  includ- 
ing stainless  steels,  high  temperature  steels,  tool  steels,  aluminum,  mag- 
nesium and  copper  alloys.  Study  of  inspection  of  metals  by  the  use  of 
X-Rays,  spectograph,  metallograph  and  magniflux.  Review  of  current 
literature. 

M.  E.  223,  224.  Steam  and  Gas  Turbine  Design  (3,  3)— First  and  Second 
semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  M.  E.  101,  M.  E.  104,  M.  E. 
105,  Math.  64. 

Study  of  nozzles  and  blades,  with  application  to  all  types  of  turbines  and 
compressors  based  on  detailed  heat  calculations.  Design  of  regenerators 
and  combustors  for  gas  turbines.  Applications  to  jet  propulsion.  Funda- 
mentals of  rocket,  pulse  jet  and  ram  jet  design. 

M.  E.  225,  226.  Advanced  Properties  of  Metals  and  Alloys  (2,  2)— First 
and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Mech.  52,  M.  E. 
53,  M.  E.  106,  M.  E.  107. 

Mechanical  properties  of  alloys  and  the  equilibrium  diagram.  Effects 
of  mechanical  deformation  and  methods  of  fabrication  on  mechanical  prop- 
erties. Effect  of  extreme  temperature.  Theory  of  plastic  deformation. 
Fatigue,  creep  and  damping  capacity.  Speed  effects  and  stress  concen- 
tration. 

M.  E.  227,  228.  Theory  of  Elasticity  (3,  3)— First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mech.  52,  M.  E.  53,  M.  E.  106,  M.  E. 
107,  Math.  64. 

Stress  and  strain  at  a  point.  Relation  between  stresses  and  strains, 
general  equations  of  elasticity,  plane  strain  and  plane  stress,  torsion,  bend- 
ing, axially  symmetric  distribution  of  stress,  plates,  thermal  stresses,  strain 
energy  and  approximate  methods. 

M.  E.  229,  230.  Jet  Propulsion  (3,  3)— Prerequisites,  M.  E.  101,  M.  E. 
104,  M.  E.  105. 

Types  of  thermal  jet  units  Fluid  reaction  and  propulsive  efficiency. 
Performance  of  rockets,  aerothermodynamics,  combustion  chemical  kinetics, 
aerodynamics  of  high  speed  air  flow.  Principles  and  design  of  solid  and 
liquid  propellant  rockets.  Design  of  turbojets  and  aerojets,  ramjets  and 
hydroduct  units,  including  combustion  chambers,  turbines  and  compressors. 


420  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Mechanical  Engineering  Shop 

Shop  1.  Machine  Shop  Practice  (2) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Required  of  sophomores  in  Aeronautical  and 
Mechanical  Engineering. 

Study  and  practice  of  fundamental  principles  of  machine  tools. 

Shop  2.  Machine  Shop  Practice  (1) — Second  semester.  One  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Shop  1.  Required  of  sophomores  in  Aero- 
nautical and  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Advanced  practice  with  standard  machine  tools.  Exercises  in  thread 
cutting,  fluting,  cutting  spur  and  helical  gears,  jig  work,  and  cutter  and 
surface  grinding. 

Shop  3.  Manufacturing  Processes  (1) — Second  semester.  One  combi- 
nation lecture  and  laboratory  period  a  week.  Required  of  sophomores  in 
Mechanical  Engineering. 

A  study  of  the  different  methods  used  in  industry  to  fabricate  materials 
of  engineering.  Sand  casting,  metal  molds,  centrifugal  casting,  lost  wax 
process,  extrusion,  spinning,  powder  metallurgy,  molded  plastics,  welding, 
forging,  drawing,  pressing  and  rolling. 

MECHANICS 

Mech.  1.  Statics  and  Dynamics  (3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Math.  21,  Phys.  21. 

Solutions    of    force    systems;    graphic    statics;    friction,    centroids    and 

moments  of  inertia;  kinetics;  work,  power,  energy,  impulse  and  momentum. 

(Keller,  Staff.) 

Mech.  2.  Statics  and  Dynamics  (5) — First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Dr.  3, 
Math.  21,  Phys.  21.  Required  of  juniors  in  Mechanical  and  Aeronautical 
Engineering. 

Solution  of  force  systems  in  stationary  and  moving  bodies;  study  of  the 
free  body,  graphical  statics,  three  dimensional  force  systems,  distributed 
forces,  friction,  centroids  and  moments  of  inertia;  study  of  the  dynamics 
of  bodies  including  velocity,  acceleration,  translation,  rotation,  work  and 
energy,  impulse  and  momentum. 

Mech.  3.  Statics  and  Dynamics  (3) — First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Math. 
21,  Phys.  21.    Required  of  juniors  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Solutions  of  force  systems;  graphic  statics;  friction;  centroids  and  mo- 
ments of  inertia;  kinematics  and  kinetics;  work,  power,  energy,  impulse  and 
momentum.  (Wedding.) 

Mech.  4.  Strength  of  Materials  (3)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Mech.  3  or  equal.     Required  of  juniors  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

Study  of  stresses  in  thin-walled  cylinders;  joints;  torsion;  stresses  and 
deflections  in  beams  and  columns;  combined  loading.  (Wedding.) 


ENGINEERING    AND    AERONAUTICAL    SCIENCES  421 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Mech.  50.  Strength  of  Materials  (4) — First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Mech.  1  or  2,  or  equivalent.     Required  of  juniors  in  civil  engineering. 

Thin-walled  cylinders;  riveted  and  welded  joints,  torsion;  stresses  in 
beams;  design  of  columns;  use  of  structural  steel  handbook.  Beam  deflec- 
tions; statically  indeterminate  beams;  combined  loadings;  composite  beams; 
impact  and  energy  loadings.  (Keller,  Wedding.) 

Mech.    51.     Strength    of    Materials    (3) — First    semester.     Prerequisite, 

Mech.  1  or  2,  or  equivalent.     Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering. 

A  shorter  course  than  Mech.  50.  (Keller,  Wedding.) 

Mech.  52.  Strength  of  Materials  (5) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Mech.  2.    Required  of  juniors  in  Mechanical  and  Aeronautical  Engineering. 

Study  of  the  stresses  and  strains  in  members  under  various  types  of  load- 
ings including  tension,  compression,  shear,  torsion,  bending  and  combined 
loads.  Study  of  cylinders,  joints,  beams,  statically  indeterminate  members, 
columns,  curved  bars  and  shafts.  Work  in  strain  energy  methods,  photo- 
elastic  theory,  fatigue  and  strain  hardening. 

Mech.  53.  Materials  of  Engineering  (2) — Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Mech.  50  or  taken  con- 
currently with  Mech.  50. 

The  composition,  manufacture,  and  properties  of  the  principal  materials 
used  in  engineering;  performance  of  standard  tests;  interpretation  of  test 
results  and  of  specifications.  (Wedding.) 

SURVEYING 

Surv.  1,  2.  Plane  Surveying  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  One 
lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Math.  14.  Surv.  1 
required  of  sophomores  in  Aeronautical,  Chemical,  Electrical,  and  Mechani- 
cal Engineering.     Surv.  1,  2  required  of  sophomores  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Theory  and  practice  in  the  use  of  the  tape,  compass,  transit,  and  level. 
General  survey  methods,  traversing,  area,  coordinates,  profiles,  cross- 
sections,  volume,  stadia.  (Gohr,  Staff.) 

Surv.  100.  Advanced  Surveying  (4) — First  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Surv.  1,  2. 

Adjustment  of  instruments,  latitude,  longitude,  azimuth,  time,  triangula- 
tion,  precise  leveling,  geodetic  surveying,  together  with  the  necessary 
adjustments  and  computations.  Topographic  surveys.  Plane  table,  land 
surveys,  and  boundaries.  Mine,  tunnel,  and  hydrographic  surveys.  Aerial 
photogrammetry.  (Gohr.) 


Entrance  to  Home  Economics  Building 


College,  of 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

STAFF 

Marie  Mount,  M.A.,  Dean 

Emily  W.  Akin,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Textiles. 

Pela  Braucher,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Allison  T.  Brown,  Instructor  in  Art. 

Louise  Burke,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Home  Management. 

E.  Mae  Cornell,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Jane  H.  Crow,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Management. 

George  H.  Cuneo,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 

Vienna  Curtiss,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Art. 

Fremont  Davis,  Instructor  in  Art. 

Nell  D.  Duke,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Harriett  L.  Friemel,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Textiles  and  Clothing. 

Helen  E.  Houston,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Textiles  and  Clothing. 

Gordon  C.  Lawson,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art  (on  leave  1949-50). 

William  J.  Mahoney,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art. 

Ruth  H.  Matthews,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Carolyn  Middleton,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing. 

T.  Faye  Mitchell,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing. 

Marie  Mount,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Home  and  Institution  Management. 

Jeanne  Palmer,  Instructor  in  Art. 

Ada  F.  Peers,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Mabel  S.  Spencer,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics  Education. 

Suzanne  C.  Wells,  B.A.,  Instructor  in  Art. 

June  C.  Wilbur,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing. 


423 


424  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

M.  Marie  Mount,  M.A.,  Dean 

The  College  of  Home  Economics  serves  Maryland  and  the  surrounding 
area  with  its  educational  program  for  both  young  women  and  young  men. 
The  program  for  young  women  combines  good  personal  development  with 
education  for  homemaking  and  for  a  livelihood.  Information  on  better 
health  principles,  good  study  habits,  efficient  use  of  time,  good  grooming, 
becoming  dress  and  proper  adjustment  to  new  situations  are  a  part  of  the 
student's  program  for  self-development.  The  program  for  men  is  directed 
toward  enriched  living,  vocationally  and  avocationally.  It  emphasizes  art 
in  merchandising  and  in  crafts,  food  service,  and  textile  technology. 

In  the  professional  phases  of  the  program,  the  student  consults  with  the 
faculty  member  assigned  as  adviser,  and  has  the  opportunity  to  consult  with 
leaders  in  the  chosen  field. 

Students  are  urged  to  acquire  practical  experience  during  vacations.  This 
experience  may  be  gained  either  in  the  actual  management  of  the  family 
home,  in  some  professional  phase  of  home  economics,  or  both.  Students 
preparing  to  teach  gain  experience  on  playgrounds  in  caring  for  children 
and  in  executing  home  projects.  Commercial  firms  and  institutions  provide 
opportunities  for  other  types  of  experience. 

Organization 

For  administrative  purposes  the  College  of  Home  Economics  is  organized 
into  the  Departments  of  Textiles  and  Clothing,  Practical  Art,  Home  and 
Institution  Management,  and  Foods  and  Nutrition. 

Facilities 

The  home  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics,  following  campus  tradition, 
is  a  colonial  brick  building  planned  and  built  to  present  the  best  modern 
equipment  and  facilities  for  education  in  home  economics.  A  home  manage- 
ment house  is  maintained  on  the  campus  for  experience  in  homemaking. 

Located,  as  the  campus  is,  between  two  large  cities,  unsual  opportunities 
are  provided  for  both  faculty  and  students.  In  addition  to  the  University's 
excellent  general  and  specialized  libraries,  Baltimore  and  "Washington  fur- 
nish the  added  library  facilities  so  essential  to  scientific  research  and  cre- 
ative work  in  the  arts.  The  art  galleries  and  museums  with  their  priceless 
exhibits,  the  government  bureaus  and  city  institutions,  stimulate  study  and 
provide  practical  experience  for  the  home  economics  student. 

Home  Economics  Club:  Membership  is  open  to  all  home  economics  stu- 
dents. The  Club  is  affiliated  with  the  American  Home  Economics  Associa- 
tion. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  425 

Omicron  Nu,  national  home  economics  honor  society:  Students  of  high 
scholarship  are  eligible  for  election  to  membership  twice  during  the  year. 

Honors  and  Awards,  Scholarships  and  Loan  Fund 

Home  Economics  scholarships:  Two  thousand  dollars  has  been  made 
available  by  Marie  Mount  to  home  economics  students. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  Summer 
Fellowships:  One  of  four  weeks  to  an  outstanding  junior;  one  of  two  weeks 
to  an  outstanding  freshman. 

Borden  Home  Economics  Scholarship  Award:  Three  hundred  dollars  is 
given  by  the  Borden  Company  to  the  home  economics  student,  who,  upon 
entering  her  senior  year,  has  completed  two  or  more  courses  in  foods  and 
nutrition  and  has  the  highest  scholastic  standing  of  eligible  students. 

Retail  Merchants  Association  of  Baltimore  Scholarship :  Two  $300  scholar- 
ships are  provided  for  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland  who  have  com- 
pleted the  junior  year  of  the  Practical  Art  curriculum.  Each  recipient 
must  have  shown  proficiency  and  interest  in  merchandising. 

Hecht  Company  of  Washington  Scholarship :  A  $300  scholarship  is  offered 
to  a  resident  of  Maryland,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  who  is  interested 
in  merchandising  as  a  career.  The  student  must  have  completed  the  junior 
year  of  the  Practical  Art  curriculum  and  have  met  other  specific  require- 
ments. 

National  Executive  Housekeepers  Association  Scholarship:  Five  hundred 
dollars  has  been  given  by  the  National  Executive  Housekeepers  Association 
for  scholarships  to  students  majoring  in  Housekeeping  Administration. 

Omicron  Nu  Scholarship  Award:  Omicron  Nu  presents  annually  an 
award  to  the  freshman  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  who  attains  the 
highest  scholastic  average  during  the  first  semester. 

A  loan  fund,  composed  of  contributions  by  the  District  of  Columbia  Home 
Economics  Association,  Maryland  Chapter  of  Omicron  Nu,  and  personal  gifts, 
is  available  for  students  majoring  in  home  economics. 

For  other  scholarships  and  awards,  see  General  Information  Issue. 
Admission 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  must 
apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks 
and  other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  4  units  of  English  and  1  unit  each 
of  Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of  Algebra 
and  Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  While  Foreign  Language  is  desirable  for 
certain  programs  no  Foreign  Language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine 
Arts,  Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 


426  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $165.00  fixed 
charges;  $43.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  An  addi- 
tional charge  of  $125.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of 
Maryland.     A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students. 

All  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  are  charged  a 
College  Fee  of  $10.00  per  semester  to  cover  Laboratory  Fees  in  their  Col- 
lege. This  fee  takes  the  place  of  laboratory  fees  shown  for  each  course 
which  are  charged  only  to  students  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Home 
Economics. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of 
Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

Degrees 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory  com- 
pletion, with  an  average  of  C  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  120 
semester  hour  credits  exclusive  of  4  credits  in  hygiene  and  4  in  physical 
activities — a  total  of  128  credits  for  women,  and  exclusive  of  12  credits  in 
basic  Air  Science  and  4  in  physical  activities — a  total  of  136  credits  for  men. 

Military  Instruction 

All  male  students,  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules, 
are  required  to  take  basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period  of  two 
years.  The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite  for 
graduation,  but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first 
two  years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate 
or  not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  mili- 
tary training  will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  gradu- 
ation, whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  advanced  Air  Force 
R.  O.  T.  C.  courses  during  their  Junior  and  Senior  years  which  lead  to  a 
regular  or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  Foods  and  Nutrition,  Textiles 
and  Clothing  and  in  Home  Economics  Education  in  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion.* 

The  Student  Load 

The  student  load  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  varies  from  14-18 
credits.  A  student  wishing  to  carry  more  than  18  credits  must  have  a 
B-grade  average  and  the  permission  of  the  Dean. 

•  See  the  Graduate   School   announcements. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  427 

Curricula! 

A  student  may  elect  the  curriculum  in  general  home  economics  or  one  of 
the  following  professional  curricula,  or  a  combination  of  curricula:  home 
economics  education,  textiles,  textiles  and  clothing,  practical  art,  crafts, 
home  economics  extension,  institution  management — food  service  and  house- 
keeping administration,  and  foods  and  nutrition.  A  student  who  wishes 
to  teach  home  economics  may  register  in  home  economics  education  in 
the  College  of  Home  Economics  or  in  the  College  of  Education.  (See  Home 
Economics  Education.)  All  students  follow  the  general  home  ecenomics 
curriculum  during  the  freshman  year.  It  is  advisable  for  students  to 
choose  a  professional  curriculum  at  the  beginning  of  the  sophomore  year. 
The  student  who  has  not  decided  to  specialize  follows  the  general  home 
economics  curriculum  until  a  choice  is  made.  Before  continuing  with  the 
third  year  of  any  curriculum,  the  student  must  have  attained  junior  stand- 
ing: 64  semester  hours  with  a  C-grade  average. 

GENERAL  HOME  ECONOMICS 

The  general  home  economics  curriculum  is  planned  to  give  a  young  woman 
a  good  basis  for  her  best  personal  development,  as  has  been  described  earlier. 
It  provides  good  training  for  her  as  a  future  homemaker.  This  curriculum 
also  forms  the  basis  of  all  the  professional  curricula.  The  additional  re- 
quirements of  the  professional  curricula  are  listed  under  the  description 
of  each. 

i — Semester — > 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.   1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  8 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life ....  3 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 3  .... 

Speech  18,  19 — Introductory  Speech 1  1 

*H.  E.  1 — Home  Economics  Lectures 1  .... 

Tex.  1— Textiles  3 

Pr.   Art   1 — Design 8           

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene  (for  women  students) 2  2 

A.  S.  1,  2 — Air  Science    (for  men   students) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

JMath.  0 — Basic  Mathematics  or ....  0 

Elective     3  8 

Total    17         13-16 


t  In  order  to  meet  the  particular  need  of  a  student,  certain  adjustments  in  these  require- 
ments may  be  made  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  adviser  and  Dean. 

*  Not  required  of  men  students. 

t  An  examination  in  Mathematics  will  be  given  to  freshmen  during  the  first  semester  ; 
those  who  pass  will  not  be  required  to  take  Math.  0.  Since  56  semester  hours  of  academic 
work  and  the  requirements  for  Military  and  Physical  Education  are  necessary  for  junior 
standing,  students  required  to  take  Math.  0  must  make  up  three  semester  hours  before  the 
junior   year. 


428 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Semester — \ 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Compositions  and  English  Literature 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry 

Foods  2,  3— Foods   

Econ.    37 — Fundamentals    of    Economics 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 

Clo.    20A — Clothing    Construction 

Pr.  Art  20— Costume  Design  

Physical  Activities 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Air  Science   (for  men  students) 

Total   

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Management  of  the  Home 

Nut.  110 — Nutrition  or 

Nut.  10 — Elements  of  Nutrition 

Pr.  Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 

Pr.   Art   140,   141 — Interior  Design 

Clo.   22 — Clothing   Construction 

Foods  101 — Meal  Service  

Foods  100 — Food  Economics 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics , 

Elective  

Total  

Senior  Year 

H.  5,   6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home. 

C.  Ed.  110 — Child  Development 

Bact.  51 — Household  Bacteriology   

Zool.  16 — Human  Physiology 

Electives    

Total     


/ 

// 

3 

3 

(3) 

(3) 

3 

3 

3 

8 

3 

3 

3 

S 

1 

1 

3 

3 

16 


17 


15 


16 


(8) 

2 

1 

3 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

16 


3 

6 

15 


Textiles  and  Clothing 

The  curricula  below  have  been  planned  to  meet  the  demand  for  tech- 
nically trained  college  women  in  the  fields  of  textiles,  clothing,  and  fashion. 
Information  in  these  fields  is  also  presented  with  a  broad  consumer  slant 
for  personal  use. 

Men  specializing  in  textiles  will  be  allowed  substitutions  for  certain  re- 
auired  courses. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  429 

/ — Semester — ( 
Sophomore  Year  I  H 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature (3)  (3) 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry   3  3 

Foods   1 — Introductory  Foods •  •  •  •  8 

Econ.   37— Fundamentals   of   Economics 3  .... 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology •  •  ■ .  8 

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design   8 

Clo.    20 A — Clothing    Construction 3           

Clo.   22 — Clothing   Construction •  •  ■  ■  2 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Air  Science   (for  men  students) 3  3 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Electives    8  .... 

Total     16  18 

Textiles 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Management  of  the  Home 3  3 

Foods   101 — Meal  Service 

Nut.  10 — Elements  of  Nutrition  or 

Nut.  110— Nutrition 

Art    

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 

Chem.   31,   32,   33,   34 — Elements   of   Organic   Chemistry 

Math.    10 — Algebra    

Tex.  100 — Advanced  Textiles    

Tex.  102— Textile  Testing    

Total     

Senior  Year 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Bact.    51 — Household    Bacteriology    

Tex.  101 — Problems  in  Textiles 3 

Chem.   41 — Chemistry  of  Textiles   

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 3 

C.  Ed.  110— Child  Development 3 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Statistics 

Speech    3 

Tex.    108 — Decorative    Fabrics 

Total IB 


2 

3 

.... 

(8) 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

17 

17 

8 

3 

3 

430 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Textiles  and  Clothing  , — Semester- 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.   150,   151 — Management  of  the  Home 

Nut.  10 — Elements   of  Nutrition 

Art    

Clo.   122— Tailoring    

Clo.    121 — Pattern    Design 

Tex.  100 — Advanced  Textiles    3 

Foods   101 — Meal   Service 

Psychology    

Tex.  108 — Decorative  Fabrics   

Electives     2 

Total     16 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3 

Bact.     51 — Household     Bacteriology     

C.   Ed.    110— Child   Development 3 

Tex.  105 — Consumer  Problems  in  Textiles  or .... 

Tex.  106 — Household    Textiles    

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 3 

Clo.   120 — Draping    3 

Clo.  124 — Projects  and  Readings  in  Textiles  and  Clothing .... 

Speech    .... 

Clo.  126 — Fundamentals  of  Fashion .... 

Electives     2 

Total  17 


II 

3 


15 


3 
(3) 


16 


Practical  Art 

This  curriculum  permits  a  choice  of  three  fields  of  concentration:  adver- 
tising, interior  design,  costume  design.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  selection  of 
house  furnishings  and  wearing  apparel  with  relation  to  personality.  Posi- 
tions available  to  graduates  begin  with  advertising,  selling,  display,  com- 
parison shopping,  textile  advising,  and  radio  work;  they  develop  into 
advanced  positions  in  these  fields  or  in  departmental  buying,  department 
managing,  style  coordination,  personality  consulting,  designing,  store  train- 
ing and  personnel  work. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  431 

Practical  Art  (For  Women) 

*Freshman  Year 

i — Semester — , 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 3  8 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature (3)  (3) 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry 3  8 

Foods  1 — Introductory  Foods    3  .... 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3  .... 

Psych.   1 — Introduction  to  Psychology ....  3 

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design 3           

Clo.  20 — Clothing  Construction ....  8 

Pr.  Art  30 — Typography  and  Lettering ....  3 

Physical  Activities 1  1 

Electives  2  2 

Total    18  18 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150,   151 — Management  of  the  Home 3  8 

Foods  101 — Meal  Service   2 

Nut.   10 — Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

Pr.   Art  140,   141 — Interior  Design 1  3 

Econ.  150 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3           

B.  A.  154 — Retail  Store  Management  and  Merchandising ....  8 

Pr.  Art  0 — Professional  Lectures   ....  0 

**French,  Spanish,  German  or  Elective 3  3 

tElectives    4  2 

Total    16  17 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  8 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home (3)  3 

Pr.  Art   136 — Merchandise   Display 2  (2) 

Pr.    Art   132 — Advertising   Layout 2  .... 

C.  Ed.  110— Child  Development  3 

Tex.  105 — Consumer  Problems  in  Textiles ....  3 

Speech   115 — Radio  in  Retailing 3           

Pr.  Art  120— Costume  Illustration  or (2)  (2) 

Pr.  Art  142 — Advanced  Interior  Design 2  2 

tElectives    4 

Total    16  14 

*  Pr.  Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History    (2)   is  a  required  subject  which  should  be  taken  the 
fall  term  of  the  freshman  year. 

**  One  year   of  French,   Spanish,   or   German   is   required  of   every  student   who  has   not 

completed  two  years  of  one  of  these  languages,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  in  high  school. 

t  Eight  semester  hours,  or  more,  of  electives  are  to  be  completed  in  the  student's  major  ; 

Advertising,    Costume,    or   Interior,    or   in    courses    specifically    related    to    the  major.  These 
are  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor. 

Students  who  are   interested  in  Merchandising,   are  advised  to  take   Pr.  Art   198   Store 
Experience   (3)   the  summer  following  their  junior  year  ;  they  must  make  their  arrangements 

with    the    Head    of    the    Department    of    Practical    Art    during    the    spring    semester  of    the 
junior  year. 


432  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Practical  Art  (For  Men) 

Requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  curriculum  in  Practical  Art,  as  set 
up  for  women,  with  the  following  exceptions: 

Omissions— H.  E.  1;  Pr.  Art  20;  Clo.  20;  Foods  1,  101;  Home  Mgt.  150, 
151,  152;  Tex.  105;  H.  E.  Ed.  HO.f 

Additions — H.  E.  2;  A.  S.  1,  2,  3,  4,;  also,  15  hours  in  art  in  merchandising 
and  merchandising  courses  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Practical  Art. 

Crafts 

This  curriculum  serves  persons  who  are  interested  in  crafts  for  recrea- 
tional, therapeutic,  and  professional  purposes.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  joy 
of  creation  through  crafts.  Positions  available  to  graduates  include  indus- 
trial designing,  occupational  therapy,  instruction  at  recreation  centers,  and 
classroom  teaching  of  crafts. 

Crafts  (For  Women) 

*Freshman  Year 

r — Semester — x 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  English  Literature (3)  (3) 

Chem.   11,  13 — General  Chemistry 3  3 

Foods  1 — Introductory  Foods    3  —  . 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 8 

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design 3            

Clo.  20 — Clothing  Construction   8 

Cr.   2,   3— Simple   Crafts 2  2 

Pr.  Art  5$ — Creative  Art  Inspired  by  Primitive  Art 2            

Pr.  Art  4 — Three  Dimensional  Design ....  2 

Physical  Activities   1  1 

Total     17  17 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150.  161 — Management  of  the  Home 3  8 

Foods  101 — Meal   Service   2           

Nut.  10 — Elements  of  Nutrition 8 

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3           

Pr.    Art   140,   141 — Interior   Design 1  3 

Cr.  20,  21 — Ceramics   2  2 

Cr.  80,  81 — Metalry  2  2 

Pr.  Art  0 — Professional  Lectures   0 

••French,  Spanish,  German,  or  Elective 8  8 

Electives    2  2 

Total     18  18 

f  Required  courses  which  have  been  omitted  may  be  taken  as  electives. 

•  Pr.  Art  2  Survey  of  Art  History  is  a  required  subject  which  should  be  taken  the  fall 
term  of  the  Freshman  Year. 

•*  One  year  French,  Spanish,  or  German  i3  required  of  every  student  who  has  not 
completed  two  years  of  one  of  these  languages,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  in  high  school. 

Note :  Students,  who  expect  to  work  in  occupational  therapy,  are  advised  to  elect  courses 
in  physiology,  kinesiology  and  mental  hygiene. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  433 

i — Semes  ter — > 
Senior  Year  I  II 

H.  5,  6 — History  of   American   Civilization 3  3 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 3  (3) 

C.  Ed.  110 — Child  Development   3 

Cr.  40,  41 — Weaving 2  2 

Advanced  Crafts   4  4 

Cr.  198— Crafts  in  Therapy 2 

Electives   3  .... 

Total    15  14 

Crafts  (For  Men) 

Requirements  are  the  same  as  for  the  Curriculum  in  Crafts,  as  set  up 
for  women,  with  the  following  exceptions: 

f Omissions— H.  E.  1;  Pr.  Art  20;  Clo.  20;  Foods  1,  101;  Home  Mgt.  150, 
151,  152;  H.  E.  Ed.  110. 

Additions — H.  E.  2;  A.  S.  1,  2,  3,  4;  also,  15  hours  in  art,  crafts,  and  therapy 
courses  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  Head  of  the  Department 
of  Practical  Art. 

For  other  curricula  in  art,  see  offerings  under  the  College  of  Education 
and  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Home  Economics  Education 

The  Home  Economics  Education  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  vocational  or  general  home  economics  or  to  engage 
in  any  phase  of  home  economics  work  which  requires  a  knowledge  of 
teaching  methods.  It  includes  studies  of  all  phases  of  home  economics  and 
the  allied  sciences,  with  professional  training  for  teaching  these  subjects. 
A  student  majoring  in  this  curriculum  may  also  qualify  for  a  science  minor. 

Students  electing  this  curriculum  may  register  in  the  College  of  Education 
or  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

Home  Economics  Education  Curriculum 
Freshman  Year 

Ed.  2 — Introduction  to  Education 2  .... 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of   American   Life 3  .... 

Pol.   Sci.   1 — American   Government •  ■  ■  •  8 

Speech   1,   2— Public  Speaking 2  2 

H.  E.  1 — Home  Economics  Lectures 1 

Pr.  Art  1— Design   3           

Math.    O    or    Elective 3 

P.  E.  42,  44— Hygiene  I,  II 2  2 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

Tex.  1— Textiles    3 

Total     "  17 

t  Required  courses  which  have  been  omitted  may  be  taken  as  electives. 


434  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — < 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  ;  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,   6 — Composition  and  English  Literature (3)  (3) 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American   Civilization 3  3 

Chem.   11,    13 — General   Chemistry 3  3 

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design •  ■  •  •  3 

Clo.   20A  or  B— Clothing 3  3 

Foods   2,    3 — Foods 3  3 

Nut.   10 — Elements  of  Nutrition ....  3 

Physical    Activities    1  1 

Total     16  19 

Junior  Year 

H.  E.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation ....  3 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development 3  3 

Home  Mgt.  150,   151 — Home  Management 3  3 

Foods  100 — Food  Economics 2  .... 

Foods  101 — Meal  Service   ....  2 

Clo.  22 — Clothing  Construction   ....  3 

Pr.  Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2            

Pr.    Art   140 — Interior   Design 1  .... 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Zool.    16 — Human    Physiology 4 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany   ....  4 

Total     18  18 

Senior  Year 

H.  E.  Ed.  102 — Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics S 

H.   E.   149 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Home  Economics 9 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home. 3 

Ed.   150 — Educational  Measurement 2 

Bact.  51 — Household  Bacteriology 3 

Ed.  160 — Educational  Sociology   2 


Electives    ^ 

Total     16  17 

Home  Economics  Extension* 

This  curriculum  outlines  the  training  necessary  for  the  young  woman  who 
wishes  to  work  with  rural  people  through  extension  service  or  other  agencies 
interested  in  the  educational  and  social  problems  of  rural  living. 


*  Practice  work  in  the  field  of  Home  Economics  Extension  or  in  social  case  work  is 
encouraged  for  all  students  majoring  in  this  curriculum.  Such  experience  should  be  gained 
before  the  completion  of  the  senior  year. 


Semeste, 

I 

II 

3 

3 

(3) 

(3) 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

1 

1 

17 

16 

8 

3 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

8 

3 

2 

COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  435 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or , 

Eng.  6,  6 — Composition  and   English  Literature 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry   , 

Foods  2,  3— Foods 

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals  of   Economics 

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design 

Clo.  20  A  or  B — Clothing  Construction 

Zool.    16 — Human    Physiology    

Physical   Activities    

Total     

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Management  of  the  Home 

Foods  100 — Food  Economics    

Nut.   110 — Nutrition    

Chem.    31,    32,    33,    34— Elements    of    Organic    Chemistry 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 

Ed.  190 — Principles  of  Education , 

R.  Ed.  114— Rural  Life  Education 

Electives    

Total     17  16 

Senior  Year 

H.  6,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 8  3 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 8 

Foods  103 — Demonstrations  2  .... 

Bact.  51 — Household  Bacteriology    ....  8 

C.  Ed.  110 — Child  Development 3           

Clo.  120— Draping 3 

Foods  102 — Experimental  Foods   8           

Psych.  110 — Educational  Psychology   3  .... 

H.  E.  Ext.  100 — Methods  in  Home  Economics  Extension ....  3 

Pr.   Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2           

Pr.    Art   140,   141 — Interior   Design 1  3 

Total     17  18 

Institution  Management 

This  curriculum  provides  training  for  those  interested  in  housing  and  the 
food  service  administration  for  large  groups  of  persons.  The  work  is  of  two 
general  types:  (1)  food  service  in  such  institutions  as  hospitals,  schools  and 
colleges;  in  the  public  schools  where  a  midday  meal  is  served;  and  in 
commercial  organizations:  restaurants,  inns,  hotels  and  industrial  cafe- 
terias; (2)  housekeeping  in  inns,  hotels,  hospitals,  clubs,  schools  and  colleges. 

Standards  for  an  accredited  dietitian  require  a  year  of  interneship  in  a 
training  course  approved  by  the  American  Dietetic  Association,  following 
graduation.  This  curriculum  meets  the  academic  requirements  for  entrance 
to  such  a  course. 


436  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Students  following  this  curriculum  are  required  to  have,  before  the  senior 

year,  field  experience  in  food  service.     This  experience  must  be  satisfactory 
in  length  of  time,  type  of  work  experienced  and  in  quality. 

Men  specializing  in  institution  management  will  be  allowed  substitutions 
for  certain  required  courses. 

, — Semester — \ 

Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Engr.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 3  3 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition   and   English   Literature (3)  (3) 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry 3  3 

Foods  2,   3 — Foods    3  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics ....  3 

Zool.    16 — Human    Physiology    4  .... 

Physical  Activities    1  1 

♦Electives   3  3 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Air  Science   (for  men  students) 3  3 

Total 17  16 

For  students  wishing  emphasis  on  food  service  administration: 
Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  150,  161 — Management  of  the  Home S  3 

Nut.   110 — Nutrition    3           

Nut.  112 — Dietetics    8 

Chem.  81,  32,  33,  34— Organic  Chemistry 3  3 

Inst.  Mgt.  160 — Institution  Organization  and  Management 3           

Inst.  Mgt.  161 — Institution  Purchasing  and  Accounting ....  3 

Ed.  190 — Principles  of  Education 2 

Phys.  1 — Elements  of  Physics    3  .... 

C.  Ed.  110— Child  Development  3 

Elective 2 

Total     17  17 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  8 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 3 

Pr.   Art   2— Survey   of   Art  History 2 

Pr.    Art    140 — Interior    Design 1 

Bact.  51 — Household  Bacteriology  ....  3 

Foods  102 — Experimental  Foods  3 

Inst.  Mgt.  162 — Institution  Foods 3 

"Nut.  113— Diet  in  Disease ' .  2 

Inst.  Mgt.  164 — Advanced  Institution  Management ....  2 

Chem.  81,  82 — General  Bio-Chemistry 4 

Psych.   110 — Educational   Psychology    3 

Electives     2 

Total     11  17 

•  One  of  the  following  selection  of  courses  is  to  be  taken  in  place  of  a  freshman  or 
sophomore  elective:  Pr.  Art  20,  Costume  Design  (3),  Clo.  20  A  or  B,  Clothing  Construction 
(8),   Clo.   21,   Personal   Clothing   Problems    (2). 

**A  student   planning  to  do   institutional   work   other  than   hospital   dietetics   is  not   re- 
quired to  take  Principles  of  Education  and  Diet  in  Disease. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  437 

For    students    wishing    emphasis    on    housekeeping    administration: 

i — Semester — i 
Junior  Year  I  II 

Nut.  10 — Elements  of  Nutrition 8 

Physics  1 — Elements  of  Physics 3           

C.  Ed.  110 — Child  Development 3           

Psych.   110 — Educational  Psychology  or ....  S 

(Ed.  191 — Principles  and  Problems  of  Adult  Education) (3) 

Pr.  Art  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2           

Pr.  Art  140 — Interior  Design 1  .... 

Problems    in    Interior ....  1 

Tex.  105— Consumer  Problems  in  Textiles  (or  Household  Textiles) 3 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Management  of  the  Home 3  3 

Inst.  Mgt.  160 — Institutional  Organization  and  Management 3  .... 

Inst.  Mgt.  181 — Institutional  Purchasing  and  Accounting ....  3 

Electives    2           

Total     17  17 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home ....  3 

Inst.  Mgt.  182 — Executive  Housekeeping  Management 3  .... 

Inst.  Mgt.  183 — Problems  in  Housekeeping  Management ....  3 

Psych.    5 — Mental   Hygiene 3  .... 

Clo.    129 — Home  Furnishings 3           

Psych.  2 — Applied  Psychology ....  3 

Electives    4  4 

Total     16  16 

Foods  and  Nutrition 

The  purpose  of  the  Foods  and  Nutrition  Curriculum  is  two-fold — to  pro- 
vide an  education  in  this  field  for  the  individual's  personal  use  or  for  use 
in  promoting  good  health  and  happiness  in  the  family  group,  and  to  pro- 
vide training  for  professional  use :  in  teaching,  research,  editorial  or  promo- 
tional work. 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  Readings  in  World  Literature  or 

Eng.  5,  6 — Composition  and  Readings,  mainly  in  English  Literature.  .  .  . 

Chem.  11,  13 — General  Chemistry 

Foods  2,  3 — Foods   

Zool.  16 — Human  Physiology    

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology    

Pr.  Art  20 — Costume  Design    

Clo.  20— Clothing  Construction  

Physical    Activities    

A.  S.  3,  4 — Air  Science   (for  men  students) 

Total     


3 

8 

(3) 

(3) 

3 

8 

3 

8 

4 

3 

8 

S 

1 

1 

3 

3 

438  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — > 

Junior  Year  I          II 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151 — Management  of  the  Home .  3                 3 

Foods  100 — Food  Economics ....                 2 

Foods  101 — Meal  Service 2           .... 

Nut.   110— Nutrition    3  

Nut.  112— Dietetics   3 

Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34— Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 3                 3 

C.  Ed.  110 — Child  Development 3 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 3                8 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3           .... 

Total     17               17 

Senior  Year 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Home  Mgt.  152 — Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home 

Pr.    Art    2 — Survey    of    Art    History 

Pr.    Art   140,   141 — Interior   Design 

Bact.  61 — Household  Bacteriology 

Nut.   Ill— Child  Nutrition    

Foods  102 — Experimental  Foods    3  

Foods   103 — Demonstrations    2           .... 

Foods  104 — Advanced  Foods ....                 2 

Chem.  81,  82 — General  Bio-Chemistry 4  

Elective    2 

Total     17               i6 


3 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

2 

COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  439 

COURSE  OFFERINGS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 
100  to  199:     courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.    (Not 

all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.   A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.    Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

FOODS  AND  NUTRITION* 

Associate    Professor   Braucher;    Assistant    Professors    Cornell,    Peers; 
Instructors  Duke,  Matthews. 

A.     Foods 

Foods  1.  Introductory  Foods  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
laboratory  periods  a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

For  students  in  other  colleges  and  for  majors  in  Crafts,  Practical  Art, 
Textiles  and  Clothing. 

Foods  2,  3.  Foods  (3,  3) — First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  General  Chemistry,  Chem. 
11,  13,  to  precede  or  parallel.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Composition,  selection  and  preparation  of  food  with  a  study  of  the 
scientific  principles  involved.  Analysis  of  recipes  and  study  of  standard 
products. 

Nut.  10.     Elements  of  Nutrition  (3) — First  and  second  semesters. 

For  students  in  other  colleges  and  for  majors  in  Crafts,  Practical  Art, 
Textiles  and  Clothing. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Foods  100.  Food  Economics  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Foods 
1  or  2,  3.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee, 
$7.00. 

Sources  of  our  food  supply;  buying  of  food  for  the  family. 

*  Tailored  white  uniforms   are  required   for   laboratory  work   in   Foods   1,   2,   3,   101,    102, 
103,  104,  106,  200,  Nutrition  110,  111,  112. 


440  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Foods  101.  Meal  Service  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Foods  1,  or  2,  3.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Planning  and  serving  meals  for  family  groups  considering  nutritional 
needs,  and  cost;  includes  simple  entertaining. 

Foods  102.  Experimental  Foods  (3)— First  semester.  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Foods  2,  3;  Organic  Chemis- 
try; Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

A  study  of  food  preparation  processes  from  the  experimental  viewpoint. 

""Foods  103.     Demonstrations  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.    Two  lab- 
oratory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Clo.  20;  Foods  1  or  2,  3;  Pr.  Art  20, 
Tex.  1.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 
Practice  in  demonstrations. 

Foods  104.     Advanced    Foods    (2) — Second    semester.      Two    laboratory 

periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Foods  1  or  2,  3.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 
Advanced  study  of  manipulation  of  food  materials. 

Foods  105.  Foods  of  Other  Countries  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Foods  1  or2,  3,  or  equiva- 
lent.    Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Food  preparation  and  food  customs  of  the  peoples  of  other  countries. 

B.  Nutrition 
Nut.  110.     Nutrition  (3) — First  semester.     Prerequisite,  Foods  2,  3;  Or- 
ganic Chemistry,  Chem.  31,  32,  33,  34  to  precede  or  parallel.     Laboratory 
fee,  $7.00. 

A  scientific  study  of  principles  of  human  nutrition. 

Nut.  111.  Child  Nutrition  (2) — First  and  Second  semesters.  One  lecture 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Foods  1  or  2,  3,  Nut.  10  or 
110.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Principles  of  human  nutrition  applied  to  growth  and  development  of 
children.    Experience  in  a  nursery  school. 

Nut.  112.  Dietetics  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Nut.  110.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

A  study  of  food  selection  for  health;  planning  and  calculating  dietaries 
for  children  and  adults;  and  methods  of  teaching  food  values. 

Nut.  113.     Diet  and  Disease  (2)— Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Nut.  110. 
Modifications  of  the  Principles  of  human  nutrition  to  meet  the  dietary 
needs  in  treating  certain  diseases. 

For  Graduates 
Foods  200.     Advanced  Experimental  Foods  (3-5)— Second  semester.    Two 
lectures,  three  laboratories.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  441 

Includes  experimental  problems,  special  emphasis  on  use  of  Maryland 
products. 

Nut.  210.     Readings  in  Nutrition  (3) — First  semester. 
Reports     and     discussion     of     outstanding     nutritional     research     and 
investigation. 

Nut.  211.     Problems  in  Nutrition  (3-5) — Second  semester. 

Experience  in  a  phase  of  nutrition  research  which  is  of  interest  to  the 
student  by  the  use  of  experimental  animals,  human  studies,  or  an  extensive 
and  critical  survey  of  the  literature. 

Nut.  212.     Nutrition  for  Community  Service  (3) — First  semester. 

Applications  of  the  principles  of  nutrition  to  various  community  problems. 
Students  may  work  on  problems  of  their  own  choosing. 

Foods  and  Nut.  204.     Recent  Advances  in  Foods  and  Nutrition  (2-3) — 

Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  recent  advances  in  the  manipulation  of  food  materials. 
Newer  methods  of  processing  and  packaging.  Study  of  the  effect  of  these 
methods  of  processing,  packaging  and  storage  on  the  nutritive  value  of 
food.  Principles  of  photography  as  applied  to  the  preparation  and  handling 
of  foods  for  photographic  processes  for  magazines  and  newspapers. 

Foods  and  Nut.  220.  Seminar  (1, 1) — One  hour  a  week,  first  and  second 
semesters. 

Reports  and  discussions  of  current  research  in  the  fields  of  foods  and 
nutrition. 

Foods  and  Nut.  221.  Research — Arranged.  Credit  in  proportion  to  work 
done  and  results  accomplished.     Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Investigation  in  some  phase  of  foods  or  nutrition  which  may  form  the 
basis  of  a  thesis. 

HOME  ECONOMICS— GENERAL 

H.  E.  1.  Home  Economics  Lectures  (1) — First  semester.  Required  of 
Home  Economics  freshmen. 

Lectures,  demonstrations,  group  and  individual  discussions  on  grooming 
and  clothing  budget  for  the  college  girl;  personal  adjustments;  good  study 
habits;  social  usage. 

H.  E.  2.     Home  Economics  for  Men  (3) — Second  semester. 

Selection  and  care  of  clothing,  considering  design,  durability  and  pro- 
priety to  occasion.  Selection  of  food  for  better  nutrition,  interesting 
menus  and  economy;  analysis  of  accepted  demeanor  for  host  and  guest. 
Selection  and  repair  of  household  appliances;  family  budgeting  and  family 
relationships. 


442  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EXTENSION 

Professors  Mount  and  Kellar 

H.  E.  Ext.  100.  Methods  in  Home  Economics  Extension  (3) — Second 
semester. 

Given  in  cooperation  with  the  staff  in  Home  Economics  Extension.  Stu- 
dents must  have  senior  standing  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

HOME  AND  INSTITUTION  MANAGEMENT 

Professor  Mount;  Associate  Professor  Braucher;   Assistant  Professor 
Crow;  Instructor  Burke. 

A.     Home  Management 

Home  Mgt.  150,  151.  Management  of  the  Home  (3,  3) — First  and  second 
semesters. 

The  family  and  human  relations;  household  organization  and  manage- 
ment; management  of  time,  energy,  and  money;  housing  as  a  social  prob- 
lem; housing  to  meet  family  needs;  selection  and  care  of  household  equip- 
ment and  furnishings. 

Home  Mgt.  152.  Experience  in  Management  of  the  Home  (3) — First  and 
second  semesters.   Prerequisites,  Home  Mgt.  150,  151.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.00. 

Residence  for  one-third  of  a  semester  in  the  Home  Management  House. 
Experience  in  planning,  guiding,  directing,  coordinating  and  participation 
in  the  activities  of  a  household,  composed  of  a  faculty  member  and  a  small 
group  of  students. 

B.     Institution  Management 
Inst.  Mgt.  160.     Institution    Organization    and    Management    (3) — First 
semester.     Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Prerequisites, 
Foods  2,  3;  Home  Mgt.  150,  151  to  precede  or  parallel. 

The  principles  of  scientific  organization  and  management  as  applied  to 
supervision  of  food  services,  and  to  housekeeping  administration  within  an 
institution. 

Inst.  Mgt.  161.  Institution  Purchasing  and  Accounting  (3) — Second 
semester.    Two  lecturers  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 

Purchasing  of  food,  supplies,  and  equipment  for  institutional  use,  and 
the  principles  involved  in  accounting  as  applied  to  food  services. 

Inst.  Mgt.  162.  Institution  Foods  (3) — Second  semester.  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Foods  2,  3;  Inst.  Mgt.  160,  161. 

Practical  experience  in  preparing  and  serving  food  for  large  groups,  in- 
cluding the  use  of  standard  recipes,  calculation  of  food  costs,  menu  plan- 
ning and  use  of  institution  equipment. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  443 

Inst.  Mgt.  163.     Practice    in    Institution    Management    (3) — Arranged. 
Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Inst.  Mgt.  160,  161. 
Experience  in  food  service  under  supervision. 

Inst.  Mgt.  164.  Advanced  Institution  Management  (2) — Second  semes- 
ter. One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Inst. 
Mgt.  160,  161,  162. 

Special  problems  in  institution  management. 

Inst.  Mgt.  165.  The  School  Lunch  (3) — Second  semester.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Foods  2,  3;  Nut.  110,  or 
equivalent. 

Problems  relating  to  the  planning,  organization,  management  and  serving 
of  the  noon  meal  in  schools  and  in  child-care  centers. 

Inst.  Mgt.  181.  Purchasing  and  Accounting  for  Housekeeping  Administra- 
tion (3) — Second  semester. 

Purchasing  of  household  textiles,  furnishings,  supplies  and  equipment  for 
institutional  use,  and  the  principles  involved  in  budgeting  and  accounting  as 
applied  to  housekeeping  administration. 

Inst.  Mgt.  182.    Housekeeping  Management  (3) — First  semester. 
Principles  concerning  housekeeping  management,  floor  plans,  sanitation, 
safety,  personnel  and  legal  problems. 

Inst.  Mgt.  183.  Problems  in  Housekeeping  Management  (3) — Second 
semester. 

Special  lectures  and  advanced  problems  in  housekeeping  administration. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION* 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

H.  E.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  (3) — Second 
semester.  Required  of  juniors  in  Home  Economics  Education.  Prerequi- 
site, Psych.  110. 

The  place  and  function  of  home  economics  education  in  the  secondary 
school  curriculum.  Philosophy  of  education  for  home  and  family  living; 
characteristics  of  adolescence,  construction  of  source  units,  lesson  plans, 
and  evaluation  devices;  directed  observations  in  junior  and  senior  high 
school  home  economics  departments. 

H.  E.  Ed.  102.  Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics  (3) — First  and 
second  semesters.  Required  of  seniors  in  Home  Economics  Education. 
Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  101.  (See  College  of  Education  Issue; — H.  E.  Ed. 
149  for  scheduling.) 


*  For  further  information  see  College  of  Education  bulletin. 


444  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  study  of  the  managerial  aspects  of  teaching  and  administering  a  home- 
making  program;  the  physical  environment,  organization  and  sequence  of 
instructional  units,  resource  materials,  evaluation,  home  projects. 

H.  E.  Ed.  149.     Teaching  Secondary  School  Vocational  Homemaking  (9) 

— First  or  second  semester.     Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  101  and  102  or  102 
parallel. 

Observation  and  supervised  teaching  in  approved  secondary  school  home 
economics  departments  in  Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  Ten 
weeks  of  practicum  in  two  schools  and  with  both  junior  and  senior  high 
school  classes.  Students  must  reserve  a  half  day  in  their  schedule  for  the 
student  teaching  assignment. 

H.  E.  Ed.  120.  Evaluation  of  Home  Economics  (2) — Prerequisite,  H.  E. 
Ed.  101. 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the  development 
of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  program  with  emphasis  upon  types 
of  evaluation  devices,  their  construction,  and  use. 

H.  E.  Ed.  200.  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education  (2) — First 
semester. 

H.  E.  Ed.  202.  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and  Supervision  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics (2-4). 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and  practices  in  light  of  current 
educational  trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  democratic  teaching  pro- 
cedures, outcomes  of  instruction,  and  supervisory  practices. 

TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 

Professor   Mitchell;   Associate   Professor  Akin;   Assistant   Professors 
Middleton,  Wilbur;  Instructors  Friemel,  Houston. 

A.  Textiles 

Tex.  1.    Textiles  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.    Two  lectures  and  one 

laboratory  period  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Study  of  textile  fibers;  standardization  and  labeling  of  textiles;  collection 
and  analysis  of  fabrics. 

B.  Clothing 

Clo.  20A.  Clothing  Construction  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, Tex.  1.    Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Interpretation  and  use  of  commercial  patterns;  basic  fitting  and  construc- 
tion techniques. 

Clo.  20B.  Clothing  Construction  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Elec- 
tive for  students  in  other  colleges.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $3.00. 

Interpretation  and  use  of  commercial  patterns;  fabric  study;  basic  fitting 
and  construction  techniques. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  445 

Clo.  21.     Personal  Problems  in  Clothing  (2) — First  semester. 
Care  of  clothing;  wardrobe  planning;  selection  and  purchase  of  accessories 
and  ready-to-wear. 

Clo.  22.  Clothing  Construction  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Continuation  of  Clo.  20A  or  20B.  Construction  of  garments,  including  a 
renovation  problem. 

Courses  for  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Tex.  100.  Advanced  Textiles  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Tex.  1.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Study  of  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  fibres.  Standard  testing 
methods  for  serviceability  of  fabrics,  i.  e.,  tensile  strength,  elongation,  re- 
sistance to  abrasion,  tear  resistance,  launderability,  flammability,  thickness, 
resilience  and  specific  weight. 

Tex.  101  Problems  in  Textiles  (3) — First  semester.  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites:  Tex.  100,  Organic  Chem- 
istry.   Individual  experimental  problems  in  textiles.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Tex.  102.  Textile  Testing  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Tex.  100.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

The  theory  of  textile  testing  methods,  the  repeated  use  of  physical  test- 
ing apparatus,  the  interpretation  of  the  data,  and  the  presentation  of  the 
findings. 

Tex.  103.  Textile  Microscopy  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Tex.  101.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Application  of  optical  and  microscopical  equipment  to  technical  analysis 
of  textiles.  Lectures  and  laboratory  concerning  the  types  of  equipment, 
their  use,  and  the  technique  of  textile  microanalysis  for  fiber,  yarn  and 
fabric.  Opportunity  for  work  on  fibre  cross  sectioning.  Projects  involving 
quantitative  determinations,  development  of  technique,  application  of  photo- 
micrography; swelling  techniques,  staining,  etc.,  as  applied  to  textile 
microscopy. 

Tex.  105.  Consumer  Problems  in  Textiles  (3) — Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Tex.  1,  or  equiva- 
lent.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Economic  and  trade  conditions  that  affect  consumer-trade  relationships; 
buying  guides  for  purchase  of  household  linens  and  clothing;  performance 
tests  of  fabrics. 

Tex.  106.  Household  Textiles  (3) — First  semester.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Tex.  1.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Study  of  textiles  for  household  and  institutional  use.  Evaluation  of  such 
textile  products  through  lectures,  laboratory  tests,  survey  of  literature  and 
field  trips. 


446  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Tex.  108.     Decorative  Fabrics   (2) — Second  semester.     One  lecture  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Study  of  historic  and  contemporary  fabrics  and  laces. 

Clo.  120.  Draping  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Tex.  1,  Clo.  22.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Demonstrations  and  practice  in  creating  costumes  in  fabrics  on  individual 
dress  forms;  modeling  of  garments  for  class  criticism. 

Clo.  121.     Pattern  Design  (2) — Second  semester.    Two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.    Prerequisites,  Clo.  22,  Pr.  Art  20.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Development  and  use  of  a  basic  pattern  in  dress  making. 

Clo.  122,  125.     Tailoring  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.     Two  lab- 
oratory periods  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Clo.  22.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Construction  of  tailored  garments  requiring  professional  skill. 

Clo.  123.  Children's  Clothing  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Clo.  20A 
or  B,  or  equivalent. 

Children's  clothing  from  the  standpoint  of  age,  health,  beauty,  economy 
and  personality;  development  of  original  designs. 

Clo.  124.  Projects  and  Reading  in  Textiles  and  Clothing  (2) — Second 
semester.     Prerequisites,  Clo.  22,  Tex.  100.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Study  of  the  reasons  for  dress  and  the  versatility  of  fabrics;  analysis  of 
wardrobe  planning  preparatory  to  the  job  situation;  grooming  as  related  to 
the  college  girl — to  the  job  holder;  survey  of  job  opportunities  in  the  field; 
one  special  project. 

Clo.  126.  Fundamentals  of  Fashion  (2,  3) — Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
Clo.  120.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Fashion  history;  current  fashions,  how  to  interpret  and  evaluate  them; 
fashion  show  techniques;  fashion  promotion.  The  course  includes  oral  and 
written  reports,  group  projects,  panel  discussions  and  field  trips. 

Clo.  127.  Apparel  Design  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Clo.  120.  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00. 

The  art  of  costuming;  trade  and  custom  methods  of  clothing  design  and 
construction;  original  designing  on  a  dress  form. 

Clo.  128.  Home  Furnishings  (3) — Second  semester.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Tex.  1,  Clo.  20A  or  20B,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Selection  of  fabrics  for  home  and  institutional  furnishings;  care  and  re- 
pair of  such  furnishings;  custom  construction  of  slip  covers,  draperies,  bed- 
spreads, etc. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  447 

For  Graduates 
Tex.  200.     Special  Studies  in  Textiles  (2-4).    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Clo.  220.     Special  Studies  in  Clothing  (2-4).    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Tex.  and  Clo.  230.     Seminar  (1).    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Tex.  and  Clo.  231.     Research  (4-6).    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Tex.  and  Clo.  232.  Economics  of  Textiles  and  Clothing  (3).  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00. 

PRACTICAL  ART  AND  CRAFTS 

Professor  Curtiss;   Assistant  Professors   Cuneo,   Lawson,   Mahoney; 
Instructors  Brown,  Davis,  Palmer,  Wells. 

The  Department  of  Practical  Art  reserves  the  right  to  retain  one  art 
problem,  from  each  student,  from  each  class,  for  illustrative  purposes; 
however,  it  will  retain  only  such  problems  as  are  needed  by  the  department. 

Pr.  Art.  0.     Professional  Lectures  (0) — Second  semester. 
Lectures  by  current  merchandisers  and  designers. 

A.     Practical  Art 

Pr.  Art  1.  Design  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00. 

Art  expression  through  the  use  of  materials,  such  as  opaque  water  color, 
wet  clay,  colored  chalk,  and  lithograph  crayon,  which  are  conducive  to  free 
techniques.  Elementary  lettering,  action  figures,  abstract  design  and 
general  composition  study.  Consideration  of  art  as  applied  to  daily  living. 
Teaching  methods  are  emphasized  in  the  section  for  art  education  students. 

Pr.  Art  2.  Survey  of  Art  History  (2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

A  rapid  survey  of  art,  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  twentieth  century, 
showing  the  great  human  movements  and  art  ideals,  which  each  period  has 
reflected.  Emphasis  is  given  to  domestic  architecture,  furnishings,  and  cos- 
tume, and  to  the  philosophy  and  significance  of  art  in  today's  living.  Illus- 
trated lectures;  assigned  readings,  examinations. 

Pr.  Art  3.  Creative  Art  Inspired  by  Primitive  Art  (2) — First  semester. 
Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Modern  design  produced  after  the  study  of  vigorous  primitive  art  as  found 
in  the  prehistoric  art  of  Spain,  France,  and  the  Southwestern  part  of  the 
United  States;  archaic  Mesopotamia,  Egypt,  and  Greece;  Mayan,  Aztec,  and 
Peruvian  cultures;  past  and  present  primitive  tribes;  provincial  and 
peasant  groups, 

Pr.  Art  4.  Three-dimensional  Design  (2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 


448  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Abstract  and  symbolic  design  emphasizing  mass,  volume,  and  depth  in 
construction  problems,  which  utilize  paper,  cork,  screen,  wire,  thin  sheet 
metal,  fabric,  wood,  plastics,  etc.  This  course  stimulates  resourcefulness 
and  imagination  in  design;  it  is  especially  valuable  to  persons  interested 
in  display. 

Pr.  Art  20.  Costume  Design  (3) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1, 
or  equivalent. 

Clothing  selection  with  relation  to  personality.  Adaptation  of  changing 
fashions  to  the  individual.  Designing  of  costumes  in  mediums,  such  as 
Conte  and  lithograph  crayon,  transparent  and  opaque  water  color,  soft 
pencil,  India  ink,  and  three-dimensional  materials.  A  minimum  of  fashion 
figure  drawing.    Survey  of  historic  costume  and  of  the  fashion  industry. 

Pr.  Art.  21,  22.  Action  Drawing  (2,  2) — Second  semester.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1,  or 
equivalent. 

Quick  sketching  of  live  model,  from  poses  and  action.  This  course  is 
basic  for  costume  illustration  and  mural  painting.  Pr.  Art  21  prerequisite 
to  Pr.  Art  22. 

Pr.  Art  30.  Typography  and  Lettering  (3) — First  and  Second  semesters. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.     Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1,  or  equivalent. 

A  study  of  typography,  hand  lettering,  and  their  application.  Brief 
survey  of  processes  of  reproduction. 

Pr.  Art  38,  39.  Photography  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Consent  of  the  instructor. 

Experimental  effects  in  photography  with  special  emphasis  upon  pictures 
for  advertisements,  store  display,  periodicals,  murals  and  salon  exhibits. 
It  is  advisable  for  each  student  to  have  his  own  camera. 

B.     Crafts 

Cr.  2,  3.  Simple  Crafts  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Creative  art  expressed  in  clay  modeling,  plaster  carving,  wood  burning, 
thin  metal  working,  paper  mache  modeling,  finger  weaving;  linoleum  block 
printing,  silk  screening.  Emphasis  is  laid  upon  inexpensive  materials  and 
tools  and  simple  techniques,  which  can  be  pursued  in  the  home.  Excellent 
for  teachers  and  directors  of  recreation  centers. 

Cr.  5,  6.  Puppetry  (2,  2)— Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

Making  of  marionettes  and  production  of  simple  puppet  shows.  Valuable 
to  teachers  and  directors  of  recreation  centers. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  449 

Cr.  20,  21.  Ceramics  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1  or  Cr.  2, 
if  possible. 

Elementary  pottery-making,  modeling  in  relief,  intaglio  and  in  the  round, 
simple  glaze  effects.     Good  design  is  stressed. 

Cr.  30,  31.  Metalry  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1  or  Cr.  2, 
if  possible. 

Etching,  repousse,  and  sawed  filigree  in  metals,  such  as  copper,  aluminum, 
brass,  pewter  and  German  silver.     Good  design  is  stressed. 

Cr.  40,  41.  Weaving  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Prerequisite,  Pr.  Art  1,  if  possible. 

Hand  weaving  on  simple  looms.  Good  color,  texture,  and  general  design 
are  stressed. 

Courses  for  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Pr.  Art  100,  101.  Mural  Design  (2,  2) — First  semester.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  2,  3,  21, 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Consideration  of  mural  design  with  relation  to  propriety  of  setting.  Study 
of  traditional  and  contemporary  techniques.  Experiment  in  colored  chalk, 
gouash,  oil  paint,  and  fresco;  stone,  glass,  and  tile  mosaic. 

Pr.  Art  102,  103.  Advanced  Mural  Design  (2,  2) — First  semester.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art 
1,  2,  3,  21,  100,  101. 

Advanced  techniques  in  mural  design. 

Pr.  Art  120,  121 — Costume  Illustration  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Pr. 
Art  1,  20,  and  21,  22,  if  possible. 

Advanced  techniques  in  rendering  of  fashion  illustration.  Experience  in 
use  of  Ben  Day  and  Craftint.     Organization  of  fashion  shows. 

Pr.   Art    124,    125.     Individual   Problems   in   Costume    (2,2) — First   and 

second  semesters.     Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  20,  120,  121,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  costume  design  or  costume  illustration  for  students 
who  are  capable  of  independent  work. 

Pr.  Art  132.  Advertising  Layout  (2) — First  and  second  semesters.  Two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art 
1,  20,  30,  and  20,  21,  if  possible. 

Rough  layouts  and  finished  advertisements  utilizing  lettering,  type  speci- 
fications, and  illustration.    Air  brush  used  in  large  work. 

Pr.  Art  134,  135.  Individual  Problems  in  Advertising  (2,  2) — Second 
semester.     Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.     Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.     Pre- 


450  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

requisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  20,  30,  120,  132,  or  equivalent,  and  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  advertising  for  students  who  are  capable  of 
independent  work. 

Pr.   Art   136.    Merchandise   Display    (2) — First   and   second   semesters. 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Prerequisites,  Pr. 
Art  1,  20,  30;  120,  132  to  precede  or  parallel. 

Practice  in  effective  display  of  merchandise.  Cooperation  with  retail 
establishments. 

Pr.  Art  137.  Advanced  Merchandise  Display  (2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Pre- 
requisites, Pr.  Art  1,  20,  30,  120,  132,  136  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  the  display  of  merchandise.  Emphasis  upon 
original  atmospheric  effects,  which  are  within  the  bounds  of  good  taste. 

Pr.   Art    138,    139.      Advanced    Photography    (2,2) — First    and    second 

semesters.    Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Pre- 
requisites, Pr.  Art  38,  39. 

Advanced  problems  in  photography.  Each  student  must  have  his  own 
camera. 

Pr.  Art  140,  141.  Interior  Design  (1,  3) — First  semester,  one  laboratory 
per  week;  second  semester,  three  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Laboratory 
fee,  on  141  only,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  2,  to  precede  or  parallel 
Pr.  Art  140. 

Analysis  of  interiors  as  backgrounds  for  various  personalities.  Study  of 
good  and  poor  interiors.  Trips  to  historic  homes,  a  furniture  factory,  and 
retail  house  furnishing  establishments.  Original  floor  plans  and  wall  eleva- 
tions drawn  to  scale  and  rendered  in  color. 

Pr.  Art  142,  143.  Advanced  Interior  Design  (2, 2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Pre- 
requisites, Pr.  Art  1,  140,  141,  or  equivalent. 

Designing  of  rooms  and  furnishings;  scale  drawing  and  color  rendering 
in  plan,  elevation  and  perspective,  or  making  of  maquettes.  Study  of 
furniture  manufacture  and  merchandising.  Planning  of  exhibition  rooms 
or  houses  when  possible. 

Pr.   Art   144,   145.     Individual   Problems   in   Interior    (2,2) — First   and 

second  semesters.    Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Prerequisites,  Pr.  Art  1,  140,  141,  142,  143,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  interior  design  or  construction  for  students  who 
are  capable  of  independent  work. 

Pr.  Art  198.  Store  Experience  (3)— 160  clock  hours,  or  20  continuous 
eight-hour  days,  summer  following  the  Junior  Year,  Practical  Art 
curriculum. 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  451 

Selling,  buying,  advertising,  or  executive  work,  done  under  supervision  in 
a  specified  department  store  or  studio.  Arrangements  to  be  made  with  the 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Practical  Art  early  in  the  spring  semester, 
Junior  year. 

Cr.  120,  121.  Advanced  Ceramics  (2, 2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites, 
Cr.  20,  21. 

Advanced  techniques  in  ceramics;  preparation  of  glazes  and  handling  of 
the  kiln. 

Cr.  124,  125.  Individual  Problems  in  Ceramics  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Pre- 
requisites, Cr.  20,  21,  120,  121,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  ceramics.  For  students  who  are  capable  of  inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr.  130,  131.  Advanced  Metalry  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Cr. 
30,  31. 

Advanced  techniques  in  metalry,  including  soldering,  stone-setting,  and 
fine  etching. 

Cr.  134,  135.     Individual  Problems  in  Metalry   (2,  2) — First  and  second 

semesters.    Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    Pre- 
requisite, Cr.  30,  31,  130,  131,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  Metalry  for  students  who  are  capable  of  inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr.  140,  141.  Advanced  Weaving  (2,  2) — First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites, 
Cr.  40,  41. 

Advanced  techniques  in  weaving. 

Cr.  144,  145.  Individual  Problems  in  Weaving  (2,  2) — First  and  second 
semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Pre- 
requisites, Cr.  30,  31,  130,  131,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Advanced  problems  in  weaving  for  students  who  are  capable  of  inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr.  198.  Crafts  in  Therapy  (2) — Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  three 
courses  in  various  crafts  or  art  construction,  consent  of  the  instructor  and 
junior  standing. 

Demonstration  and  discussion  of  the  teaching  of  crafts  to  persons,  who 
need  physical  and  mental  rehabilitation.  Readings,  field  trips,  a  minimum 
of  art  activity.  Excellent  for  persons  who  plan  to  work  with  disabled 
persons. 


College  of 

MILITARY 
SCIENCE 


Staff 


Colonel  John  C.  Pitchford,  U.S.A.F.,  Dean. 

Colonel  Harland  C.  Griswold,  U.S.A.  (Rtd.),  Assistant  Dean. 

Air  Force  Staff 

Colonel   John    C.    Pitchford,    U.S.A.F.,   Professor   of    Air    Science    and 

Tactics. 
Lt.  Colonel  Harold  V.  Maull,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science 

and  Tactics  (Commandant  of  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Cadets). 
Lt.  Colonel  Axel  E.  Altberg,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science 

and  Tactics. 
Major   Ovie   D.    Clark,    U.S.A.F.,   Assistant   Professor,   Air    Science    and 

Tactics. 
Major  James  R.  Locher,  Jr.,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science 

and  Tactics. 
Captain  John  H.  Brown,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 
Captain   Walter   N.   Burnette,   Jr.,   U.S.A.F.,   Assistant   Professor,   Air 

Science  and  Tactics. 
Captain  James  R.  Cicarelli,  U.S.A. F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 
Captain   Omer   L.   Cox,   U.S.A.F.,   Assistant  Professor,   Air   Science  and 

Tactics. 
Captain  Ray  A.  Dunn,  Jr.,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 
Captain  Marvin  F.  Evans,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 
Captain  Fred  G.  Ginther,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 


453 


454  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Captain   Sylvanus  T.  Howell,  Jr.,   U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air 

Science  and  Tactics. 
Captain  Phil  M.  Patton,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air  Science  and 

Tactics. 
First  Lieutenant  Joseph  A.  Dickerson,  Jr.,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor, 

Air  Science  and  Tactics. 
First  Lieutenant  Kenneth  W.  Kagy,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air 

Science  and  Tactics. 
First   Lieutenant   John   R.   Komp,   U.S.A.F.,   Assistant   Professor,   Air 

Science  and  Tactics. 
First  Lieutenant  Myron  S.  Myers,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Professor,  Air 

Science  and  Tactics. 
W  arrant  Officer   (J.G.)   Theodore  D.  Casten,  U.S.A.F.,  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor, Air  Science  and  Tactics. 
First  Sergeant  Charles  Lightner,  U.S.A. F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  James  A.  Anderson,  U.S.A. F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Francis  S.  Gazda,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Richard  F.  Hanson,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Joseph  K.  Loeb,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Robert  J.  McFarland,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Stanley  Piszkin,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Alfred  F.  Rodemeyer,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Master  Sergeant  Edward  Rupp,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Technical  Sergeant  Painter  C.  Alexander,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Technical  Sergeant  Walter  J.  Kamar. 
Staff  Sergeant  George  A.  Foelker,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Staff  Sergeant  Vincent  B.  Keen,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Staff  Sergeant  Gordon  L.  Mackey,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Staff  Sergeant  Richard  H.  Ramsay,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor. 
Staff  Sergeant  Arthur  T.  Whitwam,  U.S.A.F.,  Instructor 

Administrative  Staff 

McKinley  L.  Fuller  (C.W.O.,  Rtd.),  Military  Property  Custodian. 

Dee  S.  Harpham,  Assistant  Band  Director. 

Frank  Sykora,  Assistant  Professor,  Music. 

Peter  J.  Ward,  Assistant  Military  Property  Custodian. 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  455 

College  of 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

Col.  John  C.  Pitchford,  U.S.A.F.,  Dean 

The  College  of  Military  Science  offers  training  for  students  who  wish 
professional  preparation  in  the  field  of  Military  Science.  The  length  of 
the  normal  curriculum  is  four  years.  The  college  is  divided  into  two 
main  departments  as  follows:  (1)  Military  Science  and  (2)  Air  Force 
Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps.  The  work  of  each  of  these  departments 
is  described  in  detail  under  the  appropriate  heading. 

ADMISSIONS 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Military  Science  must 
apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park. 

In  selecting  students,  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks 
and  other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a 
fixed  pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  four  (4)  units  of  English 
and  one  (1)  unit  each  of  Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One 
(1)  unit  each  of  Algebra  and  Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  While 
Foreign  Language  is  desirable  for  certain  programs  no  Foreign  Language 
is  required  for  entrance.  Fine  Arts,  Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are 
acceptable  as  electives.  In  addition,  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  this 
college  must  either  have  possessed  or  now  hold  a  commission  in  one  of 
the  Armed  Forces  or  possess  those  qualities  and  attributes,  both  physical 
and  mental,  which  are  desirable  in  a  commissioned  officer. 

COSTS 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $165.00  fixed 
charges;  $48.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $100.00  to  $126.00  room;  and 
laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A 
matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  An  additional 
charge  of  $125.00  is  assessed  students  who  are  not  residents  of  the  State 
of  Maryland.  For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to 
the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  General  Information  Issue 
of  the  catalog. 

MILITARY  INSTRUCTION 

All  male  students,  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules, 
are  required  to  take  basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  training  for  a  period  of 
two  years.  The  successful  completion  of  this  course  is  a  prerequisite 
for  graduation  but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the 
first  two  years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to 


456  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

graduate  or  not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two 
years  of  military  training  will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or 
take  it  until  graduation,  whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  advanced  Air  Force 
R.O.T.C.  courses  during  their  Junior  and  Senior  years  which  lead  to  a 
regular  or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  curriculum  in  Military  Science  is  to  train 
men  who  desire  to  follow  a  military  career.  As  a  prerequisite  for  gradua- 
tion a  student  must  either  have  satisfactorily  held,  or  presently  hold, 
or  possess  those  physical  and  mental  requirements  which  can  lead  to 
a  commission  in  one  of  the  Armed  Forces.  The  completion  of  the 
advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  course  satisfies  this  latter  requirement. 
This  course  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Military  Science. 
Students  must  maintain  a  scholastic  average  of  not  less  than  2.0  and 
no  more  than  one-quarter  of  the  grades  may  be  "D's."  in  order  to 
graduate. 

It  will  be  noted  that  this  curriculum  provides  for  a  minor  sequence 
of  twenty-four  hours.  This  minor  sequence  is  an  accepted  and  approved 
course  of  study  designed  to  strengthen  the  students'  basic  curriculum, 
of  which  at  least  six  hours  must  be  in  courses  numbered  100  and  above. 

Military  Science  Curriculum  ~ 

i — Semester — \ 

Freshman  Year  J  // 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  Reading  in  American  Literature 3  3 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life ....  3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Speech   1,   2 — Public   Speaking 2  2 

Math.  10,  11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry 3  3 

Modern  Language — One  language  for  two  years'  study 3  3 

A.  S.  1,  2 — Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C 3  3 

♦Physical  Activities   \  j 

Total     18  18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4  or  5,  6 — Composition  and  Reading  in  World  Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Speech  6,   6 — Advanced   Public   Speaking 2  2 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 3  3 

Modern    Language    3  o 

*A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C 3  3 

♦Physical  Activities   


Total 


1  1 

18  18 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  457 

i — Semester — \ 

Junior  Year  I  II 

tSpeech   127,   128 — Military  Speech  and  Command 2  2 

Agr.  Eng.   102 — Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles ....  3 

Econ.    37 — Fundamentals    of    Economics 3  .... 

tfSurv.   1,   2— Plane  Surveying 2  2 

j)Dr.    1 — Engineering    Drawing 2  .... 

tA.  S.  101,  102— Advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C 3  3 

Minor  Sequence 6  6 

Total     18  16 

Students  entered  in  Advanced  R.O.T.C.  are  required  to  attend  six  weeks 
summer  camp  between  Junior  and  Senior  Years. 

Senior  Yea/r 

G.   &   P.  101 — International  Political  Relations,  or ] 

G.  &  P.  102 — International    Law,    or I  3            

G.   &   P.  106 — American    Foreign    Relations J 

M.   S.  151 — Military    Logistics    ....  3 

tM.  S.  152 — Military    Leadership    3 

M.  S.  153— Military  Policy  of  the  United   States 3            

tA.  S.  103,  104— Advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C 3  3 

Minor    Sequence    6  6 

Total     15  15 


*  Credit  allowed  for  equivalent  service  in  the  Armed  Forces. 

t  Credit  allowed  to  those  holding  Regular,  Reserve  or  National  Guard  commissions. 
%  Officers    experienced   in   terrain   evaluation    and    sketching   may   elect   other   appropriate 
subjects  by  arrangement  in  lieu  of  Surv.  1,  2,  and  Dr.  1. 

THE  U.  S.  A.  F.  RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CORPS 

Instruction  in  military  science  and  tactics  has  been  an  important  phase 
of  the  College  Park  division  of  the  University  of  Maryland  since  1856. 
In  1864  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  accepted  the  provision  of  the 
Act  of  Congress  of  1862  whereby  public  lands  were  donated  to  the  States 
providing  colleges  in  which  a  course  of  military  training  was  maintained. 
Until  1916  the  institution  was  a  military  school.  After  the  first  World 
War  the  military  training  was  reorganized  and  given  as  specified  in  the 
Acts  of  Congress  of  1916  and  1920,  as  amended,  which  are  commonly 
known  as  the  National  Defense  Acts.  Under  these  laws  the  Reserve 
Officer  Training  Corps  is  organized  to  provide  basic  training  and  to  offer 
advanced  training  leading  to  a  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force 
Reserve  on  a  selective  basis.  All  male  students,  unless  specifically 
exempted,  under  University  rules  are  required  to  take  basic  military 
training  for  a  period  of  two  years.  This  is  a  prerequisite  for  graduation 
and  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  in  their  first  two  years  of  at- 
tendance whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  Students  of  the  Uni- 
versity, regardless  of  the   college   in  which  registered,   who   successfully 


458  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

complete  the   Basic   Course   Air  Force   Reserve    Officers   Training   Corps 
may  be  considered  as  candidates  for  the  Advanced  Course. 

The  mission  of  the  Senior  Division,  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  is 
to  produce  junior  officers  who  have  the  qualities  and  attributes  essential 
to  their  progressive  and  continued  development  as  officers  in  the  United 
States  Air  Force.  The  major  mission  is  the  training  of  officers  to  serve 
with  the  Reserve  Components  of  the  Air  Force  of  the  United  States, 
i.  e.,  the  United  States  Air  Force  Reserve  or  the  Air  National  Guard. 
In  addition,  the  Senior  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  will 
provide  the  principal  source  of  procurement  of  junior  officers  for  the 
Regular  Air  Force  through  selection  of  a  required  number  of  Dis- 
tinguished Military  Graduates  of  the  Senior  Division  for  direct  appoint- 
ment, and  through  extended  active  duty  tours  of  volunteer  officers 
from  which  will  be  selected  addtional  personnel  for  regular  appointment. 
The  hundreds  of  Maryland  graduates  who  received  their  commissions 
through  this  unit  were  found  ready  and  capable  when  the  national  crisis 
arose,  and  they  have  achieved  an  inspiring  and  enviable  record  of  which 
the  State  may  well  be  proud. 

Air  Force  personnel,  approved  by  the  President  of  the  University,  are 
detailed  by  the  Department  of  the  Air  Force  to  administer  the  course. 
Officers  serve  under  appointment  by  the  University  as  Professor  or 
Assistant  Professor  and  selected  non-commissioned  officers  as  Instructors. 

The  course  of  instruction  leading  to  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant 
is  organized  into  a  two-year  basic  course  which  all  male  students,  except 
excused  veterans  and  non-citizens,  must  take,  and  an  elective  two-year 
advanced  course  offered  to  selected  students  who  apply.  A.F.  R.O.T.C. 
honor  graduates  stand  an  excellent  chance  of  being  selected  for  a  regular 
commission  and  a  lifetime  career  in  the  United  States  Air  Force.  To 
those  who  do  not  desire  to  pursue  the  advanced  course  the  basic  course 
offers  training  in  leadership,  discipline,  citizenship  and  other  beneficial 
courses  which  will  be  of  value  to  the  individual,  should  he  be  called  into 
the  Armed  Forces. 

The  specialties  of  the  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  offered  at  the  University 
are  Aircraft  Maintenance,  Communications,  Air  Installations,  Adminis- 
tration and  Logistics,  and  Air  Conmptrollership.  Students  will  be  given  an 
opportunity  to  indicate  a  preference  in  the  sophomore  year  for  the  specialty 
in  which  they  desire  to  enroll.  Specialization  commences  in  the  second  semes- 
ter of  the  sophomore  year.  The  qualifications  for  admission  in  the  various 
specialties,  in  addition  to  the  standards  as  set  forth  above,  are  as  follows: 

Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Specialized  Courses  Academic   Major 

Air  Force  Communications (1)  Electrical  or  General  Engineering 

(2)  Electronic  Physics 

(3)  Other  Engineering 

Aircraft  Maintenance  Engineering (1)     Aeronautical  or  Mechanical  Engineering 

(2)     Other  Engineering 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  459 

Air  Installation (1)     Civil  Engineering 

(2)  Industrial  Engineering  Architecture 

(3)  Other  Engineering 

Comptrollership (1)     Business     Administration     (Major     in     Finance, 

Statistics,  Accounting,  Economics,  Management) 
(2)     Business  Administration   (other) 
Administration  and  Logistics (1)     Business  Administration  (Note:  Majors  in  Busi- 
ness   Administration    will    not    be    assigned    this 
course   until   quota,    if   any,    for    Comptrollership 
is   filled) 
(2)     Any  course  of  study  leading  to  a  baccalaureate 
degree    (Note :   Majors   in   any   branch   of   Engi- 
neering,   Chemistry   or    Physics   will   not   be   as- 
signed  this   course   until   quotas,   if   any,   for   the 
following  specialized  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  courses 
at  the  institution  are  filled : 
Air   Force   Communications 
Aircraft  Maintenance 
Engineering 
Air  Installations 

The  necessary  training  equipment  including  uniforms,  weapons,  and 
technical  material,  is  loaned  to  the  University  by  the  Department  of  the 
Air  Force.     Students  in  the  basic  courses  are  issued  uniforms  without  cost. 

The  New  Armory  located  East  of  the  Administration  Building  has  been 
declared  by  a  Department  of  the  Air  Force  inspector  to  be  one  of  the  finest 
buildings  used  for  Military  instruction  in  the  country.  It  contains  clothing 
and  ordnance  storerooms,  class  rooms,  offices,  projection  room,  a  ten  firing 
point  small  bore  range,  and  a  drill  floor  240  feet  long  by  120  feet  wide. 
Drill  field,  parade  grounds  and  other  outdoor  training  activities  are  nearby. 

Advanced  Course 

The  primary  object  of  the  Advance  Course  is  to  provide  military  instruc- 
tion and  systematic  training  to  selected  eligible  students  through  the  agency 
of  educational  institutions,  to  the  end  that  they  may  qualify  as  United 
States  Air  Force  Reserve  officers.  It  is  intended  to  attain  this  objective 
in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  during  the  time  the  students 
are  pursuing  their  academic  studies  at  the  University. 

A  student  prior  to  enrollment  in  the  course  must  have  satisfactorily 
completed  the  Basic  Course  or  have  been  honorably  discharged  after  at 
least  one  year  active  service  in  one  of  the  armed  forces.  The  student  must 
have  indicated  in  writing  his  desire  to  undertake  the  course.  Selection  of 
students  in  the  advanced  course  will  be  made  by  the  President  of  the  Uni- 
versity and  the  Professor  of  Air  Science  and  Tactics,  as  provided  in  Sec- 
tion 47c,  National  Defense  Act.  No  applicant  will  be  admitted  to  the 
advance  course  who  is  less  than  eighteen  or  more  than  twenty-six  years 
of  age  at  the  time  of  admission  or  who  is  not  able  to  pass  physical  standards 
set  forth  in  AR  40-105  and  40-110  and  the  Army  General  Clasification 
Test  with  a  qualifying  score.  Opportunities  for  students  interested  in 
the  Regular  Air  Force  as  a  career  have  been  augmented  by  recent  legis- 


460  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

lation   authorizing   increase   numbers   of   regular   commissions   to    distin- 
guished, Air  Force  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  graduates. 

Program  of  Instruction 

For  first  and  second  years,  basic  course,  the  instruction  will  consist 
of  four  (4)  hours  per  week,  three  (3)  hours  of  classroom  instruction 
and  one  (1)  hour  of  drill.  The  advance  course  will  consist  of  five  (5) 
hours  per  week,  four  (4)  hours  per  week  of  classroom  instruction  and 
one   (1)  hour  of  drill. 

Uniforms 

All  members  must  appear  in  proper  uniforms  at  all  Military  drill  forma- 
tions and  at  such  other  times  as  the  Military  Department  may  designate. 

Uniforms  for  students  in  the  elementary  course  are  furnished  by  the 
Government.  The  uniforms  are  the  regulation  uniforms  of  the  United 
States  Air  Force,  with  certain  distinguishing  features.  Such  uniforms 
must  be  kept  in  good  condition  by  the  students.  They  remain  the  property 
of  the  Air  Force,  and  though  intended  primarily  for  use  in  connection 
Military  Department  instructs  otherwise.  The  uniforms  will  not  be  worn 
with  military  instruction  they  may  be  worn  at  other  times  unless  the 
in  part  nor  used  while  the  wearer  is  engaged  in  athletic  sports.  A  basic 
uniform  will  be  returned  to  the  Military  Department  at  the  end  of  the 
year;  or  before,  if  a  student  severs  his  connection  with  the  Department. 

The  Advanced  Course  students  will  wear  an  officer-type  uniform,  pur- 
chased on  a  Federal  Government  allowance. 

Commutation 

All  members  of  the  Advanced  Course  will  receive  a  monetary  allowance 
in  lieu  of  subsistence,  equivalent  to  the  current  value  of  the  garrison 
ration,  to  be  paid  monthly  during  the  periods  of  enrollment  in  the  Advanced 
Course  less  the  period  of  the  Advanced  Camp  of  six  weeks.  During  this 
Camp  the  student  will  receive  the  pay  of  the  seventh  enlisted  grade  and 
travel  pay.  The  total  period  of  receiving  commutation  will  not  exceed 
570  days  for  any  student.  This  allowance  will  be  paid  in  addition  to 
benefits  authorized  by  the  GI  Bill  of  Rights. 

Credits 

Military  instruction  at  this  Institution  is  on  a  par  with  other  university 
work,  and  the  requirements  of  this  department  as  to  proficiency  are  the 
same  as  those  of  other  departments.  Academic  elective  credits  are  given 
in  all  colleges  for  the  advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  course. 

Students  who  have  received  Military  Training  at  any  other  educational 
institution  under  the  direction  of  officers  detailed  as  Professor  of  Military 
Science  and  Tactics,  Professor  of  Air  Science  and  Tactics  and  Professor 
of  Naval  Science  and  Tactics,  may  received  such  credit  as  the  P.A.S.&T. 
and  the  President  may  jointly  determine. 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  461 

University  and  Air  Force  Reserve  Officer's  Training  Corps  Bands 

The  University  of  Maryland  Band  and  the  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers' 
Training  Corps  Band  are  separate  musical  organizations  at  the  University, 
existing  for  the  purpose  of  furthering  the  musical  knowledge  of  interested 
students.  The  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  Band  functions 
under  the  Military  Department.  The  University  Band  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Music  Department  and  is  assisted  by  the  Military  Department. 

The  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Band  is  composed  of 
Air  Force  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  students.  It  practices  during 
drill  periods  and  plays  for  drills  and  military  formations.  Uniforms  and 
instruments  are  furnished  by  the  Federal  Government.  Members  of  the 
Air  Force  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Band  are  eligible  for  enroll- 
ment in  any  of  the  University  Bands. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Bands  are  very  important  and  active  under- 
graduate organizations  on  the  Maryland  Campus.  Membership  in  the 
University  Bands  is  open  to  all  interested  students  of  the  University  by 
audition  with  the  Director.  The  Bands  furnish  music  for  athletic  events 
and  special  occasions  during  the  School  Year.  The  Fall  practice  sessions 
are  devoted  to  the  support  of  the  football  season,  with  the  band  accom- 
panying the  football  team  on  some  of  its  trips  away  from  home.  During 
the  Winter  season  the  Activities  Band  plays  for  basketball  games  and 
for  boxing  matches.  At  the  close  of  football  season,  the  Concert  and 
Activities  Bands  are  formed.  The  Concert  Band  plays  several  concerts, 
both  on  and  off  the  Campus,  during  the  year. 

Student  who  play  musical  instruments,  applying  for  admission  to  the 
University,  and  who  desire  to  be  considered  for  the  University  Bands, 
should  indicate  their  experience  and  ability  on  their  application  form, 
and  should  contact  the  Director  at  the  earliest  opportunity  for  enrollment 
in  one  of  the  University  Bands  after  being  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
University. 

Band  is  a  regularly  scheduled  course  of  instruction  under  its  own  consti- 
tution. One  credit  per  semester,  not  to  exceed  a  total  of  eight  (8)  credits, 
may  be  earned  by  the  student  participating  in  this  activity.  Uniforms  and 
certain  instruments  are  furnished  by  the  University.  Band  rehearsals  are 
conducted  in  the  Band  Room  in  the  New  Armory.  A  band  letter  may  be 
earned  each  year  by  faithful  attendance.  A  gold  award  is  presented  to  the 
student  who  earns  a  letter  for  four  successive  years.  Students  may  be 
elected  to  positions  of  honor  and  responsibility  within  this  student  organiza- 
tion which  operates  under  its  own  constitution. 

The  University  Rifle  Teams 

The  University  Rifle  Teams  are  under  the  supervision  of  the  Military 
Department.  Rifle  competition  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  rated  as 
a  major  sport  activity,  and  the  varsity  letters  and  sweaters  are  awarded 
each  year  to  team  members.     The  rifle  teams  representing  this  institution 


462  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

have  a  high  national  standing  as  they  have  consistently  placed  in  the 
top  brackets  in  the  National  Intercollegiate  Rifle  Match.  The  Varsity 
Rifle  Team  won  the  National  Intercollegiate  Championship  in  1947  and  again 
in  1949,  each  time  with  a  new  record  score.  The  R.O.T.C.  Team  has  been 
a  consistent  winner  in  the  William  Randolph  Hearst  Trophy  Match  and  the 
Third  Service  Command  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  Match  as  well  as 
winning  a  very  high  percentage  of  the  regular  schedule  of  postal  and 
shoulder  matches.  Rifle  and  ammunition  are  furnished  by  the  State  and 
Federal  Governments  and  the  rifle  range  in  the  New  Armory  used  by  the 
team  has  been  pronounced  by  officials  of  the  National  Rifle  Association  to  be 
one  of  the  finest  in  the  country. 

Both  a  Varsity  Team  and  a  Freshman  Team  are  placed  in  intercollegiate 
competition,  with  members  of  the  latter  team  being  awarded  class  numerals. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer 
to  another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:    courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.  (Not 
all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.    A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.  Subjects  of  courses  in  Military  Science  and  Tactics  are 
subject  to  changes  necessitated  by  changes  in  R.O.T.C.  programs  pre- 
scribed by  the  armed  forces.  Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they 
register. 

MILITARY  SCIENCE  AND  AIR  FORCE  R.O.T.C. 

A.  S.  1,  2.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  (3,  3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  class  instruction,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught: 
Military  Organization,  Military  Policy  of  the  United  States,  Evolution 
of  Warfare,  Maps  and  Aerial  Photographs,  Military  Psychology  and  Per- 
sonnel Management,  First  Aid  and  Hygiene,  Geographical  Foundations 
of  National  Power,  Mobilization  and  Demobilization. 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  463 

A.  S.  3.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  class  instruction,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught: 
Aerodynamics,   Meteorology,   Navigation,   Applied  Air  Power. 

A.  S.  4 A.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Administration   (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom  one-hour  period  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught: 
Administration,  Transportation  and  Logistics. 

A.  S.  4C.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Communications  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught:  Message 
center,  radio  operation  and  maintenance,  wire  and  visual  communications. 

A.  S.  4E.  Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Aircraft  Maintenance  Engineering 
(3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught:  Aircraft 
assembly,  repair,  testing,  maintenance  record  keeping. 

A.  S.  4AI.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Air  Installations  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught:  Mainte- 
nance of  buildings,  grounds,  and  utility  systems. 

A.  S.  4 AC.     Basic  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Air  Comptrollership  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Two  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom,  one  hour  of  laboratory.  Subjects  taught:  Fiscal 
records,  correspondence,  budgetary  reports  and  limitations. 

A.  S.  101A,  102A.  First  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Adminis- 
tration and  Logistics  (3,  3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  U.S.A. F.  Supply,  Personnel  Manage- 
ment, Personnel  Reports  (origin,  care,  preparation  and  classification), 
Principles  of  Management,  Commercial  Motor  and  Rail  Transportation,  and 
Air  Transportation. 

A.  S.  101C,  102C.  First  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Communications 
(3,  3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Technical  and  tactical  knowledge 
for  signal  communication,  including  wire,  radio  and  visual;  advance 
operation  and  maintenance. 

A.  S.  101AL  102AI.  First  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Air  Installations 
(3,  3). 


464  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Construction,  maintenance  and 
repair  of  buildings,  grounds,  and  utilities  systems.  Special  utility  services 
such  as  fire  protection  and  crash  rescue. 

A.  S.  101AC,  102AC.  First  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Air  Comptroller- 
ship  (3,  3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Budgetary  limitations  on  mis- 
sions, measurement  of  progress  toward  mission,  evaluation  of  results. 
Manpower,  funds,  materiel,  their  efficient  and  economical  use. 

A.  S.  101E,  102E.  First  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Aircraft  Maintenance 
Engineering  (3,  3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Maintenance,  repair,  and  testing 
of  aircraft.     Planning  and  supervision  of  disassembly,  repair  and  testing. 

A.  S.  103A,  104A.  Second  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  R.O.T.C.  Adminis- 
tration and  Logistics  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  advanced  course  in  organization  and 
functions  of  wing  base  staff  and  natures  and  problems  of  logistical  sup- 
port of  military  efforts. 

A.  S.  103C,  104C.  Second  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Communications 
(3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Advanced  Tactical  and  Technical 
Communications,  Military  Law,  Military  Teaching,  Air  Force  Management. 

A.  S.  103AI,  104AI.  Second  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Air  Installations. 
(3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Advanced  Construction,  Mainte- 
nance and  Repair  of  Buildings,  Grounds  and  Utilities.  Military  Law, 
Military  Teaching,  Air  Force  Management. 

A.  S.  103AC,  104AC.  Second  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Air  Comptroller- 
ship  (3). 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Advanced  Budget  Progress, 
Evaluation  of  Air  Force  Mission,  Military  Law,  Military  Teaching,  Air 
Force  Management. 

A.  S.  103E,  104E.  Second  Year  Advanced  Air  Force  Aircraft  Mainte- 
nance Engineering  (3). 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  465 

One-hour  period  of  Leadership,  Drill  and  Command.  Four  one-hour 
periods  of  classroom.  Subjects  taught:  Advanced  Maintenance,  Planning 
and  Supervision,  Military  Law,  Military  Teaching,  Air  Force  Management. 

M.  S.  151.     Military  Logistics  (3) — Second  semester. 

Three  one-hour  classroom  periods.  A  study  of  organization,  troop 
movements  by  Motor,  Rail,  Air,  Water,  Evacuation  of  replacements  and 
prisoners  of  war,  characteristics  of  materiel  supply.  Staffs,  and  procedure 
to  include  organization,  duties  and  functions  through  division. 

M.  S.  152.    Military  Leadership   (3) — Second  semester. 

Three  one-hour  classroom  periods.  A  study  of  the  basic  requisites, 
principles,  and  attributes  of  good  military  leadership,  including  both  the 
practical  and  psychological  approaches  to  the  subject.  Individual  differ- 
ences in  human  behavior  and  the  personal  element  in  successful  leader- 
ship are  stressed. 

M.  S.  153.     Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  (3) — First  semester. 

Three  one-hour  classroom  periods.  A  study  of  our  military  history 
and  our  military  policy  and  the  effects  on  national  objectives,  national 
strategy,  military  concepts  and  resulting  military  strategy. 


The  Gymnasium — Headquarters  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education 
Recreation  and  Health 


Al  Danegger  Photos 


The  Women's   Field  House — One  of  the  Buildings  of  the   College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 


College  of 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION, 
RECREATION  and   HEALTH 

STAFF 
Lester  M.  Fraley,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

W.  W.  Cobey,  B.A.,  Associate  Professor,  Graduate  Manager  of  Athletics. 

Frank  H.  Cronin,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 
Head  Coach  of  Golf. 

John  H.  Cudmore,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Dorothy  F.  Deach,  M.S.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Physical 
Education  for  Women. 

David  A.  Field,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Elizabeth  I.  Flinchbaugh,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation. 

Warren  K.  Giese,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 

George  M.  Gloss,  Ed.D.,  Visiting  Professor,  Graduate  Work. 

John  M.  Hennemier,  A.B.,  Associate  Professor,  Football  Coach. 

Martha  E.  Hollo  way,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

BURRIS  F.  Husman,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 

Louis  E.  Hutto,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

James  H.  Kehoe,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Head 
Track  Coach. 

William  E.  Krouse,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 
Head  Wrestling  Coach. 

Dorothy  G.  Madden,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 

Harvey  L.  Miller,  Colonel,  U.  S.  M.  C.  (Retired),  Associate  Professor  of 
Physical  Education  and  Head  Coach  of  Boxing. 

Viola  A.  Mitchell,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Dorothy  R.  Mohr,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Doris  Neyendorf,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 

John  M.  Reed,  Assistant  Professor,  Football  Coach. 

Jacqueline  Richards,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 

Adelaide  R.  Ross,  M.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education. 

H.  Burton  Shipley,  B.S.,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  Baseball  Coach. 

A.  L.  Stewart,  A.B.,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  Basketball  Coach. 

467 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


468 


James  M.   Tatum,   B.S.,   Professor,   Director  of   Athletics,   Head   Football 

Coach. 
Theron  A.  Tompkins,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
Peter  R.  Wisher,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
Walter  A.  Wood,  Assistant  Professor,  Football  Coach. 
Albert  W.  Woods,  M.Ed.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
Alfred  J.   Wyre,  Assistant  Professor  of   Physical   Therapy  and  Athletic 

Training. 
R.  Yvonne  Zenn,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 


A  Physical  Education  Student  in  Archery 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       469 

College  of 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION, 
RECREATION  and  HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  trains  specific- 
ally for  the  following  classes  of  positions:  (1)  leaders  in  Physical  Educa- 
tion and  Health  Education  as  teachers,  supervisors  or  directors  in  the 
public  schools  and  colleges;  (2)  technicians  and  specialists  in  these  fields 
outside  the  schools;  (3)  leaders  in  the  many  aspects  of  Recreation  such 
as  community  programs,  boys  and  girls  clubs,  camp  work,  social  organiza- 
tions, and  the  schools;  (4)  directors  of  intramural  sports  programs  and 
other  extra-curricular  activities;  and  (5)  prepares  those  who  expect  to  do 
advanced  work  in  physical  therapy. 

In  addition  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health 
offers  a  service  program  of  physical  education  for  all  students  in  their 
first  two  years  and  courses  in  health  education  for  all  freshmen  women. 

ORGANIZATION 

This  college  is  organized  as  a  distinct  administrative  unit.  It  is  divided 
into  a  Department  of  Physical  Education  for  Men,  and  a  Department  of 
Physical  Education  for  Women.  These  Departments  are  so  coordinated 
that  the  various  curricula  are  common  to  both  with  sufficient  flexibility 
to  meet  the  needs  of  each  group. 

The  curricula  of  the  College  are  Physical  Education,  Health  Education, 
Recreational  Leadership,  and  Pre-physical  Therapy. 

All  teacher  preparation  is  conducted  in  close  cooperation  with  the 
College  of  Education.  Students  may  enroll  either  in  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  or  in  the  College  of  Education  with  a 
major  in  Physical  Education  or  Health  Education.  In  either  case,  the 
same  standards  of  professional  preparation  prevail. 

The  staff  of  this  College  articulates  with  the  Graduate  School  in  providing 
graduate  programs  in  Physical  Education,  Health  Education,  and  Recrea- 
tional Leadership.  Sufficient  work  is  offered  at  the  graduate  level  to  qualify 
students  for  the  usual  advanced  degrees. 

The  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  is  administered  separately 
from  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health.  There 
is  a  cooperative  relationship  between  this  department  and  the  College  in 
the  use  of  facilities  and  coaches  for  teaching  some  of  the  professional 
courses. 


470  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  intramural  programs  for  both  men  and  women  are  closely  coordinated 
with  both  the  required  physical  education  and  the  professional  program. 

SPECIAL  FACILITIES  AND  ACTIVITIES 

The  close  proximity  to  Baltimore  and  Washington,  and  particularly  the 
Federal  agencies  and  headquarters  of  national  professional  organizations  in 
the  capital  city,  affords  unusual  contact  for  those  who  wish  to  study  in 
the  fields  which  the  College  embraces.  The  evolving  county-wide  pro- 
grams in  these  fields  in  Maryland  and  adjoining  states  offer  unusual  oppor- 
tunity for  practical  experience  in  many  types  of  situations. 

The  great  variety  of  intercollegiate  athletic  competition  in  the  University 
offers  maximum  opportunity  for  practical  advanced  athletic  participation 
for  those  interested  in  this  type  of  work.  The  combination  of  old  University 
and  State  traditions  and  the  special  college  in  these  rapidly  growing  pro- 
fessions make  for  progress  and  advancement  in  keeping  abreast  with  the 
latest  professional  developments. 

WORKSHOPS  AND  CLINICS 
Health  Education 

During  certain  summers,  and  at  such  time  as  conditions  warrant,  the 
College  offers  a  workshop  in  Health  Education,  usually  in  cooperation  with 
other  state  or  national  agencies  and  organizations.  This  is  planned  accord- 
ing to  the  situation  to  meet  the  needs  of  teachers,  administrators,  nurses, 
and  other  health  workers. 

Outdoor  Education 

This  College  cooperates  with  the  College  of  Education  and  the  Maryland 
State  Department  of  Education  in  offering  a  workshop  in  Outdoor  Educa- 
tion to  meet  the  needs  of  teachers,  administrators,  social  workers,  recreation 
leaders,  and  others  in  this  rapidly  developing  educational  area. 

Athletic  Clinics 

The  Athletic  Department,  at  various  times,  offers  clinics  and  institutes 
for  trainers,  coaches,  and  officials.  Faculty  members  of  this  College  par- 
ticipate in  these  clinics.  Credit  for  participation  by  major  students  may 
be  given  under  certain  conditions. 

OFF-CAMPUS   COURSES 

Through  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  professional 
courses  from  this  College  may  be  offered  in  Baltimore  and  elsewhere.  Ad- 
visers are  available  to  help  plan  and  develop  programs  leading  to  a  degree. 
Announcements  of  course  offerings  may  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director 
of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  College  Park. 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 
Major  Club 

All  students  majoring  in  Physical  Education  are  eligible  for  member- 
ship in  this  organization.    It  conducts  various  professional  meetings,  brings 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       471 

in  speakers  and  promotes  various  co-recreational  activities.  It  has  spon- 
sored trips  to  District  and  National  conventions  of  the  American  Association 
for  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation. 

Women's  Recreation  Association 

All  women  students  are  eligible  for  membership  in  the  Women's  Recre- 
ation Association.  This  organization  affords  the  opportunity  to  participate 
in  intramural  activities  on  the  campus  and  in  "sports  days"  with  girls 
from  other  colleges  and  universities  in  this  area.  Through  its  program 
of  recreational  activities  and  social  functions,  it  attempts  to  develop  quali- 
ties of  leadership  and  interest  in  women's  athletics.  The  Executive  Board 
is  responsible  for  directing  the  intramural  sports  program  and  planning 
special  events  in  the  University  and  with  other  colleges. 

Intramurals  for  Women 

Participation  in  competitive  sports  is  encouraged  through  intramural 
tournaments.  Girls  living  in  the  dormitories  and  in  sorority  houses  as  well 
as  those  who  commute  organize  teams  in  hockey,  volleyball,  basketball,  soft- 
ball,  badminton,  tennis,  and  archery.  At  the  end  of  the  school  year  a 
banquet  is  held  at  which  trophies  and  awards  are  presented  for  group  and 
individual  participation.  All  women  students  at  the  University  may  attend 
this  banquet. 

Special  training  is  provided  for  those  girls  who  are  interested  in  officiating 
in  hockey,  basketball,  volleyball,  and  Softball  intramural  games.  In  order 
to  qualify  for  an  official's  rating  both  a  written  and  practical  examination 
must  be  passed.  Those  holding  such  ratings  officiate  at  the  intramural 
games  and  are  also  approved  for  officiating  high  school  games  in  nearby 
schools. 

Sigma  Tau  Epsilon 

Members  of  Sigma  Tau  Epsilon  are  chosen  twice  each  year  on  the  basis 
of  outstanding  leadership,  service,  and  participation  in  the  Women's  Recre- 
ation Association.  The  first  annual  award  will  be  presented  in  the  spring 
of  1950  to  the  sophomore  woman  who  possesses  qualities  of  leadership  and 
who  has  been  active  and  rendered  excellent  service  in  the  Women's  Recrea- 
tion Association. 

Creative  Dance  Group 

Men  and  women  who  are  interested  in  the  modern  dance  work  together 
during  the  school  year  on  techniques  and  composition  of  individual  and 
group  dances.     A  concert  is  presented  in  the  spring. 

Intramurals  for  Men 

The  Intramural  Department  offers  an  extensive  opportunity  for  all  men 
to  participate  in  a  recreational  program  of  either  individual  or  team  sports. 
A  variety  of  activities  are  available  to  fill  the  student's  leisure  time  and 
develop  skills  which  may  be  carried  over  into  later  life.    Also,  many  desirable 


472  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

attributes,  such  as  fair  play,  leadership,  team  work  and  sportsmanship,  are 
encouraged  and  developed  by  the  student  participating  in  the  program. 

Leagues  and  tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  following  sports:  touch 
football,  horseshoe  pitching,  tennis,  cross  country,  track  and  field,  basketball, 
table  tennis,  badminton,  boxing,  wrestling,  bowling,  volleyball,  swimming, 
foul  shooting,  and  Softball. 

Management  and  officiating  in  intramural  sports  are  conducted  by  students 
majoring  in  physical  education  under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  of 
Intramurals  and  under  policies  and  regulations  established  by  the  Intramural 
Council. 

ADMISSIONS 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

In  selecting  students,  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  possible  success  in  college,  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  4  units  of  English  and  1  unit  each 
of  Social  and  Natural  Sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of  Algebra  and 
Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  While  Foreign  Language  is  desirable  for  cer- 
tain programs,  no  Foreign  Language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine  Arts, 
Trade  and  Vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives.  It  is  especially 
desirable  that  the  student  have  at  least  one  unit  each  in  Biological  Science 
and  in  Physical  Science;  in  addition,  health  and  safety  education,  and  par- 
ticipation in  school  programs  of  physical  education  and  athletics  are  de- 
sirable. Any  experience  in  music,  drama,  camping,  playground  and  recre- 
ational activities  and  group  leadership  also  will  be  helpful.  Students  whose 
high  school  records  are  consistently  low  should  not  enroll  in  any  of  the 
teacher  education  curricula  of  this  College. 

Students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  professional  curriculum  must  be  free 
from  handicapping  defects.  Physical  examinations  can  be  required  periodi- 
cally to  determine  physical  status.  Students  developing  physical  defects 
after  enrolling  in  the  College  may  be  recommended  for  transfer  to  another 
curriculum.  Competence  in  motor  activities  is  essential  for  success  in  the 
Fhysical  Education  program. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admission,  write  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

COSTS 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  of  Maryland  include:  $165.00 
fixed  charges;  $48.00  special  fees;  $340.00  board;  $95.00  to  $110.00  room; 
and  laboratory  fees  which  vary  with  the  laboratory  courses  pursued.  A 
matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  An  additional 
charge  of  $125.00  is  assessed  non-residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  these  costs,  write  to  the  Director  of 
Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       473 

MILITARY  INSTRUCTION 

All  male  students,  unless  specifically  exempted  under  University  rules 
are  required  tc  take  Basic  Air  Force  R.  0.  T.  C.  training  for  a  period  of  two 
years.  The  successful  completion  of  these  courses  is  a  prerequisite  for 
graduation,  but  it  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first 
two  years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to  graduate 
or  not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  the  required  two  years  of  mili- 
tary training  will  be  required  to  complete  the  course  or  take  it  until  gradu- 
ation whichever  occurs  first. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  Advanced  Air  Force 
R.  0.  T.  C.  courses  during  their  junior  and  senior  years  which  lead  to  a 
regular  or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  further  details  concerning  the  requirements  in  Military  Instruction, 
write  the  Director  of  Publications  for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information 
Issue"  of  the  Catalog. 

JUNIOR  STATUS 

For  junior  standing,  the  requirements  shall  be,  in  addition  to  required 
military  and  physical  education  for  men,  and  required  physical  education  and 
health  for  women:  first,  fifty-six  (56)  semester  hours  of  academic  credit, 
the  whole  program  to  be  completed  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  (2.0) ; 
and,  second,  completion  of  all  required  physical  education  and  health  courses 
with  no  grade  below  "C."  Students  who  have  not  attained  this  status  must 
repeat  courses  with  low  grades  and  may  take  only  those  advanced  courses 
for  which  written  permission  is  given  by  the  Dean.  The  student  must 
obtain  a  grade  of  "C"  or  above  in  all  professional  courses  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years. 

DEGREES 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who  have 
met  the  conditions  of  their  curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College 
of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health.  Candidates  enrolled  in  the 
College  of  Education  with  a  major  in  Physical  Education  or  Health  Educa- 
tion receive  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  upon  fulfillment  of  the  require- 
ments as  prescribed  by  that  College. 

Certain  curricula  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health,  such  as  Recreational  Leadership  and  Pre-physical  Therapy,  are  not 
planned  to  meet  state  certification  requirements. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  eight 
weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation,  a  formal  application  for  a  degree. 

Requirements  for  Degree 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical  Education 
in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  are  as  follows: 


474  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Men  Sem- Cr' 

Professional  physical  education  courses  (P.  E.  30,  40,  50,  61,  63,  65, 

67,  100,  101,  103,  113,  115,  123  or  125,  160,  170,  180,  190) 40 

Foundation  science  courses  as  prescribed  Zool.  1,  14,  15,  53) 14 

^Education  courses  as  required  (including  C.  I.  O.) 20 

General  requirements  (Eng.  1,  2,  3,  4;  Hist.  5,  6;  Soc.  1;  G.  &  P.  1)....  24 

Specially  prescribed  requirements  (Sp.  1,  2;  h,  S.  1,  2) 6 

University  requirements  in  R.  O.  T.  C 12 

Health  courses  as  prescribed  (Hea.  40,  50) 5 

Electives    15 

Total 136 

Women  Sem.  Cr. 

Professional  physical  education  courses  (P.  E.  30,  40,  50,  52,  54,  56, 

58,  62,  64,  66,  68, 100, 114,  116, 124,  126,  160,  170,  180,  190) 42 

Foundation  science  courses  as  prescribed  (Zool.  1,  14,  15,  53) 14 

*Education  courses  as  prescribed  (including  C.  I.  O) 20 

General  requirements  (Eng.  1,  2,  3,  4;  Hist.  5,  6;  Soc.  1;  G.  &  P.  1)....  24 

Specially  prescribed  requirements  (Sp.  1,  2;  L.  S.  1,  2) 6 

Health  courses  as  prescribed  (Hea.  40,  50) 5 

Electives   17 

Total 128 

PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 
Physical  Education 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  (1)  for  teaching  physical  education 
in  the  secondary  schools,  (2)  for  coaching,  and  (3)  for  leadership  in  youth 
and  adult  groups  which  offer  a  program  of  physical  activity.  The  first  two 
years  of  this  curriculum  are  considered  to  be  an  orientation  period  in  which 
the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  adequate  background  in  general 
education  as  well  as  in  those  scientific  areas  closely  related  to  this  field  of 
specialization.  In  addition,  there  is  considerable  emphasis  placed  upon  the 
development  of  skills  in  a  wide  range  of  motor  activities.  This  basic 
training  makes  it  possible  for  the  student  to  select  related  areas,  especially 
in  the  fields  of  biology,  health  education,  and  recreation  as  fields  of  secondary 
interest.  These  materially  increase  the  vocational  opportunities  which  are 
available  to  a  graduate  in  physical  education. 


*  These  fulfill  State  certification  requirements ;  students  not  planning  to  teach  may  sub- 
stitute appropriate  elective  courses. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       475 


MEN 

Physical  Education  Curriculum  Semester 

Freshman  Year  I  H 

Eng,  1,  2 — Composition    and    American    Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American    Government    3 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Sp.  1,  2— Public   Speaking    2  2 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health..  3           

P.  E.  40,  50— Basic    Body    Controls 1  1 

P.  E.  61,  63 — Elementary  Techniques  of   Sports   and   Gymnastics 2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library  Methods    1  1 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C 3  3 

Total 18  19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World   Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4  4 

Zool.  53 — Physiology  of   Exercise ....  2 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and   Community  Hygiene 3  .... 

Hea.  50— First  Aid  and  Safety 2 

P.  E.  65,  67 — Intermediate  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics 2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T-  C 3  3 

Total 18  19 

Junior  Year 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles   of  Human   Development   I,   II 3  3 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology     3           

P.  E.  101,  103 — Organization  and   Officiating  in  Intramurals 2  2 

P.  E.  113,  115 — Methods   and  Materials   for   Secondary   Schools 3  3 

P.  E.  123— Coaching   Athletics    3  .... 

P.  E.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health 3 

Electives    3  5 

Total 17  16 

Senior  Year 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3           

P.  E.  170 — Principles  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education 3           

P.  E.  190 — Administration   and   Supervision    of    Physical    Education, 

Health,   and   Recreation ....  3 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and   Observation ....  3 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  Teaching  in  Physical  Education,  Health, 

and  Recreation    (see  note  below) ....  9 

Electives    9           

Total 15  15 

NOTE:     Ed.  149  may  be  scheduled  either  semester.     P.  E.   140  and  P.  E.   190  must  be 
scheduled  concurrently. 


476 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


WOMEN  i — Semester — > 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2— Composition    and    American    Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American   Life 3            

G.  &   P.  1 — American    Government    3 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  4 

Sp.  1,  2 — Public    Speaking    2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library   Methods    1  1 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health..  3           

P.  E.  40,  50— Basic    Body    Controls 1  1 

P.  E.  52,  54 — Dance    Techniques     1  1 

P.  E.  62,  64 — Elementary   Techniques    of    Sports    and    Gymnastics 2  2 

Total 16  17 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition   and   World    Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization • 3  3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4  4 

Zool.  53 — Physiology   of    Exercise 2 

Hea.  40 — Personal   and   Community   Hygiene 3            

Hea.  50— First  Aid  and  Safety 2 

P.  E.  56,  58 — Dance  Techniques    1  1 

P.  E.  66,  68 — Sports,   Folk   Dance  and   Recreational   Activities 2  2 

Total 16  17 

Junior  Year 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,   101— Principles    of   Human    Development    I,    II 3  3 

P.  E.  100— Kinesiology     3            

P.  E.  114,  116 — Methods   and   Materials    for    Secondary    Schools 3  3 

P.  E.  124,  126 — Methods   and   Materials    in    Team    Sports 2  2 

P.  E.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health ....  3 

Electives     5  5 

Total 16  16 

Senior  Year 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3            

P.  E.  170 — Principles  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education 3  .... 

P.  E.  190 — Administration    and    Supervision    of    Thysical    Education, 

Health,    and    Recreation ....  3 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and   Observation ....  3 

Ed.  149 — Methods  and  Practice  Teaching  in  Physical  Education,  Health, 

and  Recreation    (see  note  below) ....  9 

Electives    10            

Total 16  15 

NOTE:     Ed.   149   may  be  scheduled  either  semester.     P.   E.   140  and   P.   E.    190   must  be 
scheduled  concurrently. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       477 

Minor  in  Physical  Education 

Required  Courses: 

Men— P.  E.  30.  P.  E.  61,  63,  65,  67  (2-6*),  P.  E.  113  or  115;  P.  E.  101  or  103. 

Women— P.  E.  30,  P.  E.  62,  64,  66,  68  (2-6*),  P.  E.  114  or  116,  P.  E.  124 
or  126. 

Elective  Courses: 

Men  and  women— P.  E.  100,  P.  E.  123,  P.  E.  125,  P.  E.  140,  P.  E.  160, 
P.  E.  180,  P.  E.  190,  Hea.  110,  Hea.  120,  Rec.  30,  Rec.  100,  Rec.  120. 

If  planning  to  teach,  the  cognate  courses  for  men  should  be  Hea.  40  and 
Hea.  50;  for  women,  Hea.  50  and  Hea.  120.  Men  should  include  P.  E.  123  if 
planning  to  coach. 

NOTE:  To  be  certified  to  teach  in  Maryland,  30  hours  are  required  in 
this  area,  including  the  following  or  equivalent:  Zool.  14,  15,  53,  Hea.  50, 
P.  E.  100  and  Ed.  149  Student  Teaching  at  least  25  hours. 

Minor  in  Dance 

Required  Courses: 

P.  E.  52,  54,  56,  58,  P.  E.  70,  80,  110;  P.  E.  112,  P.  E.  114  or  116,  Mus.  7. 
Elective  Courses: 

Sp.  14,  15,  16,  Mus.  90,  Pr.  Art  2,  3. 

Health  Education 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  give  leadership  in 
the  development  of  the  school  health  education  program  (1)  in  instruction 
and  (2)  in  the  coordination  of  the  work  of  health  personnel  as  well  as  that 
of  the  various  health  agencies  which  serve  communities.  The  interrelation- 
ships of  the  school  and  community  environment  with  the  health  protection 
program  and  the  competencies  needed  to  assist  the  school  administrator 
and  the  medical  adviser  in  planning  the  program  are  stressed.  Students 
with  a  major  in  this  area  may  also  prepare  themselves,  through  the  proper 
selection  of  electives,  for  positions  with  health  agencies,  in  industrial  hygiene, 
and  for  specialized  work  with  public  welfare  agencies. 


*  Activities  selected  according  to  need. 


478  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Health  Education  Curriculum 

MEN  i — Semester — * 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition    and   American    Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American    Government    3 

Zool.  1 — General   Zoology    ....  4 

Sp.  1,  2 — Public   Speaking    2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2 — Library  Methods    1  1 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health . .  3  .... 
P.  E.  61,  63 — Elementary   Techniques   of   Sports    and   Gymnastics 

(see   note   below) 2  2 

A.  S.  1,  2— Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T.  C 3  3 

Total 17  18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World   Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History   of   American    Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  53 — Physiology  of   Exercise 2 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human    Anatomy   and    Physiology 4  4 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Hygiene 3           

Hea.  50 — First  Aid  and  Safety ....  2 

P.  E.  65,  67 — Intermediate   Techniques   of   Sports   and   Gymnastics 

(see  note)    2  2 

A.  S.  3,  4 — Basic  Air  Force  R.  O.  T-  C 3  3 

Total 18  19 

NOTE:     It  is  recommended  that  these  requirements  be  met  by  enrolling  in  professional 
activity  courses  according  to  individual  need  when  possible  (P.  E.  61,  63,  65  and  67). 

Junior  Year 

Bact.  1 — General  Bacteriology  4 

P.  E.  100— Kinesiology     3 

P.  E.  180 — Measurement  in   Physical  Education   and   Health 3            

Hea.  110 — Health    Service    and    Supervision 2  .... 

Hea.  120 — Teaching   Health    2 

Bact.  5 — Advanced  General  Bacteriology ....  4 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development  I,   II 3  3 

H.  Ec.  Ed.  110— Child   Development    "  3 

Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene 3 

Electives    2  2 

Total 17  17 

Senior  Year 

P.  E.  140— Curriculum,  Instruction  and   Observation 3 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3 

P.  E.  190 — Administration    and     Supervision    of     Physical    Education, 

Recreation,  and  Health 3 

Ed-  149— Methods     and     Practice    Teaching     Physical     Education     and 

Health    9 

Electives    13 

Total     15  16 

NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.  190  must  also  be  scheduled. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       479 


WOMEN  i — Semester — > 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition    and   American    Literature 3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3           

G.  &  P.  1 — American    Government    ....  3 

Zool.  1 — General    Zoology    ....  4 

Sp.  1,  2— Public   Speaking    2  2 

L.  S.  1,  2— Library  Methods    1  1 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health..  3  .... 
P.  E.  62,  64 — Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics 

(see   note   below) 2  2 

Electives    1  1 

Total 15  16 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World   Literature 3  3 

Hist.  5,  6 — History   of   American    Civilization 3  3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human   Anatomy   and    Physiology 4  4 

Zool.  53 — Physiology  of   Exercise ....  2 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and   Community   Hygiene 3  .... 

Hea.  50— First  Aid  and  Safety 2 

P.  E.  66,  68 — Sports,   Folk   Dance   and   Recreation   Activities  — 

(see   note   below) 2  2 

Electives    1  1 

Total 16  17 

NOTE:     It  is  recommended  that  these  requirements  be  met  by  enrolling  in  professional 
activity  courses  according  to  individual  need  when  possible   (P.  E.  62,  64,  66  and  68). 

Junior  Year 

Bact.  1 — General  Bacteriology   4           

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology     3           

P.  E.   180 — Measurement   in    Physical   Education   and   Health 3  .... 

Hea.  110 — Health    Service    and    Supervision 2  .... 

Hea.  120— Teaching   Health    2 

Bact.  5 — Advanced  General   Bacteriology ....  4 

H.  D.  Ed.  100,  101 — Principles  of  Human  Development   I,    II 3  3 

Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene    3 

H.  Ec.  Ed.  110— Child   Development    3 

Electives     2  2 

Total 1"  17 

Senior  Year 

P.  E.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction   and    Observation 3  .... 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3 

P.  E.  190 — Administration     and     Supervision     of     Physical     Education, 

Recreation,   and  Health 3  .... 

Ed.  149 — Methods     and     Practice     Teaching     Physical     Education     and 

Health    9 

Electives    •  •  •  •  13 

Total     15  16 

NOTE:     When  Ed.  149  is  taken  P.  E.  140  and  P.  E.  190  must  also  be  scheduled. 


480  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Health  Education  Minor 

Required  Courses: 
Hea.  2,  4  or  Hea.  40  (women),  Hea.  40  (men),  Hea.  50,  110,  120,  Zool.  16. 

Elective  Courses: 

Psych.  1,  Psych.  5,  Nut.  10,  Bact.  1,  Bact.  101,  Hea.  60,  Hea.  70,  P.  E.  140 
(in  Hea.  Ed.),  P.  E.  30  and  P.  E.  190.  Cognate  courses  may  be  selected 
from  any  approved  by  the  adviser. 

Recreation 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to 
qualify  for  employment  in  the  field  of  recreation  and  of  other  students  who 
desire  a  background  of  culture  and  skills  which  will  enable  them  to  render 
distinct  contributions  to  community  life.  The  college  draws  upon  the  de- 
partments of  education,  fine  art,  speech,  music,  social  sciences,  human 
development,  and  similar  departments  for  courses  to  balance  and  enrich  its 
offerings  for  recreation  majors. 

The  increased  amount  of  leisure  forced  upon  society  through  the  rapid 
development  of  modern  civilization  has  made  us  cognizant  of  the  need  for 
an  educational  program  of  leisure-time  activities. 

Majors  in  recreation  obtain  practical  experience  in  local  recreation  pro- 
grams, as  well  as  in  those  of  metropolitan  Washington  and  Baltimore. 

Recreation  Curriculum 

The  courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  Recreational  Leader- 
ship are  basically  the  same  as  for  the  Physical  Education  major.  Modifi- 
cations of  the  first  two  years'  program  may  be  made  for  the  student  through 
consultation  with  the  adviser  for  this  area. 

i — Semester — •> 
Junior  Year  j  // 

Soc.  2 — Principles  of  Sociology 3 

Rec.  30 — History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation 2 

Music  1 — Music  Appreciation   3 

Soc.  118 — Community  Organization    

Sp.  113— Play  Production    

Cr.  2— Simple   Crafts    

Rec.  120 — Camp  Administration  and  Leadership 

Rec.  130 — Principles  and  Practice  of  Recreation 

Electives 


2 

3 

3 

2-3 


Total. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       481 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior  Year  I  II 

Rec.  100 — Co-recreational  Games  and  Programs 2 

Rec.  110 — Nature  Lore 1-3 

Rec.  140 — Observation  and  Service  in  Recreation    (see  note  below) ....  5  .... 

Rec.  106— Recreational  Golf   1 

Rec.   170 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation ....  3 

P.  E.  101 — Organization   and   Officiating   in   Intramurals 2           

P.  E.  124,  126 — Methods  and  Materials   in   Team   Sports 2  2 

Electives    8  6-7 

Total 17         15-18 

NOTE :     Students    desiring    certification    as    teachers    must    plan    their    courses    to   meet 
College  of  Education  requirements  in  practice  teaching. 

Recreation  Minor 

A  minor  in  Recreational  Leadership  may  be  developed  individually  in 
consultation  with  the  Dean  of  this  College  or  his  designated  representative 
in  the  special  field. 

Pre-Physical  Therapy 

Due  to  increased  emphasis  on  the  restoration  of  the  physically  handicapped 
through  the  employment  of  the  physical  and  other  effective  properties  of 
radiant  energy,  heat,  cold,  water,  electricity,  massage,  and  therapeutic  exer- 
cise, this  profession  is  growing  rapidly.  Job  opportunities  are  increasing 
for  the  physical  education  major  who  wishes  to  specialize  in  this  expanding 
profession. 

Each  student  majoring  in  this  field  will  be  required  to  take  the  basic 
courses  required  in  this  College  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years 
of  the  physical  education  curriculum,  except  that  Physics  1,  2  will  replace 
the  physical  activity  courses  in  excess  of  minimal  requirements.  Special 
programs  of  study  are  formulated  for  the  student  during  the  junior  and 
senior  years  to  meet  the  varying  entrance  requirements  of  the  schools 
offering  professional  training  in  physical  therapy,  reconditioning,  and  re- 
habilitation. 

The  curriculum  below  is  planned  to  meet  any  and  all  requirements  for 
training  in  this  field. 

i — Semester — * 
Junior  Year  I  II 

P.  E.  100 — Kinesiology   3           

Chem.  1,  3 — General   Chemistry    4  4 

Soc.  131 — Introduction  to  Social  Service 3  .... 

Cr.  2,  3— Simple  Crafts   2  2 

Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene    3 

Electives    5  8 

Total 17  17 


482  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

i — Semester — i 
Senior  Year  I  II 

Psych.  125 — Child   Psychology    3            

Soc.  153 — Juvenile  Delinquency   3            

Psych.  126 — Developmental    Psychology    ....  3 

P.  E.  160 — Therapeutics     3 

Electives    H  H 

Total "  " 

SPECIAL  INFORMATION 
Transfer  Students 

Only  students  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship  and  conduct  are  eligible 
to  transfer  under  the  general  University  regulations.  Basic  courses  in 
health,  science,  and  physical  activity  must  be  completed,  or  satisfactory 
competence  demonstrated,  before  the  student  will  be  permitted  to  enter 
advanced  professional  courses.  It  may  be  necessary  to  do  additional  work  to 
meet  these  requirements. 

Delinquent  Students 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  request  at  any  time  the  withdrawal 
of  a  student  who  cannot  or  does  not  maintain  the  required  standard  of 
scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  University  would  be  detrimental 
to  his  or  her  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not 
satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the  University. 

Guidance 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  each  student  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the 
faculty  of  the  College  who  acts  as  the  student's  academic  adviser.  The 
choice  of  curricula  within  which  the  student  will  major  will  be  made  under 
faculty  guidance  during  the  first  year  in  the  Introduction  to  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation  and  Health  course  required  of  all  freshmen.  Thereafter, 
the  student  will  confer  regularly  with  the  faculty  member  assigned  as  his 
adviser. 

Electives 

Electives  should  be  planned  carefully,  and  well  in  advance,  preferably 
during  the  orientation  course  the  first  semester,  or  with  his  academic 
adviser  during  the  second  semester.  It  is  important  to  begin  certain 
sequences  as  soon  as  possible  to  prevent  later  conflict.  Electives  may  be 
selected  from  any  department  of  the  University  in  accordance  with  a 
student's  professional  needs.  Electives  selected  must  meet  with  the  approval 
of  the  adviser  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Equipment 

Students  will  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment  for  certain 
courses,  such  as  archery,  badminton,  golf,  and  tennis. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       483 

Uniforms 

Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by  the  College,  are  required  for  the 
activity  classes  and  for  student  teaching.  These  uniforms  should  be  worn 
only  during  professional  activities. 

Men — White  cotton  T-shirt,  full  length  black  pants  with  gold  braid  on 
side,  supporters,  sweat  shirt,  sweat  pants,  all-white  tennis  shoes,  and  white 
wool  socks. 

Women — Tailored  navy  blue  shorts,  white  shirt,  ankle  socks  and  tennis 
shoes,  dance  leotard  and  skirt,  and  warm-up  suit. 

For  Student  Teaching — Pleated  navy  shorts,  vest  and  white  shirt,  white 
seeks  and  tennis  shoes. 

Minors 

It  is  relatively  easy  for  any  student  majoring  in  this  College  to  complete 
the  requirements  for  a  minor  as  indicated  after  each  major  curriculum. 
Those  who  plan  to  teach  in  the  public  schools  should  also  qualify  in  an 
academic  area  if  possible.  This  is  more  difficult  with  the  limited  number 
of  elective  credits  and  must  be  planned  carefully  in  advance,  preferably 
during  the  freshman  year.  If  it  seems  advisable,  the  Dean  may  waive 
certain  specified  courses  to  allow  development  of  a  needed  minor,  or  the 
student  may  be  able  to  carry  a  heavier  load  if  his  grade  average  permits. 

Normal  Load 

The  normal  load  for  students  in  this  College  is  15  credits  per  semester, 
exclusive  of  the  credits  for  required  military  science  for  men,  and  health 
for  women.  The  requirement  in  physical  education  for  men,  and  in  physical 
education  and  health  for  women  are  fulfilled  by  professional  courses  in  the 
College.  Thus  the  normal  load  for  freshmen  and  sophomore  men  is  19 
credits;  for  women  17  credits.  No  junior  or  senior  may  register  for  more 
than  19  hours  unless  he  has  a  "B"  (3.0)  average  for  the  preceding  semester 
and  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Programs 

The  work  of  the  first  two  years  in  this  College  is  designed  to  accomplish 
the  following  purposes:  (1)  provide  a  general  basic  or  core  education  and 
prepare  for  later  specialization  by  giving  a  foundation  in  certain  basic 
sciences;  (2)  develop  competency  in  those  basic  techniques  of  the  motor 
activities  necessary  for  successful  participation  in  the  professional  courses 
of  the  last  two  years. 

While  much  of  the  academic  course  work  will  be  alike,  the  technique 
courses  will  vary  considerably  in  the  different  curricula.  The  core  of  Uni- 
versity requirements  should  be  completed  in  the  first  two  years  in  such 
manner  as  to  justify  acceptance  as  a  junior  in  the  desired  major.  The 
technique  courses  must  be  satisfactorily  completed,  or  competencies  demon- 
strated before  the  student  can  be  accepted  for  the  advanced  courses  in 
method  and  in  student  teaching.  It  is  very  important  that  each  require- 
ment be  met  as  it  occurs. 


484  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Certification 

The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  certifies  for  teaching  only 
when  an  applicant  has  a  tentative  appointment  to  teach  in  a  Maryland 
county  school.  No  certificate  may  be  secured  by  application  of  the 
student  on  graduation.  Course  content  requirements  for  certification  are 
indicated  with  each  curriculum.  Certification  is  specifically  limited  to 
graduates  who  "rank  academically  in  the  upper  four-fifths  of  the  class 
and  who  make  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  student  teaching.  In  order  to 
insure  the  meeting  of  these  requirements,  students  will  not  be  approved  for 
student  teaching  accept  as  indicated  below.  A  student  intending  to  qualify 
as  a  teacher  in  Baltimore,  Washington,  or  other  specific  situations  should 
secure  a  statement  of  certification  requirements  before  starting  work  in  the 
junior  year  and  discuss  them  with  his  academic  adviser. 

Student  Teaching 

Opportunity  is  provided  for  student  teaching  experience  in  Physical 
Education  or  Health  Education,  or  Health  and  Physical  Education.  The 
student  devotes  the  second  half  of  either  semester  of  his  senior  year,  full 
time  to  observation,  participation  and  teaching  under  a  qualified  super- 
vising teacher  in  an  approved  junior  or  senior  high  school  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  University.  The  student  progresses  to  gradual  assumption  of  all  of 
the  responsibilities  of  the  supervising  teacher.  A  supervisor  from  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  visits  the  student 
periodically  and  confers  with  both  the  student  teacher  and  the  supervising 
teacher,  giving  assistance  when  needed.  To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching, 
the  student  must  have  an  accumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.275,  must 
have  satisfied  the  competency  requirements  in  P.  E.  61,  63,  65  and  67  (men), 
P.  E.  62,  64,  66  and  68  (women),  and  must  have  completed  the  following 
courses:  P.  E.  100;  P.  E.  113,  115  (men);  P.  E.  114,  116,  124,  126  (women); 
and  P.  E.  140. 

For  students  who  are  unable  to  teach  on  the  entire  day  schedule,  special 
schedule  arrangements  may  be  made  upon  application  to  the  Director  of 
Student  Teaching. 

GRADUATE  STUDIES 

Graduate  work  in  this  College  is  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Col- 
lege of  Education  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  and  requirements  of 
the  Graduate  School. 

For  graduate  study  a  student  must  have  earned  at  least  16  semester 
credits  in  education  at  the  undergraduate  level,  and  hold  a  Bachelor's  or 
Master's  degree  from  a  college  or  university  of  recognized  standing.  The 
committee  on  Master's  programs  may  interpret  this  requirement  so  that 
foundation  work  in  fields  other  than  education  may  be  accepted  in  cases  of 
graduate  students  not  preparing  for  school  work.  The  student  must  also 
satisfy  the  graduate  Dean  as  to  his  ability  to  do  graduate  work. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       485 

Registration 

A  graduate  student  must  matriculate  in  the  Graduate  School.  Application 
for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  should  be  made  prior  to  date  of 
registration  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School.  For  further  instructions  a  student  should  consult  the  Graduate 
School  catalog. 

Master's  Degrees 

A  graduate  student,  as  in  Education,  may  matriculate  for  a  Master  of 
Education  or  a  Master  of  Arts  degree.  For  requirements  for  these  degrees, 
the  student  should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  catalog  and  the  special 
material  issued  by  the  Education  faculty.  On  matriculation,  the  student 
should  select  a  faculty  adviser  of  professorial  rank. 

Undergraduate  requirements  to  be  made  of  every  candidate  before  ad- 
mission to  candidacy  for  a  graduate  degree  in  Physical  Education  are 
set  up  by  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  as 
follows:  Twenty-four  (24)  hours  of  undergraduate  work  in  Physical  Edu- 
cation (18  if  the  candidate  presents  evidence  of  satisfactory  teaching  expe- 
ence  in  Physical  Education)  to  include  Anatomy,  Physiology,  Kinesiology, 
and  Physiology  of  Exercise  (or  the  equivalents),  competency  in  skills, 
methods  of  teaching,  student  teaching  in  Physical  Education,  personal  and 
community  hygiene  and  first  aid  and  safety  (or  equivalents). 

Doctor's  Degrees 

Programs  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  or  a  Doctor  of  Education 
degree  are  administered  for  the  Graduate  School  in  cooperation  with  the 
Department  of  Education.  For  requirements  of  these  degrees,  the  student 
should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  catalog  and  the  statement  of  policy 
relative  to  doctoral  programs  in  Education.  If  the  student  has  not  already 
made  arrangements  with  a  member  of  the  faculty  to  advise  him,  he  should 
consult  with  the  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Candidacy  regarding  a 
proper  adviser. 

UNIVERSITY   REQUIREMENTS   IN   PHYSICAL   EDUCATION 
AND  HEALTH 

All  undergraduate  students  classified  academically  as  freshmen  and 
sophomores,  irrespective  of  their  physical  condition,  who  are  registered 
for  more  than  six  semester  hours  are  required  to  complete  four  prescribed 
courses  in  physical  education.  These  courses  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible 
students  during  the  first  two  years  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether 
they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  credit 
in  these  courses  or  their  equivalent,  must  complete  them  or  take  them 
until  graduation,  whichever  occurs  first.  Students  with  military  service 
may  receive  credit  for  these  required  courses  by  applying  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Air  Science. 


486  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  education,  recreation  or  health 
education  may  meet  these  requirements  by  special  professional  courses. 

All  freshmen  women  who  are  registered  for  more  than  six  semester  hours 
must  enroll  in,  and  successfully  complete,  the  prescribed  courses  for  four 
credits  in  Health  Education. 

All  new  undergraduate  students  will  be  given  a  thorough  physical  exami- 
nation at  the  time  of  their  entrance  to  the  University.  A  student  having 
a  physical  handicap  which  prevents  participation  in  the  regular  required 
or  service  program  will  be  assigned  to  an  adaptive  activity  suitable  to  his 
physical  capacity. 

Equipment 

Students  will  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment  for  certain 
elective  courses,  such  as  archery,  badminton,  golf,  and  tennis. 

Men's  Program 

This  program  is  designed  to  develop  physical  vigor  and  stamina,  motor 
abilities,  knowledge  and  appreciations,  and  habits  of  regular  physical 
activity  which  will  best  prepare  the  student  for  successful  living  now  and 
in  the  future.  Special  attention  is  given  to  those  accomplishments  which 
will  prepare  for  participation  in  the  University  intramural  program,  and 
in  desirable  leisure-time  activities  of  later  life. 

"Freshmen:    Enroll  in  P.   E.   1    (Fall)    and  in  P.  E.   3    (Spring)    unless 
definitely  assigned  to  adaptives  by  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Sophomores:  Enroll  in  P.  E.  5  (Fall)  and  in  P.  E.  7  (Spring)  provided 
minimal  requirements  have  been  met  in  freshmen  courses.  Sophomores  may 
elect  from  a  variety  of  activities,  such  as  badminton,  basketball,  boxing, 
gymnastics  and  individual  skills,  soccer,  softball,  tennis,  touch  football, 
track  and  field,  tumbling,  volleyball,  weight  lifting,  and  wrestling. 

Uniform 

White  cotton  T-shirt,  black  trunks,  supporters,  white  gym  shoes.,  sweat- 
suits, and  white  socks;  all  of  which  may  be  purchased  at  the  Students'  Supply 
Store. 

Women's  Program 

Through  participation  in  a  variety  of  activities,  freshman  and  sopho- 
more women  have  the  opportunity  to  acquire  skills,  knowledge  and  attitudes 
which  will  contribute  to  personal  enjoyment  and  better  physical  fitness. 

Freshmen  are  required  to  complete  a  unit  of  work  in  both  a  team  and  an 
individual  sport,  in  dance,  and  in  body  mechanics.  They  enroll  in  P.  E.  2 
(Fall)    and  P.  E.  4    (Spring). 

Sophomores  enroll  in  P.  E.  6  (Fall)  and  P.  E.  8  (Spring).  They  elect 
activities  according  to  their  interests.  They  are  urged  to  develop  new 
skills  as  well  as  to  select  those  in  which  they  would  like  to  have  further 
experience.     Each  student  may  choose  from  the  following  activities:    Indi- 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       487 

vidual  sports — archery,  badminton,  bowling,  golf,  rifle,  tennis;  Team  sports — 
basketball,  hockey,  softball,  speedball,  volleyball;  Dance — folk  and  square, 
modern,  social;  Body  mechanics. 

Health  Education 

All  freshmen  women  are  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  two  semesters 
of  Personal  and  Community  Health  (Hea!,  2,  4)  for  graduation.  This  year 
course  is  designed  to  meet  the  interests  and  the  needs  of  college  women.  It 
consists  of  units  which  attempt  to  form  an  up-to-date  scientific  background 
for  developing  attitudes,  habits,  and  skills  among  students  that  will  con- 
tribute to  better  everyday  living.  Audio-visual  aids,  readings,  reports,  field 
trips,  and  special  lectures  help  to  enrich  the  class  discussions.  The  Uni- 
versity environment,  the  personal  and  group  adjustments  which  the  students 
must  make  are  considered  a  vital  part  of  these  courses. 

Costume 

Each  woman  student  is  expected  to  provide  herself  with  gymnasium  cos- 
tume consisting  of  dark  green  gabardine  shorts,  white  slip-over  blouse, 
white  socks  and  tennis  shoes.  Special  sandals  will  be  worn  in  modern  dance 
classes.    These  may  be  purchased  at  the  Maryland  Book  Exchange. 

Locks  and  Lockers 

A  locker  and  lock  are  assigned  to  each  girl  at  the  first  meeting  of  her 
class  upon  presentation  of  her  University  fee  receipt.  At  the  close  of  the  last 
class  each  one  is  responsible  for  cleaning  out  her  locker  and  returning  the 
lock. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 
FOR  ALL  FRESHMEN  AND  SOPHOMORES* 

P.  E.  courses  open  only  to  men  are  given  in  odd  numbers. 

P.  E.  courses  open  only  to  women  have  even  numbers. 

P.  E.  courses  ending  in  zero  are  open  to  both  men  and  women. 

A.     Physical  Education 

A  student  having  a  physical  handicap)  which  prevents  participation  in  the 
regular  required  or  service  program  will  be  assigned  to  an  adaptive  activity 
suitable  to  his  physical  capacity.     This  refers  to  P.  E.  1  to  8,  both  inclusive. 

*P.  E.  1,  3.  Conditioning  and  Fitness  Exercises  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a 
week.    First  and  second  semesters. 

Conditioning  and  body  building  activities,  instruction  in  techniques  of 
various  sports  activities,  limited  competition  in  selected  sports.  Men  not 
physcally  qualified  must  substitute  work  in  the  adaptive  program. 


*  Physical  activities  required  by  freshmen  and  sophomores  in  all  colleges  except  those 
majoring  in  physical  education,  health,  and  recreation.  Sophomore  courses  are  selective  as 
indicated. 


488  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

*P.  E.  2,  4.  Basic  Skills  of  Sports  and  Rhythms  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a 
week.    First  and  second  semesters. 

Required  of  all  freshman  women.  Instruction  and  practice  in  funda- 
mentals of  sports,  rhythms,  and  body  mechanics. 

*P.  E.  5,  7.  Sports  and  Other  Recreational  Activities  (1,  1).  Three  hours 
a  week.    First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  P.  E.  1,  3. 

Sophomores  may  elect  from  the  following:  Badminton,  basketball,  boxing, 
gymnastics  and  individual  skills,  soccer,  Softball,  tennis,  touch  football,  track 
and  field,  tumbling,  volleyball,  weight  lifting,  and  wrestling. 

*P.  E.  6,  8.  Selected  Sports  and  Dance  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a  week.  First 
and  second  semester. 

Sophomores  may  elect  from  the  following:  Archery,  badminton,  basket- 
ball, bowling,  fencing,  folk  and  square  dance,  modern  dance,  social  dance, 
golf,  hockey,  rifle,  softball,   speedball,  tennis,  and  volleyball. 

B.     Health  Education  (Required  for  all  women) 

Hea.  2,  4.  Personal  and  Community  Health  (2,  2).  First  and  second 
semesters. 

A  course  concerned  with  health  principles  as  applied  to  the  individual 
as  well  as  with  health  of  people  as  a  group  and  with  organizations,  both 
private  and  governmental,  which  attempt  to  improve  health  conditions. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  HEALTH,  AND  RECREATION 
PROFESSIONAL  COURSES 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer 
to  another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1  to  99:     courses  for  undergraduates. 
100    to    199:     courses    for    advanced    undergraduates    and    graduates. 

Courses  starred  (*)  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit. 
200  to  299:     courses  for  graduates  only. 
A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.    Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

P.  E.  courses  open  only  to  men  are  given  in  odd  numbers. 

P.  E.  courses  open  only  to  women  have  even  numbers. 

P.  E.  courses  ending  in  zero  are  open  to  both  men  and  women. 


*  Physical  activities  required  by  freshmen  and  sophomores  in  all  colleges  except  those 
majoring  in  physical  education,  health,  and  recreation.  Sophomore  courses  are  selective  as 
indicated. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       489 

A.     Physical  Education 
P.  E.  S10.     Tennis   (1).     Summer  only. 

Instruction  and  practice  in  basic  strokes,  rules  of  the  game,  care  and 
selection  of  equipment. 

P.  E.  S20.     Badminton  (1).     Summer  only. 

Instruction  and  practice  in  basic  strokes,  rules  of  the  game,  care  and 
selection  of  equipment. 

P.  E.  S30.     Archery  (1).     Summer  only. 

Instruction  and  practice;  scoring;  competition  in  varying  types  of  shooting. 

P.  E.  30.     Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Recreation  (3). 

First  and  second  semesters. 

Orientation  course  in  the  professional  fields. 

P.  E.  S40.     Golf  (1).    Summer  only. 

Selection  of  equipment,  rules  of  golf.  Techniques  of  drive,  approach,  and 
putt.  Instruction  in  golf  as  a  competitive  game,  intramural  and  inter- 
scholastic. 

P.  E.  S50.     Square  Dance   (1).     Summer  only. 

Study  of  American  square  and  round  dances  for  use  in  schools  and  recre- 
ational groups. 

P.  E.  40,  50.  Basic  Body  Controls  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a  week.  First 
and  second  semesters. 

This  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  fundamental  principles 
and  techniques  of  body  movement  and  to  provide  for  practical  application 
in  sports,  rhythmic  and  gymnastic  activities. 

P.  E.  52,  54.  Dance  Techniques  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a  week.  First  and 
second  semesters. 

A  basic  course  which  includes  movement  techniques  of  modern  dance  and 
analysis  of  form  and  composition. 

P.  E.  56,  58.  Dance  Techniques  (1,  1).  Three  hours  a  week.  First  and 
second  semesters. 

A  continuation  of  P.  E.  52,  54.  More  advanced  movements  of  the  modern 
techniques  are  studied.  Students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  create  and 
participate  in  simple  group  dances.     Theory  in  teaching  methods. 

P.  E.  60.  Advanced  Gymnastics  (2).  Four  laboratory  hours  a  week. 
Second  semester. 

Practice  and  theory  in  gymnastics,  pyramids,  trampoline,  springboard, 
and  exhibition  activities  appropriate  for  secondary  school  pupils. 

P.  E.  61,  63.     Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics  (2,  2). 

Six  hours  a  week.    First  and  second  semesters. 


490  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  seasonal  sports  and  games,  stunts 
and  introductory  skills  of  gymnastic  exercises. 

P.  E.  62,  64.     Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics  (2,  2). 

Six  hours  a  week.     First  and  second  semesters. 

Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  seasonal  sports,  stunts,  tumbling, 
self -testing  activities  and  gymnastic  exercises. 

P.  E.  65,  67.     Intermediate  Techniques  of  Sports  and  Gymnastics  (2,  2). 

Six  hours  a  week.     First  and  second  semesters. 
Techniques  and  practice  of  sports  and  gymnastics. 

P.  E.  66,  68.     Sports,  Folk  Dance  and  Recreational  Activities  (2,  2).    Six 

hours  a  week.     First  and  second  semesters. 

Techniques  of  selected  sports,  experience  in  folk  and  square  dance,  and 
recreational  activities. 

P.  E.  70.  Intermediate  Modern  Dance  (2).  First  and  second  semesters. 
Four  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  52,  54,  56,  58,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

More  advanced  techniques  and  dance  forms. 

P.  E.  71.     Elementary  Swimming  (1).     First  and  second  semesters. 

Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  elementary  swimming.  Course 
includes  basic  and  intermediate  swimming  instruction.  American  Red  Cross 
Beginner,  Intermediate,  and  Swimmer  certificates  will  be  issued  to  those 
successfully  completing  the  course. 

P.  E.  72.  Elementary  Swimming  and  Diving  (1).  Three  hours  a  week. 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Progressive  techniques  and  practice  in  the  elementary  phases  of  swim- 
ming and  diving,  designed  to  make  the  student  self-sufficient  in  deep  water. 

P.  E.  73.  Advanced  Swimming  (1).  First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisite, P.  E.  71,  or  equivalent. 

Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  advanced  swimming  and  water 
safety.  American  Red  Cross  Senior  Life  Saving  certificates  will  be  issued 
to  those  successfully  completing  the  course. 

P.  E.  74.  Intermediate  Swimming  and  Diving  (1).  Three  hours  a  week. 
First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  P.  E.  72,  or  equivalent. 

Continuation  of  the  techniques  in  P.  E.  72  to  include  proficiency  in  the 
standard  swimming  strokes  and  the  ability  to  perform  a  fully  coordinated 
standing  dive. 

P.  E.  76.  Advanced  Swimming  and  Diving  and  Life  Saving  (1).  Three 
hours  a  week.  First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  72  and  P.  E. 
74,  or  equivalents. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       491 

Continuation  of  the  techniques  in  P.  E.  74,  to  include  more  advanced 
swimming  strokes,  fancy 'diving,  water  stunts,  and  synchronized  swimming. 
The  American  Red  Cross  course  in  senior  life-saving  will  be  offered  to  those 
qualified  to  pursue  it. 

P.  E.  77.  Methods  of  Teaching  Aquatics  (2).  One  lecture  and  three 
laboratory  hours  a  week.  First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  P.  E. 
73,  or  equivalent. 

This  course  is  designed  to  train  students  for  aquatic  leadership  in  schools, 
camps,  and  clubs.  Course  includes  teaching  methods,  administration,  facili- 
ties and  equipment  and  advanced  swimming  techniques.  American  Red 
Cross  Instructor  in  Swimming  and  Life  Saving  certificate  will  be  issued  to 
those  successfully  completing  the  course. 

P.  E.  78.  Methods  of  Teaching  Aquatics  (2).  One  lecture  and  three 
laboratory  hours  a  week.    First  and  second  semesters. 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  teach  swimming  and 
diving,  administer  swimming  pools,  conduct  recreational  aquatic  activities, 
and  direct  camp  aquatic  programs. 

P.  E.  80.  Advanced  Modern  Dance  (2).  Four  laboratory  hours  a  week. 
Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  P.  S.  52,  54,  56,  58,  70,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

Advanced  techniques  and  practice  in  teaching  dance.  Planning  dances  for 
specific  historic  periods. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Courses  starred  (*)  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit 

P.  E.  100.  Kinesiology  (3).  First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites, 
Zool.  14,  15,  53. 

A  study  and  analysis  of  human  motion  conforming  to  the  laws  of 
mechanics  and  principles  of  physiology  and  anatomy. 

P.  E.  101,  103.     Organization  and  Officiating  in  Intramurals  (2,  2).     Six 

hours  a  week.     First  and  second  semesters. 

Organization,  administration,  and  promotion  of  intramurals  at  various 
school  levels.  Types  of  tournaments,  units  of  competition,  handling  of 
student  leader  personnel,  etc. 

P.  E.  110.  Workshop  in  Dance  (2).  First  and  second  semesters.  Pre- 
requisites, P.  E.  52,  54,  56,  58,  P.  E.  70,  P.  E.  80,  or  equivalents. 

Practice  in  planning  of  group  and  individual  choreography.  Instruction 
in  percussion  accompaniment;  aspects  of  dance  production,  such  as  make-up, 
staging,  costumes,  music  suitable  for  dance. 

*P.  E.  112.  History  of  Dance  (3).  First  semester.  Prerequisites,  P.  E. 
52,  54,  56,  58,  or  permission  of  instructor. 


492  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  of  the  development  of  dance  from  primi- 
tive to  modern  times.  Students  have  experience  in  planning  dances  for 
specific  historic  periods. 

P.  E.  113,  115.     Methods  and  Materials  for   Secondary   Schools   (3,   3). 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratories  a  week.     First  and  second  semesters. 
(Courses  may  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Theory  and  practice:  class  organization,  analysis  and  teaching  techniques 
of  sports,  gymnastics,  self-testing  activities,  and  rhythms  for  junior  and 
senior  high  school  programs. 

P.  E.  114,  116.     Methods  and  Materials  for   Secondary   Schools   (3,   3). 

Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    First  and  second  semesters. 
(Courses  may  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Theory  and  practice:  class  organization,  analysis  and  teaching  techniques 
of  sports,  gymnastics,  self-testing  activities,  and  rhythms  for  junior  and 
senior  high  school  programs. 

P.  E.  120.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  School  (2).  First 
and  second  semesters  and  summer. 

Designed  to  aid  educators  in  the  development  of  elementary  school  chil- 
dren through  the  use  of  selected  rhythmic  activities  and  games.  Some 
demonstration  and  practice  with  children  will  be  included. 

P.  E.  123,  125.  Coaching  Athletics  (3,  3).  Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory hours  a  week.    First  and  second  semesters. 

Methods  of  coaching  the  various  competitive  sports  commonly  found  in 
high  school  and  college  programs. 

P.  E.  124,  126.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Team  Sports  (2,  2).  Four 
laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  62,  64,  66,  68.  First  and 
second  semesters. 

Theory  in  coaching  and  officiating  sports  for  women.  Opportunity  for 
National  Officials'  Ratings. 

P.  E.  S131.     Coaching  Basketball  (2).    Summer  only. 

Methods  of  coaching  basketball  in  high  school  and  college. 

P.  E.  S133.     Coaching  Football  (2).     Summer  only. 

Methods  of  coaching  football  in  high  school  and  college. 

P.  E.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  (3).  First  and 
second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  men — P.  E.  113,  115;  women — P.  E.  114, 
116,  124,  126. 

A  course  designed  to  provide  directed  observation  and  discussion,  co- 
ordinating these  experiences  with  those  from  previous  methods  courses  in 
the  development  of  curricula  for  health  and  physical  education.  The  course 
is  planned  to  prepare  for  student  teaching  which  follows  in  the  same  semes- 
ter. The  observations  will  be  made  of  health  and  physical  education  pro- 
grams in  junior  and  senior  high  schools. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH      493 

*P.  E.  160.  Therapeutics  (3).  First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite, 
P.  E.  100. 

A  study  of  common  structural  abnormalities,  corrective  (adaptive)  exer- 
cises, and  massage.  Causes,  prevention  and  correction  of  postural  defects. 
Testing  methods.    Theory  and  practice. 

*P.  E.  170.  Principles  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education  (3).  First 
and  second  semesters.     (Course  may  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

An  historical  approach  to  understanding  the  fundamental  principles  of 
education  in  terms  of  human  development  as  applied  to  Physical  Education. 

*P.  E.  180.  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  (3).  First 
and  second  semesters.  Two  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
(Course  may  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

The  application  of  measurement  to  physical  and  health  education. 

*P.  E.  181.  Training  and  Conditioning  (3).  Second  semester.  Two  lec- 
ture and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.    Prerequisites,  Zool.  14,  15,  53. 

The  training  and  physical  conditioning  of  athletes.  Treatment  of  athletic 
injuries  by  taping,  massage,  hydro-therapy,  physical  therapy,  and  electro- 
therapy.   Eemedial  and  conditioning  exercises.    Theory  and  practice. 

*P.  E.  190.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Physical  Education, 
Health,  and  Recreation  (3).  First  and  second  semesters.  (Course  may  be 
offered  in  Baltimore.) 

The  application  of  the  principles  of  administration  and  supervision  to 
physical  education,  health,  and  recreation. 

For  Graduates 

P.  E.  200.     Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  (1-2). 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer. 

P.  E.  201.  Foundations  in  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Recreation 
(3).    First  and  second  semesters. 

An  overall  view  of  the  total  fields  with  their  inter-relations  and  places 
in  education. 

P.  E.  203.  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Physical  Education,  Health,  and 
Recreation  (3).  First  and  second  semesters  and  alternate  summers.  (Course 
may  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Principles  and  practice  of  supervision  applied  to  the  special  fields  indi- 
cated. Includes  evaluation  of  facilities,  program,  personnel,  and  processes, 
using  either  survey  or  guidance  techniques. 

P.  E.  205.  Administration  of  Athletics  (2).  First  and  second  semesters 
and  summer. 

Problems  and  procedures  in  the  administration  of  school  and  college 
athletic  competition,  the  installation  and  maintenance  of  indoor  and  out- 


494  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

door  athletic  equipment,  special  problems  of  surveys,  legislation,  property 
acquisition,  finances,  inventories,  and  the  selection  of  personnel. 

P.  E.  210.  Comparative  Problems  in  Physical  Education  (2).  First  and 
second  semesters. 

A  comparative  international  survey  of  the  present-day  and  possible  future 
programs  of  physical  education,  health  and  recreation. 

P.  E.  230.  Contemporary  Physical  Education  (3).  First  and  second 
semesters  and  alternate  summers. 

The  present-day  status  and  possible  future  developments  of  community, 
state,  federal  (including  military),  physical  fitness,  and  physical  education 
programs. 

P.  E.  250.  Survey  in  the  Area  of  Physical  Education,  Health  and  Recre- 
ation (3-6).    First  and  second  semesters  and  summer. 

A  library  survey  course,  covering  the  total  areas  of  physical  education, 
health,  and  recreation,  plus  research  on  one  specific  limited  problem  of 
which  a  digest,  including  a  biblography,  is  to  be  submitted. 

P.  E.  260.     Research  (1-6).    First  and  second  semesters  and  summer. 

For  advanced  students  capable  of  doing  individual  research  on  some 
topic  other  than  the  Thesis  (Ed.  289)  or  the  digest  chosen  in  P.  E.  250. 
Approval  of  the  instructor  is  required. 

P.  E.  288.     Research  Problems  in  Physical  Education  (1-6). 

Master  of  Education  or  Doctoral  candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of  their  advisers  may  register  for  1-6 
hours  of  credit  under  this  number.  A  Master  of  Education  candidate  may 
register  for  two  or  more  credits  under  this  number  and  write  one  of  his 
seminar  papers. 

P.  E.  289.     Research  in  Thesis  (1-6).    First  and  second  semesters. 
Students  who  desire  credits  for  a  Master's  thesis,  a  Doctoral  dissertation, 
or  a  Doctoral  project  should  use  this  number. 

P.  E.  290.  Administrative  Direction  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation 
and  Health  (3). 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  school  administrators  with  the  adminis- 
trative techniques,  opportunities  and  responsibilities  in  the  modern  programs 
of  physical  education,  health  education,  and  recreation  on  a  coordinated 
school-home-community  basis.  It  will  include  an  over-view  of  the  best 
present  practices,  recommendations  of  national  bodies  and  the  development 
of  standards  for  selection  of  professional  personnel,  evaluation  of  program, 
development  of  facilities  and  allocation  of  budget. 

P.  E.  291.     Administrative  Direction  for  Special  Curriculum  Studies  (2-4). 

A  study  of  the  principles  underlying  curriculum  construction  in  Physical 
Education  and  Health  Education  and  the  practical  application  of  these  prin- 
ciples to  the  construction  of  a  curriculum  for  a  specific  situation. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       495 

B.     Health  Education 

Hea.  40.  Personal  and  Community  Hygiene  (3).  First  and  second 
semesters.     (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

A  study  of  personal  and  community  hygiene  for  major  students.  Em- 
phasis on  causative  factors  of  various  diseases,  means  of  transmission,  and 
prevention. 

Hea.  50.     First  Aid  and  Safety  (2).     First  and  second  semesters. 
Standard  American  Red  Cross  course  in  first  aid;   safety  in  the  home, 
school  and  community. 

Hea.  60.     Advanced  First  Aid  (2).     First  and  second  semesters. 
Opportunity  to  secure  Red  Cross  Advanced  and  Instructor's  Certificate. 
Hea.  70.     Safety  Education  (3).    First  and  second  semesters. 
A  study  of  the  causes  of  accidents  and  methods  of  prevention,  including 
principles  of  traffic  and  industrial  safety. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Courses  starred  (*)  may  be  used  for  graduate  credit 
*Hea.  110.     Health  Service  and  Supervision  (2).    First  and  second  semes- 
ters.    (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

The  supervision  of  health  inspection  and  physical  examinations  of  students, 
including  the  sanitary  inspection  of  the  school  plant. 

*Hea.  114.  Health  Education  for  Elementary  Schools  (2).  First  and 
second  semesters  and  summer. 

Materials  and  methods  in  health  education  for  the  classroom  teacher. 

*Hea.  120.  Teaching  Health  (2).  First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequi- 
site, Hea.  40,  or  equivalent.    (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

A  study  of  materials  and  methods  in  health  education.  Planning  the 
health  education  curriculum. 

*Hea.  130.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Health  Education  (3). 
First  and  second  semesters. 

The  planning  of  school  curricula  and  the  presentation  of  courses  of  study 
in  hygiene  to  the  classroom  teacher. 

*Hea.  160.     Problems  in  School  Health  Education  (4-6).     Summer  only. 

A  workshop  type  course  designed  so  that  classroom  teachers,  school  health 
administrators,  and  supervisors  may  study  together  mutual  problems  per- 
taining to  the  practical  problem  of  educating  children  in  healthful  living. 

For  Graduates 

Hea.  220.  Principles  and  Practice  of  Health  Education  (3).  First  and 
second  semesters  and  alternate  summers. 

Health  education  and  health  in  public  schools  and  colleges  as  supported 
by  endowed  funds  or  by  public  taxation. 


496  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Hea.  240.  Advancements  in  Modern  Health  (3).  First  and  second  semes- 
ters and  summer. 

Latest  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  principles  involved  in  personal, 
community,  state  and  national  health;  functions  and  relationships  of  the 
various  health  agencies  cooperating  with  the  educational  faculties  and  their 
contributions  to  health;  present  status  of  preventive  medicine  and  sanitation. 

C.     Recreation 

Rec.  30.  History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation  (2).  First  and  second 
semesters.     (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore,) 

The  beginnings  and  expansion  of  community  recreation  as  fostered  by 
individuals  and  organizations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  history,  aims,  leader- 
ship, areas,  facilities,  and  programs. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Courses  starred  (*)  may  be  used  for  graduate  credit 
Rec.  100.     Co-recreational  Games  and  Programs  (2).     First  and  second 
semesters.    Four  laboratory  hours  a  week.     (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 
Activities  for  social  recreation  in  playgrounds,  industries,  camps,  churches, 
and  gymnasiums. 

Rec.  102.  Recreational  Games  for  the  Elementary  Schools  (2).  First 
semester. 

Materials  and  methods,  theory  and  practice  in  teaching  games. 

Rec.  106.     Recreational  Golf  (1).     Second  semester. 

The  game  treated  as  a  social  pastime  with  practice  in  the  etiquette  and 
psychology  of  team  play. 

Rec.  110.     Nature  Lore  (1-3).     Second  semester. 

An  evening  course  and  six  Saturdays  and  Sundays  during  April  and 
May;  given  in  Washington.  The  conduct  of  nature  trips  for  study  and 
appreciation  of  plant,  insect  and  animal  life,  and  astronomy. 

Rec.  120.  Camp  Administration  and  Leadership  (3).  First  and  second 
semesters.     (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

The  techniques  involved  in  the  organization,  administration,  program 
planning  and  leadership  in  the  total  camp  program. 

*Rec.  130.  Principles  and  Practice  of  Recreation  (3).  First  and  second 
semesters.     (May  be  offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Theories  of  recreation  and  methods  of  conducting  individual  and  group 
recreation. 

Rec.  140.  Observation  and  Service  in  Recreation  (5).  First  and  second 
semesters. 

Observation  of  recreation  centers,  city  playgrounds,  community  and  night 
centers.  Leadership  practice  in  these  areas  and  written  reports.  Students 
who  desire  to  be  certified  as  teachers  must  plan  their  courses  to  meet 
College  of  Education  requirements  in  practice  teaching. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH       497 

*Rec.  170.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  (3).  First 
and  second  semesters. 

A  consideration  of  the  management  and  the  personnel  required  to  con- 
duct recreation  activity  programs  by  municipal,  industrial,  school,  club, 
and  social  agencies. 

*Rec.  S184.     Outdoor  Education  (6).    Summer  only. 

A  full-time  program  for  teachers,  administrators,  recreation  leaders,  and 
social  workers  in  functionalized  child  development  through  utilization  of  the 
surrounding  natural  environment  and  resources.  Guided  group  work  imple- 
ments the  acquired  techniques  for  use  with  children  in  developing  education 
in  democratic  living,  worthy  use  of  leisure,  certain  character  traits  and 
also  for  vitalizing  such  subject-matter  areas  as  mathematics,  language, 
arts,  social  and  natural  sciences,  music,  health  and  physical  education,  graphic 
and  plastic  arts. 

For  Graduates 

Rec.  210.  Philosophy  of  Recreation  (2).  First  and  second  semesters  and 
alternate  summers. 

The  possible  implications  for  social  betterment  by  proper  use  of  leisure 
time  in  a  democratic  civilization  which  is  constantly  increasing  the  free 
time  of  the  common  man. 

Rec.  220.  Contemporary  Recreation  (3).  First  and  second  semesters 
and  alternate  summers. 

The  present-day  status  and  the  possible  future  developments  of  private, 
public,  and  industrial  recreation. 


■ 


§-«■  dHofeiMte 


■  '*#■ 


A  Physical  Education  Class  on  Tennis 


College  of 

SPECIAL  AND  CONTINUATION  STUDIES 

ISSUE  1950-1951 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

Henry  J.  Schroeder,  Acting  Dean 

Stanley  J.  Drazek,  Director,  Baltimore  Center  of  C.S.C.S. 

George  R.  J.  Weigand,  Director,  On-Campus  Program  of  C.S.C.S. 

Jamie  T.  Taylor,  Assistant  to  Dean  for  Foreign  Program 

INSTRUCTIONAL  STAFF,  ALL  CENTERS 

George  Abraham,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Physics. 

James  R.  Anderson,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Geography. 

Merle  Ansberry,  Ph.D.,  Acoustic  Audiologist,  Lecturer  in  Audiology. 

John  Applegarth,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Zoology. 

Thomas  Aylward,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

William  Bailey,  Ph.D.,  Visiting  Professor  in  Sociology. 

Adele  B.  Ballman,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Harry  Bard,  M.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education. 

Charles  B.  Barker,  II,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

George  F.  Batka,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

Richard  H.  Bauer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  History. 

Charles  A.  Baylis,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Philosophy. 

H.  T.  Bawden,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education. 

Harold  J.  Benjamin,  Ph.D.,  Dean  of  College  of  Education. 

Walter  Blake,  A.M.,  Study  Assistant. 

David  F.  Bleil,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Physics  . 

Jesse  Bogue,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education. 

Orvil  E.  A.  Bolduan,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 

Langford  T.  Bourland,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

Marie  Bryan,  A.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 

Eleanor  Bulatkin,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Modern  Languages. 

Mary  K.  Carl,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Education,  Psychology. 

William  C.  Carter,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Verne  E.  Chatelain,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

Dale  Clark,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

J.  Allan  Cook,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing. 

John  M.  Coppinger,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

John  L.  Coulter,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

G.  F.  Cramer,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Herbert  A.  Crosman,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 

499 


500  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

William  E.  Davies,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Geography. 

Reed  B.  Dawson,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Lois  W.  DeBrule,  A.B.,  R.N.,  Director,  School  of  Nursing  and  Nursing 

Service,  Instructor  in  Nursing  Education. 
Jules  deLaunay,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 
Marie  Denecke,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  of  Education. 
Robert  E.  Dewey,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy. 
Robert  G.  Dixon,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Government  and  Politics. 
Eitel  Dobert,  B.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
Stanley  J.  Drazek,  M.A.,  Instructor,  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 

Studies. 
John  C.  Eakens,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 
Luke  E.  Ebersole,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Sociology  and  Education. 
Ray  Ehrensberger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 

Art. 
H.  E.  Ellingson,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

William  E.  English,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Modern  Languages. 
Gaylord  B.  Estabrook,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Physical 

Chemistry. 
William  F.  Falls,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages. 
William  R.  Faust,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  Physics. 
Rufus  G.  Fellers,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
E.  James  Ferguson,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  History. 
Warren  R.  Ferris,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
John  G.  Fischer,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English. 
Robert  H.  Fisk,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

George  E.  Fletcher,  Lt.  Col.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science. 
Sister  Mary  Florence,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Ph.G.,  Lecturer  in  Nursing  Education. 
John  H.  Frederick,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Transportation  and  Foreign  Trade. 
Moses  Freedman,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Engineering. 
Wesley  M.  Gewehr,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 
Carl  W.  Gohr,  B.S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering. 
James  L.  Golden,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Speech. 
Ralph  A.  Goodwin,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  of  Physics. 
Donald  C.  Gordon,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History. 
Arthur  Grad,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 
Catherine  G.  Gregg,  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages. 
Noel  H.  Gross,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Bacteriology. 
George  P.  Hager,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

John  I.  Hale,  M.S.,  L.L.B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Administration. 
William  L.  Hall,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Ludwig  Hammerschlag,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Foreign  Languages. 
Susan  B.  Harman,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English. 
Thomas  M.  Harwell,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English. 
Milton  D.  Havron,  B.S.,  Instructor  of  Psychology. 
Richard  Hendricks,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Speech. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  501 

Walter  Hesse,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Donald  C.  Hester,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

J.  Ross  Heverly,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

Harry  B.  Hoshall,  M.E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Charles  Y.  Hu,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Geography. 

Louis  C.  Hutson,  Vocational  Mining  Instructor. 

Robert  T.  Hyde,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  English. 

Thomas  P.  Imse,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Sociology. 

Charles  A.  Johnson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Montgomery  H.  Johnson,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physics. 

Morris  L.  Kales,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Gilbert  F.  Kinney,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  U.  S.  Naval  Postgraduate 
School,  Lecturer  in  Chemistry. 

Claire  Lanche,  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages. 

Christian  L.  Larsen,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

Hermann  H.  Kurzweg,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Alcott  J.  Larsson,  A.B.,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physics. 

Neal  G.  LeBert,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English. 

Eugene  B.  Link,  B.S.,  Lecturer  in  Industrial  Education. 

Maurice  E.  Long,  M.E.,  M.S.,  Lecturer  in  Aeronautical  Engineering. 

Edward  L.  Longley,  M.Ed.,  Lecturer  in  Industrial  Education. 

Ralph  G.  Lounsbury,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

Richard  Lowitt,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Laura  P.  MacCarteney,  Director  of  Music,  National  Child  Research  Center. 

Donald  Maley,  A.M.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education. 

Herman  Maril,  Instructor  of  Art. 

Arthur  E.  Marston,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

M.  Taylor  Mathews,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Lyle  V.  Mayer,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Speech. 

John  McElhinney,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

William  J.  McLarney,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Manage- 
ment. 

Hugh  B.  McLean,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 

Bruce  L.  Melvin,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Jessie  W.  Menneken,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 

A.  Burton  Metzger,  B.E.E.,  Lecturer  in  Industrial  Safety  Engineering. 

James  W.  Mileham,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education. 

Donald  E.  Minnegan,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physical  Education. 

Roland  I.  Moeller,  M.B.A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration. 

Dorothy  R.  Mohr,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 

Martin  W.  Moser,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Government  and  Politics. 

Earl  W.  Mounce,  M.A.,  LL.M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Law  and  Labor. 

H.  Townsend  Muhly,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  U.  S.  Naval  Academy, 
Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Kenneth  Murray,  A.B.,  Instructor  of  Modern  Languages. 

David  S.  Muzzey,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 


502  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Paul  F.  Nemenyi,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Clarence  A.  Newell,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education  Administration. 

Ann  E.  Norton,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Foreign  Languages. 

Arthur  S.  Patrick,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secretarial  Training. 

Norman  H.  Pedersen,  Major,  Lecturer  in  Military  Science. 

Michael  J.  Pelczar,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Frederick  Pistor,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Educational  Psychology. 

Elmer  Plischke,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

Harry  Polachek,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

John  Portz,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English. 

Daniel  A.  Prescott,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education,  Director  of  Institute 

for  Child  Study. 
Rudolph  Pugliese,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  Speech. 

Colin  C.  Rae,  B.S.,  Laboratory  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
Lester  Raines,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech. 
Alfred  Charles  Ranch,  Major,  Lecturer  in  Military  Science. 
Carl  J.  Ratzlaff,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Economics. 
Joseph  M.  Ray,  Ph.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Government  and  Politics. 
Henry  R.  Reed,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 
James  H.  Reid,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Economics. 

A.  W.  Richeson,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
R.  E.  Roberson,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 
Edward  A.  Robinson,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Economics. 
Charles  M.  Rogers,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Willis  C.  Schaefer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Alvin  W.  Schindler,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 

E.  A.  Schuchard,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

R.  J.  Seeger,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

Nathan  Seeman,  M.S.,  Laboratory  Instructor  in  Physics. 

Crawford  Sensenig,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 

Paul  W.  Shankweiler,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology. 

Maurice  M.  Shapiro,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics. 

Milton  M.  Slawsky,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  of  Physics. 

Donald  E.  Shay,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 

Frank  L.  Sievers,  M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 

Samuel  J.  Smart,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

Charles  V.  L.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

B.  L.  Snavely,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 
David  S.  Sparks,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  History. 

Charles  E.  Spurgeon,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Government  and  Politics. 

Thomas  E.  Starcher,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

Theodore  Stell,  B.T.A.,  Instructor  of  Speech. 

James  Steward,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

Charles  T.  Stewart,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  Education. 

Warren  L.  Strausbaugh,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech. 

Ronald  N.  Stromberg,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  History. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  503 

William  J.  Svirbely,  D.Sc,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Glendon  L.  Swarthout,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English. 

Harold  F.  Sylvester,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Personnel  Adminis- 
tration. 

Corwin  H.  Taylor,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  Department  of  School 
Music,  Peabody  Conservatory. 

F.  Theilheimer,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

William  R.  Thomas,  B.S.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Business  Administration. 

Alice  C.  Thorpe,  M.A.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics. 

James  A.  VanZwoll,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education. 

Irvin  F.  Wagner,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics. 

Paul  Wang,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physics. 

Kenichi  Watanabe,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

R.  T.  Webber,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 

John  A.  Weber,  B.S.E.E.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Alfred  Weissler,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

Fred  W.  Wellborn,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  History. 

Ralph  Whitfield,  M.S.,  Instructor  of  Industrial  Education. 

Gladys  A.  Wiggin,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education. 

Peter  R.  Wisher,  M.Ed.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education. 

J.  R.  Wrench,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics. 

Gordon  W.  Zeeveld,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English. 


CENTERS 

•  AIR  FORCES  BASES 

•  BALTIMORE  AND  NORTHERN  MARYLAND 

•  CENTRAL  AND  WESTERN  MARYLAND 

•  EASTERN  SHORE  OF  MARYLAND 

•  ENGLAND 

•  GERMANY 

•  INDUSTRIAL  EMPLOYEES'  EDUCATION 

•  MILITARY  DISTRICT  OF  WASHINGTON 

•  NATIONAL  BUREAU  OF  STANDARDS 

•  NAVY  INSTALLATIONS 

•  TEACHERS'  IN-SERVICE  COURSES 


504  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

College  of 

SPECIAL  AND  CONTINUATION  STUDIES 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

Purpose 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 
is  to  extend  the  facilities  of  the  University  through  conveniently  established 
centers  throughout  the  state.  This  College  is  especially  designed:  (1)  for 
those  individuals  who  are  not  located  sufficiently  close  to  the  University 
campus  to  attend  regular  classes;  (2)  for  those  who  are  in  close  proximity 
to  research  laboratories  which  make  highly  specialized  advanced  training 
feasible;  (3)  for  those  members  of  the  armed  services  on  active  duty  who 
wish  to  continue  part-time  study  in  courses  for  which  necessary  standards 
can  be  maintained  under  the  conditions  which  prevail  in  their  locations;  and 
(4)  for  other  special  students. 

History 

On  the  recommendation  of  the  Administrative  Board  and  the  President 
of  the  University,  the  Board  of  Regents  established  in  1947  the  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies.  This  College  is  composed  of  two  divi- 
sions. The  Division  of  Part-time  Studies  is  charged  with  the  responsibility 
of  administering  all  off-campus  instruction  for  part-time  students.  The 
Division  of  General  Studies  is  for  full-time  students  on  the  University's 
main  campus.    The  purpose  of  this  Division  is  described  in  detail  below. 

DIVISION  OF  PART-TIME   STUDIES* 

The  part-time  program  offered  by  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies  affords  students  a  convenient  opportunity  to  continue  their  edu- 
cation. Students  who  have  full-time  employment  or  who,  for  some  other 
reason,  cannot  follow  a  full-time  program  at  College  Park  may  in  this  way 
complete  much  of  their  degree  requirements  off-campus. 

Credit 

Studies  at  both  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  level  are  offered  in 
government  agencies,  industrial  establishments,  universities,  and  other  cen- 
ters and  locations  where  sufficient  interest  has  been  shown  to  justify  the 
setting  up  of  a  program.  All  courses  offered  are  fully  approved  by  the 
University  department  concerned  and  are  taught  by  instructors  who  are 
approved  by  the  department  head  concerned. 


♦Main  Office:    University  of  Maryland,  College  Park.    Warfield  3800.  extension  426. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  505 

DIVISION  OF  GENERAL  STUDIES** 
Purpose 

The  General  Studies  Division  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies  was  originally  established  to  provide  a  special  program  for  high 
school  graduates  whose  secondary  school  preparation  was  deficient  in  cer- 
tain minor  details.  However,  in  answer  to  other  needs,  this  Division  now 
admits  special  students.  Those  who  wish  to  pursue  a  special  curriculum 
suited  to  their  own  individual  needs  are  one  type.  The  second  group  of 
special  students  is  comprised  of  those  who  wish  to  transfer  from  one  degree- 
granting  college  to  another  but  do  not  have  the  necessary  2.0  average. 
These  come  to  the  Division  of  General  Studies  to  make  up  these  deficiencies. 
A  third  group  of  students  is  composed  of  individuals  who  recognize  the  need 
for  assistance  in  basic  disciplines. 

Curricula 

The  special  students  pursue  regular  University  courses  in  combinations 
which  are  especially  adapted  to  their  own  requirements  but  which  may  not 
meet  the  specific  requirements  of  any  authorized  curriculum. 

The  remaining  students  who  may  wish  to  enter  other  colleges  but  do  not 
satisfy  the  specific  requirements  are  provided  special  study  supervision 
and  vocational  and  educational  orientation.  Effective  study  techniques  are 
taught  and  practiced  and  individual  assistance  in  English,  science,  mathe- 
matics, and  social  science  is  given  in  conferences  adjusted  to  the  needs  of 
the  students. 

The  Division  of  General  Studies  represents  a  philosophy  of  education 
which  admits  for  individual  needs.  The  staff  of  this  College  helps  to  carry 
out  the  philosophy  of  the  University  that  the  facilities  of  the  University 
should  be  available  to  all  the  citizens  of  the  State.  Secondly,  in  admitting 
students  who  wish  to  change  colleges  it  allows  for  students  to  rectify  faulty 
vocational  choices  with  a  minimum  of  time-loss. 

ESTABLISHMENT  OF  OFF-CAMPUS  CENTERS 

The  College  is  prepared  to  establish  credit  courses  and  institutes,  and 
non-credit  short  courses  for  groups  of  adults  who  are  qualified  to  do  uni- 
versity work  and  who  need  assistance  on  a  part-time  basis.  If  facilities 
permit  and  demand  is  sufficient,  courses  or  institutes  may  be  set  up  in  any 
community  requesting  this  service. 


**  Warfield  3800,  extension  459.  • 

Branch  Office:    Administration  Building,   University  of  Maryland,   Lombard  and  Greene 
Streets,   Baltimore.     PLaza  1100,  extension  48. 


506  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  readiness  of  officials  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 
to  meet  all  requests  for  off-campus  courses  is  limited  however  by  three 
factors.  In  order  to  assure  the  same  instruction  as  that  given  on  the  cam- 
pus and  to  protect  the  students'  credit,  officials  prefer  to  call  on  regular 
university  staff  for  the  courses.  With  increased  enrollments  in  full-time 
college  programs,  staff  members  are  occasionally  not  free  for  off-campus 
assignments. 

A  second  limiting  factor  is  the  type  of  service  requested.  Certain  courses 
can  be  given  only  where  there  are  adequate  reference  library  materials  or 
laboratories,  or  when  students  are  free  to  give  considerable  time  to  their 
studies.  Requests  for  selected  courses  may  therefore  be  refused  if  in  the 
judgment  of  department  heads  such  courses  cannot  be  successfully  con- 
ducted off-campus. 

A  third  limiting  factor  is  student  enrollment.  The  Dean  reserves  the 
right  to  cancel  a  course  for  which  there  is  insufficient  enrollment. 

TYPES  OF  COURSES  AND  INSTITUTES 

The  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  offered  during  the 
1949-1950  school  term  a  total  of  413  courses  for  university  credit.  While 
credit  courses  comprise  the  largest  proportion  of  off -campus  offerings  of  the 
College,  certificate  programs,  in-service  training  programs,  and  current 
affairs  institutes  have  and  will  be  given  wherever  there  is  need  for  study 
series  of  these  types. 

Credit  Courses 

At  present  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  is  offering 
primarily  credit  courses  in  the  social  and  natural  sciences,  the  humanities, 
mathematics,  engineering,  and  education.  There  are  limited  offerings  in 
other  technical  courses. 

In  off-campus  centers,  such  as  Baltimore  and  Army  and  Navy  establish- 
ments, it  is  planned  to  develop  sequences  of  courses  which  will  be  offered 
over  a  several-year  period.  Students  working  for  degrees  can  therefore 
anticipate  what  courses  may  be  secured  through  the  off-campus  program. 

There  will  be  little  attempt,  however,  to  provide  on  a  part-time  basis  a 
complete  sequence  of  courses  leading  to  any  one  degree.  Off-campus  credit 
courses  are  a  special  service  to  those  adults  who  because  of  employment 
are  temporarily  prevented  from  attending  college  full-time  during  the  day. 
Those  adults  who  plan  to  pursue  work  toward  degrees  should  also  plan  for 
periods  of  full-time  work  on  the  College  Park  or  Baltimore  campuses  during 
the  summer  or  during  the  regular  academic  year. 

Certificate  Programs 

Single  courses  leading  to  a  certificate  may  be  set  up  where  residence 
credit  cannot  be  offered  or  where  university  credit  is  not  desired.  The  Col- 
lege of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  will  also  arrange  series  of  credit 
or  non-credit  courses  in  a  given  field  leading  to  a  certificate. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  507 

In  the  past,  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Home  Economics,  a  five- 
month  certificate  course  in  principles  of  nutrition  has  been  given  for  military- 
personnel  at  the  Food  Service  School  at  Fort  George  G.  Meade. 

In  Baltimore,  a  series  of  university  credit  courses  in  the  fields  of  labor, 
industry,  commerce,  and  personnel  work  will  be  given  over  a  period  of  years. 
Certificates  will  be  issued  to  students  on  the  completion  of  the  required 
courses  in  the  series.  The  purpose  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to  acquaint 
persons  in  labor,  industrial,  and  commercial  organizations  with  basic  trends 
in  these  spheres. 

Credit  courses  in  mathematics  and  electrical  engineering,  leading  to  a 
certificate  on  completion  of  the  series,  are  being  offered  at  the  United  States 
Naval  Air  Station  at  Patuxent  River,  Maryland. 

In-Service  Training  Programs 

In  recent  years,  a  number  of  in-service  training  programs  involving 
credit  or  non-credit  courses  or  workshops  have  been  offered  in  the  fields 
of  labor-management,  supervisory  training,  health  and  welfare,  and  social 
service.  Among  these  have  been  a  program  for  recreation  leaders  in  the 
Bureau  of  Recreation,  Department  of  Recreation  and  Parks,  Baltimore,  and, 
in  cooperation  with  the  State  Bureau  of  Mines,  night  mining  classes  at  the 
mine  heads  in  Garrett  and  Allegany  counties. 

At  each  of  its  plants  throughout  the  country,  the  Calvert  Distilling  Com- 
pany maintains  an  in-service  training  program  through  cooperation  with 
a  nearby  university.  The  University  of  Maryland  gives  courses  for  this 
program  at  the  Elkridge  plant,  offering  each  semester  one  course  related 
to  job  training  and  another  which  is  of  general  cultural  interest. 

Courses  in  aeronautical  and  mechanical  engineering  and  in  mathematics 
have  been  given  for  employees  of  the  Glenn  L.  Martin  Company. 

In-service  needs  of  teachers  are  regularly  supplied  by  this  College  in 
cooperation  with  the  College  of  Education.  Graduate  and  undergraduate 
level  courses  are  given  in  any  community  where  a  sufficient  number  of 
teachers  have  indicated  an  interest  in  a  particular  course.  In  addition,  the 
staff  of  the  Institute  for  Child  Study  of  the  College  of  Education  offers 
a  series  of  courses  on  human  development  and  on  the  techniques  of  child 
study  for  members  of  the  educational  profession.  The  sequence  of  three 
courses,  Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II,  and  III,  involve  the  direct 
year-long  study  of  children  as  individuals  and  in  groups,  and  is  offered  to 
teachers  in  the  field  through  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies. 
A  series  of  community  study  courses  offered  in  Baltimore  supplement  the 
child  development  work  by  presenting  the  social  environment  of  the  child. 

College  officials  are  most  desirous  of  cooperating  with  organizations  or 
groups  interested  in  developing  in-service  training  programs.  Inquiries 
regarding  this  type  program  should  be  addressed  to  the  Dean,  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies. 


508  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Current  Affairs  Institutes 

Many  adults  not  interested  in  college  credit  may  still  wish  to  avail 
themselves  of  the  assistance  of  the  various  subject-matter  experts  which 
the  University  has  available. 

Short  courses  or  institutes  in  local,  national,  and  international  problems 
may  be  provided  in  communities  where  there  is  sufficient  demand. 

STUDENT  RESPONSIBILITY  IN  PLANNING  A  PART-TIME  PROGRAM 
Degree  Students 

Students  taking  credit  work  in  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies  will  receive  their  degrees  through  the  degree-granting  colleges  and 
the  Graduate  School  of  the  University.*  Those  who  plan  to  pursue  part- 
time  work  which  may  be  credited  toward  an  undergraduate  or  graduate 
degree  should  plan  their  study  programs  with  advisers  in  colleges  where 
they  hope  to  complete  their  degrees.  The  admission  requirements  for  those 
who  desire  to  become  candidates  for  degrees  are  the  same  as  for  full-time 
day  students  at  the  University.  Before  registering,  a  candidate  for  a 
degree  must  be  admitted  to  the  University. 

Teacher  Certification  Requirements 

Only  graduates  of  approved  colleges  who  have  satisfactorily  fulfilled 
necessary  requirements  can  be  certified  by  the  State  Department  of  Edu- 
cation to  teach  in  the  approved  high  schools  of  the  State.  The  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  through  the  College  of  Education,  offers 
courses  which  fulfill  the  State  Department  requirements  for  certification. 

Students  intending  to  qualify  as  teachers  in  any  city,  county,  or  state 
should  obtain  a  statement  of  certification  requirements  for  that  particular 
area  and  plan  their  program  accordingly. 

Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  Requirements 

Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  requirements  provide  that  a 
teacher  in  service  may  present  for  certificate  credit  not  more  than  six 
semester  hours  of  credit  completed  during  the  school  year.  The  University 
of  Maryland  assumes  no  responsibility  in  this  connection,  but  candidates  are 
advised  to  observe  this  regulation. 

PREREQUISITES 

Students  taking  courses  in  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 
must  have  the  approval  of  their  major  advisers  to  take  any  course  for  which 
there  is  a  prerequisite  which  has  not  been  fulfilled. 

SPEAKERS  BUREAU 

The  College  maintains  a  list  of  professors  and  instructors  who  are  pre- 
pared to  give  lectures  on  their  specialties  to  high  school  and  adult  groups. 
When  college  duties  permit,  professional  staff  members  are  available  free 
of  charge  for  single  talks  to  Maryland  groups. 

•  The  Graduate  School  limits  graduate  study  to  fifteen  hours  per  semester. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  509 


SECTION  II 

UNIVERSITY  REGULATIONS  REGARDING  ADMISSION, 
REGISTRATION,  WITHDRAWALS,  AND  FEES 

CREDIT  COURSES 
Regular  Admission 

The  admission  requirements  for  those  part-time  students  who  desire  to 
become  candidates  for  degrees  are  the  same  as  for  full-time  day  students 
at  the  University.  Before  registering,  a  candidate  for  a  degree  must  be 
admitted  to  the  University.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  any  of  the 
degree-granting  colleges  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  grades  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  In  general,  4  units  of  English  and  1  unit  each 
of  social  and  natural  sciences  are  required.  One  unit  each  of  algebra  and 
plane  geometry  is  desirable.  While  foreign  language  is  desirable  for  cer- 
tain programs,  no  foreign  language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine  arts, 
trade  and  vocational  subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives. 

Those  who  seek  graduate  degrees  should  write  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School,  College  Park. 

For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  admissions,  write  the  Director  of  Publi- 
cations for  a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  catalog. 

Provisional  Admission 

Students  who  are  taking  work  for  transmittal  to  other  colleges  and 
universities,  or  who  are  not  sure  that  they  wish  to  matriculate  for  degrees, 
may  be  admitted  to  the  University  on  a  provisional  basis.  Matriculation 
on  the  basis  of  this  application  is  an  expedient  only  and  for  the  purpose 
of  facilitating  enrollment  of  part-time  students.  Students  wishing  to  be 
admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland  to  work  for  a  degree  should  make 
application  for  admission  to  the  regular  authorities  as  early  as  possible. 

Classification  of  Students 

Regular  Students.  Students  who  prior  to  their  registration  for  work  in 
the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  have  been  admitted  to  degree- 
granting  colleges  will  be  considered  as  students  in  good  standing  subject 
only  to  academic  regulations  of  the  University. 

Special  Students.  Applicants  who  are  at  least  twenty-one  years  of  age, 
and  who  have  not  completed  the  usual  preparatory  course,  may  be  admitted 
to  such  courses  as  they  seem  fitted  to  take.  Special  students  are  ineligible  to 
matriculate  for  a  degree  until  entrance  requirements  have  been  satisfied. 


510  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Unclassified  Students.  Applicants  who  meet  entrance  requirements  but 
who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  leading  to  a  degree  are 
eligible  for  provisional  admission  as  mentioned  above.  They  may  pursue 
courses  for  which  they  have  met  prerequisites. 

Guidance  in  Registration 

The  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  work  towards  a  degree  in  a  program 
administered  by  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  must 
secure  guidance  and  permission  to  take  off-campus  courses  from  an  adviser 
in  the  college  where  he  wishes  to  obtain  his  degree.  Officials  of  the  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  will  not  take  responsibility  for  advising 
students  matriculated  in  degree-granting  colleges. 

Degrees 

Credit  courses  taken  through  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies  may  be  counted  towards  any  of  the  degrees  granted  by  the  colleges 
of  the  University,  provided  such  courses  have  been  approved  by  appropriate 
advisers  as  meeting  degree  requirements. 

Quality  of  Credit  Courses 

Both  instructors  and  courses  in  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies  are  approved  by  appropriate  department  heads  and  deans.  Courses 
carry  residence  credit  and  are  identical  in  quality  and  content  with  courses 
given  in  the  day  programs  of  the  University.  However,  students  who 
pursue  a  large  portion  of  their  work  off -campus  may  miss  the  advantages  of 
continuous  guidance  and  campus  contacts  with  professional  staff  which  are 
an  invaluable  part  of  their  college  work.  Students  should  be  very  careful, 
therefore,  to  consult  with  their  advisers  regarding  how  much  work  they 
may  profitably  pursue  in  the  part-time  off-campus  program. 

Course  Load 

Six  semester  hours  is  considered  a  full  load  for  off-campus  fully  employed, 
part-time  students.  For  exceptional  adult  students  up  to  nine  semester 
hours  may  be  approved  providing  the  student's  academic  average  for 
previous  college  work  be  not  less  than  H.P.R.  2.5.  In  case  laboratory  is 
involved  no  more  than  seven  semester  hours  may  be  approved  for  such  a 
student.  On-campus  part-time  students  are  governed  by  the  same  rules, 
but  for  any  registration  beyond  six  semester  hours  the  registration  will  be 
considered  full-time  and  must  be  the  full-time  rate.* 

NON-CREDIT  COURSES  AND  INSTITUTES 

Admission  and  registration  requirements  will  be  adjusted  to  fit  the 
clientele  of  each  non-credit  short  course  or  institute. 


*  For  a  more  detailed  statement  of  full-time  fees,  write  the  Director  of  Publications  for 
a  copy  of  the  "General  Information  Issue"  of  the  catalog. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  511 

FEES 
Credit  Courses 

Matriculation  Fee  (Payable  once  at  time  of  first  registration  by  all  stu- 
dents, full-time  and  part-time;  candidates  for  degrees  and  non-candidates. 
Only  one  matriculation  fee  need  be  paid  for  each  degree.) 

For  Undergraduates  $10.00 

For  Graduates  10.00 

Tuition  Charge  (same  for  all  students)  per  credit  hour 8.00f 

Laboratory  Fees  Per  Semester  Course 

Agricultural    Engineering....  $3.00           Horticulture  5.00 

Bacteriology  10.00  Education 

Botany   5.00  $1.00,  $2.00,  $3.00  and  6.00 

Chemical  Engineering 8.00            Industrial  Education  5.00 

Metallurgy  4.00  Music  (applied  music  only)  30.00 

Chemistry  10.00  Physics — 

Dairy 3.00               Introductory  3.00 

Electrical  Engineering 4.00               All  other  6.00 

Entomology    3.00  Office  Techniques  and  Man- 
Home  Economics —                                             agement  7.50 

(Non-Home  Ec.  Students)                        Psychology  4.00 

Practical    Art,    Crafts,  Speech — 

Textiles  and  Clothing....      3.00               Radio  and  Stagecraft 2.00 

Foods  and  Practice  House                           All  other  1.00 

(each)  : 7.00           Zoology    8.00 

The  above  laboratory  fees  will  be  charged  whenever  the  availability  of 
personnel,  facilities,  and  other  factors  make  it  possible  to  offer  laboratory 
instruction. 

Miscellaneous  Fees  and  Charges 

Late  Registration  Fee 

All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  includ- 
ing the  filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular 
registration  days.  Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration 
during  the  prescribed  days  will  be  charged  a  fee  of $5.00 

Fee  for  Change  in  Registration 3.00 

Special  Examination  Fee — to  establish  college  credit — per  semester 
hour  5.00 

Makeup  Examination  Fee 

For  students  who  are  absent  during  any  class  period  when  tests 

or  examinations  are  given 1-00 


t  Part-time  graduate  students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 
must  pay  the  fee  of  $8.00  per  semester  credit  hour  even  though  they  may  be  carrying  more 
than  the  eight  semester  credit  hours. 


512  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee 

No  charge  is  made  for  first  copy 

Each  additional  copy 1.00 

Property  Damage  Charge 

Students  will  be  charged  for  damage  to  property  or  equipment. 

Where  responsibility  for  the  damage  can  be  fixed,  the  individual 

student  will  be  billed  for  it;  where  responsibility  cannot  be  fixed, 

the  cost  of  repairing  the  damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  be 

pro-rated. 

Diploma  fee  for  Bachelor's  Degree 10.00 

Cap  and  Gown  fee  for  Bachelor's  Degree 2.50 

Diploma  fee  for  Master's  Degree 10.00 

Cap  and  Gown  fee  for  Master's  Degree 2.75 

Graduation  fee  for  Doctor's  Degree 30.00 

Cap  and  Gown  fee  for  Doctor's  Degree 3.75 

Payment  of  Fees 

All  checks,  money  orders,  or  postal  notes  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Non-Credit  Short  Courses  and  Institutes 

Fees  for  short  courses  and  institutes  will  be  determined  in  terms  of  cost 
of  each  such  short  course  or  institute. 

WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at  any  time  during  the 
academic  year  should  file,  in  person  or  by  letter  of  request  for  withdrawal. 
The  Dean  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  will  initiate 
and  sign  the  necessary  withdrawal  forms  and  forward  them  to  the  office 
of  the  Registrar.  If  this  is  not  done,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  to  a  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal,  and  will  forfeit 
his  right  to  any  refund  to  which  he  would  otherwise  be  entitled.  The  date 
used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is 
filed  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  receive  a  refund  of  all 
charges,  less  the  matriculation  fee,  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule: 

Period  from  Date  Instruction  Begins 

2  weeks  or  less Qno/ 

oUye 

between  2  and  3  weeks CA« 

OU7C 

between  3  and  4  weeks 4q^ 

between  4  and  5  weeks 20% 

over  5  weeks n 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  513 

SECTION  III 

PROPOSED  OFFERINGS,  1950-1951 

The  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  plans  to  offer  the  courses 
as  listed  for  each  center  in  the  1950-1951  school  term.  This  is  a  proposed 
schedule  and  is  subject  to  change  prior  to  registration  according  to  needs 
and  demands  of  students. 

The  student,  in  planning  his  program  for  1950-1951,  should,  if  he  is  work- 
ing towards  a  degree,  consult  with  the  head  of  the  department  in  which  he 
is  studying  whenever  necessary.  He  should  also  take  into  consideration 
the  course  prerequisites,  which  are  given  in  Section  IV,  "Course  Descrip- 
tions." 

Calendar  for  1950-1951 

The  Calendar  for  1950-1951,  College  Park,  will  be  followed  as  closely  as 
possible  in  the  off-campus  centers.  Classes  must  meet  for  sixteen  weeks, 
making  a  total  of  48  class  hours  for  three-credit  courses  and  32  class  hours 
for  two-credit  courses. 

The  holidays  shown  on  the  Calendar  for  1950-1951,  College  Park,  will  be 
observed  in  the  off -campus  centers. 

Air,  Army,  Navy  and  Other  Federal  Establishments 

Centers  in  the  Air,  Army,  Navy  and  other  Federal  establishments  are 
operated  in  cooperation  with  the  education  and  training  sections  and  stu- 
dents in  these  centers  may  communicate  either  with  the  training  officer  at 
the  establishment  or  with  this  College,  for  any  additional  information  needed. 

COUNTY  PROGRAMS  FOR  TEACHERS 

The  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  offers  courses  in  many 
of  the  counties  of  Maryland.  The  specific  courses  and  their  locations  de- 
pend on  the  requests  made  by  County  Superintendents  of  Education,  their 
Supervisors  and  Assistants,  and  teachers.  The  actual  courses  presented 
will  depend  on  local  interest  and  support  of  specific  courses.  Experience 
has  shown  that  at  least  two  months  are  required  to  arrange  properly 
and  establish  courses  at  off-campus  centers.  The  courses  are  normally 
scheduled  concurrently  with  the  on-campus  courses.  See  Section  I  for 
further  details.  For  information  concerning  registration,  contact  the  Col- 
lege of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  or  your  local  representative. 
Courses  have  been  offered  in  the  counties  as  indicated  below: 

Allegany  County — Cumberland. 

Anne  Arundel  County. 

Baltimore  County. 

Caroline  and  Talbot  Counties — Easton  and  Denton. 

Charles  County — La  Plata. 


514  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

District  of  Columbia — Wilson  Teachers  College. 

Dorchester  County — Cambridge. 

Garrett  County — Grantsville,  Accident,  Oakland. 

Kent  County — Chestertown. 

Somerset  County — Princess  Anne. 

ABERDEEN  PROVING  GROUND 

Courses  offered  at  the  Aberdeen  Proving  Ground  are  planned  to  meet 
the  educational  needs  of  military  and  civilian  personnel  of  the  Aberdeen- 
Edgewood  area.  The  Army  Information  and  Education  Office,  at  the  Aber- 
deen Proving  Ground  assists  in  planning  the  program.  A  regular  sequence 
of  courses  is  arranged  to  permit  Army  personnel  to  pursue  the  Bachelor 
of  Military  Science  degree  requirements.  Civilian  personnel  may  enroll 
in  such  areas  that  will  aid  them  in  their  work  or  may  apply  specific  courses 
towards  degree  requirements.  For  futher  information,  write  College  of 
Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  Baltimore  Branch,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland, 
or  consult  the  I  &  E  Office,  Building  T-83,  Aberdeen  Proving  Ground. 

The  Army  Chemical  Center  program  complements  the  Aberdeen  program. 
Persons  may  enroll  at  either  center  or  may  concurrently  enroll  at  both 
centers.    (Refer  to  Army  Chemical  Center  at  Edgewood.) 

Civilians  not  working  at  either  installation  may  enroll  providing  they 
secure  special  passes  from  the  military  post  concerned. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Summer,  1950 — Registration,  June  1,  1950 

Class  Begins  June  5,  1950;  Ends  July  28,  1950 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B162.     Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor  Relations  (3). 

Fall,  1950-1951— Registration,  September  14,  1950 

Pre-registration  Counseling — September  13,  1950 

Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1951 

Economics 

Econ.  B37.     Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 

Econ.  B160.    Labor  Economics  (3). 
English 

Eng.  B3.     Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 
French 

Fr.  B4.     Intermediate  Literary  French  (3). 
German 

Germ.  Bl.    Elementary  German  (3). 


SPECIAL   AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  515 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  B101     International  Political  Relations  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  B15.     College  Algebra  (3). 
Math.  B17.    Analytic  Geometry  (4). 
Math.  B110.    Advanced  Calculus  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B103.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Spring,   1951 — Registration,   February   1,   1951 

Pre-registration  Counseling — January  31,  1951 

Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B163.     Industrial  Relations  (3). 

English 

Eng.  B4.     Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 

French 

Fr.  B5.     Intermediate  Literary  French  (3). 

German 

Germ.  Bl.     Elementary  German  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  B14.    Plane  Trigonometry  (2). 
Math.  Bill.    Advanced  Calculus  (3). 

Military  Science 

M.  S.  B152.     Military  Leadership  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

ANNAPOLIS 

The  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  of  the  University  of 
Maryland,  in  cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Naval  Academy  under  the  Severn 
River  Naval  Command,  has  planned  the  following  program  for  the  1950-1951 
term.  Although  this  program  is  sponsored  to  provide  service  personnel 
and  government  employees  an  opportunity  to  advance,  the  courses  may  be 
taken  by  anyone  who  meets  the  entrance  requirements  for  the  University 
of  Maryland.  The  program  is  planned  to  allow  persons  to  enroll  for  non- 
degree  work,  and  undergraduate  and  graduate  study.  Further  information 
may  be  secured  from  Professor  L.  T.  Wilson,  Department  of  Mathematics 
at  the  Naval  Academy,  or  by  writing  or  calling  the  Director  of  the  Balti- 
more Center,  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  University  of 
Maryland,  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 


516  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Fall,  1950-1951— Registration,  September  18,  1950 

Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1951 

Drawing 

Dr.  Bl.     Engineering  Drawing  (2). 

English 

Eng.  Bl.     Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  B101.     International  Political  Relations  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  BIO*.     Algebra  (3). 

Math.  B20.     Calculus  (4). 

Math.  B132.     Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists  (3). 
Physics 

Phys.  B112.     Modern  Physics  (2). 

Phys.     Advanced  course  to  be  announced. 

Psychology 

Psych.  Bl.     Introduction  to  Psychology  (3). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  February  5,  1951 

Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Drawing 

Dr.  B2.     Engineering  Drawing  (2). 
English 

Eng.  B2.     Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  Bll.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 

Math.  B21.     Calculus  (4). 

Math.  B133.     Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists  (3). 
Physics 

Phys.  B113.     Modern  Physics  (2). 

Phys.     Advanced  course  to  be  announced. 
Psychology 

Psych.  B110.     Educational  Psychology  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  B118.     Community  Organization  (3). 


SPECIAL   AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  517 

BALTIMORE 

A  branch  office  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  is 
maintained  in  the  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  Balti- 
more, at  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  to  serve  as  headquarters  for  the 
largest  permanent  center  of  the  College. 

During  the  academic  year  1949-1950  over  fifteen  hundred  students  coming 
from  Baltimore  City  and  surrounding  counties  were  enrolled  in  some  100 
different  courses.  Students  are  currently  working  on  degrees  in  several 
undergraduate  colleges  and  in  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University. 

Scope  of  Offerings 

The  plan  of  the  Baltimore  Branch  is  to  offer  each  semester  courses  in 
chemistry  and  the  various  natural  and  physical  sciences,  business  adminis- 
tration, economics,  education,  government  and  politics,  geography,  history, 
industrial  education,  languages,  philosophy,  psychology,  sociology,  and 
speech.  The  offerings  will  be  designed  to  permit  optimum  opportunity  for 
people  to  pursue,  on  a  part-time  basis,  studies  in  the  various  areas. 

Required  Courses  in  the  American  Civilization  Program 

Several  courses  are  planned  as  parts  of  a  whole  that  is  designed  to  ac- 
quaint students  with  the  basic  facts  of  American  history,  with  the  funda- 
mental patterns  of  our  social,  economic,  political,  and  intellectual  develop- 
ment, and  with  the  riches  of  our  cultural  heritage. 

All  students  (unless  specific  exceptions  are  noted  in  printed  curricula) 
are  required  to  take  twelve  semester  hours  of  English  (Eng.  1,  2,  3,  4  or 
Eng.  1,  2,  5,  6),  three  semester  hours  of  sociology  (Soc.  1 — Sociology  of 
American  Life),  three  semester  hours  of  government  (G.  &  P.  1 — American 
Government),  and  six  semester  hours  of  history  (H.  5,  6 — History  of 
American  Civilization). 

Education 

The  College  of  Education  has  been  active  in  promoting  courses  for  educa- 
tors in  Baltimore.  Officials  of  the  College  of  Education  are  continuing  to 
give  active  assistance  and  guidance  to  the  College  of  Special  and  Con- 
tinuation Studies  in  promoting  a  steadily  expanding  offering  for  teachers 
and  school  officials  in  Baltimore  City  and  County,  and  in  surrounding 
counties. 

Elementary  and  Secondary  School  Education 

Since  January,  1948,  officials  of  universities  in  the  metropolitan  area,  of 
Baltimore  City  and  County  schools,  and  of  the  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion have  been  holding  conferences  to  plan  in-service  programs  for  city 
and  county  teachers  and  administrators.  University  representatives  have 
included  members  of  education  and  off-campus  staffs  of  New  York  Univer- 
sity, Johns  Hopkins  University,  Loyola  College,  Western  Maryland  College, 
Towson  State  Teachers  College,  and  the  University  of  Maryland. 


518  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

With  the  advice  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Education,  the  College  of  Special 
and  Continuation  Studies  plans  to  offer  such  credit  courses  as  will  supple- 
ment and  enrich  the  regular  professional  growth  programs  of  the  schools. 
There  will  be  offered  a  four-  or  five-year  sequence  of  courses  which  teachers 
may  use  for  credit  toward  bachelor's  degrees  in  elementary  education  and 
master's  degrees  in  education.  These  courses  will  lie  in  the  general  areas 
of  community  and  child  study  and  a  variety  of  educational  activities  re- 
lated to  improved  core  teaching. 

Child  Study 

The  staff  of  the  Institute  for  Child  Study,  College  of  Education,  will  offer 
a  series  of  courses  on  human  development,  and  on  the  techniques  of  child 
study  for  members  of  the  educational  profession.  The  sequences  of  three 
courses  called  Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II,  and  III,  which  involve 
the  direct  year-long  study  of  children  as  individuals  and  in  groups,  will  be 
offered  to  teachers  in  the  field.  Teachers  should  contact  their  Boards  of 
Education  for  offerings  in  their  community. 

Community  Study 

A  series  of  community  study  courses  offered  in  Baltimore  supplement 
the  child  development  work  by  presenting  the  social  environment  of  the 
child.  Courses  in  city  and  community  organization  and  structure  are  regu- 
larly scheduled  to  supplement  the  community  study  program. 

Chemistry 

To  accommodate  men  from  industry  and  government  agencies  who  are 
interested  in  work  towards  a  master's  degree  in  chemistry,  a  sequence  of 
courses  was  worked  out  for  three  academic  years,  in  cooperation  with  the 
Department  of  Chemistry. 

Nursing  Education 

With  the  advice  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  the  College 
of  Education  has  approved  a  limited  number  of  courses  in  nursing  educa- 
tion to  be  given  in  Baltimore  in  the  late  afternoons  and  evenings.  These  are 
planned  for  registered  nurses  who  are  working  for  bachelor's  degrees  in 
nursing  education  or  for  master's  degrees  in  education.  Candidates  in 
nursing  education  are  also  eligible  for  registration  in  regular  education 
and  arts  and  science  courses. 

Industrial  Education 

With  the  advice  of  the  Head  of  the  Department  of  Industrial  Education, 
the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  will  offer  over  a  two-year 
cycle  courses  required  by  the  Baltimore  Department  of  Education  to  qualify 
vocational,  occupational,  and  shop  center  teachers  for  appointment 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  519 

Summer  Session,  1950 — Nursing  Education 

The  School  of  Nursing,  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Special  and 
Continuation  Studies,  has  scheduled  the  following  program  in  Nursing 
Education  for  Baltimore  for  the  1950  Summer  Session.  The  program  is 
designed  to  provide  nurses  an  opportunity  to  study  for  the  bachelor  of 
science  degree  in  Nursing  Education  and  some  advanced  work  on  the  gradu- 
ate level. 

For  further  information,  nurses  should  contact  the  Director,  School  of 
Nursing,  University  Hospital  or  the  Director  of  the  Baltimore  Branch, 
College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets, 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 

Registration — June  24,  9  a.  m.  to  12  noon;  June  26,  9  a.  m.  to  4:30  p.  m. 
Classes  Begin  June  27,  1950;  End  August  4,  1950 

Nursing  Education 

Summer  Workshop  Nursing  Program  to  be  announced. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Fall,  1950— Registration,  September  19-23,  1950 
Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1951 
Bacteriology 

Bact.  Bl.     General  Bacteriology  (3). 
Botany 

Bot.  Bl  (a).     General  Botany  (2). 
Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B10.      Organization  and  Control  (2). 
B.  A.  B20.      Principles  of  Accounting  (4). 
B.  A.  B160.     Personnel  Management  (3). 
B.  A.  B179.     Problems  in  Supervision  (3). 

Chemistry 

Chem.  Bl.  General  Chemistry  (4). 

Chem.  B146.  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (2). 

Chem.  B261.  Advanced  Biochemistry  (2). 

Chem.  B285.  Colloid  Chemistry  (2). 

Economics 

Econ.  B31.      Principles  of  Economics  (3). 
Econ.  B160.    Labor  Economics  (3). 

Education 

Ed.  B122.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (2). 

Ed.  B140.  CIO  for  Nursing  Education  (3). 

Ed.  B141.  High  School  Course  of  Study— English  (2). 


520  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ed.  B147.  Audio-Visual  Education  (2). 

Ed.  B153.  The  Improvement  of  Reading  (2). 

Ed.  B162.  Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom  (2). 

Ed.  B163.  Community  Study  Laboratory  I  (2). 

Ed.  B164.  Community  Study  Laboratory  II  (2). 

Ed.  B165.  Community  Study  Laboratory  III  (2). 

Ed.  B171.  Education  of  Retarded  and  Slow  Learning  Children  (2). 

Ed.  B207.  Seminar  in  Philosophy  of  Education  (2). 

Ed.  B212.  School  Finance  and  Business  Administration  (2). 

Ed.  B215.  Public  Education  in  Maryland  (2). 

Ed.  B223.  Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships  (3). 

Ed.  B227.  Public  School  Personnel  Administration  (2). 

Ed.  B250.  Analysis  of  the  Individual  (2). 

Ed.  B267.  Seminar  in  Community  Study  (2). 

English 

Eng.  Bl.  Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 

Eng.  B2.  Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 

Eng.  B3.  Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 

Eng.  B4.  Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 

Geography 

Geog.  B100.     Regional  Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  Bl.        American  Government  (3). 

G.  &  P.  B144.     American  Political  Theory  (3). 

History 

H.  B5.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  B115.    The  Old  South  (3). 

H.  B141.     History  of  Maryland  (3). 

Human  Development  Education 

H.  D.  Ed.  B102.     Child  Development  Laboratory  I  (2). 

H.  D.  Ed.  B103.     Child  Development  Laboratory  II  (2). 

H.  D.  Ed.  B104.     Child  Development  Laboratory  III  (2). 

H.  D.  Ed.     200.     Course  to  be  announced. 
Industrial  Education 

Ind.  Ed.  B164.    Shop  Organization  and  Management  (2). 

Ind.  Ed.  B168.    Trade  or  Occupational  Analysis  (2). 

Ind.  Ed.  B216.     Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts  (2). 
Nursing  Education 

N.  Ed.  B115.    Ward  Management  and  Clinical  Teaching  (2). 
Sociology 

Soc.  Bl.        Sociology  of  American  Life  (3). 
Soc.  B186.     Sociological  Theory  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES 


521 


Philosophy 
Phil.  Bl. 


Fundamentals  of  Philosophy  (3). 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  B170.     Principles  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education  (3). 
P.  E.  B180.     Measurements  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  (3). 
Hea.  B110.      Health  Service  and  Supervision  (3). 
Rec.  B30.         History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation  (2). 

Psychology 

Psych.  B121.     Social  Psychology  (3). 
Spanish 

Span.  Bl.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 
Speech 

Sp.  Bl. 

Sp.  B110 
Zoology 


Public  Speaking  (2). 

Teacher  Problems  in  Speech  (3). 


Zool.  Bla.     General  Zoology  (2). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  February  6-10,  1951 
Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Bacteriology 

Bact.  B101.     Pathogenic  Bacteriology  (3). 
Botany 

Bot.  Bl  (b). 


General  Botany  (2). 


Business  Administration 

B.  A.  Bll.       Organization  and  Control  (2). 

B.  A.  B21.       Principles  of  Accounting  (4). 

B.  A.  B140.     Financial  Management  (3). 

B.  A.  B144.     Life,  Group,  and  Social  Insurance  (2). 

B.  A.  B177.     Motion  Economy  and  Time  Study  (3). 

Chemistry 
Chem. 
Chem. 
Chem. 
Chem. 

Economics 

Econ.  B140. 
Econ.  B32. 

Education 

Ed.  B110. 
Ed.  B150. 


B3.  General  Chemistry  (4). 

B148.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (2). 

B162.  Biochemistry  (2). 

B262.  Advanced  Biochemistry  (2). 


Money  and  Banking  (3). 
Principles  of  Economics  (3). 

The  Teacher  and  School  Administration  (2), 
Educational  Measurements  (2). 


522 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Ed.  B151.  Remedial  Reading  Instruction  (2). 

Ed.  B152.  The  Adolescent:  Characteristics  and  Problems  (2). 

Ed.  B160.  Educational  Sociology  (2). 

Ed.  B163.  Community  Study  Laboratory  I  (2). 

Ed.  B164.  Community  Study  Laboratory  II  (2). 

Ed.  B165.  Community  Study  Laboratory  III  (2). 

Ed.  B191.  Principles  of  Adult  Education  (2). 

Ed.  B210.  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public 

Education  (2). 

Ed.  B223.  Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships  (3). 

Ed.  B261.  Counseling  Techniques  (2). 

Ed.  B262.  Occupational  Information  (2). 

Ed.  B267.  Seminar  in  Community  Study  (2). 

Ed.  B269.  Seminar  in  Guidance  (2). 


English 

Eng.  Bl. 
Eng.  B2. 
Eng.  B3. 
Eng.  B4. 
Eng.  B156. 

Geography 

Geog.  B101.     Regional  Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  Bl.         American  Government  (3). 

B110.     Principles  of  Public  Administration  (3). 


Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 
Composition  and  American  Literature  (3). 
Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 
Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 
Four  Major  American  Writers  (3). 


G.  &  P. 
History 


H.  B6. 
H.  B102. 
H.  B201. 


History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 
The  American  Revolution  (3). 
Seminar  in  American  History  (3). 
Human  Development  Education 

102.     Child  Development  Laboratory  I  (2). 
Child  Development  Laboratory  II  (2). 
Child  Development  Laboratory  III  (2). 
Survey  Course  in  Human  Development  (2). 
200  course  to  be  announced  (2). 


B103. 
B104. 


H.  D.  Ed 
H.  D.  Ed 
H.  D.  Ed. 
H.  D.  Ed. 

Industrial  Education 
Ind.  Ed.  B50. 
Ind.  Ed.  B169. 
Ind.  Ed. 

Nursing  Education 
N.  Ed.  B116 


Methods  of  Teaching  (2). 
Course  Construction  (2). 
200  course  to  be  announced. 


Ward  Management  and  Clinical  Teaching  (2). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  523 

Physical  Education 

P.  E.  B190.     Administration   and   Supervision  of  Physical  Education, 

Recreation,  and  Health  (3). 
P.  E.  B201.     Foundations    in    Physical    Education,    Recreation,    and 

Health  (3). 
Hea.  B120.       Teaching  Health  (2). 
Rec.  B170.      Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  (3). 

Psychology 

Psych.  Bl.     Introduction  to  Psychology  (3). 

Sociology 

Soc.  Bl.        Sociology  of  American  Life  (3). 
Soc.  B153.    Juvenile  Delinquency  (3). 

Spanish 

Span.  B2.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B2.     Public  Speaking  (2). 

Zoology 

Zool.  Bib.      General  Zoology  (2). 
Zool.  B110.     Parasitology  (3). 

BOLLING  AIR  FORCE  BASE 

The  Boiling  Field  Center  is  operated  in  cooperation  with  the  Airmen 
Education  Office  there,  Johnson  2-9000,  extension  348. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Summer,  1950 — Registration,  May  31,  10  a.  m.  to  6  p.  m. 

Classes  Begin  June  5;  End  July  30 

Economics 

Econ.  37.     Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  101.     International  Political  Relations  (3). 

History 

H.  5.     History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 
Span.  2.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 
French  1.     Elementary  French  (3). 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

M.  S.  151.     Military  Logistics  (3). 

Speech 

Speech  103.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 


524  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Fall,  1950-1951— Registration,  September  11,  1950 

Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  189.     Business  and  Government  (3). 

Economics 

Econ.  160.     Labor  Economics  (3). 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  102.     International  Law  (3). 

G.  &  P.  106.     American  Foreign  Relations  (3). 

History 

H.  6.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  179.     Diplomatic  History  of  Europe  Since  1871  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  2.     Elementary  French  (3). 
Span.  4.     Intermediate  Spanish  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  10.     Algebra  (3). 
Military  Science  and  Tactics 

M.  S.  153.     Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  141.     Sociology  of  Personality  (3). 
Speech 

Speech  103,  104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3,  3). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  January  29,  1951 

Classes  Begin  February  12 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  160.     Personnel  Management  (3). 

Economics 

Econ.  37.     Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  154.     Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3). 
History 

H.  5.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  180.     Diplomatic  History  of  Europe  Since  1871  (3). 
Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  4.     Intermediate  Literary  French  (3). 

Span.  1.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  525 

Mathematics 

Math.  11.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

M.  S.  151.     Military  Logistics  (3). 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  103,  104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

BUREAU  OF  AERONAUTICS— DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  NAVY 

For  further  information,  contact  Mr.  V.  G.  Augliere,  Room  3909,  phone 
Republic  7400,  extension  5444. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Aeronautical  Engineering 

Aero.  E.  201.     Advanced  Aerodynamics  (3). 
Aero.  E.  202.    Advanced  Aircraft  Structures  (3). 
Aero.  E.  203.    Advanced  Aircraft  Structures  (3). 

Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  114.     Applied  Electronics  (3). 

E.  E.  204,  205.    Advanced  Circuit  Analysis  (3,  3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  110.     Advanced  Calculus  (3). 
Math.  111.     Advanced  Calculus  (3). 

Physics 

Phys.  234,  235.     Nuclear  Physics  (2,  2). 

BUREAU  OF  SHIPS— DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  NAVY 

The  program  here  is  designed  for  Navy  scientists  wishing  advanced  work 
in  engineering,  physics,  and  mathematics,  and  is  offered  in  cooperation 
with  training  divisions  in  the  Navy  bureaus. 

For  further  information  call  Mr.  Carl  L.  Bush,  Republic  7400,  extension 
2090. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Spring  and  Fall  Semesters 

Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  120.  Electromagnetic  Waves  (3). 

E.  E.  201.  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3). 

E.  E.  202,  203.     Transients  in  Linear  Systems  (3,  3). 

E.  E.  212,  213.     Automatic  Regulation  (3,  3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  116.  Introduction  to  Complex  Variable  Theory  (3). 


526  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Math.  132,  133.    Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists 

(3,  3). 
Math.  Modern  Machine  Computation  Methods  (3,  3). 

Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  E.  204,  205.     Advanced  Thermodynamics  and  Heat  Transfer  (3,  3). 
M.  E.  225,  226.    Advanced  Properties  of  Metals  and  Alloys  (2,  2). 
M.  E.  Advanced  Metallurgy. 

THE  CALVERT  DISTILLING  COMPANY 

The  University  of  Maryland,  in  cooperation  with  the  Education  Director 
of  the  Calvert  Distilling  Company,  has  a  regularly  planned  program  for 
the  employees  in  this  area.  Courses  offered  are  aimed  to  meet  technical 
and  non-technical  needs  of  the  people.  For  further  information,  contact  the 
Educational  Director  of  the  Calvert  Company  or  the  Director  of  the  Balti- 
more Branch,  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  University  of 
Maryland,  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 

Summer  Session,  1950 — Registration,  June  5-9 
Class  Begins  Week  of  June  12,  1950;  Ends  September  23,  1950 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B153.     Purchasing  Management  (2). 

Fall,  1950— Registration,  Week  of  September  18-22,  1950 
Classes  Begin  Week  of  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1951 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B150.  Marketing  Management  (2). 

B.  A.  B180  (a).     Business  Law  (2). 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  B101.     International  Political  Relations  (2). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  Week  of  February  5-9,  1951 
Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  B170.    Transportation  I— Regulation  of  Transportation  Services 
(2). 
Music 

Music  Bl.     Music  Appreciation  (2). 

CAMP  DETRICK— FREDERICK,  MARYLAND 

nffi°UrSf^are  giveiLat  CamP  Detrick  fa  cooperation  with  the  Education 
Office  ^  the  post.  For  further  information  consult  Mr.  B.  C.  McDonnell, 
iredenck  1191,  extension  519  or  529. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  527 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Fall 

Chemistry 

Chem.  3.        General  Chemistry  (4). 
Chem.  31.      Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  (2). 
Chem.  188.     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2). 
Chem.  189.     Physical  Chemistry  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

German  6.     Intermediate  Scientific  German  (3). 
Russian  4.     Intermediate  Russian  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  17.    Analytic  Geometry  (4). 

Spring 

Chemistry 

Chem.  33.      Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  (2). 
Chem.  190.     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

German  7.     Intermediate  Scientific  German  (3). 
Russian  5.     Intermediate  Russian  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  20.     Calculus  (4). 

CAMP  HOLABIRD 

Courses  offered  at  Camp  Holabird  are  planned  to  meet  the  educational 
needs  of  the  military  and  civilian  personnel  at  this  installation.  The  Army 
Information  and  Education  Office  at  Holabird  assists  in  planning  the  pro" 
gram.  A  sequence  of  courses  are  arranged  to  permit  Army  personnel  to 
pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Military  Science  degree  requirements.  For  further 
information  write  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  Balti- 
more 1,  Maryland,  or  contact  the  I&E  Office  at  Holabird. 

Since  Camp  Holabird  is  located  a  short  distance  from  Baltimore,  many 
of  the  military  and  civilian  personnel  may  find  it  desirable  to  enroll  con- 
currently in  Baltimore  and  Holabird  courses.  A  wider  choice  of  courses  will 
be  open  to  such  persons. 

Summer,  1950 — Registration,  June  5,  1950 

Classes  Begin  June  5,  1950;  End  July  28,  1950 

Government  and  Politics. 

G.  &  P.  B101.     International  Political  Relations  (3). 


528  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Fall,  1950 — Registration  September  25,  1950 

Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1950 

Military  Science 

M.  S.  B151.     Military  Logistics  (3). 

Spanish 

Span.  Bl.     Elementary  Spanish  (offered  in  Baltimore)  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B103.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  February  12,  1951 
Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Military  Science 

M.  S.  B152.     Military  Logistics  (3). 
Spanish 

Span.  B2.     Elementary  Spanish  (offered  in  Baltimore)   (3). 
Speech 

Sp.  B104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

DAVID  TAYLOR  MODEL  BASIN— NAVY  DEPARTMENT 

Commencing  this  fall  semester,  it  is  planned  to  initiate  a  program  of 
graduate  study  in  Fluid  Mechanics  and  Aeronautical  Engineering  at  the 
David  Taylor  Model  Basin,  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Glenn  L.  Martin 
College  of  Engineering  and  Aeronautical  Sciences  of  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Any  course  work  accomplished  through  the  program  will  be 
considered  as  credit  toward  the  M.A.  degree. 

In  order  to  serve  as  many  as  possible,  it  is  planned  to  offer  only  one 
course  of  this  program  each  semester,  to  review  the  requisite  mathematical 
methods  and  physical  principles  in  the  first  courses  and,  in  general,  to 
arrange  the  subject  matter  in  order  of  increasing  difficulty. 

For  further  details  about  the  above  program,  contact  Mr.  Pollin  of  Aero- 
dynamics, Oliver  8436,  extension  883,  or  Mr.  Landweber  of  Hydromechanics, 
Oliver  8436,  extension  32. 

EDGEWOOD,   MARYLAND,  ARMY  CHEMICAL  CENTER 

Courses  offered  at  the  Army  Chemical  Center  are  planned  to  meet  the 
educational  needs  of  the  Edgedwood-Aberdeen  area.  The  Army  Informa- 
tion and  Education  Office  at  the  Army  Chemical  Center  assists  in  planning 
the  program.  A  regular  sequence  of  courses  is  arranged  to  permit  Army 
personnel  to  pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Military  Science  degree  requirements. 
Civilian  personnel  may  enroll  in  such  areas  that  will  aid  them  in  their  work 
or  may  apply  specific  courses  towards  degree  requirements.  For  further 
information,  write  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies,  Balti- 
more Branch,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland,  or  consult  the  I&E  Office. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  529 

The  Aberdeen  Proving  Ground  program  complements  the  Army  Chemical 
Center  program.  Persons  may  enroll  at  either  center  or  may  concurrently 
enroll  at  both  centers.    (Refer  to  Aberdeen  program.) 

Civilians  not  working  at  either  installation  may  enroll  for  work.  Special 
passes  are  provided  by  the  respective  posts. 

Summer,  1950 — Registration,  June  2,  1950 
Classes  Begin  June  5,  1950;  End  July  28,  1950 

Psychology 

Psych.  Bl.     Introduction  to  Psychology  (3). 

Fall,  1950-1951 — Registration,  September  15,  1950 
Classes  Begin  September  25,  1950;  End  January  31,  1951 

Mathematics 

Math.  B10.     Algebra  (3). 
Spanish 

Span.  Bl.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B103.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  February  2,  1951 

Classes  Begin  February  12,  1951;  End  June  8,  1951 

Mathematics 

Math.  Bll.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 

Spanish 

Span.  B2.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  B104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

FOREST  GLEN 

SPEECH  PROGRAM  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

A  reciprocal  agreement  exists  between  the  Department  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  and  the  Army  Audi- 
ology  and  Speech  Correction  Center  of  the  Walter  Reed  General  Hospital, 
Forest  Glen,  Maryland,  whereby  graduate  credit  will  be  granted  by  the 
University  of  Maryland  for  the  successful  completion  of  the  courses  listed 
below.  Students  desiring  credit  for  the  courses  will  follow  the  usual 
registration  procedure  in  effect  at  the  University  and  will  register  in  the 
College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies.  The  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  will  accept  candidates  for  the  M.A.  degree  in  Speech  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Speech  Department.  Any  credits  earned  in  the  courses  listed 
below  will  carry  full  graduate  credit  and  may  be  transferred  to  other 
schools  for  credit  toward  the  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  degree. 


530 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Speech  200.  Thesis  (3-6). 

Speech  201.  Special  Problems  (2-4). 

Speech  210.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Speech  and  Hearing  (3). 

Speech  211.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  (3). 

Speech  212.  Advanced  Speech  Pathology  (3). 

Speech  213.  Speech  Problems  of  the  Hard  of  Hearing  (3). 

Speech  214.  Clinical  Audiometry  (3). 

Speech  215.  Auditory  Training  (3). 

Speech  216.  Speech  Reading  (3). 

Speech  217.  Clinical  Practice  in  the  Selection  of  Hearing  Aids  (3). 

Speech  218.  Problems  of  Hearing  and  Deafness  (3). 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Fall,  1950-1951 
Speech  200.    Thesis 
Speech  201.     Special  Problems. 

Speech  213.     Speech  Problems  of  the  Hard  of  Hearing. 
Speech  214.     Clinical  Audiometry. 
Speech  216.     Speech  Reading. 

Spring,  1951 
Speech  200.    Thesis 
Speech  201.     Special  Problems. 
Speech  212.    Advanced  Speech  Pathology. 
Speech  215.     Auditory  Training. 
Speech  217.     Clinical  Practice  in  the  Selection  of  Prosthetic  Appliances. 

FORT  GEORGE  G.  MEADE— HEADQUARTERS  SECOND  ARMY 

Courses  are  given  at  Fort  Meade  in  cooperation  with  the  Troop  Informa- 
tion and  Education  Office  at  the  post.  Those  interested  in  these  courses 
should  consult  the  local  Information  and  Education  Office,  Fort  Meade  1000, 
extension,  2575,  at  the  station  for  further  details. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Summer,  1950 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  165.     Office  Management  (3). 
History 

H.  6.     History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  2.     Principles  of  Sociology  (3). 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  531 

Fall,  1950 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  163.     Industrial  Eelations  (3). 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  106.    American  Foreign  Relations  (3). 

History 

H.  191.    History  of  Russia  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  4.     Intermediate  Literary  French  (3). 
German  1.    Elementary  German  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  10.     Algebra  (3). 

Military  Science 

M.  S.  153.    Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  (3). 

Psychology 

Psych.  2.    Applied  Psychology  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  52.     Criminology  (3). 

Spring,  1950 
Business  Administration 

B.  A.  130.    Elements  of  Business  Statistics  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  101.     International  Political  Relations  (3). 
History 

H.  107.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  U.  S.,  1860-1900  (3). 
Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  5.     Intermediate  Literary  French  (3). 

German  2.    Elementary  German  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  11.    Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 
Military  Science 

M.  S.  151.     Military  Logistics  (3). 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  103.     Speech  Compostion  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

GARRETT  AND  ALLEGANY  COUNTIES,  NIGHT  MINING  CLASSES 

It  is  planned  to  continue  the  offering  of  night  mining  classes  in  various 
localities  in  Garrett  and  Allegany  Counties  in  1950-1951,  in  cooperation  with 
the  State  Bureau  of  Mines. 


532  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

EUROPEAN  PROGRAM 
General 

Beginning  31  October,  1949,  college  level  resident  courses  of  instruction 
have  been  offered  by  the  University  of  Maryland  in  certain  education  cen- 
ters of  the  armed  forces  in  Europe. 

Purpose  of  Courses  Offered 

The  primary  purpose  of  these  courses  is  to  afford  personnel  of  the  Armed 
Forces  in  Europe  an  opportunity  to  secure  college  credit  which  can  be 
applied  toward  a  degree. 

The  program  is  planned  so  as  to  enable  the  student  to  begin  or  to  resume 
in  Europe  a  course  of  study  that  will  be  continuous  until  he  has  earned 
a  degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland,  or  to  attain  credits  which  he 
may  transfer  and  apply  toward  a  degree  from  some  other  accredited  col- 
legiate institution. 

Who  May  Enroll 

Subject  to  local  regulations,  the  following  persons  who  meet  college  en- 
trance requirements  may  enroll: 

(1)  Officers  and  enlisted  personnel  of  the  Army,  as  provided  in  Army 
Regulations. 

(2)  Officers  and  airmen  of  the  Air  Force,  as  provided  in  Air  Force  Regu- 
lations. 

(3)  Members  of  the  Navy,  as  provided  in  Naval  Regulations. 

(4)  Dependents  of  armed  forces  personnel. 

(5)  American  civilian   employees  of  the  armed  forces  and  their  de- 
pendents. 

(6)  American  civilian  employees  of  armed  forces  agencies  paid  from 
non-appropriated  funds  and  the  dependents  of  such  personnel. 

(7)  Members  of  the  Red  Cross  engaged  in  supporting  the  armed  forces. 

(8)  American  employees  of  the  Department  of  State. 

Civilians  will  not  be  enrolled  in  any  center  if  a  military  person  would  be 
denied  enrollment  thereby. 

Prerequisites  for  Enrollment 

Students  will  be  entered  initially  as  special  students  in  the  University 
of  Maryland.  The  student  must  be  a  high  school  graduate  or  must  have 
passed  satisfactorily  the  high  school  level  GED  Test.  If  the  prospective 
student  does  not  have  the  equivalent  of  one  year  of  college  or  has  not 
passed  the  college  level  GED  Test  satisfactorily,  he  is  advised  to  avail  him- 
self of  those  resident  courses  in  the  Army  and  Air  Force  education  centers 

£    nJt  ™ rmed  F°rCeS  Institute  courses  which  will  prepare  him  to  take 
the  GED  Test  prior  to  enrollment.   The  absence  of  equivalency  of  one  year 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  533 

of  college,  however,  will  not  be  a  bar  to  enrollment.  Under  no  condition 
may  a  student  take  more  than  three  semester  hours  per  eight-week  period 
until  he  has  completed  the  college  level  GED  Test. 

Credit  From  Other  Sources 

A.  The  following  credit  is  allowed  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and 
will  be  added  to  the  student's  transcript  after  he  has  completed  satis- 
factorily 15  semester  hours  of  instruction  with  the  University. 

1.  College  level  GED  Test.  A  maximum  of  24  semester  hours  depend- 
ing upon  the  grade  in  each  section  of  the  test. 

2.  Sixteen  hours  credit  (12  hours  R.  O.  T.  C.  and  4  hours  physical 
training  )  for  one  or  more  years  military  service  is  allowed. 

3.  Credit  for  military  experience  and  officers'  schools  as  shown  on  the 
student's  Form  47  and  as  evaluated  by  the  University  of  Mary- 
land— not  to  exceed  19  hours — will  be  applied  only  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Military  Science. 

4.  Credit  transferred  from  other  accredited  colleges  based  upon  tran- 
scripts.    (Evaluated  by  the  University  of  Maryland.) 

B.  Mamixum  credit  allowed  for  1,  2,  and  3  above  is  59  semester  hours. 
This  credit,  together  with  the  15  semester  hours  earned  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  makes  74  semester  hours  and  is  equivalent  to  two 
years  of  college  work.  Sixty-two  additional  semester  hours  complete 
the  credit  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Military  Science  degree. 

1.  College  level  GED  Tests.  The  maximum  credit  allowed  by  the  Uni- 
versity is: 

12  semester  hours — English 
6  semester  hours — Physical  Science 
6  semester  hours — Social  Science 
Veterans  who  have  previously  taken  this  test  may  apply  to  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  for  credit  by  requesting  USAFI,  Madison  3,  Wisconsin,  to 
forward  an  official  test  report  to  the  University  of  Maryland  Director  of 
Admissions,  College  Park,  Maryland.    These  test  results  will  be  considered 
with  the   student's   application  for  admission  to   advanced   standing.     No 
facilities   are   available  in  EUCOM  for  administration   of   GED   Tests   to 
veterans.    Veterans  should  contact  the  Veterans  Administration  in  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  if  they  seek  further  information. 

Armed  Forces  students  who  have  taken,  wish  to  take,  or  to  retake  any 
part  of  the  examination  should  consult  the  Information  and  Education 
Officers  at  their  respective  centers  for  further  information. 

Prohibition  on  Auditors 

Only  those  students  who  seek  credit  in  the  particular  course  concerned 
will  be  pemitted  to  attend.     No  auditors  will  be  registered. 


534  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Advisement 

A.  Required  Conference  with  Adviser:  EUCOM  has  issued  the  follow- 
ing general  instructions:  "Commanders  of  Posts  on  which  the  University  of 
Maryland  Centers  are  located  are  responsible  for  all  organizational,  opera- 
tional, and  administrative  details  pertaining  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
project  including  advisement  and  the  conduct  of  registration.  All  students 
must  confer  with  the  adviser  before  registration.  Advisement  must  be 
sound  and  consistent.  Students  should  not  be  encouraged  to  enroll  in  the 
University  of  Maryland  courses  unless  the  adviser  is  convinced  that  the 
student  is  capable  of  completing  the  course.  Requirements  of  attendance, 
student's  obligation  to  complete  the  course,  and  necessity  to  reimburse  the 
government  in  event  of  voluntary  disenrollment  should  be  explained  clearly 
to  each  student." 

B.  Class  Load:  Students  should  not  enroll  in  more  than  one  University 
eight-week  course  at  one  time.  Only  in  exceptional  cases  should  enroll- 
ment in  two  classes  be  permitted,  particularly  during  the  first  eight-week 
session.  Prospective  students  should  in  all  cases  be  advised  that  each  Uni- 
versity course  will  require  considerable  attention  and  application  and  that 
most  students  will  find  that  6-12  hours  a  week  outside  of  class  must  be  de- 
voted to  study  for  a  class  which  meets  for  six  fifty-minute  periods  a  week. 
An  additional  enrollment  in  one  of  the  sixteen-week  courses  will  be  allowed 
to  students  who  have  demonstrated  their  ability  to  do  the  work. 

Terms 

A  term  for  academic  subjects  is  eight  weeks  in  duration,  with  the  class 
meeting  two  nights  each  week,  for  three  fifty-minute  class  periods  each 
night.  For  languages,  Military  Logistics,  and  Military  Policy,  the  term 
is  sixteen  weeks  with  the  class  meeting  two  nights  each  week  for  a  seventy- 
five-minute  period  each  night. 

Following  are  the  dates  for  each  eight- week  term: 

1.  31  October 23  December,  1949 

2.  2  January,  1950 24  February,  1950 

3.  6  March _ 28  April 

4.  8  May...„ 30  June 

5.  10  July 1  September 

6.  11  September _ 6  November 

The  sixteen-week  terms  in  German  began  2  January,  1950,  and  Military 
Logistics  and  Military  Policy  began  6  March,  1950.  These  courses  will  be 
repeated  each  sixteen  weeks  at  each  center. 

Time  of  Instruction:  At  least  two  different  courses  in  the  same  subject 
field  will  be  taught  during  each  eight-week  term  in  each  center.  One  course 
will  be  taught  Monday  and  Wednesday,  1830-2130  hours.  The  second  course 
will  be  scheduled  for  Tuesday  and  Thursday  at  1830-2130  hours.  Make-up 
periods  will  be  scheduled  Friday  evening  and  Saturday  morning. 


SPECIAL   AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  535 

A  schedule  of  courses  offered  at  each  center  is  issued  separately  and 
can  be  secured  upon  request  from  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  and  at  the  Infor- 
mation and  Education  Offices  at  each  center  in  Germany. 

As  soon  as  new  schedules  are  available,  they  will  be  released  to  the 
various  TI&E  Offices  concerned. 

Courses 

Each  course,  either  of  eight  or  sixteen  weeks  duration,  consists  of  48  hours 
of  class  attendance,  and  carries  three  semester  hours'  credits.  Courses 
offered  during  1949-50  were  Sociology,  History,  Political  Science,  Economics, 
Speech,  German,  Military  Logistics  and  Military  Policy  of  the  United  States. 
Additional  offerings  are  being  made  during  1950-1951. 

Courses  are  rotated  among  the  centers  each  eight-week  term  except  that 
the  sixteen-week  courses  are  repeated  at  each  center  each  sixteen  weeks. 

Language  and  Military  Science  Classes 

The  University  of  Maryland  will  approve  sections  of  German  at  each 
center  of  20-35  students  each.  Such  classes  will  meet  twice  a  week  for  one 
and  one-half  clock  hours  per  night  for  sixteen  weeks.  Classes  in  Military 
Logistics  and  Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  are  conducted  on  the 
same  basis. 

Centers 

Centers  are  established  at  Frankfurt,  Wiesbaden,  Heidelberg,  Munich, 
Nurnberg,  and  Berlin.  Sub-centers  for  the  convenience  of  students  will  be 
added  as  the  need  arises. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration  for  all  terms  will  be  announced  by  the  commanding  officers 
of  the  military  posts  where  the  centers  are  established.  Payment  of  fees 
may  be  accomplished  any  time  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  first  class. 

Procedure 

Prior  to  registration  or  enrollment  for  individual  courses,  each  applicant 
must  be  interviewed  by  the  education  adviser  at  the  center  where  the  appli- 
cation is  made.  Transcripts  of  credit  from  other  colleges  or  universities 
and  an  official  USAFI  test  report  of  the  college  level  GED  Test,  if  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  applicant,  should  be  brought  to  this  interview.  These  docu- 
ments must  be  forwarded  to  the  University  with  the  application  form  secured 
from  the  adviser  before  the  applicant  may  become  a  candidate  for  a  degree. 
Since  action  on  this  application  requires  several  months,  all  students  will 
be  registered  with  the  University  initially  and  enrolled  in  the  particular 
classes  concerned  as  special  students.  The  status  of  the  advanced  standing 
of  an  applicant  for  a  degree  will  be  established  when  action  by  the  Uni- 
versity on  the  application  is  complete.     Payment  of  the  matriculation  fee 


536  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  of  the  student's  tuition  must  be  made  before  registration  is  complete. 
Details  concerning  Army  contract  tuition  forms  may  be  secured  at  the  In- 
formation and  Education  Offices  at  each  center. 

1.  Form  "Application  for  Admission"  is  filled  out  only  the  first  time  the 
student  registers.  Once  he  is  admitted  he  need  never  fill  out  such  a  form 
again.  If  a  student  wishes  evaluation  of  his  record,  he  needs  to  fill  out 
a  regular  admission  form  with  high  school  form  on  the  back.  After  the 
student  fills  out  this  form,  he  sends  it  to  his  high  school  principal  re- 
questing the  principal  to  fill  in  his  high  school  record,  sign,  stamp  the  form 
and  send  it  direct  to  Dr.  Edgar  F.  Long,  Director  of  Admissions,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

2.  The  small  orange  card,  known  as  "Course  Card"  is  to  be  filled  out  in 
quadruplicate.  The  student  will  list  on  this  card  the  course  or  courses 
which  he  takes  during  any  one  eight-  or  sixteen-week  session. 

3.  The  large  orange  card,  "Class  Admission  Card  and  Grade  Report,"  is 
perforated,  and  both  top  and  bottom  parts  are  to  be  made  out  identically. 
A  separate  one  of  these  perforated  cards  is  required  for  each  course  listed 
on  the  course  card. 

4.  The  double  white  perforated  form  headed  "Registrar"  and  "Academic 
Dean"  is  filled  out  only  the  first  time  the  student  registers  for  each  aca- 
demic year.  The  academic  year  is,  roughly,  from  September  1  to  October  31 
the  following  year. 

Late  Registration 

All  registrants  after  closing  of  official  registration  dates  each  term  must 
pay  the  necessary  $5.00  fee.  No  one  will  be  allowed  to  register  after  the 
first  week  of  classes.  Make  up  of  the  first  week's  work  will  be  made  on 
Friday  and  Saturday  of  the  first  week. 

FEES 

1.  Matriculation.  A  fee  of  $10.00  is  payable  at  the  time  of  the  first 
registration  in  the  University.  This  fee  is  paid  only  once  for  the  bachelor's 
degree. 

2.  Tuition.  A  fee  of  $8.00  per  semester  credit  hour  is  payable  at  time 
of  registration. 

3.  Books.  Average  cost  for  books  is  estimated  to  be  $4.00  per  course. 
Students  are  required  to  purchase  their  own  books.  These  will  be  available 
at  each  center. 

4.  Late  registration  fee.  All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their 
registration,  including  the  filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the 
regular  registration  days.  Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration 
during  the  prescribed  days  will  be  charged  a  fee  of  $5.00. 

5.  Fee  for  change  in  registration.  Changes  in  registration  are  not  en- 
couraged and  will  be  accompanied  by  a  $3.00  fee. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  537 

6.  Special  examination  fee.  For  students  who  seek  to  establish  college 
credit  by  examination  a  fee  of  $5.00  per  semester  hour  is  payable  prior  to 
examination.   This  does  not  apply  to  credit  secured  by  the  GED  Tests. 

7.  Make-up  examination  fee.  Students  who  are  absent  during  any  class 
period  when  tests  or  examinations  are  given  will  be  required  to  pay  a  fee  of 
$1.00  at  the  time  when  make-up  is  taken. 

8.  Transcript  of  record  fee.  When  a  transcript  of  record  to  any  other 
agency  is  requested  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  a  fee  of  $1.00  must  be 
forwarded  with  each  request  after  the  first. 

9.  Diploma  (undergraduate).  Diploma  fee  of  $10.00  is  payable  at  the 
time  of  graduation. 

10.  Payment  of  fees.  All  checks,  money  orders,  or  postal  notes  should 
be  made  payable  in  United  States  dollars  to  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Veterans'  Benefits 

Armed  Forces  personnel  and  veterans  who  are  eligible  for  these  benefits 
are  at  liberty  to  make  application  to  the  Veterans  Administration  therefor. 
The  Information  and  Education  Officer  at  each  center  has  information  con- 
cerning the  proper  procedure. 

Attendance  and  Disenrollment 

Regular  attendance  is  mandatory.  Maximum  number  of  absences  which 
may  be  excused  without  make-up  is  three  50-minute  periods.  Classes  missed 
because  of  published  orders  may  be  made  up  on  Friday  evening  or  Saturday 
morning  by  advance  arrangement  with  the  instructor.  To  be  eligible  for 
such  make-up,  the  student  must  present  a  copy  of  the  orders  concerned  to 
the  instructor.  Students  absent  for  more  than  three  50-minute  periods  with- 
out make-up  will  be  disenrolled.  Students  who  are  unable  to  complete  a 
term  because  of  transfer  of  station  will  be  placed  in  an  incomplete  status 
and  will  be  allowed  to  complete  the  course  or  courses  concerned  at  any  new 
station  where  a  center  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  available. 

Because  of  the  shortened  semesters,  it  is  necessary  to  apply  the  following 
refund  policy  in  the  case  of  students  studying  under  this  program  who  with- 
draw from  school  for  any  reason: 

One  week  or  less 60%  refundable 

Between  1  and  2  weeks 20%  refundable 

Over  2  weeks 0 

CREDITS  AND  DEGREES 
Incomplete 

Students  who  are  unable  to  complete  a  term  because  of  transfer  of  station 
will  be  placed  in  an  incomplete  status  and  will  be  allowed  to  complete  the 
course  or  courses  concerned  at  any  new  station  where  a  center  of  the  Uni- 
versity is  available. 


538  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Records  and  Reports 

Records  will  be  maintained  by  the  Education  Adviser  and  his  staff  at 
each  of  the  schools  concerned.  Reports  on  enrollment,  attendance,  total 
hours  of  instruction,  course  completions,  credit  from  other  sources  recog- 
nized by  the  University  of  Maryland,  completion  of  two  years  of  college, 
and  status  of  funds  and  fees  will  be  reported  to  the  Chief -Army-Air  Force 
T.  I.  &  E.  Division,  this  headquarters  by  each  Military  Post  on  which  an 
extension  school  is  operated  on  the  part  of  the  Monthly  Education  Report 
(Reports  Control  Symbol  ECTIE-12)  provided  therefor.  These  reports  will 
be  rendered  on  all  students  in  the  school,  regardless  of  command  to  which 
they  are  assigned.  Reports  required  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and 
processing  of  all  individual  records  will  also  be  accomplished  by  the  educa- 
tion adviser  at  each  school. 

Determination  of  Status  as  Candidate  for  Degree 

Persons  desiring  to  be  granted  status  as  a  candidate  for  a  degree  should 
arrange  for  the  following  to  be  forwarded  to  the  Director  of  Admissions, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

1.  Evidence  of  high  school  graduation  or  equivalency.  (Record  of  high 
school  with  date  of  graduation;  or  high  school  equivalence  certificate  certified 
by  the  proper  school  official.) 

2.  Official  USAFI  test  report  on  the  college  level  GED  Test. 

3.  Completed  USAFI  Form  47  in  duplicate  (Evaluation  of  Experience  in 
the  Armed  Forces)  to  include  statement  of  service. 

4.  Official  transcript  of  credits  from  any  other  accredited  collegiate  insti- 
tution where  applicable. 

5.  Military  Service  Record  form  in  duplicate,  signed  by  personnel  officer 
in  charge  of  the  student's  66-1  or  Form  20. 

These  items  should  be  forwarded  at  the  earliest  opportunity  after  applica- 
tion for  acceptance  as  candidate  for  a  degree  has  been  made.  The  Director 
of  Admissions  should  be  informed  of  arrangements  for  forwarding  of  each 
item.  Requests  for  forwarding  of  transcripts  made  to  high  schools  or 
colleges  should  be  accompanied  by  a  stamped  envelope  addressed  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions.  USAFI  test  reports  are  to  be  requested  of  USAFI, 
Madison  3,  Wisconsin,  to  be  sent  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  University 
of  Maryland.  Form  47  is  to  be  forwarded  through  the  Troop  Information 
and  Education  officer  or  the  education  adviser. 

University  of  Maryland  Residence  Requirements 

cla^YnEuro^L0'  ^f  ^  reSMenCe  CreditS  f°r  WOrk  taken  in  its 

t  IZ li     T  n  TnterS'  bUt  alS°  requires  that  the  tart  thirty  hours  prior 
to  graduation  shall  be  residence  credits. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES 


539 


Degrees  Offered 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Military  Science 
are  listed  on  the  succeeding  page.  For  details  as  to  requirements  of  other 
degrees  inquiry  should  be  made  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Transfer  of  University  of  Maryland  Credits  to  Other  Collegiate  Institutions 

Students  planning  to  transfer  credits  earned  in  this  program  to  other 
collegiate  institutions  in  the  United  States  should  inquire  of  such  insti- 
tutions as  to  acceptance  of  such  credits  to  their  program.  Only  the  in- 
stitutions to  which  credits  are  transferred  can  determine  applicability  of 
such  credits  to  program  leading  to  degrees  which  they  award.  Students  in 
this  category  should  also  determine  what  residence  and  other  requirements 
are  necessary  in  the  college  of  their  choice. 


COLLEGE  OF  MILITARY  SCIENCE  CURRICULUM 


Foot 
Note 
1 
1 

1 
4 


4 

1,5 


3a 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

G.   &   P.   1 — American   Government 

Speech  1,  2 — Public  Speaking 

Math.   10,   11 — Algebra,  Trigonometry  and  Analytical   Geometry. 

Modern   Language — First   Year 

M.  S.  1,  2— Basic  R.  O.  T.  C 

Physical    Activities    

Total     

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

{Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  OR 
Eng.  5,   6 — Composition   and  English   Literature 

Hist.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Speech  5,  6 — Advanced  Public  Speaking 

Physics  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 

Modern    Language — Second   Year 

M.  S.  3,  4— Basic  R.  O.  T.  C 

Physical    Activities    

Total     

JUNIOR  YEAR 

Speech  127,  128 — Military  Speech  and  Command 

Agr.  Eng.  102 — Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles 

Econ.   37 — Fundamentals   of   Economics 

(Drawing    1 — Engineering    Drawing 

ISurv.  1,  2 — Plane  Surveying 

M.  S.  101,  102— Advanced  R.  O.  T.  C 

Minor   Sequence    

Total     


Credits  Required 

Semester 
I  II 


3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
1 

18 


3 
3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
1 

18 


3 
2 

2 
3 

6 

18 


540  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Credits  Required 

_     .  Semester 

Foot 

Note  SENIOR  YEAR  *  n 

[G.  &  P.  101— International  Political  Relations  OR 
Elect    JG.  &  P.  102 — International  Law  OR 
One       |G.  &  P.  106 — American  Foreign  Relations  OR 

I G.  &  P.  154 — Problems  of  World  Politics 3            

6             M.  S.  151 — Military    Logistics    •  •  •  ■  3 

3a           M.  S.  152 — Military    Leadership    3 

M.  S.  153 — Military  Policy  of  the  United  States 3            

3             M.  S.  103,  104— Advanced  R.    O.   T.   C 3  3 

8             Minor    Sequence    "  " 

Total     15  15 

FOOTNOTES 

1.  Credits  by  examination  may  be  allowed  for  satisfactory  scores  in  the  appropriate  sec- 
tions by  GED  Tests,  college  level. 

2.  Credits  may  be  allowed  for  a  minimum  of  one  year's  service  in  the  armed  forces. 

3.  Students  currently  holding  or  having  satisfactorily  held  a  Regular,  Reserve  or  National 
Guard  Commission  may  be  granted  partial  or  complete  credit. 

3a.  Students  who  have  satisfactorily  completed  one  year  of  active  commissioned  service  may 
be  granted  credit. 

4.  A  student  who  satisfactorily  completes  Speech  103  and  104  (3,  3)  may  be  granted  a 
waiver  of  the  remaining  two  hours  of  the  Speech  requirement. 

5.  Satisfactory  completion  of  six  semester  credits  of  Natural  Science  may  be  substituted 
for  this  requirement. 

6.  Credits  may  be  allowed  for  appropriate  military  service  training  or  schools. 

7.  Students  whose  experience  in  terrain  evaluation  and  map  reading  is  considered  adequate 
may  be  granted  waiver  of  these  courses. 

8.  The  minor  sequence  is  an  accepted  and  approved  program  of  studies  designed  to 
strengthen  the  student's  major  curriculum,  of  which  at  least  six  hours  must  be  in 
courses   numbered   100    and   above. 

For  any  credits  which  are  waived  the  student  will  be  allowed  to  substitute 
in  lieu  thereof,  other  courses  for  an  equivalent  number  of  credits  as  an 
additional  minor  sequence  requirement.  Requests  for  waivers  must  be  sub- 
mitted in  writing  and  must  include  for  approval  the  proposed  courses  to  be 
taken  in  lieu  of  the  courses  to  be  waived. 

NATIONAL   BUREAU   OF   STANDARDS 

Connecticut  Avenue  at  Upton  Street,  N.  W. 

Washington,  D.  C. 

^  Courses  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  are  offered  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Educational  Committee.  At  the  present  time  it  is  not  possible 
to  give  a  proposed  program  for  the  coming  year  since  the  National  Bureau 
of  Standards  is  considering  some  changes  in  their  educational  organization. 
The  following  courses  have  been  presented  and  courses  presented  in  the 
future  will  follow  along  these  lines. 


SPECIAL   AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  541 

For  further  information  concerning  these  courses,  consult  Mrs.   L.  L. 
Chapin,  Ordway  4040,  Extension  366,  Room  315,  South  Building. 

Proposed  Program — Fall,  1950 

Chemistry 

Chem.  187.    Physical  Chemistry  (3). 

Physics 

Phys.  106.    Theoretical  Mechanics  (3). 

Phys.  200.     Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  (5). 

Spring,  1951 
Chemical  Engineering 

Chem.  Engr.  187.     Gases  in  Metals  (2). 

Chemistry 

Chem.  189.     Physical  Chemistry  (3). 
Physics 

Phys.  107.     Theoretical  Mechanics  (3). 

Phys.  201.     Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  (5). 

THE  PENTAGON 

able  from  either  the  Information  and  Education  Branch  in  The  Pentagon,  or 
The  Pentagon  Center  is  operated  in  cooperation  with  the  Army  and  the 
Air  Force,  Military  District  of  Washington.  Further  information  is  avail- 
this  College.  Army  Forces  should  contact  the  Troop  Information  and  Edu- 
cation Office,  Republic  6700,  Extension  72823.  Air  Force  personnel,  phone 
Republic  6700,  Extension  6707,  for  specific  information. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

First  Summer  Period,  1950 — Registration,  May  31  and  June  1, 
10  a.  m.  to  6  p.  m. 

Classes  Begin  June  5 ;  End  July  28 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  165.     Office  Management  (3). 

B.  A.  167.    Job  Evaluation  and  Merit  Rating  (2). 

Economics 

Econ.  37.       Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 
Econ.  170.     Monopoly  and  Competition  (3). 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  5.     Composition  and  English  Literature  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  102.     International  Law  (3). 


542  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

History 

Hist.  5.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

Hist.  171.    Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1919  (3). 

Hist.  195.    The  Far  East  (3). 
Lanugage  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  1.     Elementary  French  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  0.       Basic  Mathematics  (0). 
Math.  10.     Algebra  (3). 

Sociology 

Soc.  115.     Industrial  Sociology  (3). 

Soc.  154.     Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3). 

Speech 

Sp.  4.     Voice  and  Diction  (3). 

Sp.  103,  104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Second  Summer  Period,  1950 — Registration,  July  26  and  27 
Classes  Begin  July  31;  End  September  22 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  166.     Business  Communications   (3). 
Economics 

Econ.  37.       Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 

Econ.  171.     Economics  of  American  Industry  (3). 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  6.     Composition  and  English  Literature  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  154.     Problems  of  World  Politics  (3). 
History 

H.  6.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  172.     Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1919  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  11.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  52.     Criminology  (3). 
Speech 

Speech  102.     Radio  Production  (3). 

Speech  103.    Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  543 

Fall,  1950-1951— Registration,  September  12-13,  1950 
Classes  Begin  September  25 

Business  Administration 

B.  A.  116.     Public  Budgeting  (3). 

B.  A.  130.    Elements  of  Business  Statistics  (3). 

B.  A.  162.     Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor  Relations  (3). 

Drawing 

Dr.  1.     Engineering  Drawing  (2). 

Economics 

Econ.  37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 

Econ.  137.  Economic  Planning  and  Postwar  Problems  (3). 

Econ.  142.  Public  Finance  and  Taxation  (3). 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  3.     Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 

Geography 

Geog.  60.     Economic  Geography  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  101.     International  Political  Relations  (3). 

G.  &  P.  106.     American  Foreign  Relations  (3). 

G.  &  P.  110.     Principles  of  Public  Administration  (3). 

History 

H.  5.  History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  6.  History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  127.  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3). 

H.  171.  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1919  (3). 

H.  191.  History  of  Russia  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 
French  1.    Elementary  French  (3). 
Spanish  4.     Intermediate  Spanish  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  0.  Basic  Mathematics  (0). 

Math.  10.  Algebra  (3). 

Math.  11.  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

M.  S.  153.    Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  (3). 
Sociology 

Soc.  114.     The  City  (3). 

Soc.  121.     Population  (3). 

Soc.  144.     Collective  Behavior  (3). 


544  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Speech 

Speech  101.  Radio  Speech  (3). 

Speech  103.  Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Speech  104.  Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Surveying 

Surv.  1.     Plane  Surveying  (2). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  January  30   and  31,   1951 
Classes  Begin  February  12 

.Business  Administration 

B.  A.  118.  Governmental  Accounting  (3). 

B.  A.  163.  Industrial  Relations  (3). 

B.  A.  164.  Recent  Labor  Legislation  and  Court  Decisions  (3). 

B.  A.  168.  Advanced  Office  Management  (3). 

Drawing 

Dr.  2.     Engineering  Drawing  (2). 
Economics 

Econ.  37.       Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 

Econ.  140.     Money  and  Banking  (3). 

Econ.  161.     Government  and  Social  Security  (3). 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  4.     Composition  and  World  Literature  (3). 
Geography 

Geog.  61.     Economic  Geography  (3). 
Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  102.     International  Law  (3). 

G.  &  P.  111.     Public  Personnel  Administration  (3). 

G.  &  P.  154.     Problems  of  World  Politics  (3). 
History 

H.  5.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  6.        History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

H.  128.     Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3). 

H.  176.     Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

H.  192.     Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  (3). 

Languages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  2.     Elementary  French  (3). 

Spanish  1.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 

Spanish  5.     Intermediate  Spanish  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  0.       Basic  Mathematics  (0). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  545 

Math.  10.    Algebra  (3). 

Math.  11.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

M.  S.  151.     Military  Logistics  (3). 

Sociology 

Soc.  122.  Population  (3). 

Soc.  145.  Social  Control  (3). 

Soc.  154.  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3). 

Speech 

Speech  101.  Radio  Speech  (3). 

Speech  103.  Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Speech  104.  Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Surveying 

Surv.  2.     Plane  Surveying  (2). 

PATUXENT  RIVER— UNITED  STATES  NAVAL  AIR  STATION 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

For  graduates  in  Mechanical  and  Aeronautical  Engineering.  For  further 
information  call  Mr.  John  Mazur,  Great  Mills  3111,  Extension  388  or  567. 

Summer,  1950 
Mathematics 

Math.  133.    Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists  (3). 

Fall  Registration— September  18-22,  1950 
Classes  Commence  Week  Beginning  September  25 

Aeronautical  Engineering 

Aero.  E.  200.    Advanced  Aerodynamics  (3). 

Spring,  1951 — Registration,  February  5-9,  1951 
Classes  Commence  Week  Beginning  February  12 
Aeronautical  Engineering 

Aero.  E.  201.    Advanced  Aerodynamics  (3). 

NAVAL  ORDNANCE  LABORATORY 

White  Oak,  Silver  Spring 

The  Center  at  the  Naval  Ordnance  Laboratory  is  set  up  for  Navy  Depart- 
ment personnel  in  the  Washington  area.  For  the  most  part,  courses  at  this 
Center  are  of  Graduate  level.  Additional  information  is  available  through 
the  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Training,  Shepherd  7100,  Extension  646,  NOL, 
or  this  College. 


546  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  below,  special  courses  will  be  offered 
from  time  to  time  in  support  of  new  projects.  A  number  of  courses  are 
arranged  at  the  College  Park  campus  for  evening  and  Saturday  to  amplify 
the  ones  listed  below. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 

Fall 

Aeronautical  Engineering 

Aero.  E.  212.     Bodies  at  Supersonic  Speeds  (3). 

Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  101a.     Engineering  Electronics  (3). 
E.  E.  120.     Electromagnetic  Waves  (3). 
E.  E.  212.     Automatic  Eegulation  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  114.     Differential  Equations  (3). 
Math.  134.     Vector  Analysis  (3). 

Physics 

Phys.  106.     Theoretical  Mechanics  (3). 

Phys.  200.     Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  primarily  for  students 

planning  to  do  graduate  work  (5). 
Phys.  212.     Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  (2). 

Spring,  1951 

Aeronautical  Engineering 
Aero.  E.  213. 

Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  101b.  Engineering  Electronics  (3). 
E.  E.  201.  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3). 
E.  E.  213.       Automatic  Regulation  (3). 

Mathematics 

Math.  116.  Introduction  to  Complex  Variable  Theory  (3). 
Physics 

Phys.  107.  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3). 

Phys.  201.  Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  primarily  for  students 
planning  to  do  graduate  work  (5). 

Phys.  213.  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  (2). 

NAVAL  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 
Anacostia 

Courses  under  this  program  are  designed  primarily  for  Navy  scientists 
doing  graduate  study  in  the  fields  of  chemistry,  engineering,  mathematics, 
and  physics,  and  are  given  in  cooperation  with  the  training  division  of  the 
Naval  Research  Laboratory.  For  further  information  call  JO  36600,  Exten- 
sion 99  or  838. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES 


547 


Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Chemistry 

Chem.  299.     Reaction  Kinetics  (3)   (Fall). 
Chem.  205.     Radiochemistry  (2)   (Spring). 

Electrical  Engineering 

E.  E.  65.  Direct  Current  Machinery  (4)  (Fall). 

E.  E.  101.  Engineering  Electronics  (4)   (Fall). 

E.  E.  105,  106.  Radio  Engineering  (4,  4). 

E.  E.  114.  Applied  Electronics  (4)   (Spring). 

E.  E.  120.  Electromagnetic  Waves  (3)  (Spring). 

E.  E.  204,  205.  Advanced  Circuit  Analysis  (3,  3). 

E.  E.  207.  U.  H.  F.  Techniques  (3)  (Fall). 

E.  E.  250.  Research. 

Mathematics 

Math.  103.  Modern  Algebra  (3)  (Fall). 

Math.  110,  111.  Advanced  Calculus  (3,  3). 

Math.  115.  Partial  Differential  Equations  (3)   (Fall). 

Math.  113.  Fourier  Series  (3)   (Fall). 

Math.  126  (a,b).  Differential  Geometry  (3,  3). 

Math.  134.  Vector  Analysis  (3)  (Spring). 

Math.  135.  Numerical  Analysis  (3)  (Fall). 

Math.  139.  Operational  Calculus  (3)   (Spring). 

Physics 

Phys.  20,  21.  Physics  for  Engineers  (5,  5). 

Phys.  100.  Advanced  Experiments  (3)   (Fall  and  Spring). 

Phys.  104,  105.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3,  3). 

Phys.  112,  113.  Modern  Physics  (2,2). 

Phys.  200,  201.  Theoretical  Physics  (5,  5). 

Phys.  204.  Electrodynamics  (4)  (Spring). 

Phys.  206.  Physical  Optics  (3)  (Fall). 

Phys.  210,  211.  Statistical  Mechanics  and  Theory  of  Gases  (2,  2). 

Phys.  212,  213.  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  (3,  3). 

Phys.  228,  229.  The  Electron  (2,  2). 

Phys.  230.  Seminar  (1)  (Fall  and  Spring). 

Phys.  250.  Research. 

Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  E.  200,  201.     Advanced  Dynamics  (3,  3). 

M.  E.  204,  205.     Advanced  Thermodynamics  and  Heat  Transfer  (3,  3). 

M.  E.  225,  226.     Advanced  Engineering  Properties  of  Metals  (3,  3). 

Metallurgy 

Chem.  Eng.  Alloy  Steels  I  and  II  (2,  2). 

Chem.  Eng.  Introduction  to  Physical  Metallurgy  (3). 

Chem.  Eng.  Advanced  Physical  Metallurgy  (3). 

Chem.  Eng.  Metallurgical  Thermodynamics  (3). 


548  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

WALTER  REED  GENERAL  HOSPITAL 
ARMY  MEDICAL  CENTER 

Courses  are  given  at  the  Army  Medical  Center  in  cooperation  with  the 
Troop  Information  and  Education  Office  at  the  post. 

Proposed  Program,  1950-1951 
Summer,  1950 

History 

H.  6.     History  of  American  Civilization  (3). 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  103.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3). 

Fall,  1950-1951 

Economics 

Econ.  37.     Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3). 
Lanuages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

Spanish  2.     Elementary  Spanish  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  10.     Algebra  (3). 
Psychology 

Psych.  121.     Social  Psychology  (3). 

Spring,  1951 

Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  106.     American  Foreign  Relations  (3). 
Lanuages  and  Literature,  Foreign 

French  1.     Elementary  French  (3). 

Spanish  4.     Intermediate  Spanish  (3). 
Mathematics 

Math.  11.     Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  549 

SECTION  IV 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Below  are  listed  by  departments  or  special  units,  the  courses  to  be  offered 
in  the  academic  year  1950-1951  through  the  College  of  Special  and  Continua- 
tion Studies. 

Credit  courses  are  from  the  regular  listings  in  the  1950-1951  General 
Catalog  of  the  University. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99 :     Courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:  Courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.  (Not 
all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 

200  to  299:     Courses  for  graduates  only. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
hours'  credit  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.  Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register  or 
through  prior  request  to  the  office  of  the  College  of  Special  and  Continuation 
Studies. 

AERONAUTICAL  ENGINEERING 

Aero.  E.  101.     Aerodynamics  (3). 

Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  the  aerodynamic  theory  of  airfoils.  Airplane 
performance  and  stability  calculation.    Laboratory  demonstration. 

Aero.  E.  200,  201.  Advanced  Aerodynamics  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  Aero. 
E.  101, 102,  Math.  64. 

Special  problems  in  performance  and  stability  of  aircraft.  Design  of 
aircraft  for  speeds  approaching  the  velocity  of  sound.  Wind  tunnel  research. 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 
Agr.  Engr.  102.    Gas  Engines,  Tractors  and  Automobiles  (3). 

A  study  of  the  design,  operation,  and  repair  of  the  internal  combustion 
engines,  tractors,  and  automobiles  used  in  farm  practice. 

ART 
Art  9.    Historical  Survey  of  Painting,  Sculpture  and  Architecture  (3). 

An  understanding  of  the  epochs  in  the  advance  of  civilization  as  expressed 
through  painting,  sculpture  and  architecture.  A  background  to  more  de- 
tailed study. 


550  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Bact.  1.     General  Bacteriology  (4). 

The  physiology,  culture  and  differentiation  of  bacteria.  Fundamental 
principles  of  microbiology  in  relation  to  man  and  his  environment.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $10.00. 

Bact.  101.     Pathogenic  Bacteriology  (4).    Prerequisite,  Bact.  5. 

The  role  of  microorganisms  in  the  diseases  of  man  and  animals  with 
emphasis  upon  the  differentiation  and  culture  of  bacterial  species,  types  of 
diseases,  modes  of  disease  transmission;  prophylactic,  therapeutic  and 
epidemiological  aspects.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

BOTANY 
Bot.  1.     General  Botany  (4). 

General  introduction  to  botany,  touching  briefly  on  all  phases  of  the 
subject.  Emphasis  is  on  the  fundamental  biological  principles  of  the  higher 
plants.     Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

B.  A.  10,  11.  Organization  and  Control  (2,  2).  Required  in  all  Business 
Administration  curriculums. 

A  survey  course  treating  the  internal  and  functional  organization  of  a 
business  enterprise.  B.  A.  11  includes  industrial  management,  organiza- 
tion and  control. 

B.  A.  20,  21.  Principles  of  Accounting  (4,  4).  Required  in  all  Business 
Administration  curriculums.     Prerequisite,  Sophomore  training. 

The  fundamental  principles  and  problems  involved  in  accounting  for 
proprietorships,  corporations  and  partnerships. 

B  A.  130.  Elements  of  Business  Statistics  (3).  Prerequisite,  Junior 
standing.    Required  for  graduation. 

This   course   is   devoted   to   a   study   of   the  fundamentals   of  statistics. 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  collection  of  data;  hand  and  machine  tabu- 
ation;  graphic  charting;  statistical  distribution;  averages;  index  numbers; 

sampling;  elementary  tests  of  reliability;  and  simple  correlations. 

B.  A.  140.    Financial  Management  (3).    Prerequisite,  Econ   140 

This  course  deals  with  the  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  onran 

se^efr "th  "'  reC°nSt™ti0n  0f  corporations;  the  varlou!    Jes  of 
securities  and  their  use  m  raising  funds,  apportioning  income    risk    and 
ontrol;    intercorporate   relations;    and   new   developments      Emphasis    on 
solution  of  problems  of  financial  policy  faced  by  management 

or  3'7A'  ^     Llfe'  Gr°UP'  Snd  S°Cial  InSUrance  <2>-    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  551 

A  study  of  the  types  of  life  insurance  and  the  basic  principles  underlying 
all  life  insurance  relating  to  reserves,  investments,  premiums,  and  regu- 
lations. 

B.  A.  150.     Marketing  Management  (3).     Prerequisite,  Econ.  150. 

A  study  of  the  work  of  the  marketing  division  in  a  going  organization. 
The  work  of  developing  organizations  and  procedures  for  the  control  of 
marketing  activities  are  surveyed.  The  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is 
placed  on  the  determination  of  policies,  methods,  and  practices  for  the 
effective  marketing  of  various  forms  of  manufactured  products. 

B.  A.  153.     Purchasing  Management  (3).     Prerequisite,  B.  A.  150. 

Studies  the  problems  of  determining  the  proper  sources,  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  supplies,  and  of  methods  of  testing  quality;  price  policies,  price  fore- 
casting, forward  buying,  bidding  and  negotiation;  budgets  and  standards  of 
achievement.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  government  purchasing,  and 
methods  and  procedures  used  in  their  government. 

B.  A.  160.    Personnel  Management  (3).    Prerequisite,  Econ.  160. 

This  course  deals  essentially  with  functional  and  administrative  relation- 
ships between  management  and  the  labor  force.  It  comprises  a  survey 
of  the  scientific  selection  of  employees,  "in-service"  training,  job  analysis, 
classification  and  rating,  motivation  of  employees,  employee  adjustment, 
wage  incentives,  employee  discipline  and  techniques  of  supervision,  and 
elimination  of  employment  hazards. 

B.  A.  162.  Contemporary  Trends  in  Labor  Relations  (3).  Prerequisite, 
B.  A.  160. 

A  study  of  contemporary  trends  in  society's  effort  through  legislation, 
mediation,  and  other  methods  to  bring  about  a  harmonious  relationship 
between  labor  and  management.  Laws  and  court  decisions  affecting  labor 
relations  are  given  some  consideration. 

B.  A.  163.     Industrial  Relations  (3).     Prerequisite,  Econ.  160. 

A  study  of  the  development  and  methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry 
with  reference  to  the  settlement  of  labor  disputes.  An  economic  and  legal 
analysis  of  labor  union  and  employer  association  activities,  arbitration, 
mediation,  and  conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements,  strikes, 
boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions,  employee  representation,  and  injunc- 
tions. 

B.  A.  164.  Labor  Legislation  and  Court  Decisions  (3).  Prerequisite, 
B.  A.  160  and  senior  standing. 

B.  A.  165.  Office  Management  (3).  Prerequisite,  B.  A.  11  or  junior 
standing. 

Considers  the  application  of  principles  of  scientific  management  in  their 
application  to  office  work. 


552  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

B.  A.  167.    Job  Evaluation  and  Merit  Rating  (2).    Prerequisite,  B.  A.  160. 

The  investigation  of  the  leading  job  evaluation  plans  used  in  industry, 
study  of  the  development  and  administrative  procedures,  analyzing  jobs  and 
writing  job  descriptions,  setting  up  a  job  evaluation  plan,  and  relating  job 
evaluation  to  pay  scales.  Study  of  various  employee  merit  rating  pro- 
grams, the  methods  of  merit  rating,  and  the  uses  of  merit  rating. 

B.  A.  169.    Industrial  Management  (3).    Prerequisites,  B.  A.  11  and  160. 

Studies  the  operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterprise.  Among  the  topics 
covered  are  product  development,  plant  location,  plant  layout,  production 
planning  and  control,  methods  analysis,  time  study,  job  analysis,  budgetary 
control,  standard  costs,  and  problems  of  supervision.  An  inspection  trip 
to  a  large  manufacturing  plant  is  made  at  the  latter  part  of  the  semester. 

B.  A.  170.  Transportation  I.  Regulation  of  Transportation  Services 
(3).    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

This  course  is  designed  for  students  of  Transportation,  Public  Adminis- 
tration, and  General  Business.  It  covers  the  world  practices  in  the  regula- 
tion and  control  of  transportation  facilities. 

B.  A.  177.     Motion  Economy  and  Time  Study  (3).    Prerequisite,  B.  A.  169. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  motion  economy,  simo  charts,  micromotion 
study,  the  fundamentals  of  time  study,  job  evaluation,  observations,  standard 
times,  allowances,  formula  construction,  and  wage  payment  plans. 

B.  A.  179.     Problems  in  Supervision  (3).    Prerequisite,  B.  A.  169. 

A  case  study  course  of  supervisory  problems  divided  into  difficulties  with 
subordinates,  with  associates,  and  with  superiors.  The  purposes  of  the 
course  are  to  apply  general  principles  of  industrial  management  to  concrete 
cases  and  to  extract  principles  from  a  study  of  cases. 

B.  A.  180,  181.  Business  Law  (4,  4).  Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  Re- 
quired in  all  Business  Administration  curriculums. 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instru- 
ments, agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal  property,  and 
sales. 

CHEMISTRY 

Chem.  1,  3.     General  Chemistry  (4,  4).    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Chem.  5.  Introductory  Qualitative  Analysis  (3).  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3. 
Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Chem.  19.  Quantitative  Analysis  (4).  Prerequisites,  Chem.  1,  3.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $10.00. 

Chem.  101.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (2).  Prerequisites,  Chem.  23, 
37,  38. 

Chem.  142,  144.  Advanced  Organic  Laboratory  (2,  2).  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  19  or  23,  and  Chem.  37,  38.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  553 

Syntheses  and  the  quantitative  determination  of  carbon  and  hydrogen, 
halogen,  and  nitrogen  are  studied. 

Chem.  146,  148.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (2,  2).  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  141,  143,  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00. 

The  systematic  identification  of  organic  compounds. 

Chem.  162,  164.  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2,  2).  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
32,  34,  or  Chem.  36,  38.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Chem.  187.  Physical  Chemistry  (3).  Prerequisites,  Chem.  19  or  21; 
Phys.    20,  21;  Math.  20,  21. 

A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

Chem.  201,  203.  The  Chemistry  of  the  Rarer  Elements  (2,  2).  (Offered 
1948-1949.) 

Chem.  205.    Radiochemistry  (2). 

Chem.  239.    Physical  Techniques  in  Chemistry  (2). 

A  survey  of  the  tools  available  for  the  solution  of  chemical  problems  by 
means  of  physical  techniques. 

Chem.  261.  Advanced  Biochemistry  (2).  Prerequisites,  Chem.  141,  143, 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Chem.  262.  Advanced  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2).  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

Chem.  285.     Colloid  Chemistry  (2). 

Chem.  303.     Electrochemistry  (3). 

CHILD  DEVELOPMENT 

C.  Ed.  110.    Child  Development  IV  (3).    First  and  second  semesters. 

A  study  of  the  developmental  growth  of  the  child  from  birth  to  five 
years;  observation  in  the  nursery  school.  Designed  for  students  in  other 
colleges.    Laboratory  fee,  $1.00. 

C.  Ed.  115.  Children's  Activities  and  Activities  Materials  (3).  Prerequi- 
sites, C.  Ed.  100,  101,  or  110. 

For  Nursery  School  and  Kindergarten  majors. 

C.  Ed.  116,  117.    Creative  Expression;  Art,  Music,  Dance  (2-3,  2-3). 

Creative  experience  in  the  arts  on  the  level  of  the  student;  correlation 
of  the  arts  as  related  to  the  abilities  of  the  child  in  terms  of  his  develop- 
ment. 

COLLEGE  AIMS 

C.  A.  1,  2.  College  Aims  (1,  1).  Open  only  to  students  in  the  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

This  course  is  primarily  aimed  at  orienting  new  students  in  the  College 
of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies  toward  the  practice  of  efficient  study 


554  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

techniques.  It  will  be  concerned  with  such  topics  as:  1.  How  to  study  and 
develop  higher  level  work  skills;  2.  Diagnosing  and  remedying  skill  dis- 
abilities; 3.  Handling  problem  area  which  distracts  students  from  their 
studies. 

DRAWING 

Dr.  1,  2.    Engineering  Drawing  (2,  2).    Required  of  engineering  freshmen. 

Lettering,  use  of  instruments,  orthographic  projection,  auxiliary  views, 
revolution,  sections,  pictorial  representation,  dimensioning,  fasteners,  tech- 
nical sketching  and  working  drawings. 

ECONOMICS 

Econ.  31,  32.  Principles  of  Economics  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  sophomore 
standing.    Required  in  the  Business  Administration  Curriculums. 

A  general  analysis  of  the  functioning  of  the  economic  system.  A  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  basic  concepts  and 
explanatory  principles.  The  remainder  deals  with  the  major  problems  of 
the  economic  system. 

Econ.  37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3),  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  in  Econ.  31,  and  32.    Not  open  to  freshmen. 

A  survey  study  of  the  general  principles  underlying  economic  activity. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  special  technical  groups  such  as  students  of 
Engineering,  Home  Economics,  Agriculture  and  others  who  are  unable  to 
take  the  more  complete  course  provided  in  Economics  31  and  32. 

Econ.  131.  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3).  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32 
or  37. 

An  investigation  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types  of  economic 
systems.  The  course  begins  with  an  examination  and  evaluation  of  the 
capitalistic  system,  and  is  followed  by  an  analysis  of  alternative  types  of 
economic  systems  such  as  fascism,  socialism,  and  communism. 

Econ.  134.    Contemporary  Economic  Thought  (3).    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32. 

A  survey  of  recent  trends  in  American,  English,  and  Continental  eco- 
nomic thought  with  special  attention  being  given  to  the  work  of  such 
economists  as  W.  C.  Mitchell,  J.  R.  Commons,  T.  Veblen,  W.  Sombart,  J.  A. 
Hobson,  and  other  contributors  to  the  development  of  economic  thought 
since  1900. 

Econ.  140.     Money  and  Banking  (3).     Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

A  study  of  the  organization,  functions,  and  operation  of  our  monetary, 
credit,  and  banking  system;  the  relation  of  commercial  banking  to  the 
Federal  Reserve  System;  the  relation  of  money  and  credit  to  prices;  domestic 
and  foreign  exchange,  and  the  impact  of  public  policy  upon  banking  and 
credit. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  555 

Econ.  150.  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (3).  Prerequisite, 
Econ.  32  or  37. 

This  is  an  introductory  course  in  the  field  of  marketing.  Its  purpose  is 
to  give  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  forces  operating, 
institutions  employed,  and  methods  followed  in  marketing  agricultural  prod- 
ucts, natural  products,  services,  and  manufactured  goods. 

Econ.  160.    Labor  Economics  (3).    Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37. 

The  historical  development  and  chief  characteristics  of  the  American  labor 
movement  are  first  surveyed.  Present-day  problems  are  then  examined  in 
detail:  wage  theories,  unemployment,  social  security,  labor  organization, 
collective  bargaining. 

EDUCATION 

Ed.  102.    History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  (2). 

A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  chief  features  of  the 
present  system  of  education  in  the  United  States. 

Ed.  106.    Comparative  Education — Latin  American  (2). 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Ed.  105,  with  emphasis  upon  the  national 
educational  systems  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

Ed.  107.     Philosophy  of  Education  I  (2). 

A  study  of  the  great  educational  philosophers  and  their  contributions  to 
modern  education.    Earlier  periods. 

Ed.  110.    The  Teacher  and  School  Administration  (2). 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  classroom  teacher  with  the  general 
field  of  school  administration.  It  considers  the  relationships  of  the  teacher 
to  the  several  administrative  and  supervisory  officials  and  services  in  the 
system,  with  emphasis  on  the  teacher's  role  in  the  organization. 

Ed.  122.     The  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (2). 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  pupil  growth  through  social  experi- 
ences. Consideration  is  given  to  the  utilization  of  environmental  resources, 
curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of  teaching,  and  evaluation  of  newer 
methods  and  materials  in  the  field. 

Ed.  126.    The  Elementary  School  Curriculum  (2). 

A  study  of  important  developments  in  elementary  education  with  par- 
ticular attention  to  methods  and  materials  which  may  be  used  to  improve 
the  development  of  pupils  in  elementary  schools.  Problems  which  are 
encountered  in  day-to-day  teaching  situations  receive  much  attention. 

*Ed.  130.    Theory  of  the  Junior  High  School  (2). 

This  course  gives  a  general  overview  of  the  junior  high  school.  It  in- 
cludes consideration  of  the  purposes,  functions,  and  characteristics  of  this 
school  unit;   a  study  of  its  population,  organization,  program  of  studies, 


*  Credit  is  accepted  for  Ed.  130  or  Ed.  131,  but  not  for  both  courses. 


556  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

methods,  staff,  and  other  similar  topics,  together  with  their  implications  for 
prospective  teachers. 

*Ed.  131.    Theory  of  the  Senior  High  School  (2). 

The  secondary  school  population;  the  school  as  an  instrument  of  society; 
relation  of  the  secondary  school  to  other  schools;  aims  of  secondary  educa- 
tion; curriculum  and  methods;  extra-curricular  activities;  guidance  and 
placement;  teacher  certification  and  employment  in  Maryland  and  the 
District  of  Columbia. 

Ed.  140.     Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  (3). 

This  course  is  offered  in  separate  sections  for  the  various  subject-matter 
areas,  namely,  English,  social  studies,  foreign  language,  science,  mathe- 
matics, art  education,  business  education,  industrial  education,  and  physical 
education.  Registration  cards  must  include  the  subject-matter  area  as  well 
as  the  name  and  number  of  the  course.  Graduate  credit  is  allowed  only 
by  special  arrangement. 

In  each  section  the  objectives,  selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter, 
appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks,  and  other  instructional  mate- 
rials, measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  the  particular  subject 
matter  area  are  treated. 

Twenty  periods  of  observation. 

Ed.  141.    High  School  Course  of  Study-English  (2).     First  semester. 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  selection  and  organization  of  content 
for  English  classes  in  secondary  schools.  Subject  matter  is  analyzed  to 
clarify  controversial  elements  of  form,  style,  and  usage. 

Ed.  144.  Materials  and  Procedure  for  the  Junior  High  School  Core  Cur- 
riculum (2). 

This  course  is  designed  to  bring  practical  suggestions  to  teachers  who 
are  in  charge  of  core  classes  in  junior  high  schools.  Materials  and  teaching 
procedures  for  specific  units  of  work  are  stressed. 

Ed.  147.    Audio-Visual  Education  (2). 

Sensory  impressions  in  their  relation  to  learning;  projection  apparatus, 
its  cost  and  operation;  slides,  film-strips,  and  films;  physical  principles 
underlying  projection;  auditory  aids  to  instruction;  field  trips;  pictures, 
models,  and  graphic  materials;  integration  of  sensory  aids  with  organized 
instruction.     Fee,  $1.00. 

Ed.  150.     Educational  Measurement  (2). 

A  study  of  tests  and  examinations  with  emphasis  upon  their  construction 
and  use.  Types  of  tests;  purposes  of  testing;  elementary  statistical  con- 
cepts and  processes  used  in  summarizing  and  analyzing  test  results;  school 
marks. 


*  Credit  is  accepted  for  Ed.  130  or  Ed.  131,  but  not  for  both  courses. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  557 

Ed.  151.    Remedial  Reading  Instruction  (2). 

Causes  for  reading  disabilities;  diagnostic  techniques;  and  corrective 
methods  are  studied.  Instructional  materials  are  evaluated.  The  course 
is  designed  for  both  elementary  and  secondary  school  teachers. 

Ed.  152.    The  Adolescent:  Characteristics  and  Problems  (2). 

This  course  deals  with  the  intellectual,  emotional,  social,  and  vocational 
problems  which  arise  in  the  transitional  period  between  childhood  and 
adulthood,  the  secondary  school  period. 

Ed.  153.    The  Improvement  of  Reading  (2). 

This  course  is  intended  for  teachers  working  at  the  intermediate  and 
secondary  school  levels.  Attention  is  given  to  the  teaching  of  reading  in 
different  school  subjects,  the  selection  of  reading  materials,  the  study  of 
individuals  with  reference  to  causes  of  reading  deficiencies,  types  of  reading 
lessons,  and  certain  elements  of  psychology  essential  to  intelligent  con- 
sideration of  problems  in  this  field. 

Ed.  160.    Educational  Sociology — Introductory  (2). 

This  course  deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences  which  are  germane  to 
the  work  of  teachers.  Consideration  is  given  to  implications  of  democratic 
ideology  for  educational  endeavor,  educational  tasks  imposed  by  changes 
in  population  and  technological  trends,  the  welfare  status  of  pupils,  the 
socio-economic  attitudes  of  individuals  who  control  the  schools,  and  other 
elements  of  community  background  which  have  significance  in  relation 
to  schools. 

Ed.  161.    Guidance  in  Secondary  Schools  (2). 

A  general  orientation  course  in  the  principles  of  guidance  and  in  the 
organization  and  administration  of  guidance  programs.  It  is  also  designed 
to  provide  a  general  understanding  of  guidance  procedures  in  terms  of  the 
day-by-day  demands  made  upon  the  classroom  teacher  in  the  guidance  of 
youth  in  his  classes  and  in  the  extra-curricular  activities  which  he  sponsors. 

Ed.  162.    Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom  (2). 

The  practical  application  of  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  to  class- 
room problems. 

Ed.  163,  164,  165.    Community  Study  Laboratory  I,  II  and  III  (2,  2,  2). 

This  course  involves  experience  from  the  educational  standpoint  with  the 
agencies,  institutions,  cultural  patterns,  living  conditions,  and  social  processes 
which  play  significant  roles  in  shaping  the  behavior  of  children  and  adults 
and  which  must  be  understood  by  individuals  working  toward  school  and 
community  improvement.  Each  participant  becomes  a  member  of  a  group 
in  a  given  area  of  study  and  concentrates  on  problems  which  have  direct 
application  in  his  school  situation.  Readings  are  integrated  with  tech- 
niques of  study. 


558  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ed.  171.     Education  of  Retarded  and  Slow-Learning  Children  (2). 

A  study  of  retarded  and  slow-learning  children,  including  discovery, 
analysis  of  causes,  testing  techniques,  case  studies,  and  remedial  educa- 
tional measures. 

Ed.  203.    Problems  in  Higher  Education  (2). 

A  study  of  present  problems  in  higher  education. 

Ed.  210.    The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public  Education  (2). 

The  basic  course  is  school  administration.  The  course  deals  with  the 
organization  and  administration  of  school  systems — at  the  local,  state,  and 
federal  levels;  and  with  the  administrative  relationships  involved. 

Ed.  191.     Principles  of  Adult  Education  (2). 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  adult  educational  agencies,  both  formal  and 
informal,  with  special  reference  to  the  development  of  adult  education  in  the 
United  States,  the  interests  and  abilities  of  adults,  and  the  techniques  of 
adult  learning.  Emphasis  is  laid  on  practical  aids  for  teachers  of  various 
types  of  adult  groups. 

Ed.  207.     Seminar  in  Philosophy  of  Education  (2). 

Ed.  212.     School  Finance  and  Business  Administration  (2). 

An  introduction  to  the  finance  phase  of  public  school  administration.  The 
course  deals  with  the  basic  principles  of  school  finance;  the  implications 
of  organization  and  control;  the  planning,  execution,  and  appraisal  of  the 
activities  involved  in  public  school  finance  such  as  budgeting,  taxing,  pur- 
chasing, service  of  supplies,  and  accounting. 

Ed.  215.    Public  Education  in  Maryland  (2). 

A  study  of  Maryland  Public  School  system  with  special  reference  to 
school  law. 

Ed.  216.     High  School  Supervision  (2).    Prerequisite,  teaching  experience. 

This  course  deals  with  recent  trends  in  supervision;  the  nature  and  func- 
tion of  supervision;  planning  supervisory  programs;  evaluation  and  rating; 
participation  of  teachers  and  other  groups  in  policy  development;  school 
workshops;  and  other  means  for  the  improvement  of  instruction.    Fee,  $1.00. 

Ed.  219.    Seminar  in  School  Administration  (2). 

Ed.  223.    Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships  (2-6). 

Study  of  personnel  relationships.  Opportunities  are  provided  for  students 
to  work  with  groups  of  laymen  or  school  staff  members  on  local  school 
problems. 

Ed.  225.    School  Public  Relations  (2). 

A  study  of  the  relationships  between  the  public  school  as  a  social  institu- 
tion and  the  community  of  which  it  is  a  part.  This  course  deals  with  the 
agents  who  participate  in  the  interpretative  process;  with  propaganda  and 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  559 

the  schools;  with  the  P.  T.  A.  and  the  other  lay  supervisory  groups,  and  with 
such  means  of  publicity  as  the  newspaper,  radio,  and  school  publications. 

Ed.  227.     Public  School  Personnel  Administration  (2). 

An  examination  of  practices  with  respect  to  personnel  administration. 
This  course  serves  to  aid  in  the  development  of  principles  applying  to 
personnel  administration.  Personnel  needs,  the  means  for  satisfying  per- 
sonnel needs,  personnel  relationships,  tenure,  salary  schedules,  leaves  of 
absence,  and  retirement  plans  are  reviewed.  Local  and  state  aspects  of 
the   personnel   problem   are   identified. 

Ed.  250.    Analysis  of  the  Individual  (2). 

This  course  is  concerned  with  considering  policies  for  adjusting  the  school 
to  the  pupil;  using  the  school's  special  services — attendance,  health  guidance 
— and  records,  reports,  tests  and  inventories  to  promote  a  better  under- 
standing of  the  individual.    Interpretation  and  use  of  data  are  stressed. 

Ed.  261.     Counseling  Techniques   (2).     Prerequisites,  Ed.  161,  Ed.  250. 

Prerequisites  may  be  waived  upon  approval  of  the  instructor. 

This  course  deals  with  the  various  specialized  techniques,  procedures,  and 
materials  utilized  by  guidance  specialists  in  the  schools.  Special  stress  is 
placed  upon  the  interpretation  of  case  data  and  techniques  of  counseling 
individual  pupils. 

Ed.  262.     Occupational  Information  (2). 

The  analysis  of  occupational  trends  in  community,  state  and  nation, 
and  the  organization  of  this  information  for  the  guidance  of  youth.  It  is 
designed  to  give  counselors,  teachers,  school  librarians  and  other  workers 
in  the  fields  of  guidance  and  education  a  background  of  educational  and 
occupational  information  which  is  basic  for  counseling  and  teaching. 

Ed.  267.     Curriculum    Construction    Through    Community    Analysis    (2). 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  163,  164,  165. 

Selected  research  problems  in  the  field  of  community  study  with  empha- 
sis on  the  Baltimore  area. 

Ed.  269.    Seminar  in  Guidance  (2). 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

E.  E.  100.  Alternating-Current  Circuits  (6).  Prerequisites,  Phys.  20,  21; 
Math.  20,  21;  E.  E.  1.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $4.00. 

Single-  and  polyphase-circuit  analysis  under  sinusoidal  and  non-sinusoidal 
conditions  of  operation.  Harmonic  analysis  by  the  Fourier  series  method. 
Theory  and  operation  of  mutually-coupled  circuits.  Elementary  symmetrical 
components. 

E.  E.  101.  Engineering  Electronics  (6).  Prerequisite,  E.  E.  100.  Re- 
quired of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.     Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 


560  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Theory  and  applications  of  electron  tubes  and  associated  circuits  with  em- 
phasis on  equivalent  circuit  analysis  of  audio  amplifiers,  reactance  tubes, 
feedback  amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  detectors. 

E.  E.  104.  Communication  Circuits  (3).  Prerequisites,  E.  E.  60  and  100. 
Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering. 

Long-line  theory  applied  to  audio-frequency  and  ultra-high-frequency 
systems.  Elements  of  filter  theory;  impedance  matching;  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions in  rectangular  and  cylindrical  coordinates  and  in  scalar  notation;  ele- 
ments of  rectangular  and  circular  wave  guide  theory. 

E.  E.  108.    Electric  Transients  (3).    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101. 

Current,  voltage,  and  power  transients  in  lumped-parameter  networks. 
Transient  phenomena  in  sweep  circuits,  multi-vibrators,  and  inverters.  Ele- 
ments of  square-wave  testing. 

E.  E.  114.  Applied  Electronics  (3).  Prerequisite,  E.  E.  101.  Senior 
elective. 

Detectors  and  discriminators;  oscillators;  gas  tube  characteristics  and 
associated  circuits;  photoelectric  tubes  and  associated  circuits;  vacuum-tube 
instruments. 

E.  E.  120.  Electromagnetic  Waves  (3).  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
in  electrical  engineering  or  physics  and  "B"  average  in  mathematics.  Re- 
quired of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical  engineering. 

Basic  mathematical  theory  of  electromagnetic  wave  propagation  employ- 
ing Maxwell's  equations  in  vector  form  and  in  generalized  coordinates; 
application  to  wave-guide  transmission;  concept  of  retarded  magnetic  vector 
potential  and  its  application  to  dipole  radiation. 

E.  E.  160.  Vacuum  Tubes  (3).  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  in  elec- 
trical engineering  or  physics  and  "B"  average  in  mathematics. 

Electron  emission;  laws  of  electron  motion;  space  charge  effects;  noise 
in  vacuum  tubes;  magnetic  lenses;  klystrons  magnetrons;  photoelectric  tubes; 
other  special-purpose  tubes. 

E.  E.  200.    Symmetrical  Components  (3).    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  103. 

Application  of  the  method  of  symmetrical  components  to  synchronous 
generators,  transmission  lines,  transformers,  static  loads  possessing  mutual 
coupling,  and  induction  motor  loads.  Methods  of  calculating  positive,  nega- 
tive, and  zero  sequence  reactances  of  transmission  lines.  Complete  network 
solution  in  terms  of  symmetrical  components  and  comparison  of  these  solu- 
tions with  that  obtained  by  classical  methods.  Methods  of  measuring  posi- 
tive, negative,  and  zero  sequence  reactances  of  synchronous  generators. 

E.  E.  201.  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3).  Prerequisite,  E.  E.  120.  Re- 
quired of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical  engineering. 

Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  applications  of  Laplace's,  Poisson's, 
Maxwell's  equations. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  561 

E.  E.  202,  203.  Transients  in  Linear  Systems  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  under- 
graduate major  in  electrical  engineering,  mechanical  engineering,  or  physics. 
Required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  in  electrical  engineering. 

Operational  circuit  analysis;  the  Fourier  integral,  transient  analysis  of 
electrical  and  mechanical  systems  and  vacuum  tube  circuits  by  the  Laplace 
transformer  method. 

E.  E.  204,  205.  Advanced  Circuit  Analysis  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  under- 
graduate major  in  either  physics  or  electrical  engineering. 

The  wave  character  of  the  steady-state,  long-line  solutions;  attenuation 
and  phase  characteristics;  phase  and  group  velocities;  four-terminal  net- 
work theory;  matrix  algebra  applied  to  network  theory;  conventional  filter 
theory. 

E.  E.  206,  207.  Ultra  High-Frequency  Techniques  (3,  3).  Prerequisite, 
E.  E.  201.    Laboratory  fee,  $4.00. 

Basic  consideration  in  solving  field  problems  by  differential  equations; 
circuit  concepts  and  their  validity  at  high  frequency;  propagation  and  re- 
flection of  electromagnetic  waves;  guided  electromagnetic  waves;  high- 
frequency  oscillators  and  tubes;  radiation  engineering. 

E.  E.  235.    Applications  of  Tensor  Analysis  (3).    Prerequisite,  E.  E.  202. 

The  mathematical  background  of  tensor  notation  which  is  applicable  to 
electrical  engineering  problems.  Applications  of  tensor  analysis  to  electric 
circuit  theory  and  to  field  theory. 

E.  E.  250.  Electrical  Engineering  Research.  Prerequisite,  approved 
application  for  candidacy  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering.  Six  semester  hours  of  credit  in  E.  E. 
250  are  required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  and  a  minimum  of  twelve  semes- 
ter hours  are  required  of  Ph.D.  candidates. 

A  thesis  covering  an  approved  research  problem  and  written  in  con- 
formity with  the  regulations  of  the  Graduate  School  is  a  partial  requirement 
for  either  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  or  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering. 

ENGINEERING 

Engr.  100.  Engineering  Contracts  and  Specifications  (2).  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing  in  engineering. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  law  relating  to  business  and  to  engineer- 
ing; including  contracts,  agency,  negotiable  instruments,  corporations,  com- 
mon carriers,  and  their  application  to  engineering  contracts  and  specifi- 
cations. 

ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

Eng.  1,  2.  Composition  and  American  Literature  (3,  3).  Required  of 
freshmen.    Prerequisite,  three  units  of  high  school  English. 


562  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Grammar,  rhetoric,  and  the  mechanics  of  writing;  frequent  themes.  Read- 
ings will  be  in  American  literature. 

Eng.  3,  4.  Composition  and  World  Literature  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Eng. 
1,  2.  Eng  3,  4,  or  Eng.  5,  6,  or  some  combination  of  the  two  required  of 
sophomores. 

Practice  in  composition.  An  introduction  to  world  literature,  foreign 
classics  being  read  in  translation. 

Eng.  7.    Technical  Writing  (2).    Prerequisite,  Eng.  1,  2. 
For  students  desiring  practice  in  writing  reports,  technical   essays,  or 
popular  essays  on  technical  subjects. 

Eng.  115.     Shakespeare  (3). 

Twenty-one  important  plays. 

Eng.  140.    The  English  Novel— Victorian  Period  (3). 

The  development  of  the  novel;  readings  in  the  major  novelists  of  the 
period. 

Eng.  145.     The  Modern  Novel  (3). 

Major  English  and  American  novelists  of  the  twentieth  century. 
Eng.  155,  156.     Four  Major  American  Writers  (3,  3). 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Geog.  30.    Principles  of  Physical  Geography  (3). 

A  systematic  study  of  the  physical  features  of  the  earth's  surface,  in- 
cluding subordinate  land  forms.  The  course  is  designed  to  give  an  under- 
standing of  major  physiographic  processes  and  of  the  genesis  of  various 
types  of  land  forms. 

Geog.  31.  Problems  of  Cartographic  Representation  (3).  Two  hours  lec- 
ture and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Geog.  20  and  30,  or 

equivalent. 

Introduction  to  theory  of  projections.  Study  of  principles  and  problems 
of  representation  of  natural  features  according  to  map  scales,  and  of  gen- 
eralization and  symbolization;  also  of  classification,  representation,  and 
generalization  of  cultural  features,  including  place-name  selection. 

Geog.  90.  Problems  of  Cartographic  Procedure  (3).  Two  hours  lecture 
and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Geog.  30. 

Study  of  compilation  methods  and  their  relationship  to  drafting  and 
reproduction  methods,  including  basic  concepts  of  compilation,  criteria  used 
m  the  selection  of  methods  of  transfer,  relationships  of  reproduction  methods 

LtJo^  t    ^T  draf/ng  meth0ds  in  comP^tion  and  in  color- 
separation  work,  and  analysis  of  type  styles  and  their  uses 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  563 

Geog.  100.     Regional  Geography  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  (3). 

Prerequisites,  Geog.  1,  2,  or  Geog.  60,  61,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

The  climate,  land  forms,  soils  and  minerals,  forests,  agriculture,  indus- 
tries, and  commerce;  the  people  and  their  occupations,  by  regions.  Several 
all-day  field  trips  are  required. 

Geog.  130,  131.  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of  Southern  and 
Eastern  Asia  (3,  3). 

A  study  of  China,  Japan,  India,  Burma,  Indo-China  and  the  Dutch  East 
Indies;  natural  resources,  population,  and  economic  activities.  Compari- 
sons of  physical  and  human  potentialities  or  major  regions  and  of  their 
economic,  social,  and  political  development. 

Geog.  150.    Problems  of  Map  Evaluation  I — Topographic  Maps  (3).    Two 

hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.     Prerequisite,  Geog.  30. 

Review  of  status  of  topographic  mapping  with  consideration  of  important 
schools  of  topographic  concepts  and  practices.  Theoretical  and  practical 
means  of  determining  map  reliability  and  utility,  including  studies  of  map 
coverage.  Emphasis  on  methods  of  preparation  of  data  for  compilation 
purposes,  including  a  study  of  types  of  source  materials.  Methods  of  map 
cataloging  and  bibliography  are  given  brief  consideration. 

Geog.  151.  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation  II — Non-topographic  Special-use 
Maps  (3).  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Geog.  150. 

Deals  exclusively  with  non-topographic  special-use  types  of  maps  such 
as  military-geographic,  military-geologic,  climatic,  pedologic,  isogonic,  eco- 
nomic, water  supply,  terrain  appreciaton  maps,  etc. 

Geog.  160.  Elementary  Toponymy  (3).  Prerequisite,  Geog.  30  and  one 
foreign  language. 

Problems  of  place-name  analysis  as  related  to  cartography,  especially 
those  involved  in  making  and  interpreting  foreign  maps,  the  language  as- 
pects of  gazeteers  and  the  problems  of  compilation  of  cartographic  diction- 
aries. The  course  will  close  with  a  review  of  the  linguistic  aspects  of  air 
charts,  hydrographic  charts,  and  the  International  Map  of  the  World. 

Geog.  210.  Seminar  in  Cartography  (Credit  to  be  arranged).  (On 
Campus.) 

The  historical  and  mathematical  background  of  cartographic  concepts, 
practices  and  problems,  and  the  various  philosophical  and  practical  ap- 
proaches to  cartography.  Discussions  will  be  supplemented  by  the  pre- 
sentation of  specific  cartographic  problems  investigated  by  the  students. 

GEOLOGY 
Geol.  2.    Engineering  Geology  (2). 

The  fundamentals  of  geology  with  engineering  applications. 


564  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

G.  &  P.  1.    American  Government  (3). 

This  course  is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government  for  the  Ameri- 
can Civilization  program,  and  it  or  its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  to  all 
other  courses  in  the  Department.  It  is  a  comprehensive  study  of  govern- 
ments in  the  United  States  and  of  their  adjustment  to  changing  social  and 
economic  conditions. 

G.  &  P.  101.    International  Political  Relations  (3).    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  major  factors  underlying  international  relations,  the 
influence  of  geography,  climate,  nationalism,  and  imperialism,  and  the 
development  of  international  organization,  with  emphasis  on  the  United 
Nations. 

G.  &  P.  102.    International  Law  (3).    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  the  principles  governing  international  intercourse  in  times  of 
peace  and  war,  as  illustrated  in  texts  and  cases. 

G.  &  P.  106.    American  Foreign  Relations  (3).    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

The  principles  and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  rela- 
tions, with  emphasis  on  the  Department  of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service, 
and  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the  United  States. 

G.  &  P.  110.  Principles  of  Public  Administration  (3).  Prerequisite, 
G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  public  administration  in  the  United  States,  giving  special 
attention  to  the  principles  of  organization  and  management  and  to  fiscal, 
personnel,  planning,  and  public  relations  practices. 

G.  &  P.  142.    Recent  Political  Theory  (3).    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 
A  study  of  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  political  thought,  with  special 
emphasis  on  recent  theories  of  socialism,  communism,  fascism. 

G.  &  P.  144.     American  Political  Theory  (3).     Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 
A  study  of  the  development  and  growth  of  American  political  concepts 
from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present. 

G.  &  P.  154.    Problems  of  World  Politics  (3).    Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1. 

A  study  of  governmental  problems  of  international  scope,  such  as  causes 
of  war,  problems  of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required 
to  report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

HEALTH 

Hea.  110.     Health  Service  and  Supervision  (3). 

The  supervision  on  health  inspection  and  physical  examinations  of  stu- 
dents by  school  nurses  and  physicians,  including  the  sanitary  inspection  of 
the  school  plant. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  565 

Hea.  120.     Teaching  Health  (2).     Prerequisite,  Hea.  40,  or  equivalent. 
A  study  of  materials  and  methods  in  health  education.     Planning  the 
health  education  curriculum. 

HISTORY 

H.  5,  6.  History  of  American  Civilization  (3,  3).  Required  for  gradua- 
tion of  all  students  who  enter  the  University  after  1944-45.  Normally  to  be 
taken  in  the  sophomore  year. 

H.  102.     The  American  Revolution   (3).     Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the 

equivalent. 

The  background  and  course  of  the  American  Revolution  through  the 
formation  of  the  Constitution. 

H.  108.    Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  Since  1900  (3). 

Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  outstanding  social  and  economic  problems  and  of  the  cul- 
tural changes  of  twentieth  century  America. 

H.  115.    The  Old  South  (3).    Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 
A  study  of  the  institutional  and  cultural  life  of  the  ante-bellum  South 
with  particular  reference  to  the  background  of  the  Civil  War. 

H.  201.     Seminar  in  American  History  (3). 

H.  129  The  United  States  and  World  Affairs  (3).  Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6, 
or  the  equivalent. 

A  consideration  of  the  changed  position  of  the  United  States  with  refer- 
ence to  the  rest  of  the  world  since  1917. 

H.  135,  136.  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States  (3,  3).  Prerequi- 
sites, H.  5,  6,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  study  of  the  historical  forces  resulting  in  the  formation  of  the  Con- 
stitution, and  the  development  of  American  constitutionalism  in  theory  and 
practice  thereafter. 

H.  141,  142.    History  of  Maryland  (3,  3).    Prerequisites,  H.  5,  6,  or  the 

equivalent. 

First  semester,  a  survey  of  the  political,  social  and  economic  history  of 
colonial  Maryland.  Second  semester,  Maryland's  historical  development  and 
role  as  a  state  in  the  American  Union. 

H.  145,  146  Latin- American  History  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  6  hours  of 
fundamental  courses. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  Latin  America  from  colonial  origins  to  the 
present,  covering  political,  cultural,  economic,  and  social  development,  with 
special  emphasis  upon  relations  with  the  United  States. 

H.  171,  172.  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1919  (3,  3).  Pre- 
requisites, H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 


566  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  study  of  the  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  development  of 
Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  First  World  War. 

H.  175,  176.  Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3,  3). 
Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  political,  economic,  and  cultural  developments  in  twentieth 
century  Europe  with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two 
World  Wars  and  their  global  impacts  and  significance. 

H.  186.  History  of  the  British  Empire  (3).  Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or 
H.  3,  4. 

The  rise  of  the  Second  British  Empire  and  the  solution  of  the  problem  of 
responsible  self-government,  1783-1867;  the  evolution  of  the  British  Empire 
into  a  Commonwealth  of  Nations,  and  the  development  and  problems  of  the 
dependent  Empire. 

H.  191.    History  of  Russia  (3).    Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  the  equivalent. 

A  history  of  Russia  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present  day. 

H.  193.    History  of  the  Near  East  (3).    Prerequisites,  H.  1,  2,  or  H.  3,  4. 

A  study  of  the  Balkans  and  of  Turkey  from  earliest  times  to  the  present. 

H.  195.    The  Far  East  (3). 

A  survey  of  the  institutional,  cultural  and  political  aspects  of  the  history 
of  China  and  Japan,  and  a  consideration  of  present-day  problems  of  the 
Pacific  area. 

HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT 

H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104.     Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II  and  III 

(2,  2,  2).    Prerequisite,  General  or  Educational  Psychology  or  any  course  in 
Human  Development. 

This  course  involves  the  direct  study  of  children  throughout  the  school 
year.  Each  participant  gathers  a  wide  body  of  information  about  an  indi- 
vidual; presents  the  accumulating  data  from  time  to  time  to  the  study 
group  for  criticism  and  group  analysis,  and  writes  an  interpretation  of  the 
dynamics  underlying  the  child's  learning,  behavior  and  development. 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

Ind.  Ed.  10.    Art  Crafts  II  (2). 

Art  Crafts  II  offers  work  experiences  in  model  building,  ceramics,  graphic 
arts,  paper  construction.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Ind.  Ed.  50.  Methods  of  Teaching  Vocational  and  Occupational  Subjects 
(2).     (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 

For  vocational  and  occupational  teachers  of  shop  and  related  subjects. 
The  identification  and  analysis  of  factors  essential  to  helping  others  learn; 
the  types  of  teaching  situations  and  techniques;  the  use  of  instruction 
sheets;  measuring  results  and  grading  student  progress  in  shop  and 
related  technical  subjects. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  567 

Ind.  Ed.  108.  Electricity  III  (2).  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  28,  or  equivalent, 
principles  of  electricity.    Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 

Experimental  development  of  apparatus  and  equipment  for  teaching  the 
principles  of  electricity. 

Ind.  Ed.  150.    Training  Aids  Development  (2). 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to  their  source  and  application. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  principles  to  be  observed  in  making  aids 
useful  to  shop  teachers.  Actual  making  and  application  of  such  an  aid 
will  be  required. 

Ind.  Ed.  164.    Shop  Organization  and  Management  (2). 

This  course  covers  the  basic  elements  of  organizing  and  managing  an 
Industrial  Education  program  including  the  selection  of  equipment  and  the 
arrangement  of  the  shop. 

Ind.  Ed.  168.    Trade  or  Occupational  Analysis  (2). 

Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  occupational  and  job  analysis  which 
is  basic  in  organizing  Industrial  Education  courses  of  study.  This  course 
should  precede  Ind.  Ed.  169. 

Ind.  Ed.  169.  Construction  of  Vocational  and  Occupational  Courses  of 
Study  (2). 

Surveys  and  applies  techniques  of  building  and  reorganizing  courses  of 
study  for  effective  use  in  vocational  and  occupational  schools. 

Ind.  Ed.  214.    School  Shop  Planning  and  Equipment  Selection  (2). 

This  course  deals  with  principles  involved  in  planning  a  school  shop  and 
provides  opportunities  for  applying  these  principles.  Facilities  required 
in  the  operation  of  a  satisfactory  shop  program  are  catalogued  and  appraised. 

Ind.  Ed.  216.     Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts  (2). 

LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURE,  FOREIGN 
French 

French  1,  2.  Elementary  French  (3,  3).  Students  who  offer  two  units 
in  French  for  entrance,  but  whose  preparation  is  not  adequate  for  second- 
year  French,  receive  half  credit  for  this  course. 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  com- 
position and  translation. 

French  4,  5.  Intermediate  Literary  French  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  French 
1  and  2  or  equivalent.  Second-year  French  for  students  interested  in  litera- 
ture or  in  fields  related  to  literature.  Students  who  expect  to  do  major 
or  minor  work  in  French  are  required,  however,  to  take  French  17  in  place 
of  the  second  semester  of  this  course. 

Translation;  conversation;  exercises  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  French  life,  thought,  and  culture. 


568  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

German 

German  1,  2.  Elementary  German  (3,  3).  Students  who  offer  two  units 
in  German  for  entrance,  but  whose  preparation  is  not  adequate  for  second- 
year  German,  receive  half  credit  for  this  course. 

Russian 

Russian  1,  2.     Elementary  Russian  (3,  3). 

Elements  of  grammar;  composition;  pronunciation  and  translation. 

Spanish 

Spanish  1,  2.     Elementary  Spanish  (3,  3). 

Students  who  offer  two  units  in  Spanish  for  entrance,  but  whose  prepa- 
ration is  not  adequate  for  second-year  Spanish,  receive  half  credit  for  this 
course. 

Spanish  4,  5.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Spanish  1,  2 
or  equivalent.  Students  who  do  major  or  minor  work  in  Spanish  are  advised 
to  take  Spanish  17  in  place  of  the  second  semester  of  this  course. 

Translation,  grammar  review,  exercise  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of 
texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Spanish  and  Latin-American 
lift,  thought,  and  culture. 

MATHEMATICS 

Math.  0.  Basic  Mathematics  (0).  Required  of  students  who  fail  the 
qualifying  examination  for  Math.  5  or  10. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  algebra. 

Math.  10.  Algebra  (3).  Prerequisite,  one  unit  each  of  algebra  and  plane 
geometry.  Open  to  biological,  premedical,  predental,  and  general  Arts  and 
Science  students. 

Fundamental  operations,  factoring,  fractions,  linear  equations,  exponents 
and  radicals,  logarithms,  quadratic  equations,  variation,  binominal  theorem, 
theory  of  equations. 

Math.  11.  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry  (3).  Prerequisite,  Math. 
10,  or  equivalent.  Open  to  biological,  premedical,  predental,  and  general 
Arts  and  Science  students.  This  course  not  recommended  for  students  plan- 
ning to  enroll  in  Math.  20. 

Trigonometric  functions,  identities,  addition  formulas,  solution  of  tri- 
angles, coordinates,  locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  conic  sec- 
tions, graphs. 

Math.  14.     Plane  Trigonometry  (2). 

Trigonometric  functions,  identities,  the  radian,  graphs,  addition  formulas, 
solution  of  triangles,  trigonometric  equations. 

Math.  15.     College  Algebra  (3). 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  569 

Fundamental  operations,  variation,  functions  and  graphs,  quadratic  equa- 
tions, theory  of  equations,  binominal  theorem,  complex  numbers,  logarithms 
determinants,  progressions. 

Math.  17.  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  Prerequisite,  Math.  14  and  15,  or 
equivalent.  Open  to  students  in  engineering,  education,  and  the  physical 
sciences. 

Coordinates,  locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  graphs,  trans- 
formation of  coordinates,  conic  sections,  parametric  equations,  transcen- 
dental equations,  solid  analytic  geometry. 

Math.  19.    Mathematics  Refresher  (0).     (Equivalent  of  4  credits.) 

Review  of  trigonometric  functions,  identities,  the  radian,  graphs,  addition 
formulas,  solution  of  triangles,  trigonometric  equations;  and,  review  of  co- 
ordinates, locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  graphs,  transforma- 
tion of  coordinates,  conic  sections,  parametric  equations,  transcendental  equa- 
tions, solid  analytic  geometry. 

Math.  20,  21.  Calculus  (4,  4).  Prerequisite,  Math.  17,  or  equivalent.  Open 
to  students  in  engineering,  education  and  the  physical  sciences. 

Limits,  derivatives,  differentials,  maxima  and  minima,  curve  sketching, 
rates,  curvature,  kinematics,  integration  with  geometric  and  physical  appli- 
cations, partial  derivatives,  space  geometry,  multiple  integrals,  infinite 
series. 

Math.  64.  Differential  Equations  for  Engineers  (3).  Prerequisite,  Math. 
21,  or  equivalent.  Required  of  students  in  mechanical  and  electrical  engi- 
neering. 

Ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  of  the  first  and  second  order 
with  emphasis  on  their  engineering  applications. 

Math.  102.  Theory  of  Equations  (3).  Prerequisite,  Math.  20,  21,  or 
equivalent. 

Solution  of  algebraic  equations,  symmetric  functions. 

Math.  103.  Introduction  to  Modern  Algebra  (3).  Prerequisite,  Math.  20, 
21,  or  equivalent. 

Linear  dependence,  matrices,  groups,  vector  spaces. 

Math.  110,  111.  Advanced  Calculus  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Math.  20,  21, 
or  equivalent. 

Limits,  continuous  functions,  differentiation  and  integration  with  appli- 
cation to  mechanics,  infinite  series,  Fourier  series,  functions  of  several 
variables,  differential  equations  with  applications  to  mechanics  and  physics, 
multiple  integrals,  the  theorems  of  Gauss  and  Stokes,  the  calculus  of 
variations. 

Math.  114,  115.  Differential  Equations  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Math.  20,  21, 
or  equivalent. 


570  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ordinary  differential  equations,  symbolic  methods,  successive  approxi- 
mations, solutions  in  series,  orthogonal  functions,  Bessel  functions,  Stur- 
mian  theory.  Partial  differential  equations  of  first  and  second  order, 
characteristics,  boundary  value  problems,  Pfaffians,  systems  of  equations, 
applications. 

Math.  116.  Introduction  to  Complex  Variable  Theory  (3).  Prerequisite, 
Math.  20,  21,  or  equivalent.  Open  to  students  of  engineering  and  the  physical 
sciences.    Graduate  students  of  mathematics  should  enroll  in  Math  210,  211. 

Fundamental  operations  in  complex  numbers,  differentiation  and  inte- 
gration, analytic  functions,  conformal  mapping,  residue  theory,  power 
series. 

Math.  117.    Fourier  Series  (3).    Prerequisite,  Math.  114,  or  equivalent. 

Representation  of  functions  by  series  of  orthogonal  functions.  Applica- 
tions to  the  solution  of  boundary  value  problems  of  some  partial  differential 
equations  of  physics  and  engineering. 

Math.  132,  133.    Advanced  Mathematics  for  Engineers  and  Physicists  (3, 

3).    Prerequisite,  Math.  64,  or  equivalent. 

Designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  advanced  mathematical  methods  and 
their  applications  to  problems  arising  in  the  fields  of  aeronautical,  elec- 
trical and  mechanical  engineering,  and  in  the  physical  sciences. 

Math.  134.    Vector  Analysis  (3).    Prerequisite,  Math.  20,  21,  or  equivalent. 
Vector  algebra  with  applications  to  geometry  and  mechanics. 

Math.  139.  Operational  Calculus  (3).  Prerequisite,  Math.  64,  or  equiva- 
lent.   Intended  for  students  of  engineering  and  physics. 

Operational  solutions  of  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations. 
Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms. 

Math.  154,  155.  Applications  of  Statistics  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  Math.  20, 
21,  or  equivalent. 

This  course  is  intended  for  those  who  desire  a  working  knowledge  of 
statistical  methods  without  going  into  the  finer  points  of  the  mathematical 
theory.  Tools  of  probability  theory,  testing  hypotheses,  power  of  tests, 
tests  of  goodness  of  fit,  estimation,  design  of  experiments,  moments,  curve 
fitting,  regression,  and  correlation. 

Math.  210,  211.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable  (3,  3).  Prerequisite, 
advanced  calculus. 

Complex  numbers,  infinite  series,  Cauchy-Riemann  equations,  conformal 
mapping,  complex  integral,  the  Cauchy  theory,  the  Weierstrass  theory, 
Riemann  surfaces,  algebraic  functions,  periodic  and  elliptic  functions,  the 
theorems  of  Weierstrass  and  Mittag-Leffler. 

Math.  227.  Tensor  Analysis  (3).  Prerequisites,  advanced  calculus  and 
differential  equations. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  571 

Algebra  and  calculus  of  tensors,  Riemannian  Geometry  and  its  extensions, 
differential  invariants,  applications  to  physics  and  engineering,  the  theory 
of  relativity. 

Math.  230,  231.  Applied  Mathematics  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  advanced 
calculus  and  differential  equations. 

The  subject  material  for  this  course  will  be  chosen  from  the  fields  of 
dynamics,  elasticity,  hydro-dynamics. 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

M.  E.  200,  201.  Advanced  Dynamics  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  Mech.  52; 
Math.  64;  M.  E.  107;  M.  E.  109 

Mechanics  of  machinery.  Dynamic  forces.  Balancing  of  rotating  parts. 
Vibrations  and  vibration  damping.    Critical  speeds. 

M.  E.  202,  203.  Applied  Elasticity  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Mech.  52;  Math. 
64;  M.  E.  107, 

Advanced  methods  in  structural  and  experimental  stress  analysis.  Ad- 
vanced strength  of  materials  involving  beam  problems,  curved  bars,  thin 
plates  and  shells,  buckling  of  bars,  plates  and  shells,  etc.  Advanced  work 
in  stress  concentrations,  plastic  deformations,  etc.,  and  problems  involving 
instability  of  structures. 

M.  E.  204,  205.     Advanced  Thermodynamics  and  Heat  Transfer   (3,  3). 

Prerequisites,  M.  E.  101,  104,  105;  Math.  64. 

Advanced  problems  in  thermodynamics  on  compression  of  gases  and 
liquids,  combustion  and  equilibrium,  humidification  and  refrigeration  and 
availibility.  Problems  in  advanced  heat  transfer  covering  the  effect  of 
radiation,  conduction,  and  convection,  steady  and  unsteady  flow,  evapora- 
tion and  condensation. 

M.  E.  225.  Advanced  Properties  of  Metals  and  Alloys  (2).  Prerequisite, 
Mech.  52,  M.  E.  53,  M.  E.  106,  M.  E.  107. 

Mechanical  properties  of  alloys  and  the  equilibrium  diagram.  Effects 
of  mechanical  deformation  and  methods  of  fabrication  on  mechanical  proper- 
ties. Effect  of  extreme  temperature.  Theory  of  plastic  deformation. 
Fatigue,  creep  and  damping  capacity.  Speed  effects  and  stress  concen- 
tration. 

M.  E.  229.  Jet  Propulsion  (2).  Prerequisites,  M.  E.  101,  M.  E.  104, 
M.  E.  105. 

Types  of  thermal  jet  units.  Fluid  reaction  and  propulsive  efficiency. 
Performance  of  rockets,  aerothermodynamics,  combustion  chemical  kinetics, 
aerodynamics  of  high-speed  air  flow.  Principles  and  design  of  solid  and 
liquid  propellant  rockets.  Design  of  turbojets  and  aerojets,  ramjets  and 
hydroduct  units,  including  combustion  chambers,  turbines  and  compressors. 


572  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

MILITARY  SCIENCE  AND  TACTICS 
M.  S.  151.    Military  Logistics  (3). 

A  study  of  organization,  troop  movements  by  Motor,  Rail,  Air,  Water. 
Evacuation  replacements  and  prisoner  of  war,  characteristics  of  materiel, 
supply.    Staff,  procedure  to  include  organization,  duties,  and  actions. 

M.  S.  152.     Military  Leadership  (3). 

The  study  of  the  great  leaders  of  history  and  an  analysis  of  qualities  which 
attributed  to  their  success. 

M.  S.  153.    Military  Policy  of  the  United  States  (3). 
A  study  of  our  military  history  and  our  military  policy  and  the  effects 
of  the  latter  on  the  former. 

MUSIC 

Music  1.     Music  Appreciation  (3). 

A  study  of  all  types  of  classical  music  (not  including  opera)  from  the  time 
of  Haydn,  with  a  view  to  developing  the  ability  to  listen  and  enjoy. 

NURSING  EDUCATION 

N.  Ed.  2.  Introduction  to  Nursing  Education  (2).  (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 
Exploratory  and  guidance  course  for  nursing  education  students.  Types 
of  positions  in  schools  of  nursing,  teacher  supply  and  demand  in  such 
schools,  and  the  types  of  professional  and  personal  competence  required 
of  teachers  in  nursing  schools  are  among  the  topics  included.  This  course 
may  be  substituted  for  Ed.  2.  Students  who  take  N.  Ed.  2  will  not  be 
permitted  to  register  for  Ed.  2,  or  vice  versa. 

N.  Ed.  5,  6.  Teaching  of  Nursing  Arts,  I  and  II  (3,  3).  (Offered  in 
Baltimore.) 

This  is  the  basic  course  in  principles  of  teaching  as  applied  to  the  field 
of  nursing  arts.  It  is  a  course  which  is  roughly  parallel  to  the  general 
course  Ed.  145. 

N.  Ed.  115,  116.    Ward  Management  and  Clinical  Teaching  (2,  2). 

This  course  covers  the  administrative  phase  of  a  hospital  unit  or  ward, 
especially  the  assigning  of  duties  according  to  the  level  of  ability  of  the 
worker.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  hospital  economics  and  the  budgeting  of 
supplies.  A  program  for  clinical  bedside  teaching  is  stressed  through  the 
entire  course. 

N.  Ed.  117.     Newer  Trends  in  Nursing  Service  (2). 

Inclination  and  effect  on  the  care  of  the  patient;  how  to  evaluate  a  nursing 
service  by  the  point  rate  system  as  advocated  by  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons.  The  importance  of  a  close  working  relationship  between  the 
director  of  nursing  and  the  hospital  administrators  as  well  as  all  other 
department  heads. 


SPECIAL   AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  573 

N.  Ed.  190.    Principles  of  Pediatric  Nursing  (3).    (Offered  in  Baltimore.) 

Principles  of  nursing  children  with  emphasis  upon  the  direction  of  growth 

and  development  of  children  under  conditions  where  nursing  care  is  required, 

OFFICE  TECHNIQUES  AND  MANAGEMENT 

O.  T.  1.     Principles  of  Typewriting  (2).    Laboratory  fee,  $7.50. 

The  goal  of  this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  to  operate  the  type- 
writer continuously  with  reasonable  speed  and  accuracy  by  the  use  of  the 
"touch"  system.  This  course  should  be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in 
O.  T.  12,  Principles  of  Shorthand. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Courses  open  only  to  men  are  given  odd  numbers. 

Courses  open  only  to  women  have  even  numbers. 

Courses  for  men  and  women  have  numbers  ending  with  zero. 

P.  E.  140.    Therapeutics  (3).    Prerequisite,  P.  E.  100. 

A  study  of  common  structural  abnormalities,  corrective  (adaptive)  exer- 
cises, and  massage.  Causes,  prevention  and  correction  of  postural  defects. 
Testing  methods.    Theory  and  practice. 

P.  E.  150.    History  and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education  (2). 

The  study  of  the  origins  and  derivations  of  modern  physical  education 
and  the  implications  of  the  modern  program  for  human  welfare. 

P.  E.  170.    Principles  of  Physical  Education  (3). 

An  integrative  resume  of  the  basic  and  specialized  sciences  pertinent  to 
this  field  and  their  application  in  developing  the  modern  physical  education 
curriculum. 

P.  E.  180.    Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  (3). 

The  application  of  measurement  to  physical  and  health  education. 

P.  E.  190.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Physical  Education,  Health, 
and  Recreation  (3).    First  and  second  semesters. 

The  application  of  the  principles  of  administration  and  supervision  to 
physical  education,  health,  and  recreation. 

P.  E.  201.  Foundations  in  Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Recreation 
(3). 

An  overall  view  of  the  total  fields  with  their  inter-relations  and  places 
in  education. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Phil.  1.     Philosophical  Perspectives  (3). 

Systematic  and  critical  examination  and  evaluation  of  representative 
hypotheses  as  to  the  nature  of  man  and  his  place  in  the  universe,  the  nature 
and  function  of  religion  and  of  science  in  the  life  of  man. 


574  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

PHYSICS 

Phys.  1.     Elements  of  Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Sound  (3).     The 

first  half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for  the 
general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional 
schools.  Prerequisite,  successful  passing  of  the  qualifying  examination  in 
elementary  mathematics.     Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00. 

Phys.  2.     Elements  of  Physics:  Magnetism,  Electricity,  and  Optics  (3). 

The  second  half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for 
the  general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional 
schools.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  1.    Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00. 

Phys.  20.  General  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Heat  (5).  The  first  half  of 
a  course  in  general  physics.  Required  of  all  students  in  the  engineering 
curricula.  Math.  20  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.  Lecture  demonstration 
and  laboratory  fee,  $6.00. 

Phys.  21.    General  Physics:  Sound,  Optics,  Magnetism,  and  Electricity  (5). 

The  second  half  of  a  course  in  general  physics.  Required  of  all  students 
in  the  engineering  curricula.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  20.  Math.  21  is  to  be  taken 
concurrently.     Lecture  demonstration  and  laboratory  fee,  $6.00. 

Phys.  100.  Advanced  Experiments.  Three  hours'  laboratory  work  for 
each  credit  hour.  One  or  more  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently.  Pre- 
requisites, Phys.  52  or  54  and  four  credits  in  Phys.  60.  Laboratory  fee, 
$6.00  per  credit  hour. 

Phys.  102.    Optics  (3).    Prerequisites,  Phys.  11  or  21  and  Math.  21. 

Phys.  104,  105.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  Phys.  11 
or  21  and  Math.  21. 

Phys.  106,  107.  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3,  3).  Prerequisites,  Phys.  11  or 
21  and  Math.  21. 

Phys.  112,  113.    Modern  Physics  (2,  2).    Prerequisites,  Phys.  102  or  104. 

Phys.  120,  121.  Experimental  Nuclear  Physics  (3,  3).  Prerequisite,  Phys. 
115,  and  two  credits  of  Phys.  100. 

Phys.  200,  201.  Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics  primarily  for  students 
planning  to  do  graduate  work  (5,  5).  Prerequisite,  advanced  standing  in 
physics  and  mathematics. 

Phys.  204.    Electrodynamics  (4).    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

Phys.  206.    Physical  Optics  (3).    Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

Phys.  208,  209.  Thermodynamics  (2,  2).  Prerequisite,  Phys.  201,  or 
equivalent. 

Phys.  212,  213.    Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  (2,  2).    Prerequisite, 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  575 

Phys.  222.  Boundary-Value  Problems  of  Theoretical  Physics  (2),  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  201. 

Phys.  224,  225.     Supersonic  Aerodynamics  and  Compressible  Flow  (2,  2). 

Prerequisite,  Phys.  201. 

Phys.  228,  229.  The  Electron  (2,  2).  Prerequisite,  Phys.  204  and  Phys. 
213. 

Phys.  230.    Seminar  (1). 

Phys.  236.     Theory  of  Relativity  (3).    Prerequisite,  Phys.  200. 

Phys.  238.  Quantum  Theory — selected  topics  (3).  Prerequisite,  Phys. 
236. 

Phys.  242,  243.    Theory  of  Solids  (2,  2).    Prerequisite,  Phys.  213. 

Phys.  240,  241.  Theory  of  Sound  and  Vibrations  (2,  2).  Prerequisite, 
Phys.  201. 

Phys.  250.  Research.  (Credit  according  to  work  done.)  Laboratory  fee, 
$6.00  per  credit  hour. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Psych.  1.    Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).    Not  open  to  Freshmen. 

A  basic  introductory  course,  intended  to  bring  the  student  into  contact 
with  the  major  problems  confronting  psychology  and  the  more  important 
attempts  at  their  solution. 

Psych.  2.     Applied  Psychology  (3).     Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  3. 

Application  of  research  methods  to  basic  human  problems  in  business 
and  industry,  in  the  professions,  and  in  other  practical  concerns  of  every- 
day life. 

Psych.  110.    Educational  Psychology  (3).    Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  3. 

Researches  on  fundamental  psychological  problems  encountered  in  educa- 
tion; measurement  and  significance  of  individual  differences,  learning,  moti- 
vation, transfer  of  training. 

Psych.  121.    Social  Psychology  (3).    Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  3. 

Psychological  study  of  human  behavior  in  social  situations;  influence  of 
others  on  individual  behavior,  social  conflict  and  individual  adjustment, 
communication  and  its  influences  on  normal  social  activity. 

Psych.  161.     Psychological  Techniques  in  Personnel  Administration   (3). 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  128. 

A  survey  course,  intended  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  some  phase  of 
personnel  work,  but  who  do  not  plan  to  undertake  graduate  study. 


576  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

RECREATION 
Rec.  30.     History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation  (2). 

The  beginnings  and  expansion  of  community  recreation  as  fostered  by 
individuals  and  organizations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  history,  aims,  leader- 
ship, areas,  facilities  and  programs. 

Rec.  170.     Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  (3). 

A  consideration  of  the  management  and  the  personnel  required  to  con- 
duct recreation  activity  programs  by  municipal,  industrial,  school,  club,  and 
social  agencies. 

SOCIOLOGY 

Sociology  1  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in 
Sociology. 

Sociology  1,  2,  183,  186,  and  196  or  their  equivalents  are  required  for  an 
undergraduate  major  in  Sociology. 

Soc.  1.    Sociology  of  American  Life  (3). 

Sociological  analysis  of  the  American  social  structure;  metropolitan, 
small  town,  and  rural  communities;  population  distribution,  composition 
and  change;  social  organization. 

Soc.  52.    Criminology  (3).    Prerequisite,  Soc.  1  and  sophomore  standing. 

Criminal  behavior  and  the  methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies 
of  criminal  acts  and  offenders;  punishment,  correction,  and  incapacitation; 
prevention  of  crime. 

Soc.  114.    The  City  (3). 

The  rise  of  urban  civilization  and  metropolitan  regions;  ecological  process 
and  structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of  dominance;  social  problems,  control, 
and  planning. 

Soc.  115.  Industrial  Sociology  (3).  Social  organization  of  American  in- 
dustry; functions  of  members  of  industrial  organization,  status,  social 
structure,  patterns  of  interaction  and  relations  of  industry  and  society. 

Soc.  118.    Community  Organization  (3). 

Community  organization  and  its  relation  to  social  welfare;  analysis  of 
community  needs  and  resources;  health,  housing,  recreation;  community 
centers;  neighborhood  projects. 

Soc.  121,  122.    Population  (3,  3). 

Population  distribution,  composition  and  growth  in  North  America  and 
Eurasia;  trends  in  fertility  and  mortality;  migrations;  population  prospects 
and  policies. 

Soc.  123.    Ethnic  Minorities  (3). 

Basic  social  processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups  within  the  state; 
immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the  United  States;  ethnic  minorities 
in  Europe. 


SPECIAL    AND    CONTINUATION    STUDIES  577 

Soc.  144.  Collective  Behavior  (3).  Prerequisites,  Soc.  1  or  equivalent 
and  junior  standing. 

Social  interaction  in  mass  behavior;  communication  processes;  structure 
and  functioning  of  crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  movements,  and  the 
public. 

Soc.  145.  Social  Control  (3).  Prerequisites,  Soc.  1  or  its  equivalent  and 
junior  standing. 

Forms,  mechanisms,  and  techniques  of  group  influence  on  human  behavior; 
problems  of  social  control  in  contemporary  society. 

Soc.  147.    Sociology  of  Law  (3). 

Law  as  a  form  of  social  control;  interrelation  between  legal  and  other 
conduct  norms  as  to  their  content,  sanctions  and  methods  of  securing  con- 
formity; law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of  the  group;  factors  and 
processes  operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms;  legal  norms  as  de- 
terminants of  human  behavior. 

Soc.  153.     Juvenile  Delinquency  (3). 

Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general  problem  of  crime;  analysis 
of  factors  underlying  juvenile  delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention. 

Soc.  186.     Sociological  Theory  (3). 

Development  of  the  science  of  sociology;  historical  backgrounds;  recent 
theories  of  society. 

SPEECH  AND  DRAMATIC  ART 

Speech  1,  2.  Public  Speaking  (2,  2).  Prerequisite  for  advanced  speech 
courses.    Speech  I  prerequisite  for  Speech  II. 

The  preparation  and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  outside  readings; 
reports,  etc.  It  is  recommended  that  this  course  be  taken  during  the  fresh- 
man year.    Laboratory  fee,  $1.00  for  each  course. 

Speech  4.    Voice  and  Diction  (3). 

Emphasis  upon  the  improvement  of  voice,  articulation,  and  phonation. 
May  be  taken  concurrently  with  Speech  1,  2. 

Speech  7.     Public  Speaking  (3)..  For  science  and  engineering  students. 
The  preparation  and  delivery  of  speeches,  reports,  etc.,  on  technical  and 
general  subjects.     Laboratory  fee,  $1.00. 

Speech  101.    Radio  Speech  (3).    Prerequisite,  Speech  4. 
The  theory  and  application  of  microphone  techniques.     Practice  in  all 
types  of  radio  speaking.    Laboratory  fee,  $2.00. 

Speech  102.    Radio  Production  (3). 

A  study  of  the  multiple  problems  facing  the  producer.  Special  emphasis 
is  given  to  acoustic  setup,  casting,  "miking,"  timing,  cutting,  and  the  co- 
ordination of  personnel  factors  involved  in  the  production  of  radio  pro- 
grams.   Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.     Laboratory  fee,  $2.00. 


578  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Speech  103,  104.     Speech  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3,  3). 

A  study  of  rhetorical  principles  and  models  of  speech  composition  in 
conjunction  with  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  specific  forms  of 
public  address. 

Speech  105.    Pathology  (3). 

The  causes,  nature,  symptoms,  and  treatment  of  common  speech  disorders. 

Speech  106.    Clinic  (3).    Prerequisite,  Speech  105. 

A  laboratory  course  dealing  with  the  various  methods  of  correction  plus 
actual  work  in  the  clinic  both  on  and  off  the  campus. 

Speech  110.  Teacher  Problems  in  Speech  (3).  For  students  who  intend 
to  teach. 

Every-day  speech  problems  that  confront  the  teacher. 

SURVEYING 

Surv.  1,  2.  Plane  Surveying  (2,  2).  Prerequisite,  Math.  14.  Surv.  1 
required  of  sophomores  in  Aeronautical,  Chemical,  Electrical,  and  Mechan- 
ical Engineering.     Surv.  1,  2  required  of  sophomores  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Theory  and  practice  in  the  use  of  tape,  compass,  transit,  and  level. 
General  survey  methods,  traversing,  area,  coordinates,  profiles,  cross- 
sections,  volume,  stadia. 

ZOOLOGY 

Zool.  la,  lb.    General  Zoology  (2,  2). 

This  course,  which  is  cultural  and  practical  in  its  aim,  deals  with  the 
basic  principles  of  animal  life.  Typical  invertebrates  and  a  mammalian 
form  are  studied.    Laboratory  fee,  $8.00. 

Zool.  110.     Parasitology  (3).    Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Zoology. 

A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology  and  life  cycles  of  animal  parasites 
with  special  emphasis  on  practical  problems  in  parasite  control  and  disease 
prevention.     Laboratory  fee,  $8.00. 


BALTIMORE  COLLEGE  OF  DENTAL 
SURGERY,  DENTAL  SCHOOL 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

H.  C.  Byrd,  B.S.,  LL.D.,  D.Sc,  President  of  the  University 

J.  Ben  Robinson,  D.D.S.,  D.Sc,  Dean 

Katharine  Toomey,  Administrative  Assistant 

Edgar  F.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Admissions 

Alma  H.  Preinkert,  M.A.,  Registrar 

OFFICERS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

1949-1950  SESSION 

Emeritus 
Burt  B.  Ide,  D.D.S 2010  E.  Thirty-first  Street 

Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

Professors 
*Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  D.D.S 3619  Rosedale  Street 

Professor  of  Pathology 

*Joseph  C.  Biddix,  Jr.,  D.D.S 72  Dunkirk  Road 

Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 

*Edward  C.  Dobbs,  D.D.S 703  N.  Chapelgate  Lane 

Professor  of  Pharmacology 

JBrice  M.  Dorsey,  D.D.S Defense  Highway,  R.  D.  1,  Annapolis,  Md. 

Professor  of  Oral  Surgery  and  Anesthesiology 

*Grayson  W.  Gaver,  D.D.S 218  Midhurst  Road 

Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 

*William  E.  Hahn,  D.D.S.,  A.B.,  M.S 47  Holmehurst  Ave.,  Catonsville 

Professor  of  Anatomy 

*Harry  B.  McCarthy,  D.D.S.,  B.S.,  M.A 5821  Bellona  Avenue 

Director  of  Clinics 

*Marion  W.  McCrea,  D.D.S.,  M.S 1200  St.  Paul  Street 

Professor  of  Embryology  and  Histology 

*Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  D.D.S 5811  Clear  Spring  Road 

Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

♦Robert  H.  Oster,  Ph.D 694  Gladstone  Avenue 

Professor  of   Physiology 

Kyrle  W.  Preis,  D.D.S Mt.  Vista  Road,  Glen  Arm,  Md. 

Professor  of  Orthodontics 

♦Kenneth  V.  Randolph,  D.D.S 4500  Pen  Lucy  Road 

Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

*J.  Ben  Robinson,  D.D.S.,  D.Sc Roland  Park  Apartments 

Professor  of  Dental  History  and  Dental  Ethics 

♦Donald  E.  Shay,  Ph.D Severna  Park,  Md. 

Professor  of  Bacteriology 

*E.  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  Ph.D 7  Burnbrae  Road,  Towson 

Professor  of  Biochemistry 


•  Full  time  t  Half  time 

741 


742  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Associate  Professors 
{Benjamin  A.  Dabrowski,  A.B.,  D.D.S 5410  Springlake  Way 

Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Oral  Roentgenology 

*  Stanley  H.  Dosh,  D.D.S 216  Rosewood  Avenue,  Catonsville 

Associate   Professor  of  Fixed   Partial   Prosthesis 

*Josephine  V.  Ezekiel 5600  Carville  Avenue 

Director  of  Visual  Aids 

♦Gardner  P.  H.  Foley,  M.A 4824  Keswick  Road 

Associate  Professor  of  Dental  History  and  Dental  Literature 

Harold  Golton,  D.D.S 3728  Winterbourne  Road 

Associate  Professor  of   Oral   Diagnosis 

Hugh  T.  Hicks,  D.D.S 5214  Springlake  Way 

Associate  Professor  of  Periodontology 

George  McLean,  M.D 5507  St.  Albans  Way 

Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Principles  of  Medicine 

*Robert  G.  Miller,  D.D.S 6603  Edmondson  Ave.  Ext.,  Catonsville 

Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Anatomy  and  Instructor  in  Clinical  Oral  Roentgenology 

*Wilbur  0.  Ramsey,  D.D.S Seminary  Avenue,  Lutherville 

Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Dental  Prosthesis 

{Nathan  B.  Scherr,  D.D.S 2426  Eutaw  Place 

Associate  Professor  of  Dentistry  for  Children 

*Guy  P.  Thompson,  A.M 3024  Ailsa  Avenue 

Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 

♦Robert  B.  Towill,  D.D.S 1327  Gatwich  Road,  Harundale 

Associate  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

fL.  Edward  Warner,  D.D.S Northwood  Apartments 

Associate  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 

Assistant  Professors 
Douglas  A.  Browning,  D.D.S 425  Nottingham  Road 

Assistant  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial   Prosthesis 

A.  Bernard  Eskow,  D.D.S 3611  Copley  Road 

Assistant  Professor  of  Periodontology 

{Lewis  C.  Toomey,  Jr.,  D.D.S 5608  Loch  Raven  Boulevard 

Assistant  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery  and  Anesthesiology 

B.  Sargent  Wells,  D.D.S 3704  Cedardale  Road 

Assistant  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Riley  S.  Williamson,  Jr.,  D.D.S 3803  Lochearn  Drive 

Assistant  Professor  of  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Special  Lecturers 
Alfred  T.  Nelson,  M.D 152  Oaklee  Village 

Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology  (School  of  Medicine) 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  M.D 106  E.  Chase  Street 

Professor  of  Dermatology  (School  of  Medicine) 

Arthur  G.  Siwinski,  A.B.,  M.D 603  Edgevale  Road 

Associate  in  Surgery   (School  of  Medicine) 


•  Full  time  |  Approximately  full  time  £  Half  time 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  743 

F.  Noel  Smith,  D.D.S 321  Broxton  Road 

Special  Lecturer  in  Dental  Prosthesis 

John  S.  Strahorn,  Jr.,  A.B.,  LL.B.,  S.J.D.,  J.S.D 3936  Cloverhill  Road 

Professor  of  Law   (School  of  Law) 

Grant  E.  Ward,  A.B.,  M.D 602  W.  University  Parkway 

Associate   Professor   of   Surgery   and   Oral   Surgery    (School   of   Medicine; 

George  H.  Yeager,  B.S.,  M.D. 212  Ridgewood  Road 

Professor  of  Surgery   (School  of  Medicine) 

Instructors 
JAlvin  D.  Aisenberg,  D.D.S 3619  Rosedale  Road 

Instructor  in  Pathology 

Carl  E.  Bailey,  D.D.S 1308  E.  Belvedere  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 

JSterrett  P.  Beaven,  D.D.S 736  West  Hills  Parkway,  Catonsville 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry 

*W.  Robert  Biddington,  D.D.S 1261  Circle  Drive 

Instructor  in   Periodontology 

Samuel  H.  Bryant,  A.B.,  D.D.S 522  Old  Orchard  Road 

Instructor  in  Diagnosis 

♦Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  B.S.,  D.D.S 807  Park  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

Morris  E.  Coberth,  D.D.S 209  Goodale  Road 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Dentistry  for  Children 

*Charles  W.  DeVier,  D.D.S 5733  Beauregard  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Dentistry  for  Children 

Russell  Gigliotti,  D.D.S 800  N.  Patterson  Park  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Diagnosis 

Karl  F.  Grempler,  D.D.S 2311  Garrison  Boulevard 

Instructor  in   Clinical   Orthodontics 

Julian  W.  Habercam,  D.D.S 5839  York  Road 

Instructor  in   Oral  Diagnosis 

Marshall  I.  Kader,  D.D.S 1404  Lochner  Road 

Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

*Cecil  G.  Hewes,  B.A.,  M.S 1644-D  Eastern  Avenue,  Essex 

Instructor  in  Anatomy 

Conrad  L.  Inman,  D.D.S 3504  Grantley  Road 

Instructor  in  Anesthesiology 

*Nancy  W.  Kiehne,  A.B 5703  Chinquapin  Parkway 

Instructor  in  Visual  Aids 

Stanley  M.  Kotula,  D.D.S 533  S.  Luzerne  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Dental  Prosthesis 

JAlgert  P.  Lazauskas,  D.D.S. 801  Braeside  Road,  Catonsville 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry 

Lester  Lebo,  B.S.,  M.D 3409  Walbrook  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Physical  Diagnosis 

Victor  S.  Leocha,  D.M.D 42  State  Circle,  Annapolis 

Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 
•  Full  time  $  Half  time 


744                                UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
Richard  C.  Leonard,  D.D.S.,  M.S.P.H Lan-Lea  Apartments,  Towson 

Instructor  in  Public  Health  Dentistry 

*Jose  E.  Medina,  D.D.S 3019  St.  Paul  Street 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry 

Frank  N.  Ogden,  M.D 2701  N.  Calvert  Street 

Instructor  in  First  Aid  and  in  Charge  of  Medical  Care  of  Students 

*Richard  C.  Orrison,  D.D.S 110  W.  Mulberry  Street 

Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

*  Frank  E.  Pavel,  D.D.S 2014  N.  Longwood  Street 

Instructor  in  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis 

Burton  R.  Pollack,  D.D.S..- 5427  Jonquil  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Physiology 

Leonard  Rapoport,  B.S.,  D.D.S 836  W.  36th  Street 

Instructor  in  Pharmacology 

Aaron  Schaeffer,  A.B.,  D.D.S 803  Cathedral  Street 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 

JE.  Roderick  Shipley,  A.B.,  M.D 6206  Blackburn  Lane 

Instructor  in  Physiology 

D.  Robert  Swinehart,  B.A.,  D.D.S 103  Edgevale  Road 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 

R.  Kent  Tongue,  Jr.,  D.D.S 4006  Round  Top  Road 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Orthodontics 

Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  B.S.,  D.D.S 7  Burnbrae  Road,  Towson 

Instructor  in  Clinical  Operative  Dentistry 

Earle  H.  Watson,  D.D.S 1334  Sulphur  Spring  Road,  Arbutus 

Instructor  in  Dental  Materials  and  Dental  Prosthesis 

*Margaret  W.  Wood,  R.N 823  Park  Avenue 

Instructor  in  Visual  Aids 

*Millicent  L.  Yamin,  B.S 1714  E.  33rd  Street 

Instructor  in  Embryology  and  Histology 

Graduate  Assistants 
"■Lawrence  J.  Edberg,  B.S 623  Milford  Mill  Road,  Pikesville 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Biochemistry 

*Charles  I.  Smith,  B.S 2435  E.  Preston  Street 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Biochemistry 

*  Junior  M.  Joseph,  M.S 817  Park  Avenue 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Bacteriology 

Library  Staff 
Ida  Marian  Robinson,  A.B.,  B.S.L.S 2100  Mt.  Royal  Terrace 

Librarian 

Beatrice  Marriott,  A.B 709  Reservoir  Street 

Assistant  Librarian 

Elizabeth  Crouse 313  s>  Ellwood  Avenue 

Assistant  Librarian 

Rebecca  Elam,  A.B.,  B.S.L.S 2121  St.  Paul  Street 

Cataloguer 

Charlotte  Wilson 5719  Edge  Park  Eoad 

Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer 
•  Full  time  J  Half  time 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  745 

Assisting  Staff 
Louise  0.  Bentley 327  Cornwall  Street 

Stenographer 

June  G.  Bingen,  R.N 604  Hastings  Road,  Towson 

Assistant  in  Oral  Surgery 

Betty  L.  Chamberlain 124  N.  Collington  Avenue 

Stenographer 

Lorraine  J.  Cook 7110  Marley  Neck  Road 

Stenographer 

Ruth  E.  Cooke 700  Cooks  Lane 

Secretary,  Diagnostic  Clinic 

Mary  Katherine  Cross 3821  Dolfield  Avenue 

Information  and  Case  Record   Clerk 

Mary  A.  Hagan 2804  E.  Baltimore  Street 

Secretary,  Orthodontic  Clinic 

Sylvia  S.  Heiser 1816  Harford  Road 

Secretary,  Roentgenology  Clinic 

Claire  V.  Herbert 4523  Fairfax  Road 

Secretary,  Prosthetic  Clinic 

Ellen  Lynch 2515  Garrett  Avenue 

Stenographer 

Dorothy  McLaughlin 303  Edsdale  Road 

Stenographer 

Katherine  Miller 1806  E.  30th  Street 

Secretary,   Oral  Surgery  Clinic 

Mary  C.  Reed 215  N.  Linwood  Avenue 

Accountant,  Clinics 

Addie  A.  Spicer Hampstead,  Maryland 

Cashier 

Katherine  L.  Underwood 124  Newburg  Avenue,  Catonsville 

Stenographer 


746  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

HISTORY 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  occupies  an  important  and  inter- 
esting place  in  the  history  of  dentistry.  At  the  end  of  the  regular  session — 
1949-50 — it  completed  its  one  hundred  and  tenth  year  of  service  to  dental  edu- 
cation. The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the  first  effort 
in  history  to  offer  institutional  dental  education  to  those  anticipating  the 
practice  of  dentistry. 

The  first  lectures  on  dentistry  in  America  were  delivered  by  Dr.  Horace 
H.  Hayden  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Medicine,  between  the 
years  1823-25.  These  lectures  were  interrupted  in  1825  by  internal  dissen- 
sions in  the  School  of  Medicine  and  were  as  a  consequence  discontinued.  It 
was  Dr.  Hayden's  idea  that  dental  education  merited  greater  attention  than 
had  been  given  it  by  medicine  or  could  be  given  it  by  the  preceptorial  plan 
of  dental  teaching  then  in  vogue. 

Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  began  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  Baltimore  in 
1800.  From  that  time  he  made  a  zealous  attempt  to  lay  the  foundation  for 
a  scientific,  serviceable  dental  profession.  In  1831  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris 
came  to  Baltimore  to  study  under  Hayden.  Dr.  Harris  was  a  man  of  un- 
usual ability  and  possessed  special  qualifications  to  aid  in  establishing  and 
promoting  formal  dental  education.  Since  Dr.  Hayden's  lectures  had  been 
interrupted  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  there  was  an  apparent 
unsurmountable  difficulty  confronting  the  creation  of  dental  departments  in 
medical  schools,  an  independent  college  was  decided  upon.  A  charter  was 
applied  for  and  granted  by  the  Maryland  Legislature  February  1,  1840. 
The  first  Faculty  meeting  was  held  February  3,  1840,  at  which  time  Dr. 
Horace  H.  Hayden  was  elected  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris,  Dean. 
The  introductory  lecture  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  November  3,  1840, 
to  the  five  students  matriculating  in  the  first  class.  Thus  was  created  as 
the  foundation  of  the  present  dental  profession  the  Baltimore  College  of 
Dental  Surgery,  the  first  dental  school  in  the  world. 

Hayden  and  Harris,  the  admitted  founders  of  the  dental  profession,  con- 
tributed, in  addition  to  the  factor  of  dental  education,  other  opportunities  for 
professional  growth  and  development.  In  1839  the  American  Journal  of 
Dental  Science  was  founded,  with  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  editor.  Dr.  Harris 
continued  fully  responsible  for  dentistry's  initial  venture  into  periodic  dental 
literature  to  the  time  of  his  death.  The  files  of  the  old  American  Journal  of 
Dental  Science  testify  to  the  fine  contributions  made  by  Dr.  Harris.  In  1840 
the  American  Society  of  Dental  Surgeons  was  founded,  with  Dr.  Horace  H. 
Hayden  as  its  President  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris  as  its  Corresponding 
Secretary.  This  was  the  beginning  of  dental  organization  in  America,  and 
was  the  forerunner  of  the  American  Dental  Association,  which  now  num- 
bers approximately  sixty-eight  thousand  in  its  present  membership.  The 
foregoing  suggests  the  unusual  influence  Baltimore  dentists  and  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  have  exercised  on  professional  ideals  and 
policies. 

In  1873,  the  Maryland  Dental  College,  an  offspring  of  the  Baltimore  Col- 
lege of  Dental  Surgery,  was  organized.  It  continued  instruction  until  1879, 
at  which  time  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery.    A  department  of  dentistry  was  organized  at  the  University  of 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  74? 

Maryland  in  the  year  1882,  graduating  a  class  each  year  from  1883  to  1923. 
This  school  was  chartered  as  a  corporation  and  continued  as  a  privately 
owned  and  directed  institution  until  1920,  when  it  became  a  State  institution. 
The  Dental  Department  of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  was  established 
in  1895,  continuing  until  1913,  when  it  merged  with  the  Dental  Department 
of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  final  combining  of  the  dental  educational  interests  of  Baltimore  was 
effected  June  15, 1923,  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  student  bodies  of  the  Balti- 
more College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  School 
of  Dentistry;  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  becoming  a  distinct 
department  of  the  University  under  State  supervision  and  control.  Thus 
we  find  in  the  Baltimore  City  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  a  merging  of  the  various  efforts  at  dental  education 
in  Maryland.  From  these  component  elements  have  radiated  developments 
of  the  art  and  science  of  dentistry  until  the  strength  of  its'  alumni  is  second 
to  none,  either  in  number  or  degree  of  service  to  the  profession. 

BUILDING 

The  School  of  Dentistry  is  located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Lombard 
and  Greene  Streets,  adjoining  the  University  Hospital.  The  building  occu- 
pied by  the  Dental  School  provides  approximately  fifty  thousand  square  feet 
of  floor  space,  is  fireproof,  splendidly  lighted  and  ventilated,  and  is  ideally 
arranged  for  efficient  use.  It  contains  a  sufficient  number  of  large  lecture 
rooms,  classrooms,  a  library  and  reading  room,  science  laboratories,  technic 
laboratories,  clinic  rooms,  and  locker  rooms.  It  is  furnished  with  new  equip- 
ment throughout  and  provides  every  accommodation  necessary  for  satisfac- 
tory instruction  under  comfortable  arrangements  and  pleasant  surroundings. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the  facilities  in  clinic  instruction.  The 
large  clinic  wing  contains  145  operating  spaces;  each  space  contains  a  chair, 
operating  table  and  unit  equipped  with  an  electric  engine,  compressed  air, 
gas,  running  water,  etc.  Clinic  instruction  is  segregated,  and  the  following 
departments  have  been  arranged  for  effective  teaching:  Operative,  Prosthesis 
(including  Fixed  Partial  Prosthesis  and  Ceramics),  Anesthetics  and  Surgery, 
Orthodontics,  Diagnosis,  Pathology,  Pedodontics,  Roentgenology,  and  Visual 
Aids.  All  technic  laboratories  are  equipped  with  every  modern  facility  to 
promote  efficiency  in  instruction. 

LIBRARY 

The  Dental  School  is  fortunate  in  having  one  of  the  better  equipped  and 
organized  dental  libraries  among  the  dental  schools  of  the  country.  The 
Library  is  located  in  the  main  building  and  consists  of  a  stack  room,  offices 
and  a  reading  room  accommodating  ninety-six  students.  More  than  14,000 
books  and  bound  journals  on  dentistry  and  the  collateral  sciences,  together 
with  numerous  pamphlets,  reprints  and  unbound  journals,  are  available  for 
the  student's  use.  More  than  200  journals  are  regularly  received  by  the 
Library.  An  adequate  staff  promotes  the  growth  of  the  Library  and  assists 
the  student  body  in  the  use  of  the  Library's  resources.  The  Library  is 
financed  by  direct  appropriations  from  the  State,  by  the  income  from  the 
endowment  established  by  the  Maryland  State  Dental  Association  and  by 
the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  books  to  students.    One  of  the  most  important 


748  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

factors  of  the  dental  student's  education  is  to  teach  him  the  value  and  the 
use  of  dental  literature  in  his  formal  education  and  in  promoting  his  use- 
fulness and  value  to  the  profession  during  practice.  The  Baltimore  College 
of  Dental  Surgery  is  ideally  equipped  to  achieve  this  aim  of  dental  instruction. 

COURSE  OF  INSTRUCTION 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  offers  a  course  in  dentistry  devoted  to  instruction  in  the  medical 
sciences,  the  dental  sciences,  and  clinical  practice.  Instruction  consists  of 
didactic  lectures,  laboratory  instruction,  demonstrations,  conferences,  and 
quizzes.  Topics  are  assigned  for  collateral  reading  to  train  the  student  in 
the  value  and  use  of  dental  literature.  The  curriculum  for  the  complete 
course  is  found  on  pages  20  and  21  of  this  catalogue. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Applicants  for  admission  must  present  evidence  of  having  successfully 
completed  two  full  years  of  work  in  an  accredited  college  of  arts  and 
sciences  based  upon  the  completion  of  a  four-year  high-school  course.  No 
applicant  will  be  considered  who  has  not  completed  all  requirements  for 
advancement  to  the  Junior  year.  Although  a  minimum  of  60  semester 
credits,  exclusive  of  Physical  Education  and  Military  Science,  is  required 
for  admission,  additional  work  is  desirable.  The  scholastic  attainments  of 
the  applicant  must  be  of  such  quality  as  to  insure  a  high  standard  of  achieve- 
ment in  the  dental  course. 

The  college  courses  must  include  at  least  a  year's  credit  in  English,  in 
biology,  in  physics,  in  inorganic  chemistry,  and  in  organic  chemistry.  All 
required  science  courses  shall  include  both  classroom  and  laboratory  in- 
struction. Formal  credit  in  biology  and  physics,  and  a  half  year's  credit  in 
organic  chemistry,  but  not  in  English  and  inorganic  chemistry,  may  be 
waived  in  part  or  in  whole  in  the  case  of  exceptional  students  with  three 
years  or  more  of  college  credit  earned  in  an  accredited  college  or  university. 
The  credentials  of  all  students  admitted  to  the  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  under  the  foregoing  permissive  regulation  will  be  submitted  for 
approval  to  the  Council  on  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  MATRICULATION  AND  ENROLLMENT 

In  the  selection  of  students  to  begin  the  study  of  dentistry  the  School  con- 
siders particularly  a  candidate's  proved  ability  in  secondary  education  and 
his  successful  completion  of  prescribed  courses  in  predental  collegiate  train- 
ing. The  requirements  for  admission  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland,  are  strictly  adhered 
to  by  the  School  of  Dentistry. 

A  student  is  not  regarded  as  having  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Dentistry 
until  such  time  as  he  shall  have  paid  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00,  and 
is  not  enrolled  until  he  shall  have  paid  a  deposit  of  $100.00  to  insure  regis- 
tration in  the  class. 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 

tv,CanffidateS  seeking  admission  to  the  Dental  School  should  first  write  to 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  requesting  a  preliminary  information  form.  Upon 
the  receipt  and  the  examination  of  this  form  by  the  Committee  on  Admis- 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  749 

sions  an  application  blank  will  be  sent  to  those  candidates  who  merit 
consideration.  Each  applicant  should  fill  out  the  blank  in  its  entirety  and 
mail  it  promptly,  together  with  the  application  fee  and  photographs,  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 
The  early  filing  of  an  application  is  urged.  Applicants  wishing  advice  on 
any  problem  relating  to  their  predental  training  or  their  application  should 
communicate  with  the  Committee  on  Admissions. 

All  applicants  will  be  required  to  take  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test.  This 
test  will  be  given  at  various  testing  centers  throughout  the  United  States, 
its  possessions  and  Canada.  Applicants  will  be  notified  by  the  Council  on 
Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association  of  the  dates  of  the 
tests  and  the  locations  of  the  testing  centers. 

Promising  candidates  will  be  required  to  appear  before  the  Committee  on 
Admissions  for  an  interview.  On  the  basis  of  all  available  information  the 
best  possible  applicants  will  be  chosen  for  admission  to  the  School. 

A  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued  to  each  successful  applicant,  which 
will  permit  him  to  matriculate  and  to  register  in  the  class  to  which  he 
has  applied. 

ADMISSION  WITH  ADVANCED  STANDING 

(a)  Graduates  in  medicine  or  students  in  medicine  who  have  completed 
two  or  more  years  in  a  medical  school,  acceptable  to  standards  in  the  School 
of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  may  be  given  advanced  standing  to  the 
Sophomore  year  provided  the  applicant  shall  complete  under  competent  regu- 
lar instruction  the  courses  in  dental  technology  regularly  scheduled  in  the 
first  year. 

(b)  Applicant  for  transfer  must  (1)  meet  fully  the  requirements  for  ad- 
mission to  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course;  (2)  be  eligible  for  promotion 
to  the  next  higher  class  in  the  school  from  which  he  seeks  to  transfer;  (3) 
show  an  average  grade  of  five  per  cent  above  the  passing  mark  in  the 
school  where  transfer  credits  were  earned;  (4)  show  evidence  of  scholastic 
attainments,  character  and  personality;  (5)  present  letter  of  honorable  dis- 
missal and  recommendation  from  the  dean  of  the  school  from  which  he 
transfers. 

(c)  All  applicants  for  transfer  must  present  themselves  in  person  for  an 
interview  before  qualifying  certificate  can  be  issued. 

ATTENDANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

In  order  to  receive  credit  for  a  full  session,  each  student  must  have  en- 
tered and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regular  session  opens,  at  which 
time  lectures  to  all  classes  begin,  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session, 
the  dates  for  which  are  announced  in  the  calendar  of  the  annual  catalogue. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded.  A  student  whose  attendance  in  any 
course  is  unsatisfactory  to  the  head  of  the  department  will  be  denied  the 
privilege  of  final  examination  in  any  and  all  such  courses.  In  certain  un- 
avoidable circumstances  of  absence  the  Dean  may  honor  excuses,  but  a  stu- 
dent with  indifferent  attendance  will  not  be  promoted  to  the  next  succeeding 
class. 


750  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

GRADING  AND  PROMOTION 

The  following  symbols  are  used  as  marks  for  final  grades:  A  (100-91), 
B  (90-84),  C  (83-77),  and  D  (76-70),  Passing;  F  (below  70),  Failure; 
I,  Incomplete.  Progress  grades  in  courses  are  indicated  as  "Satisfactory" 
and  "Unsatisfactory." 

A  Failure  in  any  subject  may  be  removed  only  by  repeating  the  subject 
in  full.  Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  com- 
pleted assignments  but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  their  control, 
have  been  unable  to  finish  all  assignments,  will  be  given  an  Incomplete.  A 
student  shall  not  carry  an  Incomplete  into  the  next  succeeding  year.  When 
he  has  completed  the  requirements  for  the  removal  of  an  Incomplete,  the 
student  shall  be  given  the  actual  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  trimester  credits  assigned 
to  each  course  and  numerical  values  for  grades.  The  numerical  values  are: 
A-4;  B-3;  C-2;  D-l;  F-0.  The  grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the 
products  of  trimester  credits  and  grade  values,  divided  by  the  total  number 
of  trimester  credits. 

Students  who  attain  a  grade  point  average  of  1.5  in  the  Freshman  year 
will  be  promoted.  At  the  end  of  the  Sophomore  year  an  over-all  grade 
point  average  of  1.75  is  required  for  promotion.  A  grade  point  average  of 
2.0  is  required  for  promotion  to  the  Senior  year  and  for  graduation. 

EQUIPMENT 

A  complete  list  of  necessary  instruments  and  materials  for  technic  and 
clinic  courses  is  prescribed  by  the  Dental  School.  Arrangements  are  made  by 
the  Dental  School  in  advance  of  formal  enrollment  for  books,  instruments 
and  materials  to  be  delivered  to  the  student  at  the  opening  of  school.  Each 
student  is  required  to  provide  himself  promptly  with  these  prescribed  neces- 
sities. A  student  who  does  not  meet  this  requirement  will  not  be  permitted 
to  continue  with  his  class. 

DEPORTMENT 

The  profession  of  dentistry  demands,  and  the  School  of  Dentistry  requires, 
of  its  students  evidence  of  their  good  moral  character.  The  conduct  of  the 
student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  indicate  his  fitness 
to  be  taken  into  the  confidence  of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  In- 
tegrity, sobriety,  temperate  habits,  truthfulness,  respect  for  authority  and 
associates  and  honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student 
will  be  considered  as  evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the 
granting  of  a  degree. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who 
has  met  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  candidate  must  furnish  documentary  evidence  that  he  has  attained 
the  age  of  21  years. 

2.  A  candidate  for  graduation  shall  have  attended  the  full  scheduled 
course  of  four  academic  years. 

3.  He  will  be  required  to  show  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  the  full 
course  of  study. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  751 

4.  He  shall  have  satisfied  all  technic  and  clinic  requirements  of  the  various 
departments. 

5.  He  shall  have  paid  all  indebtedness  to  the  college  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  final  examinations,  and  must  have  adjusted  his  financial  obligations  in 
the  community  satisfactorily  to  those  to  whom  he  may  be  indebted. 

FEES 

Matriculation  fee  (required  of  all  entering  students) $  10.00 

Tuition  (each  year) : 

Non-resident  student  550.00 

Resident  student  330.00 

Student  Health  Service  (each  year) 20.00 

Laboratory  breakage  deposit  (Freshman  and  Sophomore  years) 5.00 

In  addition  to  fees  itemized  in  the  above  schedule,  the  following  assess- 
ments are  made  by  the  University: 
Application  fee  (paid  at  time  of  filing  formal  application  for 

admission)   $5.00 

Penalty  for  late  registration 5.00 

Examinations  taken  out  of  class  and  re-examinations 5.00 

One  certified  transcript  of  record  is  issued  free  of  charge. 

Each  additional  copy  is  issued  only  upon  payment  of 1.00 

Student  Activity  Fee — Special 

For  the  purpose  of  administering  and  disciplining  various  student  activi- 
ties the  student  body  has  voted  a  fee  of  $12.00  to  be  paid  at  the  opening  of 
the  school  year  to  the  treasurer  of  the  Student  Activity  Committee. 

Refunds 

According  to  the  policy  of  the  University  no  fees  will  be  returned.  In  case 
the  student  discontinues  his  courses  or  fails  to  register  after  a  place  has 
been  reserved  in  a  class,  any  fees  paid  will  be  credited  to  a  subsequent  course, 
but  are  not  transferable. 

REGISTRATION 

The  registration  of  a  student  in  any  school  or  college  of  the  University 
shall  be  regarded  as  a  registration  in  the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when 
such  student  transfers  to  a  professional  school  of  the  University  or  from 
one  professional  school  to  another,  he  must  pay  the  usual  matriculation  fee 
required  by  each  professional  school. 

A  student  who  neglects  or  fails  to  register  prior  to  and  within  the  day  or 
days  specified  for  his  school,  will  be  called  upon  to  pay  a  fine  of  $5.00.  The 
last  day  of  registration  with  fine  added  to  regular  fees  is  Saturday  at  noon 
of  the  week  in  which  instruction  begins,  following  the  specified  registration 
period.  (This  rule  may  be  waived  only  on  written  recommendation  of  the 
Dean.) 

Each  student  is  required  to  fill  in  a  registration  card  for  the  office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  pay  to  the  Comptroller  one-half  of  the  tuition  fee  in  addi- 
tion to  all  other  fees  noted  as  payable  before  being  admitted  to  classwork 
at  the  opening  of  the  session.  The  remainder  of  tuition  and  fees  must  be  in 
the  hands  of  the  Comptroller  during  registration  period  for  the  second  half 
of  the  academic  year. 

The  above  requirements  will  be  rigidly  enforced. 


752  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENT  STATUS  OF  STUDENT 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if,  at  the 
time  of  their  registration,  their  parents*  have  been  residents  of  this  State 
for  at  least  one  year. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if,  at  the  time  of  their 
registration,  they  have  been  residents  of  this  State  for  at  least  one  year; 
provided  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of 
his  first  registration  in  the  University,  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed 
by  him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents*  move  to  and  become 
legal  residents  of  this  State  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  a  least  one 
full  calendar  year.  However,  the  right  of  the  student  (minor)  to  change 
from  a  nonresident  to  a  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior 
to  registration  for  a  semester  in  any  academic  year. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH 

The  School  undertakes  to  supply  medical  care  for  its  students  through  the 
Department  of  Student  Health.  This  care  includes  required  diagnostic 
studies,  medical  attention,  surgical  procedures  and  hospitalization  judged  to 
be  necessary  by  the  Department. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  the  Department  to  provide  medical  care  for 
conditions  antedating  each  annual  registration  in  the  University;  nor  is  it 
the  function  of  this  service  to  treat  chronic  conditions  contracted  by  students 
before  admission  or  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  conditions  developing  in 
the  period  between  academic  years  or  during  authorized  school  vacations. 
The  cost  of  orthopedic  appliances,  the  correction  of  visual  defects,  the  services 
of  special  nurses,  and  special  medication  must  be  paid  for  by  the  student. 
The  School  does  not  accept  responsibility  for  illness  or  accident  occurring 
away  from  the  community,  or  for  expenses  incurred  for  hospitalization  or 
medical  services  in  institutions  other  than  the  University  Hospital,  or,  in 
any  case,  for  medical  expense  not  authorized  by  the  Department  of  Student 
Health. 

Every  new  student  is  required  to  undergo  a  complete  physical  examina- 
tion, which  includes  oral  diagnosis.  Any  defects  noted  must  be  corrected 
within  the  first  school  year.  The  passing  of  this  examination  is  a  require- 
ment for  the  final  acceptance  of  any  student. 

Each  matriculant  must  present,  on  the  day  of  his  enrollment,  a  statement 
from  his  ophthalmologist  regarding  the  condition  of  his  eyes,  and  where 
defects  in  vision  exist  he  shall  show  evidence  that  corrections  have  been 
made. 

Students  who  need  medical  attention  are  expected  to  report  at  the  office  of 
the  Department  of  Student  Health.  Under  circumstances  requiring  home 
treatment,  the  students  will  be  visited  at  their  College  residences. 

If  a  student  should  enter  the  hospital  during  the  academic  year,  the  De- 
partmentwill  arrange  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  the  hospital  ex- 

*The  term  "parents"  includes  persons  who,  by  reason  of  death  or  other  unusual  cir- 
cumstances, have  been  legally  constituted  the  guardians  of  and  stand  in  loco  parentis  to 
such  minor  students. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  753 

penses,  depending  on  the  length  of  stay  and  the  special  expenses  incurred. 
This  arrangement  applies  only  to  students  admitted  through  the  office  of 
the  School  physician. 

Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known  physical  defects  cor- 
rected before  entering  the  School  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time  which 
later  correction  might  involve. 

THE  GORGAS  ODONTOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an  honorary 
student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  society 
named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  and  during  his  life  a  great  contributor 
to  dental  literature.  It  was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that 
the  society  adopted  it. 

Students  become  eligible  for  membership  at  the  beginning  of  their  Junior 
year  if,  during  the  preceding  years  of  their  dental  course,  they  have  attained 
a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.90.  No  more  than  30  per  cent  of  the 
class  will  be  considered  for  membership.  The  meetings,  held  once  each 
month,  are  addressed  by  prominent  dental  and  medical  men,  an  effort  being 
made  to  obtain  speakers  not  connected  with  the  University.  The  members 
have  an  opportunity,  even  while  students,  to  hear  men  associated  with  other 
educational  institutions. 

OMICRON  KAPPA  UPSILON 

Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon  honorary  dental  society  was 
chartered  at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  during  the  session  of  1928-29.  Membership  in  the  society 
is  awarded  to  a  number  not  exceeding  12  per  cent  of  the  graduating  class. 
This  honor  is  conferred  upon  students  who  through  their  professional  course 
of  study  creditably  fulfill  all  obligations  as  students,  and  whose  conduct, 
earnestness,  evidence  of  good  character  and  high  scholarship  recommend 
them  to  election. 

The  following  graduates  of  the  1950  Class  were  elected  to  membership: 
Francis  Leon  Edwards  Jorge  Jose  Rodriguez 

Robert  Gordon  Jones  Joseph  Paul  Rohr 

Fletcher  Boyd  Matthews  Masaichi  Sagawa 

John  Joseph  Mayer  Joseph  Hamilton  Sheppe 

Robert  Wesley  Muma  Walter  Pershing  Strang 

Louis  Edwin  Williams 

SCHOLARSHIP  LOANS 

A  number  of  scholarship  loans  from  various  organizations  and  educational 
foundations  are  available  to  students  in  the  School  of  Dentistry.  These  loans 
are  offered  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholastic  attainment  and  the  need 
on  the  part  of  students  for  assistance  in  completing  their  course  in  dentistry. 
It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  Faculty  to  recommend  only  students  in  the  last 
two  years  for  such  privileges. 

The  Henry  Strong  Educational  Foundation — From  this  fund,  established 
under  the  will  of  General  Henry  Strong  of  Chicago,  an  annual  allotment  is 


754  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

made  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University 
of  Maryland,  for  scholarship  loans  available  for  the  use  of  young  men  and 
women  students  under  the  age  of  twenty-five.  Recommendations  for  the 
privileges  of  these  loans  are  limited  to  students  in  the  Junior  and  Senior 
years.  Only  students  who  through  stress  of  circumstances  require  financial 
aid  and  who  have  demonstrated  excellence  in  educational  progress  are  con- 
sidered in  making  nominations  to  the  secretary  of  this  fund. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Fund — Under  a  provision 
of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord,  of  New  Haven,  Connecticut, 
an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  left  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  the  proceeds  of  which  are 
to  be  devoted  to  aiding  worthy  young  men  in  securing  dental  education. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation — During  World  War  II  the  Foundation 
recognized  the  burden  that  the  accelerated  course  imposed  upon  many  dental 
students  who  under  normal  circumstances  would  earn  money  for  their  edu- 
cation by  employment  during  the  summer  vacation.  The  Foundation  granted 
to  this  School  a  fund  to  provide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

The  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  of  the  Alumni  of  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  was  held  in  Baltimore,  March  1,  1849.  This 
organization  has  continued  in  existence  to  the  present,  its  name  having  been 
changed  to  The  National  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of 
Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland. 
The  officers  of  the  Alumni  Association  for  1950-1951  are  as  follows: 
Harry  B.  McCarthy  Thomas  J.  Bland,  Jr. 

President  President-Elect 

5821  Bellona  Avenue  Medical  Arts  Building 

Baltimore  12,  Maryland  Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

James  J.  McCormick 

Vice-President 

64  Twenty-third  Street 

Troy,  New  York 

Riley  S.  Williamson,  Jr.  Howard  Van  Natta 

Secretary  Treasurer 

3803  Lochearn  Drive  Medical  Arts  Building 

Baltimore  7,  Maryland  Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Albert  C.  Eskin  Joseph  C.  Biddix 

Historian  Editor 

63  Greene  Street  72  Dunkirk  Road 

Cumberland,  Maryland  Baltimore  12,  Maryland 

Council  Representatives 

Arthur  I.  Bell,  1952  C.  Adam  Bock,  1951 

Medical  Arts  Building  823  Park  Avenue 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Harry  B.  McCarthy,  1951 

5821  Bellona  Avenue 

Baltimore  12,  Maryland 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  755 

Executive  Committee 

Harry  Levin,  Chairman,  1951  Arthur  Tetu,  1951 

3429  Park  Heights  Avenue  Fourth  and  D  Streets 

Baltimore  15,  Maryland  Sparrows  Point,  Maryland 

Lawrence  W.  Bimestefer,  1952  Albert  C.  Cook,  1952 

1  Kinship  Road  72  Pershing  Street 

Dundalk,  Maryland  Cumberland,  Maryland 

John  H.  Michael,  1953  Charles  L.  Page,  1953 

829  Park  Avenue  3126  Harford  Road 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Baltimore  18,  Maryland 

Conrad  L.  Inman,  Sr.,  Ex-Officio 

Medical  Arts  Building 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Trustees  for  National  Alumni  Fund 

Trustees  Ex-Officio 

Harry  B.  McCarthy,  President 

Thomas  J.  Bland,  Jr.,  President-Elect 

Harry  Levin,  Chairman  of  Executive  Council 

J.  Ben  Robinson,  Dean 

Three- Year  Term 
Meyer  Eggnatz  Saul  M.   Gale 

Medical  Arts  Building  425   Clinton   Place 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Newark  8,  New  Jersey 

Two- Year  Term 
Arthur  I.  Bell  James  J.  McCormick 

Medical  Arts  Building  64  Twenty-third   Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Troy,  New  York 

One- Year  Term 
George  E.  Hardy,  Jr.  Gerard  A.  Devlin 

Medical  Arts  Building  49   Bleeker   Street 

Baltimore  1,  Maryland  Newark  2,  New  Jersey 


756 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


2  -S  8 


OrHCOCMOOCMlO 


M  tO   lO  H 


(O  Oi  M  «D   N  W 


p 

& 
u 

P 

o 
Sz; 

<! 

J 


5 


00       •   ■"*   (M    O   ■«*    CO    00 

O       ■   T}i    f    00   ^   CO   O 


0)    CM   CM    tJ< 
ij    C-   rH    CM 


5 


EH^ 


S  ^ 


Hj 


0)    j 


^  a 


■s  -s .« 


£     S 


Oh 


ft5 


^1      ,-H  ^        O 


ctj    co 


be 
o 

c8    O 

c  a 
a 

o 


a  a  5 


P  S5 


.S     O     <I>     <U     ^  'rt     <1>     o 


00    00   CM 
O    rH    t> 


•  © 

•  co 

CM 

(M 
rH 

CM 

CO 
CM 

CM  co 

oo 

CO 

co 
co 

•<* 
CO 
CM 

•  CM 

•  rH 

CM 

CM 
rH 

: 

00 

CM 
fc- 

00 
r-t 

: 

CO 

cc 

CM 

CM 
fc- 

00 
rH 

: 

; 

co 

; 

CM 

T-t 

CM 

rH 

CM 

CM 
rH 

CM 
rH 

>>  co 


-c 

»M   § 

a 

.a  o  fn  a 

o 

jj  r  M  O 

CO  4J  -*J   O 

«  o  RT) 

Pi  cj  0>  C 

<3  PQ  Q  W 

co  co  • 
co  co  • 

•  CO 

•  co 

CM 
C- 

CO 
CO 

•  CM 

00 

oo 

CM 

CM   •   • 

rH 

•  CO 

CM 

rH 

CM 

rH 

CM 

rH 

•  © 

•  co 

co 

OS 

CM  CM   • 

•  CM 

CM 

; 

;  ; 

oo 

CO 
CM 

CM   •   • 

•  CM 

CM 

rH 

CM 
rH 

; 

•  CM 

co 

X 

■»->  *■»»  r ■ -i 
03  U  W 
O    +»         . 


•«  P 


c3 


CO 

.    o 
►^  *.£> 

O    o 


a 

El,  fe  O  O  Ph  Ph  Ph 


,s  -a  a  2  5  .8  £ 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 


757 


g  13  g  U5  CO  <M  00  !>  CO  ia  CO  CM  t-  CO  CO 


Ht-HHH«OHHNIOHHHHHCOH      -CO 


5   oiooo  oco 
a  oocot-i  cdtj< 

O  <M 


OIOIO 

•  o    • 

•  CD  O 

00  CM  CM 

•  00      • 

•  U3  00 

l-l 

lH 

-# 

00 

cm  tJ<    • 

•  CM  «D  CM  CM  -tf  «£>  CM 

•  cm  cm  oo  er>    •    •    • 

00 

TP 

T-i   CM         • 

•  iH       hhmcoh 

•HrtHM      •       •       • 

<M 

co 

CM 

« 

Si  i-l 

P 

o 

a 

.5  u 

fM 

H  iJ 

tH 

o 

hJ 

u 

CM  CM      •  tDCM 


H  J 


.g  J 


CMCM     -CMCM     -CMCMCM-^CM 


.3    £EH 

re 


o 


I  be  & 

IQW 


*  c  bo 
•J3M  o  <u.S 


0 
<U 

ft 

TO  ^ 

J  cjo^  S3 

SoO,o 


>^  0)  rt  rt  -+j  .  . 


O  C  o  c  .5 

•pH    Ci    C5    "    r-< 

P^  >H  o  <p 


o 


i.S  fi 

o  •£  c 
c3 


p      .3     w  O 
«   ffiP-i 


w  +3 

'55  S 
o  o 


13 13  cs 

-y  -M   bn  O 

fi  fl  s  "2 

0)    0).h    fi 

QQPW 


o 

'43 

fi  .. 
<D  >» 
ft  fi 

CD  -+J 


i'W 


SO    H    ft  CO 

"  >— i        <U  c3  o 

g  o.fc  U%  g 
ftSl3OT^| 

W    fi   *h^_,_   O 

3  3  ft  u  fi  cp 


CO 

o 

5 

C£ 

c3 

0J 

fin 

TOT3 

cd 

C3 

PS 

d> 

0) 

u 

43 
fi 

m 

t) 

> 

>a 

Cfl 

Cl) 

X 

Fh 

m 

PhP^(3-i 

T3 

o 

S  fi'S  w 
.p  01  g  0> 
fi   O   <D^J 


758  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DESCRIPTION  OF   COURSES 


GROSS  ANATOMY 

Professor  Hahn,  Associate  Professor  Thompson  and  Mr.  Hewes 

This  course  consists  of  dissection  and  lectures,  supplemented  by  frequent 
conferences,  oral  and  written  quizzes,  and  practical  demonstrations.  Each 
student  is  required  to  dissect  the  lateral  half  of  the  human  body.  The 
osteology  of  a  given  region  is  studied  at  the  time  of  the  dissection  of  that 
region  so  that  the  value  of  learning  this  phase  of  anatomy  may  be  better 
demonstrated. 

The  subject  is  taught  with  the  purpose  of  emphasizing  the  principles  of 
structure  of  the  body,  the  knowledge  of  which  is  derived  from  a  study  of 
its  development,  its  organs  and  tissues,  and  the  action  of  its  parts. 

Arrangements  can  be  made  to  accommodate  qualified  students  and  dentists 
interested  in  research  or  in  making  special  dissections  or  topographical 
studies. 

NEUROANATOMY 
Professor  Hahn,  Associate  Professor  Thompson  and  Mr.  Heives 

Neuroanatomy  is  offered  in  the  Freshman  year  following  Gross  Anatomy. 
The  work  consists  of  a  study  of  the  whole  brain  and  spinal  cord  by  gross 
dissections  and  miscroscopic  methods.  Function  is  taught  with  structure; 
correlation  is  made,  whenever  possible,  with  the  student's  work  in  the 
histology  and  physiology  of  the  central  nervous  system. 

HISTOLOGY  AND   EMBRYOLOGY 

Professor  McCrea  and  Miss  Yamin 

Histology,  general  and  special  dental,  is  given  during  the  Freshman  year 
and  is  presented  by  lectures  and  laboratory  instruction.  It  embraces  the 
thorough  study  of  the  cells,  elementary  tissues,  and  the  organs  of  the  various 
systems  of  the  body.  Special  dental  histology  includes  the  gross  and  micro- 
scopic study  of  the  oral  cavity,  teeth  and  their  investing  tissues.  At  all  times 
correlations  are  made  with  the  other  phases  of  the  curriculum.  The  use  of 
fresh  tissues  in  the  laboratory  is  included  to  associate  further  the  structure 
with  function. 

The  course  in  Embryology  is  given  by  means  of  lectures  and  laboratory 
classes.  It  covers  the  fundamentals  of  the  development  of  the  human  body, 
particular  emphasis  being  given  to  the  head  and  facial  regions,  oral  cavity 
and  teeth  with  their  surrounding  structures.  At  all  times  emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  association  of  embryology  to  histology  and  anatomy. 

Students  are  trained  in  the  proper  use  of  the  microscope  and  its  accessories, 
and  in  staining,  mounting  and  properly  manipulating  sections  made  for 
microscopic  study.    All  sections  are  prepared  for  class. 

ORAL  ANATOMY 

Associate  Professors  Miller  and  Thompson 
The  course  in  Oral  Anatomy  is  designed  to  teach  the  form  and  structure 
of  the  teeth,  and  includes  a  study  of  the  nomenclature  of  surfaces,  divisions, 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  759 

and  relations  of  the  teeth.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  is  trained  in  the 
carving  of  the  various  teeth  and  in  the  dissection  of  extracted  teeth  through 
their  various  dimensions.  These  lecture  and  laboratory  exercises  provide  the 
student  with  a  thorough  knowledge  of  tooth  form  and  structure. 

The  second  part  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  supporting  structures 
of  the  teeth  and  the  relation  of  the  teeth  to  these  structures.  The  periods  of 
beginning  calcification,  eruption,  complete  calcification,  and  shedding  of  the 
deciduous  teeth;  followed  by  the  beginning  calcification,  eruption,  and  com- 
plete calcification  of  the  permanent  teeth  are  studied  and  correlated  with  the 
growth  in  size  of  the  jaws  and  face. 

The  third  part  of  the  course  treats  the  evolutionary  development  of  denti- 
tion as  a  necessary  factor  in  the  study  of  human  oral  anatomy.  It  includes  a 
comparative  study  of  the  teeth  of  the  animal  kingdom,  both  vertebrates  and 
invertebrates,  with  a  comparative  study  of  the  number,  position  and  form 
of  the  teeth. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 
Professor  Vanden  Bosche,  Mr.  Edberg  and  Mr.  Smith 

The  course  is  given  in  the  Freshman  year.  The  prerequisite  subjects  are 
inorganic  and  organic  chemistry.  Additional  training  in  analytical  and  phys- 
ical chemistry  is  desirable. 

Instruction  is  presented  in  the  form  of  lectures,  demonstrations  and  labora- 
tory experience.  The  chemistry  of  living  matter,  its  constituents  and  proc- 
esses, forms  the  basis  of  the  course.  The  detailed  subject  matter  includes 
the  chemistry  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  proteins,  enzymes,  vitamins,  and  hor- 
mones; the  processes  of  respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  secretion  and 
excretion  are  considered. 

Instruction  in  qualitative  and  quantitative  blood  and  urine  examination  is 
included.  These  procedures  are  given  clinical  application  during  the  Junior 
and  Senior  years. 

PHYSIOLOGY 
Professor  Oster,  Drs.  Pollack  and  Shipley 

The  purpose  of  the  course  in  Physiology  is  to  equip  the  student  of  dentistry 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  physiological  functions  of  the  human 
body.  The  basic  physical  and  chemical  properties  and  processes  in  living 
tissues  and  organisms  are  analyzed. 

The  material  of  the  lectures  is  divided  into  sections  concerned  with  nerve 
and  muscle  function,  the  central  nervous  system  and  its  integrative  role, 
respiration,  digestion,  metabolism,  circulation,  humoral  control  of  function, 
water  balance,  kidney  function,  and  the  special  senses. 

Laboratory  work  is  given  in  the  second  trimester.  Simple  experiments 
performed  on  frogs  and  turtles  are  followed  by  more  advanced  work  on  cats 
and  dogs  and  on  the  students  themselves.  Principles  illustrating  the  appli- 
cation of  physiology  to  medicine  and  dentistry  are  given  special  attention. 

Throughout  the  course,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  experimental  and 
objective  approach  to  problems  as  the  basis  of  the  scientific  method.  Effort 
is  made  to  present  modern  physiological  developments  and  evaluate  them 
in  terms  of  their  clinical  significance. 


760  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

PHARMACOLOGY   AND    THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs  and  Dr.  Rapoport 

The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  general  survey  of  pharmacology,  afford- 
ing the  students  the  necessary  knowledge  for  the  practice  of  rational  thera- 
peutics. 

The  course  is  taught  during  the  second  and  third  trimesters  of  the  Junior 
year  by  lectures,  laboratories  and  demonstrations.  The  second  trimester 
consists  of  twenty-four  (24)  hours  of  didactic  and  twenty-four  (24)  hours 
of  laboratory  work  including  instruction  in  pharmacognosy,  pharmaceutical 
chemistry,  pharmacy,  prescription  writing,  and  the  pharmacodynamics  of  the 
local-acting  drugs. 

The  third  trimester  consists  of  thirty-six  (36)  hours  of  didactic  and  thirty- 
six  (36)  hours  of  laboratory  instruction.  The  subject  material  consists  of 
the  pharmacodynamics  of  the  systemic-acting  drugs. 

In  therapeutics  the  students  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  drugs  for  the  pre- 
vention, treatment,  and  correction  of  general  and  oral  diseases. 

NUTRITIONAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

This  course  presented  in  the  Senior  year  consists  of  twelve  (12)  hours  of 
lectures  and  demonstrations  devoted  to  the  principles  and  practices  of  nutri- 
tional therapeutics.  The  presentation  includes  a  study  of  the  dietary  re- 
quirements of  essential  food  substances  in  health  and  disease.  The  vitamin 
and  mineral  deficiency  states  with  their  pathology  and  symptomatology  are 
presented  with  suggestions  for  dietary  and  drug  therapy.  Metabolic  dis- 
eases are  discussed,  and  their  effects  on  the  nutritional  states  are  considered. 
Diets  are  planned  for  patients  with  various  nutritional  problems,  such  as 
those  resulting  from  loss  of  teeth,  the  use  of  new  appliances,  dental  caries, 
stomatitis,  cellulitis,  osteomyelitis,  and  bone  fractures. 

A  term  paper  is  required  for  the  purpose  of  acquainting  the  students  with 
the  current  literature.  A  project  study  is  made  by  each  student  which  in- 
cludes analyses  of  his  basal  metabolic  requirement,  his  total  energy  require- 
ment, and  his  dietary  intake  in  relation  to  his  daily  needs. 

ORAL  THERAPEUTICS 

Professor  Dobbs 

Oral  therapeutics  is  presented  in  the  Senior  year  and  consists  of  twelve 
(12)  hours  of  lectures  and  demonstrations.  The  course  is  designed  to 
acquaint  the  students  with  the  practical  applications  of  pharmacology  in 
the  treatment  of  dental  and  oral  diseases.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to 
the  newer  drugs  and  the  more  recent  advances  in  therapeutics.  Patients 
from  the  dental  clinic  and  hospital  will  be  used  for  demonstrations  when- 
ever possible. 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professor  Shay  and  Mr.  Joseph 
The  course  in  Bacteriology  is  given  in  the  Sophomore  year.    It  embraces 
lectures,  demonstrations,  recitations,  and  conferences,  augmented  by  guided 
reading. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  761 

Practical  and  theoretical  consideration  is  given  to  bacteria,  both  patho- 
genic and  nonpathogenic,  viruses,  protozoa,  and  some  of  the  yeasts  and 
fungi.  Special  attention  is  given  to  those  organisms  which  cause  lesions  in 
and  about  the  oral  cavity,  particularly  primary  focal  infection  about  the 
teeth,  tonsils,  pharynx,  nose,  accessory  sinuses,  adenoids  and  nasopharynx, 
and  the  types  of  systemic  disease  which  result  from  the  establishment  of 
secondary  foci. 

Immunity  and  serology  are  also  dealt  with,  as  well  as  antitoxins,  antisera, 
bacterins,  vaccines  and  other  antigens. 

Laboratory  teaching  includes  the  methods  of  staining  and  the  preparation 
of  media;  cultural  characteristics  of  bacteria;  their  reaction  to  disinfectants, 
antiseptics,  germicides  and  various  methods  of  sterilization;  animal  inocu- 
lation, preparation  of  sera,  vaccines,  etc.;  the  various  laboratory  tests  and 
reactions;  a  study  of  the  antibiotics;  and  demonstrations  of  virus  techniques. 

GENERAL  PATHOLOGY 

Professor  Aisenberg  and  Dr.  A.  D.  Aisenberg 

General  pathology  is  taught  in  the  Sophomore  year  by  means  of  lectures, 
demonstrations,  quizzes  and  laboratory  work. 

The  general  principles  of  disease  processes  and  tissue  reactions,  both  gross 
and  microscopic,  are  taught  with  the  objectives  of  training  the  student  to 
recognize  and  be  familiar  with  the  abnormal  and  of  creating  a  foundation 
for  further  study  in  the  allied  sciences. 

Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those  diseases  in  the  treatment  of  which  medico- 
dental  relationships  are  to  be  encountered. 

ORAL  PATHOLOGY 

Professor  Aisenberg  and  Dr.  A.  D.  Aisenberg 

Special  Oral  Pathology  is  taught  in  the  first  trimester  of  the  Junior  year. 
It  includes  a  study  of  the  etiology,  the  gross  and  microscopic  manifestations, 
and  the  correlation  with  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  teeth,  and  their  in- 
vesting structures ;  namely,  pathologic  dentition,  tooth  malformations,  dental 
anomalies,  periodontal  diseases,  tissue  changes  in  orthodontic  movement  of 
teeth,  calcific  deposits,  dental  caries,  pulp  diseases,  focal  infection,  and  oral 
manifestations  of  systemic  diseases. 

Instruction  includes  lectures,  demonstrations,  lantern  slides,  prepared 
slides,  microscopic  study  of  macroscopic  specimens  and  models. 

In  an  endeavor  to  correlate  the  scientific  laboratories  with  clinical  practice, 
the  Department  of  Oral  Pathology  also  carries  on  in  the  clinic  the  work  of 
examination,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  Vincent's  infection  and  periodontal 
diseases,  and  the  filling  of  root  canals. 

ORAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  PLANNING 

Professor  Biddix,  Associate  Professor  Golton,  Drs.  Bryant  and  Gigliotti 

The  Department  of  Oral  Diagnosis  emphasizes  the  study  of  fundamental 
principles  and  procedures  in  the  diagnosis  of  oral  and  related  diseases.  The 
Junior  and  Senior  students,  in  seminar  groups,  receive  instruction  by  inti- 
mate clinical  observation  and  discussion  of  interesting  cases.  An  intelligent 


762  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  scientific  approach  to  each  case  is  the  prime  teaching  principle  of  this 
department. 

Abundant  clinic  material  is  available  so  that  the  student  may  observe  every 
type  of  disease  to  which  the  oral  cavity  is  susceptible.  Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  fact  that  one  must  approach  a  study  of  the  oral  cavity  through  an 
understanding  of  its  relationship  to  other  parts  of  the  body.  To  this  end 
the  department  is  singularly  fortunate  in  having  easy  access  for  consulta- 
tion with  the  medical  service  of  the  University  Hospital. 

Treatment  planning  is  given  the  great  importance  it  deserves.  Students 
are  permitted  to  give  their  impressions  of  plans  of  treatment,  which  are 
carefully  discussed  in  this  department.  Consultations  with  other  departments 
are  always  available  so  that  the  practice  of  thorough  diagnosis  is  developed. 

Much  time  is  given  to  the  study  of  the  relationship  of  mouth  infection  to 
systemic  disease.  The  theory  of  local  infection  is  emphasized  and  properly 
evaluated  so  that  the  student  may  interpret  clinical,  roentgenologic,  and 
laboratory  findings  in  an  intelligent  and  competent  manner.  A  large  col- 
lection of  color  slides  serves  to  make  lectures  in  oral  diagnosis  interesting 
and  instructive. 

OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Professor  Randolph;  Associate  Professors  Scherr  and  Towill;  Drs. 
Beaven,  Lazauskas,  Medina  and  Vanden  Bosche 

Operative  Dentistry  is  the  treatment  of  diseases  and  injuries  of  the  teeth 
to  restore  the  normal  tooth  forms  and  provide  for  the  better  health  and 
function  of  the  oral  mechanism.  The  course  of  instruction  is  given  during 
the  Sophomore,  Junior  and  Senior  years. 

In  the  Sophomore  year,  the  student  is  trained  in  the  technical  procedures 
in  instrumentation,  cavity  preparation  and  manipulation  of  restorative  mate- 
rials. The  variables  which  must  be  observed  in  preparing  cavities  to  receive 
different  types  of  filling  materials  are  carefully  outlined.  These  modifica- 
tions are  carried  cut  by  the  student  in  a  series  of  cavity  preparations  made 
in  composition  teeth,  arranged  in  normal  proximal  relation  on  forms  espe- 
cially designed  for  the  purpose.  These  fundamental  principles  are  then 
applied  to  extracted  teeth  in  order  that  the  student  might  study  the  charac- 
teristic resistance  of  tooth  structure  to  instrumentation.  The  management 
of  gold  foil,  amalgam,  gold  inlay  and  cement  is  given  in  detail  and  the  stu- 
dent restores  the  prepared  cavities  with  these  materials.  This  course  of 
instruction  consists  of  twenty-four  lectures  and  forty-eight  laboratory 
periods.  Demonstration  lectures,  visual  aids  and  conferences  are  used  to 
augment  the  student's  training. 

Operative  Dentistry  as  taught  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  is  a  con- 
tinuing development  of  the  principles  presented  in  the  Sophomore  year.  The 
student  is  trained  to  render  a  satisfactory  Oral  Health  service  by  restoring 
pathologic  teeth  to  their  normal  form  and  function  and  to  evaluate  new 
procedures  suggested  by  experience  and  research  as  improvements  in  opera- 
tive practice.  These  objectives  are  pursued  through  a  combination  of 
didactic  and  clinical  instruction. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  763 

The  didactic  instruction  includes  twenty-four  one-hour  lectures  offered 
during  the  Junior  year,  and  twenty-four  lectures  during  the  Senior  year.  The 
student  is  instructed  in  the  treatment  of  the  pathology  of  the  hard  tissues  of 
the  teeth;  he  is  taught  how  to  apply  the  principles  of  idealism  to  unorthodox 
conditions;  and  he  is  directed  in  the  professional  treatment  of  his  patients 
in  terms  of  what  they  expect  of  him  and  what  he  can  expect  of  them.  A 
certain  amount  of  time  is  devoted  to  conferences  which  provide  the  student 
an  opportunity  to  bring  his  individual  problems  to  the  instructor  for  intimate 
discussion. 

Clinical  instruction  includes  the  practical  application  of  the  principles 
underlying  rational  operative  procedures.  During  the  Junior  and  the  Senior 
years  the  student  treats  the  dental  pathologies  of  several  cases  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Operative  Instruction  Staff. 

DENTISTRY   FOR   CHILDREN 

Associate  Professor  Scherr  and  Drs.  Coberth  and  De  Vier 

This  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinics  and  technic  laboratory  instruction 
which  cover  the  technical  aspects  of  treatment  of  children's  teeth.  Instruc- 
tion is  offered  in  the  fundamentals  and  modification  required  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  all  classes  of  cavities  in  the  temporary  teeth  for  the  proper 
reception  of  different  filling  materials,  emphasizing  conservation  of  tooth 
structure.  The  proper  manipulation  and  insertion  of  various  metallic  and 
plastic  filling  materials  are  carefully  taught.  The  proper  care  of  the  first 
permanent  molars  is  particularly  emphasized.  Various  methods  and  pro- 
cedures indicated  in  the  restoration  of  broken  and  fractured  central  incisors 
in  children  are  demonstrated.  For  the  purpose  of  rational  tooth  conservation 
the  technic  of  partial  pulpotomy  is  taught,  together  with  its  indications  and 
contraindications.  The  problem  of  the  premature  loss  of  deciduous  teeth 
which  necessitates  proper  space  maintenance  is  carefully  considered.  Methods 
of  constructing  various  types  of  space  retainers  in  the  treatment  of  such 
spaces  are  demonstrated.  Prophylaxis  is  emphasized  as  a  factor  in  pre- 
vention. 

A  children's  clinic,  separate  from  the  general  operative  clinic,  equipped 
with  sixteen  chairs  and  supervised  by  a  special  pedodontia  staff,  offers  an 
opportunity  for  clinical  demonstration  of  the  practices  stressed  in  the 
lectures. 

PREVENTIVE  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH  DENTISTRY 
Dr.  Leonard 

The  objectives  of  this  course  are  to  emphasize  those  measures  other  than 
remedial  operations  that  will  tend  to  minimize  the  occurrence  or  the  exten- 
sion of  oral  pathology,  and  to  outline  the  status  of  dentistry  in  the  field  of 
general  public  health.  The  relationships  of  dentistry  with  other  phases  of 
public  health  are  discussed,  as  are  the  problems  affecting  the  administration 
of  dental  health  programs.  Special  effort  is  made  to  demonstrate  methods 
and  materials  suitable  for  use  in  dental  health  education  programs. 


764  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DENTAL    MATERIALS 

Professor  Gaver,  Assistant  Professor  Williamson, 
Drs.  Bailey  and  Watson 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  Freshman  student  with  a  scientific 
background  in  the  nomenclature,  composition,  physical  properties,  practical 
application,  and  proper  manipulation  of  the  important  materials  used  in  the 
practice  of  Dentistry,  excluding  all  drugs  and  medicinals. 

The  theoretical  aspect  of  the  course  is  presented  by  the  instructors  in  the 
form  of  lectures,  demonstrations,  informal  group  discussions,  and  directed 
supplemental  reading.  From  the  practical  standpoint,  the  student  manipu- 
lates and  tests  the  various  materials  in  the  laboratory,  being  guided  by 
prepared  project  sheets.  At  the  completion  of  each  project,  the  student  pre- 
pares and  presents  for  grading  a  laboratory  report  on  the  material  he  has 
investigated. 

At  the  termination  of  the  course,  the  student  will  have  developed  an 
understanding  of  the  following  factors:  the  importance  of  scientific  testing 
of  a  material  before  it  is  used  by  the  profession  at  large;  the  realization  of 
the  fact  that  every  material  has  its  limitations,  which  can  be  compensated 
for  only  by  intelligent  application  and  manipulation;  and  an  appreciation  of 
the  vast  field  of  research  open  to  those  who  wish  to  help  improve  the  mate- 
rials that  are  available  at  the  present  time. 

DENTAL  PROSTHESIS 

Professor  Gaver;  Associate  Professors  Ramsey  and  Warner;  Assistant 
Professor  Williamson;  Drs.  Bailey,  Kotula,  Smith  and  Watson 

This  course  is  carried  through  four  years  of  study  and  includes  lectures, 
clinics,  and  demonstrations.  It  embraces  lectures  and  technic  work  in  the 
first  and  second  years,  and  lectures  and  clinics  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 

The  work  of  the  first  year  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  materials  used  in 
denture  construction.  A  series  of  lecture-demonstrations  is  given,  explain- 
ing the  properties  and  manipulation  of  all  the  materials  used.  Experiments 
and  exercises  are  arranged  to  give  the  student  practical  knowledge  of  the 
materials  demonstrated  and  are  designed  to  impress  the  student  with  the 
importance  of  the  essential  fundamentals  in  all  the  various  steps  in  full 
denture  construction. 

During  the  second  year  the  instruction  embraces  a  study  of  materials  used 
in  partial  denture  construction.  Lecture-demonstrations,  experiments,  exer- 
cises, and  technical  demonstrations  are  given,  using  the  same  method  of 
presentation  as  followed  in  the  first  year. 

The  course  in  the  third  year  includes  a  study  of  the  practical  application 
in  the  Infirmary  of  the  fundamentals  taught  in  the  preceding  years.  Demon- 
strations are  offered  of  the  various  technics  of  impression  and  bite-taking 
to  provide  the  student  with  additional  knowledge  necessary  for  practical  work 
in  the  Infirmary. 

The  last  year  is  given  to  the  application  in  the  Infirmary  of  the  funda- 
mentals taught  in  the  previous  year,  particular  attention  being  given  to  a 
standard  method  of  denture  construction  by  the  clinical  instructors  to  equip 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  765 

the  student  with  a  basic  technic.    The  didactic  course  of  this  year  includes 
all  the  various  methods  employed  in  advanced  prosthesis. 

FIXED  PARTIAL  PROSTHESIS 

Professor  Nuttall;  Associate  Professor  Dosh;  Assistant  Professors 
Browning  and  Wells;  and  Dr.  Leocha 

Instruction  includes  lecture  and  laboratory  courses  during  the  Sophomore 
and  Junior  years  which  embrace  the  teaching  of  the  principles  involved  and 
the  procedures  necessary  in  abutment  preparations,  the  construction  of 
fundamental  retainers  and  the  assemblage  of  fixed  partial  dentures.  The 
technics  include  the  construction  of  pontics,  wax  manipulation,  pattern  carv- 
ing, investing  and  casting. 

The  didactic  work  in  the  Junior  year  includes  a  study  of  the  biological 
factors,  the  mechanical  requirements  and  the  indications  and  contraindi- 
cations of  fixed  partial  prosthesis.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  history  and 
development  of  porcelain  and  methyl  methacrylate  as  restorative  materials. 
These  materials  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  complete  jacket  crowns, 
dowel  crowns,  and  staining  and  glazing  technic. 

During  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  excellent  clinical  opportunities  are 
afforded  the  student  to  fulfill  the  practical  requirements. 

ORAL    HYGIENE    AND    PERIODONTIA 

Associate  Professor  Hicks;  Assistant  Professor  Eskow; 
Drs.  A.  D.  Aisenberg  and  Biddington 

Oral  Hygiene 

Oral  Hygiene  is  taught  by  a  combined  lecture  and  laboratory  course. 

Prevention,  or  care  of  the  mouth,  is  stressed  in  lectures.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  functions  and  limitations  of  dentifrices  and  mouth  washes,  tooth- 
brushes, and  brushing  methods;  the  role  of  diet  in  dental  health  and  develop- 
ment and  the  relation  of  dental  foci  to  systemic  diseases.  Causes,  results, 
treatment,  and  eradication  of  unhygienic  conditions  of  the  oral  cavity  are 
fully  considered.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  the  prophylactic  treatment 
and  in  the  home  care  of  the  mouth,  and  in  the  methods  of  brushing  teeth. 

The  student  is  taught  in  laboratory  the  fundamental  use  of  scalers  upon 
special  mannikins.  By  progressive  exercises  and  drills  he  is  carried  through 
the  basic  principles  of  good  operating  procedure  and  is  taught  the  methods 
of  a  thorough  prophylactic  treatment.  The  class  is  divided  into  two  sections, 
one  as  operators,  the  other  as  patients,  to  perform  the  actual  clinical  prophy- 
lactic treatment.    The  sections  are  then  alternated. 

Periodontia 

The  lecture  course  presents  the  pathology,  etiology,  clinical  symptoms, 
diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  methods  of  treatment  of  the  various  forms  of 
periodontal  disease.  The  recognition  of  periodontal  disease  in  its  incipient 
forms  and  the  importance  of  early  treatment  are  stressed.  The  various 
methods  of  treatment  are  considered  and  evaluated. 

The  lectures  are  well  illustrated  with  color  slides  and  moving  pictures. 
Demonstrations,  using  patients,  are  correlated  with  the  lecture  course  to 
show  conditions  of  actual  practice. 


766  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Infirmary  practice  is  required  of  both  Junior  and  Senior  students.  Indi- 
vidual cases  are  managed  according  to  systematized  procedure.  Diagnosis 
is  based  on  the  study  of  radiographs,  clinical  signs  and  symptoms,  models, 
and  history,  and  each  case  is  rated  according  to  its  own  particular  needs. 

ORTHODONTICS 

Professor  Preis;  Drs.  Grempler,  Schaeffer,  Swinehart  and  Tongue 

The  Orthodontic  course  consists  of  lectures,  clinical  observations  and  com- 
prehensive diagnosis.  The  subject  matter  includes  the  history  of  ortho- 
dontics and  the  study  of  growth  and  development,  the  evolution  of  human 
dental  occlusion,  forces  of  occlusion,  etiology  of  malocclusion,  aberrations  of 
the  maxilla  and  mandible  which  affect  occlusion,  and  tissue  changes  inci- 
dent to  tooth  movement. 

Methods  of  orthodontic  therapy  are  explained  and  demonstrated;  ad- 
vanced students  are  provided  the  opportunity  for  assisting  during  the 
treatment  of  clinical  patients. 

Lectures  are  given  during  the  three  trimesters  of  the  Junior  year.  The 
Seniors  are  assigned  to  the  orthodontic  clinic. 

ORAL  SURGERY 

Professors  Dorsey,  H.  M.  Robinson  and  Yeager;  Associate  Professor 

Ward;  Assistant  Professor  Toomey;  Drs.  Cappuccio,  Kader, 

Orrison  and  Siwinski 

Oral  Surgery  is  given  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  and  consists  of  lec- 
tures, clinical  assignments,  and  practical  demonstrations  on  the  etiology, 
pathology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  all  classes  of  tumors,  infections,  de- 
formities, anomalies,  impacted  teeth,  fractures  and  of  minor  oral  surgical 
conditions  associated  with  the  practice  of  dentistry.  Special  group  hospital 
clinics,  demonstrations  and  ward  rounds  are  given  to  familiarize  the  student 
with  abnormal  conditions  incident  to  the  field  of  his  future  operations  and 
to  train  him  thoroughly  in  the  diagnosis  of  benign  and  malignant  tumors. 

Weekly  seminars  are  held  in  the  hospital  and  each  Senior  student  is  re- 
quired to  prepare  and  present  an  oral  surgery  case  report  according  to  the 
requirements  of  The  American  Board  of  Oral  Surgery. 

Instruction  is  given  in  the  classification  of  teeth  for  extraction,  in  the  re- 
moval of  teeth,  and  in  the  pre-  and  post-operative  treatment  of  patients, 
both  ambulatory  and  hospitalized. 

Students  are  required  to  produce  anesthesia  and  to  extract  teeth  under  the 
direction  and  supervision  of  an  instructor. 

Clinics  are  held  to  demonstrate  the  removal  of  impacted  and  imbedded  teeth 
and  cysts,  and  the  treatment  of  fractures  and  other  oral  conditions  requiring 
surgery.  Abundant  clinical  material  and  adequate  facilities  enable  the  stu- 
dent to  receive  exceptional  training  and  practice. 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  767 

ANESTHETICS 

Professor  Dorsey;  Assistant  Professors  Nelson  and  Toomey; 
Dr.  Inman 

Local  anesthesia  is  taught  both  in  principle  and  in  practice.  All  types 
of  intraoral,  extraoral,  conduction  and  infiltration  injections;  the  anatomical 
relationship  of  muscles  and  nerves ;  the  theory  of  action  of  anesthetic  agents, 
the  dangers  involved,  and  toxic  manifestations  and  their  treatment,  are 
taught  in  lectures  and  clinics.  Demonstrations  are  given  in  conduction  and 
infiltration  technics,  and  students  are  required  to  give  similar  injections 
under  direct  supervision  of  the  instructor. 

General  anesthesia  is  taught  in  both  lecture  and  clinic,  including  the  action 
of  the  anesthetic  agents,  methods  of  administration,  indications  and  contra- 
indications, dangers  and  the  treatment  of  toxic  manifestations.  Demonstra- 
tions are  given  in  the  preparation  of  the  patient,  the  administration  of  all 
general  anesthetics  (inhalant,  rectal,  spinal,  and  intravenous),  and  the 
technic  for  oral  operations,  with  clinics  being  held  in  the  Infirmary  and  in 
the  Hospital. 

ORAL   ROENTGENOLOGY 
Associate  Professor  Dabrowski;  Dr.  Miller 

The  advances  made  in  dental  science  and  in  the  art  of  practice  have 
established  Roentgenology  as  one  of  the  most  important  departments  of 
dental  education.  The  course  offered  is  based  on  the  universal  utility  of  the 
x-ray  in  oral  diagnosis  and  is  consistent  with  the  modern  concept  of  pre- 
ventive dentistry. 

In  the  lectures  are  included  a  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved 
in  the  production  of  Roentgen  rays,  a  thorough  discussion  of  their  nature 
as  to  properties  and  effects,  and  the  background  of  information  necessary 
to  their  practical  application. 

In  the  clinic,  students  of  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  are  in  constant  asso- 
ciation with  the  routine  practical  use  of  the  x-ray.  They  are  required  to 
master  thoroughly  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  thereof  and  to  ac- 
quire a  reasonable  degree  of  technical  skill,  under  supervision.  It  is  the 
design  of  the  course  to  equip  students  to  take,  process,  and  interpret  all 
types  of  intraoral  and  extraoral  films.  Abundant  clinical  material  is 
available  as  the  result  of  a  policy  calling  for  the  routine  use  of  the  x-ray 
in  all  oral  diagnoses. 

PRINCIPLES    OF    MEDICINE 

Associate  Professor  McLean  and  Dr.  Lebo 

Principles  of  Medicine  is  taught  by  lecture,  visual  education,  and  clinical 
demonstrations.  The  course  is  given  to  the  Junior  and  Senior  classes  for 
one  hour  a  week  during  the  entire  year.  The  course  is  supplemented  by 
comprehensive  lectures  in  Physical  Diagnosis  given  to  the  Senior  class  for 
one  hour  each  week  during  the  first  trimester. 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  dental  student  a  general  under- 
standing of  medical  problems,  especially  of  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  pro- 
cedures, and  to  show  the  close  relationship  between  oral  diseases  and  general 
systemic  disturbances. 


768  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

In  the  Junior  year,  the  course  is  largely  didactic,  and  the  signs  and  symp- 
toms of  the  more  common  diseases  are  discussed.  In  the  Senior  year, 
importance  is  placed  on  the  close  application  of  medical  knowledge,  with 
the  emphasis  on  organic  and  psychosomatic  diseases;  the  second  half  of  the 
Senior  year  is  devoted  to  medical  clinics  and  seminars. 

This  department  cooperates  with  the  instruction  procedures  of  the  oral 
diagnosis  clinic  by  discussing  and  demonstrating  the  medical  aspects  of 
cases  presented. 

Available  clinical  material  is  used  and  free  discussion  is  encouraged,  in 
order  to  show  the  art  of  practice  in  history  taking,  diagnosis,  laboratory 
examinations,  and  the  modern  concepts  of  treatment. 

Guest  lecturers  present  specific  scientific  papers  relating  to  medical- 
dental  topics. 

DENTAL    HISTORY 

Professor  Robinson  and  Associate  Professor  Foley 

Dentistry  occupies  a  prominent  position  in  the  present  social  structure 
because  of  its  important  relationship  to  the  general  health  of  the  individual 
and  of  the  community.  From  its  crude  beginnings  in  ancient  times  the 
dental  art  has  been  improved  down  through  the  ages  to  the  present  time 
by  various  educative  processes,  and  has  gradually  and  firmly  advanced  in 
scientific  quality  and  technological  excellence.  An  appreciation  of  the  true 
objectives  of  dentistry  will  be  greatly  enhanced  by  the  practitioner's  knowl- 
edge of  its  philosophy  as  revealed  through  an  understanding  of  its  develop- 
ment to  its  present  high  state  of  usefulness.  A  knowledge  of  the  history  of 
dentistry  is  a  necessary  part  of  the  education  of  the  modern  dentist.  Lectures 
in  Dental  History  describe  the  beginnings  of  the  art  of  dental  practice  among 
ancient  civilizations,  its  advancement  in  relation  to  the  development  of  the 
so-called  medical  sciences  in  the  early  civilizations,  its  struggle  through  the 
Middle  Ages  and,  finally,  its  attainment  of  recognized  professional  status  in 
modern  times.  Special  attention  will  be  give  to  the  forces  and  stresses 
that  have  brought  about  the  evolutionary  progress  from  a  primitive  dental 
art  to  a  scientific  health  service  profession. 

PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT 

Professors  McCarthy,  Robinson  and  Strahorn;  Associate  Professor  Foley 

Office  Management 

The  chief  objective  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  the  students  to  assume 
intelligently  the  social,  economic  and  professional  responsibilities  of  dental 
practice.  The  training  in  practice  management  is  a  continuous  growth  with 
the  student  during  his  entire  clinical  experience. 

In  preparation  for  the  course  the  students  are  given  introductory  lec- 
tures and  demonstrations  relative  to  the  conduct  of  practice  at  the  beginning 
of  their  Junior  year  when  they  come  into  the  clinics  for  formal  practice  train- 
ing. The  training  they  receive  in  handling  patients,  keeping  records,  etc., 
serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  problems  they  will  experience  in  practice. 

The  formal  Senior  lectures  stress  the  selection  of  the  proper  office  loca- 
tion and  the  purchase  of  office  equipment,  the  manner  of  reception  and 
handling  of  patients,  the  basis  of  fixing  fees,  the  methods  of  collecting  ac- 


SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY  769 

counts,  the  choice  of  various  types  of  insurance  and  of  sound  investments.  A 
comprehensive  bookkeeping  system  for  a  dental  office  is  fully  outlined  and 
explained. 

Professional  Ethics 

The  course  in  Professional  Ethics  includes  a  series  of  lectures  on  the 
history  of  general  ethics  and  its  basic  teachings,  which  is  followed  by  an 
interpretation  of  philosophical  principles  in  terms  of  a  code  of  professional 
ethics  and  its  application  to  the  present-day  needs  of  the  dental  profession. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  importance  of  right  conduct  in  the  dentist's 
relations  with  the  public,  the  dental  profession,  the  patient,  the  physician, 
the  dental  specialist  and  the  dentist  in  general  practice. 

Jurisprudence 

The  special  aim  in  the  course  in  Jurisprudence  is  to  ground  the  student 
in  the  fundamentals  of  law  as  they  relate  themselves  to  the  dentist  and  his 
patient.  The  rights  and  limitations  of  each  are  pointed  out  through  lecture 
work  and  class  conference.  A  series  of  practical  cases  in  which  suits  have 
been  threatened  or  entered  by  patients  against  the  dentist  will  be  reviewed 
in  the  light  of  trial  table  outcome  or  basis  on  which  compromise  adjustments 
have  been  made. 

ORAL  AND   WRITTEN   EXPRESSION 

Professor  Robinson  and  Associate  Professor  Foley 

A  formal  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  second  year.  Many  aspects  of 
the  instruction  are  given  practical  application  in  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  course  has  many  purposes,  all  of  them  contributing  to  the  training  of 
the  students  for  effective  participation  in  the  extra-practice  activities  of  the 
profession.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  instruction  in  the  functioning 
of  the  agencies  of  communication  in  dentistry:  the  dental  societies  and  the 
dental  periodicals.  The  practical  phases  of  the  course  include  a  thorough 
study  of  the  preparation  and  uses  of  oral  and  written  composition  by  the 
dental  student  and  the  dentist;  the  use  of  libraries;  the  compilation  of  bibli- 
ographies; the  collection,  the  organization,  and  the  use  of  information;  the 
management  of  dental  meetings;  the  oral  presentation  of  papers;  and  pro- 
fessional correspondence. 

VISUAL  AIDS   IN  TEACHING 

Associate  Professor  Ezekiel,  Mrs.  Kiehne,  and  Miss  Wood 

Visual  aids  are  essential  to  instruction  in  all  the  courses  of  the  dental 
curriculum.  From  his  first  class  to  his  graduation  day  the  student's  learning 
is  assisted  by  the  use  of  visual  materials. 

Through  photography  the  School  retains  for  teaching  purposes  many  inter- 
esting cases  that  appear  in  the  clinics,  preserves  evidence  of  unusual  patho- 
logical cases,  and  records  anatomical  anomalies,  facial  disharmonies  and 
malocclusions  of  the  teeth.  In  addition  the  student,  through  his  contacts  with 
photographic  uses,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  value  of  photography  in 
clinical  practice  and  acquires  a  working  knowledge  of  black  and  white  and 
color  photography,  still  and  motion  pictures,  photomicrography,  and  the 
making  of  transparencies.    Students  are  advised  as  to  the  use  of  visual  aids 


770  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

in  the  preparation  of  lectures  and  theses,  the  arrangement  and  co-ordination 
of  materials,  and  the  organization  and  maintenance  of  records  and  histories. 

Moulage  and  art  are  used  to  supplement  the  photographic  services  where 
applicable.  Drawings  of  anatomical,  pathological,  surgical  and  operative 
cases  are  used  to  teach  the  student  detailed  technics.  In  moulage,  rubber 
master  molds  are  made  of  gross  and  embryological  specimens  and  from  these 
are  cast  both  plaster  and  wax  positives.  Through  the  use  of  agar  molds, 
facial  and  oral  masks  are  made  of  unusual  and  interesting  clinical  subjects. 
This  work  is  particularly  valuable  in  courses  in  which  it  is  not  possible  to 
use  actual  specimens  for  instructional  purposes. 

By  the  combination  and  correlation  of  these  various  types  of  visual  educa- 
tion, all  departments  of  instruction  in  the  School  are  provided  with  an  un- 
limited supply  of  valuable  and  often  irreplaceable  materials  for  lectures, 
clinics  and  exhibits. 

FIRST  AID 
Dr.  Ogden 

This  course  is  offered  in  the  Sophomore  year  for  the  purpose  of  acquainting 
the  student  with  the  basic  principles  of  First  Aid.  Instruction  consists  of 
lectures  combined  with  practical  demonstrations. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

H.  C.  Byrd,  B.S.,  LL.D.,  D.Sc,  President  of  the  University 

Roger  Howell,  LL.B.,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

Bridgewater  M.  Arnold,  LL.B.,  Assistant  Dean 

Edgar  F.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Admissions 

Alma  H.  Preinkert,  M.A.,  Registrar 

THE  FACULTY  COUNCIL 

Bridgewater  M.  Arnold  Hon.  Edwin  T.  Dickerson 

Randolph  Barton,  Jr.  Roger  Howell 

James  T.  Carter  Hon.  Emory  H.  Niles 

Hon.  W.  Calvin  Chesnut  Edwin  G.  W.  Ruge 

John  S.  Strahorn,  Jr. 

THE  FACULTY  OF  LAW  (1949-1950) 
Bridgewater  M.  Arnold Assistant  Dean  and  Professor  of  Law 

A.B.  (1923),  Princeton  University;  LL.B.  (1931),  University  of  Maryland. 

George  0.  Blome Director  of  Practice  Court 

LL.B.  (1914),  University  of  Maryland. 

J.  Wallace  Bryan Lecturer  on  Pleading 

A.B.    (1903),    Ph.D.     (1908),    Johns    Hopkins    University;    LL.B.     (1905),    University 
of  Maryland. 

James  T.  Carter Lecturer  on  Contracts 

A.B.    (1914),  Oberlin  College;  LL.B.    (1918),  University  of  Maryland;  Ph.  D.   (1919), 
Johns   Hopkins   University. 

Richard  W.  Case Lecturer  on  Taxation 

A.B.  (1941),  LL.B.   (1942),  University  of  Maryland. 

L.  Whiting  Farinholt,  Jr Professor  of  Law 

A.B.     (1932),    Johns    Hopkins    University;    LL.B.     (1940),    University    of    Maryland; 
LL.M.    (1947),  Harvard  University. 

Hon.  Eli  Frank Professor  Emeritus 

A.B.  (1894),  Johns  Hopkins  University;  LL.B.  (1896),  University  of  Maryland. 

George  Gump Lecturer  on  Taxation 

A.B.   (1930),  Johns  Hopkins  University;  LL.B.   (1933),  University  of  Maryland. 

Roger  Howell Dean  and  Professor  of  Law 

A.B.    (1914),    Ph.D.    (1917),    Johns    Hopkins    University;    LL.B.    (1917).    University 
of  Maryland. 

Frederick  William  Invernizzi Professor  of  Law 

A.B.  (1932),  LL.B.  (1935),  University  of  Maryland. 

Laurence  M.  Jones Professor  of  Law 

A.B.    (1930),    J.D.    (1932),    State   University   of    Iowa;    LL.M.    (1933),    S.J.D.    (1934). 
Harvard  University. 

771 


772  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Joseph  0.  Kaiser. Lecturer  on  Pleading 

A.B.   (1933),  Johns  Hopkins  University;  LL.B.   (1936),  University  of  Maryland. 

John  H.  Lewin Lecturer  on  Federal  Jurisdiction 

A.B.  (1920),  Johns  Hopkins  University;  LL.B.  (1923),  Harvard  University. 

John  M.  McFall. Lecturer  on  Mortgages 

A.B.   (1904),  College  of  Charleston;  M.A.   (1906),  Columbia  University;  LL.B.   (1916), 
George  Washington  University. 

Gerald  Monsman Supervisor  Legal  Aid  Clinic 

A.B. (1926),    Calvin    College;    LL.B.    (1933),    University    of    Maryland;    J.D.    (1935), 
Georgetown   University. 

Hon.  Emory  H.  Niles Lecturer  on  Admiralty  and  Evidence 

A.B.    (1912),    Johns    Hopkins    University;    B.A.    (1915),    B.C.L.    (1916),    M.A.    (1930), 
Oxford  University;  LL.B.   (1917),  University  of  Maryland. 

Reuben  Oppenheimer Lecturer  on  Federal  Jurisdiction 

A.B.  (1917),  Johns  Hopkins  University;  LL.B.   (1921),  Harvard  University. 

G.  Kenneth  Reiblich ..Professor  of  Law 

A.B.     (1925),    Ph.D.     (1928),    Johns    Hopkins    University;    J.D.     (1929),    New    York 
University;  LL.M.  (1937),  Columbia  University. 

Russell  R.  Reno Professor  of  Law 

A.B.  (1931),  LL.B.  (1927),  University  of  Illinois;  LL.M.  (1940),  Columbia  University. 

Edwin  G.  W.  Ruge Professor  of  Law 

A.B.   (1912),  Yale  University;  LL.B.    (1915),  Harvard  University. 

John  S.  Strahorn,  Jr Professor  of  Law 

A.B      (1922),    St.    John's    College;    LL.B.    (1925),    Washington    and    Lee    University; 
S.J.D.   (1926),  Harvard  University;  J.S.D.   (1931),  Yale  University. 

R.  Dorsey  Watkins Lecturer  on  Torts 

A.B.    (1922),   Ph.D.    (1925),   Johns   Hopkins    University;    LL.B.    (1925),    University   of 
Maryland. 


Gertrude  M.  Anderton Secretary 

AnneC.  Bagby Law  Librarian 

A.B.  (1922),  Goucher  College;  B.L.S.  (1927),  Pratt  Institute  School  of  Library  Science. 

Ethel  Louise  Brockman Editorial  Secretary,  Maryland  Law  Review 

A.B.   (1938),  LL.B.  (1940),  University  of  Maryland. 

Nettie  G.  Abrahams Stenographer 

RUTH     WALTER Typigt 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 
Introductory    Statement 

The  Law  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  rated  as  an 
"Approved  School"  by  the  Council  on  Legal  Education  of  the  American 
Bar  Association.  It  is  also  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Law 
Schools,  an  organization  whose  purpose  is  the  advancement  of  legal 
education,  membership  in  which  is  dependent  upon  meeting  and  main- 
taining certain  standards  as  to  entrance  requirements,  faculty,  library 
and  curriculum. 

It  is  the  only  school  in  Maryland  which  has  been  so  recognized  and 
which  offers  what  is  regarded  by  the  bodies  named  as  proper  prepara- 
tion for  the  practice  of  law  or  whose  standards  of  admission  and  in- 
struction are  those  recommended  by  them.  In  41  jurisdictions,  graduates 
of  schools  not  substantially  complying  with  those  standards  are  not 
eligible  to  take  the  bar  examinations;  and  in  a  substantial  number  of  juris- 
dictions, recognition  is  now  refused  to  law  study  in  a  school  not  fully 
approved  by  the  American  Bar  Association. 

The  American  Bar  Association  standards  are  set  forth  in  the  fol- 
lowing resolutions,  adopted  in  1921,  with  the  exception  of  1  (f),  which 
was  adopted  in  1938: 

"(1)  The  American  Bar  Association  is  of  the  opinion  that  every 
candidate  for  admission  to  the  Bar  should  give  evidence  of  graduation 
from  a  law  school  complying  with  the  following  standards: 

(a)  It  shall  require  as  a  condition  of  admission  at  least 
two  years  of  study  in  a  college. 

(b)  It  shall  require  its  students  to  pursue  a  course  of  three 
years'  duration  if  they  devote  substantially  all  of  their  work- 
ing time  to  their  studies,  and  a  longer  course,  equivalent  to 
the  number  of  working  hours,  if  they  devote  only  part  of  their 
working  time  to  their  studies. 

(c)  It  shall  provide  an  adequate  library  available  for  the 
use  of  the  students. 

(d)  It  shall  have  among  its  teachers  a  sufficient  number 
giving  their  entire  time  to  the  school  to  insure  actual  personal 
acquaintance  with  the  whole  student  body. 

(e)  It  shall  not  be  operated  as  a  commercial  enterprise  and 
the  compensation  of  any  officer  or  member  of  its  teaching  staff 
shall  not  depend  on  the  number  of  students  or  on  the  fees 
received. 

(f )  It  shall  be  a  school  which  in  the  judgment  of  the  Coun- 
cil on  Legal  Education  and  Admissions  to  the  Bar  possesses 
reasonably  adequate  facilities  and  maintains  a  sound  educa- 
tional policy;  provided,  however,  that  any  decision  of  the 
Council  in  these  respects  shall  be  subject  to  review  by  the 
House  of  Delegates  on  the  petition  of  any  school  adversely 
affected. 


774  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


"(2)  The  American  Bar  Association  is  of  the  opinion  that  gradu- 
ation from  a  law  school  should  not  confer  the  right  of  admission  to  the 
Bar,  and  that  every  candidate  should  be  subjected  to  an  examination  by 
public  authority  to  determine  his  fitness. 

"(3)  The  Council  on  Legal  Education  and  Admission  to  the  Bar 
is  directed  to  publish  from  time  to  time  the  names  of  those  law  schools 
which  comply  with  the  above  standards  and  those  which  do  not,  and 
to  make  such  publications  available  so  far  as  possible  to  intending  law 
students." 

The  policy  set  forth  in  these  resolutions  has  been  consistently  and 
vigorously  adhered  to  in  subsequent  meetings  of  the  American  Bar 
Association. 

The  standards  of  the  Association  of  American  Law  Schools  are  sub- 
stantially the  same,  being  somewhat  more  exacting  in  some  instances. 

HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

The  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  in  1812  authorized  the  College 
of  Medicine  of  Maryland,  founded  in  1807,  "to  constitute,  appoint  and 
annex  to  itself  three  other  colleges  or  faculties,  viz.,  the  Faculty  of 
Divinity,  the  Faculty  of  Law,  and  the  Faculty  of  Arts  and  Sciences," 
and  declared  that  "the  four  colleges  or  faculties  thus  united  should  be 
constituted  an  University  by  the  name  and  under  the  title  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland."  In  pursuance  of  this  authority  the  University  was 
organized  in  1813,  and  is  thus  one  of  the  oldest  chartered  universities  in 
America. 

The  first  faculty  of  law  was  chosen  in  1813,  when  David  Hoffman 
was  elected  Professor  of  law.  He  published  in  1817  "A  Course  of  Legal 
Study  Addressed  to  Students  and  the  Profession  Generally,"  which 
Justice  Story  in  an  article  in  the  North  American  Review  pronounced  to 
be  "by  far  the  most  perfect  system  for  the  study  of  law  which  has 
ever  been  offered  to  the  public,"  and  which  recommended  a  course  of 
study  so  comprehensive  as  to  require  for  its  completion  six  or  seven 
years.  Regular  instruction  in  law  was  begun  in  1823,  but  was  suspended 
in  1836  for  lack  of  proper  pecuniary  support.  Hoffman's  ideals  of  legal 
education  were  far  in  advance  of  his  times  and  in  consequence  there  were 
but  few  students  able  or  willing  to  spend  the  time  required  by  his  course. 
In  1869  the  Law  School  was  reorganized,  and  in  1870  regular  instruction 
therein  was  resumed.  Its  graduates  now  number  more  than  thirty-five 
hundred,  and  include  a  large  proportion  of  the  past  and  present  leaders 
of  the  bench  and  bar  in  the  State,  as  well  as  many  who  have  attained 
prominence  in  the  profession  elsewhere. 

_  Two  other  schools,  the  Baltimore  Law  School  and  the  Baltimore 
University  of  Law,  were  organized  under  charters  granted  by  the  State 
of  Maryland.  These  two  schools  were  subsequently  consolidated  under 
the  name  of  the  Baltimore  Law  School  in  1911  and  in  1913  the  Baltimore 
Law  School  was  in  turn  merged  into  the  Law  School  of  the  University 
of  Maryland.   On  July  1,  1920,  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  775 


and  the  Maryland  State  College  at  College  Park  were  consolidated  under 
the  name  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

BUILDING  AND  EQUIPMENT 

The  buildings  of  the  Schools  of  Law,  Medicine,  Dentistry  and 
Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  are  located  in  the  vicinity  of 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  in  the  City  of  Baltimore,  the  Law  School 
building  being  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Redwood  and  Greene  Streets. 
This  building  was  erected  in  1931  and  is  a  three-story  building  of  colonial 
design,  devoted  exclusively  to  law-school  purposes.  The  first  floor  con- 
tains a  large  auditorium  and  practice  court,  students'  lounge,  the  adminis- 
trative offices  and  the  women's  locker  room;  on  the  second  floor  are  four 
large  class-rooms;  the  third  floor  is  devoted  to  the  reading-room,  and 
offices  and  reading-room  for  the  law  faculty  and  Law  Review  staff;  in 
the  basement  is  the  men's  locker  room.  The  entire  west  wing  of  the 
building  is  devoted  to  stack  space,  affording  room  for  more  than  50,000 
volumes. 

The  Law  Library  now  contains  some  24,000  volumes.  Included 
therein  are  several  complete  sets  of  the  Maryland  and  Baltimore  City 
reports;  all  the  editions,  official  and  unofficial,  of  the  Supreme  Court 
reports  and  inferior  Federal  courts;  the  National  Reporter  System  and 
the  reports  of  the  Courts  of  last  resort  of  all  states  prior  thereto,  as  well 
as  the  published  decisions  of  the  more  important  inferior  state  Courts; 
the  English  Law  Reports  since  1865  and  the  English  Reprint  and  English 
Common  Law  and  Chancery  Reports  covering  the  period  prior  to  that 
time;  the  various  selected  case  series  of  annotated  reports;  the  statute 
law  of  the  United  States,  the  several  states,  and  Great  Britain,  as  well 
as  multiple  sets  of  all  Maryland  codes  and  session  laws;  the  American 
Digest  System,  the  English  and  Empire  Digest,  and  multiple  sets  of  all 
Maryland  Digests;  a  large  collection  of  carefully  selected  textbooks  and 
treatises;  all  of  the  leading  legal  periodicals,  encyclopedias,  citators  and 
other  search  books.  The  library  is  open  on  weekdays  for  the  use  of  the 
students  from  9:00  A.  M.  to  10:30  P.  M. 

ARRANGEMENT  OF  HOURS 

The  Law  School  is  divided  into  two  divisions,  the  Day  School  and 
the  Evening  School.  The  same  curriculum  is  offered  in  each  school,  and 
the  standards  of  work  and  graduation  requirements  are  the  same. 

The  normal  Day  School  course  covers  a  period  of  three  years  of 
thirty-two  weeks  each,  exclusive  of  holidays. 

The  normal  Evening  School  course  covers  a  period  of  four  years 
of  thirty-six  weeks  each,  exclusive  of  holidays.  The  class  sessions  are 
held  on  Monday,  Wednesday  and  Friday  evenings  of  each  week  from 
6:30  to  9:40  o'clock,  leaving  the  alternate  evenings  for  study  and  prepa- 
ration by  the  student. 


776         UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Candidates  for  Degree — The  requirements  for  admission  are  those 
of  the  Association  of  American  Law  Schools.  Applicants  for  admission 
as  candidates  for  a  degree  are  required  to  produce  evidence  of  the  com- 
pletion of  at  least  one-half  of  the  work  acceptable  for  a  bachelor's  degree 
granted  on  the  basis  of  a  four-year  period  of  study  by  the  State  Uni- 
versity of  the  State  in  which  the  prelaw  work  is  taken,  or  if  there  is  no 
State  University,  then  at  a  principal  college  or  university  located  therein ; 
not  more  than  ten  per  cent  of  the  credit  presented  for  admission  may 
include  credit  earned  in  nontheory  courses  in  military  science,  hygiene, 
domestic  arts,  physical  education,  vocal  or  instrumental  music,  or  other 
courses  without  intellectual  content  of  substantial  value.  All  prelegal 
work  must  have  been  passed  with  a  scholastic  average  at  least  equal  to 
the  average  required  for  graduation  in  the  institution  attended. 

The  right  is  reserved  to  refuse  admission  to  applicants  with  suffi- 
cient scholastic  credit,  whose  presence  in  the  School  would,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Faculty  Council,  be  detrimental  to  the  best  interests  of  the 
School. 

Special  Students.  Candidates  for  Certificate  of  the  School — A  lim- 
ited number  of  students,  not  exceeding  ten  per  cent  of  the  average 
number  of  students  admitted  as  beginning  regular  law  students  during 
the  two  preceding  years,  applying  for  entrance  with  less  than  the  aca- 
demic credit  required  of  candidates  for  the  law  degree,  may  be  admitted 
as  candidates  for  the  certificate  of  the  school,  but  not  for  the  degree, 
where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Faculty  Council,  special  circumstances,  such 
as  the  maturity  and  the  apparent  ability  of  the  student,  seem  to  justify 
a  deviation  from  the  rule  requiring  at  least  two  years  of  college  work. 
Applicants  for  admission  as  special  students  must  be  at  least  twenty- 
three  years  of  age  and  must  be  specially  equipped  by  training  and  experi- 
ence for  the  study  of  law. 

Application  for  admittance  as  a  special  student  should  be  made  as 
early  as  possible  by  letter,  showing  the  age  of  the  applicant,  together 
with  a  detailed  statement  of  attendance  at  educational  institutions,  and 
of  the  work  therein  completed  and  the  work  pursued  by  the  applicant 
since  leaving  such  educational  institutions. 

ADVANCED  STANDING 

Students  complying  with  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the  school 
who  have,  in  addition,  successfully  pursued  the  study  of  law  elsewhere 
in  a  law  school  which,  at  the  time  of  such  student's  attendance,  was 
either  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Law  Schools  or  approved 
by  the  Council  on  Legal  Education  of  the  American  Bar  Association  may, 
in  the  discretion  of  the  Faculty  Council,  upon  presentation  of  a  certificate 
from  such  accredited  law  school  showing  honorable  dismissal  therefrom, 
and  the  successful  completion  of  equivalent  courses  therein,  receive 
credit  for  such  courses  and  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing.  No 
student  transferring  from  another  law  school  will  be  admitted  who  is  not 
in  good  scholastic  standing  at  the  school  from  xvhich  he  transfers.     No 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  777 


degree  will  be  conferred  until  after  at  least  one  year  of  residence  and 
study  at  this  school. 

COMBINED  PROGRAM  OF  STUDIES  LEADING  TO  THE  DEGREES 

OF  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  OR  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 

AND  BACHELOR  OF  LAWS 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  combined  programs  in  arts  or 
business  administration  and  law  leading  to  the  degrees  of  bachelor  of 
arts  or  bachelor  of  science  and  bachelor  of  laws. 

Students  pursuing  such  combined  programs  in  college  and  prelegal 
subjects  will  spend  the  first  three  years  in  either  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  or  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  at 
College  Park.  They  will  then  register  in  the  Law  School,  and  upon  the 
successful  completion  of  the  work  of  the  first  year  in  the  Day  School, 
or  the  equivalent  work  in  the  Evening  School,  the  degree  of  bachelor  of 
arts  or  bachelor  of  science  will  be  awarded.  Because  the  general  univer- 
sity commencement  in  June  takes  place  before  the  School  of  Law  is 
prepared  to  release  grades  of  the  first-year  class,  these  combined  de- 
grees will  be  conferred  at  the  commencement  following  the  candidate's 
second  year  of  residence  in  the  School  of  Law.  The  degree  of  bachelor  of 
laws  will  be  awarded  upon  the  completion  of  the  work  prescribed  for 
graduation  in  the  School  of  Law. 

Details  of  the  combined  courses  may  be  had  upon  application  to 
the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

REGISTRATION 

All  students  are  required,  when  entering  for  each  session,  to  report 
in  person  at  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Law  School  and  enroll. 
The  attention  of  all  students  is  called  to  the  fact  that  no  registration 
will  be  allowed  except  by  special  action  of  the  Dean  after  the  last  day 
for  registration  as  designated  in  the  calendar. 

Students  who  fail  to  pay  the  tuition  and  other  fees  required  on  or 
before  the  day  of  registration,  for  each  term  or  semester,  as  stated  in 
the  catalogue,  will  be  required  to  pay  in  addition  to  the  fees  required, 
a  fine  of  five  ($5.00)  dollars.  The  last  permissible  day  for  registration, 
with  the  fine  included,  is  Saturday  at  noon  of  the  week  in  which  instruc- 
tion begins  following  the  specified  registration  period.  This  rule  may 
be  waived  only  by  action  of  the  Dean. 

VETERANS'  EDUCATIONAL  BENEFITS 

The  University  is  approved  by  the  Veterans  Administration  for 
participation  in  the  program  of  educational  benefits  provided  for  veterans 
under  Public  Laws  346  (the  Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act  of  1944 
or  "GI  Bill")  and  16  (the  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act) . 

A  veteran  planning  to  enter  law  school  under  either  of  these  laws 
should  file  his  application  with  the  Veterans  Administration  as  early  as 
possible,  in  order  that  this  may  be  approved  before  the  veteran  begins 
his  law  studies. 


778  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

The  charges  for  instruction  for  resident  students  are  as  follows: 

Application  fee,  to  accompany  application $     5.00 

Matriculation  fee,  payable  on  first  registration 10.00 

Diploma  fee,  payable  upon  graduation 15.00 

Tuition  fee,  per  semester  (Day  School) 100.00 

Tuition  fee,  per  semester  (Evening  School) 75.00 

Deficiency  examination  fee,  per  examination 5.00 

The  tuition  fee  for  each  semester  is  payable  at  the  time  of  registra- 
tion therefor.  Students  wishing  to  make  arrangements  for  deferred 
payment  of  tuition  charges  must  do  so  with  the  Financial  Office  at  or 
prior  to  registration  for  the  semester  for  which  such  charges  are  im- 
posed. Students  carrying  less  than  ten  credit  hours  in  the  Day  division 
or  less  than  six  credit  hours  in  the  Evening  division  will  be  charged  on 
the  basis  of  $7.50  per  semester  hour  carried. 

NON-RESIDENT  STUDENTS 

An  additional  tuition  fee  of  $25.00  per  semester  must  be  paid  by 
students  who  are  non-residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if, 
at  the  time  of  their  registration,  their  parents*  have  been  residents  of 
this  State  for  at  least  one  year. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if,  at  the  time 
of  their  registration,  they  have  been  residents  of  this  State  for  at  least 
one  year,  provided  that  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while 
attending  any  school  or  college  in  Maryland. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time 
of  his  first  registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be 
changed  by  him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents*  move  to 
and  become  legal  residents  of  this  State  by  maintaining  such  residence 
for  at  least  one  full  calendar  year.  However,  the  right  of  the  student 
(minor)  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  a  resident  status  must  be 
established  by  him  prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  in  any  academic 
year. 

REBATES 

The  matriculation  fee  is  not  subject  to  rebate.    Other  tuition  charges 
will  be  rebated  in  case  of  withdrawal  of  a  student  during  the  course  of 
a  semester,  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 
Period  From  Date  Instruction  Begins 

2  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  2  and  3  weeks 60% 

Between  3  and  4  weeks 40% 

Between  4  and  5  weeks 20% 

Over  5  weeks No  rebate 

cums*tS1,t0teri^PKl!!ntr  in,cludes  Persons  who,  by  reason  of  death  or  other  unusual  cir- 
s^ch  nVinor  studentf*  constituted  the  guardians   of  or  stand   in  loco  parentis  to 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  779 


In  all  cases  of  withdrawals  from  school,  immediate  notice  in  writing 
must  be  given  to  the  Dean.  The  effective  date  for  withdrawals,  so  far  as 
concerns  refunds  of  tuition,  is  the  date  that  such  notice  is  received  in  the 
Dean's  Office. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

In  1922,  Mr.  Louis  S.  Ashman,  of  the  Baltimore  Bar  and  an  alumnus 
of  the  Law  School,  assigned  to  the  Regents  all  royalties  to  be  received 
from  the  publication  of  his  book,  "Prayers  and  Instructions"  in  order 
to  provide  a  fund  for  the  establishment  of  a  scholarship  or  scholarships 
to  be  known  as  "The  Louis  S.  Ashman  Scholarship,"  for  a  student  or 
students  recommended  annually  by  the  Faculty  Council  as  worthy  to 
receive  the  same  by  reason  of  scholarly  attainments  and  the  need  of 
financial  assistance  in  pursuing  the  study  of  law.  The  value  of  each 
scholarship  is  about  $150.00. 

At  least  one  such  scholarship  has  been  awarded  each  year  since, 
except  that  during  the  war,  the  Faculty  Council  reserved  the  right  to 
withhold  award  of  these  scholarships  for  the  benefit  of  students  returning 
from  service  during  the  postwar  period.  Beginning  with  the  school  year 
1946-1947,  two  of  such  scholarships  will  be  awarded  annually;  in  accord- 
ance with  the  donor's  wishes,  preference  will  be  given  to  former  service- 
men in  making  such  awards. 

For  the  purpose  of  continuing  these  scholarships,  Mr.  Ashman  in 
1939  also  assigned  the  royalties  from  his  book  on  "Directed  Prayers  and 
Instructions"  to  the  Regents;  and  for  the  same  purpose  has  currently 
under  preparation  a  book  on  "Maryland  Court  and  Office  Forms,  Anno- 
tated." 

Applications  for  this  scholarship  must  be  filed  on  or  before  Septem- 
ber 1  of  the  school  year  for  which  the  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded. 
Scholarships  will  be  awarded  for  one  year  only,  but  the  same  person  may 
receive  more  than  one  award,  provided  his  scholastic  work  and  influence 
in  the  School  are  such  as  to  merit  this. 

REGISTRATION  WITH  THE  COURT  OF  APPEALS  AND  ADMISSION 

TO  THE  BAR 

Under  the  rules  governing  admission  to  the  Bar  in  the  State  of 
Maryland,  each  applicant  is  required  to  register  with  the  State  Board 
of  Law  Examiners  as  a  law  student  before  beginning  the  study  of  law. 
Applicants  for  such  registration  must  have  completed,  in  addition  to  a 
high-school  education  or  the  equivalent,  two  years  of  work  in  a  college 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Law  Examiners,  or  the  equivalent.  Appli- 
cation blanks  for  such  registration  may  be  procured  from  the  Secretary 
by  the  student  at  the  time  of  his  registration  in  the  Law  School.  A  fee 
of  $15.00,  payable  to  the  State  Board  of  Law  Examiners  must  accompany 
each  application.  Such  registration  as  a  laiv  student  with  the  State  Board 
of  Law  Examiners  does  not  automatically  qualify  an  applicant  for  ad- 
mission to  the  Law  School,  for  which  compliance  with  the  requirements 
set  forth  on  page  9  is  essential. 


780  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Admission  to  the  Bar  is  upon  examination  by  the  State  Board  of  Law 
Examiners.  The  examinations  are  held  in  July  and  March  each  year, 
and  embrace  the  following  subjects :  Agency,  Conflict  of  Laws,  Constitu- 
tional Law,  Contracts,  Corporations,  Criminal  Law,  Domestic  Relations, 
Equity,  Evidence,  Negotiable  Instruments,  Personal  Property,  Pleading 
and  Practice  at  Law  and  in  Equity,  Administrative  Law  Including  Public 
Service  Companies,  Real  Property,  Torts,  and  Testamentary  Law.  All 
of  the  required  courses  are  included  in  the  curriculum  offered  by  the 
Law  School. 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  bar  must  have  studied  law  in  the 
office  of  a  member  of  the  bar  of  this  State,  or  in  a  law  school  of  the 
United  States  and  must  file  a  petition  with  the  State  Board  of  Law 
Examiners  at  least  twenty  days  before  the  day  fixed  for  the  examination 
they  wish  to  take.  A  fee  of  $25.00,  payable  to  the  State  Board  of  Law 
Examiners,  must  accompany  each  application. 

Further  information  concerning  the  examination  or  matters  relating 
to  admission  to  the  bar  may  be  had  upon  application  to  Mr.  Wilson  K. 
Barnes,  Secretary,  State  Board  of  Law  Examiners,  900  Maryland  Trust 
Building,  Baltimore  2,  Maryland. 

EXAMINATIONS  AND  GRADES 

Written  examinations  are  held  at  the  end  of  the  course  in  all  subjects 
except  Practice  Court  and  the  Legal  Aid  Clinic.  Unless  excused  by  the 
Dean,  all  students  must  present  themselves  for  examination  in  each  sub- 
ject for  which  they  are  registered  at  the  first  regular  examination  held 
therein  in  order  to  receive  credit  for  such  course.  A  student  may  not 
drop  a  course  for  which  he  is  registered  after  the  third  week  of  the  semes- 
ter. A  course  may  be  audited  only  with  the  permission  of  the  instructor 
and  the  Dean.  Students  dropping  a  course  or  changing  from  credit  to 
audit  must  give  immediate  notice  to  the  Dean's  office.  No  student  will 
be  permitted  to  take  the  examination  in  any  course  unless  he  has  at- 
tended at  least  85  per  cent  of  the  lectures  therein,  except  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  instructor  in  such  course  and  by  permission  of  the 
Dean;  nor  may  any  student,  without  special  permission  from  the  Dean, 
carry  in  the  Day  School  less  than  12  nor  more  than  16  hours  per  week 
and,  in  the  Evening  School,  less  than  6  nor  more  than  10  hours  per  week. 

A  student  failing  to  present  himself  for  examination  in  any  course 
must  report  to  the  Dean  as  soon  as  the  circumstances  which  caused  the 
absence  will  permit.  If  the  Dean  is  satisfied  that  the  absence  was  justi- 
fiable (as  if  due  to  sickness  or  other  exceptional  circumstances)  he  will 
give  permission  for  a  deferred  examination  in  place  of  the  one  missed; 
otherwise  a  grade  of  F  will  be  entered.  A  fee  of  $5.00  will  be  charged 
for  every  deferred  examination,  except  that  one  fee  will  cover  all  deferred 
examinations  due  to  the  same  cause. 

The  following  grade  symbols  are  used:  A,  signifying  "excellent"; 
B,  signifying  "very  good";  C,  signifying  "good";  D,  signifying  "passed"; 
F,  signifying  "failure";  I,  signifying  "incomplete."  Of  these,  A,  B,  C, 
and  D  are  passing  grades,  but  a  grade  of  D  can  be  counted  toward 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  781 


graduation  only  as  hereinafter  stated.  For  the  purpose  of  computing 
the  average  grade  of  a  student,  the  following  values  are  assigned  to 
the  grades  received:  A  equals  4;  B  equals  3;  C  equals  2;  D  equals  1; 
F  equals  0. 

The  grade  of  I  (incomplete)  is  given  only  to  those  students  who 
have  a  proper  excuse  for  failure  to  present  themselves  for  examinations 
or  to  complete  any  other  work  that  may  be  required  by  the  instructor 
in  any  course.  It  is  not  used  to  signify  work  of  inferior  quality.  It  may 
be  replaced  later  by  a  definite  grade  for  the  course,  when  the  instructor 
therein  is  prepared  to  report  it. 

A  student  receiving  a  grade  of  less  than  C  in  any  course,  may,  in 
the  discretion  of  the  instructor,  take  a  re-examination  therein,  for  the 
purpose  of  raising  such  grade,  the  grade  received  on  such  re-examination 
to  be  substituted  for  the  original  grade  received,  except  with  respect 
to  eligibility  for  scholarship  honors.  Such  re-examination,  unless  special 
permission  is  obtained  from  the  Dean  to  the  contrary,  must  be  taken 
either  at  the  next  regular  examination  given  in  such  course,  or  at  the 
next  deficiency  examination  period.  Deficiency  examinations  are  held 
prior  to  the  opening  of  the  school  session  in  September  of  each  year. 
Not  more  than  one  re-examination  may  be  taken  in  any  one  course;  if  a 
student  is  not  successful  in  raising  his  grade  thereon,  he  may  do  so 
thereafter  only  by  repeating  such  course. 

In  determining  the  eligibility  of  a  student  to  continue  in  attendance 
at  the  school,  a  grade  of  F  in  a  course  of  three  or  more  semester  hours 
shall  constitute  one  failure,  and  a  grade  of  F  in  a  course  of  less  than 
three  semester  hours  shall  constitute  a  half -failure.  A  student  in  the 
Day  division  having  three  or  more  failures,  so  computed,  and  a  student 
in  the  Evening  division  having  two  and  a  half  failures,  so  computed, 
is  permanently  excluded  from  the  School  and  is  not  permitted  to  take  re- 
examinations in  the  courses  failed. 

A  student  in  the  Day  division  having  less  than  three  failures,  so 
computed,  or  a  student  in  the  Evening  division  having  less  than  two 
and  a  half  failures,  so  computed,  and  a  weighted  average  below  C,  wall 
be  required  to  take  deficiency  examinations  in  the  subjects  failed;  if  on 
such  deficiency  examinations,  he  shall  remove  all  failures  and  half- 
failures,  he  may  continue  with  his  class,  subject  to  the  conditions  as  to 
number  of  hours  of  D  grades  stated  hereafter.  If,  after  taking  such 
deficiency  examinations,  he  still  is  not  eligible  to  continue  with  his  class, 
he  must  elect  either  (1)  to  withdraw  from  the  School;  or  (2)  to  continue 
on  scholastic  probation,  taking  assigned  work  only.  A  student  with  a 
weighted  average  of  at  least  C,  who  has  a  mark  of  F  in  not  more  than 
one  subject,  shall  be  entitled  to  continue  with  his  class  without  removing 
such  failure  by  re-examination. 

Except  in  the  case  of  a  student  whose  weighted  average  is  at  least 
C,  students  with  the  number  of  hours  of  D  grades  following  on  their 
records  shall  be  ineligible  to  continue  into  the  succeeding  class,  except 
after  reducing  such  hours  of  D  grades  sufficiently  by  taking  deficiency 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


examinations:  a  first-year  day  student  with  more  than  nine  semester 
hours ;  a  second-year  day  student  with  more  than  fifteen  semester  hours ; 
a  first-year  evening  student  with  more  than  eight  semester  hours;  a 
second-year  evening  student  with  more  than  twelve  semester  hours;  a 
third-year  evening  student  with  more  than  sixteen  semester  hours.  If, 
after  taking  such  deficiency  examinations,  such  a  student  is  still  not 
eligible  to  continue  with  his  class,  he  must  elect  either  (1)  to  withdraw 
from  the  School;  or  (2)  to  continue  on  scholastic  probation,  taking  as- 
signed work  only. 

A  student  electing  to  continue  on  scholastic  probation,  who  fails  to 
receive  a  grade  of  at  least  C  in  at  least  three-fourths  of  the  work  in 
which  he  is  registered  during  the  succeeding  year,  is  permanently  ex- 
cluded from  the  School  and  is  not  permitted  to  take  re-examinations  in 
any  course. 

The  Faculty  Council  reserves  the  right  to  require  the  withdrawal  of 
any  student  whose  continued  presence  would  not,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Council,  either  because  of  low  scholastic  standing  or  other  reasons,  be 
of  benefit  to  himself  or  would  be  detrimental  to  the  best  interests  of 
the  School. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

To  be  eligible  for  either  the  degree  or  the  certificate,  a  student  must 
have  successfully  completed  courses  totaling  at  least  80  semester  hours, 
in  at  least  three-fourths  of  which  he  must  have  received  a  grade  of  C  or 
higher;  provided,  however,  that  a  student  who  has  failed  in  not  more 
than  one  subject,  may  be  allowed  to  graduate  if  his  general  weighted 
average,  including  such  failure,  is  at  least  C. 

HONORS  AND  PRIZES 

A  student  who  complies  with  the  requirements  for  graduation  and 
who  attains  in  all  work  done  in  courses  offered  in  the  school,  and  pre- 
sented for  the  degree,  an  average  grade  of  not  less  than  3.15,  may  be 
recommended  by  the  Faculty  Council  for  Graduation  with  Honor. 

Under  the  will  of  Mrs.  W.  Calvin  Chesnut,  the  sum  of  §1,000.00  was 
paid  to  the  Regents  of  the  University  as  an  endowment,  the  annual  in- 
come to  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  giving  a  prize  for  good  scholarship  in 
a  broad  sense,  to  be  determined  by  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law  annu- 
ally, to  be  known  as  the  Elizabeth  Maxwell  Carroll  Chesnut  Prize. 

The  G.  Ridgely  Sappington  Prize,  established  in  memory  of  G. 
Ridgely  Sappington,  for  many  years  a  member  of  the  Faculty  of  the 
School  of  Law,  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student  doing  the  best  work 
in  the  day  division  course  in  Practice,  in  which  Mr.  Sappington  was  the 
instructor  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

The  editors  of  the  United  States  Law  Week  offer  a  prize  of  a  year's 
subscription  to  the  student  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  makes 
the  most  satisfactory  scholastic  progress  during  his  final  school  year. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  783 


ORDER  OF  THE  COIF 

The  Order  of  the  Coif  is  a  national  law-school  honor  society,  founded 
to  encourage  scholarship  and  to  advance  the  ethical  standards  of  the 
legal  profession,  membership  in  which  depends  upon  high  scholastic 
attainments.  Only  those  students  standing  among  the  first  tenth  of  the 
senior  class  are  eligible  for  membership.  Elections  of  seniors  to  the 
Maryland  Chapter  of  the  Order  are  held  during  the  last  semester  of  the 
school  year. 

CURRICULUM 

Explanation  of  Abbreviations — In  the  list  of  courses  given  below, 
the  credit  value  of  each  course  is  indicated  in  semester  units  by  a 
numeral  in  parentheses  following  the  title.  The  session  during  which 
a  course  is  given  is  shown  as  follows:  I,  Fall  Semester;  II,  Spring 
Semester;  Yr.,  throughout  the  year.  Courses  starred  are  elective;  all 
others  required. 

The  Faculty  Council  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in 
the  curriculum  as  may  be  found  necessary  or  desirable.  Books  listed  as 
used  in  any  course  are  also  subject  to  change  as  decided  by  the  instructor. 

DAY  SCHOOL 

First  Year 

Agency  (2)  I — Seavey's  Cases  on  Agency.     Mr.  Ruge. 

Contracts  (6)  Yr. — Williston's  Cases  on  Contracts  (5th  ed.).        Mr.  Ruge. 

Criminal  Law  (3)  I — Hall  and  Glueck's  Cases  and  Materials  on  Criminal 
Law.     Mr.  Strahorn. 

Domestic  Relations  (2)  II — Madden  and  Compton's  Cases  on  Domestic 
Relations.     Mr.  Strahorn. 

Legal  Bibliography  (1)  II — Putnam,  How  to  Find  the  Law  (4th  ed.). 
Mr.  Invernizzi. 

Personal  Property  (2)  I — Fraser's  Cases  on  Property,  Vol.  II  (2nd  ed). 
Mr.  Reno. 

Pleading  (3)  II — Common  law  pleading  with  special  reference  to  Mary- 
land procedure.  Keigwin's  Cases  on  Common  Law  Pleading  (2nd 
ed.);  mimeographed  material.     Mr.  Bryan. 

Real  Property  I  (3)  II — Bigelow,  Introduction  to  the  Law  of  Real 
Property;  Fraser's  Cases  on  Property,  Vol.  I  and  Vol.  II  (2nd  ed.). 
Mr.  Reno. 

Torts  (6)  Yr. — Thurston  and  Seavey's  Cases  on  Torts.     Mr.  Farinholt. 

Second  Year 

*Admiralty  (2)  II — Robinson  on  Admiralty.     Judge  Niles. 

Corporations  (4)  Yr. — Richard's  Cases  on  Corporations  (Rev.  3rd  ed.). 
Mr.  Ruge. 


784  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Equity  (4)  Yr  —  Cook's  Cases  on  Equity  (4th  ed.).     Mr.  Howell. 
Equity  Pleading  (2)  I — Selected  Material.     Mr.  Invernizzi. 
Evidence  (4)  II — McCormick's  Cases  on  Evidence  (2nd  ed.).  Mr.  Strahorn. 
insurance  (2)  II — Vance's  Cases  on  Insurance  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Jones. 
Negotiable  Instruments  (3)  II — Britton's  Cases  on  Bills  and  Notes  (3rd 

ed.).     Mr.  Invernizzi. 
*Partnership  (2)  II — Crane  and  Magruder's  Cases  on  Partnership  (Shorter 

Selection).     Mr.  Arnold. 
Practice  (2)  I — Trial  and  appellate  practice  and  procedure  with  special 

reference  to  Maryland  procedure.    McBaine's  Cases  on  Trial  Practice 

(2nd  ed.).     Mr.  Invernizzi. 
Real  Property  II   (4)   I — Kirkwood's  Cases  on  Conveyances   (2nd  ed.). 

Mr.  Reno. 
Sales  (3)  I — Williston  and  McCurdy's  Cases  on  Sales.     Mr.  Arnold. 
Testamentary  Law  (2)  II — Mechem  and  Atkinson's  Cases  on  Wills  and 

Administration  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Reno. 

Third  Year 
*Admiralty  (2  )  II — Robinson  on  Admiralty.     Judge  Niles. 

*  Administrative  Law   (3)   II — Gellhorn's  Cases  on  Administrative  Law 

(2nd  ed.).     Mr.  Reiblich. 

*Conflict  of  Laws  (4)  I — Cheatham,  Dowling,  Goodrich  and  Griswold's 
Cases  on  Conflict  of  Laws  (2nd  ed.)  and  Supplement.    Mr.  Farinholt. 

Constitutional  Law  (4)  I — Dowling's  Cases  on  Constitutional  Law  (4th 
ed.).     Mr.  Reiblich. 

*  Creditor's  Rights  (4)  II — Hanna  and  McLaughlin's  Cases  on  Creditors' 

Rights  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Arnold. 

*  Federal  Jurisdiction  and  Procedure  (2)  II — McCormick  and  Chadbourn's 

Cases  on  Federal  Courts  (2nd  ed.)-     Mr.  Oppenheimer. 
insurance  (2)  II — Vance's  Cases  on  Insurance  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Jones. 

*  Labor  Law  (2)  II — Cox's  Cases  on  Labor  Law.     Mr.  Farinholt. 
*Legal  Aid  Clinic  (2) — Students  registering  for  this  course  work  two 

afternoons  a  week  during  one  semester  at  the  Baltimore  Legal  Aid 
Bureau.    Limited  to  eight  students  in  each  semester.    Mr.  Monsman. 

*Mortgages  (2)  I— Walsh  and  Simpson's  Cases  on  Security,  Vol.  II. 
Mr.  Arnold. 

*Partnership  (2)  II — Crane  and  Magruder's  Cases  on  Partnership  (Shorter 
Selection).     Mr.  Arnold. 

Practice  Court  and  Legal  Ethics  (4)  Yr.— Selected  material.     Mr.  Blome. 

*Public  Utilities  (2)  II— Welch's  Cases  on  Public  Utilities  and  Supple- 
ment.    Mr.  Reiblich. 

*Real  Property  III  (3)  I— Simes'  Cases  on  Future  Interests.     Mr.  Jones. 
*Restitution   (2)    I— Durfee  and  Dawson's  Cases  on  Remedies,  Vol   II. 
Mr.  Reno. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  785 


*Taxation    (4)    I — Griswold's    Cases    on    Federal    Taxation    (2nd    ed.). 

Mr.  Gump. 
*Trusts  (3)  II— Scott's  Cases  on  Trusts  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Jones. 

EVENING  SCHOOL 

First  Year 
Contracts  (5)  Yr. — Shepherd's  Cases  on  Contracts  (2nd  ed.).    Mr.  Carter. 
Criminal  Law  (3)  I — Hall  and  Glueck's  Cases  and  Materials  on  Criminal 

Law.     Mr.  Strahorn. 
Domestic  Relations   (2)   II — Madden  and  Compton's  Cases  on  Domestic 

Relations.     Mr.  Strahorn. 
Legal  Bibliography   (1)   II — Putnam,  How  to  Find  the  Law   (4th  ed.). 

Mr.  Invernizzi. 

Personal  Property  (2)  I — Fraser's  Cases  on  Property.  Vol.  II  (2nd  ed.) 
Mr.  Reno. 

Real  Property  I  (3)  II — Bigelow,  Introduction  to  the  Law  of  Real 
Property;  Fraser's  Cases  on  Property,  Vol.  I  and  Vol.  II  (2nd  ed.). 
Mr.  Reno. 

Torts  (5)  Yr. — Thurston  and  Seavey's  Cases  on  Torts.     Mr.  Watkins. 

Second  Year 
Agency  (2)  I — Seavey's  Cases  on  Agency.     Mr.  Ruge. 
Equity  (4)  Yr. — Cook's  Cases  on  Equity  (4th  ed.).     Mr.  Howell. 
Negotiable  Instruments  (3)  II — Britton's  Cases  on  Bills  and  Notes  (3rd 
ed.).     Mr.  Invernizzi. 

Pleading  (3)  II — Common  law  pleading  with  special  reference  to  Mary- 
land procedure.  Keigwin's  Cases  on  Common  Law  Pleading  (2nd 
ed.);  mimeographed  material.     Mr.  Kaiser. 

Real  Property  II  (4)  I — Kirkwood's  Cases  on  Conveyances  (2nd  ed.). 
Mr.  Reno. 

Sales  (3)  I — Williston  and  McCurdy's  Cases  on  Sales.     Mr.  Arnold. 
Testamentary  Law  (2)  II — Mechem  and  Atkinson's  Cases  on  Wills  and 
Administration  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Reno. 

Third  Year 
*  Admiralty  (2)  II — Robinson  on  Admiralty.     Judge  Niles. 

Corporations  (4)  II — Richard's  Cases  on  Corporations  (Rev.  3rd  ed.). 
Mr.  Ruge. 

Creditors'  Rights  (4)  II — Hanna  and  McLaughlin's  Cases  on  Creditors' 
Rights  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Arnold. 

Equity  Pleading  (2)  I — Selected  Material.     Mr.  Invernizzi. 

Evidence  (4)  I — McCormick's  Cases  on  Evidence  (2nd  ed.).    Judge  Niles. 

*Insurance  (2)  II — Vance's  Cases  on  Insurance  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Jones. 


786       UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

♦Mortgages   (2)   II — Walsh  and  Simpson's   Cases  on  Security,  Vol.  IL 

Mr.  McFall. 
Practice  (2)  I — Trial  and  appellate  practice  and  procedure  with  special 

reference  to  Maryland  procedure.    McBaine's  Cases  on  Trial  Practice 

(2nd  ed.).     Mr.  Invernizzi. 
*Real  Property  III  (3)  I — Simes'  Cases  on  Future  Interests.     Mr.  Jones. 

Fourth  Year 

*  Administrative  Law   (3)   II — Gellhorn's  Cases  on  Administrative  Law 

(2nd  ed.).     Mr.  Reiblich. 

*  Admiralty  (2)  II— Robinson  on  Admiralty.    Judge  Niles. 

*  Conflict  of  Laws  (4)   I — Cheatham,  Dowling,  Goodrich  and  Griswold's 

Cases  on  Conflict  of  Laws  (2nd  ed.)  and  Supplement.     Mr.  Farinholt. 

*  Constitutional  Law  (4)  I — Dowling's  Cases  on  Constitutional  Law  (4th 

ed.).     Mr.  Reiblich. 

*  Federal  Jurisdiction  and  Procedure  (2)  II — McCormick  and  Chadbourn's 

Cases  on  Federal  Courts  (2nd  ed.).     Mr.  Lewin. 
*Insurance  (2)  II — Vance's  Cases  on  Insurance   (3rd  ed.).    Mr.  Jones. 

*  Labor  Law  (2)  II — Cox's  Cases  on  Labor  Law.     Mr.  Farinholt. 
Practice  Court  and  Legal  Ethics  (4)  Yr. — Selected  material.     Mr.  Blome. 
♦Taxation   (4)   Yr. — Griswold's   Cases  on  Federal  Taxation   (2nd  ed.). 

Mr.  Case. 

*Trusts  (3)  II— Scott's  Cases  on  Trusts  (3rd  ed.).     Mr.  Jones. 

PRACTICE  COURT 

The  Law  School  endeavors  not  only  to  equip  its  students  with  an 
accurate  knowledge  of  legal  principles,  but  also  to  train  them  in  the 
application  of  that  knowledge  and  to  fit  them  for  the  practice  of  the  law. 
To  that  end  special  care  and  thought  are  devoted  to  the  conduct  of  the 
Practice  Court,  which  is  in  session  throughout  the  scholastic  year. 

The  work  of  the  Practice  Court  is  designed  to  afford  opportunity  not 
only  for  the  argument  of  law  questions,  but  also  for  preparation  and 
conduct  of  a  case  through  all  its  stages,  as  nearly  as  possible  in  accord- 
ance with  the  procedure  in  actual  trial  work.  Three  features  are  espe- 
cially emphasized,  viz.:  the  drawing  of  pleadings,  the  writing  of  briefs, 
and  the  oral  argument  of  questions  of  law. 

A  set  of  Court  Rules  has  been  adopted  in  accordance  with  which  the 
students  are  required  to  prepare  and  file  their  pleadings  and  conduct 
their  cases.  Students  are  furnished  with  statements  of  facts,  involving 
debatable  principles  of  law,  supposed  to  represent  the  claims  of  the 
respective  parties  to  the  litigation,  from  which  they  draft  the  necessary 
pleadings  and  prepare  their  cases  for  trial.  They  are  also  required  to 
prepare  and  file  trial  briefs  and  appeal  briefs. 

The  course  is  given  in  the  third  year  of  the  Day  School  and  the 
fourth  year  of  the  Evening  School.  In  connection  with  the  course  in- 
struction in  Legal  Ethics  is  offered.    Except  as  herein  otherwise  provided, 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  787 


the  course  is  required  for  graduation  and  attendance  at  all  sessions  of 
the  Court  by  members  of  those  classes  is  compulsory.  Except  by  per- 
mission of  the  Dean,  no  student  will  receive  credit  for  work  in  the 
Practice  Court  unless  he  has  attended  at  least  85  per  cent  of  the  sessions 
each  year.  There  is  no  examination  in  this  course,  the  grade  of  the 
student  being  based  upon  the  work  done  in  the  Court.  The  grade  thus 
attained  by  the  student  is  treated  in  the  same  manner  as  the  grade  given 
on  examination  in  other  subjects,  and  the  successful  completion  of  the 
course  gives  the  student  credit  toward  his  degree. 

LEGAL  AID  CLINIC 

By  arrangement  with  the  Baltimore  Legal  Aid  Bureau,  selected  senior 
students,  not  exceeding  eight  in  any  one  semester,  may  substitute  one 
semester's  work  at  the  Legal  Aid  Bureau  for  one  semester  of  the  Practice 
Court.  Students  taking  clinic  work  are  required  to  spend  at  least  two 
afternoons  a  week  at  the  Legal  Aid  Bureau,  working  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  member  of  the  Bureau  staff.  The  work  includes  consultation 
with  clients,  interviews  with  witnesses,  preparation  of  memoranda,  exami- 
nation of  records  of  various  kinds,  and  in  general  such  work  as  a  clerk  in 
a  general  law  office  would  be  called  upon  to  perform. 

MARYLAND  LAW  REVIEW 

The  Maryland  Law  Review,  appearing  quarterly,  is  published  by 
the  Law  School  with  the  support  and  cooperation  of  the  Maryland  State 
Bar  Association,  the  Bar  Association  of  Baltimore  City,  and  the  Junior 
Bar  Association  of  Baltimore  City.  The  Review  is  devoted  primarily  to 
the  discussion  of  Maryland  law  and  of  questions  regarded  as  of  particu- 
lar interest  to  Maryland  lawyers.  Members  of  the  Law  School  faculty 
serve  as  Faculty  Editor  and  Assistant  Editor  and  Business  Manager; 
there  is  also  a  Student  Editorial  Board  composed  of  students  selected  on 
the  basis  of  scholarship.  Members  of  the  Student  Editorial  Board  may, 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Faculty  Editor  of  the  Laxv  Review, 
receive  semester  hour  credit  toward  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws, 
not  to  exceed  a  total  of  4  semester  hours  and  not  to  exceed  2  semester 
hours  in  any  one  year.  Such  credit  may  be  substituted,  pro  tanto,  for 
work  in  Practice  Court.  Selection  for  the  Student  Editorial  Board 
is  an  honor,  and  an  opportunity  for  training  of  high  value  in  legal 
research.  The  governing  Board  of  Trustees  consists  of  a  representative 
from  the  State  Judiciary,  representatives  of  the  Bar  Associations,  the 
Dean  of  the  Law  School,  and  the  Faculty  Editor  and  Business  Manager. 

STUDENT  COUNCIL 

The  Student  Council  is  a  student  organization  functioning  as  a  co- 
ordinating agency  between  the  student  body,  the  school  administration 
and  the  faculty.  Members  are  elected  by  vote  of  their  respective  classes; 
there  is  also  a  faculty  advisor  appointed  by  the  Dean. 


SCHOOL  0/ MEDICINE 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE 
EMERITI 

J.  Frank  Crouch,  M.D. .  .  Professor  of  Clinical  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,  Emeritus5a 
Harry  Friedenwald,  A.B.,  M.D.,  D.H.L.,  D.Sc. .  Professor  of  Ophthalmology,  Emeritus5 
J.  M.  H.  Rowland,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  LL.D. 

Professor  of  Obstetrics,  Emeritus;  Dean,  Emeritus 

Henry  J.  Walton,  M.D Professor  of  Roentgenology,  Emeritus 

Page  Edmunds,  M.D Professor  of  Traumatic  Surgery,  Emeritus 

Ruth  Lee  Briscoe Librarian,  Emeritus 

Albertus  Cotton,  M.A.,  M.D. .  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery,  and  Roentgenology, 

Emeritus 

Harvey  G.  Beck,  M.D.,  D.Sc Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Emeritus 

Irving  J.  Spear,  M.D Professor  of  Neurology,  Emeritus 

Carl  L.  Davis,  M.D Professor  of  Anatomy,  Emeritus 

Arthur  M.  Shipley,  M.D.,  D.Sc Professor  of  Surgery,  Emeritus 

Clyde  A.  Clapp,  M.D Professor  of  Ophthalmology,  Emeritus 

Andrew  C.  Gillis,  M.A.,  M.D.,  LL.D Professor  of  Neurology,  Emeritus 

Edgar  B.  Friedenwald,  M.D Professor  of  Clinical  Pediatrics,  Emeritus 

FACULTY  BOARD 

Dean  H.  Boyd  Wylte,  Chairman 
0.  G.  Harne,  Secretary 


William  R.  Amberson 
Franklin  B.  Anderson 
James  G.  Arnold,  Jr. 
Walter  A.  Baetjer 
Charles  Bagley,  Jr. 
J.  Edmund  Bradley 
Otto  C.  Brantigan 
Howard  M.  Bubert 
T.  Nelson  Carey 
C.  Jelleff  Carr 
Thomas  R.  Chambers 
Carl  Dame  Clarke 
Paul  W.  Clough 
Richard  G.  Coblentz 
Beverley  C.  Compton 
Charles  N.  Davidson 
John  DeCarlo,  Jr. 
Louis  H.  Douglass 
C.  Reeo  Edwards 


Monte  Edwards 
Frederick  P.  Ferguson 
Frank  H.  J.  Figge 
Jacob  E.  Flnesinger 
A.  H.  Finkelstein 
Leon  Freedom 
Edgar  B.  Friedenwald 
Thomas  K.  Galvin 
Moses  Gellman 
Gordon  E.  Gibbs 
Frank  W.  Hachtel 
Edward  J.  Herbst 
Cyrus  F.  Horine 
J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 
Elliott  H.  Hutchins 
Edward  S.  Johnson 
F.  L.  Jennings 
C.  LORING  Joslin 
James  R.  Karns 


Walter  L.  Kilby 
Edward  A.  Kitlowski 
Vernon  E.  Krahl 
John  C.  Krantz,  Jr. 
Louis  A.  M.  Krause 
Kenneth  D.  Legge 
R.  W.  Locher 
Edward  A.  Looper 
William  S.  Love,  Jr. 
John  F.  Lutz 
Charles  W.  Maxson 
Zachariah  Morgan 
Theodore  H.  Morrison 
Alfred  T.  Nelson 
Thomas  R.  O'Rourk 

C.  W.  Peake 

D.  J.  Pessagno 
H.  R.  Peters 
Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 


6  Died  April  8,  1950. 
fe  Died  April  20,  1950. 


789 


790 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


J.  Morris  Reese 
Charles  A. 

Reifschneider 
Dexter  L.  Reimann 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sr. 
Harry  L.  Rogers 
Milton  S.  Sacks 
Emtl  G.  Schmidt 
Andrew  G.  Smith 
Dietrich  C.  Smith 
R.  Dale  Smith 


William  H.  Smith 
Hugh  R.  Spencer 
Thomas  P.  Sprunt 
Edward  Steers 
W.  Houston  Toulson 
J.  McCullough  Turner 
Eduard  Uhlenhuth 
Henry  F.  Ullrich 
Raymond  E.  Vanderlinde 
Allen  F.  Voshell 


John  A.  Wagner 
Grant  E.  Ward 
C.  Gardner  Warner 
Huntington  Williams 
Walter  D.  Wise 
Theodore  E.  Woodward 
Thomas  C.  Wolff 
Robert  B.  Wright 
George  H.  Yeager 
Waitman  F.  Zinn 


ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  OF  THE  FACULTY 


William  R.  Amberson 
J.  Edmund  Bradley 
Louis  H.  Douglass 
C.  Reid  Edwards 
Jacob  E.  Fineslnger 
Frank  W.  Hatchel 


0.  G.  Harne,  Assistant 
to  the  Dean,  Secretary 
J.  Mason  Hundley 
Walter  L.  Kilby 
F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 
John  C.  Krantz,  Jr. 


Alfred  T.  Nelson 
Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 
Emil  G.  Schmidt 
Hugh  R.  Spencer 
Eduard  Uhlenhuth 
H.  Boyd  Wylie,  Dean 
Chairman 


FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE 
PROFESSORS 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Pathology,  School  of  Dentistry. 

William  R.  Amberson,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physiology,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Charles  Bagley,  Jr.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery. 

Joseph  C.  Biddix,  Jr.,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis,  School  of  Dentistry. 

J.  Edmund  Bradley,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Pediatrics,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Otto  C.  Brantigan,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy,  and  Professor  of  Clinical 

Surgery. 
T.  Nelson  Carey,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 

Richard  G.  Coblentz,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Neurological  Surgery. 
Edward  C.  Dobbs,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  School  of  Dentistry. 
Brice  M.  Dorsey,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery,  School  of  Dentistry. 
Louis  H.  Douglass,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 
Charles  Reid  Edwards,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  and  Acting  Head  of  the  Department. 
Monte  Edwards,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Professor  of  Proctology. 

It  Is  to  be  noted  that  for  convenience  of  reference  the  names  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Faculty  are  listed  in  the  forepart  of  this  catalogue  in  alphabetical 
order.  The  names  are  listed  in  order  of  seniority  under  each  preclinical  and 
clinical  department  of  the  school  on  subsequent  pages. 

On  the  lists  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  and  Fellows  and  the  Hospital  and  Dispensary 
staffs  are  given  the  names  and  positions  assigned  during  the  period  July  1,  1949  to  June  30, 
1950  unless  otherwise  indicated.     Changes  are  noted  as  follows: 

1  Appointments  effective  July  1,  1950. 

2  Promotion  effective  July  1,  1950. 

3  Resigned. 

4  Retired. 
B  Deaths. 

6  On  leave. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  791 


Ray  Ehrensberger,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Speech,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Frank  H.  J.  Figge,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Jacob  E.  Finesinger,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Psychiatry,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Edgar  B.  Friedenwald,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Pediatrics. 

Thomas  K.  Galvin,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Gynecology.3 

Grason  W.  Gaver,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Dental  Prosthetics,  School  of  Dentistry. 

Frank  W.  Hachtel,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Bacteriology,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Harry  C.  Hull,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Gynecology,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Elliott  H.  Hutchins,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

F.  L.  Jennings,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

C.  Loring  Joslin,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

Walter  L.  Kilby,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Roentgenology,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Edward  A.  Kitlowski,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Plastic  Surgery. 

John  C.  Krantz,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc,  Professor  of  Pharmacology,  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 

Louis  A.  M.  Krause,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 

Kenneth  D.  Legge,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Edward  A.  Looper,  M.D.,  D.Oph.,  Professor  of  Otolaryngology,  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 

Theodore  H.  Morrison,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology. 

Alfred  T.  Nelson,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Anaesthesiology,  and  Chairman  of  the  Department1* 

Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Crown  and  Bridge,  School  of  Dentistry. 

Thomas  R.  O'Rourk,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 

D.  J.  Pessagno,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

H.  Raymond  Peters,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 

Maurice  C.  Pincoffs,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Medicine,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Kyrle  W.  Preis,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Orthodontics,  School  of  Dentistry.1 

Kenneth  V.  Randolph,  D.D.S.,  Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry,  School  of  Dentistry. 

Charles  A.  Reifschneider,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Traumatic  Surgery. 

Harry  L.  Rogers,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 

Harry  M.Robinson,  Sr.,M.D.,  Professor  of  Dermatology. 

Emil  G.  Schmidt,  Ph.D.,  LL.B.,  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry,  and  Head  of  the  De- 
partment. 

Dietrich  Conrad  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physiology. 

Hugh  R.  Spencer,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Thomas  P.  Sprunt,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 

W.  Houston  Toulson,  M.Sc,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Eduard  Uhlenhuth,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Anatomy,  and  Head  of  the  Department. 

Allen  Fiske  Voshell,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 

Huntington  Williams,  M.D.,  Dr.  P.H.,  Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health. 

Walter  D.  Wise,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery. 

George  H.  Yeager,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery,  and  Director  of  Clinical 
Research. 

Waitman  F.  Zinn,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 


la  Appointment  effective  July  13,  1949. 


792 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND __ 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Franklin  R.  Anderson,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 

Merle  Ansberry,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

James  G.  Arnold,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery. 

H.  M.  Bubert,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine. 

C.  Jelleff  Carr,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacology. 

Thomas  R.  Chambers,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Carl  Dame  Clarke,  Associate  Professor  of  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine. 

Charles  N.  Davidson,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Roentgenology. 

Ross  Davies,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health. 

J.  S.  Eastland,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine. 

A.  H.  Finkelstein,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

Russel  S.  Fisher,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Legal  Medicine.1 

Leon  Freedom,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Neurology. 

Moses  Gellman,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 

Gordon  E.  Gibbs,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Research.1 

Lewis  P.  Gundry,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine. 

0.  G.  Harne,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy,  and  Asst.  to  the  Dean. 

Hugh  H.  Hicks,  D.D.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Periodontology,  School  of  Dentistry. 

Cyrus  F.  Horine,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Albert  Jaffe,  M.D.,  Associate  Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

Edward  S.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Vernon  E.  Krahl,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Frederick  T.  Kyper,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 

R.  W.  Locher,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

William  S.  Love,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Charles  W.  Maxson,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Walter  C.  Merkel,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 

Samuel  Morrison,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine,  Associate  Professor  of 

Gastro-enterology. 
James  W.  Nelson,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 
H.  Whitman  Newell,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 
C.  W.  Peake,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 
J.  Morris  Reese,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 
Dexter  L.  Reimann,  B.  S.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 
Benjamin  S.  Rich,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 
Milton  S.  Sacks,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Head  of  Clinical  Pathology, 

Associate  in  Pathology. 
Frederick  B.  Smith,  M.D.,  Associate  Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 
R.  Dale  Smith,  Ph.  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy. 
William  H.  Smith,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine. 
Edward  Steers,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 
Lewis  C.  Toomey,  D.D.S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery,  School  of  Dentistry. 

1.  Ridgeway  Trimble,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Henry  F.  Ullrich,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  Associate  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 
John  A.  Wagner,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 
W.  Wallace  Walker,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Surgical  Anatomy. 
Grant  E.  Ward,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Oral  Surgery. 
C.  Gardner  Warner,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  793 


William  H.  F.  Warthen,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Hygiene  &  Public  Health. 
T.  Conrad  Wolff,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine,  and  Head  of  the  Division  of 

Physical  Diagnosis. 
Theodore  E.  Woodward,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Robert  B.  Wright,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology. 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Thurston  R.  Adams,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Proctology. 

Donald  J.  Barnett,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Roentgenology. 

H.  F.  Bongardt,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Leo  Brady,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

Simon  H.  Brager,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Proctology. 

Beverley  C.  Compton,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

Edward  F.  Cotter,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine,  Associate  in  Neurology. 

J.  G.  N.  Cushing,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 

John  DeCarlo,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Roentgenology.1"1 

William  K.  Diehl,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

Everett  S.  Diggs,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

John  S.  Dumler,  B.S.;  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 

William  W.  Elgin,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 

Francis  A.  Ellis,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology. 

Maurice  Feldman,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology. 

Frederick  P.  Ferguson,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 

Jerome  Fineman,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

Wetherbee  Fort,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Frank  J.  Geraghty,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Francis  W.  Gillis,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Samuel  S.  Glick,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

Harry  Goldsmith,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 

Albert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology. 

George  Govatos,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery. 

Edward  J.  Herbst,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry. 

John  F.  Hogan,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Harry  K.  Iwamoto,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology. 

D.  Frank  Kaltreider,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 

Fayne  A.  Kayser,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Rhinology  and  Laryngology.' 

F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Chairman 
of  the  Department. 

H.  Vernon  Langeluttig,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 

C.  Edward  Leach,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine.2 

Philip  L.  Lerner,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Neurology. 

Ephriam  T.  Lisansky,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Associate  in  Psy- 
chiatry.2 

Hans  W.  Loewald,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 

13  Appointment  effective  Jan.  1,  1950. 


794 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

John  F.  Lutz,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy. 

Stanley  H.  Macht,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Roentgenology.3* 

Henry  J.  L.  Marriott,  A.M.,  B.M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Howard  B.  Mays,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery  and  Instructor  in 

Pathology. 
W.  Raymond  McKenzie,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 
Zachariah  Morgan,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology. 
Hugh  B.  McNally,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics.2 
Harry  M.  Murdock,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 
George  McLean,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 
M.  Alexander  Novey,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 
Samuel  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine.2 
I.  0.  Ridgely,  M.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery. 
William  F.  Rienhoff,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery. 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology,  Associate  in 

Medicine. 
Irving  Rothchild,  Ph.D..  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology. 
John  E.  Savage,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 
Kathyrn  L.  Schultz,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 
Theodore  A.  Schwartz,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Otolaryngology.2 
William  M.  Seabold,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 

William  B.  Settle,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy  and  Associate  in  Surgery. 
Isadore  A.  Siegel,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics. 
Andrew  G.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Bacteriology. 
Edward  P.  Smith,  M.D.,  Ph.G,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology. 
Sol  Smith,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine. 
J.  McCullough  Turner,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology.1* 

Raymond  E.  Vanderlinde,  A.B.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry.lb 
Philip  S.  Wagner,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry. 
Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics. 
Milton  J.  Wilder,  M.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Orthopedic  Surgery. 

ASSOCIATES 

Conrad  B.  Acton,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Marie  A.  Andersch,  Ph.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

J.  Tyler  Baker,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Obstetrics.1 

Margaret  B.  Ballard,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Obstetrics. 

Charles  P.  Barnett,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pathology.2 

Edmund  G.  Beacham,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine.2 

Eugene  S.  Bereston,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Dermatology. 

Harry  C.  Bowie,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assqciate  in  Surgical  Anatomy.2 

Kenneth  B.  Boyd,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Gynecology  and  Assistant  in  Obstetrics. 

Frank  J.  Brady,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Anaesthesiology.lc 

la  Appointment  effective  August  1,  1950 
lb  Appointment  effective  Sept.  1,  1950. 
lc  Appointment  effective  Jan.  1,  1950. 
34  Resigned  Dec.  31,  1949. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  795 


V.  V.  Brunst,  Sc.D.,  Research  Associate  in  Anatomy. 

Harold  H.  Burns,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery. 

M.  Paul  Byerly,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Richard  A.  Carey,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine.1 

Osborne  D.  Christensen,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Obstetrics. 

Edward  R.  Dana,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Roentgenology.1 

Kathryn  Dice,  Ed.D.,  Associate  in  Clinical  Psychology. 

Francis  G.  Dickey,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

D.  McClelland  Dixon,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Obstetrics  and  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

Stanley  H.  Durlacher,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Legal  Medicine.1 

J.  J.  Erwin,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Gynecology. 

L.  K.  Fargo,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

William  L.  Fearing,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Neurology. 

Donald  E.  Fisher,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pathology.2 

Samuel  L.  Fox,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Otolaryngology,  and  Instructor  in  Physiology.1 

Henry  C.  Freimuth,  Ph.D.,  Associate  in  Legal  Medicine.13 

William  L.  Garlick,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery. 

Robert  G.  Grenell,  B.A.,  M.Sc,  Ph.D.,  Research  Associate  in  Psychiatry.1 

Alvin  J.  Hartz,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine.2 

Raymond  F.  Helfrich,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery. 

W.  Grafton  Herspberger,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

John  T.  Hibbitts,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Gynecology. 

Henry  W.  D.  Holljes,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Z.  Vance  Hooper,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Gastro-Enterology. 

Clewell  Howell,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pediatrics. 

Benjamin  H.  Isaacs,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Rhinology  and  Laryngology. 

Meyer  W.  Jacobson,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Joseph  V.  Jerardi,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery. 

Hugh  J.  Jewett,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Arthur  Karfgin,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

James  R.  Karns,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine,  and  Physician  in  Charge  of  Medical 

Care  of  Medical  Students.2 
Joseph  I.  Kemler,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Ophthalmology. 
Elizabeth  LaForge,  M.S.S.,  Associate  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work. 
Samuel  Legum,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 
H.  Edmund  Levin,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Bacteriology. 
Kurt  Levy.  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 
William  D.  Lynn,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Research  Associate  in  Surgery.1 
G.  Bowers  Mansdorfer,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pediatrics. 
I.  H.  Maseritz,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 
Karl  F.  Mech,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Anatomy  and  Instructor  in  Pathology. 
George  G.  Merrill,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Neurology. 
Lyle  J.  Millan,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 
Frank  K.  Morris,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Gynecology. 
J.  Huff  Morrison,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Obstetrics.2 
S.  Edwin  Muller,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Ross  Z.  Pierpont,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgical  Anatomy,  and  Assistant  in  Surgery.2 
Herbert  E.  Reifschneider,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery  and  Surgical  Anatomy. 


lB  Appointment  effective  Oct.  15,  1949. 


796 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Robert  A.  Reiter,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

R.  C.  V.  Robinson,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Dermatology. 

Sidney  Scherlis,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

William  M.  Seabold,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pediatrics. 

Lawrence  M.  Serra,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

A.  Albert  Shapiro,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Dermatology. 

Arthur  G.  Siwinski,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery. 

Benedict  Skitarelic,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Pathology. 

Harry  A.  Teitlebaum,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  in  Neurology. 

Wilfred  H.  Townshend,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine.2 

Isadore  Tuerk,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Psychiatry. 

William  K.  Waller,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Medicine. 

Austin  H.  Wood,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 

Israel  Zeligman,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Dermatology. 

LECTURERS 

Amedeo  S.  Marrazzi,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Pharmacology. 

Joseph  M.  Miller,  M.D.,  Lecturer  in  Surgery. 

William  H.  Summerson,  Ph.D.,  Lecturer  in  Biological  Chemistry! 

INSTRUCTORS 

A.  Russell  Anderson,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 

Leon  Ashman,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Robert  E.  Bauer,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine.2 

Harry  McB.  Beck,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology,  and  Assistant  in  Obstetrics.1 

Robert  Z.  Berry,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Otolaryngology. 

Thomas  S.  Bowyer,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology  and  Assistant  in  Obstetrics. 

Charles  E.  Brambel,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine.1 

George  H.  Brouillet,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Ann  Virginia  Brown,  A.B.,  Instructor  in  Biological  Chemistry. 

J.  E.  Brumback  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 

William  J.  Bryson,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

William  R.  Bundick,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology.1 

Lucile  J.  Caldwell,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology. 

Enoch  Calloway,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry.1 

Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery,  School  of  Dentistry. 

Thomas  A.  Christensen,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 

Jonas  Cohen,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Morris  M.  Cohen,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology.1 

Joseph  M.  Cordi,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 

Richard  J.  Cross,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology,  and  Assistant  in  Otolaryng- 
ology.1 

Raymond  M.  Cunningham,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy  and  Proctology,  Assistant 
in  Surgery. 

George  H.  Davis,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Obstetrics.2 

John  R.  Davis,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

W.  Allen  Deckert,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology  and  Assistant  in  Surgery.     ■ 

John  B.  DeHoff,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

William  A.  Dodd,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology,  and  Assistant  in  Obstetrics.1 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  797 


Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology,  and  Assistant  in  Obstetrics. 

William  C.  Duffy,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Ernest  S.  Edlow,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Philip  D.  Flynn,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Paul  N.  Friedman,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 

Audry  M.  Funk,  A.B.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

L.   Calvin  Gareis,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pathology,  and  Obstetrics,2  Assistant  in 

Gynecology. 
Jason  H.  Gaskel,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 
H.  L.  Granoff,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 
Ernest  G.  Guy,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Isaac  Gutman,  Instructor  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery.1 
John  S.  Haines,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 
Samuel  J.  Hankin,  M.D.     Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Charles  VV.  Hawkins,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy.2 
Mary  L.  Hayleck,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 
Robert  F.  Healy,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Donald  B.  Hebb,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Proctology  and  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
William  G.  Helfrich,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
L.  Ann  Hellen,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Benjamin  Highstein,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology. 
Mark  B.  Hollander,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology  and  Syphilology. 
Calvin  Hyman,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Conrad  L.  Inman,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Anesthesiology,  School  of  Dentistry. 
Edward  S.  Kallins,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Marshall  I.  Kader,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery,1  School  of  Dentistry. 
William  H.  Kammer,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Harry  F.  Kane,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Theodore  Kardash,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology  and  Pathology. 
Walter  E.  Karfgin,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Clyde  F.  Earns,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 
Leon  A.  Kochman,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine.1 
Schuyler  G.  Kohl,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Obstetrics.2 
A.  Kremen,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 
Louis  J.  Kroll,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Arnold  F.  Lavenstein,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 

Algert  P.  Lazauskas,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery,1  School  of  Dentistry. 
V.  Harwood  Link,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Dermatology.1 
F.  Ford  Loker,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 
H.  Patterson  Mack,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy.1 
Helen  I.  Maginnis,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Louis  O.  J.  Manganiello,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy,1  Research  Fellow,  Neuro- 
surgery. 
William  C.  Manion,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pathology.1 
Charles  B.  Marek,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 
Joseph  H.  Marshall,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 
Marion  W.  Mathews,  M.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry.lb 
D.  J.  McHenry,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 


lb"Appointment  effective  Sept.,  1,  1950 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Jose  Medina,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery,1  School  of  Dentistry. 

Margaret  E.  Mellott,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Biochemistry.33 

Israel  P.  Meranski,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 

J.  Duer  Moores,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Joseph  E.  Muse,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Ruth  Musser,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Pharmacology. 

John  A.  Myers,  M.E.E.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine,  Assistant  in  Gastro-Enterology. 

Francis  J.  McLaughlin,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 

Pomeroy  Nichols,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy.12 

Samuel  Novey,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 

M.  Paul  Padget,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 

Richard  H.  Pembroke,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 

Patrick  C.  Phelan,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Anatomy  and  Surgery. 

Samuel  E.  Proctor,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

J.  Emmett  Queen,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine.1 

Phoebe  Rich,  M.S.S.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work. 

Daniel  R.  Robinson,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Seymour  W.  Rubin,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

William  J.  Rysanek,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Clarence  P.  Scarborough,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

John  F.  Schaefer,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

J.  King  B.  E.  Seegar,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Obstetrics.2 

Joseph  C.  Sheehan,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 

Robert  C.  Sheppard,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

E.  Roderick  Shipley,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Albert  J.  Shochat,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gastro-Enterology. 

Ruby  A.  Smith,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 

Merrill  J.  Snyder,  B.S.,  Instructor  in  Bacteriology.1 

Melchijah  Spragins,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pediatrics. 

Edwin  H.  Stewart,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Surgery. 

Cleo  D.  Stiles,  M.D.,  instructor  in  Ophthalmology. 

William  T.  Supik,  M.D.,  Insrtuctor  in  Proctology. 

Raymond  K.  Thompson,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  and  Director  of  Research  in  Neurological 

Surgery. 
Robert  B.  Tunney,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Gynecology. 
William  D.  VandeGrift,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Pathology. 

Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche,  D.D.S.,  Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery,1  School  of  Dentistry. 
Harold  L.  Vyner,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Psychiatry. 
Frederick  J.  Vollmer,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
Daniel  Wilfson,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine. 
C.  Herman  Williams,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine.1 

ASSISTANTS 

A.  Maynard  Bacon,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 

Ruth  W.  Baldwin,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics  and  Director  of  the  Pediatrics  Seizure 
clinic.1 


^  Resigned  Jan.  31,  1950. 

u  Appointment  effective  Feb.  1,  to  May  31,  1950. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  799 


Harry  McB.  Beck,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Obstetrics.1 

Walter  J.  Benavent,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Plastic  Surgery.1 

Jane  L.  Bleakley,  Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine. 

Frances  C.  Brown,  A.B.,  Assistant  in  Physiology. 

Joseph  G.  Bird,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pharmacology,  and  Medicine.1 

A.  V.  Buchness,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 

Lester  H.  Caplan,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 

John  W.  Chambers,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery,  and  Neurological  Surgery. 

L.  T.  Chance,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 

Raymond  J.  Clayton,  Jr.,  Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine.1* 

James  N.  Cianos,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 

Sarah  Cook,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Director  Post  Graduate  Medicine,2  and  Assistant  in 

Pediatrics.1 
Donald  D.  Cooper,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 
Samuel  H.  Culver,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
E.  Hollister  Davis,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Anaesthesia. 
Michael  L.  DeVincentis,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
William  A.  Dodd,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Obstetrics.1 
William  C.  Dunnigan,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
Maurice  Feldman,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
Morris  A.  Fine,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine  and  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 
Richard  M.  Garrett,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery  and  Surgical  Anatomy.1 
William  R.  Geraghty,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
Louis  F.  Goodman,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
Charles  W.  Hawkins,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery. 
Sylvia  Himmelfarb,  A.B.,  Assistant  in  Physiology. 
John  H.  Hirschfeld,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Otolaryngology. 
John  V.  Hopkins,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery. 
Rollin  C.  Hudson,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
Everett  D.  Jones,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery.1 
Irvin  B.  Kemich,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine.1 
Lauriston  L.  Keown,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine.lb 
Irvin  P.  Klemkowski,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Obstetrics. 
Raymond  M.  Lauer,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine.1 
Alfred  S.  Lederman,  Assistant  in  Gastro-Enterology. 
Frank  E.  Leslie,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
William  D.  Lynn,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery,  and  Assistant  Director  Surgical 

Research. 
W.  Kenneth  Mansfield,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Obstetrics. 
Clarence  W.  Martin,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Obstetrics.1 
Howard  B.  McElwain,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
James  J.  Nolan,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
John  C.  Osborne,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
Frank  J.  Otanasek,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Neurological  Surgery. 
Ross  Z.  Pierpont,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 
Susan  R.  Pincoffs,  R.N.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 
Hazel  Y.  Pruitt,  Assistant  in  Bacteriology. 


u  Appointment  effective  May  1,  1950. 
lb  Appointment  effective  Feb.  9,  1950. 


800 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Frederick  M.  Reese,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Ophthalmology. 

James  Russo,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Anesthesiology. 

Mary  Katherine  Scarborough,  Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine, 

Charles  W.  Shaw,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine.1 

Jerome  Sherman,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 

Elizabeth  Smith,  M.S.S.,  Assistant  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work. 

O.  Walter  Spurrier,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 

Thomas  McClelland  Stevenson,  Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine. 

Stuart  D.  Sunday,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 

Adam  Swiss,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 

T.  J.  Touhey,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 

Stephen  J.  Van  Lill,  III,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Medicine. 

Arthur  Ward,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Otolaryngology.1 

William  Earl  Weeks,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 

J.  Carlton  Wich,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Pediatrics. 

Marcella  Wiseman,  M.S.S.,  Assistant  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work. 

Howard  L.  Zupnik,  M.D.,  Assistant  in  Surgery. 

FELLOWS 

Phillip  R.  Apffel,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Psychiatry. 

Frederick  K.  Bell,  Ph.D.,  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.13 

John  M.  Bloxom,  Jr.,  M.D.,  National  Cancer  Institute  Trainee.1 

George  W.  Bradford,  M.D.,  Baltimore  Rh  Laboratory,  Fellow  in  Medicine. 

James  S.  Browne,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Neurosurgery.1 

Raymond  M.  Burgison,  M.S.,  Fellow  in  Pharmacology. 

Robert  S.  Cato,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Roentgenology.lb 

Robert  M.  N.  Crosby,  M.D.,  Hitchcock  Fellow  in  Neurological  Surgery. 

Garret  E.  Deane,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Pediatrics.1 

Richard  F.  C.  Egan,  M.S.,  John  F.  B.  Weaver  Fellow  in  Physiology.1 

Mary  S.  Fassel,  A.B.,  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.1111 

Martin  K.  Gorten,  M.D.,  Baltimore  Rh  Typing  Laboratory  Fellow  in  Medicine.1 

David  B.  Gray,  M.D.,  National  Cancer  Institute  Trainee.1 

John  B.  Harman,  B.S..  Emerson  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.1™ 

Hans  Hoch,  Ph.D.,  Research  Fellow  in  Physiology." 

u  Appointment  effective  June  1,  to  July  31,  1950;  September  1  to  September  15,  1950. 

lb  Appointment  effective  Nov.  1,  1950. 

lc  Appointment  effective  April  1,  1950. 

ld  Appointment  effective  January  1,  1950. 

le  Appointment  effective  September  1,  1949  to  June  10,  1950. 

lf  Appointment  effective  Feburary  1,  1950  to  May  31,  1950. 

^  Appointment  effective  July  1,  1949  to  September  30,  1949. 

lh  Appointment  effective  September  1,  1949  to  August  31,  1950. 

11  Appointment  effective  October  1,  1950  to  September  30,  1951. 

lj  Appointment  effective  October  1,  1949. 

lk  Appointment  effective  September  1,  1950,  to  August  31,  1951. 

11  Appointment  effective  June  1  to  August  20,  1950. 

lm  Appointment  effective  September  1,  1950  to  September  1,  1951. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  801 


Dorothy  H.  Hubbard,  Weaver  Fellow  in  Biological  Chemistry. 

Dewitt  T.  Hunter,  John  F.  B.  Weaver  Fellow  in  Anatomy.13 

Frederick  Go-Kiatsu,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Pediatrics. 

N.  Joyce  Knapp,  A.B.,  Eli  Lilly  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.1' 

William  E.  Loechel,  Albert  E.  Goldstein  Fellow  in  Anatomical  Art.ld 

Go  Lu,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.^ 

Louis  0.  J.  Manganiello,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Neurosurgery. 

Arlie  R.  Mansberger,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Research  Fellow  in  Surgery. 

Marion  A.  Marfy,  M.A.,  Fellow  in  Clinical  Psychology. 

Suzanne  Mohler,  B.S.,  Fellow  in  Psychiatry. 

J.  Pomeroy  Nichols,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Neurological  Surgery. ln 

Aaron  Podolnick,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Psychiatry. 

Albert  M.  Powell,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Pediatrics.1 

Ruth  Rabinovitch,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Psychiatry. 

Robert  Simonoff,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Chemical  Co.,  Fellow  in  Pharmacology.1*1 

George  W.  Smith,  M.D.,  Hitchcock  Fellow  in  Neurosurgery.1 

C.  L.  Spurring,  M.D.,  Baltimore  Rh  Laboratory  Fellow  in  Medicine.1 

William  Stark,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Psychiatry. 

Thomas  A.  Stebbins,  A.B.,  Medical  Illustrator  in  Gynecology. 

Martin  W.  Treiber,  John  F.  B.  Weaver  Fellow  in  Physiology.11 

Edward  B.  Truitt,  B.S.,  Fellow  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education.111 

Roy  B.  Turner,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Neurosurgery.1" 

Robert  T.  Walker,  M.D.,  Fellow  in  Medicine. 

Geraldine  F.  Wolfe,  B.S.,  U.S.P.H.  Fellow  in  Anatomy. 

Joseph  B.  Workman,  M.D.,  Baltimore  Rh  Typing  Laboratory  Fellow  in  Medicine.1 

RESEARCH  ASSISTANTS 

Maryanne  E.  Berger,  Research  Assistant  in  Anatomy.10 

Elizabeth  M.  S.  Boyle,  A.B.,  Research  Assistant  in  Biological  Chemistry.10 

Catherine  S.  Brunst,  A.B.,  Research  Assistant  in  Anatomy. 

Joseph  R.  Merkel,  M.S.,  Research  Assistant  in  Bacteriology1 

John  S.  Metcalf,  Jr.,  Research  Assistant  in  Physiology.18 

Jean  D.  Nimmo,  A.B.,  Research  Assistant  in  Biological  Chemistry. lk 

Jeannette  F.  Rayner,  Research  Assistant  in  Psychiatry.1  r 

Carolyn  M.  Stout,  M.S.,  Research  Assistant  in  Physiology.1* 

EXTRAMURAL  ASSISTANT  RESIDENTS  IN  MEDICINE 

John  F.  Benson,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine. 

Robert  H.  Hahn,  M.D.,  Rotating  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine.1 

Howard  E.  Hall,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine. 

John  A.  Hightower,  M.D.,  Rotating  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine.1 

William  Roemmich,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine. 

Sidney  J.  Venable,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine. 

ln  Appointment  effective  January  1,  1951  to  June  30,  1951. 

10  Appointment  effective  March  1  to  May  31,  1950. 

lp  Appointment  effective  January  1  to  June  30,  1950. 

^Appointment  effective  October  1,  1949  to  July  31,  1950. 

1  r  Appointment  effective  February  1,  1950 

ls  Appointment  effective  September  1,  1950  to  August  31,  1951. 


802 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL 

George  H.  Buck,  Director 
James  L.  Dace,  Asst.  Director 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE  OF  THE  STAFF 
John  E.  Savage,  Chairman 
Francis  G.  Dickey,  Secretary 
J.  Edmund  Bradley  Walter  L.  Kilby 

T.  Nelson  Carey  F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 

Louis  H.  Douglass  Alfred  T.  Nelson 

Charles  Reid  Edwards  Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 

Jacob  E.  Finesinger  Milton  S.  Sacks 

J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr.  George  H.  Yeager 

Elected  Members  Term  Expires 

Samuel  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr 1950 

Henry  F.  Ullrich 1950 

A.  H.  FlNKELSTEIN 1951 

Ephraim  T.  Lisansky 1951 

James  G.  Arnold,  Jr 1952 

Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr 1952 

George  H.  Buck,  Director,  University  Hospital)  „      _  .  . 

tt  t>         n,  r^         r.  7     t    e  i,  7.  .  )hx  officio  members 

H.  Boyd  Wylie,  Dean,  School  of  Medicine  J 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  STAFF 


Physician-in-Chief . 


Physicians . 


Neurologists . 


Dermatologist-in-Chief . 
Dermatologists 

Psychiatrist-in-Chief . . 


....  Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 

Thomas  P.  Sprunt 

T.  Nelson  Carey 

Louis  A.  M.  Krause 

William  S.  Love,  Jr. 

Howard  M.  Bubert 

Milton  S.  Sacks 

Lewis  P.  Gundry 

Samuel  Morrison 

Thedore  E.  Woodward 

Frank  J.  Geraghty 

Edward  F.  Cotter 

C.  Edward  Leach 

Ephraim  T.  Lisansky 

Samuel  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr. 

Irving  J.  Spear 

Leon  Freedom 
{  William  Fearing 

Edward  F.  Cotter 

George  Merrill 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sk. 
J  Francis  A.  Ellis 
\ Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr. 

Jacob  E.  Finesinger 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  803 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 

Psychiatrist H.  Whitman  Newell 

P ediatrician-in-Chief J.  Edmund  Bradley 

C.  LORLNG  JOSLIN 

Pediatricians " 


Gordon  E.  Gibbs 

A.  H.  FlNKELSTEIN 

William  M.  Seabold 

Pathologist-in-Chief Hugh  R.  Spencer 

,  ,    .  f  Dexter  L.  Reinmann 

Patholo^ts \john  A.  Wagner 

Surgeon-in-Chief Charles  Retd  Edwards 

[  George  H.  Yeager 

I  Otto  C.  Brantigan 
urgeons <j  QEmES  ^  Reifschneider 

[Harry  C.  Hull 

Neurological  Surgeon-in-Chief Charles  Bagley,  Jr. 

,     .    ,  _  [Richard  G.  Coblentz 

Neurological  Surgeons |James  g  ^^  Jr 

Laryngologist-in-Chief Edward  A.  Looper 

Laryngologists /Thomas  R.  O'Rourk 

\  Frederick  T.  Kyper 

Proctolologis(4n-Chief Monte  Edwards 

Proctologist Thurston  R.  Adams 

Orthopedic  Surgeon-in-Chief Allen  F.  Voshell 

f  Moses  Gellman 
,.    _  I  Henry  F.  Ullrich 

Orthopedic  Surgeons Milton  J.  Wilder 

(James  P.  Miller 

Genito-Urinary  Surgeon-in-Chief . W.  Houston  Toulson 

.    .         _  [Lyle  J.  Millan 

Gemto-Urtnary  Surgeons \Howard  B.  Mays 

Dental  Surgeon-in-Chief Brice  M.  Dorsey 

Myron  S.  Aisenberg 
Joseph  C.  Biddlx 
Harold  Golton 
Joseph  P.  C.appuccio 
Edward  C.  Dobbs 
Grayson  W.  Gaver 
Hugh  T.  Hicks 
Conrad  L.  Inman 
Ernest  B.  Nuttall 
Kenneth  V.  Randolph 
Wilbur  O.  Ramsey 
Lewis  C.  Toomey 

Roentgenologist-in-Chief Walter  L.  Kilby 

/Charles  N.  Davidson 
Roentgenologists \  Donald  J.  Barnett 


Dentists . 


Obstetricians. 


804  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND __ 

UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 
Bronchoscopist-in-Chief Edward  A.  Looper 

f  Frederick  T.  Kyper 
Bronchoscopists <|  John  H.  Hlrschfeld 

[Richard  J.  Cross 

Otologist-in-Chief Thomas  R.  O'Rourk 

Anesthesiologist-in-Chief Alfred  T.  Nelson 

Anesthesiologist Frank  J.  Brady 

/  Louis  H.  Douglass 
Obstetricians^n-Cfnef ^  Fran£  Kalteeider 

f  J.  Morris  Reese 

I  ISADORE  A.  SlEGEL 

' | John  E.  Savage 
[Hugh  B.  McNally 

Ophthalmologist-in-Chief F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 

Ophthalmologist Paul  N.  Freedman 

Gynecologist-in-Chief J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 

Leo  Brady 

Beverley  C.  Compton 
_         .    .  ,  John  C.  Dumler 

Gy™"10^ 1  William  K.Diehl 

Everett  S.  Diggs 
[Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr. 

Oncologist-in-Chief J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 

Oncologist Grant  E.  Ward 

Physical  Therapist Grace  E.  Shaw 

UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  RESIDENT  AND  INTERN  STAFF 

July  1,  1950  to  June  30,  1951 

Joseph  H.  Allen,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Jose  A.  Alvarez,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Neurosurgery,  Assigned  to  Baltimore 

City  Hospitals 
Claude  F.  Bailey,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 
Joseph  W.  Baggett,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Co-Resident  in  Gynecology 
Thomas  G.  Barnes,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 
Van  B.  Bennett,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine 
James  M.  Bisanar,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 
Frank  E.  Brumback,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 
Robert  E.  Cato,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Roentgenology^ 
Jerome  E.  Cohn,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine 
William  C.  Covey,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Obstetrics 
Robert  M.  N.  Crosby,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Neurosurgery,  Exchange  Res.,  Baltimore  City 

Hospitals 
James  F.  Dougherty,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Roentgenology 
William  Carl  Ebellng,  in,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Medicine 

lb  Until  October  31,  1950.    Fellow  beginning  November  1. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  805 


John  E.  Evans,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

J.  Earle  Furman,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

Joseph  C.  Furnari,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine1* 

Joseph  B.  Ganey,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Richard  A.  Gilbert,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Gynecology 

Dorothy  J.  Gildea,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Intern  in  Pediatrics 

Benjamin  M.  Gold,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Gynecology 

Robert  C.  Hagan,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine,  Extern. 

John  R.  Hankins,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Frederick  Heldrich,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

Robert  M.  Htdey,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

John  F.  Hogan,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Genito-Urinary  Surgery,  Excliange  Asst.  Res. 
Baltimore  City  Hospitals 

Henry  K.  Jarrett,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Urology,  Excliange  Asst.  Res.  Balti- 
more City  Hospitals 

Erwin  R.  Jennings,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Whedon  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Anesthesiology 

Douglas  O.  Kern,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 

Louis  O.  J.  Manganiello,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Exchange  Resident  in  Neurosurgery,  Baltimore 
City  Hospitals 

Fred  R.  McCrumb,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine 

Eugene  R.  McNinch,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Roentgenology 

James  R.  McNinch,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Arlie  R.  Mansberger,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Gerald  A.  Martin,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine,  Extern. 

Thomas  D.  Michael,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Otolaryngology 

James  V.  Minor,  Jr.,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

Wallace  H.  Mitchell,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 

Pomeroy  Nichols,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Neurosurgery1* 

William  A.  Niermann,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

John  C.  Ozazewski,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Ophthalmology 

S.  Malone  Parham,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics,  assigned  to  Gynecology 

Robert  T.  Parker,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine 

Preston  H.  Peterson,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 

Nathaniel  J.  Pulver,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Pediatrics 

Benson  C.  Schwartz,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 

James  H.  Shell,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Co-Resident  in  Gynecology 

Edward  P.  Smith,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

Kyle  Y.  Swisher,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Medicine 

John  J.  Tansey,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Orthopedics 

F.  X.  Paul  Tinker,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Gynecology,  Assigned  to  Obstetrics 

Roy  B.  Turner,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Neurosurgery 

Jose  G.  Valderas,  M.D.,  Intern  in  Gynecology 

Johnson  Whedon,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Anesthesiology 

John  P.  White,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery 

David  R.  Will,  M.D.,  Resident  in  Surgery 

William  S.  Womack,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Obstetrics 

10  Until  September  30,  1950. 
ld  Until  December  31,  1950. 


806 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


John  L.  Wooten,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Orthopedic  Surgery  Exchange  Asst.  Res., 

Baltimore  City  Hospitals 
Henry  F.  Zangara,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Roentgenology16 
Isidore  Zerlin,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  in  Anesthesiology 


SENIOR  INTERNS 


Robert  A.  Abraham,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Leonard  Bachman,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Edward  J.  Broaddus,  M.D. 
Charles  T.  Henderson,  M.D. 
Arthur  F.  Hoge,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D. 


Edwin  M.  Hubbard,  M.D. 
Edmund  B.  Middleton,  M.D. 
Herbert  K.  Speers,  M.D. 
John  W.  Stover,  M.D. 
John  F.  Strahan,  M.D. 


Charles  Bagley,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Wilbur.  N.  Baumann,  M.D. 
Francis  J.  Borges,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Raymond  Bradshaw,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D 
Joseph  B.  Bronushas,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Ellnor  W.  Demarest,  B.A.,  M.D. 


JUNIOR  INTERNS 

Warren  Glaser,  A.B.,  M.D. 
Irvin  G.  Hoyt,  B.A.,  M.D. 
Virginia  Huffer,  B.S.,  M.D. 
John  F.  Kelly.  M.D. 
Edward  T.  O'Hara,  B.S.,  M.D. 
Raymond  C.  Spaulding,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D. 


Arthur  M.  Bushey,  D.D.S. 


DENTAL  INTERNS 

C.  W.  Rader,  Jr.,  D.D.S. 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  OUTPATIENT  DEPARTMENT  STAFF 


Emma  Winshlp,  R.  N.,  Director 


Chief  of  Medical  Clinic . 


Physicians . 


Chief  of  Gastro-Enterology  Clinic. 
Assistant  Gastro-Enterologist . .  . . 


T.  Nelson  Carey 
Edward  F.  Cotter 
M.  Paul  Byerly 
William  K.  Waller 
Walter  Karfgln 
Kurt  Levy 
Joseph  E.  Muse,  Jr. 
Morris  Fine 
\  James  R.  Karns 
John  B.  DeHoff 
Charles  H.  Williams 
Jonas  Cohen 
Stephen  Van  Llll,  IH 
Charles  E.  Shaw 
Joseph  G.  Blrd 
Marvin  Goldstein 
Donald  Mintzer 
Francis  G.  Dickey 
(Z.  Vance  Hooper 
\  Albert  J.  Shochat 


Until  October  31,  1950;  Resident,  beginning  November  1. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  807 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  OUTPATIENT  DEPARTMENT— cont'd. 

Chief  of  Neurology  Clinic Leon  Freedom 

.     .  ,     ,  ,,       ,     .  ,  f  William  L.  Fearing 

Assistant  Neurologists <  „  ,    „ 

(Harry  A.  Teitelbaum 

Chief  of  Chest  Clinic Meyer  W.  Jacobson 

Assistant,  Diseases  of  the  Lungs Manuel  Levin 

Chief  of  Diabetic  Clinic Samuel  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr. 

Charles  E.  Shaw 


Assistants..  . 

[Joseph  G.  Bird 

Chief  of  Cardiovascular  Clinic C.  Edward  Leach 

[Wilfred  H.  Townshend 

I  Rollin  C.  Hudson 

,     .,,„,.,.,  I  Sidney  Scherlis 

Assistant  Cardiologists ic  T  T7      T         TTT 

I  Stephen  J.  Van  Lill,  III 

Fred  B.  Agee,  Jr. 
James  J.  Nolan 
Chief  of  Allergy  Clinic Howard  M.  Bubert 

Assistant  Chiefs  of  Allergy  Clinic {  T  ' 

J  [Jerome  Sherman 

Assistant  Allergists (Edward  S.  Kallins 

(Raymond  M.  Lauer 

Allergy  Clinic  Technicians (Selma  R-  Goldsmith 

[Shirley  W.  Correll 

Chief  of  Endocrinology  Clinic Conrad  B.  Acton 

Director  of  Dermatology  and  Syphilis  Clinic.  . .  .  Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sr. 

Chief  of  Dermatology  and  Syphilis  Clinic Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr. 

[Francis  A.  Ellis 

|  Israel  Zeligman 

Dermatologists  and  Sy philologists { A.  Albert  Shapiro 

j  R.  C.  V.  Robinson 

[Eugene  S.  Bereston 

Benjamin  Highstein 

Lucile  Caldwell 

V.  Harwood  Link 

Morris  M.  Cohen 

Mark  B.  Hollander 

Wllllam  R.  Bundick 


Assistayit  Dermatologists  and  Sy  philologists < 


Director  of  Psychiatric  Clinic H.  Whitman  Newell 

Hans  W.  Loewald 
Kathryn  L.  Schultz 
Wllllam  Stark 
Gertrude  Gross 
S.am  Novey 
isadore  tuerk 
Rudolph  Marburg 
Ephralm  Lisansky 
G.  S.  Ingalls 


Assistant  Psychiatrists. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  OUTPATIENT  DEPARTMENT— Cont'd. 

Director,  Pediatric  Clinic A.  H.  Finkelstein 

Chief  of  Pediatric  Clinic Samuel  S.  Glick 

Louis  V.  Blum 
Arnold  F.  Lavenstein 
Thomas  E.  Weeks 
J.  Carlton  Wich 
Howard  Goodman 
Melvin  N.  Borden 
Lester  Caplan 
Ruth  B.  Baldwin 


Assistant  Pediatricians . 


Director,  Pediatric  Cardiac  Clinic Sidney  Scherlis 

Assistant  Director,  Pediatric  Cardiac  Clinic. .  .  .  Gibson  J.  Wells 

Director,  Pediatric  Seizure  Clinic Ruth  B.  Baldwin 

Chief  of  Surgical  Clinic Robert  C.  Sheppard 

[Samuel  E.  Proctor 
I  William  B.  Settle 

Assistant  Surgeons \  Karl  F.  Mech 

James  N.  Cianos 
Richard  M.  Garrett 

Chief  of  Plastic  Surgery Edward  A.  Kitlowski 

Chief  of  Orthopedic  Surgery  Clinic Allen  Fiske  Voshell 

Moses  Gellman 

Henry  F.  Ullrich 

a     ' ,    *  r\  xi   u  j-   o  J  Milton  J.  Wilder 

Assistant  Orthopedic  ourzeons <T  „  ,  , 

James  P.  Miller 

M.  R.  Ettenson 

HOYT  KlRKPATRICK,  JR. 

Chief  of  Genito-Urinary  Clinic W.  Houston  Toulson 

{ John  F.  Hogan 

Assistant  Genito-Urinary  Surgeons < 

I  Morris  A.  Fine 

[Howard  B.  Mays 
Chief  of  Otolaryngology  Clinic Benjamin  S.  Rich 

TSamuel  L.  Fox 
Assistant  Otolaryngologists -j  Albert  Steiner 

[Richard  J.  Cross 
Chief  of  Proctology  Clinic Monte  Edwards 

[Thurston  R.  Adams 

Assistant  Proctologists J  Donald  B'  HjEBB 

I  William  J.  Supik 

[Raymond  Cunningham 

Chief  of  Gynecology  Clinic j.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 

Assistant  Chief  of  Gynecology  Clinic Beverley  C.  Compton 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


809 


UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  OUTPATIENT  DEPARTMENT- 


-Cont'd. 


Assistant  Gynecologists. 


Assistant  Dentists , 


John  C.  Dumler 
William  K.  Diehl 
Everett  S.  Diggs 
Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr. 
Kenneth  B.  Boyd 
W.  Allen  Deckert 
Helen  I.  Maglnnis 
Charles  B.  Marek 
Theodore  Kardash 
Louis  C.  Gareis 
J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 
„       ,    _  Beverley  C.  Compton 

Female  Cystoscopies William  K.  Dlehl 

)  Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr. 
[Everett  S.  Diggs 
Chief  of  Dental  Clinic Brice  m  Dorsey 

Assistant  Chief  of  Dental  Clinic Lewis  C.  Toomey 

Jose  Medina 
Marshall  I.  Kader 
Algert  P.  Lazauskas 
Edmond  G.  Vanden  Bosche 

Chief  of  Obstetrical  Clinic j.  Huee  Morrison 

Assistant  Chief  of  Obstetrical  Clinic Margaret  B.  Ballard 

John  E.  Savage 
Kenneth  B.  Boyd 
W.  Kenneth  Mansfield 
Louis  C.  Gareis 
J.  K.  B.  E.  Seegar 
Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr. 
George  H.  Davis 
Theodore  Kardash 
Harry  McB,  Beck 
William  A.  Dodd 
Irvln  P.  Klemkowski 
Clarence  W.  Martin 
J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 
Beverley  C.  Compton 
John  C.  Dumler 
William  K.  Dlehl 
Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr. 
Everett  S.  Diggs 
Chief  of  Oncology  Clinic,  Surgical  Division Grant  E.  Ward 

Arthur  G.  Siwinski 
E.  Eugene  Covington 
J.  Duer  Moores 
Edwin  H.  Stewart,  Jr. 
Louis  E.  Goodman 


Assistant  Obstetricians . 


Chief  of  Oncology  Clinic,  Gynecological  Division. 
Assistants  in  Gynecological  Division 


Assistants  in  Surgical  Division . 


Assistant  Ophthalmologists . 


810 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND _^ 

UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  OUTPATIENT  DEPARTMENT— Cont' d. 

Chief  of  Vascular  Clinic George  H.  Yeager 

Assistant  Chief  of  Vascular  Clinic Raymond  Cunningham 

Medical  Consultant — Vascular  Clinic Lewis  P.  Gundry 

Chief  of  Ophthalmology  Clinic F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 

Paul  N.  Friedman 
Cleo  D.  Stiles 
Ruby  A.  Smith 
I  Frederick  M.  Reese 

ID.  J.  McHenry 

J.  E.  Brumback,  Jr. 
Richard  J.  Cross 
Thomas  Manchester 

Professor  of  Speech Ray  Ehrensberger,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Speech,  University  of 

Maryland  at  College  Park Merle  Ansberry,  Ph.D. 

Occupational  Therapist Miss  Lora  E.  Dunetz 

Physical  Therapist Miss  Mary  Mason 

Director,  Social  Service Miss  Mary  Fitzpatrick 

DISPENSARY  REPORT  FOR  YEAR  BEGINNING 
JANUARY  1,  1949  AND  ENDING  DECEMBER  31,  1949 

Departments  New  Cases  Old  Cases  Total 

Allergy 175  4,900  5,075 

Arthritis 13  24  37 

Cardiology 163  1,815  1,978 

Cystoscopy  (gyn) 129  688  817 

Cystoscopy  (g.U.) 64  49  113 

Dermatology 13,023  14,146  27,169 

Diabetic 97  1,630  1,727 

Ear,  Nose  and  Throat 1,341  2,533  3,874 

Endocrine 47  467  514 

Eye 1,276  3,028  4,304 

Gastrointestinal 166  836  1,002 

Genito  Urinary 810  2, 020  2, 830 

Gynecology 1,777  6,029  7,806 

Hematology 25  501  526 

Medical 2,590  6,393  8,983 

Neurology 190  595  785 

Neuro  Surgery 224  521  745 

Obstetrics 2,392  18,565  20,957 

Occupational  Therapy 101  1  039  1  140 

Oncology 287  1,919  2,206 

Oral  Surgery 392  699  1,091 

Orthopedic ij410  4,352  5,762 

Pediatrics 2,651  8,184  10,835 

Pediatric  Cardiology 2  40  42 

Pediatric  Chest 4  39  93 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  811 


Old  Cases 

Tolc 

24 

30 

0 

0 

26 

61 

472 

735 

478 

940 

7,100 

10,093 

955 

1,136 

895 

1,060 

Departments  New  Cases 

Pediatric  Seizure 6 

Physiotherapy 0 

Plastic  Surgery 35 

Proctology 263 

Psychiatry 462 

Surgery 2,993 

Tuberculosis 181 

Vascular 165. 

Total 33,455  91,011  124,466 

MEDICAL  CARE  CLINIC 

UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL 

Director Henry  W.  D.  Holljes 

Assistant  Director Stjsan  R.  Pincoffs 

The  Medical  Care  Clinic  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  result  of  a  study 
by  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland  in  cooperation  with  the 
State  Planning  Commission.  The  present  Clinic,  located  on  the  third  floor  of 
the  Dispensary  Building,  is  the  first  of  its  kind  in  this  country.  Public  assistance 
clients  are  referred  to  the  Clinic  by  the  Baltimore  City  Health  Department  and 
are  scheduled  for  an  initial  physical  examination  by  physicians  affiliated  with  the 
University  of  Maryland.  A  family  physician  is  chosen  by  the  patient  from  a  list 
available  at  the  Clinic.  Copies  of  the  individual's  medical  history  and  examina- 
tions are  sent  to  the  physician  selected,  who  then  becomes  responsible  for  the 
medical  care  of  the  patient. 

The  Medical  Care  Program  is,  in  this  way,  an  entirely  new  approach  to  the 
problem  of  the  indigent  patient.  For  the  first  time,  he  becomes  the  responsibility 
of  a  private  physician.  This  places  the  practice  of  medicine  to  the  indigent  on  a 
par  with  the  practice  of  private  medicine. 

After  the  initial  examination,  the  Clinic  functions  as  a  diagnostic  center  to 
serve  the  needs  of  the  neighborhood  practitioner.  Consultants  working  in  the 
Medical  Care  Clinic  are  available  and  at  present  represent  Medicine,  Surgery, 
Gynecology  and  Otolaryngology.     Others  will  be  added  as  required. 

The  Clinic  functions  between  8:30  and  4:30  daily.  Registrations  and  referrals 
are  conducted  in  the  morning.  Clinical  examinations  and  consultations  are  held 
during  the  afternoon.  Approximately  eighty  neighborhood  physicians  have 
agreed  to  work  with  the  Medical  Care  Program.  Twenty-five  members  of  the 
Out-patient  Department  and  University  Hospital  Staff  will  conduct  examinations 
in  the  Clinic. 

The  Faculty  Committee  on  Post  Graduate  Education  has  also  undertaken  plans 
to  provide  instruction  to  all  affiliated  physicians. 

5,550  public  assistance  clients  have  been  assigned  to  this  Clinic. 


812 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


MERCY  HOSPITAL 
BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS 


Walter  D. 
Mother  M.  Bernadette 
Sister  M.  Veronica 
Sister  M.  Carmel 
Sister  M.  Cornelia 
Sister  M.  Hlldegarde 
Sister  M.  Damian 
Sister  M.  Thomas 
Sister  M.  Brendan 


Wise,  Chairman 

Henry  F.  Bongardt 
H.  Raymond  Peters 
Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 
Waitman  F.  Zinn 
Thomas  K.  Galvin 
Edward  P.  Smith 
Elliott  H.  Hutchins 
S.  Edwin  Muller 


ADVISORY  BOARD  OF  MERCY  HOSPITAL 


Most  Reverend  Lawrence  J.  Sheehan 

Henry  C.  Evans 

Thomas  B.  Butler 

H.  C.  Byrd 

Charles  C.  Conlon 

Clarence  E.  Elderkin 

Richard  A.  Froehllnger 

William  L.  Galvin 


August  B.  Haneke 
Samuel  H.  Hoffberger 
James  J.  Lacy5 
James  W.  McElroy 
Allen  W.  Morton 
S.  Page  Nelson 
Thomas  W.  Pangborn 
William  F.  Schmick 


Surgeon-in-Chief . 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  STAFF 

Walter  D.  Wise 


Surgeons . 


Neurological  Surgeons . 


Associate  Surgeons . 


Elliott  H.  Hutchins 
F.  L.  Jennings 
R.  W.  Locher 
<  Thomas  R.  Chambers 
D.  J.  Pessagno 
William  F.  Rjenhoff 
Henry  F.  Bongardt 

Charles  Bagley,  Jr. 
Richard  B.  Coblentz 
James  D.  Arnold,  Jr. 
Frank  J.  Otenasek 
John  W.  Chambers 
Raymond  K.  Thompson 

I.  0.  Rtdgely 
James  W.  Nelson 
Howard  B.  McElwaln 
Simon  H.  Brager 
John  A.  O'Connor 
Charles  W.  Maxson 
I.  Rhjgeway  Trimble 
Raymond  F.  Helfrich 


5  Died  July  1,  1950. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


813 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  STAFF-Cont'd. 

J  Julius  Goodman 
S.  Demarco,  Jr. 
T.  J.  Touhey 
William  N.  McFaul,  Jr. 
Meyer  H.  Zuravin 
Howard  L.  Zupnik 

Assistant  Surgeons J  Daniel  R.  Robinson 

Joseph  V.  Jerardi 
Wm.  C.  Dunnigan 
Harold  H.  Burns 
William  L.  Garlick 
John  F.  Schaeffer 
F.  Ford  Loker 
Patrick  C.  Phelan,  Jr. 
Michael  L.  DeVincentis 

Plastic  Surgeons (Edward  A.  Kitlowski 

■'[Clarence   P.   Scarborough 

Ophthalmologist F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 

Associate  Ophthalmologist Joseph  V.  Jeppi 

(M.  Raskin 
Associate  Ophthalmologists  and  Otologists { Joseph  I.  Kemler 

(_F.  A.  Pacienza 

Consulting  Rhinologists  and  Laryngolo gists (W-  Raymond  McKenzte 

' '[  George  W.  Mitchell 
Rhinologist  and  Laryngologist Waitman  F.  Zlnn 

Fayne  A.  Kayser 
Benjamin  S.  Rich 
Theodore  A.  Schwartz 
Birkhead  Macgowan 
Benjamin  H.  Isaacs 

Assistant  Rhinologist  and  Laryngologist Joseph  V.  Jeppi 

Bronchoscopist Waitman  F.  Zinn 

Associate  Bronchoscopist Fayne  a  Kayser 

Assistant  Bronchoscopists f  Theodore  A.  Schwartz 

(Robert  Z.  Berry 

Consulting  Orthopaedic  Surgeon Albertus  C.  Cotton 

Orthopaedic  Surgeon jj  L.  Rogers 

Associate  Orthopaedic  Surgeon Henry  F.  Ullrich 

[l.  H.  Maseritz 

Assistant  Orthopaedic  Surgeons J  J-  H.  Gaskel 

'  ]  Isaac  Gutman 
[Everett  D.  Jones 

Proctologists fSiMON  P.  Beager 

\  William  J.  Supic 

ur°l°sist Kenneth  D.  Legge 


Associate  Rhinologists  and  Laryngologisls 


814 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Associate  Urologists. 


Dermatologists . 


Dentist , 

Consulting  Dentist 
Consulting  Physician . 
Physician-in-Chief .  .  . 


Physicians . 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 

(Leon  K.  Fargo 

\  Francis  W.  Gillis 

(j.  S.  Haines 

Francis  A.  Ellis 
Eugene  S.  Bereston 
R.  C.  V.  Robinson 
William  R.  Bundick 

J.  D.  Fusco 

Conrad  L.  Inman 

Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 

H.  Raymond  Peters 

Harvey  G.  Beck 
Thomas  P.  Sprunt 
George  McLean 
J.  Sheldon  Eastland 
Louis  A.  M.  Krause 
Thomas  C.  Wolff 
T.  Nelson  Carey 
Sol  Smith 

Hubert  C.  Knapp 
Bartus  T.  Baggott 
Wetherbee  Fort 
Hugh  J.  Welch 
S.  Edwin  Muller 
Fredekick  J.  Vollmer 
William  H.  Kammer 

S.  A.  TUMMINELLO 

J.  Howard  Burns 
Earl  L.  Chambers 
K.  W.  Golley 
John  R.  Davis,  Jr. 
J.  Emmett  Queen 
John  C.  Osborne 
Arthur  Karfgin 
Henry  J.  Marriott 
James  J.  Nolan 
Maurice  Feldman,  Jr. 

(R.  Frederick  Leitz 
Theodore  H.  Morrison 
Maurice  Feldman 
Assistant  Gastro-Enlerologist Phtld?  D.  Flynn 

Pediatricians (  Edgar  B.  Frledenwald 

'    (  Frederick  B.  Smith 
Associate  Pediatrician G.  Bowers  Mansdorfer 


Associate  Physicians. 


Assistant  Physicians . 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


815 


Assistant  Pediatricians. 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 

Jerome  Fineman 
O.  Walter  Spurrier 
J  Israel  P.  Meranski 
'  ]  Edward  L.  Frey,  Jr. 
|  Earl  Weeks 
[A.  M.  Bacon,  Jr. 

!  Harry  Goldsmith 
Philip  F.  Lerner 
George  G.  Merrill 

Anesthesiologist James  Russo 

Consulting  Obstetrician Edward  P.  Smith 

Obstetrician-in-Chief John  J.  Erwin 


Obstetricians . 


Associate  Obstetricians. 

Assistant  Obstetricians. 

Gynecologist-in-Chief . . 
Gynecologists 


Associate  Gynecologists. 


Assistant  Gynecologists. 


Pathologists. 


[Thomas  K.  Galvtn 
j  Frank  K.  Morris 
'  ]  Ernest  S.  Edlow 
[Hugh  B.  McNally 

j  William  C.  Duffy 

\  Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr. 

William  A.  Dodd 
Harry  McB.  Beck 
Joseph  C.  Sheehan 

{  Robert  B.  Tunney 

j  J.  Howard  Burns 

j  Harry  F.  Kane 

[William  J.  Rysanek,  Jr. 

Thomas  K.  Galvin 

1  Edward  P.  Smith 
John  J.  Erwin 
Frank  K.  Morris 

George  A.  Strauss,  Jr. 
Ernest  S.  Edlow 
•  Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr. 
William  A.  Dodd 
Harry  McB.  Beck 

William  C.  Duffy 
Gerald  A.  Galvin 
Joseph  C.  Sheehan 
Robert  B.  Tunney 
Harry  F.  Kane 
William  J.  Rysanek,  Jr. 

[Walter  C.  Merkel 
\Hugh  R.  Spencer 


Clinical  Pathologist H.  T.  Collenberg 

Clinical  Hematologist H.  Raymond  Peters 


Technicians . 


816 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

MERCY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 
Clinical  Biochemist Charles  E.  Beambel 

Sister  Paula  Marie 
Eleanor  Behr 
Elizabeth  Johnson 
Carmela  E.  Minnick 
Constance  Chapman 
Rita  Berry 
Jeanne  Merritt 
Florese  Samorodin 

Consulting  Radiologist Albertus  Cotton 

Radiologist Edward  R.  Dana 

(Mary  Gorman 

Technicians  (X-ray) {  Henrietta  McCaffrey 

[Frances  Muth 

MERCY  HOSPITAL  RESIDENT  AND  INTERN  STAFF 

JULY  1,  1950— JUNE  30,  1951 

RESIDENT  STAFF 

Elden  H.  Pertz,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Resident  Surgeon 

Karl  A.  Dillingee,  M.D.,  Associate  Resident  Surgeon 

August  Kiel,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Surgeon  (Assigned  to  N euro-Surgery) 

Rennert  M.  Smelser,  M.D.,  Senior  Assistant  Resident  Surgeon 

Clyde  D.  Thomas,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Senior  Assistant  Resident  Surgeon 

Margaret  L.  Sherrard,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Junior  Assistant  Resident  Surgeon 

Fbank  J.  Theuerkauf,  Je.,  M.D.,  Junior  Assistant  Resident  Surgeon 

Vincent  dePaul  Fitzpatrick,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Resident  Gynecologist 

John  A.  Ferris,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Resident  Obstetrician 

William  D.  Gentey,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Gynecologist  and  Obstetrician 

Arthue  R.  Fleming,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Gynecologist  and  Obstetrician 

Melchlor  F.  R.  Savaeese,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Gynecologist  and  Obstetrician 

Thomas  P.  Connor,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Resident  Physician 

Allyn  F.  Judd,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Physician 

Richard  C.  Fravel,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Physician 

Howard  F.  Raskin,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Physician 

John  A.  Spittel,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Physician 

Richard  A.  Young,  A.B.,  M.D.,  Resident  Pediatrician 

Maey  E.  Matthews,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.D.,  Assistant  Resident  Pediatrician 

INTERNS 

Maey  Mediaey  Barstow,  A.B.,  M.D.  Frank  G.  Kuehn,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Leonard  G.  Hambeeey,  A.B.,  M.D.  William  B.  Revee,  Je.,  M.D. 

Philip  W.  Heuman,  B.S.,  M.D.  Paul  F.  Richaedson,  M.D. 

Charles  Ireland,  M.D.  Oliver  R.  Roth,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Frank  T.  Kasik,  Je.,  B.S.,  M.D.  Fowlee  F.  White,  B.S.,  M.D. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


817 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  DISPENSARY  STAFF 


Dispensary  Surgeons . 


Dispensary  Director Sister  M.  Anita 

Supervisor  of  Surgical  Clinic Harold  H.  Burns 

I.  Rddgeway  Trimble 
Simon  H.  Beager 
Howard  L.  Zupntk 
Daniel  R.  Robinson 
Joseph  V.  Jerardi 
William  C.  Dunnigan 
William  L.  Garlick 
.{  John  F.  Schaeffer 
F.  Ford  Loker 
Patrick  C.  Phelan 
Arthur  G.  Siwlnski 
Melvin  F.  Polek 
Clarence  P.  Scarborough 
Michael  L.  DeVincentis 
Paul  R.  Ziegler 

Supervisor  of  Genito-Urinary  Clinic Kenneth  D.  Legge 

|L.  K.  Fargo 

Assistant  Genito-Urinary  Surgeons {  Francis  W.  Gillis 

[John  S.  Haines 

Supervisor  of  Orthopaedic  Clinic Harry  L.  Rogers 

Henry  F.  Ullrich 
Isaac  Gutman 

Orthopaedic  Surgeons \  I.  H.  Maseritz 

Jason  H.  Gaskel 
Everett  D.  Jones 

Supervisor  of  Medical  Clinic H.  Raymond  Peters 

Sol  Smith 
kS.  Edwin  Muller 
Frederick  J.  Vollmer 
William  H.  Kammer 
John  R.  Davis 
J.  Emmett  Queen 
Charles  F.  O'Donnell 
.  <  Arthur  Karfgin 
John  C.  Osborne 
j  Maurice  Feldman,  Jr. 
James  J.  Nolan 
I  Milton  C.  Linthicum 
[C.  E.  Gonzales 

Chief  of  Allergy  Clinic S.  Edwin  Muller 

Chief  of  Cardiovascular  Clinic. Thomas  C.  Wolff 

(Leon  Ashman 
Assistant  Cardtologisls \Henry  j  Mabmott 

Chief  of  Metabolism  Clinic J.  Sheldon  Eastland 


Chiefs  of  Medical  Clinic. 


Assistant  Physicians. 


818 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  DISPENSARY  STAFF—  Cont'd. 


Chiefs  of  Pediatric  Clinic . 


Pediatricians . 


Neurologists  and  Psychiatrists . 


Assistant  in  Metabolism  Clinic J.  E.  Queen 

Gastro-Enterologist Maurice  Feldman 

Assistant  Gastro-Enterologist Philip  Flynn 

f  Edgar  B.  Friedenwald 
'   \Fred  B.  Smith 
Jerome  Fineman 
Israel  T.  Meranski 
O.  Walter  Spurrier 
Edward  L.  Frey,  Sp. 
J.  Carlson  Wich 
Donald  Cooper 
Earl  Weeks 
Joseph  Cordi 
(PHILIP  F.  Lerner 
'{  George  G.  Merrill 
Supervisor  of  Dermatology  Clinic Francis  A.  Ellis 

(Eugene  S.  Bereston 
R.  C.  V.  Robinson 
William  R.  Bundick 

Oncologist James  W.  Nelson 

Chief  of  Gynecology  Clinic Thomas  K.  Galvin 

Edward  P.  Smith 
J.  J.  Erwin 
Frank  K.  Morris 
Ernest  S.  Edlow 
Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr. 

WrLLLAM  A.  DODD 

Gynecologists i  Harry  McB.  Beck 

William  C.  Duffy 
Joseph  C.  Sheehan 
Harry  F.  Kane 
Robert  B.  Tunney 
Gerald  A.  Galvtn 
John  M.  Palese 

Chief  of  Obstetrical  Clinic John  J.  Erwin 

Harry  F.  Kane 
Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr. 
Wllllam  A.  Dodd 

Obstetricians IHarry  McB.  Beck 

William  C.  Duffy 
Joseph  C.  Sheehan 
I  Robert  B.  Tunney 

[WILLIAM  J.  RYSANEK,  Jr. 

Esophagoscopist Waitman  F.  Zinn 

Associate  Esophagoscopist Fayne  A.  Kayser 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  819 


MERCY  HOSPITAL  DISPENSARY  STAFF— Cont'd. 

fWAITMAN  F.  ZlNTN 

|  Theodore  A.  Schwartz 

Rhinolo gists  and  Laryngologists \  Benjamin  H.  Isaacs 

Arthur  Ward 
[Robert  Z.  Berry 

{M.  Raskin 
F.  A.  Pacienza 
Joseph  V.  Jeppi 

Proctologist Simon  H.  Brager 

Assistant  Proctologist William  T.  Stjpik 

Supervisors  of  Dental  Clinic {    '     '        ^    „ 

(Edward  R.  Stinebert 

Consulting  Dentist Conrad  L.  Inman 

Supervisor  of  Physiotherapy  Clinic Leon  Hannan 

Assistant  Physiotherapist Alice  R.  Hannan 

fSlSTER  M.  SCHOLASTICA6 

Social  Workers \  Anna  Shawbaker 

[Marian  L.  Kinney 

(Eva  Applegarth 

Secretaries <  T7.  „ 

(Virginia  Freeze 

MEDICAL  CARE  CLINIC 

Director S.    Edwin   Mtjller 

Assistant  Director Frances  V.  Loughney 

The  Medical  Care  Clinic  at  Mercy  Hospital  is  one  of  six  special  clinics  established 
and  conducted  for  the  Baltimore  City  Health  Department.  These  clinics  were  established 
by  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland  and  the  State  Planning  Commission. 
The  program  takes  up  an  unmet  need  for  the  indigent. 

The  City  Welfare  Department  certifies  recipients  of  public  assistance  to  the  Health 
Department.  The  Health  Department  in  turn,  assigns  recipients  to  one  of  the  medical 
care  clinics  operated  by  local  hospitals,  namely— Johns  Hopkins,  Sinai,  University  of 
Maryland,  Mercy,  Provident  and  South  Baltimore.  The  clinic  assignments  are  made 
primarily  on  a  geographic  basis. 

During  the  current  year  the  Mercy  Medical  Care  Clinic  is  providing  facilities  for  three 
thousand  clients.  It  provides  the  eligible  individual  an  initial  physical  examination, 
chest  X-ray,  bacteriological  and  other  laboratory  tests  as  indicated.  Arrangements  are 
also  made  by  the  Clinic  to  have  each  client  register  with  a  family  physician  of  his  or  her 
choice  selected  from  those  Baltimore  physicians  who  have  agreed  to  participate  in  the 
program.  The  Clinic  notifies  the  physician  chosen,  and  sends  him  a  complete  written 
report  of  the  physical  findings. 

The  plan  gives  physicians  an  opportunity  for  contacts  with  the  personnel  and  diagnostic 
facilities  of  the  participating  hospitals.  At  the  request  of  the  client's  physician,  consul- 
tation services  of  the  Mercy  Staff  are  made  available.  These  services  include  Medicine, 
Surgery,  Gynecology,  Urology,  Orthopedics,  Dermatology,  Neurology  and  other  specialties, 
together  with  clinical  laboratory  facilities. 

8  On  Leave. 


820 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


The  Mercy  Clinic  is  located  on  the  4th  floor  of  the  College  Building.  It  includes  a 
reception  area,  offices  and  examining  rooms.  An  active  personnel  of  Doctors,  Nurses, 
Medical  Technician  and  Medical  Secretary  are  on  duty  from  9  A.M.  to  5  P.M. 

MERCY  HOSPITAL  DISPENSARY  REPORT 
JANUARY  1,  1949  TO  JANUARY  1,  1950 

Department                                                                            New  Cases  Old  Cases  Total 

Allergy 21  149  170 

Bronchoscopic 328  634  962 

Cardiology 29  191  220 

Dental 101  50  151 

Dermatology 281  707  988 

Diabetic 23  425  448 

Gastro-Intestinal 40  143  183 

Genito-Urinary 75  186  261 

Gynecology 356  823  1,179 

Medicine 521  2, 677  3, 198 

Neurology 72  404  476 

Neuro-Surgery 21  11  32 

Ophthalmology 352  317  669 

Orthopaedics 162  390  552 

Pediatrics 387  1,129  1,516 

Physiotherapy 173  1,742  1,915 

Postnatal 227  1  228 

Prenatal 352  2,874  3,226 

Proctology 43  91  134 

Rhinolaryngology 607  878  1,485 

Surgery 970  2,831  3,801 

Surgical  Follow-Up 150  320  470 

Well  Clinic 92  156  248 

Total 5383  17,129  22,512 

THE  BALTIMORE  CITY  HOSPITALS 

STAFF,  1950-1951 
Parker  J.  McMtllin,  Superintendent 

Surgeon-in-Chief Otto  C.  Brantigan,  M.D. 

Physician-in-Chief,  Acting C.  Holmes  Boyd,  M.D. 

Physician-in-Chief,  Radiology John  DeCarlo,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Physician-in-Chief,  Tuberculosis H.  Vernon  Langeluttig,  M.D. 

Obstelrician-in-Chief Louis  H  Douglass,  M.D. 

Pediatrician-in-Chief Harold  E.  Harrison,  M.D. 

Pathologist-in-Chief , C.  Gardner  Warner,  M.D. 

Dental  Surgeon-in-Chief,  Acting H.  Glenn  Waring,  D.D.S. 

Consultant  in  Psychiatry EsTHER  L.  RIChards,  M.D. 

Consultant  in  Peripheral  Vascular  Diseases George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  821 


BALTIMORE  CITY  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 

Visiting  Thoracic  Surgeon ■ William  L.  Garlick,  M.D. 

(  James  C.  Owings,  M.D. 

1 1.  Ridge-way  Trimble,  M.D. 
Visiting  Surgeons -J  Amos  Koontz,  M.D. 

Thurston  R.  Adams,  M.D. 

Harry  C.  Bowie,  M.D. 

Consultant  in  Traumatic  Surgery C.  A.  Reifschnelder,  M.D. 

Visiting  Hand  Surgeon Raymond  M.  Curtis,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  Surgeon Donald  B.  Hebb,  M.D. 

[Charles  Bagley,  M.D. 
Visiting  N euro-Surgeons \  Richard  G.  Coblentz,  M.D. 

(James  G.  Arnold,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  N 'euro-Surgeon R.  K.  Thompson,  M.D. 

Consultant  in  Plastic  Surgery Edward  A.  Kitlowski,  M.D. 

Visiting  Plastic  Surgeon Clarence  P.  Scarborough,  M.D. 

Visiting  Proctologist Monte  Edwards,  M.D. 

(W.  Houston  Toulson,  M.D. 
Visiting  Urologists \  Hugh  Jewitt,  M.D. 

[Howard  B.  Mays,  M.D. 

Consulting  Gynecologist J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Visiting  Gynecologist Beverly  Compton,  M.D. 

[ Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  M.D. 
Assistant  Visiting  Gynecologists I  William  K.  Diehl,  M.D. 

1  Everett  S.  Diggs,  M.D. 

,.    _  f  Allen  F.  Voshell,  M.D. 

Visiting  Orthopedic  Surgeons \  Milton  J.  Wilder,  M.D. 

Tr.  .  .      „    ,       ,.    „  [Isaac  A.  Gutman,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  Orthopedic  Surgeons [Everett  D.  Jones,  M.D. 

,    .  f  John  Bordley,  M.D. 

Visiting  Laryngologists |Fred  t  Kyp^  MD 

.  .  .                   ,    .  (John  H.  Hlrschfeld,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  Laryngologists \  Alfred  T.  Lieberman,  M.D. 

Visiting  Ophthalmologist Charles  E.  Iliff,  Jr.,  M.D. 

,    .  /Grant  E.  Ward,  M.D. 

Visiting  Oncologists \  Arthur  G.  Siwinski,  M.D. 

[Alfred  T.  Nelson,  M.D. 

Visiting  Anesthesiologists \  Theodore  Stacy,  M.D. 

[Leonard  Abramovttz,  M.D. 

Visiting  Neuropathologist John  A.  Wagner,  M.D. 

Assistant  Chief  Physician Howard  K.  Rathbun,  M.D. 

(Louis  A.  M.  Krause,  M.D. 
Visiting  Physicians i  William  G.  Speed,  HI,  M.D. 

[Crawford  N.  Kirkpatrick,  M.D. 

.  .  / James  R.  McShane,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  Physicians \  George  G.  Schlesinger,  M.D. 


822 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

BALTIMORE  CITY  HOSPITAL  STAFF—  Cont'd. 

( John  H.  Miller,  M.D. 
Assistant  Visiting  Physicians  (USPHS) sLeroy  E.  Duncan,  Jr.,  M.D. 

[ Milton  Landowne,  M.D. 

Physiologist  (USPHS) Nathan  W.  Shock,  PH.D. 

Visiting  Neurologist J.  W.  Magladery,  M.D. 

Assistant  Visiting  Neurologist David  B.  Clark,  M.D. 

Visiting  Dermatologist,  Acting Raymond  C.  V.  Robinson,  M.D. 

Laboratory  Physician Julius  Waghelstein,  M.D. 

(Hans  Brx,  M.D. 


Visiting  Pediatricians . . . 

[Milton  Markowitz,  M.D. 

Assistant  Physician-in-Chief,  Tuberculosis Edmund  G.  Beacham,  M.D. 

„.  .,.„,..        „  .        7    .  f  John  H.  Hirschfeld,  M.D. 

Visiting  Physicians,  Tuberculosis <  .  „  TX  , ,    ' 

IAlvtn  S.  Hartz,  M.D. 

Visiting  Obstetrician J.  Morris  Reese,  M.D. 

D.  Frank  Kaltreider,  M.D. 

John  E.  Savage,  M.D. 

„,,,..  J  J.  William  Dorman,  M.D. 

Assistant  visiting  Obstetricians <„,.,.,.  T  '      „  ,  ^ 

W.  Newton  Long,  Jr.,  M.D. 

George  W.  Anderson,  M.D. 

Louis  C.  Gareis,  M.D. 

Orthodontist R.  Kent  Tongue,  D.D.S. 

|L.  W.  BlMESTEFER,  D.D.S. 

Assistant  Visiting  Dental  Surgeons I  Michael  Varipatis,  D.D.S. 

|B.  W.  Miksinski,  D.D.S. 

THE  JAMES  LAWRENCE  KERNAN  HOSPITAL  AND 

INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOL  OF  MARYLAND  FOR 

CRIPPLED  CHILDREN 

STAFF,  1950-1951 

Surgeon-in-Chief  and  Medical  Director Allen  Fiske  Voshell,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Consultant  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery  and  Roent- 
genology  Albertus  Cotton,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Moses  Gellman,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Harry  F.  Ullrich,  M.D. 

Henry  F.  Ullrich,  M.D. 

Winthrop  M.  Phelps,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Milton  J.  Wilder,  M.D. 

David  L.  Filtzer,  M.D. 

James  P.  Miller,  M.D. 

Roentgenologist Charles  N.  Davidson,  M.D. 

Plastic  Surgeon Edward  A.  Kitlowski,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Aurisl  and  Laryngologist Benjamin  S.  Rich,  A.B.,  M.D. 

Dentist M  E  Coberth,  D.D.S. 

Cardiologist Helen  M.  Taussig,  M.D. 

Pediatrists Melchijah  Spragins,  M.D. 


Associate  Orthopaedic  Surgeons. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  823 


KERNAN  HOSPITAL  STAFF— Cont'd. 

Consulting  Surgeon Charles  Reid  Edwards,  A.B.,  M.D. 

„        ,M.       .  1  T  ,    .,  [  Franklin  B.  Anderson,  M.D. 

Consulting  Aurists  and  Laryngologists <_  .    T  -»«--i-v    t^^  i 

6  j  s>     b  [Edward  A.  Loopee,  M.D.,  D.Oph. 

Consulting  Neurological  Surgeon Charles  Bagley,  Je.,  M.A.,  M.D. 

,  .      „           ,    .  [Harry  M.  Robinson,  Se.,  M.D. 

Consulting  Dermatologists < ,  ~  m  r» 

Consulting  Neurologists \£™&^^M^D' 

_        ,.      _   ,.     .  (Benjamin  Tapp an,  A.B.,rM.D. 

Consulting  Pediatrists <  ,  _,  „  ,fr, 

6  [J.  Edmund  Bradley,  M.D. 

Consulting  Dentist Harry  B.  McCarthy,  D.D.S. 

Consulting  Pathologist Hugh  R.  Spencer,  M.D. 

Consulting  Roentgenologist Henry  J.  Walton,  M.D. 

„    .,       _    ,         ..    „  [Michael  R.  Ettinson,  M.D. 

Resident  Orthopaedic  Surgeons <TT        „  ,      -«Tt^ 

r  [Hoyt  Klrkpateick,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Superintendent Miss  Maud  M.  Gaednee,  R.N. 

Dispensary  and  Social  Service  Nurse Mes.  Evelyn  Byed  Zapf,  R.N. 

(Me.  Heney  Eweetz 
Mes.  Anna  H.  Eelanger 
Mes.  Geoegiana  Wisong 

Occupational  Therapist Mes.  Catherine  Shaw,  O.T. 

Instructor  in  Grammar  School Miss  Bertha  Sendelback 

HISTORY  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 

The  present  School  of  Medicine,  with  the  title  University  of  Maryland  School 
of  Medicine  and  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  is  the  result  of  a  consolida- 
tion and  merger  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  with  the 
Baltimore  Medical  College  (1913)  and  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of 
Baltimore  (1915). 

Through  the  merger  with  the  Baltimore  Medical  College,  an  institution  of 
thirty-two  years'  growth,  the  facilities  of  the  School  of  Medicine  were  enlarged  in 
faculty,  equipment  and  hospital  connection. 

The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  was  incorporated  in  1872,  and  estab- 
lished on  Hanover  Street  in  a  building  afterward  known  as  the  Matemite,  the 
first  obstetrical  hospital  in  Maryland.  In  1878  union  was  effected  with  the 
Washington  University  School  of  Medicine,  in  existence  since  1827,  and  the  college 
was  removed  to  Calvert  and  Saratoga  Streets.  Through  the  consolidation  with 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  medical  control  of  the  teaching  beds  in 
the  Mercy  Hospital  was  obtained. 

The  School  of  Medicine  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  one  of  the  oldest  foun- 
dations for  medical  education  in  America,  ranking  fifth  in  point  of  age  among  the 
medical  colleges  of  the  United  States.  It  was  organized  in  1807  and  chartered 
in  1808  under  the  name  of  the  College  of  Medicine  of  Maryland,  and  its  first 
class  was  graduated  in  1810.  In  1812  the  College  was  empowered  by  the  Legisla- 
ture to  annex  three  other  colleges  or  faculties :  Divinity,  Law,  and  Arts  and 


824 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Sciences;  and  the  four  colleges  thus  united  were  "constituted  an  University  by  the 
name  and  under  the  title  of  the  University  of  Maryland." 

The  original  building  of  the  Medical  School  at  the  N.  E.  corner  of  Lombard  and  s 
Greene  Streets  was  erected  in  1812.     It  is  the  oldest  structure  in  this  country 
from  which  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine  has  been  granted  annually  since  its 
erection.     In  this  building  were  founded  one  of  the  first  medical  libraries  and  one 
of  the  first  medical  school  libraries  in  the  United  States. 

At  this  Medical  School  dissection  was  made  a  compulsory  part  of  the  curriculum, 
and  independent  chairs  for  the  teaching  of  gynecology  and  pediatrics  (1867),  and 
of  ophthalmology  and  otology  (1873),  were  installed  for  the  first  time  in  America. 

This  School  of  Medicine  was  one  of  the  first  to  provide  for  adequate  clinical 
instruction  by  the  erection  of  its  own  hospital  in  1823.  In  this  hospital  intramural 
residency  for  senior  students  was  established  for  the  first  time. 

The  School  of  Medicine  has  been  co-educational  since  1918. 

BUILDINGS  AND  FACILITIES 

The  original  medical  building  at  the  N.  E.  corner  of  Lombard  and  Greene 
Streets  houses  the  office  of  the  Dean,  Room  101,  the  office  of  the  Committee  on 
Admissions,  Room  102,  two  lecture  halls,  the  faculty  room  and  office  of  the  assist- 
ant business  manager. 

The  Administration  Building,  to  the  east  of  the  original  building,  contains  the 
Baltimore  offices  of  the  Registrar  and  two  lecture  halls. 

The  laboratory  building  at  31  South  Greene  Street  is  occupied  by  the  depart- 
ments of  Pathology,  Bacteriology  and  Biochemistry. 

The  Frank  C.  Bressler  Research  Laboratory  provides  the  departments  of 
Anatomy,  Histology  and  Embryology,  Pharmacology,  Physiology  and  Clinical 
Pathology  with  facilities  for  teaching  and  research.  It  also  houses  the  research 
laboratories  of  the  clinical  departments,  animal  quarters,  a  laboratory  for  teaching 
Operative  Surgery,  a  lecture  hall  and  the  Bressler  Memorial  Room. 

This  building  was  erected  in  1939-1940  at  29  South  Greene  Street  opposite  the 
University  Hospital.  It  was  built  with  funds  left  to  the  School  of  Medicine  by 
the  late  Frank  C.  Bressler,  an  alumnus,  supplemented  by  a  grant  from  the  Federal 
government.  The  structure,  in  the  shape  of  an  I,  extends  east  from  Greene 
Street,  just  north  of  the  original  building. 

MEDICAL  LIBRARY 

Howard    Rovelstad,   A.B.,   M.A.,   B.S.L.S Acting  Director    of  Libraries 

Ida  Marian  Robinson,  A.B.,  B.S.L.S Librarian 

Hilda  E.  Moore,  A.B.,  A.B.L.S Assistant  Librarian 

Florence  R.  Kirk Assistant  Librarian 

Marie  Harven,  B.A.,  B.S.L.S Cataloguer 

Charlotte  Wilson Assistant  to  the  Cataloguer 

J  oy  S.  Robbins Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

The  Medical  Library  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  founded  in  1813  by  the 
purchase  of  the  collection  of  Dr.  John  Crawford,  now  numbers  32,000  volumes  and 
several  thousand  pamphlets  and  reprints.    Over  four  hundred  of  the  leading 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  825 


e  medical  journals,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  are  received  regularly.     The  library 

is  housed  in  Davidge  Hall,  in  close  proximity  to  classrooms  and  laboratories,  and 
•  is  open  daily  for  the  use  of  members  of  the  faculty,  the  student  body  and  the 

profession  generally.     Libraries  pertaining  to  particular  phases  of  medicine  are 

maintained  by  several  departments  of  the  medical  school. 

The  library  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland  and  the  Welch 

Medical  Library  are  open  to  students  of  the  medical  school  without  charge. 

Other  libraries  of  Baltimore  are  the  Peabody  Library  and  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free 

Library. 

DISPENSARY  BUILDING 

The  old  hospital  building  has  been  remodeled  and  is  occupied  by  the  Out-patient 
Department.  Thus  the  students  have  been  provided  with  a  splendidly  appointed 
group  of  clinics  for  their  training  in  out-patient  work.  All  departments  of  clinical 
training  are  represented  in  this  remodeled  building  and  all  changes  have  been 
predicated  on  the  teaching  function  for  which  this  department  is  intended. 

The  office  of  the  Medical  School  Physician  is  located  in  this  building. 

The  Department  of  Art  also  occupies  quarters  here. 

UND7ERSITY  HOSPITAL 

The  University  Hospital,  which  is  the  property  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
is  the  oldest  institution  for  the  care  of  the  sick  in  the  state  of  Maryland.  It  was 
opened  in  September  1823,  under  the  name  of  the  Baltimore  Infirmary,  and  at 
that  time  consisted  of  but  four  wards,  one  of  which  was  reserved  for  patients  with 
diseases  of  the  eye. 

In  1933-1934  the  new  University  Hospital  was  erected  and  patients  were 
admitted  to  this  building  in  November  1934.  The  new  hospital  is  situated  at  the 
southwest  corner  of  Redwood  and  Greene  Streets,  and  is  consequently  opposite 
the  medical  school  buildings.  The  students,  therefore,  are  in  close  proximity 
and  little  time  is  lost  in  passing  from  the  lecture  halls  and  laboratories  to  the 
clinical  facilities  of  the  new  building. 

This  new  building,  with  its  modern  planning,  makes  a  particularly  attractive 
teaching  hospital  and  is  a  very  valuable  addition  to  the  clinical  facilities  of  the 
medical  school. 

The  new  hospital  has  a  capacity  of  435  beds  and  65  bassinets  devoted  to  general 
medicine,  surgery,  obstetrics,  pediatrics,  and  the  various  medical  and  surgical 
specialties. 

The  teaching  zone  extends  from  the  second  to  the  eighth  floor  and  comprises 
wards  for  surgery,  medicine,  obstetrics,  pediatrics,  and  a  large  clinical  lecture  hall. 
There  are  approximately  270  beds  available  for  teaching. 

The  space  of  the  whole  north  wing  of  the  second  floor  is  occupied  by  the  de- 
partment of  roentgenology.  The  east  wing  houses  clinical  pathology  and  special 
laboratories  for  clinical  microscopy,  biochemistry,  bacteriology,  and  an  especially 
well  appointed  laboratory  for  students'  training.  The  south  wing  provides  space 
for  electro-cardiographic  and  basal  metabolism  departments,  with  new  and  very 
attractive  air-conditioned  or  oxygen  therapy  cubicles.  The  west  wing  contains 
the  departments  of  rhinolaryngology  and  bronchoscopy,  industrial  surgery,  and 
male  and  female  cystoscopy. 


826 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

The  third  and  fourth  floors  each  provide  two  medical  and  two  surgical  wards. 
The  fifth  floor  contains  two  wards  for  pediatrics,  and  on  the  sixth  floor  there  are 
two  wards  for  obstetrics.  Each  ward  occupies  the  space  of  one  wing  of  the 
hospital. 

On  the  seventh  floor  is  the  general  operating  suite,  the  delivery  suite,  and  the 
central  supply  station.  The  eighth  floor  is  essentially  a  students'  floor  and  affords 
a  mezzanine  over  the  operating  and  delivery  suites,  and  a  students'  entrance  to 
the  clinical  lecture  hall. 

In  the  basement  there  is  a  very  well  appointed  pathological  department  with  a 
large  teaching  autopsy  room  and  its  adjunct  service  of  instruction  of  students  in 
pathological  anatomy. 

The  hospital  receives  a  large  number  of  accident  patients  because  of  its  prox- 
imity to  the  largest  manufacturing  and  shipping  districts  of  the  city. 

The  obstetrical  service  is  particularly  well  arranged  and  provides  accommoda- 
tion for  forty  ward  patients.  This  service,  combined  with  an  extensive  home 
service,  assures  the  student  abundant  obstetrical  training. 

During  the  year  ending  December  31,  1949,  2552  cases  were  delivered  in  the 
hospital  and  665  cases  in  the  outdoor  department.  Students  in  the  graduating 
class  observed  at  least  thirty-five  cases,  each  student  being  required  to  deliver  at 
least  eight  patients  in  their  homes. 

The  dispensaries  associated  with  the  University  Hospital  and  the  Mercy  Hospi- 
tal are  organized  upon  a  uniform  plan  in  order  that  the  teaching  may  be  the  same 
in  each.  Each  dispensary  has  the  following  departments:  medicine,  surgery, 
pediatrics,  ophthalmology,  otology,  genito-urinary,  gynecology,  gastroenterology, 
neurology,  orthopaedics,  proctology,  dermatology,  laryngology,  rhinology,  car- 
diology, tuberculosis,  psychiatry,  oral  surgery  and  oncology. 

All  students  in  their  junior  year  work  each  day  during  one-third  of  the  year 
in  the  departments  of  medicine  and  surgery  of  the  dispensaries.  In  their  senior 
year,  all  students  work  one  hour  each  day  in  the  special  departments. 

MERCY  HOSPITAL 

The  Sisters  of  Mercy  first  assumed  charge  of  the  Hospital  at  the  corner  of  Cal- 
vert and  Saratoga  Streets,  then  owned  by  the  Washington  University,  in  1874. 
By  the  merger  of  1878  the  Hospital  came  under  the  control  of  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons,  but  the  Sisters  continued  their  work  of  ministering  to  the 
patients. 

In  a  very  few  years  it  became  apparent  that  the  City  Hospital,  as  it  was  then 
called,  was  much  too  small  to  accommodate  the  rapidly  growing  demands  upon  it. 
However,  it  was  not  until  1888  that  the  Sisters  of  Mercy,  with  the  assistance  of 
the  Faculty  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  were  able  to  lay  the  corner- 
stone of  the  present  hospital.  This  building  was  completed  and  occupied  late  in 
1889.  Since  then  the  growing  demands  for  more  space  have  compelled  the  erec- 
tion of  additions,  until  now  there  are  accommodations  for  350  patients. 

In  1909  the  name  was  changed  from  The  Baltimore  City  Hospital  to  Mercy 
Hospital. 

The  clinical  material  in  the  free  wards  is  under  the  exclusive  control  of  the 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 827 

Faculty  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  and  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons. 

THE  BALTIMORE  CITY  HOSPITALS 

The  clinical  facilities  of  the  School  of  Medicine  have  been  largely  increased  by 
the  liberal  decision  of  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare  to  allow  the  use  of  the 
wards  of  these  hospitals  for  medical  education.  The  autopsy  material  also  is 
available  for  student  instruction. 

Members  of  the  junior  class  make  daily  visits  to  these  hospitals  for  clinical 
instruction  in  medicine,  surgery,  and  the  specialties. 

The  Baltimore  City  Hospitals  consist  of  the  following  separate  divisions: 
The  General  Hospital,  400  beds,  90  bassinets. 
The  Hospital  for  Chronic  Cases,  575  beds. 
The  Hospital  for  Tuberculosis,  280  beds. 
Infirmary  (Home  for  Aged)  700  beds. 

THE  JAMES  LAWRENCE  KERNAN  HOSPITAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOL  OF 
MARYLAND  FOR  CRIPPLED  CHILDREN 

This  institution  is  situated  on  an  estate  of  75  acres  at  Dickeyville.  The  site 
is  within  the  northwestern  city  limits  and  of  easy  access  to  the  city  proper. 

The  location  is  ideal  for  the  treatment  of  children,  in  that  it  affords  all  the  ad- 
vantages of  sunshine  and  country  air. 

A  hospital  unit,  complete  in  every  respect,  offers  all  modern  facilities  for  the 
care  of  any  orthopaedic  condition  in  children. 

The  hospital  is  equipped  with  80  beds — endowed,  and  city  and  state  supported. 

The  orthopaedic  dispensary  at  the  University  Hospital  is  maintained  in  closest 
affiliation  and  cares  for  the  cases  discharged  from  the  Kernan  Hospital.  The 
physical  therapy  department  is  very  well  equipped  with  modern  apparatus 
and  trained  personnel.  Occupational  therapy  has  been  fully  established  and 
developed  under  trained  technicians. 

THE  BALTIMORE  EYE,  EAR,  AND  THROAT  HOSPITAL 

This  institution  was  first  organized  and  operated  in  1882  as  an  outgrowth  of  the 
Baltimore  Eye  and  Ear  Dispensary,  which  closed  on  June  14,  1882.  The  name 
then  given  to  the  new  hospital  was  The  Baltimore  Eye  and  Ear  Charity  Hospital. 
It  was  located  at  the  address  now  known  as  625  W.  Franklin  St.  The  out-patient 
department  was  opened  on  September  18,  1882  and  the  hospital  proper  on 
November  1  of  the  same  year.  In  1898  a  new  building  afforded  24  free  beds 
and  8  private  rooms;  by  1907  the  beds  numbered  47;  at  present  there  are  60  beds, 
29  of  which  are  free.  In  1922  the  present  hospital  building  at  1214  Eutaw  Place 
was  secured  and  in  1926  the  dispensary  was  opened.  In  1928  a  clinical  laboratory 
was  installed.     During  1949  the  out-patient  visits  numbered  22,187. 

Through  the  kindness  of  the  Hospital  Board  and  Staff,  our  junior  students 
have  access  to  the  dispensary  which  they  visit  in  small  groups  for  instruction  in 
ophthalmology. 


828 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  APPLICATION 

Requests  for  application  forms  should  be  filed  not  earlier  than  September  15th 
preceding  by  one  year  the  desired  date  of  admission.  These  forms  may  be  secured 
from  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  School  of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland, 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 

APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION  TO  THE  FIRST  YEAR 

Application  for  admission  is  made  by  filing  the  required  form  and  by  having  all 
pertinent  data  sent  directly  to  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  in  accordance  with 
the  instructions  accompanying  the  application. 

Consideration  will  be  given  applications  received  after  December  1st  provided 
the  class  is  not  complete. 

APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION  TO  ADVANCED  STANDING 
Students  who  have  attended  approved  medical  schools  are  eligible  to  file  ap- 
plications for  admission  to  the  second-  and  third-year  classes  only.  These  ap- 
plicants must  be  prepared  to  meet  the  current  first-year  entrance  requirements  in 
addition  to  presenting  acceptable  medical  school  credentials,  and  a  medical  school 
record  based  on  courses  which  are  quantitatively  and  qualitatively  equivalent  to 
similar  courses  in  this  school. 

Application  to  advanced  standing  is  made  in  accordance  with  the  instructions 
accompanying  the  application  form. 

Persons  who  already  hold  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  will  not  be  admit- 
ted to  the  Medical  School  as  a  candidate  for  that  degree  from  this  university. 

MINIMUM  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 
The  minimum  requirements  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Medicine  are: 

(a)  Graduation  from   an  approved  secondary   school,  or  the  equivalent   in 

entrance  examinations,  and 

(b)  Three  academic  years  of  acceptable  college  credit,  exclusive  of  physical  edu- 

cation and  military  sciences,  earned  in  colleges  of  arts  and  sciences  which 
are  currently  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hos- 
pitals of  the  American  Medical  Association.  The  quantity  and  quality 
of  this  course  of  study  shall  be  equivalent  to  that  required  for  recommen- 
dation by  the  institution  where  the  college  courses  are  being,  or  have 
been,  pursued. 

(c)  The  following  courses  and  credits  in  basic  required  subjects  must  be  com- 

pleted by  June  of  the  year  the  applicant  desires  to  be  admitted : 

Semester  hours       Quarter  hours 

General  biology  or  zoology 8  12 

Inorganic  chemistry 8  12 

Organic  chemistry 6-8  9-12 

General  physics 8  12 

English g  9 

Modern  language  (German,  French,  Spanish) 6  9 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


829 


(d)  The  total  semester-hour  or  quarter-hour  credits  presented  must  be  equiv- 

alent in  quantity  and  quality  to  three-fourths  of  the  credit  requirement 
for  graduation  by  the  recommending  institution,  exclusive  of  courses  in 
physical  education  and  military  sciences. 
Applicants  who  are  unable  to  complete  these  requirements  by  June  of  the 
year  admission  is  desired,  will  be  considered  contingent  on  places  being 
available,  provided  all  basic  required  courses  and  credits  shall  have  been 
absolved  by  June  as  indicated  in  (c)  above. 

(e)  Students  who  are  conditioned  in  college  courses  are  not  accepted. 

Elective  courses  should  be  selected  from  the  following  three  groups.     Highly 
desirable  courses  are  shown  in  bold  face  type. 

Natural  Sciences 

Vertebrate  Embryol- 
ogy 

Comparative  Vertebrate 
Anatomy 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Physical    Chemistry 

Mathematics 


Social  Sciences 
Economics 
History 

Political  Science 
Psychology  (a  general 

course  is  desirable) 
Sociology,  etc. 


Humanities 
English    (an    advanced 

course  in  English 

composition  should 

be  taken,  if  possible) 
Scientific     German     or 

French  (A  reading 

knowledge    of    either 

language  is  desirable, 

although    German   is 

preferred) 
Philosophy 

Careful  attention  should  be  given  to  the  selection  of  elective  courses  in  the 
natural  sciences.  It  is  suggested  that  the  elective  list  given  herewith  be  used  as 
a  guide.  The  remainder  of  college  credits  should  be  accumulated  from  courses 
designed  to  promote  a  broad  cultural  development.  Thirty  six  hours  or  the 
equivalent  in  session  hours  or  courses  in  the  humanities  are  recommended. 
Students  should  avoid  taking  courses  in  college  which  are  included  in  the  medical 
curriculum,  for  example  histology,  human  anatomy,  bacteriology,  physiology, 
neurology  and  physiological  chemistry. 

It  is  not  intended  that  these  suggestions  be  interpreted  as  restrictions  upon 
the  education  of  students  who  exhibit  an  aptitude  for  the  natural  sciences  or  as 
limitations  upon  the  development  of  students  who  plan  to  follow  research  work  in 
the  field  of  medicine. 

In  accepting  candidates  for  admission,  preference  will  be  given  to  those  appli- 
cants who  have  acceptable  scholastic  records  in  secondary  school  and  college, 
satisfactory  scores  in  the  Medical  College  Admission  Test,  given  in  May  each 
year,  favorable  letters  of  recommendation  from  their  premedical  committees,  or 
from  one  instructor  in  each  of  the  departments  of  biology,  chemistry,  and 
physics,  and  who  in  other  respects  give  promise  of  becoming  successful  students 
and  physicians  of  high  standing. 

Those  candidates  for  admission  who  are  permanently  accepted  will  receive 
a  certificate  of  matriculation  from  the  office  of  the  Dean. 

COMBINED  COURSE  IN  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  AND  MEDICINE 
A  combined  seven  years'  curriculum  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Medicine  is  offered  by  the  University  of  Maryland.    The 


S30 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

first  three  years  are  taken  in  residence  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at  Col- 
lege Park,  and  the  last  four  years  in  the  School  of  Medicine  in  Baltimore.  (See 
University  catalogue  for  details  of  quantitative  and  qualitative  college  course 
requirements.) 

If  a  candidate  for  the  combined  degree  completes  the  work  of  the  first  year  in 
the  School  of  Medicine  with  an  average  of  "C"  without  failures,  and  if  he  has  ab- 
solved the  quantitative  and  qualitative  college  requirements  set  up  by  the  Uni- 
versity, he  is  eligible  to  recommendation  by  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine 
that  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  be  conferred. 

Because  the  general  commencement  usually  takes  place  before  the  School  of 
Medicine  is  prepared  to  release  grades  of  the  first-year  class,  this  combined  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  at  the  commencement  following  the  candidate's 
second  year  of  residence  in  the  School  of  Medicine. 

STATE  MEDICAL  STUDENT  QUALIFYING  CERTIFICATES 

Candidates  for  admission  who  live  in  or  expect  to  practice  medicine  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, New  Jersey  or  New  York,  should  apply  to  their  respective  state  boards  of 
education  for  medical  student  qualifying  certificates  (Pennsylvania  and  New 
Jersey)  or  approval  of  applications  for  medical  student  qualifying  certificates 
(New  York). 

Those  students  who  are  accepted  must  file  satisfactory  State  certificates  in  the 
office  of  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  School  of  Medicine,  before  registration. 
No  exceptions  will  be  made  to  this  requirement. 

Addresses  of  the  State  Certifying  Offices 

Director  of  Credentials  Section,  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Public  In- 
struction, Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Credentials,  New  Jersey  Department  of  Public  In- 
struction, Trenton,  N.  J. 

Supervisor  of  Qualifying  Certificates,  The  State  Education  Department, 
Examinations  and  Inspections  Division,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENCE  STATUS  OF  STUDENTS* 
Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if,  at  the  time 
of  their  registration,  the  parents*  have  been  residents  of  this  State  for  at  least 
one  year. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if,  at  the  time  of  their 
registration,  they  have  been  residents  of  this  State  for  at  least  one  year,  provided 
such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in 
Maryland. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his  first 
registration  in  the  university  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him  unless, 
in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents*  move  to  and  become  legal  residents  of  this 
state  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  one  full  calendar  year.  However, 
the  right  of  the  student  (minor)  to  change  from  a  non-resident  to  a  resident  status 
must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  in  any  academic 
year. 

*  The  term  "parents"  includes  persons  who  have  been  legally  constituted  the  guardians 
of  or  stand  in  loco  parentis  to  such  minor  students. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  831 


CURRENT  FEES 

Matriculation  fee  (paid  once) $10.00 

Tuition  fee  (each  year) — Residents  of  Maryland 450.00 

Tuition  fee  (each  year) — Non-Residents 600.00 

Laboratory  fee  (each  year) 25 .00 

Student  health  service  fee  (each  year) 20 .00 

Student  activities -and  service  fee  (each  year) 15 .  00 

*Lodging  and  meals  fee 6. 75 

Graduation  fee 15 .00 

Re-examination  fee  (each  subject) 5 .  00 

Transcript  fee  to  graduates.     First  copy  gratis,  each  copy  thereafter.  .       1.00 

RULES  FOR  PAYMENT  OF  FEES 

No  fees  are  returnable. 

Make  all  checks  or  money  orders  payable  to  the  "University  of  Maryland". 

When  offering  checks  or  money  orders  in  payment  of  tuition  and  other  fees, 
students  are  requested  to  have  them  drawn  in  the  exact  amount  of  such  fees. 
Personal  checks  whose  face  value  is  in  excess  of  the  fees  due  will  be  accepted  for 
collection  only. 

Acceptance. — Payment  of  the  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  and  of  a  deposit  on 
tuition  of  $50.00  is  required  of  accepted  applicants  before  the  expiration  date 
specified  in  the  offer  of  acceptance.  This  $60.00  deposit  is  not  returnable  and 
will  be  forfeited  if  the  applicant  fails  to  register,  or  it  will  be  applied  to  the  appli- 
cant's first  semester's  charges  on  registration. 

Registration. — All  students,  after  proper  certification,  are  required  to  register 
at  the  business  office,  Gray  Laboratory.  (See  calendar  page  5  of  this  bulletin 
for  dates  for  the  payments  of  fees,  and  the  note  regarding  late  registration  fee.) 

One-half  of  the  tuition  fee,  the  laboratory  fee,  the  student  health  fee,  the  mainte- 
nance and  service  fee  and  the  student  activities  fee  are  payable  on  the  date  specified 
for  registration  for  the  first  semester. 

The  remainder  of  the  tuition  fee  shall  be  paid  on  the  date  designated  for  the 
payment  of  fees  for  the  second  semester.  Fourth  year  students  shall  pay  the 
graduation  fee,  in  addition,  at  this  time. 

PENALTY  FOR  NON-PAYMENT  OF  FEES 

If  semester  fees  are  not  paid  in  full  on  the  specified  registration  dates,  a  penalty 
of  $5.00  will  be  added. 

If  a  satisfactory  settlement,  or  an  agreement  for  settlement,  is  not  made  with 
the  business  office  within  ten  days  after  a  payment  is  due,  the  student  automatically 
is  debarred  from  attendance  on  classes  and  will  forfeit  the  other  privileges  of  the 
School  of  Medicine. 

*  Junior  Students  will  be  billed  for  this  fee,  covering  lodging  and  meals  while  on  obstet- 
rical service  at  Baltimore  City  Hospitals.  Section  B.  on  Schedule  2  will  be  billed  for  the 
first  semester;  Section  A  on  Schedule  2  for  the  second  semester.  This  fee  must  be  paid 
by  all  junior  students  whether  or  not  they  serve  during  the  previous  summer  or  the 
academic  year. 


832 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

REEXAMINATION  FEE 

A  student  who  is  eligible  to  reexaminations  must  pay  the  business  office  $5.00  for 
each  subject  in  which  he  is  to  be  examined,  and  he  must  present  the  receipt  to  the 
faculty  member  giving  the  examination  before  he  will  be  permitted  to  take  the 
examination. 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  AND  SERVICE  FEE 

This  fee  pays  for  the  use  of  clothing  lockers,  provides  library  privileges,  main- 
tains student  loan  collections,  a  student  lounge  and  cafeteria.  It  supports  a  rec- 
reational program  for  students  of  all  classes,  provides  photographs  for  all  school 
purposes,  including  state  boards.  It  provides  for  and  furnishes  graduates  with 
invitations  and  tickets  to  the  Pre-commencement  Exercises.  It  supports  the 
activities  of  the  Student  Council. 

STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

James  R.  Karns,  M.D Director,  Student  Health  Service. 

The  Medical  School  has  made  provision  for  the  systematic  care  of  students  ac- 
cording to  the  following  plan: 

1.  Preliminary  Examination — All  new  students  will  be  examined  during  the 
first  week  of  the  semester.  Notice  of  the  date,  time,  and  place  of  the  examination 
will  be  announced  to  the  classes  and  on  the  bulletin  board.  The  passing  of  this 
physical  examination  is  necessary  before  final  acceptance  of  any  student. 

2.  Medical  Attention — Students  in  need  of  medical  attention  will  be  seen  by 
the  school  physician,  Dr.  James  R.  Karns,  in  his  office  at  the  medical  school,  at 
9  A.M.  daily,  except  Saturday  and  Sunday.  In  case  of  necessity,  students  will  be 
seen  at  their  homes. 

3.  Hospitalization — If  it  becomes  necessary  for  any  student  to  enter  the  hospital 
during  the  school  year,  the  school  has  arranged  for  the  payment  of  part  or  all  of  his 
hospital  expenses,  depending  on  the  length  of  his  stay  and  special  expenses  incur- 
red.    This  applies  only  to  students  admitted  through  the  school  physician's  office. 

4.  Physical  Defects — Prospective  students  are  advised  to  have  any  known 
physical  defects  corrected  before  entering  school  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of  time 
which  later  correction  might  incur. 

5.  Eye  Examination — Each  new  matriculate  is  required  to  undergo  an  eye 
examination  at  the  hands  of  an  oculist  (Doctor  of  Medicine)  within  three  months 
before  entering  the  School  of  Medicine.  Long  study  hours  bring  out  unsuspected 
eye  defects  which  cause  much  loss  of  time  and  inefficiency  in  study  if  not 
corrected  until  after  school  work  is  under  way. 

6.  Limitations — It  is  not  the  function  of  this  service  to  treat  chronic  conditions 
contracted  by  students  before  admission,  nor  to  extend  treatment  to  acute  condi- 
tions arising  in  the  period  between  academic  years,  unless  the  school  physician 
recommends  this  service. 

GENERAL  RULES 

The  right  is  reserved  to  make  changes  in  the  curriculum,  the  requirements  for 
graduation,  the  fees  and  in  any  of  the  regulations  whenever  the  university 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  833 


authorities  deem  it  expedient.     Students  are  urged,  therefore,  to  read  the  latest 
issue  of  the  catalogue  and  follow  the  rules  set  forth  therein. 


GRADING  SYSTEM 
Official  grades  are  designated  by  these  symbols: 


Symbol 

Scholarship 

Numerical  Equivalent 

A 

Superior 

93-100 

B 

Good 

87-  92 

C 

Fair 

80-  86 

D 

Passing 

75-  79 

F 

Failure 

Below  75 

I 

Incomplete 

— 

WF 

Withdrew,  failing 

— 

The  class  standing  of  seniors  only  will  be  released.  This  standing  will  appear 
on  senior  grade  reports  sent  out  from  the  Registrar's  office. 

ADVANCEMENT  AND  GRADUATION 

1.  No  medical  student  will  be  permitted  to  begin  work  for  credit  in  any  semester 
of  any  year  who  reports  for  classes  later  than  one  week  after  classes  begin,  except 
by  permission  of  the  Dean. 

2.  No  student  will  be  permitted  to  advance  with  unabsolved  failures. 

3.  A  general  scholastic  average  of  C  is  required  for  advancement  to  junior  and 
senior  standing  and  for  graduation. 

4.  A  student  who  in  any  one  year  has  one  failure  together  with  grades  of  D 
in  all  other  subjects,  will  be  dropped  from  the  rolls. 

5.  A  student  who  has  failures  in  two  completed  major  subjects  will  be  dropped 
from  the  rolls. 

6.  All  students  are  required  to  attend  85%  of  scheduled  classes  and  (excluding 
seniors)  take  spring  examinations  unless  excused  by  the  Dean. 

7.  Should  a  student  be  required  to  repeat  any  year  in  any  course,  he  must  pay 
regular  fees. 

8.  A  student  failing  his  final  examinations  for  graduation  at  the  end  of  the  fourth 
year  will  be  required  to  repeat  the  entire  course  of  the  fourth  year  and  take  exam- 
inations in  such  other  branches  as  may  be  required,  provided  he  is  permitted  to 
enter  the  school  as  a  candidate  for  graduation. 

9.  The  general  fitness  of  a  candidate  for  graduation  as  well  as  the  results  of  his 
examinations  will  be  taken  into  consideration  by  the  faculty. 

EQUIPMENT 

10.  At  the  beginning  of  the  first  year,  all  students  must  be  prepared  to  provide 
microscopes  of  a  satisfactory  type  equipped  with  a  mechanical  stage  and  a  sub- 
stage  lamp. 

A  standard  microscope  of  either  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Leitz,  Spencer,  or  Zeiss  make, 
fitted  with  the  following  attachments,  will  meet  the  requirements: 

16  mm.,  lOx,  0.25  N.A. — 19  mm.  working  distance. 
4  mm.,  43x,  0.65  N.A. — 0.6  mm.  working  distance. 


834 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

1.8  mm.,  97x,  oil  immersion,  1.25  N.A. — 0.13  mm.  working  distance. 

Oculars:  lOx  and  5x.  Huygenian  eyepieces. 

Triple  nose  pieces  with  16  mm.,  4  mm.,  and  1.9  mm.  125  N.A.  oil  immersion  lens. 

Wide  aperture  stage  with  quick  screw  condenser  and  built  on,  but  detachable, 
ungraduated  mechanical  stage.  Substage  condenser,  variable  focusing  type  1.25 
N.A.  with  iris  diaphragm.  A  rack  and  pinion  focusing  device  is  preferred.  Mir- 
ror plane  on  one  side,  concave  on  the  other.     A  carrying  case  is  recommended. 

Students  are  cautioned  with  respect  to  the  purchase  of  used  microscopes  since 
some  older  instruments  were  equipped  with  a  4  mm.  (high  dry)  objective  whose 
N.A.  is  marked  as  0.85  N.A.  This  objective  has  such  a  short  working  distance 
(0.3  mm.)  that  it  is  difficult  or  impossible  to  focus  through  thick  cover  glasses  or 
the  standard  haemocytometer  cover  glass  without  breakage.  All  used  microscopes 
are  subject  to  inspection  and  approval  by  the  department. 

11.  Students  in  the  second  year  class  are  required  to  provide  stethoscopes. 

12.  Third-  and  fourth-year  students  are  required  to  provide  haemocytometers, 
opthalmoscopes  and  otoscopes. 

STATE  QUALIFYING  CERTIFICATES 

13.  Candidates  for  admission  who  live  in  or  expect  to  practice  medicine  in 
Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey  or  New  York  must  file  State  qualifying  certificates  in 
the  office  of  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  School  of  Medicine,  before  registration. 
No  exception  will  be  made  to  this  rule. 

EYE  EXAMINATION  BEFORE  ADMISSION 

14.  Each  new  matriculate  in  each  class  is  required  to  present  to  the  Committee 
on  Admissions  a  certificate  from  an  oculist,  (a  graduate  in  medicine)  that  the 
matriculate's  eyes  have  been  examined  and  are  in  condition,  with  or  without 
glasses  as  the  case  may  be,  to  endure  the  strain  of  close  and  intensive  reading. 

It  is  required  that  this  examination  be  completed  within  three  months  prior  to 
registration  and  that  the  certificate  be  mailed  to  the  Committee  on  Admissions 
not  later  than  one  month  before  registration. 

AWARDING  OF  COMBINED  DEGREES 

15.  Students  entering  the  School  of  Medicine  on  a  three-year  requirement  basis 
from  colleges  which  usually  grant  a  degree  on  the  successful  completion  of  the  first 
year  of  medicine,  are  restricted  by  the  following  regulations: 

a— The  candidate  must  present  a  certificate  from  his  college  or  university  that 
he  has  absolved  the  quantitative  and  qualitative  premedical  requirements 
for  this  degree. 

b— The  candidate  must  acquire  an  average  of  "C"  without  failures  for  the 
work  of  his  first  year  in  the  School  of  Medicine. 

c— The  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  reserves  the  right  to  withhold  his 
recommendation  that  a  bachelor's  degree  be  conferred  at  a  commencement 
which  occurs  before  the  official  release  of  first-year  medical  grades. 

COST  OF  TRANSCRIPTS 

16.  Graduates  will  receive  the  first  transcript  of  record  without  charge.  Subse- 
quent copies  will  cost  one  dollar  each.    Requests  for  transcripts  must  be  filed 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  835 


with  the  Registrar's  Office,   University  of  Maryland,  Lombard  and   Greene 
Streets,  Baltimore-1,  Maryland. 

HOUSING 

There  are  no  housing  or  living  accommodations  on  the  campus  of  the  medical 
school. 

PARKING 

Because  of  lack  of  space  on  the  university  parking  lots  no  parking  facilities 
are  provided  thereon  for  students. 

LIBRARY  REGULATIONS 

Loan  Regulations 

Loan  periods  have  been  worked  out  according  to  demand  for  and  protection  of 
different  types  of  material. 

Two-Week  Loans:     All  books  except  those  on  reserve. 

Three-Day  Loans:     All  journals  except  the  latest  number  (which  does  not 
circulate),  and  those  on  reserve. 
Overnight  Loans:    Books  and  journals  on  reserve. 
(4p.m.-10a.m.) 
Special  Rules  for  Books  on  Reserve: 

Students  whose  names  appear  on  the  check-list  for  the  Mercy  Hospital  section 
will  be  granted  the  necessary  hours  to  return  reserve  books. 

Overnight  books  may  be  reserved  in  advance  only  within  the  week  in  which  they 
will  be  used.     Books  may  be  reserved  on  Saturday  for  the  following  Monday. 
Overnight  books  may  not  be  reserved  two  successive  nights  by  the  same  person. 
Advance  reserves  will  be  held  until  one  hour  before  closing. 

Fines 

Fines  are  imposed  not  to  acquire  money,  but  to  assure  equal  access  to  books 
Two-Week  Loans:     5  i  per  day. 
Three-Day  Loans:     Si  per  day. 
Overnight  Loans:     5jf  per  hour. 

Lost  Books:    List  price  of  the  book.    (Lost  books  should  be  reported  at  once). 
All  books  must  be  returned,  lost  books  replaced  or  paid  for,  and  fines  paid  before 
a  student  can  finish  the  year  in  good  standing. 

In  fairness  to  all  concerned,  these  rules  must  be  enforced  without  exception. 

CERTIFICATION  FOR  STATE  BOARD  AND  NATIONAL  BOARD 
EXAMINATIONS 

No  student  will  be  certified  to  State  Board  or  National  Board  examiners  who 
has  unabsolved  failures  in  subjects  taken  during  the  academic  period  covered 
by  these  examinations. 

WITHDRAWALS  AND  REFUNDS 

Formal  Withdrawal  Procedures 

Students  over  21  years  of  age  desiring  to  leave  the  School  of  Medicine  at  any 


836 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

time  during  the  academic  year  are  required  to  file  with  the  Dean  a  written  applica- 
tion for  withdrawal.  In  addition,  the  student  must  secure  an  "honorable  dismissal 
release"  form  from  the  Dean's  secretary,  and  return  this  to  the  Dean's  office 
appropriately  signed  by  representatives  of  the  departments  listed  thereon,  together 
with  his  "matriculation  certificate." 

If  these  procedures  are  not  completed,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled  to  honor- 
able dismissal  nor  to  refund  of  fees. 

Students  under  21  years  of  age,  must  supplement  the  procedures  previously 
described  with  the  written  consent  of  their  parents  or  guardians. 

Academic  Standing  On  Withdrawal 

Students  who  voluntarily  withdraw  during  an  academic  semester  will  be  given 
no  credit. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  resort  to  withdrawal  in  order  to  preclude  current 
or  impending  failures.  Their  standing  on  withdrawal  will  be  recorded  in  the 
registrar's  office. 

Students  who  withdraw  from  the  School  of  Medicine,  must  apply  to  the  Com- 
mittee on  Admissions  for  readmission,  unless  other  arrangements  have  been  con- 
summated with  the  Dean's  written  consent. 

Refunds  on  Witlidrawal 

Students  who  are  eligible  to  honorable  dismissal  will  receive  a  refund  of  current 
charges,  after  the  matriculation  fee  has  been  deducted,  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Period  elapsed  after  instruction  begins.  Percentage  refundable 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks 60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks 40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks 20% 

After  five  weeks 0 

PRIZES 

THE  FACULTY  PRIZE 

The  faculty  will  award  the  gold  medal  and  certificate  and  five  certificates  of 
honor  to  those  six  of  the  first  ten  highest  ranking  candidates  for  graduation  who, 
during  the  four  academic  years,  have  exhibited  outstanding  qualifications  for  the 
practice  of  medicine. 

THE  DR.  A.  BRADLEY  GAITHER  MEMORIAL  PRIZE 

A  prize  of  $25.00  is  given  each  year  by  Mrs.  A.  Bradley  Gaither  as  a  memorial 
to  the  late  Dr.  A.  Bradley  Gaither,  to  the  student  in  the  senior  class  doing  the  best 
work  in  genito-urinary  surgery. 

THE  WILLIAM  D.  WOLFE  MEMORIAL  PRIZE 
(Value  $100.00  each) 
A  certificate  of  proficiency  and  a  prize  of  $100.00  will  be  awarded  each  year 
until  the  fund  is  dissipated,  to  the  graduate  selected  by  the  Faculty  Board  show- 
ing greatest  proficiency  in  Dermatology. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  837 


SCHOLARSHIPS 

All  scholarships  are  assigned  for  one  academic  year,  unless  specifically  reawarded 
on  consideration  of  an  application. 

Official  application  forms  are  obtainable  at  the  Dean's  office,  where  they  should 
be  filed  four  months  before  the  ensuing  academic  year. 

THE  DR.  SAMUEL  LEON  FRANK  SCHOLARSHIP 
(Value  $100.00) 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Bertha  Rayner  Frank  as  a  memorial 
to  the  late  Dr.  Samuel  Leon  Frank,  an  alumnus  of  this  university. 

It  is  awarded  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment  Fund  of  the  University  each 
year  upon  nomination  by  the  Faculty  Board  "to  a  medical  student  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  who  in  the  judgment  of  said  Council,  is  of  good  character 
and  in  need  of  pecuniary  assistance  to  continue  his  medical  course." 

This  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  second,  third  or  fourth  year  student  who  has 
successfully  completed  one  year's  work  in  this  school.  No  student  may  hold 
this  scholarship  for  more  than  two  years. 

THE  CHARLES  M.  HITCHCOCK  SCHOLARSHIPS 
(Value  $100.00  each) 
Two  scholarships  were  established  from  a  bequest  to  the  School  of  Medicine 
by  the  late  Charles  M.  Hitchcock,  M.D.,  an  alumnus  of  the  university. 

These  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment 
Fund  of  the  University,  upon  nomination  by  the  Faculty  Board,  to  students 
who  have  meritoriously  completed  the  work  of  at  least  the  first  year  of  the  course 
in  medicine,  and  who  present  to  the  Board  satisfactory  evidence  of  a  good  moral 
character  and  of  inability  to  continue  the  course  without  pecuniary  assistance. 

THE  RANDOLPH  WINSLOW  SCHOLARSHIP 
(Value  S  100.00) 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  the  late  Randolph  Winslow,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

It  is  awarded  annually  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment  Fund  of  the  Univer- 
sity, upon  nomination  by  the  Faculty  Board,  to  a  "needy  student  of  the  Senior. 
Junior,  or  Sophomore  Class  of  the  Medical  School." 

"He  must  have  maintained  an  average  grade  of  85%  in  all  his  work  up  to  the 
time  of  awarding  the  scholarship." 

"He  must  be  a  person  of  good  character  and  must  satisfy  the  Faculty  Board 
that  he  is  worthy  of  and  in  need  of  assistance." 

THE  DR.  LEO  KARLINSKY  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP 
(Value  $125.00) 
This  scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Ray  Mintz  Karlinsky  as  a  memorial 
to  her  husband,  the  late  Dr.  Leo  Karlinsky,  an  alumnus  of  the  university. 

It  is  awarded  annually  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment  Fund  of  the  Univer- 


83S UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND         

sity,  upon  the  nomination  of  the  Faculty  Board,  to  "a  needy  student  of  the 
Senior,  Junior  or  Sophomore  Class  of  the  Medical  School." 

He  must  have  maintained  in  all  his  work  up  to  the  time  of  awarding  the  scholar- 
ship a  satisfactory  grade  of  scholarship. 

He  must  be  a  person  of  good  character  and  must  satisfy  the  Faculty  Board 
that  he  is  worthy  of  and  in  need  of  assistance. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  SCHOLARSHIP 

A  scholarship  which  entitles  the  holder  to  exemption  from  payment  of  tuition 
fee  for  the  year,  is  awarded  annually  by  the  Faculty  Board  to  a  student  of  the 
senior  class  in  need  of  assistance  who  presents  to  the  Faculty  Board  satisfactory 
evidence  of  good  character  and  scholarship. 

THE  FREDERICA  GEHRMANN  SCHOLARSHIP 
(Value  $200.00) 
(Not  open  to  holders  of  Warfield  and  Cohen  Scholarships) 
This  scholarship  was  established  by  the  bequest  of  the  late  Mrs.  Frederica 
Gehrmann  and  is  awarded  to  a  third-year  student  who  at  the  end  of  the  second 
year  has  passed  the  best  practical  examinations  in  physiology,  pharmacology, 
pathology,   bacteriology,    immunology,    serology,  surgical  anatomy   and  neuro- 
anatomy. 

THE  CLARENCE  AND  GENEVRA  WARFIELD  SCHOLARSHIPS 
(Value  $300.00  each) 

There  are  five  scholarships  established  by  the  regents  from  the  income  of  the 
fund  bequeathed  by  the  will  of  Dr.  Clarence  Warfield. 

Terms  and  Conditions:  These  scholarships  are  available  to  students  of  any  of 
the  classes  of  the  course  in  medicine.  Preference  is  given  to  students  from  the 
counties  of  the  state  of  Maryland  which  the  Faculty  Board  may  from  time  to 
time  determine  to  be  most  in  need  of  medical  practitioners. 

Any  student  receiving  one  of  these  scholarships  must  agree,  after  graduation 
and  a  year's  internship,  to  undertake  the  practice  of  medicine,  for  a  term  of  two 
years,  in  the  county  to  which  the  student  is  accredited,  or  in  a  county  selected  by 
the  Board.  In  the  event  that  a  student  is  not  able  to  comply  with  the  condition 
requiring  him  to  practice  in  the  county  to  which  he  is  accredited  by  the  Board, 
the  money  advanced  by  the  regents  shall  be  refunded  by  the  student. 

THE  ISRAEL  AND  CECELIA  E.  COHEN  SCHOLARSHIP 

(Value  $150.00) 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  the  late  Eleanor  S.  Cohen  in  memory  of 
her  parents,  Israel  and  Cecelia  E.  Cohen.  Terms  and  conditions:  This  scholarship 
will  be  available  to  students  of  any  one  of  the  classes  of  the  course  in  medicine; 
preference  is  given  to  students  of  the  counties  in  the  state  of  Maryland  which  the 
Faculty  Board  may  from  time  to  time  determine  to  be  most  in  need  of  medical 
practitioners.  Any  student  receiving  one  of  these  scholarships  must,  after  gradua- 
tion and  a  year's  internship,  agree  to  undertake  the  practice  of  medicine  for  a  term 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  839 


of  two  years  in  the  county  to  which  the  student  is  accredited,  or  in  a  county  se- 
lected by  the  council.  In  the  event  that  a  student  is  not  able  to  comply  with 
the  condition  requiring  him  to  practice  in  the  county  to  which  he  is  accredited  by 
the  Board,  the  money  advanced  by  the  regents  shall  be  refunded. 

THE  DR.  HORACE  BRUCE  HETRICK  SCHOLARSHIP 

(Value  $125.00) 

This  scholarship  was  established  by  Dr.  Horace  Bruce  Hetrick  as  a  memorial 
to  his  sons,  Bruce  Hayward  Hetrick  and  Augustus  Christian  Hetrick.  It  is  to 
be  awarded  by  the  Faculty  Board  to  a  student  of  the  senior  class. 

THE  HENRY  ROLANDO  SCHOLARSHIP 

(Value  approximately  $250.00) 

The  Henry  Rolando  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Board  of  Regents  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  from  a  bequest  to  the  Board  by  the  late  Anne  H. 
Rolando  for  the  use  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine. 

This  scholarship  will  be  awarded  each  academic  year  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  Faculty  Board  to  a  "poor  and  deserving  student." 

THE  READ  SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  sum  of  $500.00  is  now  available  to  cover  two  (2)  scholarships  in  the 
amount  of  $250.00  each  for  a  given  scholastic  year.  Beginning  in  1945,  these 
scholarships  were  made  possible  by  a  donation  from  the  Read  Drug  and  Chemical 
Company  of  Baltimore,  Maryland.  Two  students  are  to  be  selected  by  the  Dean 
of  the  School  in  collaboration  with  the  Scholarship  and  Loan  Committee  of  the 
Medical  School  with  the  provision  that  the  students  selected  shall  be  worthy, 
deserving  students,  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

LOAN  FUNDS 

W.  K.  KELLOGG  FUND 

This  loan  fund  was  established  in  the  academic  year  1942  with  money  granted 
by  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation.  The  interest  paid  on  the  loans,  together  with 
the  principal  of  the  fund  as  repaid,  will  be  used  to  found  a  rotating  loan  fund. 
Loans  will  be  made  on  the  basis  of  need,  character  and  scholastic  attainment. 

FACULTY  OF  MEDICINE  LOAN  FUND 

A  Faculty  of  Medicine  Loan  Fund  was  established  with  money  derived  from 
the  bequest  of  Dr.  William  R.  Sanderson,  Class  1882,  and  the  gift  of  Dr.  Albert 
Stein,  Class  1907.  Loans  will  be  made  on  the  basis  of  need,  character,  and 
scholastic  ability. 

THE  JAY  W.  EATON  LOAN  FUND 

This  fund  was  established  by  the  local  chapter  of  the  Nu  Sigma  Nu  Fraternity 
in  memory  of  Jay  W.  Eaton  of  the  class  of  1946. 

Beginning  in  1946  an  interest-free  loan  of  $100.00  will  be  made  to  some  worthy 
member  of  the  senior  class,  on  recommendation  of  the  Scholarship  Committee  of 


840  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


the  School  of  Medicine.  This  loan  is  to  be  credited  to  the  tuition  fee  of  the  ap- 
pointed student  and  is  to  be  repaid  by  the  student  within  four  years  following  his 
graduation. 

THE  SENIOR  CLASS  LOAN  FUND 

The  senior  class  of  1945  originated  this  fund  which  will  accumulate  by  subscrip- 
tion from  among  members  of  each  senior  class. 

The  conditions  of  the  agreement  provide  that  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine 
award  a  loan  of  $100.00  to  a  needy  member  of  the  senior  class  on  the  recommenda- 
tion of  a  self-perpetuating  committee  of  two  members  of  the  faculty. 

Loans  from  this  fund  are  to  be  credited  to  the  tuition  fee  of  the  appointed 
student  and  are  to  be  repaid  within  five  years  from  the  date  of  graduation. 

THE  STUDENT  AID  FUND  FOR  SENIORS 
This  fund  was  originated  by  the  class  of  1950  and  is  sponsored  by  the  senior 
class  of  each  succeeding  year.  The  purpose  of  the  fund  is  to  provide  financial 
aid  for  any  deserving  member  of  the  senior  class.  All  members  of  the  senior 
class  are  eligible  to  apply  for  a  loan.  Applications  may  be  filed  at  the  office  of  the 
dean. 

The  conditions  of  the  agreement  provide  that  the  Scholarship  and  Loan  Com- 
mittee award  loans  to  members  of  the  senior  class  on  recommendation  of  a  self- 
perpetuating  committee  of  two  members  of  the  faculty  who  may  call  on  the 
president  of  the  senior  class  for  assistance,  if  desired. 

Loans  from  this  fund  are  made  on  a  non-interest  bearing  basis  and  are  payable 
within  five  years.     A  signed  note  is  required.     No  co-signers  are  necessary. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  CURRICULUM 

The  curriculum  is  organized  under  fifteen  departments. 

1.  Anatomy. 

2.  Physiology. 

3.  Bacteriology  and  Immunology. 

4.  Biological  Chemistry. 

5.  Pharmacology  and  Materia  Medica. 

6.  Pathology. 

7.  Medicine  (including  Medical  Specialties). 

8.  Surgery  (including  Surgical  Specialties). 

9.  Obstetrics. 
10.  Gynecology. 

1 1    Ophthalmology. 

12.  Roentgenology. 

13.  Anaesthesiology. 

14.  Psychiatry. 

15.  Pediatrics. 

The  instruction  is  given  in  four  academic  years  of  graded  work. 
Several  courses  of  study  extend  through  two  years  or  more,  but  in  no  case  are 
the  students  of  different  years  thrown  together  in  the  same  course  of  teaching. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  841 


The  first  and  second  years  are  devoted  largely  to  the  study  of  the  structures, 
functions  and  chemistry  of  the  normal  body.  Laboratory  work  occupies  most  of 
the  student's  time  during  these  two  years. 

Some  introductory  instruction  in  medicine  and  surgery  is  given  in  the  second 
year.    The  third  and  fourth  years  are  almost  entirely  clinical. 

A  special  feature  of  instruction  in  the  school  is  the  attempt  to  bring  together 
teacher  and  student  in  close  personal  relationship.  In  many  courses  of  instruc- 
tion the  classes  are  divided  into  small  groups  and  a  large  number  of  instructors 
insures  attention  to  the  requirements  of  each  student. 

In  most  courses  the  final  examination  as  the  sole  test  of  proficiency  has  dis- 
appeared and  the  student's  final  grade  is  determined  largely  by  partial  examina- 
tions, recitations  and  assigned  work  carried  on  throughout  the  course. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY 

Eduard  Uhlenhuth Professor  of  Anatomy,  and  Head  of  Department 

Frank  H.  J.  Figge Professor  of  Anatomy 

Otto  C.  Brantigan Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy 

O.  G.  Harne Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 

Vernon  E.  Krahl Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 

R.  Dale  Smith Associate  Professor  of  Anatomy 

W.  Wallace  Walker Associate  Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy 

John  F.  Ltjtz Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy 

William  B.  Settle Assistant  Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy 

Karl  F.  Mech Associate  in  Anatomy 

Herbert  E.  Reifschneider Associate  in  Surgical  Anatomy 

Harry  C.  Bowie .Associate  in  Surgical  Anatomy 

Ross  Z.  Pierpont Associate  in  Surgical  Anatomy 

V.  V.  Brunst Research  Associate   in  Anatomy 

H.  Patterson  Mack Instructor  in  Anatomy 

Louis  O.  J.  Manganiello Instructor  in  Anatomy 

Charles  W.  Hawkins Instructor  in  Anatomy 

Richard  M.  Garrett Assistant  in  Surgical  Anatomy 

Geraldine  F.  Wolfe U.  S.  P.  H.  Fellow 

DeWitt  T.  Hunter John  F.  B.  Weaver  Fellow  in  Anatomy 

William  E.  Loechel Albert  E.  Goldstein  Fellow  in  Anatomical  Art 

Gross  Anatomy.  First  Year.  First  semester.  The  gross  structure  of  the 
human  body,  studied  by  dissection  of  the  human  cadaver.  The  entire  human 
body  is  dissected.  Approximately  390  hours;  of  these  88  hours  are  devoted  to 
lectures  and  conferences,  the  rest  to  laboratory  work  and  demonstrations.  Drs. 
Uhlenhuth,  Krahl,  Smith,  Mech,  and  Hawkins. 

First  Year.  First  Semester.  Peripheral  Nervous  System.  A  lecture  course 
of  approximately  32  hours,  in  two-hour  periods  each  Saturday  morning.  Dr. 
Uhlenhuth. 

First  Year.  First  Semester.  The  Microscopic  Structure  of  the  Organs,  Tis- 
sues and  Cells  of  the  Human  Body. 

This  course  will  present  an  integrated  study  of  the  histology  and  embryology 
of  the  human  bodv.     While  much  of  the  time  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  fixed  and 


g42  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


stained  non-living  tissues  and  organs,  the  development  of  a  concept  of  the  dynamic 
and  functional  aspects  of  living  cells  and  organs  is  the  primary  goal  of  the  course. 
150  hours.     Dr.  Figge,  Prof.  Harne,  Drs.  Lutz,  Mack  and  Manganiello. 

First  Year.  Second  Semester.  The  Central  Nervous  System.  The  study  of 
the  detailed  anatomy  of  the  central  nervous  system  will  be  coordinated  with  the 
structure  and  function  of  the  entire  nervous  system.  This  study  will  require  the 
dissection  of  a  human  brain  and  the  examination  of  stained  microscopic  sections 
of  various  levels  of  the  brain  stem.  100  hours.  Dr.  Figge,  Prof.  Harne,  Dr. 
Lutz,  Mack  and  Manganiello. 

Second  Year.  Second  Semester.  Topographic  and  Surgical  Anatomy.  The 
course  is  designed  to  bridge  the  gap  between  abstract  anatomy  and  clinical  anatomy 
as  applied  to  the  study  and  practice  of  medicine  and  surgery.  Students  are  re- 
quired to  dissect  and  demonstrate  all  points,  outlines  and  regions  of  the  cadaver. 
Underlying  regions  are  dissected  to  bring  out  outlines  and  relations  of  structures. 
Dr.  Brantigan  and  staff. 

Total  hours:  96 

Graduate  and  Postgraduate  Courses.  Consult  the  general  catalog  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  for  descriptions  of  these  courses. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY 

William  R.  Amberson Professor  of  Physiology 

Dietrich  C.  Smith Professor  of  Physiology 

Frederick  P.  Ferguson Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 

J.  McCullough  Turner Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 

Samuel  L.  Fox Instructor  in  Physiology 

Sylvia  Htmmelfarb Assistant  in  Physiology 

Frances  C.  Brown Assistant  in  Physiology 

Richard  F.  C.  Egan John  F.  B.  Weaver  Fellow  in  Physiology 

The  course  in  physiology  is  given  in  two  parts: 

First  Year.  Second  Semester.  Neuro-muscular  physiology  is  presented  in 
two  lectures  a  week,  without  laboratory  work. 

Second  Year.  First  Semester.  The  remainder  of  the  subject  is  presented  in 
four  lectures,  one  conference,  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

The  fundamental  concepts  of  physiology  are  presented  with  special  reference 
to  mammalian  problems. 

Total  hours:  224. 

Graduate  Courses.  Consult  the  catalogue  of  the  Graduate  School  for  descrip- 
tions of  the  graduate  courses  offered  by  members  of  the  staff. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  BACTERIOLOGY  AND  IMMUNOLOGY 

Frank  W.  Hachtel Professor  of  Bacteriology  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Edward  Steers Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

Andrew  G.  Smith Assistant  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

H.  Edmund  Levin Associate  in  Bacteriology 

Hazel  Y.  Pruitt Assistant   in   Bacteriology 

Merrill  J.  Snyder Instructor  in  Bacteriology 

Joseph  R.  Merkel Research  Assistant  in  Bacteriology 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  843 


Second  Year.  First  Semester.  The  principles  of  general  bacteriology  are 
taught  by  quiz,  conference,  and  lecture. 

Instruction  given  in  the  laboratory  includes  the  methods  of  preparation  of 
culture  media,  the  study  of  pathogenic  bacteria,  and  the  bacteriological  examina- 
tion of  water  and  milk.  The  bacteriological  diagnosis  of  communicable  diseases 
is  also  included. 

Second  Year.  Second  Semester.  The  principles  of  immunology  are  presented 
by  means  of  quizzes,  conferences  and  lectures. 

The  course  includes  a  consideration  of  infection  and  immunity,  the  nature  and 
action  of  the  various  antibodies,  complement  fixation  and  fiocculation  tests,  hyper- 
sensitiveness,  and  the  preparation  of  bacterial  vaccines. 

Experiments  are  carried  out  by  the  class  in  the  laboratory.  During  the  latter 
half  of  the  semester  the  class  is  divided  into  sections. 

Total  hours:  Bacteriology  120. 
Immunology    72. 

Graduate  Courses.  Consult  the  catalogue  of  the  Graduate  School  for  descrip- 
tions of  the  graduate  courses  offered  by  members  of  the  staff. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGICAL  CHEMISTRY 

Emll  G.  Schmidt Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Edward  J.  Herbst Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry 

Raymond  E.  Vanderlinde Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry 

William  H.  Summerson Lecturer  in  Biological  Chemistry 

Ann  Virginia  Brown Instructor  in  Biological  Chemistry 

Elizabeth  M.  S.  Boyle Research  Assistant  in  Biological  Chemistry 

Jean  D.  Nimmo Research  Assistant  in  Biological  Chemistry 

Dorothy  D.  Hubbard Weaver  Fellow  in  Biological  Chemistry 

First  Year.  Second  Semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  present  the  prin- 
ciples of  biological  chemistry  and  to  indicate  their  applications  to  the  clinical 
aspects  of  medicine.  The  phenomena  of  living  matter  and  its  chief  ingredients, 
secretions  and  excretions  are  discussed  in  lectures  and  conferences  and  examined 
experimentally.  Training  is  given  in  biochemical  methods  of  investigation.  Total 
hours:  208. 

Graduate  Courses.  Consult  the  catalogue  of  the  Graduate  School  for  descrip- 
tions of  the  graduate  courses  offered  by  members  of  the  staff. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHARMACOLOGY 

John  C.  Krantz,  Jr Professor   of    Pharmacology    and    Head    of   the    Department 

C.  Jelleff  Carr  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Harry  K.  Iwamoto Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Ruth  Musser Instructor  in  Pharmacology 

Joseph  G.  Bird Assistant  in  Pharmacology 

Amedeo  S.  Marrazzi Lecturer  in  Pharmacology 

William  G.  Harne Demonstrator  in  Pharmacology 

Frederick  K.  Bell Fellow  in  Pharmacology 

Mary  S.  Fassel Emerson  Fellow  in  Pharmacology 

John  B.  Harmon Emerson  Fellow  in  Pharmacology 

Raymond  M.  Burgison Fellow  in  Pharmacology 


844 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Go  Lu Fellow  in  Pharmacology 

N.  Joyce  Knapp Eli  Lilly  Fellow  in  Pharmacology 

Robert  Slmonoff Ohio   Chemical   Co.,   Fellow  in   Pharmacology 

This  course  is  designed  to  include  those  phases  of  pharmacology  necessary  for 
an  intelligent  use  of  drugs  in  the  treatment  of  disease.  The  didactic  instruction 
includes  materia  medica,  pharmacy,  prescription-writing,  toxicology,  posology, 
pharmacodynamics,  and  experimental  therapeutics.  The  laboratory  exercises 
parallel  the  course  of  lectures. 

In  addition,  optional  conference  periods  and  lectures  are  available  for  students 
desiring  further  instruction  or  advice. 

Total  hours:  216. 

Graduate  Courses.  Consult  the  catalogue  of  the  Graduate  School  for  descrip- 
tions of  the  graduate  courses  offered  by  members  of  the  staff. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY 

Hugh  R.  Spencer Professor  of  Pathology  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Robert  B.  Wright Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

C.  Gardner  Warner Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

Walter  C.  Merkel Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

Dexter  L.  Retmann Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

John  A.  Wagner Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

Albert  E.  Goldstein Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 

Milton  S.  Sacks Associate  in  Pathology 

Benedict  Skitarelic Associate  in  Pathology 

Donald  E.  Fisher Associate  in  Pathology 

Charles  P.  Barnett Associate  in  Pathology 

Conrad  B.  Acton Instructor  in  Pathology 

Howard  B.  Mays Instructor  in  Pathology 

Ephraim  T.  Lisansky Instructor  in  Pathology 

D.  McClelland  Dlxon Instructor  in  Pathology 

William  B.  VandeGrlft Instructor  in  Pathology 

William  J.  Bryson Instructor  in  Pathology 

Karl  F.  Mech Instructor  in  Pathology 

Seymour  W.  Rubin Instructor  in  Pathology 

Theodore  Kardash Instructor  in  Pathology 

William  C.  Manion Instructor  in  Pathology 

Louis  C.  Gareis Instructor  in  Pathology 

Courses  of  instruction  in  pathology  are  given  during  the  second  and  third  years. 
The  courses  are  based  on  the  previous  study  of  normal  structure  and  function  and 
aim  to  outline  the  history  of  disease.  The  relationship  between  clinical  symptoms 
and  anatomical  lesions  is  constantly  stressed. 

General  Pathology.  Second  Semester,  Second  Year.  This  course  includes 
the  study  of  disturbances  of  the  body  fluids ;  disturbances  of  structure,  nutrition 
and  metabolism  of  cells;  disturbances  of  fat,  carbohydrate  and  protein  metab- 
olism; disturbances  of  pigment  metabolism;  inflammation  and  tumors. 

Laboratory  instruction  is  based  on  the  study  of  prepared  slides  (loan  collection) 
and  corresponding  gross  material. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  845 


Applied  Pathology,  Including  Gross  Morbid  Anatomy  and  Morbid 
Physiology.  Third  Year.  The  laboratory  instruction  in  this  course  is  carried 
out  in  small  teaching  museums  where  prepared  specimens  and  material  from  au- 
topsies with  clinical  histories  and  sections  are  available  for  study.  For  this  work 
the  class  is  divided  into  small  groups.     Clinical  correlation  is  stressed. 

Autopsies.  Third  Year.  Students  in  small  groups  attend  autopsies  at  the 
morgues  of  the  University  Hospital  and  the  Baltimore  City  Hospitals. 

Clinical-Pathological  Conference.  (Fourth  Year.)  These  exercises  are 
held  in  collaboration  with  the  various  clinical  departments.  Selected  cases  are 
discussed  and  autopsy  findings  are  presented. 

Second  year 184  hours 

Third  year 160  hours 

Fourth  year _30  hours 

Total 374  hours 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MEDICINE 

Maurice  C.  Pincoffs Professor  of  Medicine  and  Head  of  the  Department 

cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
cine 
stry 
cine 


T.  Nelson  Carey Professor  of  Clinical  Med 

Thomas  P.  Sprunt Professor  of  Clinical  Med 

H.  Raymond  Peters Professor  of  Clinical  Med 

Louis  A.  M.  Krause Professor  of  Clinical  Med 

William  S.  Love,  Jr Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Thomas  C.  Wolfe Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Howard  M.  Bubert Associate  Professor  of  Med 

J.  Sheldon  Eastland Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Milton  S.  Sacks Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Lewis  P.  Gundry Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Samuel  Morrison Associate  Professor  of  Med 

Theodore  E.  Woodward Associate  Professor  of  Med 

William  H.  Smith Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Med 

George  McLean Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Wetherbee  Fort Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Frank  J.  Geraghty Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

H.  Vernon  Langeluttig Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Sol  Smith Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Edward  F.  Cotter Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

C.  Edward  Leach Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Ephralm  T.  Lisansky Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Samuel  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Henry  J.  Marriott Assistant  Professor  of  Med 

Samuel  Legum Associate  in  Med 

Robert  A.  Reiter Associate  in  Med 

W.  Grafton  Herspberger Associate  in  Med 

Meyer  W.  Jacobson Associate  in  Med 

Conrad  B.  Acton Associate  in  Med 

Francis  G.  Dickey Associate  in  Med 

Lawrence  M.  Serra Associate  in  Med 

Marie  A.  Anderesch Associate  in  Medicine  and  Lecturer  in  Biological  Chem 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr Associate  in  Med 


846 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


William  K.  Waller Associate 

Arthur  Karfgln Associate 

M.  Paul  Byerly Associate 

Henry  W.  D.  Holljes Associate  in 

S.  Edwin  Muller Associate 

Sidney  Scherlis Associate 

Kurt  Levy Associate 

Wilfred  H.  Townshend Associate 

Alvln  J.  Hartz Associate 

James  R.  Karks Associate 

Edmund  G.  Beacham Associate 

Richard  A.  Carey Associate 

Phild?  D.  Flynn Instructor 

Edward  S.  Kallins Instructor 

John  A.  Myers Instructor 

William  G.  Helfrich Instructor 

M.  Paul  Padget Instructor 

Leon  Ashman Instructor 

Joseph  E.  Muse Instructor 

Daniel  W'tlfson,  Jr Instructor 

William  H.  Kammer,  Jr Instructor 

Samuel  J.  Hankin Instructor 

Frederick  J.  Vollmer Instructor 

Louis  J.  Kroll Instructor 

John  R.  Davis. Instructor 

Ernest  G.  Guy Instructor 

John  B.  deHoff Instructor 

Jonas  Cohen Instructor 

Charles  F.  Brambel Instructor 

Walter  Karfgln Instructor 

L.  Ann  Hellen Instructor 

Audrey  M.  Funk Instructor 

J.  Emmett  Queen Instructor 

Leon  A.  Kochman Instructor 

Robert  E.  Bauer Instructor 

C.  Herman  Williams Instructor 

Morris  Fine : Assistant 

Rollin  C.  Hudson Assistant 

Stephen  J.  Van  Lnx,  III Assistant 

Franklin  E.  Leslie Assistant 

Adam  Swiss Assistant 

John  C.  Osborne Assistant 

Stuart  D.  Sunday Assistant 

Irvin  B.  Kemick Assistant 

Raymond  M.  Lauer Assistant 

Maurice  Feldman,  Jr Assistant 

James  J.  Nolan Assistant 

Lauriston  L.  Keown Assistant 

Charles  E.  Shaw Assistant 

Joseph  G.  Bird Assistant 


Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 
Medicine 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  847 


GENERAL  OUTLINE 
Second  Year 
Introduction  to  clinical  medicine. 

(a)  Introductory  physical  diagnosis.     (1  hour  a  week,  first  semester;  2  hours  a  week, 

second  semester.) 

(b)  Medical  clinics.     (1  hour  a  week,  second  semester.) 

Third  Year 

I.  The    methods   of   examination:  (a)  History    taking,     (b)  Physical   diagnosis,    (c) 
Clinical  pathology. 
Instruction  includes  lectures  and  practice  in  the  wards,  outpatient  department  and 
laboratory. 
II.  The  principles  of  medicine : 

(a)  Lectures,  clinics  and  demonstrations  in  general  medicine,  neurology,  and  pre- 
ventive medicine. 
Third  Year  teaching  of  physical  diagnosis  is  carried  out  chiefly  in  the  various  units 
of  the  City  Hospital. 

Fourth  Year 
The  practice  of  medicine : 

I.  Clinical  clerkship  on  the  medical  wards  (31  hours  a  week  for  ten  weeks). 

(a)  Responsibility,  under  supervision,  for    the  history,  physical  examination, 

laboratory  examinations  and  progress  notes  of  assigned  cases. 

(b)  Ward  classes,  ward  rounds  and  conferences  in  general  medicine,  the  medical 

specialties,  and  therapeutics. 
II.  Dispensary  work  in  the  medical  specialties. 
III.  Clinical-pathological  conferences  (1  hour  a  week). 

The  medical  dispensary  of  the  University  Hospital  is  utilized  for  teaching  in  the 
third  year.  Each  student  spends  two  hours  daily  for  ten  weeks  in  dispensary  work. 
The  work  is  done  in  groups  of  four  to  six  students  under  an  instructor.  Systematic 
history-taking  is  especially  stressed.  Physical  findings  are  demonstrated.  The 
student  becomes  familiar  with  the  commoner  acute  and  chronic  disease  processes. 

Clinical  clerkships  in  the  Fourth  Year  are  served  on  the  medical  wards  of  both 
the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals. 

PHYSICAL   DIAGNOSIS 

T.  Conrad  Wolff 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine,  and  Head  of  the  Division  of  Physical  Diagnosis 

Robert  A.  Reiter Associate  in  Medicine 

Samuel  Legum Associate  in  Medicine 

Irving  Freeman Associate  in  Medicine 

Grafton  Hersperger Associate  in  Medicine 

Kurt  Levy Associate  in  Medicine 

Edmund  G.  Beacham Associate  in  Medicine 

Alvtn  J.  Hartz Associate  in  Medicine 

Lours  Kroll Instructor  in  Medicine 

Daniel  Wilfson Instructor  in  Medicine 

Leon  Ashman Instructor  in  Medicine 

Joseph  Muse Instructor  in  Medicine 


S4S UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Samuel  Hankxn Instructor  in  Medicine 

John  B.  DeHoff Instructor  in  Medicine 

William  G.  Helfrich Instructor  in  Medicine 

Leon  A.  Kochman Instructor  in  Medicine 

Stuart  D.  Sunday Assistant  in  Medicine 

Elizabeth  D.  Sherrill Assistant  in  Medicine 

The  course  in  physical  diagnosis  starts  with  the  first  semester  of  the  Sophomore 
year  and  ends  with  the  termination  of  the  second  semester  of  the  Junior  year. 

First  Semester — Second  Year — Lecture,  one  hour  weekly  covering  the  technique 
of  history  writing  and  the  mechanics  of  the  physical  signs  elicited  in  the  normal 
person  through  inspection,   palpation,   percussion  and  auscultation. 

Second  Semester — Second  Year — Lecture,  one  hour  weekly,  covering  the  tech- 
nique of  history  writing  in  cases  involving  disease,  and  the  mechanics  of  patho- 
logical physical  signs  on  inspection,  palpation,  percussion  and  auscultation. 

In  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  small  tutorial  groups  are  formed,  each  under 
the  direction  of  an  instructor.  Experience  in  physical  examination  of  normal  indi- 
viduals is  given  in  the  third  quarter  for  one  afternoon  weekly.  In  the  fourth 
quarter  the  students  become  acquainted  with  abnormal  signs  through  examination 
of  hospital  patients. 

Third  Year — a.  The  class  is  divided  into  four  sections.  Each  section  receives 
bedside  instruction  in  physical  diagnosis  for  seven  weeks  (2  hrs.  daily).  For  this 
purpose  small  groups  under  an  instructor  are  formed.  The  instruction  is  carried 
on  in  the  Baltimore  City  Hospitals  but  in  addition  advantage  is  occasionally  taken 
of  the  clinical  opportunities  in  other  institutions. 

b.  Lecture  course  (1  hr.  weekly  for  15  weeks)  covering  the  mechanisms  of  ab- 
normal signs. 

TROPICAL   MEDICINE 

Certain  phases  of  tropical  medicine  are  considered  in  the  course  on  clinical 
pathology.  In  addition,  a  course  of  lectures  and  demonstrations  is  given  to  the 
entire  fourth  year  class. 

TUBERCULOSIS 

During  the  third  year  in  connection  with  the  instruction  in  physical  diagnosis 
a  practical  course  is  given  at  the  Municipal  Tuberculosis  Hospital.  Stress  is  laid 
upon  the  recognition  of  the  physical  signs  of  the  disease,  as  well  as  upon  its  sympto- 
matology and  gross  pathology. 

CARDIOLOGY 

In  the  third  year  a  series  of  lectures  and  clinics  correlated  with  pathological 
studies  is  given  the  entire  class. 

In  the  fourth  year  students  are  assigned  for  two  periods  weekly  for  five  weeks 
to  the  Cardiac  Clinic  and  attend  consultation  rounds  and  conferences  on  cardio- 
vascular cases  on  the  Medical  wards. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  849 


GASTROENTEROLOGY 

Theodore  H.  Morrison Clinical  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology 

Samuel  Morrison Associate  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology 

Maurice  Feldman Assistant  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology 

Zachariah  Morgan Assistant  Professor  of  Gastro-Enterology 

Francis  G.  Dickey Associate  in  Medicine 

Z.  Vance  Hooper Associate  in  Gastro-Enterology 

Albert  J.  Shochat Instructor  in  Gastro-Enterology 

Alfred  S.  Lederman Assistant  in  Gastro-Enterology 

Third  Year.  A  series  of  six  lectures  is  given  on  the  diseases  of  the  digestive 
tract. 

Fourth  Year.  Students  attend  the  gastro-intestinal  clinic  for  two  periods  weekly 
for  five  weeks,  and  consultation  rounds  on  gastro-intestinal  cases  on  the  Medical 
wards.  Practical  instruction  is  given  in  the  use  of  modern  methods  of  study  of 
the  diseases  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract. 

NEUROLOGY 

Leon  Freedom Associate  Professor  of  Neurology 

Phild?  F.  Lerner Assistant  Professor  of  Neurology 

William  L.  Fearing Associate  in  Neurology 

Edward  F.  Cotter Associate  in  Neurology 

Harry  Teitelbaum Associate  in  Neurology 

George  G.  Merrill Associate  in  Neurology 

Second  Year.  Fifteen  one-hour  lectures  are  given  to  correlate  the  anatomy 
and  physiology  of  the  nervous  system  with  clinical  neurology. 

Third  Year.  Twenty  hours  of  instruction  are  given  to  the  whole  class  in  neuro- 
pathology supplemented  with  pathological  demonstrations.  Sixteen  lecture- 
demonstrations  are  given  in  which  the  major  types  of  the  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system  are  discussed.  A  course  is  also  given  at  the  Baltimore  City  Hospitals, 
comprising  eight  periods  of  two  hours  each,  in  which  the  students  in  small  groups 
carry  out  complete  neurological  examinations  of  selected  cases  which  illustrate 
the  chief  neurological  syndromes. 

Fourth  Year.  Fourth  year  students  in  the  Medical  section  attend  neurological 
consultation  rounds  on  ward  patients  in  the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals. 
All  patients  presented  at  these  clinics  are  carefully  examined. 

Dispensary  Instructions.  Small  sections  are  instructed  in  the  neurological  dis- 
pensary of  the  Mercy  Hospital  five  afternoons  each  week.  In  this  way  students 
are  brought  into  contact  with  nervous  diseases  in  their  early  and  late  manifesta- 
tions. 

DERMATOLOGY  AND  SYPHLLOLOGY 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sr Professor  of  Dermatology 

Francis  A.  Ellis Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology 

Eugene  S.  Bereston Associate  in  Dermatology 

A.  Albert  Shapiro Associate  in  Dermatology 


850  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Israel  Zeligman Associate  in  Dermatoogy 

R  C.V.Robinson Associate  in  Dermatoogy 

Lucile  J.  Caldwell Instructor  in  Dermatoogy 

Benjamin  Highsteln Instructor  in  Dermatoogy 

Mark  B.  Hollander Instructor  in  Dermatoogy 

V.  Harwood  Link Instructor  in  Dermatoogy 

Morris  M.  Cohen Instructor  in  Dermatoogy 

William  R.  Bundick Instructor  in  Dermatology 

The  third  year  class  receives  six  lecture-demonstrations  on  the  principles  of 
dermatology  by  Dr.  Robinson. 

The  senior  course  consists  of  conferences  and  demonstrations  of  the  common 
skin  diseases  and  venereal  diseases  in  the  outpatient  dermatologic  and  syphilis 
clinics  and  on  the  medical  wards. 

CLINICAL  PATHOLOGY 

Milton  S.  Sacks Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Head  of 

the  Division  of  Clinical  Pathology 

John  A.  Wagner Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

Sol  Smith Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 

Marie  A  Andersch Biochemist,  University  Hospital,  Associate  in  Medicine 

S.  Edwin  Muller Associate  in  Medicine 

L.AnnHellen Instructor  in  Medicine 

Audrey  M.  Funk Instructor  in  Medicine 

Martin  H.  Gorten Baltimore  RH  Laboratory  Fellow  m  Medicine 

Joseph  B.  Workman Baltimore  RH  Laboratory  Fellow  in  Medicine 

Third  Year.  First  and  second  semesters.  The  course  in  Clinical  Pathology  is 
designed  to  train  the  student  in  the  performance  and  interpretation  of  fundamental 
diagnostic  laboratory  procedures  used  in  clinical  medicine. 

During  the  first  semester  the  work  is  devoted  to  a  thorough  consideration  of  dis- 
eases of  the  hematopoietic  system.  In  the  second  semester,  laboratory  work  m 
urinalysis,  gastric  analysis,  hepatic,  pancreatic  and  renal  functions,  together  with 
a  thorough  discussion  of  underlying  biochemical  and  physiological  mechanisms  is 
undertaken.  During  this  semester  examination  of  cerebrospinal  fluid,  transudates 
and  exudates  is  included.  Elements  of  clinical  parasitology  complete  the  work  in 
this  semester. 

Each  student  provides  his  own  microscope  and  blood  counting  equipment.     A 
completely  equipped  locker  is  assigned  to  every  student. 
Total  Hours:   128. 

Fourth  Year.  During  the  fourth  year  the  student  applies  in  the  laboratories  of 
the  various  affiliated  hospitals  the  knowledge  acquired  during  the  preceding  year. 
A  completely  equipped  locker  is  assigned  enabling  him  to  work  independent  of 
the  general  laboratories.  Instructors  are  available  during  certain  hours  to  give 
necessary  assistance  and  advice. 

HYGIENE  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH 

Huntington  Williams Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health 

William  H.  F.  Warthen Associate  Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health 

Ross  Davies Associate  Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  851 


Third  Year.  A  one-hour  lecture  is  given  to  the  whole  class  each  Tuesday  during 
both  semesters.  Basic  instruction  is  afforded  in  the  clinical  and  public  health 
aspects  of  the  communicable  diseases  including  syphilis  and  tuberculosis.  The 
lectures  are  under  the  auspices  of  the  Department  of  Medicine  and  are  given  by 
staff  members  of  that  department,  including  physicians  representing  pediatrics, 
hygiene  and  public  health,  and  by  staff  members  of  the  Baltimore  City  Health 
Department. 

Fourth  Year.  Elective  work  is  also  assigned  at  the  Western  Health  District 
Building  of  the  City  Health  Department,  617  West  Lombard  Street,  where  the 
District  Health  Officer  arranges  for  home  visiting  and  the  student  prepares  and 
presents  a  Home  Survey  Report. 

The  course  deals  with  the  fundamentals  of  public  health  and  supplements  the 
work  in  the  third  year.  The  major  emphasis  in  both  years  is  on  the  practice  of 
preventive  medicine  and  the  relation  of  prevention  to  diagnosis  and  treatment, 
and  on  the  civic  and  social  implications  of  the  medical  services. 

LEGAL  MEDICINE 

Russell  S.  Fisher Associate  Professor  of  Legal  Medicine 

Henry  C.  Frelmuth Associatein  Legal  Medicine 

Stanley  H.  Durlacher Associatein  Legal  Medicine 

William  V.  Lovitt,  Jr Instructorin  Legal  Medicine 

Third  Year.  This  course  embraces  a  summary  of  medical  jurisprudence  in- 
cluding the  laws  governing  the  practice  of  medicine,  industrial  compensation 
and  malpractice,  proceedings  in  criminal  and  civil  prosecution,  medical  evidence 
and  testimony,  identification  of  bodies,  injuries  by  blunt  force,  gunshot  and  other 
mechanisms,  natural  and  homicidal  deaths,  medicolegal  toxicology  and  the  medico- 
legal autopsy.     (12  hours.) 

Elective  Course  (summer).  A  small  number  of  students  may  upon  application 
be  assigned  to  elective  work  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Chief  Medical  Examiner  of 
the  State  of  Maryland. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PEDIATRICS 

J.  Edmund  Bradley Professor  of  Pediatrics  and  Head  of  the  Department 

C.  Lorlng  Joslin Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Edgar  B.  Frledenwald Professor  of  Clinical  Pediatrics 

A.  H.  Flnkelstein Associate  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Gordon  E.  Gibbs Associate  Professor  Clinical  Research 

Frederick  B.   Smith Associate  Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Albert    Jaffe Associate  Clinical  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Samuel  S.  Glick Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Jerome  Fineman Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Gibson  J.  Wells Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

William  M.  Seabold Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Clewell  Howell Associate  in  Pediatrics 

G.  Bowers  Mansdorfer Associate  in  Pediatrics 

Arnold  F.  Lavensteln Instructor  in  Pediatrics 

Mary  L.  Hayleck Instructor  in  Pediatrics 


852 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Israel  P.  Meranski Instructor  in  Pediatrics 

Melchijah  Spragins Instructor  in  Pediatrics 

Thomas  A.  Christensen Instructor  in  Pediatrics 

Joseph  M.  Cordi Instructor  in  Pediatrics 

William  Earl  Weeks Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

J.  Carlton  Wich Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

O.  Walter  Spurrier Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

Lester  Caplan Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

A.  Maynard  Bacon,  Jr Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

Donald  D.  Cooper Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

Sara  Cook Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

Ruth  Baldwin Assistant  in  Pediatrics 

Garrett  Deane Fellow  in  Pediatrics 

Albert  Powell Fellow  in  Pediatrics 

Third  Year.    The  course  is  presented  as  follows: 

Lectures  on  infant  feeding  and  the  fundamentals  of  diseases  of  infants  and 
children.     (15  hours.) 

Lectures  on  contagious  diseases  in  conjunction  with  the  Department  of 
Hygiene  and  Preventive  Medicine.     (14  hours.) 

A  special  course  in  physical  diagnosis  is  given  at  City  Hospitals.     (20  hours.) 

Clinical  conferences  demonstrating  diseases  of  the  new-born.     (6  hours.) 

Fourth  Year.  A  clinic  in  the  amphitheatre  is  given  at  which  time  patients  are 
shown  demonstrating  the  features  of  the  diseases  discussed.     (30  hours.) 

Conferences  and  demonstrations  are  given  in  problems  of  diagnosis,  care,  treat- 
ment and  clinical  pathology  of  diseases  of  infants  and  children.     (30  hours.) 

Students  are  assigned  subjects  on  which  to  prepare  theses. 

Clinical  clerkships  are  assigned  on  the  pediatric  wards,  where  experience  is 
gained  in  taking  histories,  making  physical  examinations,  doing  routine  laboratory 
work,  and  following  up  patients'  progress.  This  is  under  the  supervision  of  the 
visiting  staff.     (140  hours.) 

Instruction  is  given  in  the  pediatric  clinic  of  the  out-patient  department  of 
the  University  Hospital.  This  consists  of  1J  hours  daily  for  five  weeks — 30 
minutes  each  day  is  devoted  to  a  clinical  demonstration  of  some  interesting  case 
by  a  member  of  the  staff;  one  hour  daily  to  taking  histories  and  making  physical 
examinations  under  the  supervision  of  an  instructor.     (45  hours.) 

Total  hours:  300. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHIATRY 

Jacob  E.  Finesinger Professor  of  Psychiatry  and  Head  of  the  Department 

H.  Whitman  Newell Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

Harry  M.  Murdock Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

Phtlip  S.  Wagner Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

Hans  W.  Loewald Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

William  W.  Elgin Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

J.  G.  N.  Cushing Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

Kathryn  L.  Schultz Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 

Isadore  Tuerk Associate  in  Psychiatry 

Ephraim  T.  Lisansky Associate  in  Psychiatry 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  853 


Kathryn  Dice Associate  in  Clinical  Psychology 

Robert  G.  Grenell Research  Associate  in  Psychiatry 

Elizabeth  LaForge Associate  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work 

A.  Russell  Anderson Instructor  in  Psychiatry 

Francis  J.  McLaughlin Instructor  in  Psychiatry 

Samuel  Novey Instructor  in  Psychiatry 

Marion  W.  Mathews Instructor  in  Psychiatry 

Enoch  Callaway,  Jr Instructor  in  Psychiatry 

William  N.  Fitzpatrick Assistant  in  Psychiatry 

Gertrude  Gross Assistant  in  Psychiatry 

Marcella  Weisman Assistant  in  Psychiatric  Social  Work 

William  Stark Fellow  in  Psychiatry 

Marvin  Jaffe Fellow  in  Psychiatry 

Virginia  Suttontield Fellow  in  Psychiatry 

Marion  A.  Marfy Fellow  in  Clinical  Psychology 

Jeannette  F.  Rayner Research  Assistant  in  Psychiatry 

First  Year.  Fourteen  two-hour  periods  during  the  second  semester  are  devoted 
to  a  consideration  of  human  relations  as  applied  to  the  practice  of  medicine.  The 
topics  dealt  with  include  personality  development,  reactions  to  stress,  and  situ- 
ational and  social  factors  in  disease.  The  emphasis  is  upon  observing,  under- 
standing and  evaluating  the  personal  and  social  factors  in  the  disease  process,  in 
treatment  and  prevention.  Consideration  is  given  to  problems  of  values  and 
scientific  methodology  as  they  apply  to  the  work  of  the  physician.  Patients  with 
common  medical  and  surgical  complaints  are  interviewed  to  illustrate  methods  of 
interviewing  and  developing  a  useful  therapeutic  relationship.  The  course  is 
conducted  by  means  of  group  discussion,  supplemented  by  reading. 

Second  Year.  Fourteen  two-hour  periods  are  spent  in  the  first  semester  in  dis- 
cussions and  lectures.  The  emphasis  is  on  methods  of  examining  patients,  and 
methods  of  developing  and  utilizing  the  doctor-patient  relationship.  The  dis- 
cussions center  about  psychopathology,  as  it  operates  in  disease  and  in  the  treat- 
ment process.  An  attempt  is  made  to  relate  emotional  disturbances  to  what  is 
known  in  neurophysiology,  endocrinology,  psychology  and  sociology.  Patients 
are  interviewed  and  examined  to  illustrate  the  general  principles  and  the  specific 
procedures  used  in  the  examination  of  patients.  The  group  discussions  are  supple- 
mented by  suggested  reading. 

Third  Year.  Sixteen  lecture  hours  are  devoted  to  further  considerations  of 
special  psychopathology  and  the  principles  of  psychotherapy.  Specialized  forms 
of  treatment  are  reviewed,  but  the  main  emphasis  is  toward  familiarizing  the 
student  with  forms  of  therapy  feasible  in  routine  medical  practice.  During  36 
clinic  hours  the  student  will  be  supervised  in  history-taking,  mental  status  and 
psychometric  examination,  and  follow-up  studies  of  patients. 

Fourth  Year.  A  clinical  clerkship  is  offered  in  the  wards  of  the  University 
Hospital  for  one  month.  Patients  are  assigned  for  treatment  under  supervision. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  diagnosis,  methods  of  interviewing,  methods  of  developing 
and  managing  a  therapeutic  doctor-patient  relationship,  and  carrying  out  psycho- 
therapy. This  is  supplemented  by  seminar  meetings  for  discussion  of  child  psy- 
chiatry, psychotherapy,  clinical  psychology  and  social  service.     Topics  are  assigned 


S54 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

from  the  current  literature  for  group  discussion.  Four  afternoons  are  spent  in 
the  wards  of  the  Spring  Grove  State  Mental  Hospital  in  examining  patients  with 
emphasis  in  the  diagnosis,  treatment  and  management  of  the  psychoses.  Eight 
clinics  are  held  for  the  entire  fourth-year  class. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  SURGERY 

Charles  Reid  Edwards Professor  of  Surgery,  and  Acting  Head  of  the  Department 

Walter  D.  Wise Professor  of  Surgery 

Elliott  H.  Hutchins Professor  of  Surgery 

F.  L.  Jennings Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

D.  J.  Pessagno Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

George  H.  Yeager Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

Monte  Edwards Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery 

Otto  C.  Brantigan Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

Harry  C.  Hull Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

Charles  A.  Reieschneider Clinical  Professor  of  Traumatic  Surgery 

Thomas  R.  Chambers Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

R.    W.   Locher Associate  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

Edward  S.  Johnson Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

Grant    E.    Ward Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

Cyrus  F.  Horine Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

Charles  W.  Maxson Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

C  W.  Peake Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

James  W.  Nelson Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

William  F.  Reinhoff,  Jr Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

I.  Ridgeway  Trimble Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

W.  Wallace  Walker Associate  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Surgical  Anatomy 

H.  F.  Bongardt Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 

I.  O.  Ridgely Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 

Simon  H.  Brager Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Proctology 

Thurston  R.  Adams Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 

Raymond  F.  Helfrich Associate  in  Surgery 

William  B.  Settle Associate  in  Surgery 

Arthur  G.  Siwinski Associate  in  Surgery 

George    Govatos Associate  in  Surgery 

Joseph  V.  Jerardi Associate  in  Surgery 

Herbert  E.  REiFSCHNEmER Associate  in  Surgery 

Harold  H.  Burns Associate  in  Surgery 

William  L.  Garlick Associate  in  Surgery 

Harry  C.  Bowie Associate  in  Surgery 

William  D.  Lynn Research  Associate  in  Surgery 

Joseph    M.    Miller Lecturer  in  Surgery 

J.  Duer  Moores Instructor  in  Surgery 

Calvin  Hyman Instructor  in  Surgery 

Clyde  F.  Karns Instructor  in  Surgery 

Daniel  R.  Robinson Instructor  in  Surgery 

George  H.  Brouillet Instructor  in  Surgery 

John  F.  Schaefer Instructor  in  Surgery 

Robert  F.  Healy Instructor  in  Surgery 

Robert  C.  Sheppard Instructor  in  Surgery 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  855 


Samuel  E.  Proctor Instructor  in  Surgery 

F.  Ford  Loker Instructor  in  Surgery 

E.  Roderick  Shipley Instructor  in  Surgery 

Edwin  H.  Stewart,  Jr Instructor  in  Surgery 

Patrick  C.  Phelan,  Jr Instructor  in  Surgery 

William  R.  Geraghty Assistant  in  Surgery 

Howard  B.  McElwain Assistant  in  Surgery 

A.  V.  Btjchness Assistant  in  Surgery 

T.  J.  Touhey Assistant  in  Surgery 

Samuel  H.  Culver Assistant  in  Surgery 

L.  T.  Chance Assistant  in  Surgery 

W.  Allen  Deckert Assistant  in  Surgery 

William  C.  Dunnigan Assistant  in  Surgery 

Howard  L.  Zupnik Assistant  in  Surgery 

Raymond   M.    Cunningham Assistant  in  Surgery 

John  W.  Chambers Assistant  in  Surgery 

Ross  Z.  Pierpont Assistant  in  Surgery 

Michael  L.  DeVincentis Assistant  in  Surgery 

Louis  E.  Goodman Assistant  in  Surgery 

James  N.  Cianos Assistant  in  Surgery 

Richard  M.  Garrett Assistant  in  Surgery 

Instruction  is  given  by  means  of  lectures,  laboratory  work,  recitations,  dis- 
pensary work,  bedside  instruction,  ward  classes,  and  clinics.  The  work  begins 
in  the  second  year  and  continues  throughout  the  third  and  fourth  years. 

The  teaching  is  done  in  the  anatomical  laboratory,  operative  surgery  labora- 
tory, the  dispensaries,  wards,  laboratories  and  operating  rooms  of  the  University 
and  Mercy  Hospitals,  and  in  the  wards  and  operating  rooms  of  the  Baltimore  City 
Hospitals. 

SECOND  YEAR 

Topographic  and  Surgical  Anatomy.  Second  semester.  The  course  is 
designed  to  bridge  the  gap  between  anatomy  in  the  abstract  and  clinical  anatomy 
applied  to  the  study  and  practice  of  medicine  and  surgery. 

The  teaching  is  done  in  the  anatomical  laboratory.  Students  are  required  to 
dissect  and  to  demonstrate  all  points,  outlines,  and  regions  on  the  cadaver.  Under- 
lying regions  are  dissected  to  bring  out  outlines  and  relations  of  structures. 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Drs.  Brantigan,  Walker, 
Settle,  Bowie,  H.  E.  Reifschneider  and  Pierpont. 

Total  hours :  96. 

Principles  of  Surgery.  Second  semester.  The  course  includes  discussions 
of  irritants,  infection,  repair  of  tissue,  healing  of  tissue,  relationship  of  bacteriology 
to  surgery,  modern  chemotherapy  in  surgical  diseases,  ulcers,  wounds,  thrombo- 
phlebitis, phlebothrombosis,  peripheral  vascular  diseases,  thermal  bums,  injuries 
due  to  cold,  surgical  shock,  diseases  of  the  lymphatics,  gangrene  of  the  skin  and 
extremities,  aneurysms,  hemorrhage,  varicose  veins,  embolism,  sinuses  and  fistulae, 
tetanus,  anthrax  and  actinomycosis. 

Lectures,  two  hours  a  week  for  one  semester,  are  given  to  the  whole  class.  Drs. 
Adams  and  Sheppard. 


856 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

THIRD  YEAR 

General  and  Regional  Surgery.  Lectures,  recitations  and  clinics  on  the 
principles  of  surgery,  general  surgery  including  fractures  and  dislocations  are 
given  three  hours  a  week  to  the  whole  class.     Dr.  Hull. 

The  class  is  divided  into  groups  and  receives  instruction  in  history-taking 
and  surgical  pathology  under  the  supervision  of  the  chief  of  the  pathology 
department  of  the  Baltimore  City  Hospitals.  Instruction  is  also  given  in  surgi- 
cal diagnosis  and  in  general  surgery  at  the  bedside  and  in  the  classroom  at  this  in- 
stitution by  Drs.  Hull,  C.  A.  Reifschneider,  Brantigan  and  Adams.  Two  hours 
per  week  are  given  in  orthopaedic  surgery  by  Dr.  Voshell,  chief  of  the  orthopaedic 
service  of  this  institution. 

Operative  Surgery.  Two  courses  in  operative  surgery  are  given  under  the 
supervision  of  Dr.  Yeager  assisted  by  Drs.  Brager,  Deckert,  Govatos,  Gutman, 
Healy,  C.  F.  Karns,  Mech,  Joseph  Miller,  Peake  and  Rigdon.  The  class  is  divided 
into  sections  and  each  section  is  given  practical  and  individual  work  under  the 
supervision  of  instructors. 

Surgical  Out-patient  Department.  Under  supervision,  the  student  takes 
the  history,  makes  the  physical  examination,  attempts  the  diagnosis  and,  as  far 
as  possible,  carries  out  the  treatment  of  ambulatory  surgical  patients  in  the 
University  and  Mercy  Hospitals.  Mercy  Hospital — Dr.  Raymond  F.  Helfrich 
assisted  by  the  out-patient  staff.  University  Hospital — Drs.  Settle  and  Sheppard 
assisted  by  the  out-patient  staff. 

FOURTH   YEAR 

Clinics.  A  weekly  clinic  is  given  at  Mercy  and  at  the  University  Hospitals 
to  one-half  the  class  throughout  the  year.  As  far  as  possible  this  is  a  diagnostic 
clinic.    Mercy  Hospital— Dr.  Wise.     University  Hospital— Dr.  C.  R.  Edwards. 

Surgical  Pathology: — Mercy  Hospital.  Specimens  from  the  operating  room 
and  museum  are  studied  in  the  gross  and  microscopically  in  relation  to  the  case 
history.     14  hours.     Dr.  Pessagno. 

Surgery  of  the  Chest:— Mercy  Hospital.  Operations  and  conferences.  14 
hours.     Drs.  Rienhoff  and  Garlick. 

Traumatic  Surgery.  This  course  deals  with  operative  and  post-operative 
treatment  of  accident  cases  and  with  instructions  as  to  the  relationship  between  the 
state,  the  employee,  the  employer,  and  the  physician's  duty  to  each.  One  hour 
a  week  to  sections  of  the  class  throughout  the  year.    Dr.  C  A.  Reifschneider. 

Clinical  Clerkship.  This  work  includes  the  personal  study  of  assigned 
hospital  patients  under  supervision  of  the  staffs  of  the  University  and  Mercy 
Hospitals,  and  embraces  history-taking,  and  physical  examination  of  patients, 
laboratory  examinations,  attendance  at  operations  and  observation  of  post- 
operative treatment. 

Ward  Classes.  Ward-class  instruction  in  small  groups  will  consist  of  ward 
rounds,  surgical  diagnosis,  treatment  and  the  after-care  of  operative  cases.  Mercy 
Hospital— Drs.  Wise,  Hutchins,  Blake,  Pessagno,  Nelson,  Trimble,  Brager  and 
Jerardi.  University  Hospital— Drs.  C.  Reid  Edwards,  Yeager,  Hull  and  C.  A. 
Reifschneider. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  857 


ORTHOPAEDIC  SURGERY 

Allen  Fiske  Voshell Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Harry  L.  Rogers Clinical  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Moses  Gellman Associate  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Henry  F.  Ullrich Associate  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Milton  J.  Wilder Assistant  Professor  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

I.  H.    Maseritz Associate  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Jason  H.  Gaskel Instructor  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Isaac  Gutman Instructorin  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Everett  D.  Jones Assistant  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery 

Didactic,  clinical,  bedside  and  out-patient  instruction  is  given  in  the  fourth 
year  at  the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals  and  Dispensaries,  Kernan  Hospital 
for  Crippled  Children  at  DickeyviHe  and  Baltimore  City  Hospitals.  Instruction 
is  also  given  in  the  third  year  to  small  groups  at  the  Baltimore  City  Hospitals. 

Weekly  lectures  throughout  the  year  present  all  phases  of  orthopaedic  surgery 
except  fractures;  brief  discussions  and  demonstration  of  physical  and  occupational 
therapy  are  included. 

Fourth  year  groups  are  given  more  intimate  instruction  biweekly  at  one  of  the 
above  institutions;  fracture  cases  are  included. 

Third  year 60  hours 

Fourth  year 90  hours 

Total 150  hours 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY 

Edward  A.  Looper Professor  of  Otolaryngology  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Waitman  F.  Zinn Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

Thomas  R.  O'Rourk Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

Benjamin  S.  Rich Associate  Professor  of  Otolatyngology 

Frederick  T.  Kyper Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

Fayne  A.  Kayser Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

Franklin  B.  Anderson Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

W.  Raymond  McKenzie Assistant  Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

Samuel  L.  Fox Associate  in  Otolaryngology 

Benjamin  H.  Isaacs Associate  in  Otolaryngol ogy 

Robert  Z.  Berry Associate  in  Otolaryngology 

Richard  J.  Cross Assistant  in  Otolaryngology 

John  H.  Hirschfeld Assistant  in  Otolaryngology 

Arthur  Ward Assistant  in  Otolaryngology 

Third  Year.  Instruction  to  the  whole  class  is  given  in  the  common  diseases  of 
the  nose  and  throat,  attention  being  especially  directed  to  infections  of  the  accessory 
sinuses,  the  importance  of  focal  infections  in  the  etiology  of  general  diseases  and 
modern  methods  of  diagnosis.  Lectures  illustrated  by  lantern  slides  are  given 
one  hour  weekly  for  eight  weeks  by  Dr.  Looper. 

Fourth  Year.  Dispensary  instruction  is  given  for  three  hours  daily,  to  small 
sections  at  the  University  and  the  Mercy  Hospitals.  The  student  is  afforded  an 
opportunity  to  study,  diagnose  and  treat  patients  under  supervision.     Ward  classes 


858 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

and  clinical  demonstrations  are  given  in  periods  of  one  and  one-half  hours  weekly 
throughout  the  session  in  the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals. 

The  Looper  Clinic  for  bronchoscopy  and  esophagoscopy,  recently  established 
in  the  University  Hospital,  affords  unusual  opportunities  for  students  to  study 
diseases  of  the  larynx,  bronchi  and  esophagus.  The  clinic  is  open  to  students 
daily  from  2  to  4  P.M.  under  direction  of  Dr.  Looper,  and  associates. 

The  Mercy  Hospital  clinic  for  bronchoscopy  and  esophagoscopy  is  under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  Zinn.  In  these  two  clinics  the  etiology,  symptomatology,  diag- 
nosis and  treatment  of  foreign  bodies  in  the  air  and  food  passages,  as  well  as 
bronchoscopy,  are  taught  to  students  as  an  aid  in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of 
diseases  of  the  lungs. 

Third  year 9  hours 

Fourth  year 53  hours 

Total 62  hours 

GENITO-URINARY  SURGERY 

W.  Houston  Toulson Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Kenneth  D.  Legge Professor  of  Clinical  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Howard  B.  Mays Assistant  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Francis  W.  Gillis Assistant  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

John   F.    Hogan Assistant    Professor   of    Genito-Urinary    Surgery 

Austin  H   Wood Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Lyle  J.  Millan Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

L.  K.  Fargo Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Hugh  J.  Jewett Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

John  S.  Haines Associate  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Charles  W.  Hawkins Assistant  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Morris  A.  Fine Assistant  in  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Third  Year.  This  course  is  given  for  seven  hours  to  the  whole  class.  It  con- 
sists of  lectures  and  demonstrations,  including  the  use  of  lantern  slides  and  motion 
pictures.     Dr.  Toulson. 

Fourth  Year.  The  course  includes  explanations  and  demonstrations  of  urethros- 
copy, cystoscopy,  ureteral  catheterization,  renal  function  tests,  urography,  urine 
cultures  and  the  various  laboratory  procedures.  The  teaching  consists  of  clinics 
and  ward  rounds  to  small  groups,  and  attendance  by  members  of  the  senior  class 
upon  the  out-patients  in  the  dispensary.  The  student  is  placed  on  his  own  re- 
sponsibility in  arriving  at  a  diagnosis.  These  dispensary  classes  are  conducted 
at  both  the  Mercy  and  University  Hospitals  where  practically  every  variety  of  uro- 
genital disease  is  seen  and  used  for  teaching  purposes. 

Third  year   6  hours 

Fourth  year   39  hours 

Total 45  hours 

PROCTOLOGY 

Monte  Edwards Professor  of  Proctology 

Thurston    R.    Adams Assistant  Professor  of  Proctology 

Simon  H.  Brager Assistant  Professor  of  Proctology 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  859 


Donald  B.  Hebb Instructor  in  Proctology 

William  T.  Supik. Instructor  in  Proctology 

Raymond  M.  Cunningham Instructor  in  Proctology 

Third  Year.  Seven  lectures  are  given  to  the  whole  class.  The  course  is  for 
instruction  in  the  diseases  of  the  colon,  sigmoid  flexure,  rectum  and  anus,  and 
covers  the  essential  features  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  large  intestine 
as  well  as  the  various  diseases  to  which  it  is  subject.    Dr.  Monte  Edwards. 

Fourth  Year.  Ward  and  dispensary  instruction  is  given  in  the  University  and 
Mercy  Hospitals,  where  different  phases  of  the  various  diseases  are  taught  by 
direct  observation  and  examination.  The  use  of  the  proctoscope  and  sigmoido- 
scope in  the  examination  of  the  rectum  and  sigmoid  is  made  familiar  to  each  stu- 
dent. Mercy  Hospital — Drs.  Supik  and  Brager.  University  Hospital — Drs. 
Monte  Edwards  and  Adams. 

Third  year 7  hours 

Fourth  year 16  hours 

Total 23  hours 

OTOLOGY 
Thomas  R.  O'Rourk Professor  of  Otolaryngology 

The  course  in  otology  is  planned  to  give  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  anatomy 
and  physiology  of  the  ear,  and  its  proximity  and  relationship  to  the  brain  and  other 
vital  structures.  The  inflammatory  diseases,  their  etiology,  diagnosis,  treatment 
and  complications  are  particularly  stressed,  with  emphasis  upon  their  relationship 
to  the  diseases  of  children,  head-surgery  and  neurology. 

Third  Year.  The  whole  class  is  given  instruction  by  means  of  talks,  anatomical 
specimens  and  lantern  slides.     Dr.  O'Rourk  and  associates. 

Fourth  Year.  Small  sections  of  the  class  receive  instruction  and  make  personal 
examinations  of  patients  under  the  direction  of  an  instructor.  The  student  is 
urged  to  make  a  routine  examination  of  the  ear  in  his  ward  work  in  general  medi- 
cine and  surgery.     Dr.  O'Rourk  and  associates. 

Third  year 12  hours 

Fourth  year 40  hours 

Total 52  hours 

NEUROLOGICAL  SURGERY 

Charles  Bagley,  Jr Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery 

Richard  G.  Coblentz Professor  of  Clinical  Neurological  Surgery 

James  G.  Arnold,  Jr Associate  Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery 

John  A.  Wagner Associate  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Neuropathology 

Robert  Oster 

Associate  in  Electro-physiology,  and  Director  of  the  Hoffberger  Electroencephalo- 

graphic  Laboratory 
Raymond  K.  Thompson 

Instructor  in  Neurological  Surgery,  Director  of  Neurological  Surgery  Research 
Frank  J.  Otenasek Assistant  in  Neurological  Surgery 


860  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


John  W.  Chambers Assistant  in  Neurological  Surgery 

Louis  O.  J.  Manganiello 

Research  Fellow,  Fund  B,  assigned  to  Neurological  Surgery,  Exchange  Resident 

in  Neurosurgery,  Baltimore  City  Hospitals 
Robert  M.  N.  Crosby 

Resident  in  Neurological  Surgery,  University  Hospital,  Exchange  Resident  in 

Neurosurgery  Baltimore  City  Hospitals 
George  W.  Smith.  ..Hitchcock  Fellow  in  Neurological  Surgery,  Assigned  to  Research 
Jose  A.  Alvarez 

Assistant  Resident,  Baltimore  City  Hospitals,  Assigned  to  Neurological  Surgery 
Pomeroy  Nichols,  Jr. 

Assistant  Resident  in  Neurological  Surgery,  Assigned  to  Neuropathology,  Fund  B 

Fellow 

Roy  B.  Turner Assistant  Resident  in  Neurological  Surgery 

James  S.  Browne 

Assigned  to  Neuropathology,  Fund  B  Fellow,  Assistant  Resident  in  Neurological 

Surgery 
August  Keil 

Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery,  Assigned  to  Neurological  Surgery  Mercy  Hospital 

Third  year.  The  course  covers  instruction  in  diagnosis  and  treatment  of 
surgical  conditions  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord  and  the  peripheral  nerves.  Drs. 
Bagley,  Coblentz,  Arnold  and  Thompson. 

Fourth  year.  Weekly  ward  rounds  and  conferences  are  given  at  the  University 
Hospital.  Drs.  Bagley,  Coblentz,  Arnold  and  Thompson.  Instruction  is  given 
(elective)  in  the  out-patient  dispensary  by  Drs.  Louis  Manganiello,  George  Smith 
and  Jose  A.  Alvarez. 

Third  year 12  hours 

Fourth  year 15  hours 

Conference  and  ward  rounds  (elective) 32  hours 

Neurological  Surgery  Dispensary  (elective) 48  hours 


Total 107  hours 

ONCOLOGY 

J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr Professor  of  Gynecology 

Grant  E.  Ward Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 

Beverley  C.  Compton Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

John  C.  Dumler Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

William  K.  Diehl Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Everett  S.  Diggs Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Arthur  G.  Siwinski Associate  in  Surgery 

Edwin  H.  Stewart Instructor  in  Surgery 

J.  Duer  Moores Instructor  in  Surgery 

Louis  F.  Goodman Assistant  in  Surgery 

David  B.  Gray National   Cancer  Institute  Trainee 

John  M.  Bloxom,  Jr National   Cancer  Institute  Trainee 

E.  Eugene  Covington Assistant  Radiologist 

Thomas  A.  Stebbins Medical   Illustrator   in   Oncology   and   Gynecology 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  861 


The  purpose  of  the  courses  in  Oncology  is  to  give  students  training  in  the 
diagnosis  and  treatment  of  neoplastic  diseases  not  obtained  in  other  departments 
and  at  the  same  time  to  correlate  this  training  with  that  received  in  surgery, 
medicine,  roentgenology  and  other  specialties. 

Third  year.  Six  didactic  lectures  are  given  on  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of 
cancer  of  the  generative  organs.    Dr.  Hundley  and  staff. 

Five  lectures  in  general  oncology  are  given  to  the  entire  Junior  Class  at  the  end 
of  the  year.  The  increasing  importance  of  the  cancer  problem  is  emphasized. 
The  biological  aspects  of  cancer  and  the  relation  of  hormones,  carcinogenic  agents, 
and  etiological  factors  are  discussed.  The  gradation  of  neoplasms,  and  the  bio- 
physical effects  of  irradiation  therapy  are  presented.  The  diagnosis,  surgical 
and  radiological  treatment  of  neoplasms  of  the  head  and  neck,  oral  cavity,  skin, 
breasts,  and  hemopoietic  system  are  discussed.     Dr.  Ward  and  staff. 

Fourth  Year.  Ten  senior  students  of  the  University  section  are  assigned  to  the 
Oncology  clinic.  Five  students  are  assigned  to  the  Tuesday  morning  clinic,  and 
the  alternate  group  to  the  Friday  morning  clinic.  The  diagnosis  and  treatment, 
both  surgical  and  radiological  are  discussed  in  the  presence  of  a  staff  member  of 
the  departments  of  Pathology,  Radiology,  and  Surgery. 

An  outpatient  Gynecological  Clinic  is  held  bi-weekly  which  affords  an  opportu- 
nity for  instruction  of  small  groups  of  students,  which  are  assigned  in  rotation,  in 
the  various  phases  of  malignancy  of  the  generative  organs.  Weekly  ward  rounds 
and  operative  clinics  are  held  for  seniors. 

Onocology  Gynecology  Total 

Third  year 5  hours  6  hours         11  hours 

Fourth  year 12  hours         16  hours        28  hours 

Total 17  hours        22  hours        39  hours 

DENTISTRY 

^rice  M.  Dorsey Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

jMyron  S.  Aisenberg Professor  of  Pathology 

Joseph  C.  Biddix,  Jr Professor  of  Oral  Diagnosis 

^yrle  W.  Preis Professor  of  Orthodontics 

!Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sr Professor  of  Dermatology 

Grayson  W.  Gaver Professor  of  Dental  Prosthesis 

Ernest  B.  Nuttall Professor  of  Crown  and  Bridge 

Kenneth  V.  Randolph Professor  of  Operative  Dentistry 

jEdward  C.  Dobbs Professor  of  Pharmacology 

George  H.  Yeager Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 

Grant  E.  Ward Associate  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Oral  Surgery 

^ugh  H.  Hicks Associate  Professor  of  Periodontology 

^ewis  C.  Toomey Associate  Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

George  McLean Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 

Wilbur  O.  Ramsay Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  Dental  Prosthesis 

Samuel  H.  Bryant Instructor  in  Oral  Diagnosis 

1  Faculty  Member,  School  of  Dentistry. 


862 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

1Russell  Gigliotti Instructor  in  Clinical  Oral  Diagnosis 

'Joseph  P.  Cappuccio Instructor  in  Oral  Surgery 

'Conrad  L.  Inman Instructor  in  Anesthesiology 

This  section  has  been  reorganized  for  the  teaching  of  both  medical  and  dental 
students.  There  has  been  established  a  division  in  the  out-patient  department, 
and  beds  will  be  provided  in  the  University  Hospital,  for  the  care  of  patients  who 
will  be  available  for  the  teaching  of  students  from  both  schools. 

Senior  year:  clinics  weekly. 

Ward  instruction  and  group  teaching  are  given.  This  includes  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  diseases  of  the  face,  mouth  and  jaws. 

INDUSTRIAL  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY 

: Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 

Charles  A.  Reieschneider Clinical  Professor  of  Traumatic  Surgery 

Thurston  R.  Adams Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 

This  section  is  under  the  combined  supervision  of  the  medical  and  surgical 
departments.  It  is  a  cooperative  effort  by  members  of  the  medical  school  and 
hospital  staff  to  afford  means  for  clinical  and  laboratory  study  of  the  patient  who 
has  been  subjected  to  traumatic  or  medical  industrial  hazard,  so  that  adequate 
care  may  be  instituted  to  promote  his  physical  well-being.  The  facilities  of  the 
laboratories  of  the  medical  school  and  hospital  are  available  as  required. 

Under  direction  of  this  department  limited  undergraduate  instruction  is  given, 
especially  in  the  methods  of  examination  and  of  keeping  records  and  in  the  general 
medico-legal  principles  as  they  affect  the  industrial  employee,  the  employer,  the 
general  insurers,  the  physician  and  the  hospital.  There  is  also  instruction  on 
methods  of  making  life  insurance  and  other  physical  examinations,  whether  for 
employment  or  for  health  purposes.  The  wards  of  the  University,  Mercy  and 
Baltimore  City  Hospitals  provide  for  bed-side  instruction. 

Total  hours:  8. 

PLASTIC  SURGERY 

Edward  A.  Kitlowski Clinical  Professor  of  Plastic  Surgery 

Clarence  P.  Scarborough Instructor  in  Plastic  Surgery 

Walter  J.  Benavent Assistant  in  Plastic  Surgery 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  the  problems  of  reconstruc- 
tive and  plastic  surgery.  A  subdivision  in  the  dispensary  has  been  established 
and  beds  for  patients  will  be  available  for  instruction  in  this  course  at  the  Univer- 
sity and  Baltimore  City  Hospitals  and  Kernan's  Hospital  for  Crippled  Children. 

Third  Year.  Five  lectures  are  given  to  the  whole  class.  Dispensary  instruction 
is  provided  on  Mondays  and  Fridays. 

Fourth  Year.  Ward  rounds  and  operative  demonstrations  are  held  at  the 
hospitals. 

1  Faculty  Member,  School  of  Dentistry. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  863 


SPEECH  TRAINING  CLINIC 

Edward  A.  Kitlo'wski Clinical  Professor  of  Plastic  Surgery 

Ray  Ehrensberger Professor  of  Speech 

Merle  Ansberry Associate  Professor  of  Speech 

This  department  has  been  installed  in  conjunction  with  the  Department  of 
Speech  of  the  University  at  College  Park  to  evaluate  the  speech  difficulties  in 
children  with  congenital  defects.  Admission  to  the  Clinic  is  by  appointment  only. 
The  Clinic  operates  all  day  Thursdays. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  OBSTETRICS 

Louis  H.  Douglass Professor  of  Obstetrics,  and  Head  of  the  Department 

J.  Morris  Reese Associate  Professor  of  Obstetrics 

Isadore  A.  Siegel Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics 

John  E.  Savage Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics 

D.  Frank  Kaltreider Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics 

Hugh  B.  McNally Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics 

Margaret  B.  Ballard Associate  in  Obstetrics 

D.  McClelland  Dlxon Associate  in  Obstetrics 

Osborne  C.  Christensen Associate  in  Obstetrics 

J.  Tyler  Batter,  B.S.,  M.D Associate  in  Obstetrics 

J.  Duff  Morrison Associate  in  Obstetrics 

George  H.  Davis Instructor  in  Obstetrics 

J.  King  B.  E.  Seeger Instructor  in  Obstetrics 

Louis  C.  Galres Instructor  in  Obstetrics 

Kenneth  B.  Boyd Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

W.  Kenneth  Mansfield,  Jr Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Theodore  Kardash Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Harry  McB.  Beck Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

William  A.  Dodd Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Irvin  P.  Klemkowski Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Clarence  W.  Martin : .  Assistant  in  Obstetrics 

Second  Year:  During  the  second  semester  lectures  are  given  one  hour  weekly. 
Students  are  oriented  on  the  normal  pelvis,  generative  tract  and  the  physiology 
of  pregnancy  and  labor.  The  conduct  of  normal  delivery  and  the  puerperium  are 
explained,  and  in  general  an  attempt  is  made  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  prac- 
tical training  he  is  to  receive  in  his  third  year.     Drs.  Douglass  and  Kaltreider. 

Third  Year:  Lectures  and  recitations  consist  of  3  hours  teaching  weekly  and 
are  designed  to  cover  the  anatomy  more  completely,  especially  that  of  the  bony 
pelvis  from  an  obstetrical  point  of  view.  Physiology  of  the  endocrine  system  is 
reviewed  as  it  relates  to  pregnancy  and  the  growth  and  development  of  the  im- 
pregnated ovum.  Following  this  the  pathology  of  pregnancy,  labor  and  the  puer- 
perium are  considered.  Drs.  Douglass,  Reese,  Siegel,  Savage,  Dixon  and 
Kaltreider. 

Each  student  is  required  to  spend  4  days  on  the  obstetrical  service  of  the  Balti- 
more City  Hospitals  during  his  junior  year.  Here  he  acts  as  a  junior  intern,  ob- 
serving, assisting  and  finally  delivering  normal  cases  under  supervision.     Each 


864 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

student  attends  a  total  of  about  25  deliveries,  in  the  majority  of  which  he  takes  an 
active  part. 

Each  student  receives,  as  a  member  of  a  small  group,  10  hours  of  instruction  in 
palpating  patients,  in  the  clinical  evaluation  of  the  pelvis  and  in  demonstrations 
of  the  mechanism  of  labor.     Drs.  Siegel  and  McNally. 

Fourth  Year:  The  instruction  is  entirely  clinical.  The  "block  system"  is  used. 
One-sixteenth  of  the  class  is  assigned  to  obstetrics  only  for  a  period  of  2  weeks. 
Students  live  at  the  University  Hospital  during  this  time  and  are  on  call  24  hours 
a  day.  They  receive  formal  class  instruction,  are  required  to  attend  all  rounds 
and  staff  conferences  and  are  present  at  the  majority  of  the  deliveries  as  observers, 
assistants  or  as  accoucheurs.  In  this  way  each  student  will  actively  participate 
in  about  25  deliveries.  Operative  work  on  an  obstetrical  mannikin  is  an  organized 
part  of  the  course.     Each  student  receives  6  hours  of  this  type  of  instruction. 

Each  student  spends  20  hours  in  the  prenatal  and  postnatal  clinics,  where  in- 
structions in  these  fields  are  given. 

Students  assigned  to  obstetrics  are  required  to  attend  the  monthly  meetings  of 
The  Committee  on  Maternal  Mortality  of  Baltimore,  where  all  maternal  deaths 
occurring  in  this  city  are  presented  and  discussed. 

Second  year —  16  Third  year — 148 

Fourth  year— 106  Total         —270 

DEPARTMENT  OF  GYNECOLOGY 

J.  Mason  Hundley,  Je Professor  of  Gynecology,  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Leo  Brady Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Edward  P.  Smith Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

William  K.  Deehl Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Everett  S.  Diggs Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Beverley  C.  Compton Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

John  C.  Dumler Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr Assistant  Professor  of  Gynecology 

J.  J.  Erwin Associate  in  Gynecology 


Frank  K.  Morris Associate 

John  T.  Hibbitts Associate 

Kenneth  B.  Boyd Associate 

Geralh  A.  Galvtn Associate 

Thomas  S.  Bowyer Instructor 

Ernest  S.  Edlow Instructor 

W.  Allen  Deckert Instructor 

H.  L.  Granorf Instructor 

Theodore  Kardash Instructor 

Charles  B.  Marek Instructor 

Helen  I.  Maginnis Instructor 

Charles  H.  Doeller,  Jr Instructor 

William  A.  Dodd Instructor 

Harry  McB.  Beck Instructor 

William  C.  Duffy Instructor 

Joseph  C.  Sheehan Instructor 

William  J.  Rysanek Instructor 


n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 
n  Gynecology 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  865 


Harry  F.  Kane Instructor  in  Gynecology 

Robert  B.  Tunney Instructor  in  Gynecology 

Thomas  A.  Stebbins Medical  Illustrator  in  Oncology  and  Gynecology 

Third  Year.  A  course  of  thirty  lectures  and  recitations  is  given  to  the  whole 
class.  In  addition,  a  short  course  of  lecture-demonstrations  is  given  at  the  Balti- 
more City  Hospitals,  consisting  of  eight  periods  of  one  hour  each,  in  which  small 
groups  of  students  are  instructed  in  the  fundamentals  of  gynecological  diagnosis 
and  examination. 

Fourth  Year.  Operative  clinics — lectures  and  demonstrations — are  given  six 
hours  per  week,  for  five  weeks,  to  sections  of  the  class. 

Instruction  in  female  urology  is  given.  A  small  number  of  students  may  at- 
tend the  cystoscopic  dispensary  which  is  held  twice  weekly. 

The  course  in  gynecology  also  includes  instruction  in  the  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  cancer  of  the  generative  organs.  Small  groups  of  students  attend  the 
oncological  dispensary  for  additional  work. 

Third  year 38  hours 

Fourth  year _74  hours 

Total 112  hours 

DEPARTMENT  OF  OPHTHALMOLOGY 

F.  Edwin  Knowles,  Jr. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Ophthalmology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Joseph  I.  Keuxer Associate  in  Ophthalmology 

A.  Kremen Associate  in  Ophthalmology 

Paul  N.  Friedman Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

Cleo  D.  Stiles Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

Ruby  A.  Smith Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

D.  J.  McHenry Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

F.  E.  Brumback Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

Richard  J.  Cross Instructor  in  Ophthalmology 

Frederick  M.  Reese Assistant  in  Ophthalmology 

Third  Year.  Second  semester.  Dr.  Friedman  reviews  the  anatomy  and  physi- 
ology of  the  eye  and  discusses  the  methods  used  in  making  the  various  exami- 
nations. Errors  of  refraction  and  their  effect  upon  the  general  system  are  explained. 
Weekly  section  work,  demonstrating  the  use  of  the  ophthalmoscope,  is  carried  on 
during  the  entire  session  at  the  Baltimore  Eye,  Ear,  and  Throat  Hospital. 

Fourth  Year.  Clinics  and  demonstrations  are  given  in  diseases  of  the  eye, 
weekly,  for  one  year.    Dr.  Knowles. 

The  course  consists  of  instruction  in  the  clinic  to  small  groups  of  students  four 
days  a  week  for  four  weeks.  During  this  period,  the  student  examines  patients, 
diagnoses  and  treats  various  ocular  diseases,  under  the  supervision  of  Drs.  Knowles, 
Smith,  Brumback,  McHenry,  Cross,  Friedman,  and  Manchester.  Twice  weekly 
lectures  and  lantern  slide  demonstration  are  given  upon  diseases  of  the  eye,  with 
particular  reference  to  their  diagnosis,  management  and  relation  to  general  medi- 
cine.    Special  lectures  are  given  the  entire  class  on  vascular  changes  in  the  eye, 


866 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

refraction,  cataract  and  neuro-ophthalmology.  Certain  operations  are  demon- 
strated by  motion  pictures. 

Weekly  ward  classes  are  held  at  the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals  during 
which  the  eye  grounds  in  the  various  medical  and  surgical  conditions  are  demon- 
strated. Drs.  Knowles,  Kemler,  Kremen,  Smith,  McHenry,  Brumback,  Cross, 
Manchester,  Jeppi  and  Pacienza. 

Third  year 20  hours 

Fourth  year 41  hours 

Total 61  hours 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ROENTGENOLOGY 

Walter  L.  Kilby Professor  of  Roentgenology,  and  Head  of  the  Department 

Charles  N.  Davidson Associate  Professor  of  Roentgenology 

John  DeCarlo,  Jr , Assistant  Professor  of  Roentgenology 

Donald  J.  Barnett Assistant  Professor  of  Roentgenology 

Edward  R.  Dana Associate  in  Roentgenology 

Robert  E.  Cato Fellow  in  Roentgenology 

During  the  academic  year,  small  groups  of  the  third  and  fourth  year  classes  are 
given  weekly  instruction  in  the  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  uses  of  the  Roentgen 
rays.  An  effort  is  made  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  indications  for  and  the 
limitations  of  the  Roentgen  ray  examinations.  The  history,  physics  and  practical 
therapeutic  application  of  Roentgen  rays  are  given  stressing  the  use  of  radiation 
as  a  weapon  now  available  in  a  variety  of  disorders  of  the  human  body  ranging  from 
simple  inflammations  to  malignant  neoplastic  conditions.  Conferences  are  held 
with  the  various  departments  during  the  school  year  which  are  also  open  to  mem- 
bers of  the  fourth  year  class. 

Third  year 8  hours 

Fourth  year 24  hours 

Total   32  hours 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ANAESTHESIOLOGY 

Alfred  T.   Nelson Professor    of  Anesthesiology 

and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Frank  J.  Brady Associate  in  Anaesthesiology 

James  Russo Assistant  in  Anaesthesiology 

THIRD  YEAR 

Lectures  are  given  on  the  general  physiology  and  pharmacology  of  anesthesia, 
with  consideration  of  the  special  physiology  and  pharmacology  of  each  anaesthetic 
agent.  The  methods  of  induction  and  administration  of  anaesthesia  are  discussed. 
The  factors  influencing  the  selection  of  the  anaesthetic  are  emphasized,  and  the 
preparation  and  care  of  the  anaesthetized  patient  are  carefully  explained. 

These  lectures  are  correlated  with  practical  demonstrations,  supplemented  by 
lantern  slides  and  motion  pictures,  at  the  University  Hospital. 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  867 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Each  senior  student  is  required  to  spend  six  hours  per  week  for  four  weeks 
observing  and  administering  anaesthetics  in  the  operating  room. 

Third  year 10  hours 

Fourth  year 24  hours 

Total 34  hours 

HISTORY  OF  MEDICINE 
Louis  A.  M.  Krause Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 

Beginning  with  the  spring  of  1942  a  group  of  lectures  on  the  history  of  medicine 
has  been  presented  on  selected  phases  and  trends  of  the  development  of  medical 
knowledge  and  practice.  It  is  planned  to  avoid  duplication  of  subject  matter 
for  at  least  four  years. 

These  lectures  are  offered  primarily  for  our  students,  but  a  cordial  invitation 
is  extended  to  anyone  who  may  wish  to  attend. 

Announcement  of  the  lectures  will  be  made  by  mail  and  on  the  bulletin 
board  of  the  School  of  Medicine. 

ART  AS  APPLIED  TO  MEDICINE 

Carl  Dame  Clarke Associate  Professor  of  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine 

Thomas  M.  Stevenson,  Jr Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine 

Mary  Katherine  Scarborough Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine 

Jane  L.  Bleakley Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine 

Raymond  J.  Clayton,  Jr Assistant  in  Art  as  Applied  to  Medicine 

This  department  is  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  pictorial  and  plastic 
illustrations  for  visual  teaching  in  the  classrooms  of  the  medical  school  and  for 
publication  in  scientific  periodicals.  Research  in  prosthetics  and  the  production 
of  prosthetic  appliances  are  also  carried  out  in  this  department. 

Special  courses  of  instruction  are  given  to  qualified  students. 

POSTGRADUATE  COURSES 

Committee  on  Postgraduate  Studies 

Howard  M.  Bubekt,  Chairman  and  Director 
Sarah  Cook,  Assistant  Director 
Dietrich  C.  Smith,  1st  Vice-chairman  Wetherbee  Fort 

L.  A.  M.  Krause,  2nd  Vice-chairman  John  C.  Krantz,  Jr. 

Milton  S.  Sacks,  Secretary  J.  Morris  Reese 

Otto  C.  Brantigan  Allen  F.  Voshell 

Frank  H.  J.  Figge  John  A.  Wagner 

Elizabeth  Carroll,  Executive  Secretary 
The  Dean— Ex  Officio 

Calendar:  Postgraduate  courses  are  offered  throughout  the  year. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


During  the  past  year,  the  Post  Graduate  Committee  has  given  two  extramural 
courses,  one  in  Hagerstown  and  one  in  Salisbury.  Enrollment  was  56.  The 
Committee  will  consider  the  request  of  any  Maryland  County  Medical  Society 
for  a  series  of  lectures  to  begin  in  the  Fall  of  1950.  The  Committee  is  also  con- 
sidering the  possibility  of  complying  with  a  request  to  give  a  course  in  the  Baltimore 
area. 

A  sub-committee  has  been  appointed  to  survey  the  hospitals  in  the  State  who 
desire  assistance  in  the  training  of  house  staffs  and  it  is  hoped  that  in  the  near 
future,  progress  will  be  in  evidence. 

The  Committee  is  hopeful  of  being  able  to  offer  a  course  in  Basic  Sciences  in 
Pediatrics  similar  to  the  one  presented  the  past  two  academic  years  in  Obstetrics 
and  Gynecology. 

The  following  intramural  courses  have  been  continued  successfully: 

General  Anatomy:  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  candidates  for  the  ex- 
amination of  the  American  Board  of  General  Surgery  and  Surgical  Specialties. 
There  is  no  strict  rule  governing  either  the  content  or  duration  of  the  course. 
Students  may  dissect  a  complete  cadaver  or  any  particular  region  in  which  they 
may  be  interested.     Tuition  arranged  according  to  course  content  and  duration. 

Anatomy  of  Head  and  Neck  as  applied  to  the  eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat. 
Duration  150  hours,  beginning  on  October  1  and  ending  approximately  February 
28,  comprising  two  periods  of  4  hours  per  week.  Tuition  §75.00.  Details  as 
to  the  time  of  the  individual  periods  will  be  arranged  with  candidates  who  wish  to 
take  the  course. 

Surgical  Anatomy:  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  candidates  for  the  ex- 
amination in  Anatomy  of  the  American  Board  of  Surgery.  This  is  a  ninety-hour 
course  (3  hours  a  day,  2  days  a  week)  given  in  conjunction  with  the  regular  sopho- 
more medical  course  in  surgical  anatomy.     Tuition  $150.00. 

Pathology:  This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  candidates  for  certification  in 
surgery,  surgical  specialties  and  internal  medicine.  Individuals  will  receive  train- 
ing in  autopsy  and  surgical  pathology.  Minimum  duration  is  full  time,  six  months. 
Tuition  $150.00. 

Neuropathology:  This  course  is  designed  to  aid  in  meeting  the  requirements  of 
the  specialty  boards  in  neurological  sciences  and  covers  basic  studies  in  diseases 
of  the  central  nervous  system.  Duration  is  six  months,  full  time.  Tuition 
$200.00  plus  $10.00  laboratory  fee. 

Gynecology  and  Obstetrics:  This  is  a  review  for  general  practitioners. 
Students  attend  lectures,  ward  rounds  and  clinics,  and  observe  operations  and 
deliveries.     Full  time  for  twelve  weeks.     Tuition  $150.00. 

Gynecology,  Oncology  and  Female  Urology:  This  is  a  review  designed 
primarily  for  the  general  practitioner.  Students  attend  lectures,  ward  rounds 
and  clinics  and  observe  operations.     Full  time  for  ten  weeks.     Tuition  $125.00. 

Basic  Sciences  as  They  Apply  to  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology:  The  course 
is  a  review  of  the  fundamentals  of  the  basic  sciences  as  they  apply  to  Gynecology 


SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


869 


and  Obstetrics  and  recent  advances  in  these  fields.  It  has  been  approved  by  the 
Postgraduate  Survey  Committee  of  the  American  Board  of  Obstetrics  and  Gyne- 
cology, and  may  be  presented  for  six  months'  credit  towards  certification  by  the 
Board.  Duration  is  20  weeks  full  time,  beginning  early  in  January.  Tuition 
$375.00. 

Full  descriptions  of  these  courses  are  available.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Post  Graduate  Committee,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine, 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland. 

LECTURERS  IN  POSTGRADUATE  MEDICINE 


Thurston  R.  Adams 
Marie  A.  Andersch 
James  G.  Arnold,  Jr. 
*Robert  E.  Bauer 
Joseph  G.  Bird 
Harry  C.  Bowie 
J.  Edmund  Bradley 
Otto  C.  Brantigan 
George  H.  Brouillet 
Howard  M.  Bubert 
T.  Nelson  Carey 

C.  Jelleff  Carr 
Beverley  C.  Compton 

*Sarah  Cook 
Ernest  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr. 
Edward  F.  Cotter 
Richard  J.  Cross,  Jr. 
Francis  G.  Dickey 
William  K.  Diehl 
Everett  S.  Diggs 

D.  McClelland  Dixon 
Louis  H.  Douglass 
John  C.  Dumler 

J.  Sheldon  Eastland 
Charles  Reid  Edwards 
William  L.  Fearing 
Frank  H.  J.  Figge 


Jacob  E.  Finesinger 
A.  H.  Finkelstein 
Albert  E.  Goldstein 
Lewis  P.  Gundry 
Frank  W.  Hachtel 
Jerome  Hartz 

*  Charles  W.  Hawkins 
Harry  C.  Hull 
J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr. 
Harry  K.  Iwamoto 
D.  Frank  Kaltreider 
Theodore  Kardash 
Veron  E.  Krahl 
John  C.  Krantz,  Jr. 
Arnold  F.  Lavenstein 
C.  Edward  Leach 
Ephraim  T.  Lisansky 
William  S.  Love,  Jr. 

*Fred  R.  McCrumb 
Hugh  B.  McNally 
Howard  B.  Mays 
Samuel  Morrison 
H.  Whitman  Newell 
Frank  J.  Otenasek 

*Robert  T.  Parker 
Ross  Z.  Pierpont 
Maurice  C.  Pincoffs 
J.  Morris  Reese 


Herbert  E.  Reifschneider 
Dexter  L.  Reimann 
Henry  L.  Rigdon 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Sr. 
Raymond  C.  V.  Robinson 
Milton  S.  Sacks 
John  E.  Savage 
Sidney  Scherlis 
Emil  G.  Schmidt 
William  B.  Settle 
Dietrich  C.  Smith 
Hugh  R.  Spencer 
Melchijah  Spragins 
Edwin  H.  Stewart,  Jr. 
Harry  A.  Teitelbaum 
W.  Houston  Toulson 
Eduard  Uhlenhuth 
Henry  F.  Ullrich 
Allen  Fiske  Voshell 
John  A.  Wagner 
Wallace  Walker 
Milton  J.  Wilder 
Walter  D.  Wise 
Henry  L.  Wollenweber 
Theodore  E.  Woodward 
Robert  B.  Wright 
George  H.  Yeager 


*  Lecturers  in  Postgraduate  Medicine,  by  invitation. 


870 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


FIRST  YEAR  SCHEDULE 
FIRST  SEMESTER,  SEPTEMBER  21,  1950  TO  JANUARY  27,  1951 


Hours 


Monday 


Tuesday 


9.00 

to 
12.00 

12.00 
to 
1.00 


1.00 

to 

5.00 


•Histology  and 

Embryology 

11-12  lecture 

Bressler  2 


Wednesday 


Orientation 

(Sept.  27,  Oct.  4, 

Oct.  11) 

9-10  lecture 

A.H. 


Thursday 


Friday 


•Histology  and 

Embryology 

11-12  lecture 

Bressler  2 


Saturday 


Gross  Anatomy 
A.  E.  9-11 


Lunch 


Gross  Anatomy 
Lectures  A.  H.  (1-2)  Daily  and  Laboratories  Bressler  1  (2-5)  Daily 


•  Course  ends  December  21,  1950. 

SECOND  SEMESTER,  JANUARY  29  TO  JUNE  9,  1951 


Hours 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

9.00 

to 

12.00 

Laboratory 

Biol.  Chem. 
Sect.  A 

Laboratory 

Biol.  Chem. 
Sect.  B 

Laboratory 

Biol.  Chem. 
Sect.  A 

Laboratory 

Biol.  Chem. 
Sect.  B 

12.00 
to 
1.00 

Lunch 

Lunch 

Lunch 

Lunch 

Lunch 

1.00 

to 

2.00 

Biol.  Chem. 
Aim.  1 

Biol.  Chem. 
Aim.  1 

Biol.  Chem. 
Aim.  1 

Biol.  Chem. 
Aim.  1 

Biol.  Chem. 
Aim.  1 

2.00 

to 

3.00 

Neuro- 
physiology 
Bressler  2 

Neuro- 

Anatomy 

Lecture  (2-3) 

Laboratory 
(3-5) 

Biol.  Chem. 

Conference 

Aim.  1 

Neuro- 

Anatomy 

Lecture  (2-3) 

Laboratory 
(3-5) 

Biol.  Chem. 

Conference 

Aim.  1 

3.00 

to 

5.00 

Psychiatry 
(3-5) 
C.H. 

Neuro- 
physiology 
Bressler  2 
(3-4) 

Locations  of  Lecture  Halls  and  Laboratories: 
Adm.  1— First  Floor,  Administration  Building,  520  W.  Lombard  Street. 
A.  H—  Anatomical  Hall— Upper  Hall,  N.  E.  Cor.  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets. 
C.  H.— Chemical  Hall,  Lower  Hall,  N.  E.  Cor.  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets. 
Biological  Chemistry  Laboratory — Third  Floor,  31  South  Greene  Street. 
Bressler  Research  Laboratory— 29  S.  Greene  Street. 

Gross  Anatomy — First  Floor. 

Histology  and  Embryology — Second  Floor. 

Neuro-anatomy — Second  Floor. 


SECOND  YEAR  SCHEDULE 

FIRST  SEMESTER,  SEPTEMBER  21,  1950  TO  JANUARY  27,  1951 


Hours 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8.30 
9.30 

Physiology 
Bressler  2 

Physiology 
Bressler  2 

Medicine 
Bressler  2 

Physiology 
Bressler  2 



Physiology 
Bressler  2 

Psychiatry 
(10-11) 
Adm.  1 

9.30 

to 
10.30 

Physiology 
Conference 
Bressler  2 

Bacteriology 
Adm.  1 

Bacteriology 
Adm.  1 

Pharmacology 
Bressler  2 

Pharmacology 
Bressler  2 

10.30 

to 
12.30 

tBacteriology 
Laboratory 

Neurological 

Diagnosis 

C.H. 

12.30 

Lunch 

1.00 

to 

5.00 

Pharm.  Lect. 
Pharmacology 
B             1 
Physiology 
A              | 

(1-2)  Bressler  2 
Laboratory 

A 

Laboratory 

B 

Pharmacology        Laboratory 

(1  to  4) 

B             1             A 

Physiology          Laboratory 

A             |              B 

t  Bacteriology  Laboratory— Section  work  during  the  last  month. 

SECOND  SEMESTER,  JANUARY  29  TO  JUNE  9,  1951_ 

Friday 


I  Immunology  Laboratory-Section  work  during  last  two  months. 

Locations  of  Lecture  Halls  and  Laboratories: 
Adm    1-First  Floor,  Administration  Building,  520  W.  Lombard  Street. 

U.  H.  D.-University  Hospital  Dispensary,  Old  Hospital  Building. 

Laboratories:  „        ,      _   .... 

Physiology,  Pharmacology,  Surgical  Anatomy-Bressler  Bu.ld.ng. 


UNI VERSITY  OF  .MARYLAND 


THIRD  YEAR  SCHEDULE 

SEPTEMBER  21,  1950  TO  JUNE  9,  1951 


S(JHU,L> 

\JL,Ej    I 

: 

Hours 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8.30 

to 

9.20 

(Whole  Class) 

Obstetrics 

C.E. 

tGynecology 

April  2  to 

May  14 

(Whole  Class) 

Surgery 

C.E. 

(Whole  Class) 

Obstetrics 

C.E. 

tGynecology 

Mar.  28  to 

May  16 

(Whole  Class) 
Surgery 
C  E. 

(Whole  Class)        (Whole  Class) 

Pathology                Surgery 

C.  E.                       C.  H 

tAnaesthesiology 

Mar.  17  to  May  19 

Amp. 

9.30 

to 
10.00 

Transfer  to  Baltimore 

City  Hospitals 

10.00 

to 
12.00 

Physical  D 

agnosis,  Pathology 

and  Neurology  at  B.  C.  H. 

12.00 
to 
1.00 

Transfer 

and 

Lunch 

Transfer 

and 

Lunch 

Lunch 

Tr  ansfer 

and 

Lunch 

(Whole  Class) 

Clinical 

Pathology 

Bressler  Z 

Lunch 

1.00 

to 

2.00 

(Whole  Class) 

Nose  &  Throat, 

Urology , 

Otology, 

Proctology, 

Plastic  Surgery 

C.E. 

(Whole  Class) 

•Gynecology 

tEye— 10  wks. 

Jan.  30  to 

Apr.  10 

tOncology 

— 5  wks. 

Apr.  17  to 

May  IS 

C.E. 

Medical 
Clinic 

B.  C.  E. 

Obstetrical 
Clinic 

B.  C.  E. 

2.00 

to 

4.00 

(Whole  Class) 

Pathology  Laboratory 

31 

Surgery 

(Whole  Class) 

Clinical 

Pathology 

Laboratory 
Bressler  5 

Surgery 

4.00 

to 

5.00 

(Whole  Class) 
C.  H.  First  Sem. 
A.  E.  Second  Sem 

t  Legal  Medicine 

§  Industrial 

Medicine 

||  Psychiatry 

(Whole  Class) 
Hygiene  and 
Public  Health 

C.  E. 

Orthopaedics 

Roentgenology 

B.  C.  E. 

Orthopaedics 
B.  C.  H. 

•Fir 

st  Semester.          t 

Second  Semester. 

%  Sept.  25  to  De 

c.  11.          §  Dec.  IS 

to  Feb.  12.          II 

Feb.  19  to  May  14 

SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 


873 


SCHEDULE  2 


Hours 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

(Whole  Class) 

(Whole  Class) 

(Whole  Class) 

(Whole  Class) 

(Whole  Class) 

(Whole  Class) 

Obstetrics 

Surgery 

Obstetrics 

Surgery 

Pathology 

Surgery 

to 
9.20 

C.H. 

C.H. 

C.  H. 

C.H. 

C.H. 

C.H. 

tGynecology 

'(■Gynecology 

Anaesthesiology 

April  2  to 

Mar.  28  to 

Mar.l7toMayl9 

May  14 

May  16 

Amp. 

9.30 

Pediatrics 

Medicine 

Medicine 

Therapeutics 

Medicine 

Neurology 

to 
10.20 

C.H. 

C.H. 

C.H. 

Adm.  1 

C.H. 

C.H. 

10.30 

Operative  Surgery — Bressler  6 

to 

12.30 

Medical  and  Surgical  Dispensaries 

— (Univ.  and  Mercy  Sections) 

12.30 

to 

Lunch 

1.00 

1.00 

Medical 

to 

Clinic 

2.00 

Amp. 

Ophthalmoscopy 

(5  weeks) 

2.00 

Sam 

i  as 

B.  E.  H. 

Same  as 

Psychiatry 
Dermatology 

to 

Schec 

lule  1 

Obstetrics 
(5  weeks) 

Schedule  1 

U.  H.  Disp. 

4.00 

U.  H.  Disp. 

Otology  (5  wks.) 

Univ.  Hosp. 

3-C 

4.00 

to 
5.00 

Obstetrics 
Br.  2 

The  Junior  Class  will  be  divided  into  two  sections — A  and  B.  Each  section  reports  to  classes  in  keeping  with  the 
following  schedule  assignment,  in  which  the  letters  represent  the  class  sections  and  the  numerals  indicate  the  schedules  to 
be  followed  for  the  periods  shown. 

Schedule  Assignment 
Periods  Sections  and  Schedules 

September  21,  1950  to  January  20,  1951 A-l,  B-2 

January  29  to  May  19,  1951 B-l,  A- 2 

Locations  of  Lecture  Halls,  etc. 
Adm.  1. — First  Floor,  Administration  Building,  520  W.  Lombard  Street. 

A.  H—  Anatomical  Hall,  Upper  Hall,  N.  E.  Cor.  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets. 
Amp. — Wilson  Memorial  Amphitheatre,  New  University  Hospital,  Eighth  Floor. 

B.  C.  H—  Baltimore  City  Hosps.,  4940  Eastern  Ave. 

B.  E.  H—  Baltimore  Eye,  Ear  and  Throat  Hospital,  1214  Eutaw  Place. 
Bressler— Bressler  Building,  29  S.  Greene  Street. 

C.  H.— Chemical  Hall,  Lower  Hall,  N.  E.  Cor.  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets. 
Univ.  Hosp. — New  University  Hospital,  Greene  and  Redwood  Streets. 

U.  H.  Disp.— Old  Hospital  Building,  S.  W.  Cor.  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets. 
31 — 31  South  Greene  Street. 

Clinical  Pathology  Laboratory— Fifth  Floor,  Bressler  Building. 
Pathology  Laboratory— 31  South  Greene  Street,  Special  Rooms,  Basement. 
Mid-Year  Examinations — January  22-27,  1951 
Final  Examinations — Begin  May  21,  1951 


874 


UXIYERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


FOURTH  YEAR  SCHEDULE 

SEPTEMBER  21,  1950  TO  MAY  26,  1951 

CLASS  DIVISIONS* 


Division  If 

Division  2 

Division  3\ 

Division  4 

Medicine  and  Medical 

Pediatrics 

Surgery  and  Surgical 

Obstetrics 

Specialties  (8  weeks) 

(4  weeks) 

Specialties  (8  weeks) 

(2  weeks) 

Neurology 

Psychiatry 

Urology 

Gynecology 

Cardiology 

(4  weeks) 

Neuro  Surgery 

Oncology 

Gastro-Enterology 

Otology,  Rhinology  and 

(2  weeks) 

Metabolism 

Laryngology 

— 

Allergy 

Orthopaedics 

Dermatology  &  Syphilology 

— 

— 

Ophthalmology 

Roentgenology 

Roentgenology 

Anesthesiology 
(4  weeks) 

STUDENT  GROUP  ASSIGNMENTS 


1st  Quarter 

3rd  Quarter 

Sept.  21,  1950  to  Nov.  18,  1950 
(8  weeks) 

Groups  1,  2,  3,  4         to  Division  If 
Groups  5,  6,  7,  8         to  Division  2 
Groups  9,  10,  11,  12    to  Division  3t 
Groups  13,  14,  15,  16  to  Division  4 

Jan.  29,  1951  to  March  31,  1951 
(8  weeks) 

Groups  1,  2,  3,  4           to  Division  3f 
Groups  5,  6,  7,  8           to  Division  4 
Groups  9,  10,  11,  12     to  Division  It 
Groups  13,  14,  15,  16,  to  Division  2 

2nd  Quarter 

4th  Quarter 

Nov.  20,  1950  to  Jan.  27,  1951 
(8  weeks) 

Groups  1,  2,  3,  4         to  Division  2 
Groups  5,  6,  7,  8         to  Division  3f 
Groups  9,  10,  11,  12    to  Division  4 
Groups  13,  14,  15,  16  to  Division  It 

April  2,  1951  to  May  26,  1951 
(8  weeks) 

Groups  1,  2,  3,  4         to  Division  4 
Groups  5,  6,  7,  8          to  Division  It 
Groups  9,  10,  11,  12    to  Division  2 
Groups  13,  14,  15,  16  to  Division  3t 

•The  curriculum  is  arranged  into  4  divisions,  and  the  senior  class  into  16  groups. 

t  The  curriculum  of  Divisions  1  and  3  is  given  at  the  University  and  Mercy  Hospitals  simultaneously.  There  are 
4  groups  (24  students)  assigned  to  each  division.  Two  groups  or  one  half  the  students  of  each  division  are  assigned 
work  for  4  weeks  at  each  hospital.  Students  belonging  to  the  2  groups  having  the  lowest  numbers  in  these  division 
assignments  report  to  the  University  Hospital,  for  the  1st  4  weeks.  The  2  groups  with  the  highest  numbers  report  to 
Mercy.  At  the  end  of  4  weeks  the  students  at  the  University  Hospital  report  to  Mercy  and  the  groups  at  Mercy  re- 
port to  the  University  Hospital  for  a  similar  period,  thus  completing  one  division  of  work. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 


OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

H.  C.  Byrd,  LL.D.,  D.Sc.,  President  of  the  University 

Noel  E.  Foss,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

B.  Olive  Cole,  Phar.D.,  LL.B.,  Secretary 

Edgar  F.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Admissions 

Alma  H.  Preinkert,  M.A.,  Registrar 

FACULTY  COUNCIL 

Noel  E.  Foss,  Dean 
Clifford  W.  Chapman  George  P.  Hager 

Gaylord  B.  Estabrook  Frank  J.  Slama 

B.  Olive  Cole,  Secretary 

FACULTY 

Professors 

Clifford  W.  Chapman Emerson  Professor  of  Pharmacology 

University  of  Western  Ontario,  B.A.  (1922)  ;  Medical  School,  London,  Ontario,  M.Sc. 
(1925)  ;  McGill   University,   Ph.D.    (1934). 

B.  Olive  Cole Professor  of  Business  Administration 

University  of  Maryland,  Phar.D.    (1913)  ;  LL.B.    (1923). 

Noel  E.  Foss Professor  of  Pharmacy 

South  Dakota  State  College,  Ph.C.,  B.S.  (1929)  ;  University  of  Maryland,  M.S. 
(1932)  ;  Ph.D.    (1933). 

George  P.  Hager Professor  of  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.    (1938)  ;  M.S.    (1940)  ;  Ph.D.    (1942). 

*Norman  E.  Phillips Professor  of  Zoology 

Allegany  College,  B.S.    (1916)  ;  Cornell  University,  Ph.D.    (1931). 

tW.  Arthur  Purdum Professor  of  Hospital  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  Ph.G.    (1930)  ;  B.S.    (1932)  ;  M.S.    (1934)  ;  Ph.D.    (1941). 

*A.  W.  Richeson Professor  of  Mathematics 

University  of  Richmond,  B.S.  (1918)  ;  Johns  Hopkins  University,  A.M.  (1925)  ; 
Ph.D.    (1928). 

Donald  E.  Shay Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  B.S.  (1937)  ;  University  of  Maryland,  M.S.  (1938)  ;  Ph.D. 
(1943). 

fj.  Carlton  Wolf Professor  of  Dispensing  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  Phar.D.  (1905)  ;  American  International  Academy,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  B.S.  (1921)  ;  Maryland  Academy  of  Science,  Sc.D.  (1922)  ;  (Hon- 
orary) . 

Associate  Professors 
♦Gaylord  B.  Estabrook Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

Purdue  University,  B.S.  in  Ch.E.  (1921)  ;  Ohio  State  University,  M.S.  (1922)  ; 
University  of  Pittsburgh,   Ph.D.    (1932). 

Frank  J.  Slama Associate  Professor  of  Botany  and  Pharmacognosy 

University  of  Maryland,  Ph.G.  (1924)  ;  Ph.C.  (1925)  ;  B.S.  in  Phar.  (1928)  ;  M.S. 
(1930)  ;  Ph.D.    (1935). 


The  faculty  is  listed  as  constituted  during  1949-1950.  Changes  will  be  noted  in  sub- 
sequent catalogues. 

*  Teachers  detailed  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  to  the  Baltimore  Branch 
of  the  University. 

t  Part  time. 

875 


876 UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Assistant  Professors 
Benjamin  Frank  Allen Assistant  Professor  of  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.    (1937)  ;  Ph.D.  1949. 

*Adele  B.  Ballman Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Goucher   College,  A.B.    (1926)  ;  Johns  Hopkins  University,   Ph.D.    (1935). 

*Francis  Marion  Miller Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Western    Kentucky    State    College,    B.S.     (1946)  ;    Northwestern    University,    Ph.D. 
(1949). 

Lecturers  from  School  of  Medicine 

William  R.  Amberson,  Ph.D Professor  of  Physiology 

Frederick  P.  Ferguson,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 

Edward  J.  Herbst,  Ph.D Assistant  Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry 

Emil  G.  Schmidt,  Ph.D.,  LL.B Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry 

Dietrich  Conrad  Smith,  Ph.D„ Professor  of  Physiology 

Instructors 
*John  H.  Applegarth Instructor  in  Zoology 

San  Jose  State  College,  A.B.    (1935)  ;  Stanford  University,  M.A.    (1938). 

Georgiana  S.  Gittinger Instructor  in  Physiological  Chemistry 

Hood  College,  A.B.   (1912)  ;  University  of  Virginia,  M.A.    (1924). 

Margaret  Wong  Lew Instructor  in  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.    (1944). 

Augusta  Solodar  Neistadt .....Instructor  in  Pharmacy 

New  Jersey  College  of  Pharmacy,  Ph.G.    (1913). 

Harriet  R.  Noel Instructor  in  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  Ph.G.    (1934)  ;  B.S.    (1935). 

*Claire  Strube  Schradieck Instructor  in  Languages 

Goucher  College,  A.B.   (1916)  ;  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Ph.D.    (1919). 

Kenneth  H.  Stahl Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Carthage  College,  B.A.  (1938)  ;  University  of  Iowa,  B.S.   (1941)  ;  M.S.   (1941). 

Assistants 
Martha  Lovell  Adams Assistant  in  Chemistry 

College  of  William  and  Mary,  B.S.    (1946). 

Francis  S.  Balassone Assistant  in  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.    (1940). 

*Charles  Leroy  Beckel Assistant  in  Physics 

University  of  Scranton,  B.S.    (1948). 

Joseph  Paul  Boggio Assistant  in  Pharmacology 

Loyola  College,  B.S.    (1943). 

Robert  I.  Ellin Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  B.A.    (1946). 

Junior  Mehsen  Joseph Assistant  in  Bacteriology 

West  Virginia  University,  A.B.   (1948)  ;  M.S.   (1949). 

Morton  Kahn Assistant  in  Business  Administration  and  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.    (1947). 


of  theTUnivOTsit etaUed  fr°m  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  to  the  Baltimore  Branch 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 877 

John  G.  Magiros Assistant  in  Chemistry 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.   (1948). 

*Karl  M.  Morgenstein Assistant  in  Zoology 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.   (1949). 

Joseph  J.  Piala Assistant  in  Pharmacology 

University  of  Wisconsin,  B.S.    (1947). 

Paul  Allen  Pumpian Assistant  in  Botany  and  Pharmacognosy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.   (1948). 

William  Charles  Rossberg Assistant  in  Pharmacy 

University  of  Maryland,  B.S.   (1946). 

Library  Staff 

Ida  Marian  Robinson,  A.B.,  B.S.L.S Librarian 

Clara  Louise  Meckel,  A.B.,  B.S.L.S Assistant  Librarian 

Rebecca  S.  Elam,  A.B.,  B.S.L.A Cataloguer 

Charlotte  Wilson Assistant  to  Cataloguer 

Elizabeth  Crouse Library  Assistant 

Assisting  Staff 

Margaret  E.  Beatty Senior  Stenographer 

Daisy  Lotz  Gue Stenographer-Secretary 

*  Teachers  detailed  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  to  the  Baltimore  Branch 
of  the  University. 


878  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

HISTORY 

The  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  formerly  the 
Maryland  College  of  Pharmacy,  was  organized  on  July  20,  1840,  by  a 
forward-looking  group  of  apothecaries  and  physicians  then  practicing  in 
the  State  of  Maryland,  who  recognized  the  necessity  for  more  thoroughly 
educated  and  better-trained  pharmacists  if  this  rapidly  growing  phase  of 
medical  service  was  to  be  properly  developed.  It  was  incorporated  on 
January  27,  1841,  and  the  first  course  of  lectures  was  begun  in  November 
of  the  same  year.  The  College  continued  to  operate  as  an  independent 
institution  until  1904,  when  it  was  amalgamated  with  the  group  of  pro- 
fessional schools  in  Baltimore  then  known  as  the  University  of  Maryland. 
It  became  a  department  of  the  State  University  when  the  old  University 
of  Maryland  was  merged  with  the  Maryland  State  College  in  1920.  With 
but  one  short  intermission  just  prior  to  1856,  it  has  continuously  exer- 
cised its  functions  as  a  teaching  institution. 

AIMS  AND  PURPOSES 

The  School  of  Pharmacy  provides  systematic  instruction  in  pharmacy, 
the  collateral  sciences,  and  such  other  subjects  as  are  deemed  to  be  essen- 
tial in  the  education  of  a  pharmacist.  Its  chief  aim  is  to  prepare  its 
matriculants  for  the  intelligent  practice  of  dispensing  pharmacy,  but  it 
also  offers  the  facilities  and  instruction  necessary  for  the  attainment  of 
proficiency  in  the  practice  of  the  other  branches  of  the  profession  and  in 
pharmaceutical  research. 

BUILDINGS  AND  EQUIPMENT 

The  School  occupies  the  building  erected  for  it  by  the  State  at  the 
northwest  corner  of  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  in  Baltimore.  This  is 
a  commodious  six-story  laboratory  and  classroom  building  especially 
designed  to  house  the  work  of  pharmacy.  It  is  completely  equipped 
throughout,  and  offers  every  facility  for  the  undergraduate  student  to 
carry  on  the  work  necessary  to  acquire  a  thorough  knowledge  of  phar- 
macy, and  to  the  graduate  student  for  the  pursuit  of  research  in  the  vari- 
ous fields  of  pharmacy,  and  the  collateral  sciences. 

Four  lecture  rooms  seating  116  to  145  students,  and  four  recitation 
rooms  with  a  seating  capacity  of  35  to  40  students  are  available  in  this 
building.  These  are  equipped  with  modern  tables  for  lecture  demonstra- 
tions in  the  sciences,  with  lanterns  and  screens  and  the  other  devices 
commonly  used  in  lecture  and  recitation  work. 

The  building  provides  laboratory  space  for  drug  milling  and  the  vari- 
ous courses  _  in  pharmacy ;  for  the  several  courses  in  chemistry ;  for 
instruction  in  botany  and  pharmacognosy;  for  work  in  the  biological 
sciences,  zoology,  bacteriology,  physiology,  and  pharmacology;  for  the 
pursuit  of  research  in  any  of  these  departments. 

The  building  also  provides  library  facilities.  It  contains  a  well-lighted 
reading-room  with  accommodations  for  100  students,  and  a  stack-room 
space  to  accommodate  12,000  volumes.  At  the  present  time  the  library 
contains  more  than  11,000  books  and  periodicals  pertaining  to  pharmacy 
and  the  collateral  sciences.  Additional  library  facilities  are  available  at 
the  Medical  School  Library,  which  is  only  a  few  doors  away,  the  Enoch 
Pratt  Free  Library,  the  Peabody  Library,  and  the  libraries  of  the  various 
departments  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  879 


RECOGNITION 

The  school  is  accredited  by  the  American  Council  of  Pharmaceutical 
Education  as  a  Class  A  School,  and  holds  membership  in  the  American 
Association  of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy.  Its  diploma  is  recognized  by  all 
the  states. 

COURSES  AND  DEGREES 

A  four-year  course  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Pharmacy  (B.S.  in  Pharm.)  is  offered.  The  first  three  years  of  the  cur- 
riculum are  the  same  for  all  students  taking  this  course,  but  the  work  of 
the  fourth  year  may  be  varied  within  the  limits  set  forth  on  page  22. 

Advanced  courses  are  offered  in  pharmacy,  pharmaceutical  chemistry, 
pharmacology,  pharmacognosy,  and  bacteriology.  The  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  (M.S.)  is  conferred  upon  graduates  of  the  four-year  course 
who  have  completed  at  least  one  year  of  graduate  work  and  have  pre- 
sented a  satisfactory  thesis.  Candidates  for  this  degree  may  take  all  of 
the  work  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy.  Candidates  for  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  (Ph.D.)  may  also  take  the  major  portion  of  the 
required  work  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy.  All  candidates  for  these 
degrees,  however,  must  register  in  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University 
and  meet  the  requirements  of  that  School.  For  detailed  information 
concerning  registration  requirements  for  admission,  etc,  see  the  catalogue 
of  the  Graduate  School. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION* 

The  requirements  for  admission  meet  fully  those  prescribed  by  the 
American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  and  the  American  As- 
sociation of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy. 

ADMISSION  TO  FRESHMAN  CLASS  FROM  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS 

An  applicant  from  a  secondary  school  may  be  admitted  either  by  cer- 
tificate, or  by  examination,  or  by  a  combination  of  the  two  methods. 

Admission  by  Certificate:  An  applicant  must  be  a  graduate  of  a 
secondary  school  which  is  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  of 
Maryland  or  by  an  accredited  agency  of  at  least  equal  rank,  and  which 
requires  for  graduation  not  less  than  16  units,  grouped  as  follows: 

Distribution  of  Units  between  Required  and  Elective  Subjects:  Re- 
quired subjects  8  units,  elective  8  units,  total  16  units. 

Required  Subjects:  English  (I,  II,  III,  IV),  4  units;  algebra  to  quad- 
ratics, 1  unit;  plane  geometry,  1  unit;  history,  1  unit;  science,  1  unit. 
Total,  8  units. 

Elective  Subjects:  Astronomy,  biology,  botany,  chemistry,  civics,  eco- 
nomics, general  science,  geology,  history,  vocational  subjects  (agricul- 
ture, commercial  drawing,  home  economics,  shops,  etc.),  foreign  lan- 
guages, mathematics,  physical  geography,  physics,  zoology,  or  any  subject 
offered  in  a  standard  high  or  preparatory  school  for  which  graduation 
credit  is  granted  toward  college  or  university  entrance.  Total,  8  units,  of 
which  not  more  than  four  shall  be  vocational  units. 

A  unit  represents  a  year's  study  in  any  subject  in  a  secondary  school, 
and  constitutes  approximately  one-fourth  of  a  full  year's  work.  It  pre- 
supposes a  school  year  of  36  to  40  weeks,  recitation  periods  of  from  40 


*  The  right  is  reserved  to  refuse  admission  to  applicants  with  sufficient  scholastic 
credit,  whose  presence  in  the  School  would  in  the  judgment  of  the  Faculty  Council  be 
detrimental  to  the  best  interests  of  the  School. 


880  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


to  60  minutes,  and  for  each  study  four  or  five  class  exercises  a  week. 
Double  laboratory  periods  in  any  science  or  vocational  study  are  consid- 
ered as  equivalent  to  one  class  exercise.  Normally,  not  more  than  three 
units  are  allowed  for  four  years  of  English.  If,  however,  a  fifth  course 
has  been  taken,  an  extra  unit  will  be  granted. 

A  graduate  of  an  approved  secondary  school  in  Maryland  who  meets 
the  certification  requirements  of  the  State  Department  of  Education,  or 
the  Department  of  Education  of  Baltimore  City,  will  be  considered  for 
admission  upon  presentation  of  the  proper  certificate  from  the  principal. 
A  graduate  who  does  not  fully  meet  these  requirements  may  be  required 
to  present  further  evidence  of  ability  to  undertake  college  work.  At  the 
discretion  of  the  Director  of  Admissions,  this  may  include  an  appropriate 
examination.  Such  examination  will  be  given  during  the  first  week  of 
each  of  the  months  of  June,  July,  August  and  September  at  College 
Park,  Md.  Applicants  concerned  will  be  notified  when  and  where  to  re- 
port. 

An  applicant  for  admission  by  certificate  from  a  secondary  school  not 
located  in  Maryland  must  be  recommended  by  the  principal,  and  should 
have  attained  the  certification-to-college  grade  of  the  school.  If  the 
school  does  not  have  such  quality  grade,  then  the  applicant's  school 
grades  must  be  at  least  ten  points  or  one  letter  higher  than  the  lowest 
passing  grade  of  the  school. 

Admission  by  Examination:  An  applicant  from  a  secondary  school 
who  is  not  eligible  for  admission  by  certificate  may  seek  entrance  through 
either  of  two  types  of  examination:  (1)  he  may  appeal  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions  for  permission  to  report  at  the  University  for  an  examin- 
ation, the  result  of  which  will  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  secondary 
school  record  to  determine  whether  the  applicant  should  be  admitted,  or 
(2)  he  may  be  admitted  on  presenting  evidence  of  having  passed  satisfac- 
torily other  approved  examinations  in  the  subjects  required  for  grad- 
uation from  an  accredited  secondary  school.  Such  examinations  are 
offered  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  Box  592,  Princeton, 
N.  J.,  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Albany, 
and  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania, 
Harrisburg. 

Applicants  must  be  approved  by  the  Director  of  Admissions,  and  must 
also  meet  the  admission  requirements  established  by  the  Committee 
on  Admissions  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy. 

ADMISSION  WITH  ADVANCED  STANDING 

An  applicant  for  admission  with  advanced  standing  must  present 
official  transcript  of  his  high  school  and  college  records  and  a  certificate 
of  honorable  dismissal  from  the  college  from  which  he  is  transferring. 
If  the  transcript  of  his  college  record  shows  the  average  of  the  grades 
received  to  be  at  least  a  "C"  or  one  letter  higher  than  the  minimum 
passing  grade,  and  if  he  has  satisfied  all  other  admission  requirements, 
he  may  be  admitted  and  given  advanced  standing  as  follows: 

A  student  transferring  from  a  college  of  pharmacy  accredited  by  the 
American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education  may  be  admitted  to 
advanced  standing  without  examination  and  be  given  credit  for  that  por- 
tion of  the  work  of  the  first  three  years  of  the  pharmacy  curriculum 
which  he  may  have  completed. 

A  student  transferring  from  a  recognized  non-pharmacy  college  may  be 
admitted  to  advanced  standing  without  examination  and  be  given  credit 
for  the  work  completed  in  the  general  cultural  or  foundational  subjects 
of  the  pharmacy  curriculum. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  881 


No  more  than  one  year  of  credit  in  time  will  be  given  to  any  student 
applying  for  advanced  standing  from  any  institution  other  than  a  col- 
lege of  pharmacy,  unless  such  credit  shall  be  for  graduate  work  in  ap- 
plied subjects  done  in  a  recognized  graduate  school  or  other  educational 
institution. 

In  order  that  the  training  of  the  applicant  for  advanced  standing  may 
be  equal  to  that  of  the  members  of  the  class  which  he  seeks  to  enter,  he 
will  be  required  to  take  those  courses,  which  the  class  has  completed  but 
which  he  has  not  completed  and  such  courses  will  be  given  precedence 
over  the  more  advanced  courses  in  preparing  his  schedule  of  studies. 

An  applicant  for  advanced  standing  will  not  be  given  more  favorable 
classification  than  he  would  have  received  in  the  college  from  which  he 
transfers. 

SPECIAL  STUDENTS 

An  applicant  who  cannot  furnish  sufficient  entrance  credit  and  who 
does  not  desire  to  make  up  units  in  which  he  is  deficient  may  enter  as  a 
special  student  and  pursue  all  the  branches  of  the  curriculum,  but  will 
not  be  eligible  for  graduation  and  will  not  receive  a  diploma.  The  Fac- 
ulty Council  reserves  the  right  to  decide  whether  or  not  the  preliminary 
training  of  the  applicant  is  sufficient  to  permit  admission  under  these 
conditions. 

APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

An  application  blank  for  admission  may  be  had  by  applying  to  the 
office  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  or  the 
Dean  of  Pharmacy.  The  form  must  be  filled  out  in  full  with  the  names 
of  all  schools  attended,  signed  by  the  applicant  and  returned  to  the  office 
of  the  Director  of  Admissions  with  the  required  photographs  and  the  five 
dollar  investigation  fee  not  earlier  than  October  first  preceding  the 
desired  year  of  admission.  Do  not  send  diplomas  or  certificates.  The 
Director  of  Admissions  will  secure  all  necessary  credentials  after  the 
application  has  been  received.  Do  not  make  application  unless  reason- 
ably certain  that  preparation  is  sufficient  or  unless  intending  to  complete 
preparation  if  insufficient.  Ample  time  should  be  allowed  for  securing 
credentials  and  investigating  schools.  If  the  applicant  qualifies  for  the 
study  of  the  profession,  a  certificate  of  entrance  will  be  issued. 

REGISTRATION  WITH  THE  MARYLAND  BOARD  OF  PHARMACY 

The  Maryland  Pharmacy  Law,  as  amended  in  1931,  requires  all  stu- 
dents entering  upon  the  study  of  Pharmacy  in  the  State  to  file  applica- 
tion with  the  Maryland  Board  of  Pharmacy.     The  law  reads  as  follows: 

"Any  person  enrolling  as  a  student  in  pharmacy  in  any  school  or  col- 
lege of  pharmacy  in  this  state  shall,  not  later  than  thirty  days  after  en- 
rolling, file  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Maryland  Board  of  Pharmacy,  an 
application  for  registration  as  a  student  of  pharmacy  in  which  said  appli- 
cation he  shall  be  required  to  furnish  such  information  as  the  Board  may 
deem  appropriate,  and  simultaneously  with  the  filing  of  said  application, 
shall  pay  the  Board  a  fee  of  one  dollar;  all  such  students  of  pharmacy 
shall,  at  the  beginning  of  any  subsequent  school  or  college  year,  submit 
to  the  said  Board  a  sworn  statement  of  any  and  all  actual  drugstore  ex- 
perience acquired  during  the  preceding  vacation  months." 

MATRICULATION   AND   REGISTRATION 

All  students  are  required  to  report  in  person  for  enrollment  at  the  office 
of  the  Secretary  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  during  the  registration 
period  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  A  student  entering  for  the 
first  time  must  matriculate  before  he  will  be  permitted  to  register. 

All  students  must  complete  their  registration  at  the  office  of  the  Regis- 
trar on  the  days  scheduled  in  the  calendar.     Under  no  condition  will  a 


882  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


student  be  permitted  to  enter  classes  before  he  has  completed  registra- 
tion. Students  who  fail  to  register  on  the  days  scheduled  are  required 
to  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of  five  dollars  ($5.00).  The  last  day  for 
registration  with  the  payment  of  the  late  registration  fee  is  Saturday 
at  noon  following  the  last  day  scheduled  for  registration  in  the  calendar. 
This  rule  may  be  waived  only  upon  the  written  recommendation  of  the 
Dean. 

FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

Application  fee  (With  application) $       5.00 

Matriculation  fee  (First-year  only) 10.00 

Tuition  fee  (per  semester)  : 

Residents  of  Maryland 115.00 

Non-Residents 140.00 

Laboratory  fee    (per  semester) 35.00 

Graduation  fee  (Senior  year) 15.00 

Special  fees: 

Penalty  for  late  registration  or  non-payment  in  full  of  fees 

when  due  5.00 

Examination  for  removal  of  a  condition 1.00 

Special  examination  2.00 

A  student  registered  for  twelve  semester  hours  or  more  will  be  charged 
the  full  fees.  A  student  registered  for  less  than  twelve  hours  will  be 
charged  on  a  subject  basis  at  the  rate  of  $9.00  per  semester  hour  plus 
an  additional  $1.00  per  semester  hour  for  courses  requiring  laboratory 
work.  A  student  given  the  privilege  of  registering  for  more  than  the 
regularly  scheduled  work  for  a  semester  will  be  charged  an  additional 
fee  for  each  extra  course. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  fees,  there  are  other  expenses.  Each  student 
is  required  to  pay  $6.00  each  semester  (Freshman  students  $5.00)  to  the 
"Students'  Activity  Fund"  which  is  used  to  defray  the  cost  of  extra- 
curricular activities.  The  expenditure  of  approximately  $100.00  per  aca- 
demic year  is  necessary  for  the  purchase  of  books,  weights,  dissecting 
instruments,  and  incidentals. 

FEES  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

Matriculation  fee  of  $10.00. 

General  fee  of  $10.00  per  semester  hour  required  of  all  graduate  stu- 
dents except  assistants,  who  will  pay  a  fee  of  $5.00  per  semester  hour  in 
laboratory  courses  only. 

Non-resident  fee — $12.50  per  semester  hour. 
Diploma  fee — Master's  degree — $10.00. 
Doctor's  degree — $30.00. 

PAYMENTS  AND  EXPLANATION  OF  FEES 

A  fee  of  $5.00  is  charged  to  cover  the  cost  of  examining  applicant's 
record.     This  fee  should  be  sent  in  with  the  completed  application  blank. 

The  Matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  but  once.  This  fee  and 
a  deposit  of  $50.00  on  tuition  is  required  at  the  time  the  applicant  is 
accepted  for  admission.  This  $60.00  is  not  returnable  and  will  be  for- 
feited if  the  applicant  fails  to  register.  Registration  of  a  student  in 
any  school  or  college  of  the  University  is  regarded  as  registration  in 
the  University  of  Maryland,  but  when  such  student  transfers  to  a  pro- 
fessional school  of  the  University  or  from  one  professional  school  to 
another,  he  is  required  to  pay  the  matriculation  fee  charged  by  the 
school  to  which  he  transfers. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  883 


A  tuition  fee  of  $115.00  per  semester  is  charged  a  student  who  is  a 
resident  of  Maryland  (See  definition  of  resident  student).  A  student  who 
is  not  a  resident  of  Maryland  is  charged  an  additional  $25.00  per  semes- 
ter^ The  tuition  fee  must  be  paid  during  the  registration  period  at  the 
beginning  of  each  semester. 

A  laboratory  fee  of  $35.00  per  semester  is  charged  to  cover  materials 
and  apparatus  used  in  laboratory  work.  This  fee  must  be  paid  during  the 
registration  period  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

A  graduation  fee  of  $15.00  is  charged.  This  fee  must  be  paid  not  later 
than  the  registration  period  for  the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year. 

Special  fees  are  charged  as  indicated  in  the  preceding  table.  The  pen- 
alty fee  for  late  registration  or  non-payment  of  fees  in  full  must  be  paid 
before  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  these  fees  are  due.  The  fee  for 
an  examination  to  remove  a  condition  or  for  a  special  examination  must 
be  paid  before  the  student  takes  the  examination  and  the  receipt  for  pay- 
ment must  be  presented  to  the  teacher  giving  the  examination. 

The  foregoing  requirements  with  regard  to  the  payment  of  fees  will  be 
rigidly  enforced.  Failure  to  meet  any  of  the  above  conditions  will  auto- 
matically disbar  a  student  from  attendance  in  classes  and  from  all  other 
privileges  of  the  School. 

DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENT  STUDENT 

A  student  who  is  a  minor  is  considered  to  be  a  resident  student  if,  at 
the  time  of  his  registration,  his  parents  have  been  residents  of  this  State 
for  at  least  one  year. 

An  adult  student  is  considered  to  be  a  resident  if,  at  the  time  of  his 
registration,  he  has  been  a  resident  of  this  State  for  at  least  one  year; 
provided  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of 
his  first  registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed 
by  him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become 
legal  residents  of  this  State  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least 
one  full  calendar  year.  However,  the  right  of  the  student  (minor)  to 
change  from  a  non-resident  to  a  resident  status  must  be  established  by 
him  prior  to  registration  for  a  semester  in  any  academic  year. 

WITHDRAWAL  AND  RETURN  OF  FEES 

If  a  student  desires  or  is  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the  School  at  any 
time  during  the  academic  year,  he  should  file  a  formal  application  for 
withdrawal,  bearing  the  proper  signatures  as  indicated  on  the  form,  with 
the  Dean.  A  copy  of  this  withdrawal  application  form  may  be  obtained 
from  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  the  School. 

In  the  case  of  a  minor,  withdrawal  will  be  permitted  only  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  student's  parents  or  guardian. 

A  student  who  fails  to  withdraw  in  the  required  manner  will  not  be 
entitled  to  an  honorable  dismissal  and  will  forfeit  his  right  to  any  refund 
to  which  he  might  otherwise  be  entitled. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  School  within  five  days  after  the  be- 
ginning of  instruction  for  the  semester  are  granted  a  full  refund  of  ail 
charges  except  the  matriculation  fee  and  a  charge  of  $10.00  to  cover  cost 
of  registration. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  School  after  five  days  and  before  the 
end  of  three  weeks  from  the  beginning  of  instruction  in  any  semester 


884  UNIVEESITY  OF  MARYLAND 


will  receive  a  pro  rata  refund  of  all  charges  except  the  matriculation 
fee  and  a  charge  of  $10.00  to  cover  cost  of  registration.  After  the 
expiration  of  the  three-week  period  referred  to,  refunds  will  be  made 
only  in  those  cases  in  which  the  circumstances  are  exceptional  and  the 
President  of  the  University  has  authorized  the  making  of  such  refunds. 
The  $60.00  deposit  required  of  all  entering  students  will  not  be  refunded 
under  any  circumstances. 

TRANSCRIPTS  OF  RECORDS 

Any  student  or  alumnus  may  secure  a  transcript  of  his  scholastic 
record  from  the  Registrar.  No  charge  is  made  for  the  first  copy  so 
furnished,  but  for  each  additional  copy  there  is  a  charge  of  $1.00. 

Transcript  records  are  of  two  kinds : 

(a)  Informal  transcripts  which  may  be  obtained  by  the  student  or 
alumnus  for  such  personal  use  as  he  may  wish;  and 

(b)  Official  transcripts,  bearing  the  University  seal,  which  are  for- 
warded, on  request,  to  educational  institutions,  Government 
agencies,  etc.  as  attested  evidence  of  the  student's  record  at  the 
School  of  Pharmacy  and  his  honorable  dismissal  therefrom. 

No  transcript  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished  in  the  case  of  any 
student  or  alumnus  whose  financial  obligations  to  the  School  of  Pharmacy 
have  not  been  satisfied. 

ATTENDANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

A  student  must  have  entered  and  be  in  attendance  on  the  day  the  regu- 
lar session  opens  and  remain  until  the  close  of  the  session,  the  dates  for 
which  are  given  in  the  calendar  in  this  catalogue,  to  receive  credit  for  a 
full  session. 

A  student  may  register  and  enter  not  later  than  five  days  after  the  be- 
ginning of  the  session,  but  such  delinquency  will  be  charged  as  absence 
from  class.  In  case  of  serious  personal  illness,  as  attested  by  a  physi- 
cian, a  student  may  register  not  later  than  the  fifteenth  day  following 
the  announced  opening  of  the  regular  session. 

Regular  attendance  is  demanded  of  all  students.  No  student  will  be 
admitted  to  the  final  examination  in  any  subject  in  which  he  or  she  has 
not  attended  at  least  85  per  cent,  of  the  classes  therein.  Further  ab- 
sence will  not  be  excused. 

A  tardiness  of  one-half  or  more  of  a  lecture  or  laboratory  period  will 
be  counted  as  an  absence.  Two  tardinesses  of  less  than  one-half  of  a  lec- 
ture or  laboratory  period  will  be  counted  as  an  absence. 

EXAMINATIONS 

Written  and  oral  examinations  are  given  at  different  intervals 
throughout  the  session.  Final  examinations  are  held  at  the  close  of 
each  semester.  The  final  grade  of  a  student  in  each  subject  is  deter- 
mined by  these  examinations. 

Examinations  for  the  completion  of  the  courses  in  which  a  student 
received  a  grade  of  "Incomplete"  will  be  held  only  on  the  dates  sched- 
uled in  this  catalogue  or  on  the  dates  announced  by  the  Dean. 

A  student  failing  to  present  himself  for  examination  in  any  course 
must  report  to  the  Dean  as  soon  as  practical.  If  the  Dean  is  satisfied 
that  the  absence  was  justifiable,  he  will  give  permission  for  a  deferred 
examination. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  885 


SCALE  OF  GRADING 

The  scholastic  standing  of  a  student  is  recorded  in  terms  of  the  fol- 
lowing symbols:  A,  B,  C,  and  D,  passing;  F,  Failure;  I,  Incomplete. 

A  denotes  superior  scholarship;  B,  good  scholarship;  C,  fair  scholar- 
ship; and  D,  passing  scholarship. 

In  computing  scholastic  averages,  values  in  "points"  are  assigned  to 
the  following  grades:  A  =  4;  B  =  3;  C  =  2;  D  =  l;  F  =  O. 

Grade  F,  Failed,  obtained  at  the  close  of  a  course  indicates  insufficient 
attendance  to  take  the  final  examination,  discontinuance  of  the  course 
without  the  consent  of  the  Dean,  or  a  record  so  poor  that  a  student  is 
required  to  repeat  the  work  in  class. 

Grade  I,  Incomplete,  is  given  only  to  a  student  who  has  a  proper  ex- 
cuse for  not  presenting  himself  for  examination  or  for  not  completing 
the  work  of  any  course.  It  is  not  understood  to  signify  work  of  an  in- 
ferior quality.  It  will  be  replaced  by  a  definite  grade  when  all  require- 
ments for  the  course  have  been  met. 

SCHOLARSHIP  REQUIREMENTS 

A  student  must  have  a  grade  point  average  of  not  less  than  1.5  for 
each  year's  work  to  be  promoted  to  the  second  year  class,  and  to  the 
third  year  class.  For  the  purpose  of  classification  he  will  be  considered 
as  a  member  of  the  advanced  class  if  he  has  met  these  requirements  in 
not  less  than  30  of  the  scheduled  semester  credits  per  year,  except  as 
hereinafter  stated  for  promotion  from  the  third  to  the  fourth  year. 

A  student  must  have  completed  all  of  the  scheduled  work  of  the  third 
year  with  a  grade  point  of  not  less  than  2.0  to  be  promoted  to  the  fourth 
year.    A  grade  point  of  2.0  is  also  required  of  the  fourth  year. 

A  student,  who  fails  to  obtain  passing  grades  in  less  than  four-fifths  of 
the  scheduled  work,  will  be  placed  on  probation.  A  student,  who  fails 
to  obtain  passing  grades  in  one-half  of  the  scheduled  work,  will  be 
required  to  withdraw. 

A  student  on  probation,  who  fails  to  obtain  passing  grades  in  all  of 
the  work  for  which  he  is  scheduled  with  a  grade  count  of  not  less  than 
five  points  in  excess  of  the  number  of  credit  hours  represented,  will  be 
required  to  withdraw. 

DEPORTMENT 

The  profession  of  pharmacy  demands,  and  the  School  of  Pharmacy 
requires,  evidence  of  good  moral  character  of  its  students.  The  conduct 
of  a  student  in  relation  to  his  work  and  fellow  students  will  be  used  by 
the  faculty  in  determing  the  fitness  of  a  student  to  enter  into  the  con- 
fidence of  the  community  as  a  professional  man.  Integrity,  truthfulness, 
sobriety,  temperate  habits,  respect  for  authority  and  associates,  and 
honesty  in  the  transaction  of  business  affairs  as  a  student  will  be  con- 
sidered as  evidence  of  good  moral  character  necessary  to  the  granting 
of  a  degree. 

Any  offense  against  good  conduct,  in  the  ordinary  meaning  of  the 
term,  will  render  a  student  liable  to  disciplinary  action,  whether  or  not  a 
formal  rule  against  the  offense  has  been  published. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy  (B.S.  in  Pharm.)  will 
be  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who  has  met  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Completion  of  the  full  prescribed  curriculum  (see  page  22).  The 
work  of  the  last  year  must  have  been  in  courses  offered  in  this 
school  and  must  have  been  done  in  residence  at  this  school. 


886  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


2.    A  total  semester  credit  of  not  less  than  140,  with  a  grade  point 
average  of  not  less  than  1.75. 

PRACTICAL  EXPERIENCE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE 
MARYLAND  PHARMACY  LAW 

The  Pharmacy  Law  of  Maryland  requires  four  years  of  practical 
experience  for  registration  as  a  pharmacist.  The  time  spent  in  a  recog- 
nized school  or  college  of  pharmacy  is  credited  toward  the  practical  expe- 
rience required  to  the  extent  of  not  more  than  three  years. 

In  view  of  this  requirement,  prospective  students  are  advised  to  secure 
employment,  if  possible,  before  entering  the  School. 

EMPLOYMENT 

A  student  should  come  prepared,  if  possible,  to  sustain  himself  finan- 
cially during  the  entire  period  of  attendance,  as  all  of  the  time  available 
should  be  spent  in  the  preparation  and  completion  of  the  scheduled  work. 
Baltimore  offers  a  number  of  opportunities  to  secure  suitable  employment, 
but  it  is  recommended  that  students  should  refrain  from  working  during 
the  school  session.  The  Secretary  of  the  School  maintains  a  register  of 
positions  available  in  drug  stores  during  summer  and  other  vacation 
periods. 

FELLOWSHIPS,  SCHOLARSHIPS,  AND  LOAN  FUNDS 
The  H.  A.  B.  Dunning  Research  Fellowship 

Dr.  H.  A.  B.  Dunning,  the  well-known  retail  and  manufacturing  pharm- 
acist of  Baltimore,  who  was  for  a  number  of  years  associate  professor 
of  chemistry  in  the  School,  and  whose  interest  in  his  Alma  Mater  is  still 
active,  has  contributed  $1,000.00  annually  since  1930  to  maintain  a  re- 
search fellowship  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry.  This  fellowship  is 
awarded  annually  to  a  student  in  pharmacy  who  has  completed  four 
years  of  college  work,  and  who  gives  evidence  of  a  special  aptitude  for 
investigational  work  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry. 

American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education  Fellowships 

The  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Educations  offers 
annual  fellowships  for  graduate  students  who  desire  to  major  in  phar- 
macy, pharmaceutical  chemistry,  pharmacology  and  pharmacognosy  and 
who  have  been  admitted  or  certified  as  eligible  for  registration  in  the 
Graduate  School.  These  fellowships  carry  an  annual  stipend  of  from 
$1000.00  to  $1500.00  for  full-time  work,  plus  an  allowance  of  up  to 
$500.00  for  tuition,  fees  and  supplies  for  students  not  receiving  G.  I. 
benefits.  Applications  should  be  made  directly  to  the  American  Founda- 
tion for  Pharmaceutical  Education,  330  West  42nd  Street,  New  York 
18,  N.  Y. 

Bristol  Laboratories  Inc.  Fellowship  in  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry 

The  Bristol  Laboratories,  Inc.  has  contributed  funds  sufficient  to  pro- 
vide a  fellowship  paying  $1200.00  annually  for  the  purpose  of  support- 
ing investigations  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry.  The  fellowship  will  be 
awarded  by  the  faculty  to  a  graduate  student  who  possesses  the  qualifica- 
tions required  by  the  research  studies  to  be  undertaken. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  887 


Centennial  Research  Fund  Fellowships 

The  amount  of  $2,796.50  was  collected  in  connection  with  the  celebra- 
tion of  the  100th  Anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy. 
This  sum  will  be  used  to  provide  two  fellowships  for  research  studies 
distributed  over  the  following  fields:  pharmacy,  pharmaceutical  chem- 
istry, pharmacology,  bacteriology  and  pharmacognosy.  The  selection  of 
the  recipients  of  these  fellowships  will  be  made  by  the  faculty  with  the 
approval  of  the  Dean. 

The  Hudnut  Sales  Co.  Fellowship 

The  Hudnut  Sales  Co.,  of  New  York,  has  contributed  funds  sufficient 
to  provide  a  fellowship  paying  $1,000.00  annually  for  two  years  for  re- 
search in  pharmaceutical  chemistry  and  the  allied  sciences.  This  fellow- 
ship will  be  awarded  for  research  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry,  pharma- 
cology or  pharmacy. 

Research  Grant  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the 
School  of  Pharmacy 

The  Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  has  agreed  to 
deposit  each  year  the  sum  of  $100.00  with  the  School  of  Pharmacy  as  a 
research  grant,  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  a  student  selected  by  the 
Committee  on  the  Research  Grant  of  the  Alumni  Association  to  enable 
him  to  engage  in  pharmaceutical  research  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy 
during  the  next  scholastic  year.  The  research  conducted  shall  be  of 
general  pharmaceutical  interest,  and  shall  be  submitted  for  publication  in 
one  of  the  pharmaceutical  journals  when  completed  and  accepted. 

Assistantships 

A  number  of  assistantships  have  been  established  by  the  School.  The 
stipend  for  these  is  $1000.00  for  the  academic  year,  and  the  remission 
of  all  graduate  fees  except  the  laboratory  fees  and  the  diploma  fee. 

Assistants  are  required  to  render  such  service  in  laboratory  and  di- 
dactic work  as  are  prescribed  by  the  heads  of  the  respective  depart- 
ments in  which  they  are  serving.  The  usual  amount  of  services  required 
does  not  exceed  14  clock-hours  per  week,  which  enables  an  assistant  to 
carry  half  of  a  full  graduate  program. 

Internships  in  Hospital  Pharmacy 

Several  internships  in  hospital  pharmacy  are  available  annually.  These 
are  offered  jointly  by  the  School  of  Pharmacy  and  the  Graduate  School 
of  the  University  of  Maryland,  and  the  Pharmacy  Department  of  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Applicants  must  be  graduates  of  recognized 
schools  of  pharmacy.  Appointments  are  for  a  period  of  twenty-two 
months,  beginning  each  September  1st.  Interns  devote  half  time  to 
graduate  study  and  half  time  to  work  in  the  hospital  pharmacy.  Upon 
satisfactory  completion  of  the  internship  and  the  course  of  study,  Master 
of  Science  degrees  are  conferred  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and 
certificates  of  internship  are  awarded  by  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 

A  stipend  of  $100.00  per  month  is  provided  by  the  Hospital  and  a 
reduction  of  25%  in  tuition  fees  is  allowed  by  the  School  of  Pharmacy. 

Complete  information  on  this  program  may  be  secured  by  addressing 
inquiries  to  the  Chief  Pharmacist,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Balti- 
more 5,  Maryland,  or  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


The  Charles  Landon  Henry  Memorial  Scholarship 

In  memory  of  her  husband,  Charles  Landon  Henry,  who  was  for  many 
years  a  loyal  member  of  the  Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association,  who 
was  active  in  pharmaceutical  affairs  in  Maryland  and  neighboring  states, 
and  who  was  especially  interested  in  the  welfare  and  progress  of  worthy 
young  people,  Mrs.  Nora  Howard  Henry  endowed  a  scholarship  to  be 
awarded  annually  by  the  faculty  to  a  fourth-year  student  who  has  shown 
superior  proficiency  in  his  or  her  work  in  practical  and  commercial 
pharmacy.    The  award  amounts  to  approximately  $100.00. 

American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education  Scholarships 

The  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education  will  con- 
tribute an  amount  of  $400.00  which  will  be  matched  with  an  equal 
amount  of  $400.00  by  the  School  of  Pharmacy.  The  amount  provided  by 
the  Foundation  is  available  only  to  juniors  or  seniors  who  rank  in  the 
upper  quarter  of  their  class.  The  amount  provided  by  the  School  is  avail- 
able to  any  undergraduate  student  who,  as  high  school  or  college  stu- 
dents, have  maintained  a  rank  in  the  upper  quarter  of  their  class. 

Read  Drug  and  Chemical  Co.  Scholarships 

The  Read  Drug  and  Chemical  Co.,  of  Baltimore,  Maryland,  has  con- 
tributed sufficient  funds  to  provide  two  scholarships  paying  $250.00  an- 
nually and  has  also  contributed  through  the  American  Foundation  for 
Pharmaceutical  Education  funds  sufficient  to  provide  one  scholarship  of 
$250.00  annually  for  students  who  meet  the  qualifications  stated  under 
the  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical  Education  scholarships. 

Henry  B.  Gilpin  Co.  Scholarships 

The  Henry  B.  Gilpin  Co.,  of  Baltimore,  Maryland,  has  contributed 
sufficient  funds  through  the  American  Foundation  for  Pharmaceutical 
Education  to  provide  for  one  scholarship  of  $100.00  annually  for  a  stu- 
dent who  meets  the  qualifications  stated  under  American  Foundation  for 
Pharmaceutical  Education  scholarships. 

The  Charles  Caspari,  Jr.,  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

In  memory  of  Prof.  Charles  Caspari,  Jr.,  a  former  dean  of  the  School 
of  Pharmacy,  and  in  keeping  with  the  modesty,  lack  of  ostentation,  eager- 
ness for  service  and  helpfulness  to  others,  which  were  striking  character- 
istics of  Professor  Caspari,  a  number  of  friends  and  alumni  have  made 
contributions  to  establish  a  fund  in  his  name.  Loans  are  made  from  this 
fund  to  members  of  the  fourth-year  class  upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Dean. 

L.  Manuel  Hendler  Loan  Fund 

On  March  7,  1932,  there  was  established  by  Mr.  L.  Manuel  Hendler,  of 
Baltimore,  a  fund  to  be  loaned  to  needy  students.  This  fund  is  available 
to  junior  and  senior  students  only,  and  loans  therefrom  are  made  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  Dean. 

HONORS  AND  AWARDS 

School  Awards 

General — A  gold  medal  will  be  awarded  annually  to  the  candidate  for 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy,  whose  deportment  is 
creditable,  and  who  has  attained  the  highest  general  average,  not  below 
B.    Certificates  of  Honor  will  be  awarded  to  the  three  students  having  the 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 


highest  general  average,  next  to  the  winner  of  the  general  prize,  provided 
this  does  not  fall  below  B. 

Third  Year — Honorable  Mention  will  be  made  of  the  first  three  stu- 
dents having  the  highest  general  average,  provided  this  does  not  fall 
below  B. 

The  William  Simon  Memorial  Prize 

In  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  William  Simon,  for  thirty  years  professor  of 
chemistry  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy,  a  gold  medal  will  be  awarded  by 
the  Faculty  to  a  candidate  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Phar- 
macy for  superior  proficiency  in  the  field  of  practical  and  analytical 
chemistry.  The  recipient  must  stand  high  in  all  subjects.  In  recommend- 
ing a  student  for  the  prize,  the  professor  of  chemistry  will  be  guided  in 
his  judgment  of  the  student's  ability  as  much  by  observation  and  personal 
contact  as  by  grades  made  in  examinations. 

The  L.  S.  Williams  Practical  Pharmacy  Prize 

The  late  L.  S.  Williams  (Class  of  1909)  placed  in  trust  the  sum  of 
approximately  $1,000.00,  the  income  therefrom  to  be  awarded  annually 
by  the  Faculty  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  to  the  senior  student  having 
the  highest  general  average  throughout  the  course  in  practical  and  dis- 
pensing pharmacy. 

The  Conrad  L.  Wich  Botany  and  Pharmacognosy  Prize 

In  appreciation  of  the  assistance  which  the  Maryland  College  of  Phar- 
macy extended  to  him  as  a  young  man,  Mr.  Conrad  L.  Wich  (Class  of 
1882),  placed  in  trust  the  sum  of  $500.00,  the  income  therefrom  to  be 
awarded  annually  by  the  Faculty  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  to  the  senior 
student  who  has  done  exceptional  work  throughout  the  course  in  Botany 
and  Pharmacognosy. 

David  Fink  Memorial  Prize 

Mr.  Samuel  I.  Raichlen,  Class  of  1925,  offers  a  new  United  States 
Dispensatory  as  a  prize  in  memory  of  David  Fink,  Class  of  1924,  to  be 
awarded  annually  by  the  Faculty  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  to  a  senior 
student  for  proficiency  in  the  general  practice  of  pharmacy. 

Beta  Chapter,  Phi  Alpha  Fraternity  Cup 

The  Beta  Chapter  of  the  Phi  Alpha  Fraternity  has  provided  a  cup  in 
memory  of  Joseph  J.  Fine,  Melvin  S.  Adalman  and  Albert  Goldberg, 
who  died  in  the  service  of  their  country.  This  cup  is  to  be  awarded  an- 
nually to  the  senior  student  selected  by  the  Faculty  as  having  exhibited 
outstanding  qualities  of  character  and  leadership. 

Kappa  Chapter,  Alpha  Zeta  Omega  Prize 

The  Kappa  Chapter  of  the  Alpha  Zeta  Omega  Fraternity  has  provided 
a  prize  to  be  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  student  chosen  by  the 
Faculty  Council  for  proficiency  in  pharmacology. 

STUDENT   ORGANIZATIONS 
Student  Council 

The  Student  Council  is  an  organization  of  students  established  for  the 
purpose  of  supervising  in  a  general  way  the  social  and  extra-curricular 
activities  of  the  student  body,  to  assist  in  maintaining  a  proper  decorum 
among  students  when  in  attendance  upon  instruction,  and  to  foster  and 


890  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


encourage  a  class  spirit  which  will  reflect  honor  on  the  splendid  tradi- 
tions of  the  School.  The  council  consists  of  twelve  members,  three 
elected  by  each  of  the  four  classes,  four  ex-officio  members  who  are  the 
presidents  of  the  respective  classes,  and  a  faculty  advisor. 

Rho  Chi  Honorary  Pharmaceutical  Society 

Omicron  chapter  of  the  Rho  Chi,  national  honorary  pharmaceutical 
society,  was  established  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1930.  Charters 
for  chapters  of  this  organization  are  granted  only  to  groups  in  schools 
or  colleges  that  are  members  in  good  standing  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  the  Society 
is  based  on  high  attainment  in  scholarship,  character,  personality,  and 
leadership.  All  candidates  selected  for  membership  must  have  completed 
75  credit  hours  of  college  work,  and  must  be  approved  by  the  Dean  of 
the  School  of  Pharmacy. 

Students'  Auxiliary  of  the  Maryland  Pharmaceutical 
Association 

The  Students'  Auxiliary  of  the  Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association 
was  organized  in  November,  1935. 

The  object  of  the  Auxiliary  is  to  provide  for  the  participation  of  stu- 
dents in  the  activities  of  the  Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association  to  the 
end  that  their  interest  in  pharmaceutical  association  work  may  be  awak- 
ened and  guided;  and  to  familiarize  them  with  the  conditions  existing  in 
and  the  problems  confronting  their  profession. 

Officers  (1949-50) 
President — James  H.  Lyon,  Fourth- Year  Class. 
First  Vice-President — William  W.  Williams,  Third-Year  Class. 
Second  Vice-President — Howard  Wagner,  Second- Year  Class. 
Secretary — Gordon  Crispens,  Second- Year  Class. 
Treasurer — Vincent  C.  Hammar,  Third-Year  Class. 
Editor — Melvin  Cohn,  Fourth- Year  Class. 

Advisory  Committee 
William  B.  Jackson,  Jr.,  Fourth- Year  Class. 
Carl  Kaiser,  Third-Year  Class. 

ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION 

Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy 
of  the  University  of  Maryland 

A  meeting  of  the  graduates  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  then  the  Maryland  College  of  Pharmacy,  was  held 
on  May  15,  1871.  At  this  meeting  there  was  organized  the  Society  of 
the  Alumni  of  the  Maryland  College  of  Pharmacy.  This  society  con- 
tinued its  separate  existence  as  such  or  as  the  Alumni  Association  of  the 
Maryland  College  of  Pharmacy  until  1907,  when  the  General  Alumni 
Association  of  the  University  of  Maryland  was  formed.  Following  the 
organization  of  the  General  Alumni  Association,  the  Society  remained 
dormant  until  June  4,  1926,  when  it  was  reorganized  as  the  Alumni  As- 
sociation of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  The 
active  membership  of  the  Association  is  now  approximately  600  and  is 
growing  steadily.    The  following  are  its  officers: 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  891 

Officers  (1949-50) 

Judson  H.  Sencindiver,  Honorary  President 

Wilmer  J.  Heer,  President  of  the  Association 

1504  East  33rd  Street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Frank  Block,  First  Vice-President 

4007  Liberty  Heights  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Francis  S.  Balassone,  Second  Vice-President 

140  Denison  Street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

B.  Olive  Cole,  Secretary 
32  S.  Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Mrs.  Frank  M.  Budacz,  Treasurer 
1202  Argonne  Drive,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Executive  Committee 

Wilmer  J.  Heer,  Chairman 

The  Honorary  President  (Ex  Officio) 

Joseph  Cohen 

Henry  Golditch 

George  P.  Hager 

Samuel  I.  Raichlen 

Committee  on  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  Maryland 
Pharmaceutical  Association 

When  the  School  of  Pharmacy  became  a  part  of  the  State  Universitj 
in  1920,  the  Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association  in  order  to  assist  in 
the  advancement  of  pharmaceutical  education,  appointed  a  standing  com- 
mittee, known  as  the  Committee  on  School  of  Pharmacy.  The  duties  of 
this  Committee  are  to  represent  the  Association  in  all  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  School  of  Pharmacy  and  pharmaceutical  education.  The  fol- 
lowing are  the  present  members  of  the  Committee: 

Harry  S.  Harrison,  Chairman 
Joseph  Cohen  Harry  R.  Meagher 

Wilmer  J.  Heer  Gordon  A.  Mouat 

L.  M.  Kantner  Stephen  J.  Provenza 

J.  L.  Kronthal  Simon  Solomon 


892 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


CURRICULUM 

COURSES,  HOURS  AND  CREDITS 


First  Semester 


Second  Semester 


Title  and  Numper  of  Course 


First  Year 

•Botany  1,  Structural 

tChemistry  1,  3,  Inorganic  and  Qualitative 

Analysis 

tEnglish  1,  2,  Survey  and  Composition 

{Mathematics  10  or  15 

{Mathematics  11  or  17 

{Modern  Language  1,  2,  or  6,  7,  French  or 

German 

tSpeech  1,  2,  Reading  and  Speaking 

{Zoology  1,  General 


Hrs.  Per  Week 


Second  Year 

Botany  21,  Pharmacognosy,  Macroscopical. 

Botany  22,  Pharmacognosy,  Microscopical... 

tChemistry  35,  37,  Organic 

{Chemistry  36,  38,  Organic 

Pharmacy  1,  2  Galenical 

tPhysics  10,  11,  General 

Physiology  22,  General 


Third  Year 

•Bacteriology  1,  General 

•Bacteriology  115,  Serology  and  Immunology 
•Business  Administration  37,  Economics, 

Elementary 

•Chemistry  15,  Quantitative  Analysis 

Chemistry  53,  Pharmaceutical  Testing  and 

Assaying 

Pharmacology  51,   52,  Pharm.,  Toxicology 

and  Therapeutics 

Pharmacy  51,  52,  Dispensing 

Pharmacy  61,  History  of 


Fourth  Year  (Required) 
Business  Administration  51,  Economics, 

Pharmaceutical 

Business  Administration  62,  Law,  Pharmacy 

Laws  and  Regulations 

Chemistry  111,  113,  Medicinal  Products 

First  Aid  1,  Standard ■. 

Pharmacy  101,  102,  Manufacturing 

Pharmacy  72,  Pharmaceutical  Practice 

Pharmacology  111,  Biological  Assaying 

ElectivesJ 


Fourth  Year  (Electives)J 

Botany  101,  102,  Taxonomy 

Botany  111,  113,  Plant  Anatomy 

Botany  112,  114,  Plant  Anatomy 

Chemistry  99,  Glassworking 

Chemistry  112,  114,  Medicinal  Products 

tChemistry  187,  189,  Physical 

{Chemistry  188,  190,  Physical 

•Chemistry  151,  153,  Physiological 

•Chemistry  152,  154,  Physiological __ 

tEnglish  3,  4,  Composition  and  World 

Literature 

tLanguage  6,  7,  Scientific  German  or  French. 

{Mathematics  20,  21,  Calculus 

Pharmacy  111,  112,  Advanced  Prescription 

Compounding 

Pharmacy  120,  Hospital 

Pharmacy  Administration 

tZoology   5,    Comparative   Vertebrate  Mor- 
phology  


Hrs.  Per  Week 


17 


18 


t  Instruction  in  these  courses  given  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Additional  courses  approved  for  credit  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
The  electives  must  be  approved  by  the  Dean. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 


893 


CURRICULUM 

SUMMARY  OF  HOURS  AND  CREDITS 


Course 


Didactic         Laboratory 


Total 


Credit 
hours 


First  Year 

Botany  1 

Chemistry  1,  3 

English  1,  2 

Mathematics  10,  15 

Mathematics  11,  17 

Modern  Language  1,  2  or  6,  7. 

Speech  1,  2 

Zoology  1 


Total.. 


Second  Year 

Botany  21 

Botany  22 

Chemistry  35,  37 

Chemistry  36,  38 

Pharmacy  1,  2 

Physics  10,  11 

Physiology  22 


Total.. 


Third  Year 

Bacteriology  1 

Bacteriology  115 

Business  Administration  37.. 

Chemistry  15 

Chemistry  53 

Pharmacology  51,  52 

Pharmacy  51,  52 

Pharmacy  61 


Total.. 


Fourth  Year  (Required) 

Business  Administration  51 

Business  Administration  62 

Chemistry  111,  113 

First  Aid  1 

Pharmacy  101,  102 

Pharmacy  72 

Pharmacology  111 

Electives 


Total.. 


Fourth  Year  (Electives) 

Botany  101,  102 

Botany  111,  113 

Botany  112,  114 

Chemistry  99 

Chemistry  112,  114 

Chemistry  187,  189 

Chemistry  188,  190 

Chemistry  151,  153 

Chemistry  152,  154 

English  3,  4 

Language  6,  7 

Mathematics  20,  21 

Pharmacy  111,  112 

Pharmacy  120 

Zoology  5 


First  Year 

Second  Year., 
Third  Year.... 
Fourth  Year.. 

Total 


Summary 


32 
64 
96 
48 

48 
96 
32 
32 


448 


32 


96 


128 
96 
32 


384 


32 
32 
48 
32 
32 
64 
64 
32 


336 


32 
48 
96 
16 
64 
32 
32 
96t 


416 


32 
64 


96 
64 


96 
96 
96 


32 
32 


448 
384 
336 
416 

1,584 


64 
192 


352 


128 

128 

64 

64 


576 


64 
64 


96 

96 

128 

192 


640 

48 


64 
48 
64 

288t 


512 


64 


128 

96 

128 


192 
128" 


192 
"96 


352 
576 
640 
512 

2,080 


96 
256 
96 
48 
48 
96 
32 
128 


800 


128 

96 

96 

128 

256 

160 

96 


960 


96 

96 

48 

128 

128 

192 

256 

32 


976 


80 
48 
96 
16 

128 
80 
96 

384t 


928 


96 
64 

128 
96 

128 
96 

192 
64 

128 
96 
96 
96 

192 
32 

128 


800 
960 
976 
928 


3,664 


35 


35 


3 
3 
4 
1 

6 
2 
4 
12 


35 


35 
35 
35 
35 


t  Average. 


894  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

BACTERIOLOGY 

1.  General  Bacteriology — (4)  Third  year,  first  semester,  two  lec- 
tures, two  laboratories.     Shay  and  Joseph. 

Introduction  to  general  bacteriology  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
study  of  pathogenic  microorganisms,  including  the  public  health  aspects 
of  the  prevention  and  control  of  communicable  diseases. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

115.  Serology  and  Immunology — (4)  Third  year,  second  semester, 
two  lectures,  two  laboratories,     Shay  and  Joseph. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  immunity,  including  the  preparation  and 
use  of  biological  products  employed  in  the  prevention  and  treatment  of 
infectious  diseases. 

For  Graduates 

200,  201.  Chemotherapy — (1,  1)  One  lecture.  (Given  in  alternate 
years.)    Shay. 

A  study  of  the  chemistry,  toxicity,  pharmacology  and  therapeutic  value 
of  drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  parasitic  diseases. 

202,  203.  Reagents  and  Media — (1,  1)  One  Lecture.  (Given  in 
alternate  years.)    Shay. 

A  study  of  the  methods  of  preparation  and  use  of  bacteriological 
reagents  and  media. 

210.  Special  Problems  in  Bacteriology.   Shay. 

A  laboratory  course  on  selected  problems  in  bacteriology.  Credit  de- 
termined by  the  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed. 

211.  Public  Health — (1-2)     One  lecture.    Shay. 

Prerequisites — Bacteriology  1,  115. 

Lectures  and  discussions  on  the  organization  and  administration  of 
state  and  municipal  health  departments  and  private  health  agencies.  The 
courses  will  also  include  a  study  of  laboratory  methods. 

221.    Research  in  Bacteriology.  Shay. 

Credit  determined  by  the  amount  and  quality  of  the  work  performed. 

BOTANY 

1.  Structural  Botany — (3)  First  year,  second  semester,  two  lec- 
tures, one  laboratory.    Slama  and  Pumpian. 

A  course  in  structural  botany  (organography)  including  classification 
and  physiology  of  the  plant  structures. 

21.  Pharmacognosy  (Macroscopical)  —  (4)  Second  year,  first  semes- 
ter, two  lectures,  two  laboratories.    Slama  and  Pumpian. 

Prerequisite — Botany  1. 

A  study  of  the  cultivation,  collection  and  commerce  of  crude  drugs, 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  physical  characteristics  used  in  the  identi- 
fication and  in  the  detection  of  adulterations. 

_  *  Courses  intended  primarily  for  freshmen  and  sophomores  are  numbered  1-49  ;  for 
juniors  and  seniors  50-99 ;  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates  100-199 ;  and 
for  graduates  only  200-299. 

The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  of  credit,  is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject  pur- 
sued one  period  a  week  for  one  semester.  A  laboratory  period  is  equivalent  to  one 
lecture  or  recitation  period. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  895 


22.  Pharmacognosy  (Microscopical)  —  (2)  Second  year,  second 
semester,  two  laboratories.    Slama  and  Pumpian. 

Prerequisite — Botany  1. 

A  microscopic  study  of  the  structure  of  medicinal  plants,  including 
practice  in  the  examination  of  the  official  powdered  drugs  and  adulter- 
ants. 

For   Graduates  and   Advanced   Undergraduates 

101,  102.  Taxonomy  of  the  Higher  Plants — (2,  2)  Fourth  year, 
one  lecture  and  one  laboratory.  Elective  for  students  who  contemplate 
taking  advanced  work  in  pharmacognosy.  Given  in  alternate  years. 
Slama. 

Prerequisite — Botany  1,  21. 

A  study  of  the  kinds  of  seed  plants  and  ferns,  their  classifications,  and 
field  work  on  local  flora.  Instruction  will  be  given  in  the  preparation 
of  an  herbarium. 

Ill,  112.  Plant  Anatomy — (4,  4)  Fourth  year,  two  lectures  and 
two  laboratories.     Slama. 

Prerequisite — Botany  1,  21,  22. 

Lecturers  and  laboratory  work  covering  advanced  plant  anatomy  with 
special  emphasis  placed  on  the  structure  of  roots,  stems  and  leaves  of 
vascular  plants. 

For  Graduates 

201,  202.  Advanced  Study  of  Vegetable  Powders — (4,  4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratories.    Slama. 

Prerequisites — Botany  111,  112. 

A  study  of  powdered  vegetable  drugs  and  spices  from  the  structural 
and  microchemical  standpoints,  including  practice  in  identification  and 
detection  of  adulterants.    Given  in  alternate  years. 

211,  212.  Advanced  Pharmacognosy — (4,  4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratories.   Slama. 

Prerequisites — Botany  111,  112. 

A  study  of  many  crude  drugs  not  ordinarily  studied  in  other  pharma- 
cognosy courses.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  practical  problems 
and  to  the  identification  and  detection  of  adulterants. 

220.  Research  in  Pharmacognosy — Credit  according  to  the  amount 
and  quality  of  work  performed.    Slama. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics — (3)  Third  year,  second  semester, 
three  lectures.     Cole  and  Kahn. 

A  study  of  the  general  fundamentals  of  economics — production,  ex- 
change, distribution  and  consumption  of  wealth. 

51.  Pharmaceutical  Economics — (3)  Fourth  year,  first  semester, 
two  lectures  and  one  laboratory.     Cole  and  Kahn. 

A  study  of  the  marketing  of  drug  products,  the  management  of  retail 
pharmacies,  and  the  fundamental  principles  of  accounting,  including 
practice  in  bookkeeping,  banking  and  financial  statements. 

62.  Pharmacy  Laws  and  Regulations — (3)  Fourth  year,  second 
semester,  three  lectures.    Cole. 


896  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Fundamentals  of  law  of  importance  to  pharmacists,  with  special 
reference  to  the  regulations  of  the  practice  of  pharmacy;  Federal  and 
State  laws  and  regulations  pertaining  to  sale  of  poisons,  narcotics,  drugs, 
cosmetics  and  pharmaceutical  preparations. 

CHEMISTRY 

1,  3.  General  Inorganic  Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis — 
(4,  4)     First  year,  two  lecturers,  two  laboratories.    Miller  and  Adams. 

A  study  of  the  metals  and  non-metals  with  emphasis  on  chemical 
theory  and  important  generalizations.  The  laboratory  work  deals  with 
fundamental  principles,  the  preparation  and  purification  of  compounds, 
and  the  systematic  qualitative  analysis  of  the  more  common  metals  and 
acid  radicals. 

35,  37.  Elementary  Organic  Chemistry — (2,  2)  Second  year,  two 
lectures.    Miller  and  Ellin. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  1,  3. 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  organic  chemistry. 

36,  38.  Elementary  Organic  Laboratory — (2,  2)  Second  year,  two 
laboratories.    Miller  and  Ellin. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  35,  37  or  current  registration  therein. 
A  study  of  the  general  procedures  used  in  organic  laboratory. 

15.     Quantitative   Analysis — (4)    Third   year,   first   semester,  two 
lectures  and  two  laboratories.    Hager,  Stahl  and  Magiros. 
Prerequisite — Chemistry  35,  37. 

A  study  of  the  gravimetric  and  volumetric  procedures  and  theory,  and 
their  application  to  pharmaceutical  analyses. 

53.  Pharmaceutical  Testing  and  Assaying; — (4)  Third  year,  sec- 
ond semester,  two  lectures  and  two  laboratories.  Hager,  Stahl  and 
Magiros. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  15,  35,  37. 

Quantitative  methods  applied  to  the  chemical  assay  of  crude  drugs  and 
of  official  preparations. 

99.  Glassworking — (1-2)  Laboratory,  fourth  year,  either  semester. 
Hager. 

Prerequisite — Consent  of  the  instructor. 

Simple  operations  in  the  bending,  sealing,  blowing  and  grinding  of 
glass. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

111,  113.  Chemistry  op  Medicinal  Products — (2,  2)  Fourth  year, 
three  lectures.     Hager. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  35,  37,  53. 

A  survey  of  the  structural  relationships,  the  synthesis  and  chemical 
properties  of  medicinal  products. 

112,  114.  Chemistry  of  Medicinal  Products — (2,  2)  Fourth  year, 
two  laboratories.    Hager  and  Stahl. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  111,  113,  or  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with 
Chemistry  111,  113. 

Laboratory  exercises  dealing  with  important  and  characteristic  chemi- 
cal properties  of  pharmaceutical  and  medicinal  products. 

142,  144.    Advanced  Organic  Laboratory — (2,  2)     Any  one  or  two 

semesters.     Miller. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  897 


Prerequisite — Chemistry  112,  114,  or  equivalent. 

Laboratory  work  devoted  to  more  difficult  organic  preparations  and  a 
study  of  the  quantitative  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen 
and  halogen  in  organic  compounds. 

146,  148.    Identification  op  Organic  Compounds — (2,  2)     One  lec- 
ture, two  laboratories.     Miller. 
Prerequisite — Chemistry  112,  114. 
The  systematic  identification  of  organic  compounds. 
187,  189.     Physical  Chemistry — (3,  3) — Three  lectures.    Estabrook. 
Prerequisites — Chemistry  15,  35,  37  and  Physics  10,  11. 

A  study  of  the  laws  and  theories  of  chemistry,  including  the  gas  laws, 
kinetic  theory,  liquids,  solutions,  elementary  thermodynamics,  thermo- 
chemistry, equilibrium,  chemical  kinetics  and  electro-chemistry. 

188,190.     Physical  Chemistry — (2,2)     Two  laboratories.  Estabrook. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  187,  189  or  may  be  taken  simultaneously 
with  Chemistry  187,  189. 

Quantitative  experiments  are  performed  which  demonstrate  physio- 
chemical  principles,  and  acquaint  the  student  with  precision  apparatus. 

151,  153.  Physiological  Chemistry — (2,  2)  Two  lectures.  Chap- 
man, Schmidt  and  Herbst. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  35,  37  and  Physiology  22. 

A  general  survey  of  the  subject  including  a  discussion  of  digestion, 
metabolism,  vitamins,  hormones  and  other  topics  of  pharmaceutical 
interest. 

152,  154.  Physiological  Chemistry  Laboratory — (2,  2)  Two  lab- 
oratories.   Chapman,  Gittinger,  and  Piala. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  35,  37,  151,  153,  or  may  be  taken  simultan- 
eously with  Chemistry  151,  153. 

Laboratory  exercises  mostly  quantitative,  designed  to  illustrate  the 
more  important  procedures  in  physiological  chemistry,  urinalysis  and 
blood  analysis. 

For  Graduates 

201,  203.  Survey  of  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry — (2,  2)  Two  lec- 
tures.   Hager. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  111,  113. 

A  study  of  the  terpenes,  carotenes,  sterols  and  stereoisomerism. 

211,  213.  Chemistry  of  the  Alkaliods — (2,  2)  Two  lectures. 
Hager. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  111,  113. 

A  survey  of  the  chemical  structure  and  reactions  of  pharmacologically 
active  bases. 

220.  Advanced  Pharmaceutical  Synthesis — (2-6)  Laboratory  and 
conferences.    Hager. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  142,  144. 

Application  of  synthetic  procedures  in  the  preparation  of  various 
medicinal  chemicals  and  their  intermediates. 

222.  Advanced  Pharmaceutical  Analysis — (1-4)  Laboratory  and 
conferences.    Hager. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  146,  148. 


898  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


A  laboratory  study  of  the  analytical  procedures  and  methods  as  applied 
to  official,  proprietary,  natural  and  synthetic  drugs,  their  intermediates 
and  derivatives. 

230.  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry  Seminar — (1)  Each  semester. 
Hager. 

Required  of  students  majoring  in  pharmaceutical  chemistry. 

Reports  of  progress  and  survey  of  recent  developments  in  pharma- 
ceutical chemistry. 

235.  Research  in  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry — Credit  determined 
by  the  amount  and  quality  of  work  performed.    Hager. 

258.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds  (Advanced  Course)  — 
(2-4)     Either  semester.     Two  to  four  laboratories.     Miller. 

Prerequisite — Chemistry  146,  148  or  equivalent. 

Laboratory  work  devoted  to  the  identification  of  pure  organic  sub- 
stances and  mixtures. 

ENGLISH 

1,  2.  Survey  and  Composition — (3,  3)  First  year,  three  lectures. 
Ballman. 

Prerequisite — Four  units  of  high  school  English. 

A  study  of  style,  syntax,  spelling  and  punctuation,  combined  with  a 
historical  study  of  English  and  American  literature  of  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries.     Written  themes,  book  reviews  and  exercises. 

3,  4.  Composition  and  World  Literature — (3,  3)  Elective,  three 
lectures.    Ballman. 

Prerequisite — English  1,  2. 

Practice  in  composition.  An  introduction  to  world  literature,  foreign 
classics  being  read  in  translation. 

SPEECH 

1,  2.     Public  Speaking — (1,  1)     First  year,  one  lecture.    Ballman. 

The  principles  and  techniques  of  oral  expression,  visible  and  audible; 
the  preparation  and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  impromptu 
speaking;  reference  readings,  short  reports,  etc. 

FIRST  AID 

I.  Standard  First  Aid  Course — (1)  Fourth  year,  second  semester, 
one  lecture,  one  demonstration. 

Given  by  an  instructor  from  the  Baltimore  Chapter  of  the  American 
Red  Cross. 

MATHEMATICS 

10.     Algebra — (3)  First  year,  first  semester,  three  lectures. 
Richeson. 

Prerequisite — One  unit  of  algebra. 

Fundamental  operations,  factoring,  fractions,  linear  equations,  expo- 
nents and  radicals,  logarithms,  quadratic  equations,  variation,  binomial 
theorem,  and  theory  of  equations. 

II.  Trigonometry  and  Analytic  Geometry — (3)  First  year,  second 
semester,  three  lectures.     Richeson. 

Prerequisite — Mathematics  10  or  15.  Required  of  those  students  who 
do  not,  offer  one-half  unit  of  trigonometry. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  899 


Trigonometric  functions,  identities,  the  radian  and  mil,  graphs,  addi- 
tion formulas,  solution  of  triangles,  coordinates,  locus  problems,  the 
straight  line  and  circle,  conic  sections  and  graphs. 

15.  College  Algebra — (3)  First  year,  first  semester,  three  lectures. 
Richeson. 

Prerequisite — High  school  algebra  completed. 

Fundamental  operations,  variation,  functions  and  graphs,  quadratic 
equations,  theory  of  equations,  binomial  theorem,  complex  numbers, 
logarithms,  determinants  and  progressions. 

17.  Analytic  Geometry — (3)  First  year,  second  semester,  three 
lectures.     Richeson. 

Prerequisite — High  school  trigonometry  and  mathematics  15. 

Coordinates,  locus  problems,  the  straight  line  and  circle,  graphs,  trans- 
formation of  coordinates,  conic  sections,  parametric  equations,  transcen- 
dental equations,  and  solid  analytic  geometry. 

Math  20,  21.     Calculus — (3,  3)     Electives,  three  lectures.    Richeson. 

Prerequisite — Mathematics  15  and  17  and  approval  of  instructor. 

Limits,  derivatives,  differentials,  maxima  and  minima,  curve  sketching, 
rates,  curvature,  kinematics,  integration,  geometric  and  physical  applica- 
tions of  integration,  partial  derivatives,  space  geometry,  multiple  inte- 
grals, infinite  series  and  differential  equations.    Given  in  alternate  years. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Math  152,  153  Mathematical  Statistics — (2,  2)  Prerequisites, 
Mathematics  20,  21.    Richeson. 

Frequency  distributions  and  their  parameters,  multivariate  analysis 
and  correlation,  theory  of  sampling,  analysis  of  variance,  statistical 
inference.  Illustrations  will  be  drawn  from  the  biological  sciences.  Given 
in  alternate  years. 

MODERN  LANGUAGES 

1,  2.     French — Elementary — (3,  3)     First  year,  three  lectures. 
Schradieck. 

Students  who  offer  two  units  in  French  for  entrance,  but  whose  prep- 
aration is  not  adequate  for  second-year  French,  receive  half  credit  for 
this  course. 

Elements  of  grammar,  composition,  pronunciation  and  translation. 

1,  2.     German — Elementary — (3,  3)     First  year,  three  lectures. 
Schradieck. 

Students  who  offer  two  units  in  German  for  entrance,  but  whose 
preparation  is  not  adequate  for  second-year  German  receive  half  credit 
for  this  course. 

Elements  of  grammar,  composition,  pronunciation  and  translation. 

Students  will  be  assigned  to  one  of  the  two  languages  by  the  depart- 
ment. The  assignment  will  ordinarily  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  stu- 
dent's previous  training. 

Six  semester  hours  credit  in  Spanish  will  be  accepted  as  satisfying 
the  Modern  Language  requirement. 

For  Graduates  and  Undergraduates 

6,  7.  Intermediate  Scientific  French — (3,  3)  Elective,  three  lec- 
tures.   Schradieck. 

Prerequisite — French  1  and  2  or  equivalent. 

Translation,  grammar,  exercises  in  pronunciation.  Reading  of  scien- 
tific texts. 


900  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


6,  7.    Intermediate  Scientific  German — (3,  3)     Elective,  three  lec- 
tures.   Schradieck. 
Prerequisite — German  1  and  2  or  equivalent. 
Reading  of  technical  prose,  with  grammar  review. 

PHARMACOLOGY 

51,  52.  Pharmacology,  Toxicology  and  Therapeutics — (3,  3)  Third 
year,  two  lectures  and  two  laboratories.   Chapman,  Gittinger  and  Boggio. 

Prerequisite — Physiology  22. 

A  study  of  the  pharmacology,  toxicology  and  therapeutic  uses  of 
medicinal  substances  with  special  reference  to  the  drugs  and  prepara- 
tions of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  and  the  National  Formulary. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

111.  Official  Methods  of  Biological  Assay — (4)  Fourth  year,  first 
semester,  two  lectures  and  two  laboratories.  Chapman,  Gittinger,  Piala 
and  Boggio. 

Prerequisite — Pharmacology  51,  52. 

A  study  of  the  methods  of  biological  assay  official  in  the  United  States 
Pharmacopoeia  and  the  National  Formulary. 

For  Graduates ■ 

201,  202.  Methods  of  Biological  Assay — (4,  4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratories.     Chapman. 

Prerequisite — Pharmacology  111. 

The  application  of  statistical  methods  to  the  problems  of  biological 
assay  and  a  study  of  the  more  important  unofficial  methods  for  the  assay 
of  therapeutic  substances.     Given  in  alternate  years. 

211,  212.  Special  Studies  in  Pharmacodynamics — (4,  4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratories.    Chapman. 

Prerequisite — Pharmacology  51,  52  and  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

The  procedures  involved  in  pharmacological  analysis  and  in  the  deter- 
mination of  the  site  of  action  and  the  nature  of  action  of  drugs.  Given  in 
alternate  years. 

221,  222.  Special  Studies  in  Biological  Assay  Methods — (2-4), 
(2-4)  Credit  according  to  the  amount  of  work  undertaken  after  con- 
sultation with  the  instructor.  Conferences  and  laboratory  work. 
Chapman. 

Prerequisite — Pharmacology  111,  201,  202. 

Special  problems  in  the  development  of  biological  assay  methods  and 
comparative  standards. 

250.    Research  in  Pharmacology.    Chapman. 

Properly  qualified  students  may  arrange  with  the  instructor  for  credit 
and  hours. 

PHARMACY 

1,  2.  Galenical  Pharmacy — (5,  5)  Second  year,  four  lectures  and 
two  laboratories.    Allen,  Rossberg  and  Kahn. 

A  study  of  the  theory  of  pharmaceutical  manipulations,  including 
mathematical  calculations,  and  the  practical  application  of  the  theory  to 
the  manufacture  of  galenical  preparations. 

51,  52.     Dispensing  Pharmacy — (4,  4)     Third  year,  two  lectures  and 
two  laboratories.    Wolf,  Allen,  Rossberg  and  Kahn. 
Prerequisites — Pharmacy  1,  2. 
A  study  of  the  compounding  and  dispensing  of  prescriptions. 


SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  901 


61.  History  op  Pharmacy — (2)  Third  year,  first  semester,  two  lec- 
tures.   Balassone. 

A  study  of  the  history  of  pharmacy  from  its  beginning  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  history  of  American  pharmacy. 

72.  Pharmaceutical  Practice — (2)  Fourth  year,  second  semes- 
ter, two  lectures  and  48  hours  of  practical  work  in  hospital  pharmacy. 
Wolf,  Allen,  Noel,  Neistadt  and  Lew. 

Prerequisites — Pharmacy  1,  2,  51,  52. 

Practical  work  in  drug  store  arrangement;  the  handling  of  drugs,  med- 
icines and  drug  sundries,  and  dispensing  in  hospital  pharmacies. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

101,  102.  Manufacturing  Pharmacy — (3,  3)  Fourth  year,  two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory.    Allen  and  Balassone. 

A  continuation  of  the  course  given  in  the  second  year,  with  special 
reference  to  the  methods  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  pharmaceuti- 
cals on  a  commercial  scale. 

Ill,  112.  Advanced  Prescription  Compounding — (2,  2)  Two  lab- 
oratories.    Allen,  Balassone  and  Kahn. 

Prerequisites — Pharmacy  1,  2,  51,  52. 

Advanced  laboratory  study  of  the  various  methods  of  compounding 
special  prescriptions  and  galenical  preparations. 

120.  Hospital  Pharmacy  Administration — (2)  Two  lectures,  first 
semester.    Purdum. 

A  study  of  hospital  pharmacy  practice  and  administration. 

For  Graduates 

201,  202.  Advanced  Pharmaceutical  Technology — (4,  4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratories.     Foss,  Purdum  and  Allen. 

A  study  of  pharmaceutical  manufacturing  processes,  equipment  and 
physical  plant  arrangement. 

211,  212.  Survey  of  Pharmaceutical  Literature — (1,  1)  One  lec- 
ture.   Purdum. 

Lectures  and  topics  on  the  literature  pertaining  to  pharmacy,  with 
special  reference  to  the  original  and  development  of  the  works  of  drug 
standards  and  the  pharmaceutical  periodicals. 

221,  222.     History  of  Pharmacy — (2,  2)     Two  lectures.    Purdum. 
Lectures  and  assignments  on  the  development  of  pharmacy  in  America 
and  the  principal  countries  of  Europe.     Given  in  alternate  years. 

230.  Pharmaceutical  Seminar — (1)  Each  Semester.  Foss  and 
Purdum. 

Required  of  students  majoring  in  pharmacy. 

Reports  of  progress  in  research  and  surveys  of  recent  developments  in 
pharmacy. 

235.  Research  in  Pharmacy — Credit  and  hours  to  be  arranged.  Pur- 
dum. 

PHYSICS 

10,  11.  General  Physics — (4,  4)  Second  year,  three  lectures,  one 
laboratory.     Estabrook  and  Beckel. 

Prerequisites — Mathematics  10,  11  or  15,  17. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  mechanics,  heat,  wave  motion,  sound,  light 
and  electricity. 


902  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

104,  105.  Electricity  and  Magnetism — (3,  3)  Two  lectures,  one 
laboratory.     Estabrook. 

Prerequisites — Physics  10,  11  and  Mathematics  20,  21. 
Given  in  alternate  years. 

For  Graduates 

200,  201.  Introduction  to  Theoretical  Physics — (5,  5)  Five  lec- 
tures.   Estabrook. 

Prerequisites — Advanced  standing  in  Physics. 

208,  209.  Thermodynamics — (4)     Two  lectures.    Estabrook. 

Prerequisites — Chemistry  187,  189. 

Given  in  alternate  years. 

PHYSIOLOGY 

22.  Physiology — (3)  Second  year,  second  semester,  two  lectures,  one 
laboratory.  Chapman,  Amberson,  Smith,  Ferguson,  Gittinger,  Apple- 
garth  and  Morgenstein. 

Prerequisite — Zoology  1. 

A  short  course  in  the  fundamentals  of  physiology,  designed  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  students  in  pharmacy. 

ZOOLOGY 
1.     General  Zoology — (4)      First  year,  first  semester,  two  lectures 
and  two  laboratories.    Applegarth  and  Morgenstein. 

A  study  with  laboratory  dissection,  of  typical  invertebrate  and  verte- 
brate animals,  with  an  introductory  discourse  on  basic  biological  prin- 
ciples. This  course  is  intended  to  be  cultural  and  practical  with  special 
emphasis  on  a  foundation  for  future  related  courses. 

5.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology — (4)  Elective,  Second  se- 
mester, two  lectures  and  two  laboratories.     Applegarth. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  principal  organ  system  of  representative 
Chrodates  with  laboratory  dissection  and  demonstration. 

TEXT  BOOKS 

Each  student  is  required  to  have  his  own  text  books.  The  books  re- 
quired in  each  course  will  be  announced  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester. 

CHANGES  IN  CURRICULUM 

The  Faculty  Council  reserves  the  right  to  make,  at  any  time,  such 
changes  in  the  curriculum  as  may  be  found  necessary  or  desirable. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

MEMBERSHIP  AND  ACCREDITATION 

1.  The  University  of  Maryland,  which  incorporates  the  School  of  Nursing 
with  all  of  the  other  Schools  of  the  University,  is  a  member  of  the 
Association  of  American  Colleges,  and  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools. 

2.  The  School  of  Nursing  is  accredited  by  the  Maryland  State  Board  of 
Examiners  of  Nurses  and  other  states  that  reciprocate  with  the  State 
of  Maryland  and  is  in  Group  I  with  the  Interim  Classification  of  the 
National  League  of  Nursing  Education. 

3.  The  hospital,  which  is  the  teaching  laboratory  for  the  students  of  the 
School  of  Nursing,  is  approved  by  the  American  College  of  Surgeons,  the 
American  Medical  Association-Residents  and  Interns,  the  American  Hos- 
pital Association,  and  the  Maryland  Hospital  Association.  It  is  also  a 
participant  in  the  Blue  Cross  Plan. 

The  University  of  Maryland  has  the  following  educational  organizations: 


At  Baltimore 

The  School  of  Dentistry 
The  School  of  Law 
The  School  of  Medicine 

At  College  Park 

College  of  Agriculture 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration 

College  of  Education 

Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engi- 
neering and  Aeronautical 
Sciences 


The  School  of  Nursing 
The  School  of  Pharmacy 
The  College  of  Special  and  Con- 
tinuation Studies 

College  of  Home  Economics 
College  of  Military  Science 
College  of  Physical  Education, 

Recreation  and  Health 
College  of  Special  and  Continua- 
tion Studies 
Summer  School 
Graduate  School 


Each  school  has  its  own  Faculty  Council,  composed  of  the  Dean  and 
members  of  its  faculty;  each  Faculty  Council  controls  the  internal  affairs 
of  the  group  it  represents. 


PROPOSED  CALENDAR  FOR  1950-51 

September  6,  1950                Wednesday  Admission  of  fall  class 

Dec.  22-Jan.  1, 1951              Friday-Monday  Christmas  Holidays 

September  6,  1951                 Thursday  Admission  of  fall  class 

903 


904  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

FACULTY,  DEPARTMENT  OF  NURSING  EDUCATION 

Florence  Meda  Gipe,  R.N.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Department  of  Nursing 
Education  and  Nursing  Service 

Frances  Orgain,  R.N.,  M.A.,  Associate  Director,  School  of  Nursing 

Margaret  L.  Hayes,  R.N.,  M.S.,  Associate  Director  of  Nursing  Education 

Marie  P.  Zec,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director  of  Nursing  Education,  In- 
structor of  General  Nursing 

Eva  Bradley,  R.N.,  B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Instructor,  Biological  Sciences 

Mary  E.  Grotefend,  R.N.,  M.S.,  Instructor,  Social  Sciences;  Coordinator 
of  Student  Experience  in  Out-Patient  Department 

Cecilia  M.  Zitkus,  A.B.,  R.N.,  Instructor,  Nursing  Arts 

LaRue  Sch Wallenberg,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Nursing 

Lois  Schildwachter,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Medical  and  Surgical 
Nursing 

Helen  W.  Taylor,  B.S.,  R.N.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Medical  and  Surgical 
Nursing  (Evening) 

Kathryn    Williams,    B.S.,    R.N.,    Clinical    Instructor,    Operating    Room 
Technique 

Martha    Baer,     B.S.,    R.N.,     Clinical     Instructor,     Obstetrical    Nursing 
(Evening) 
fBESSiE  Neild,  R.N.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Obstetrical  Nursing 

Frances  T.  Reed,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Nursing  of  Children 
jMargaret  Stewart,  R.N.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing 

Laura  Wildman,  R.N.,   B.A.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Medical   and   Surgical 
Nursing 

ASSISTANTS  IN  ADMINISTRATION 

Jeanne  Borges Secretary  to  Director  of  Nursing 

Jeanne  Fink Secretary 

Clara  McGovern,  R.N.,  B.S Supervisor,  Records 

Simone  Hurst Librarian 

Edith  Mutch,  R.N Librarian  (Evening) 

LECTURERS* 

Charles  Bagley,  Jr.,  M.A.,  M.D Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery 

J.  Edmund  Bradley,  M.D Professor  of  Pediatrics  and  Head  of  Department 

Otto  C.  Brantigan,  B.S.,  M.D Professor  of  Surgical  Anatomy 

T.  Nelson  Carey,  M.D Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 

Brice  M.  Dorsey,  D.D.S Professor  of  Oral  Surgery 

Louis  H.  Douglass,  M.D Professor  of  Obstetrics 

Charles  Reid  Edwards,  M.D Professor  of  Surgery 


*  The  above  named  may  not  necessarily  give  the  lectures  personally,  but  in  all  instances 
the  instructors  are  either  appointed  or  named  by  them. 

t  Working  for  degree  and  will  complete  within  the  next  year. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  905 

Frank  W.  Hatchel,  M.D Professor  of  Bacteriology 

J.  Mason  Hundley,  Jr.,  M.A.,  M.D Professor  of  Gynecology 

John  C.  Krantz,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc Professor  of  Pharmacology 

Maurice  C.  Pincoffs,  B.S.,  M.D Professor  of  Medicine 

Emil  G.  Schmidt,  Ph.D.,  LL.B Professor  of  Biological  Chemistry 

Eduard  Uhlenhuth,  Ph.D Professor  of  Anatomy 

FACULTY  IN  NURSING 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Faculty 

Florence  Meda  Gipe,  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  Chairman 

Eva  F.  Darley  Margaret  Hayes 

Marie  P.  Zec 

Advisory  Committee  to  the  School  of  Nursing 

Louis  M.  Krause,  Chairman Representative  of  School  of  Medicine 

Virginia  Conley President,  Nurses'  Alumnae  Association 

Edgar  F.  Long Chairman,  Committee  of  Admissions 

Mrs.  Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr Representative  of  General  Community 

George  H.  Buck Director,  University  Hospital 

Dr.  Charles  Sylvester Assistant  Superintendent,  Vocational 

Education  of  Public  Schools 

Robert  Riley Director,  Baltimore  City  Health  Department 

Mrs.  Nathan  Winslow Member,  Woman's  Board 

Boyd  Wylie Dean,  School  of  Medicine 

George  Yeager Member,  Surgical  Staff 

FACULTY  STANDING  COMMITTEES 

Florence  Meda  Gipe,  Chairman Executive  Committee 

Marie  P.  Zec,  Chairman Committee  on  Curriculum 

Edgar  F.  Long,  Chairman Committee  on  Admissions 

Margaret  Hayes,  Chairman Committee  on  Staff  Education 

Eva  Bradley,  Chairman Committee  on  Records  and  Grading 

Margaret  Hayes,  Chairman Committee  on  Student  Affairs 

Harold  F.  Cotterman,  Chairman Committee  on  Scholarship  and 

Student  Loans 

Mrs.  Ida  Robinson,  Chairman. Committee  on  Library  Affairs 

Marie  P.  Zec,  Chariman Committee  on  Nursing  and  Allied  Arts 

W.  H.  Townshend,  Jr Committee  on  Health  Service 

Frances  Reed,  Chairman Committee  on  Clinical  Instruction 

ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  ON  CURRICULUM 

Florence  M.  Gipe,  Chairman Director,  University  of  Maryland 

School  of  Nursing 

Sister  M.  Florence Supervisor  of  Instruction,  Mercy  Hospital  and 

University  of  Maryland  School  of  Education 
Emy  Lanning Director  of  Nursing  Education,  Rockville,  Maryland 


906  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Ruth  Moubray Guidance  Counselor  and  Executive  Secretary 

*Edna  McNaughton Nursery  School,  College  Park 

Margaret  Newcomb Director,  School  of  Nursing, 

Sheppard  and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital 

Anna  Perch Supervisor,  Baltimore  City  Public  Health  Department 

Gladys  Wiggin,  Ph.D Professor  of  Education,  College  Park 

Florence  N.  Harvey Director  of  Nursing,  Spring  Grove  Hospital 

STAFF,  DEPARTMENT  OF  NURSING  SERVICE 

Florence  Meda  Gipe,  R.N.,  M.S.,  Director  of  the  Divisions  of  Nursing 

Education  and  Nursing  Service. 
Eva  Darley,  R.N.,  Associate  Director,  Nursing  Service. 
Martha  Hoffman,  R.N.,  Assistant  Director,  Nursing  Service — Evening. 
Ethel  Troy,  R.N.,  Assistant  Director,  Nursing  Service — Night. 
Ada  Hines,  R.N.,  Assistant  Director,  Nursing  Service — Night. 
C.  Lorraine  Neel,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Nursing  Service. 
Mary  Saulsbury,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Nursing  Service — Day. 
Charlotte  Halter,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Eleventh  Floor,  Private. 
Virginia  Stack,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Tenth  Floor,  Private. 
Margaret  Riffle,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Ninth  Floor,  Private. 
Elizabeth  Aitkenhead,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Operating  Rooms. 
Elizabeth  Gooch,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Central  Supply  Room. 
Flora  Streett,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Obstetrical  Department. 
Mary  Joneckis,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Pediatric  Department. 
Ruth  Ann  Young,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing, 

Fourth  Floor. 
Martha  Peake,  R.N.,   Supervisor,  Medical  and   Surgical   Nursing,   Third 

Floor. 
Florence  Wong,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Special  Clinics,  Second  Floor. 
Edith  R.  Lillard,  B.S.,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Accident  Room. 
Edith  Miller,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Out-Patient  Department. 
Dorothy  Hunt,  R.N.,  Head  Nurse  in  Health  Office. 
Barbara  Conway,  R.N.,  Instructor,  Play  Therapy. 
Anna  Mae  Slacum,  R.N.,  B.S.,  Instructor,  Play  Therapy. 
fELEANOR  Slacum,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Nursing  Service — Evening 


*  University   of   Maryland 

t  Working  for  degree  and  will  complete  within   the  next  year 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  907 

PROGRAM  OF  STUDY 

The  present  School  of  Nursing  offers  a  program  of  study,  instituted  in 
1924,  to  two  groups :  to  those  who  desire  to  complete  their  work  in  approxi- 
mately thirty-six  months,  and  to  those  who  desire  the  five  year  combined 
academic  study  and  specialization  in  nursing.  Those  who  complete  the 
latter  course  successfully  receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  a 
diploma  in  nursing. 

OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

In  attempting  to  anticipate  the  future  professional  needs  of  its  graduates 
and  community,  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  carefully 
selects  young  women  to  educate  them  to  become  professional  nurses  who 
will  administer  sympathetic  and  safe  nursing  care  to  the  sick,  and  who  will 
teach  the  principles  of  health  and  prevention  of  disease  needed  in  an  ever- 
changing  society. 

FACILITIES  FOR  EDUCATION 

The  University  of  Maryland  Hospital,  a  general  hospital,  has  a  capacity 
of  435  beds  and  70  bassinets.  The  wards  and  Out-patient  Department  afford 
valuable  opportunities  for  the  clinical  experience  of  the  student  nurse  as 
well  as  for  the  study  of  family  and  community  problems.  The  classroom, 
laboratories,  and  library  of  the  School  of  Medicine  are  available  for  instruc- 
tional purposes.  Clinical  experience  in  Psychiatric  Nursing  is  provided  at 
Sheppard  and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital;  in  Communicable  Disease  Nursing  at 
Sydenham  Hospital;  and  a  limited  number  of  affiliations  in  Public  Health 
Nursing  with  the  Baltimore  City  Health  Department. 

RESIDENT  FACILITIES 

Student  nurses  reside  in  Louisa  Parsons  Hall.  The  residence  is  under 
the  direction  of  a  graduate  registered  nurse.  Plans  for  a  new  Nurses 
Residence  and  Recreational  Center  have  been  approved  for  the  near  future. 

LIBRARY  FACILITIES 

The  School  of  Nursing  Library  is  an  integral  part  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  library  system,  and  is  under  the  Director  of  Libraries  of  the 
University.  Both  scientific  and  recreational  collections  of  books  are  pro- 
vided in  the  library  which  is  conveniently  located  on  the  first  floor  of  the 
Louisa  Parsons  Hall. 

The  facilities  of  the  Medical,  Dental,  Pharmaceutical,  and  Law  School 
Libraries  are  available  to  the  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  Additional 
facilities  are  provided  at  the  main  branch  of  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library, 
which  comprises  the  public  library  system  for  the  City  of  Baltimore;  the 
Peabody  Library,  which  contains  a  large  collection  of  non-circulating  rare 
books;  the  Maryland  Historical  Society  Library;  and  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress, which  conducts  an  inter-loan  service  to  the  major  libraries  of  the 
country. 


908  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

FEES    AND    ESTIMATED    EXPENSES    FOR    THREE    YEARS 
IN  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Fixed  Fee  $50.00* 

Student  Activity  Fee •- 5.00 

Textbooks   (approximately)   60.00 

Uniforms    70.00 

These  costs  are  approximate  and  may  fluctuate  because  of  changing  living 
costs.  Throughout  the  course  students  are  provided  maintenance  which  in- 
cludes room,  board,  and  laundry  of  uniforms.  At  the  present  time  a  limited 
number  of  students  are  allowed  the  privilege  of  living  at  home,  permission 
for  which  is  granted  by  the  Director  of  Nurses.  Students'  uniforms  will  be 
obtained  after  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  Shoes,  stockings  and 
other  personal  items  are  furnished  by  the  students.  Expenses  such  as  meals, 
carfare,  and  incidentals  which  the  student  incurs  during  periods  of  affiliation 
or  field  trips  are  borne  by  the  student. 

HEALTH  SERVICE 

The  School  of  Nursing  maintains  a  Health  Service  for  the  students  under 
the  general  direction  of  a  Committee  on  Health  Services.  Periodic  health 
examinations  are  provided  for  each  student. 

Vaccination  against  Typhoid  Fever  and  Smallpox  are  required  of  all 
students  before  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  Medical  care  is  pro- 
vided for  student  nurses.  Dental  care  is  not  provided  in  the  Health  Service, 
but  care  is  furnished  by  the  Dental  Clinic,  second  floor  of  University  Hospital. 

Time  which  is  lost  due  to  illness  in  excess  of  fourteen  days  during  the 
three-year  period,  is  made  up  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty. 

EXTRA  PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAM 

The  student  nurses  have  a  student  government  organization  the  function 
of  which  is  to  assist  in  the  government  of  the  school  in  cooperation  with  the 
faculty,  and  to  plan  recreational  activities. 

Upon  her  admission  each  new  student  is  met  by  one  of  the  older  students 
who  acts  as  her  big  sister.  This  is  a  helpful  relationship  in  which  the  older 
student  assists  the  new  one  with  advice  and  suggestions  based  on  her  own 
experience  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Recreation  facilities  are  utilized  to  the  utmost.  The  "Y"  pool  is  used 
for  Tuesday  nights.  Here  the  students  enjoy  the  relaxation  of  a  cool  swim 
or  the  hilarity  of  sport  in  the  water  after  a  busy  day.  During  the  winter 
season,  basketball  is  played  in  the  "gym"  of  the  church  next  door.  Parties 
for  tennis  and  other  sports  are  made  up  from  time  to  time  and  held  in  the 
parks  or  other  surrounding  facilities.  A  dance  or  a  big  party  is  held  about 
once  a  month.  The  nurses'  dining  room  is  used  for  informal  dances  and  a 
downtown  hotel  ballroom  for  formal  ones.  The  adjacent  Schools  of  Medicine, 
Pharmacy,  Dentistry,  and  Law  cooperate  in  these  dances  and  add  to  the 
general  pleasure.    Recently  a  Glee  Club  has  been  organized. 

*  Subject  to  change  pending  combined  recreational  program  which  is   now  being  estab- 
lished in  the  University  of  Maryland. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  909 

Baltimore  City  is  a  center  of  culture  and  education.  It  offers  much  stimu- 
lation to  the  visitor  and  the  inhabitant  in  the  way  of  drama,  music,  art, 
lectures,  libraries,  and  the  like.  The  Student  Government  Association  plans 
trips  to  various  functions  and  points  of  interest. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Director  and  the  faculty,  the  students  make  rules 
and  administer  them  in  regard  to  discipline,  house  regulations,  and  con- 
ventions. This  not  only  makes  for  a  better  spirit  of  democracy,  but  prepares 
the  student  for  coming  leadership  and  participation  in  community  life. 

All  of  these  activities  help  the  students  to  realize  their  profession.  Inter- 
est, relaxation,  responsibility,  and  cooperation  are  thus  fostered  and  form 
a  vital  part  of  the  student's  life. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Evidence  of  personal  stability  for  nursing  in  relation  to  physical  health, 
emotional  stability,  and  general  qualifications  of  personality,  cultural  de- 
velopment and  maturity  must  be  submitted,  and  a  personal  interview  with 
the  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing  or  School  Counselor.  If  the  student 
is  too  far  distant  from  the  University  the  interview  is  given  by  a  member 
of  the  National  League  of  Nursing  Education  in  that  area. 

Graduates  of  accredited  secondary  schools  will  be  admitted  by  certificate 
upon  the  recommendation   of  the   principal.     In  selecting  students,  more 
emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and  other  indications  of  probable 
success  in  nursing  rather  than  upon  a  fixed  pattern  of  subject  matter. 
English   4  units  required  for  all  divisions  of  the  University. 

Mathematics 2  units  —  One  unit  each  of  algebra  and  plane 

geometry  is  desirable. 

History   1  unit,  2  units  are  desirable. 

Foreign  language  1  unit,  2  units  are  desirable  (Latin  suggested). 

Science 

Biology   1  unit 

Chemistry 1  unit 

Physics  (suggested)  1  unit 

Psychometric  tests,  which  are  given  by  the  National  League  of  Nursing 
Education,  to  determine  suitability  for  nursing  are  taken  by  prospective 
students.  Notice  and  instructions  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  review 
of  the  credentials  by  the  Committee  on  Admission.  A  fee  of  approximately 
$5.00  is  to  be  paid  by  the  applicant  for  these  tests.  The  fee  is  paid  directly 
to  the  League. 

Applicants  should  be  17-35  years  of  age. 

All  inquiries  concerning  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing  who  will  furnish  you, 
upon  request,  the  necessary  forms  which  must  be  filed  with  the  University 
of  Maryland. 


910 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


CURRICULUM 

BASIC  PROFESSIONAL  COURSE  (Three- Year  Course) 

The  curriculum  covers  a  period  of  three  years  after 
which  time  a  diploma  in  Nursing  is  awarded  by  the 
University  of  Maryland  upon  recommendation  by  the 
School  of  Nursing.  The  pre-clinical  period  consists 
of  the  first  six  months  and  is  devoted  primarily  to 
the  study  of  the  sciences  basic  to  nursing,  the  principles 
and  practice  of  nursing,  and  the  supervised  practice  of 
skills  learned  in  the  classroom.  The  students  who  meet 
the  requirements  both  in  scholastical  and  clinical  work, 
will  be  accepted  into  the  School  of  Nursing  as  clinical 
students. 

Following  the  preclinical  period  students  are  assigned 
within  a  division  for  five  hours  of  clinical  practice  and 
two  fifty  minute  periods  of  class  per  day,  including 
meal  hours.  One  free  day  a  week  is  given,  and  careful 
planning  makes  it  possible  to  give  this  day  off  without 
class  interference.  At  the  present  time  plans  are  being 
made  to  institute  a  forty  hour  week. 

The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Faculty  may,  at  any 
time,  terminate  a  student's  course  if  she  fails  to  meet 
the  standards  of  the  School  of  Nursing  or  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland. 

A  three-year  Graduate  Nurse  is  pictured  at  upper  left. 

FIVE-YEAR  COMBINED  ARTS  AND   SCIENCES   AND  NURSING 

The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  comprising 
a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  exclusive  of  hygiene 
and  physical  activities,  are  taken  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  at  College  Park  and  the  professional 
training  is  taken  in  the  School  of  Nursing  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  in  Baltimore. 

In  addition  to  the  Diploma  in  Nursing,  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  may,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  be 
granted  at  the  end  of  the  professional  training. 

A  student  may  enter  this  combined  curriculum  with 
advanced  standing  but  the  second  year,  consisting  of  a 
minimum  of  30  credits,  exclusive  of  physical  training, 
must  be  completed  in  College  Park.  To  qualify  for  the 
combined  degree  the  student  must  complete  the  re- 
quired work  at  College  Park  before  beginning  the  pro- 
fessional training  in  Baltimore. 

In  order  to  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  the 
student  must  fulfill  the  grade  requirements  of  the 
university. 

A  five-year  Graduate  Nurse  is  pictured  at  lower  right. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


911 


PRE-NURSING  CURRICULILW 
Arts-Nursing  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  2 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

G.    &    P.    1 — American    Government 

Chem.   11,   13 — General   Chemistry 

L.  S.   1,  2— Library  Methods 

Modern    Language    

Speech    18,    19 — Introductory    Speech 

Hea.  2,  4 — Hygiene   (Women) 

Physical    Activities     

Total   

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 

H.  5,  6 — History  of  American  Civilization 

Zool.    1 — General   Zoology    

Bact.  1 — General  Bacteriology   , 

Psych.    1 — Introduction   to    Psychology , 

Econ.    37 — Fundamentals   of   Economics , 

Modern   Language    

Physical    Activities     , 

Total   


Semester — \ 

/       n 


ADMISSION  PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate  Schools:  Applicants  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  for  Pre-Nursing  Course  should  communicate  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Applicants  from  Secondary  Schools:  Procure  an  application  blank  from 
the  Director  of  Admissions.  Fill  in  personal  data  requested  and  ask  your 
principal  or  headmaster  to  enter  your  secondary  school  record  and  mail 
the  blank  to  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

To  avoid  delay,  it  is  suggested  that  applications  be  filed  not  later  than 
July  1  for  the  fall  semester.  Applications  from  students  completing  their 
last  semester  of  secondary  work  are  encouraged.  If  acceptable,  supplemen- 
tary records  will  be  sent  upon  graduation. 

Applicants  from  Other  Colleges  and  Universities:  Secure  an  application 
blank  from  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Fill  in  personal  data  requested 
and  ask  secondary  school  principal  or  headmaster  to  enter  secondary  school 
record  and  send  the  blank  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  Request  the 
Registrar  of  the  College  or  University  attended  to  send  a  transcript  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Time  of  Admission :  New  students  should  plan  to  enter  the  University  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 


912  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Two  months  credit  is  allowed  by  the  School  of  Nursing  for  every  thirty 
semester  hours  in  an  accredited  college  or  university,  depending  upon  the 
scholastic  rating  of  the  individual  and  her  ability  to  adjust  in  a  hospital 
environment. 

ADMISSION  OF  FRESHMEN 

Admission  by  Certificate:  Graduates  of  accredited  secondary  schools  of 
Maryland  or  the  District  of  Columbia  will  be  admitted  by  certificate  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  principal.  Graduates  of  out-of-state  schools 
should  have  attained  college  certification  marks,  such  marks  to  be  not  less 
than  one  letter  or  ten  points  higher  than  the  passing  mark. 

Veterans  and  other  mature  persons  who  are  not  high  school  graduates 
may  qualify  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  by  passing  prescribed  tests 
comparable  to  those  employed  by  state  authorities  to  establish  high  school 
equivalence. 

SUBJECT  REQUIREMENTS 

In  selecting  students  more  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter. 

English    4  units  required  for  all  divisions  of  the  University. 

Mathematics    

For  all  colleges  one  unit  each  of  Algebra  and 
Plane  Geometry  is  desirable.  Deviation  may  be 
allowed  for  certain  curricula. 

Social  Science;  Natural 

and  Biological  Science. .  1    unit   from   each   group    is   required;    two   are 
desirable. 

Foreign  Languages Those    who    will    follow    the    professions,    enter 

journalism,  foreign  trade  or  service,  study  the 
humanities  or  do  research,  should  have  a  good 
foundation  in  one  or  more,  but  none  is  required. 

Electives   Fine    Arts,    trade    and    vocational    subjects    are 

acceptable. 

Transfer  Students:  Only  students  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship 
and  conduct  are  eligible  to  transfer.  Advanced  standing  is  assigned  to  trans- 
fer students  from  accredited  institutions  under  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  resident  work  of  not  less  than  30  semesters 
hours  is  necessary  for  a  degree. 

2.  The  University  reserves  the  right  at  any  time  to  revoke  advanced 
standing  if  the  transfer  student's  progress  is  unsatisfactory. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


913 


RESIDENTS,  NON-RESIDENTS 
For  Two  Years  Pre-Nursing  at  College  Park 


Fees  for  Undergraduate  Students 

Fixed   Charges    

Athletic  Fee 

Special  Fee 

Student  Activities  Fee 

Infirmary  Fee   

Post  Office  Fee 

Advisory  and  Testing  Fee 


Total  for  Maryland  Residents $130.00 


First 

Second 

Semester 

Semester 

Total 

$82.00 

$83.00 

$165.00 

15.00 

15.00 

15.00 

15.00 

10.00 

10.00 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

2.00 

1.00 

1.00 

$130.00 

$83.00 

$213.00 

Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
Other  States  and  Countries 

Tuition  Fee  for  Non-Resident  Students 


$63.00 


$62.00 


$125.00 


Total  for  Non-Resident  Students $193.00         *$145.00 


$338.00 


Board  and  Lodging 

Board $170.00  $170.00  $340.00 

Dormitory  Room   $54-$63  $54-$63      $108-$126 


Total  for  Room  and  Board $224-$233      $224-$233      $448-$466 

The  Fixed  Charges  Fee  is  not  a  charge  for  tuition.  It  is  a  charge  to  help  defray  the 
cost  of  operating  the  University's  physical  plant  and  other  various  services  which  ordinarily 
would  not  be  included  as  a  cost  of  teaching  personnel  and  teaching  supplies.  Included  in 
these  costs  would  be  janitorial  services,  cost  of  heat,  electricity,  water,  etc.,  administrative 
and  clerical  cost,  maintenance  of  buildings  and  grounds,  maintenance  of  libraries,  cost  of 
University  publications,  Alumni  Office,  the  University  Business  and  Financial  Offices,  the 
Kegistrar's  Office,  the  Admissions  Office,  and  any  other  such  services  as  are  supplemental 
and  necessary  to  teaching  and  research  are  supported  by  this  fee. 

The  Athletic  Fee  is  charged  for  the  support  of  the  Department  of  Intercollegiate 
Athletics.  All  students  are  eligible  and  encouraged  to  participate  in  all  of  the  activities  of 
this  department  and  to  attend  all  contests   in  which  they  do  not  participate. 

The  Special  Fee  is  used  for  improving  physical  training  facilities  and  for  other  Uni- 
versity projects  that  have  direct  relationship  to  student  welfare,  especially  athletics  and 
recreation.  This  fee  now  is  allocated  to  a  fund  for  construction  of  a  stadium,  a  new 
combination  coliseum  and  auditorium,  and  to  constructing  a  new  swimming  pool,  and  a 
student  union. 

The  Students  Activities  Fee  is  a  mandatory  fee  included  at  the  request  of  the  Student 
Government  Association.  It  covers  subscriptions  to  the  Diamondback,  student  paper,  of 
$1.50  per  year,  the  Old  Line,  literary  magazine,  of  $.75  per  year,  and  the  yearbook  ;  class 
dues,   including  financial  support  for  the  musical   and   dramatic   clubs. 

The  Infirmary  Fee  does  not  include  expensive  drugs  or  special  diagnostic  procedures. 
Expensive  drugs  will  be  charged  at  cost  and  special  diagnostic  procedures,  such  as  X-Ray, 
Electrocardiographs,  Basal  Metabolic  Rates,  etc.,  will  be  charged  at  the  lowest  cost  prevailing 
in   the  vicinity. 

*  Students  entering  the  University  for  the  second  semester  will  pay  the  following  addi- 
tional fees :  Athletic,  $7.50 ;  Special,  $5.00 ;  Student  Activities,  $8.00 ;  Infirmary,  $2.50  : 
Post  Office  Fees,   $1.00  ;  Advisory  and  Testing  Fee,   $.50. 


914 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


LABORATORY  AND  OTHER  FEES  FOR  FIVE-YEAR  STUDENTS 

Special  Fees 

Matriculation  Fee  for  undergraduates,  payable  at  first  registration 

in  the  University $10.00 

Diploma  Fee  for  Bachelor's  degree,  payable  just  prior  to  graduation     10.00 
Cap  and  Gown  Fee,  Bachelor's  degree 2.50 


Laboratory  Fees  Per  Semester  Course 

Bacteriology  $10.00 

Botany  5.00 

Chemistry  10.0C 


Speech $1.00 

Zoology 8.00 


CURRICULUM 


Biological  and  Physical  Sciences 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Chemistry  

Microbiology 


Social  Sciences 

Psychology 

Sociology  

History  of  Nursing 

Professional  Adjustments  I 

Social  Foundations  of  Nursing. 


Medical  Sciences 

Elementary  Materia  Medica 

Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics. 

Nursing  and  Allied  Arts 

Nursing  

Nutrition,  Foods  and  Cookery 

Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing.... 

Circulatory  System  

Central  Nervous  System 

Aseptic  Technic 

Dermatology  and  Venereal 

Diet  Therapy  

Endocrine  System 

Gastro-Intestinal  System 


Total 
Class*     Laboratory     Hours 


95 
40 
15 


35 


75 
15 

30 
20 
15 
25 
30 
15 
25 


15 

20 
30 


10 


150 
30 


105 
60 
45 


30 
45 
15 

15 
30 


20 
45 


225 

45 

300 


*  Lectures  by  Instructors,  Student  projects,  Seminar  papers,  Student  reports. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


915 


Classy- 
Reproductive  System 20 

Kidney  10 

Ophthalmology   9 

Orthopedics    20 

Respiratory  System 30 

Ward  Clinics  and  Conferences 50 

Obstetrics  and  Obstetrical  Nursing 

Pediatrics  and  Pediatric  Nursing 

Psychiatry  and  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Public  Health  and  Public  Health  Nursing 


Laboratory 


Total 
Hours 


60 
90 
92 
30 


*  Lectures  by  Instructors,  Student  projects,  Seminar  papers,  Student  reports. 

DESCRIPTION   OF   COURSES   OF   INSTRUCTION 

ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY.  105  Hours 

Professor  of  Anatomy,  assisted  by  a  nurse  instructor. 

The  anatomy  of  the  human  body  is  taught  by  lectures,  demonstrations, 
and  exercises  on  anatomical  material.  Nearly  every  organ,  organ  system 
and  region  of  the  body  is  demonstrated  in  actual  dissections  of  the  human 
cadaver.  A  rich  and  interesting  collection  of  skeletal  material  is  available; 
the  muscles  are  shown  in  a  dissected  "muscle  man";  the  circulatory  system 
is  demonstrated  in  a  dissection  of  a  cadaver  in  which  colored  materials  have 
been  injected  into  the  blood  vessels.  In  addition,  many  beautiful  anatomical 
preparations  made  by  the  curator  of  the  department  are  shown  and  studied; 
fresh  organs  of  cattle,  sheep  and  pigs,  and  occasionally  of  man.  Fresh  beef 
hearts  are  dissected  by  the  students. 

Physiology  is  taught  in  combination  with  anatomy,  mostly  by  lectures 
supplemented  by  drawings,  charts,  models  and  some  experiments. 

CHEMISTRY.  60  Hours 

Professor  of  Chemistry,  assisted  by  a  nurse  instructor. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry  which  are  available  both  in  the 
practice  of  nursing  and  in  the  comprehension  of  other  sciences  are  studied. 
The  content  includes  selected  topics  in  general,  organic  and  biological 
chemistry.  Whenever  possible,  practical  applications  and  laboratory  ex- 
periments are  integrated  with  the  subject  matter. 

MICROBIOLOGY.  45  Hours 

Professor  of  Bacteriology,  assisted  by  a  nurse  instructor. 

The  lectures  and  laboratory  periods  are  devoted  to  the  study  of  the 
essential  relation  of  Microbiology  to  diagnosis,  treatment,  prevention  of 
disease,  and  nursing  care.     Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  important  patho- 


916  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

genie  species.  This  includes:  their  mode  of  entrance  into  the  body,  their 
portal  of  exit,  their  method  of  transfer,  the  tests  most  helpful  in  determin- 
ing their  presence,  methods  of  immunization,  and  a  good  working  knowledge 
of  the  various  methods  used  in  their  destruction. 

NUTRITION,  FOODS  AND  COOKERY.  45  Hours 

Teaching  Dietitian. 

The  modern  concept  regarding  the  constituents  of  an  adequate  diet,  the 
chemistry  and  mechanics  of  digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism  of  foods, 
food  requirements  of  various  ages,  food  economics,  and  the  latest  informa- 
tion on  the  role  of  vitamins  in  human  nutrition  are  considered.  The  labora- 
tory work  is  practical  experience,  under  supervision,  in  the  preparation  and 
service  of  typical  hospital  dietaries  based  on  the  fundamental  principles 
of  cookery. 

MENTAL  HYGIENE.  15  Hours 

PSYCHOLOGY.     Instructor  in  Psychology.  30  Hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  some  of  the  basic  concepts  of 
dynamic  psychology.  How  people  are  related  to  each  other  so  that  the 
student  will  be  helped  with  her  own  adjustments  and  with  her  understanding 
of  other  people  are  also  considered.  Interrelationship  of  mind  and  body, 
principles  of  study  habits  and  personality  development  are  stressed. 

SOCIOLOGY.  45  Hours 

Nurse  instructor,  under  the  supervision  of  Sociology  Department, 
College  Park. 

Attention  is  given  to  an  analysis  of  the  American  social  structure  as  it 
relates  to  nurses  and  nursing,  and  also  includes  the  family;  metropolitan, 
small  town,  and  rural  communities;  population  distribution,  composition  and 
change;  and  general  social  organization. 

PROFESSIONAL  ADJUSTMENTS.  15  Hours 

Director  of  the  School  and  Guidance  Counsellor. 

To  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation  of  effective 
living  is  the  aim  of  this  course.  This  includes  an  understanding  of  pro- 
fessional relationships,  personal  responsibility,  and  ethical  principles  in 
order  to  help  the  student  adapt  herself  to  her  professional  responsibilities. 

PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS.  45  Hours 

Professor  of  Pharmacology,  assisted  by  a  nurse  instructor. 

Those  phases  of  pharmacology  necessary  for  the  intelligent  use  of  drugs 
in  the  treatment  of  disease  are  treated  in  this  course.  Methods  of  adminis- 
tration of  drugs,  their  actions  and  therapeutic  effects,  and  the  symptoms 
and  treatment  of  poisoning  constitute  the  course  of  lectures.   . 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  917 

NURSING  ARTS.  225  Hours 

Assistant  Director  of  Nursing  Education  and  instructors. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  ill  patient  and  his  needs  by  means  of 
a  consideration  of  the  methods  of  creating  and  maintaining  a  desirable 
environment  for  the  patient  and  his  family  are  studied.  Personal  Hygiene, 
Bandaging,  and  Massage  are  correlated  with  basic  physical  and  mental  care 
which  is  required  by  the  patient.  This  study  of  nursing  care  is  involved  by 
simple  diagnostic  procedures.  The  development  of  Nursing  Care  plans  by 
each  student  is  stressed.  Recognition  of  opportunities  for  health  teaching; 
application  of  scientific  principles  studied  in  biological,  physical,  chemical 
and  social  sciences  are  related  to  the  nursing  care  of  patients.  The  develop- 
ment of  nursing  skills  is  expected  by  the  assignment  of  students  after 
classroom  demonstration  and  practice  of  procedure  to  care  of  ill  patients. 
Lectures,  laboratory  demonstration,  practice  and  hospital  experience  are 
included. 

MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  NURSING.  300  Hours 

Supervisor  of  Clinical  Instruction  and  assistants. 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  the  treating  of  disease  by  medical  or  surgical 
methods  and  of  considering  the  individual  in  health  and  in  sickness.  Clinical 
manifestations  of  disease  are  emphasized,  as  well  as  their  relation  to  social, 
economic  and  psychological  control  in  the  hospital  and  in  the  community. 
Observation  and  demonstration  at  the  bedside  are  arranged,  and  experience 
includes  related  teaching  in  diet  therapy,  pharmacology,  nursing  arts  and 
public  health  nursing. 

OBSTETRICAL  NURSING.  60  Hours 

Clinical  Instructor,  Department  of  Obstetrics,  and  associates. 

The  management  and  treatment  of  the  normal  and  the  abnormal  phases  of 
pregnancy,  parturition  and  puerperium;  and  the  treatment  of  the  normal 
and  abnormal  conditions  of  the  newborn  infant  are  studied.  Clinical  con- 
ferences are  conducted  in  which  the  history,  diagnosis,  treatment  and 
nursing  care  of  the  mother  and  her  infant  are  presented  and  discussed. 
Consideration  is  also  given  to  the  socio-economic  relationship  to  obstetrical 
nursing. 

NURSING  OF  CHILDREN.  90  Hours 

Clinical  Instructor,  Department  of  Pediatrics,  and  associates. 

The  normal  child,  his  behavior  and  the  representative  diseases  of  child- 
hood in  relation  to  the  socio-economic  factors  are  considered.  Nursing 
practice,  nursing  care  studies,  conferences,  and  clinics  are  supplementary 
features  of  the  nursing  of  children. 


918  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

NURSING  AND  HEALTH  SERVICE  IN  THE  FAMILY.  30  Hours 

Instructor  of  Public  Health  Nursing. 

This  includes  the  principles  of  health  needs  of  the  community,  public 
health  administration  and  activities.  The  principles  of  public  health  nursing 
in  relation  to  individual,  family  and  community  health  are  emphasized. 

SOCIAL    FOUNDATIONS    OF   NURSING.  30  Hours 

Associate  Director  of  Nursing  and  others. 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  knowledge  and  an  appreciation  of 
the  role  of  the  nurse,  both  personal  and  professional,  in  the  community,  so 
that  she  may  more  easily  adapt  herself  to  it,  and  become  a  useful  citizen 
through  active  participation  in  plans  and  programs  for  both  health  and 
community  welfare. 

POLICIES  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

1.  It  is  requested  that  students  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  in  health 
(both  physical  and  mental),  in  clinical,  and  in  theoretical  work  in  order 
to  remain  as  a  student  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

2.  An  annual  report  of  the  achievement  of  the  student  is  given  to  the 
student  and  a  copy  is  sent  to  her  parents  or  guardian.  The  minimum 
passing  grade  for  individual  course  is  D,  but  the  student  must  maintain 
a  general  average  of  C  or  above. 

3.  If  a  student  does  not  pass  a  specific  clinical  service,  she  is  given  special 
guidance.  If  she  has  had  other  difficulties,  in  other  situations,  she  may 
be  asked  to  withdraw  from  the  School  of  Nursing. 

4.  When  a  student  is  not  meeting  the  standards  of  the  School,  both  she  and 
her  parents  or  guardian  will  be  notified.  Under  circumstances  beyond 
her  control  she  will  be  permitted  to  bring  her  record  to  a  satisfactory 
level  of  achievement. 

5.  Students  who  do  not  complete  satisfactory  records  with  other  affiliating 
agencies,  such  as  Psychiatry,  Contagious  Diseases,  and  Public  Health  will 
not  be  recommended  for  State  Board  Examinations  until  evidence  of 
passing  these  subjects  is  given  in  writing  by  those  in  charge  of  these 
particular  courses. 

6.  Students  may  be  absent  from  class  only  upon  approval  of  the  instructor 
teaching  that  particular  class.  No  student  should  absent  herself  from 
class  at  any  time  unless  she  has  at  least  a  "B"  average.  Instructors  and 
not  the  Nursing  School  Office  may  grant  special  privileges  for  classes, 
and  are,  in  turn,  responsible  for  the  content  of  course  covered. 


992  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

SUMMARY  OF  STUDENT  ENROLLMENT 

For  the  Academic  Year,  1949-50,  as  of  July  1,  1950 

Resident  Collegiate  Courses                   -College  Total,  Less 

Academic  Year                                 Park  Baltimore  Duplications 

College  of  Agriculture 849                      ...  849 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 2,649                     ...  2,649 

College  of  Business  and  Public 

Administration    2,050  . . .  2,050 

School  of  Dentistry 398  398 

College  of  Education 806  ...  806 

Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engineer- 
ing and  Aeronautical  Sciences 1,399  ...  1,399       • 

Graduate  School 2,116  399  2,481 

College  of  Home  Economics 369  ...  369 

School  of  Law 483  483 

School  of  Medicine 390  390 

College  of  Military  Science 60  ...  60 

School  of  Nursing 188  188 

School  of  Pharmacy 309  309 

College  of  Physical  Education, 

Recreation,  and  Health 368  ...  368 

College  of  Special  and  Continuation 

Studies   2,840  1,329  4,157 

Total  13,506  3,496  16,956 

Duplications,    Baltimore    Intercollege        ...  13  13 

Duplications,  College  Park  and 

Baltimore ...  35 

Net  Total 13,506  3,483  16,908 

Summer  School,  1949 3,344  336  3,679 

Grand  Total 16,850  3,819  20,587 

Duplications,  Summer  and  Academic 

Year    2,255  167  2,422 

Duplications,  Summer  School,  Balti- 
more and  College  Park ...  224 

Total,  Less  Duplications 14,595  3,652  17,941 

Foreign  Collegiate  Courses: 

European  Command  Program 3,613 

Foreign  Studies   83 

Total  Collegiate  Courses 21,637 

Mining  Courses,  Western  Maryland '180 

Fire  Service  Extension 1  173 

'"Classified  as  of  first  1949-50  registration. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  993 

SUMMARY  OF  STUDENT  ENROLLMENT— Continued 

Short  Courses  and  Conferences 

Accounting1  Symposium 62 

Aggregates  and  Concretes  Short  Course 102 

Cannery  Managers  and  Superintendents  Workshop 21 

Clothing  Workshop   67 

Dairy  Herd  Improvement  Testers'  Training  Course  (Sept.) 8 

Dairy  Herd  Improvement  Testers'  Training  Course  (Feb.) 15 

Fertilizer  Industry  Summer  Meeting 90 

Fertilizer  Industry  Winter  Meeting 120 

Fifth  Annual  Dairy  Technology  Conference 248 

Firemen's  Short  Course 187 

Future  Farmers  of  America 55 

Ice  Cream  Making  Short  Course 11 

Institute  of  Cosmetology 51 

Inter-Regional  Livestock  Production  and  Marketing  Conference.  .  .  52 

Maryland  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers,  Summer  Conference .  276 

Maryland  Nurserymen's  Short  Course 75 

Maryland  Scholastic  Press  Association 450 

Merchandising  and  Management  Conference 350 

Modern  Techniques  of  Merchandising  Fresh  Fruits  and  Vegetables  144 

Motor  Fleet  Supervisor  Training  Course 45 

Office  Management  Institute,  Office  Supervisory  Training 77 

Planning  Committee  Conference,  National  Committee  on  Safety 

Education  in  Colleges  and  Universities 36 

Poultry  School 235 

Rural  Women's  Short  Course 1,165 

Sanitary  Public  Service  Meeting 6 

State  Four-H  Club  Week 1,015 

State  Junior  Chamber  of  Commerce  Conference 35 

Tax  Assessing  Officers  School 92 

Utility  Rural  Service  Men  and  Commercial  Representatives 

Conference 43 

Total  Short  Courses  and  Conferences 5,133 


GRAND  TOTAL,  All  Courses,  Baltimore  and  College  Park,  less 

duplications    28,123 


IMPORTANT 

1  H  E  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provision  or  requirement  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of  residence.  The  University 
further  reserves  the  right  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student  to 
withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in 
the    best    interests    of    the    University. 


See  outside  back  cover  for  list  of  separate  catalogs 
published  annually  and  embodied  herein 


UNIVERSITY    OF    MARYLAND'S    CATALOGS 

At  College  Park 

Individual  catalogs  of  colleges  and  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  the  Director  of  Publications, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland.  These  catalogs  and 
schools  are: 

1.  General  Information 

2.  College  of  Agriculture 

3.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

4.  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 

5.  College  of  Education 

6.  Glenn  L.  Martin  College  of  Engineering  and  Aeronautical 
Sciences 

7.  College  of  Home  Economics 

8.  College  of  Military  Science 

9.  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

10.  College  of  Special  and  Continuation  Studies 

11.  Summer  School 

12.  Graduate  School 

13.  The  Combined  Catalog  (a  charge  of  50  cents  is  made  for 
this  publication) 

At  Baltimore 

Individual  catalogs  for  the  professional  schools  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  the  Deans  of  the  respective  schools 
at  the  University  of  Maryland,  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets,  Baltimore  1, 
Maryland.    These   professional   schools   are: 

School  of  Dentistry 

School  of  Law 

School  of  Medicine 

School  of  Pharmacy 

School  of  Nursing 


vferntfj-  ajrcruvt    Step    Kire 


for 


gtyoi 
schools 

BUM  li